diff --git a/cores/nRF5/Arduino.h b/cores/nRF5/Arduino.h index 39fbc0fe..022d35e1 100644 --- a/cores/nRF5/Arduino.h +++ b/cores/nRF5/Arduino.h @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ #include #include -typedef bool boolean; +typedef uint8_t boolean; typedef uint8_t byte; typedef uint16_t word; diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2eccdf3e --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising.c @@ -0,0 +1,690 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + */ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(BLE_ADVERTISING) +#include "ble_advdata.h" +#include "ble_advertising.h" +#include "nrf_soc.h" +#include "nrf_log.h" +#include "fstorage.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" + + +// Total number of possible advertising modes. +#define BLE_ADV_MODES (5) + + +static bool m_initialized; +static bool m_advertising_start_pending; /**< Flag to keep track of ongoing operations in flash. */ + +static ble_adv_evt_t m_adv_evt; /**< Advertising event propogated to the main application. The event is either a transaction to a new advertising mode, or a request for whitelist or peer address. */ + +static ble_adv_mode_t m_adv_mode_current; /**< Variable to keep track of the current advertising mode. */ +static ble_adv_modes_config_t m_adv_modes_config; /**< Struct to keep track of disabled and enabled advertising modes, as well as time-outs and intervals.*/ + +static ble_gap_addr_t m_peer_address; /**< Address of the most recently connected peer, used for direct advertising. */ +static bool m_peer_addr_reply_expected; /**< Flag to verify that peer address is only set when requested. */ + +static ble_advdata_t m_advdata; /**< Used by the initialization function to set name, appearance, and UUIDs and advertising flags visible to peer devices. */ +static ble_advdata_manuf_data_t m_manuf_specific_data; /**< Manufacturer specific data structure*/ +static uint8_t m_manuf_data_array[BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE]; /**< Array to store the Manufacturer specific data*/ +static ble_advdata_service_data_t m_service_data; /**< Service data structure. */ +static uint8_t m_service_data_array[BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE]; /**< Array to store the service data. */ +static ble_advdata_conn_int_t m_slave_conn_int; /**< Connection interval range structure.*/ +static uint16_t m_current_slave_link_conn_handle; /**< Connection handle for the active link. */ + +static ble_advertising_evt_handler_t m_evt_handler; /**< Handler for the advertising events. Can be initialized as NULL if no handling is implemented on in the main application. */ +static ble_advertising_error_handler_t m_error_handler; /**< Handler for the advertising error events. */ + +static bool m_whitelist_temporarily_disabled; /**< Flag to keep track of temporary disabling of the whitelist. */ +static bool m_whitelist_reply_expected; + +#if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + + // For SoftDevices v 2.x, this module caches a whitelist which is retrieved from the + // application using an event, and which is passed as a parameter when calling + // sd_ble_gap_adv_start(). + + static ble_gap_addr_t * m_p_whitelist_addrs[BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT]; + static ble_gap_irk_t * m_p_whitelist_irks[BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_IRK_MAX_COUNT]; + static ble_gap_addr_t m_whitelist_addrs[BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT]; + static ble_gap_irk_t m_whitelist_irks[BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_IRK_MAX_COUNT]; + + static ble_gap_whitelist_t m_whitelist = + { + .pp_addrs = m_p_whitelist_addrs, + .pp_irks = m_p_whitelist_irks + }; + +#else + + // For SoftDevices v 3.x, this module does not need to cache a whitelist, but it needs to + // be aware of whether or not a whitelist has been set (e.g. using the Peer Manager) + // in order to start advertising with the proper advertising params (filter policy). + + static bool m_whitelist_in_use; + +#endif + + +#if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + + static bool whitelist_has_entries() + { + return ((m_whitelist.addr_count != 0) || (m_whitelist.irk_count != 0)); + } + +#else + + static bool whitelist_has_entries() + { + return m_whitelist_in_use; + } + +#endif + + + +/**@brief Function for checking if an address is valid. + */ +static bool addr_is_valid(uint8_t const * const addr) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN; i++) + { + if (addr[i] != 0) + { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + + +static ble_adv_mode_t adv_mode_next_get(ble_adv_mode_t adv_mode) +{ + return (ble_adv_mode_t)((adv_mode + 1) % BLE_ADV_MODES); +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling the Connected event. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack. + */ +static void on_connected(ble_evt_t const * p_ble_evt) +{ + if (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.role == BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH) + { + m_current_slave_link_conn_handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle; + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling the Disconnected event. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack. + */ +static void on_disconnected(ble_evt_t const * p_ble_evt) +{ + uint32_t ret; + + m_whitelist_temporarily_disabled = false; + + if (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle == m_current_slave_link_conn_handle) + { + ret = ble_advertising_start(BLE_ADV_MODE_DIRECTED); + if ((ret != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_error_handler(ret); + } + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling the Timeout event. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt Event received from the BLE stack. + */ +static void on_timeout(ble_evt_t const * p_ble_evt) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + if (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.timeout.src != BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SRC_ADVERTISING) + { + // Nothing to do. + return; + } + + // Start advertising in the next mode. + ret = ble_advertising_start(adv_mode_next_get(m_adv_mode_current)); + + if ((ret != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_error_handler(ret); + } +} + + +/** @brief Function to determine if a flash write operation in in progress. + * + * @return true if a flash operation is in progress, false if not. + */ +static bool flash_access_in_progress() +{ + uint32_t count; + + (void)fs_queued_op_count_get(&count); + + return (count != 0); +} + + +/**@brief Get the next available advertising mode. + * + * @param[in] adv_mode Requested advertising mode. + * + * @returns adv_mode if possible, or the best available mode if not. + */ +static ble_adv_mode_t adv_mode_next_avail_get(ble_adv_mode_t adv_mode) +{ + bool peer_addr_is_valid = addr_is_valid(m_peer_address.addr); + + // If a mode is disabled, continue to the next mode. + + switch (adv_mode) + { + case BLE_ADV_MODE_DIRECTED: + if ((m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_directed_enabled) && peer_addr_is_valid) + { + return BLE_ADV_MODE_DIRECTED; + } + // Fallthrough. + + case BLE_ADV_MODE_DIRECTED_SLOW: + if ((m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_directed_slow_enabled) && peer_addr_is_valid) + { + return BLE_ADV_MODE_DIRECTED_SLOW; + } + // Fallthrough. + + case BLE_ADV_MODE_FAST: + if (m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_fast_enabled) + { + return BLE_ADV_MODE_FAST; + } + // Fallthrough. + + case BLE_ADV_MODE_SLOW: + if (m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_slow_enabled) + { + return BLE_ADV_MODE_SLOW; + } + // Fallthrough. + + default: + return BLE_ADV_MODE_IDLE; + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for starting directed advertising. + * + * @param[out] p_adv_params Advertising parameters. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS + */ +static ret_code_t set_adv_mode_directed(ble_gap_adv_params_t * p_adv_params) +{ + m_adv_evt = BLE_ADV_EVT_DIRECTED; + + p_adv_params->p_peer_addr = &m_peer_address; + p_adv_params->type = BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_DIRECT_IND; + p_adv_params->timeout = 0; + p_adv_params->interval = 0; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +/**@brief Function for starting directed slow advertising. + * + * @param[out] p_adv_params Advertising parameters. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS + */ +static ret_code_t set_adv_mode_directed_slow(ble_gap_adv_params_t * p_adv_params) +{ + m_adv_evt = BLE_ADV_EVT_DIRECTED_SLOW; + + p_adv_params->p_peer_addr = &m_peer_address; + p_adv_params->type = BLE_GAP_ADV_TYPE_ADV_DIRECT_IND; + p_adv_params->timeout = m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_directed_slow_timeout; + p_adv_params->interval = m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_directed_slow_interval; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +/**@brief Function for starting fast advertising. + * + * @param[out] p_adv_params Advertising parameters. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS or an error from @ref ble_advdata_set(). + */ +static ret_code_t set_adv_mode_fast(ble_gap_adv_params_t * p_adv_params) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + p_adv_params->interval = m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_fast_interval; + p_adv_params->timeout = m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_fast_timeout; + + if ((m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_whitelist_enabled) && + (!m_whitelist_temporarily_disabled) && + (whitelist_has_entries())) + { + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + p_adv_params->p_whitelist = &m_whitelist; + #endif + + p_adv_params->fp = BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_FILTER_CONNREQ; + m_advdata.flags = BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + + ret = ble_advdata_set(&m_advdata, NULL); + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return ret; + } + + m_adv_evt = BLE_ADV_EVT_FAST_WHITELIST; + } + else + { + m_adv_evt = BLE_ADV_EVT_FAST; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +/**@brief Function for starting slow advertising. + * + * @param[out] p_adv_params Advertising parameters. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS or an error from @ref ble_advdata_set(). + */ +static ret_code_t set_adv_mode_slow(ble_gap_adv_params_t * p_adv_params) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + p_adv_params->interval = m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_slow_interval; + p_adv_params->timeout = m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_slow_timeout; + + if ((m_adv_modes_config.ble_adv_whitelist_enabled) && + (!m_whitelist_temporarily_disabled) && + (whitelist_has_entries())) + { + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + { + p_adv_params->p_whitelist = &m_whitelist; + } + #endif + + p_adv_params->fp = BLE_GAP_ADV_FP_FILTER_CONNREQ; + m_advdata.flags = BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + + ret = ble_advdata_set(&m_advdata, NULL); + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return ret; + } + + m_adv_evt = BLE_ADV_EVT_SLOW_WHITELIST; + } + else + { + m_adv_evt = BLE_ADV_EVT_SLOW; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +uint32_t ble_advertising_init(ble_advdata_t const * p_advdata, + ble_advdata_t const * p_srdata, + ble_adv_modes_config_t const * p_config, + ble_advertising_evt_handler_t const evt_handler, + ble_advertising_error_handler_t const error_handler) +{ + uint32_t ret; + + if ((p_advdata == NULL) || (p_config == NULL)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NULL; + } + + m_initialized = true; + m_adv_mode_current = BLE_ADV_MODE_IDLE; + m_adv_modes_config = *p_config; + m_evt_handler = evt_handler; + m_error_handler = error_handler; + m_current_slave_link_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID; + + memset(&m_peer_address, 0, sizeof(m_peer_address)); + memset(&m_advdata, 0, sizeof(m_advdata)); + + // Copy advertising data. + m_advdata.name_type = p_advdata->name_type; + m_advdata.include_appearance = p_advdata->include_appearance; + m_advdata.flags = p_advdata->flags; + m_advdata.short_name_len = p_advdata->short_name_len; + + m_advdata.uuids_complete = p_advdata->uuids_complete; + m_advdata.uuids_more_available = p_advdata->uuids_more_available; + m_advdata.uuids_solicited = p_advdata->uuids_solicited; + + if (p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data != NULL) + { + m_advdata.p_manuf_specific_data = &m_manuf_specific_data; + m_manuf_specific_data.data.p_data = m_manuf_data_array; + m_advdata.p_manuf_specific_data->company_identifier = + p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data->company_identifier; + m_advdata.p_manuf_specific_data->data.size = p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data->data.size; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_advdata.p_manuf_specific_data->data.size; i++) + { + m_manuf_data_array[i] = p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data->data.p_data[i]; + } + } + + if (p_advdata->p_service_data_array != NULL) + { + m_service_data.data.p_data = m_service_data_array; + m_advdata.p_service_data_array = &m_service_data; + m_advdata.p_service_data_array->data.p_data = m_service_data_array; + m_advdata.p_service_data_array->data.size = p_advdata->p_service_data_array->data.size; + m_advdata.p_service_data_array->service_uuid = p_advdata->p_service_data_array->service_uuid; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < m_advdata.p_service_data_array->data.size; i++) + { + m_service_data_array[i] = p_advdata->p_service_data_array->data.p_data[i]; + } + + m_advdata.service_data_count = p_advdata->service_data_count; + } + + if (p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int != NULL) + { + m_advdata.p_slave_conn_int = &m_slave_conn_int; + m_advdata.p_slave_conn_int->max_conn_interval = p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int->max_conn_interval; + m_advdata.p_slave_conn_int->min_conn_interval = p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int->min_conn_interval; + } + + if (p_advdata->p_tx_power_level != NULL) + { + m_advdata.p_tx_power_level = p_advdata->p_tx_power_level; + } + +#if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + for (int i = 0; i header.evt_id) + { + case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED: + on_connected(p_ble_evt); + break; + + // Upon disconnection, whitelist will be activated and direct advertising is started. + case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED: + on_disconnected(p_ble_evt); + break; + + // Upon time-out, the next advertising mode is started. + case BLE_GAP_EVT_TIMEOUT: + on_timeout(p_ble_evt); + break; + + default: + break; + } +} + + +void ble_advertising_on_sys_evt(uint32_t sys_evt) +{ + uint32_t ret; + + switch (sys_evt) + { + //When a flash operation finishes, re-attempt to start advertising operations. + case NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS: + case NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR: + if (m_advertising_start_pending) + { + m_advertising_start_pending = false; + ret = ble_advertising_start(m_adv_mode_current); + if ((ret != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_error_handler(ret); + } + } + break; + + default: + // No implementation needed. + break; + } +} + + +uint32_t ble_advertising_peer_addr_reply(ble_gap_addr_t * p_peer_address) +{ + if (!m_peer_addr_reply_expected) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; + } + + m_peer_addr_reply_expected = false; + + memcpy(&m_peer_address, p_peer_address, sizeof(m_peer_address)); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +uint32_t ble_advertising_whitelist_reply(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_gap_addrs, + uint32_t addr_cnt, + ble_gap_irk_t const * p_gap_irks, + uint32_t irk_cnt) +{ + if (!m_whitelist_reply_expected) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; + } + + m_whitelist_reply_expected = false; + + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + + m_whitelist.addr_count = addr_cnt; + m_whitelist.irk_count = irk_cnt; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < addr_cnt; i++) + { + *m_whitelist.pp_addrs[i] = p_gap_addrs[i]; + } + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < irk_cnt; i++) + { + *m_whitelist.pp_irks[i] = p_gap_irks[i]; + } + + #else + + m_whitelist_in_use = ((addr_cnt > 0) || (irk_cnt > 0)); + + #endif + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +uint32_t ble_advertising_restart_without_whitelist(void) +{ + uint32_t ret; + + (void) sd_ble_gap_adv_stop(); + + m_whitelist_temporarily_disabled = true; + + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 3) + m_whitelist_in_use = false; + #endif + + m_advdata.flags = BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAGS_LE_ONLY_GENERAL_DISC_MODE; + + ret = ble_advdata_set(&m_advdata, NULL); + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return ret; + } + + ret = ble_advertising_start(m_adv_mode_current); + if ((ret != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_error_handler(ret); + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(BLE_ADVERTISING) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8e9fe7c --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + */ + + +/**@file + * + * @defgroup ble_advertising Advertising Module + * @{ + * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib + * @brief Module for handling connectable BLE advertising. + * + * @details The Advertising Module handles connectable advertising for your application. It can + * be configured with advertising modes to suit most typical use cases. + * Your main application can react to changes in advertising modes + * if an event handler is provided. + * + * @note The Advertising Module supports only applications with a single peripheral link. + * + * The application must propagate BLE stack events to this module by calling + * @ref ble_advertising_on_ble_evt() and system events by calling + * @ref ble_advertising_on_sys_evt(). + * + */ + +#ifndef BLE_ADVERTISING_H__ +#define BLE_ADVERTISING_H__ + +#include +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gattc.h" +#include "ble_advdata.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/**@brief Advertising modes. +*/ +typedef enum +{ + BLE_ADV_MODE_IDLE, /**< Idle; no connectable advertising is ongoing. */ + BLE_ADV_MODE_DIRECTED, /**< Directed advertising attempts to connect to the most recently disconnected peer. */ + BLE_ADV_MODE_DIRECTED_SLOW, /**< Directed advertising (low duty cycle) attempts to connect to the most recently disconnected peer. */ + BLE_ADV_MODE_FAST, /**< Fast advertising will connect to any peer device, or filter with a whitelist if one exists. */ + BLE_ADV_MODE_SLOW, /**< Slow advertising is similar to fast advertising. By default, it uses a longer advertising interval and time-out than fast advertising. However, these options are defined by the user. */ +} ble_adv_mode_t; + +/**@brief Advertising events. + * + * @details These events are propagated to the main application if a handler was provided during + * initialization of the Advertising Module. Events for modes that are not used can be + * ignored. Similarly, BLE_ADV_EVT_WHITELIST_REQUEST and BLE_ADV_EVT_PEER_ADDR_REQUEST + * can be ignored if whitelist and direct advertising is not used. + */ +typedef enum +{ + BLE_ADV_EVT_IDLE, /**< Idle; no connectable advertising is ongoing.*/ + BLE_ADV_EVT_DIRECTED, /**< Direct advertising mode has started. */ + BLE_ADV_EVT_DIRECTED_SLOW, /**< Directed advertising (low duty cycle) has started. */ + BLE_ADV_EVT_FAST, /**< Fast advertising mode has started. */ + BLE_ADV_EVT_SLOW, /**< Slow advertising mode has started. */ + BLE_ADV_EVT_FAST_WHITELIST, /**< Fast advertising mode using the whitelist has started. */ + BLE_ADV_EVT_SLOW_WHITELIST, /**< Slow advertising mode using the whitelist has started. */ + BLE_ADV_EVT_WHITELIST_REQUEST, /**< Request a whitelist from the main application. For whitelist advertising to work, the whitelist must be set when this event occurs. */ + BLE_ADV_EVT_PEER_ADDR_REQUEST /**< Request a peer address from the main application. For directed advertising to work, the peer address must be set when this event occurs. */ +} ble_adv_evt_t; + + +/**@brief Options for the different advertisement modes. + * + * @details This structure is used to enable or disable advertising modes and to configure time-out + * periods and advertising intervals. + */ +typedef struct +{ + bool ble_adv_whitelist_enabled; /**< Enable or disable use of the whitelist. */ + bool ble_adv_directed_enabled; /**< Enable or disable direct advertising mode. */ + bool ble_adv_directed_slow_enabled; /**< Enable or disable direct advertising mode. */ + bool ble_adv_fast_enabled; /**< Enable or disable fast advertising mode. */ + bool ble_adv_slow_enabled; /**< Enable or disable slow advertising mode. */ + uint32_t ble_adv_directed_slow_interval; /**< Advertising interval for directed advertising. */ + uint32_t ble_adv_directed_slow_timeout; /**< Time-out (number of tries) for direct advertising. */ + uint32_t ble_adv_fast_interval; /**< Advertising interval for fast advertising. */ + uint32_t ble_adv_fast_timeout; /**< Time-out (in seconds) for fast advertising. */ + uint32_t ble_adv_slow_interval; /**< Advertising interval for slow advertising. */ + uint32_t ble_adv_slow_timeout; /**< Time-out (in seconds) for slow advertising. */ +} ble_adv_modes_config_t; + + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t interval; + uint32_t timeout; + bool enabled; +} ble_adv_mode_config_t; + + +/**@brief BLE advertising event handler type. */ +typedef void (*ble_advertising_evt_handler_t) (ble_adv_evt_t const adv_evt); + +/**@brief BLE advertising error handler type. */ +typedef void (*ble_advertising_error_handler_t) (uint32_t nrf_error); + +/**@brief Initialization parameters for the Advertising Module. + * @details This structure is used to pass advertising options, advertising data, and an event handler to the Advertising Module during initialization. */ +typedef struct +{ + ble_adv_modes_config_t options; /**< Parameters for advertising modes.*/ + ble_advdata_t advdata; /**< Advertising data. */ + ble_advertising_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler. */ +} ble_adv_init_t; + + +/**@brief Function for handling BLE events. + * + * @details This function must be called from the BLE stack event dispatcher for + * the module to handle BLE events that are relevant for the Advertising Module. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt BLE stack event. + */ +void ble_advertising_on_ble_evt(const ble_evt_t * const p_ble_evt); + + +/**@brief Function for handling system events. + * + * @details This function must be called to handle system events that are relevant + * for the Advertising Module. Specifically, the advertising module can not use the + * softdevice as long as there are pending writes to the flash memory. This + * event handler is designed to delay advertising until there is no flash operation. + * + * @param[in] sys_evt System event. + */ +void ble_advertising_on_sys_evt(uint32_t sys_evt); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the Advertising Module. + * + * @details Encodes the required advertising data and passes it to the stack. + * Also builds a structure to be passed to the stack when starting advertising. + * The supplied advertising data is copied to a local structure and is manipulated + * depending on what advertising modes are started in @ref ble_advertising_start. + * + * @param[in] p_advdata Advertising data: name, appearance, discovery flags, and more. + * @param[in] p_srdata Scan response data: Supplement to advertising data. + * @param[in] p_config Select which advertising modes and intervals will be utilized. + * @param[in] evt_handler Event handler that will be called upon advertising events. + * @param[in] error_handler Error handler that will propogate internal errors to the main applications. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful. Otherwise, an error code is returned. + */ +uint32_t ble_advertising_init(ble_advdata_t const * p_advdata, + ble_advdata_t const * p_srdata, + ble_adv_modes_config_t const * p_config, + ble_advertising_evt_handler_t const evt_handler, + ble_advertising_error_handler_t const error_handler); + + +/**@brief Function for starting advertising. + * + * @details You can start advertising in any of the advertising modes that you enabled + * during initialization. + * + * @param[in] advertising_mode Advertising mode. + * + * @retval @ref NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error code indicating reason for failure. + * @retval @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the module is not initialized. + */ +uint32_t ble_advertising_start(ble_adv_mode_t advertising_mode); + + +/**@brief Function for setting the peer address. + * + * @details The peer address must be set by the application upon receiving a + * @ref BLE_ADV_EVT_PEER_ADDR_REQUEST event. Without the peer address, the directed + * advertising mode will not be run. + * + * @param[in] p_peer_addr Pointer to a peer address. + * + * @retval @ref NRF_SUCCESS Successfully stored the peer address pointer in the advertising module. + * @retval @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If a reply was not expected. + */ +uint32_t ble_advertising_peer_addr_reply(ble_gap_addr_t * p_peer_addr); + + +/**@brief Function for setting a whitelist. + * + * @details The whitelist must be set by the application upon receiving a + * @ref BLE_ADV_EVT_WHITELIST_REQUEST event. Without the whitelist, the whitelist + * advertising for fast and slow modes will not be run. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_addrs The list of GAP addresses to whitelist. + * @param[in] addr_cnt The number of GAP addresses to whitelist. + * @param[in] p_gap_irks The list of peer IRK to whitelist. + * @param[in] irk_cnt The number of peer IRK to whitelist. + * + * @retval @ref NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + * @retval @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If a call to this function was made without a + * BLE_ADV_EVT_WHITELIST_REQUEST event being received. + */ +uint32_t ble_advertising_whitelist_reply(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_gap_addrs, + uint32_t addr_cnt, + ble_gap_irk_t const * p_gap_irks, + uint32_t irk_cnt); + + +/**@brief Function for disabling whitelist advertising. + * + * @details This function temporarily disables whitelist advertising. + * Calling this function resets the current time-out countdown. + * + * @retval @ref NRF_SUCCESS On success, else an error message propogated from the Softdevice. + */ +uint32_t ble_advertising_restart_without_whitelist(void); + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // BLE_ADVERTISING_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e76bb0a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/ble_advertising/ble_advertising_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup ble_advertising_config Advertising module configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup ble_advertising + */ +/** @brief Enabling BLE advertising module + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define BLE_ADVERTISING_ENABLED + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_advdata.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_advdata.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..508e3345 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_advdata.c @@ -0,0 +1,654 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "ble_advdata.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "ble_srv_common.h" +#include "sdk_common.h" + +// NOTE: For now, Security Manager Out of Band Flags (OOB) are omitted from the advertising data. + +// Types of LE Bluetooth Device Address AD type +#define AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC 0UL +#define AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM 1UL + +static uint32_t ble_device_addr_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + ble_gap_addr_t device_addr; + + // Check for buffer overflow. + if (((*p_offset) + AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_SIZE) > max_size) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // Get BLE address. + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 3) + err_code = sd_ble_gap_addr_get(&device_addr); + #else + err_code = sd_ble_gap_address_get(&device_addr); + #endif + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + // Encode LE Bluetooth Device Address. + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = (uint8_t)(ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE + + AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_DATA_SIZE); + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_LE_BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_ADDRESS; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_offset], &device_addr.addr[0], BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN); + *p_offset += BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN; + if (BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC == device_addr.addr_type) + { + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC; + } + else + { + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM; + } + *p_offset += AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_TYPE_SIZE; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +static uint32_t name_encode(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + uint16_t rem_adv_data_len; + uint16_t actual_length; + uint8_t adv_data_format; + + + // Validate parameters + if ((BLE_ADVDATA_SHORT_NAME == p_advdata->name_type) && (0 == p_advdata->short_name_len)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + // Check for buffer overflow. + if ( (((*p_offset) + ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET) > max_size) || + ( (BLE_ADVDATA_SHORT_NAME == p_advdata->name_type) && + (((*p_offset) + ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET + p_advdata->short_name_len) > max_size))) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + rem_adv_data_len = max_size - (*p_offset) - ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET; + actual_length = rem_adv_data_len; + + // Get GAP device name and length + err_code = sd_ble_gap_device_name_get(&p_encoded_data[(*p_offset) + ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET], + &actual_length); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + // Check if device intend to use short name and it can fit available data size. + if ((p_advdata->name_type == BLE_ADVDATA_FULL_NAME) && (actual_length <= rem_adv_data_len)) + { + // Complete device name can fit, setting Complete Name in Adv Data. + adv_data_format = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_COMPLETE_LOCAL_NAME; + } + else + { + // Else short name needs to be used. Or application has requested use of short name. + adv_data_format = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SHORT_LOCAL_NAME; + + // If application has set a preference on the short name size, it needs to be considered, + // else fit what can be fit. + if ((BLE_ADVDATA_SHORT_NAME == p_advdata->name_type) && + (p_advdata->short_name_len <= rem_adv_data_len)) + { + // Short name fits available size. + actual_length = p_advdata->short_name_len; + } + // Else whatever can fit the data buffer will be packed. + else + { + actual_length = rem_adv_data_len; + } + } + + // There is only 1 byte intended to encode length which is (actual_length + ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE) + if (actual_length > (0x00FF - ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // Complete name field in encoded data. + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = (uint8_t)(ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE + actual_length); + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = adv_data_format; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + *p_offset += actual_length; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static uint32_t appearance_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + uint16_t appearance; + + // Check for buffer overflow. + if (((*p_offset) + AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE_SIZE) > max_size) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // Get GAP appearance field. + err_code = sd_ble_gap_appearance_get(&appearance); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + // Encode Length, AD Type and Appearance. + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = (uint8_t)(ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE + AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE_DATA_SIZE); + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + *p_offset += uint16_encode(appearance, &p_encoded_data[*p_offset]); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +static uint32_t flags_encode(int8_t flags, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + // Check for buffer overflow. + if (((*p_offset) + AD_TYPE_FLAGS_SIZE) > max_size) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // Encode flags. + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = (uint8_t)(ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE + AD_TYPE_FLAGS_DATA_SIZE); + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_FLAGS; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = flags; + *p_offset += AD_TYPE_FLAGS_DATA_SIZE; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +static uint32_t tx_power_level_encode(int8_t tx_power_level, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + // Check for buffer overflow. + if (((*p_offset) + AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL_SIZE) > max_size) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // Encode TX Power Level. + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = (uint8_t)(ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE + + AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL_DATA_SIZE); + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = tx_power_level; + *p_offset += AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL_DATA_SIZE; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static uint32_t uuid_list_sized_encode(const ble_advdata_uuid_list_t * p_uuid_list, + uint8_t adv_type, + uint8_t uuid_size, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + int i; + bool is_heading_written = false; + uint16_t start_pos = *p_offset; + uint16_t length; + + for (i = 0; i < p_uuid_list->uuid_cnt; i++) + { + uint32_t err_code; + uint8_t encoded_size; + ble_uuid_t uuid = p_uuid_list->p_uuids[i]; + + // Find encoded uuid size. + err_code = sd_ble_uuid_encode(&uuid, &encoded_size, NULL); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + // Check size. + if (encoded_size == uuid_size) + { + uint8_t heading_bytes = (is_heading_written) ? 0 : ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET; + + // Check for buffer overflow + if (((*p_offset) + encoded_size + heading_bytes) > max_size) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + if (!is_heading_written) + { + // Write AD structure heading. + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = adv_type; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + is_heading_written = true; + } + + // Write UUID. + err_code = sd_ble_uuid_encode(&uuid, &encoded_size, &p_encoded_data[*p_offset]); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + *p_offset += encoded_size; + } + } + + if (is_heading_written) + { + // Write length. + length = (*p_offset) - (start_pos + ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE); + // There is only 1 byte intended to encode length + if (length > 0x00FF) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + p_encoded_data[start_pos] = (uint8_t)length; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static uint32_t uuid_list_encode(const ble_advdata_uuid_list_t * p_uuid_list, + uint8_t adv_type_16, + uint8_t adv_type_128, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + + // Encode 16 bit UUIDs. + err_code = uuid_list_sized_encode(p_uuid_list, + adv_type_16, + sizeof(uint16_le_t), + p_encoded_data, + p_offset, + max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + // Encode 128 bit UUIDs. + err_code = uuid_list_sized_encode(p_uuid_list, + adv_type_128, + sizeof(ble_uuid128_t), + p_encoded_data, + p_offset, + max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static uint32_t conn_int_check(const ble_advdata_conn_int_t *p_conn_int) +{ + // Check Minimum Connection Interval. + if ((p_conn_int->min_conn_interval < 0x0006) || + ( + (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval > 0x0c80) && + (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval != 0xffff) + ) + ) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + // Check Maximum Connection Interval. + if ((p_conn_int->max_conn_interval < 0x0006) || + ( + (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval > 0x0c80) && + (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval != 0xffff) + ) + ) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + // Make sure Minimum Connection Interval is not bigger than Maximum Connection Interval. + if ((p_conn_int->min_conn_interval != 0xffff) && + (p_conn_int->max_conn_interval != 0xffff) && + (p_conn_int->min_conn_interval > p_conn_int->max_conn_interval) + ) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static uint32_t conn_int_encode(const ble_advdata_conn_int_t * p_conn_int, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + + // Check for buffer overflow. + if (((*p_offset) + AD_TYPE_CONN_INT_SIZE) > max_size) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // Check parameters. + err_code = conn_int_check(p_conn_int); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + // Encode Length and AD Type. + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = (uint8_t)(ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE + AD_TYPE_CONN_INT_DATA_SIZE); + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SLAVE_CONNECTION_INTERVAL_RANGE; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + + // Encode Minimum and Maximum Connection Intervals. + *p_offset += uint16_encode(p_conn_int->min_conn_interval, &p_encoded_data[*p_offset]); + *p_offset += uint16_encode(p_conn_int->max_conn_interval, &p_encoded_data[*p_offset]); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static uint32_t manuf_specific_data_encode(const ble_advdata_manuf_data_t * p_manuf_sp_data, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + uint32_t data_size = AD_TYPE_MANUF_SPEC_DATA_ID_SIZE + p_manuf_sp_data->data.size; + + // Check for buffer overflow. + if (((*p_offset) + ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET + data_size) > max_size) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // There is only 1 byte intended to encode length which is (data_size + ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE) + if (data_size > (0x00FF - ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // Encode Length and AD Type. + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = (uint8_t)(ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE + data_size); + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_MANUFACTURER_SPECIFIC_DATA; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + + // Encode Company Identifier. + *p_offset += uint16_encode(p_manuf_sp_data->company_identifier, &p_encoded_data[*p_offset]); + + // Encode additional manufacturer specific data. + if (p_manuf_sp_data->data.size > 0) + { + if (p_manuf_sp_data->data.p_data == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_offset], p_manuf_sp_data->data.p_data, p_manuf_sp_data->data.size); + *p_offset += p_manuf_sp_data->data.size; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +// Implemented only for 16-bit UUIDs +static uint32_t service_data_encode(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_offset, + uint16_t max_size) +{ + uint8_t i; + + // Check parameter consistency. + if (p_advdata->p_service_data_array == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + for (i = 0; i < p_advdata->service_data_count; i++) + { + ble_advdata_service_data_t * p_service_data; + uint32_t data_size; + + p_service_data = &p_advdata->p_service_data_array[i]; + // For now implemented only for 16-bit UUIDs + data_size = AD_TYPE_SERV_DATA_16BIT_UUID_SIZE + p_service_data->data.size; + + // There is only 1 byte intended to encode length which is (data_size + ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE) + if (data_size > (0x00FF - ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + + // Encode Length and AD Type. + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = (uint8_t)(ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE + data_size); + *p_offset += ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE; + p_encoded_data[*p_offset] = BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SERVICE_DATA; + *p_offset += ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE; + + // Encode service 16-bit UUID. + *p_offset += uint16_encode(p_service_data->service_uuid, &p_encoded_data[*p_offset]); + + // Encode additional service data. + if (p_service_data->data.size > 0) + { + if (p_service_data->data.p_data == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + memcpy(&p_encoded_data[*p_offset], p_service_data->data.p_data, p_service_data->data.size); + *p_offset += p_service_data->data.size; + } + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +uint32_t adv_data_encode(ble_advdata_t const * const p_advdata, + uint8_t * const p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * const p_len) +{ + uint32_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + uint16_t max_size = *p_len; + *p_len = 0; + + // Encode LE Bluetooth Device Address + if (p_advdata->include_ble_device_addr) + { + err_code = ble_device_addr_encode(p_encoded_data, p_len, max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode appearance. + if (p_advdata->include_appearance) + { + err_code = appearance_encode(p_encoded_data, p_len, max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + //Encode Flags + if (p_advdata->flags != 0 ) + { + err_code = flags_encode(p_advdata->flags, p_encoded_data, p_len, max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode TX power level. + if (p_advdata->p_tx_power_level != NULL) + { + err_code = tx_power_level_encode(*p_advdata->p_tx_power_level, + p_encoded_data, + p_len, + max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode 'more available' uuid list. + if (p_advdata->uuids_more_available.uuid_cnt > 0) + { + err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_more_available, + BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE, + BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_MORE_AVAILABLE, + p_encoded_data, + p_len, + max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode 'complete' uuid list. + if (p_advdata->uuids_complete.uuid_cnt > 0) + { + err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_complete, + BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_16BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE, + BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_128BIT_SERVICE_UUID_COMPLETE, + p_encoded_data, + p_len, + max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode 'solicited service' uuid list. + if (p_advdata->uuids_solicited.uuid_cnt > 0) + { + err_code = uuid_list_encode(&p_advdata->uuids_solicited, + BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_16BIT, + BLE_GAP_AD_TYPE_SOLICITED_SERVICE_UUIDS_128BIT, + p_encoded_data, + p_len, + max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode Slave Connection Interval Range. + if (p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int != NULL) + { + err_code = conn_int_encode(p_advdata->p_slave_conn_int, p_encoded_data, p_len, max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode Manufacturer Specific Data. + if (p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data != NULL) + { + err_code = manuf_specific_data_encode(p_advdata->p_manuf_specific_data, + p_encoded_data, + p_len, + max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode Service Data. + if (p_advdata->service_data_count > 0) + { + err_code = service_data_encode(p_advdata, p_encoded_data, p_len, max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + // Encode name. WARNING: it is encoded last on purpose since too long device name is truncated. + if (p_advdata->name_type != BLE_ADVDATA_NO_NAME) + { + err_code = name_encode(p_advdata, p_encoded_data, p_len, max_size); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + } + + return err_code; +} + + +static uint32_t advdata_check(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata) +{ + // Flags must be included in advertising data, and the BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED flag must be set. + if ( + ((p_advdata->flags & BLE_GAP_ADV_FLAG_BR_EDR_NOT_SUPPORTED) == 0) + ) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static uint32_t srdata_check(const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata) +{ + // Flags shall not be included in the scan response data. + if (p_srdata->flags) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +uint32_t ble_advdata_set(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata, const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + uint16_t len_advdata = BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE; + uint16_t len_srdata = BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE; + uint8_t encoded_advdata[BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE]; + uint8_t encoded_srdata[BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE]; + uint8_t * p_encoded_advdata; + uint8_t * p_encoded_srdata; + + // Encode advertising data (if supplied). + if (p_advdata != NULL) + { + err_code = advdata_check(p_advdata); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + err_code = adv_data_encode(p_advdata, encoded_advdata, &len_advdata); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + p_encoded_advdata = encoded_advdata; + } + else + { + p_encoded_advdata = NULL; + len_advdata = 0; + } + + // Encode scan response data (if supplied). + if (p_srdata != NULL) + { + err_code = srdata_check(p_srdata); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + + err_code = adv_data_encode(p_srdata, encoded_srdata, &len_srdata); + VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code); + p_encoded_srdata = encoded_srdata; + } + else + { + p_encoded_srdata = NULL; + len_srdata = 0; + } + + // Pass encoded advertising data and/or scan response data to the stack. + return sd_ble_gap_adv_data_set(p_encoded_advdata, len_advdata, p_encoded_srdata, len_srdata); +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_advdata.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_advdata.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8faf41f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_advdata.h @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_advdata Advertising and Scan Response Data Encoder + * @{ + * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib + * @brief Functions for encoding data in the Advertising and Scan Response Data format, + * and for passing the data to the stack. + */ + +#ifndef BLE_ADVDATA_H__ +#define BLE_ADVDATA_H__ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "ble.h" +#include "app_util.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +#define ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE 1UL /**< Advertising Data and Scan Response format contains 1 octet for the length. */ +#define ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE 1UL /**< Advertising Data and Scan Response format contains 1 octet for the AD type. */ +#define ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET (ADV_LENGTH_FIELD_SIZE + \ + ADV_AD_TYPE_FIELD_SIZE) /**< Offset for the AD data field of the Advertising Data and Scan Response format. */ +#define AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_TYPE_SIZE 1UL /**< Data size (in octets) of the Address type of the LE Bluetooth Device Address AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_DATA_SIZE (BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN + \ + AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_TYPE_SIZE) /**< Data size (in octets) of the LE Bluetooth Device Address AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_SIZE (ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET + \ + AD_TYPE_BLE_DEVICE_ADDR_DATA_SIZE) /**< Size (in octets) of the LE Bluetooth Device Address AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE_DATA_SIZE 2UL /**< Data size (in octets) of the Appearance AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE_SIZE (ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET + \ + AD_TYPE_APPEARANCE_DATA_SIZE) /**< Size (in octets) of the Appearance AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_FLAGS_DATA_SIZE 1UL /**< Data size (in octets) of the Flags AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_FLAGS_SIZE (ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET + \ + AD_TYPE_FLAGS_DATA_SIZE) /**< Size (in octets) of the Flags AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL_DATA_SIZE 1UL /**< Data size (in octets) of the TX Power Level AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL_SIZE (ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET + \ + AD_TYPE_TX_POWER_LEVEL_DATA_SIZE) /**< Size (in octets) of the TX Power Level AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_CONN_INT_DATA_SIZE 4UL /**< Data size (in octets) of the Slave Connection Interval Range AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_CONN_INT_SIZE (ADV_AD_DATA_OFFSET + \ + AD_TYPE_CONN_INT_DATA_SIZE) /**< Data size (in octets) of the Slave Connection Interval Range AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_MANUF_SPEC_DATA_ID_SIZE 2UL /**< Size (in octets) of the Company Identifier Code, which is a part of the Manufacturer Specific Data AD type. */ +#define AD_TYPE_SERV_DATA_16BIT_UUID_SIZE 2UL /**< Size (in octets) of the 16-bit UUID, which is a part of the Service Data AD type. */ + +/**@brief Security Manager TK value. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t tk[BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN]; /**< Array containing TK value. */ +} ble_advdata_tk_value_t; + +/**@brief Advertising data LE Role types. This enumeration contains the options available for the LE role inside + * the advertising data. */ +typedef enum +{ + BLE_ADVDATA_ROLE_NOT_PRESENT = 0, /**< LE Role AD structure not present. */ + BLE_ADVDATA_ROLE_ONLY_PERIPH, /**< Only Peripheral Role supported. */ + BLE_ADVDATA_ROLE_ONLY_CENTRAL, /**< Only Central Role supported. */ + BLE_ADVDATA_ROLE_BOTH_PERIPH_PREFERRED, /**< Peripheral and Central Role supported. Peripheral Role preferred for connection establishment. */ + BLE_ADVDATA_ROLE_BOTH_CENTRAL_PREFERRED /**< Peripheral and Central Role supported. Central Role preferred for connection establishment */ +} ble_advdata_le_role_t; + +/**@brief Advertising data name type. This enumeration contains the options available for the device name inside + * the advertising data. */ +typedef enum +{ + BLE_ADVDATA_NO_NAME, /**< Include no device name in advertising data. */ + BLE_ADVDATA_SHORT_NAME, /**< Include short device name in advertising data. */ + BLE_ADVDATA_FULL_NAME /**< Include full device name in advertising data. */ +} ble_advdata_name_type_t; + +/**@brief UUID list type. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t uuid_cnt; /**< Number of UUID entries. */ + ble_uuid_t * p_uuids; /**< Pointer to UUID array entries. */ +} ble_advdata_uuid_list_t; + +/**@brief Connection interval range structure. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t min_conn_interval; /**< Minimum connection interval, in units of 1.25 ms, range 6 to 3200 (7.5 ms to 4 s). */ + uint16_t max_conn_interval; /**< Maximum connection interval, in units of 1.25 ms, range 6 to 3200 (7.5 ms to 4 s). The value 0xFFFF indicates no specific maximum. */ +} ble_advdata_conn_int_t; + +/**@brief Manufacturer specific data structure. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t company_identifier; /**< Company identifier code. */ + uint8_array_t data; /**< Additional manufacturer specific data. */ +} ble_advdata_manuf_data_t; + +/**@brief Service data structure. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t service_uuid; /**< Service UUID. */ + uint8_array_t data; /**< Additional service data. */ +} ble_advdata_service_data_t; + +/**@brief Advertising data structure. This structure contains all options and data needed for encoding and + * setting the advertising data. */ +typedef struct +{ + ble_advdata_name_type_t name_type; /**< Type of device name. */ + uint8_t short_name_len; /**< Length of short device name (if short type is specified). */ + bool include_appearance; /**< Determines if Appearance shall be included. */ + uint8_t flags; /**< Advertising data Flags field. */ + int8_t * p_tx_power_level; /**< TX Power Level field. */ + ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_more_available; /**< List of UUIDs in the 'More Available' list. */ + ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_complete; /**< List of UUIDs in the 'Complete' list. */ + ble_advdata_uuid_list_t uuids_solicited; /**< List of solicited UUIDs. */ + ble_advdata_conn_int_t * p_slave_conn_int; /**< Slave Connection Interval Range. */ + ble_advdata_manuf_data_t * p_manuf_specific_data; /**< Manufacturer specific data. */ + ble_advdata_service_data_t * p_service_data_array; /**< Array of Service data structures. */ + uint8_t service_data_count; /**< Number of Service data structures. */ + bool include_ble_device_addr; /**< Determines if LE Bluetooth Device Address shall be included. */ + ble_advdata_le_role_t le_role; /**< LE Role field. Included when different from @ref BLE_ADVDATA_ROLE_NOT_PRESENT. @warning This field can be used only for NFC. For BLE advertising, set it to NULL. */ + ble_advdata_tk_value_t * p_tk_value; /**< Security Manager TK value field. Included when different from NULL. @warning This field can be used only for NFC. For BLE advertising, set it to NULL.*/ + uint8_t * p_sec_mgr_oob_flags; /**< Security Manager Out Of Band Flags field. Included when different from NULL. @warning This field can be used only for NFC. For BLE advertising, set it to NULL.*/ + ble_gap_lesc_oob_data_t * p_lesc_data; /**< LE Secure Connections OOB data. Included when different from NULL. @warning This field can be used only for NFC. For BLE advertising, set it to NULL.*/ +} ble_advdata_t; + +/**@brief Function for encoding data in the Advertising and Scan Response data format + * (AD structures). + * + * @details This function encodes data into the Advertising and Scan Response data format + * (AD structures) based on the selections in the supplied structures. This function can be used to + * create a payload of Advertising packet or Scan Response packet, or a payload of NFC + * message intended for initiating the Out-of-Band pairing. + * + * @param[in] p_advdata Pointer to the structure for specifying the content of encoded data. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Pointer to the buffer where encoded data will be returned. + * @param[in,out] p_len \c in: Size of \p p_encoded_data buffer. + * \c out: Length of encoded data. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the operation failed because a wrong parameter was provided in \p p_advdata. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE If the operation failed because not all the requested data could fit into the + * provided buffer or some encoded AD structure is too long and its + * length cannot be encoded with one octet. + * + * @warning This API may override the application's request to use the long name and use a short name + * instead. This truncation will occur in case the long name does not fit the provided buffer size. + * The application can specify a preferred short name length if truncation is required. + * For example, if the complete device name is ABCD_HRMonitor, the application can specify the short name + * length to be 8, so that the short device name appears as ABCD_HRM instead of ABCD_HRMo or ABCD_HRMoni + * if the available size for the short name is 9 or 12 respectively, to have a more appropriate short name. + * However, it should be noted that this is just a preference that the application can specify, and + * if the preference is too large to fit in the provided buffer, the name can be truncated further. + */ +uint32_t adv_data_encode(ble_advdata_t const * const p_advdata, + uint8_t * const p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * const p_len); + +/**@brief Function for encoding and setting the advertising data and/or scan response data. + * + * @details This function encodes advertising data and/or scan response data based on the selections + * in the supplied structures, and passes the encoded data to the stack. + * + * @param[in] p_advdata Structure for specifying the content of the advertising data. + * Set to NULL if advertising data is not to be set. + * @param[in] p_srdata Structure for specifying the content of the scan response data. + * Set to NULL if scan response data is not to be set. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the operation failed because a wrong parameter was provided in \p p_advdata. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE If the operation failed because not all the requested data could fit into the + * advertising packet. The maximum size of the advertisement packet + * is @ref BLE_GAP_ADV_MAX_SIZE. + * + * @warning This API may override the application's request to use the long name and use a short name + * instead. This truncation will occur in case the long name does not fit the provided buffer size. + * The application can specify a preferred short name length if truncation is required. + * For example, if the complete device name is ABCD_HRMonitor, the application can specify the short name + * length to be 8, so that the short device name appears as ABCD_HRM instead of ABCD_HRMo or ABCD_HRMoni + * if the available size for the short name is 9 or 12 respectively, to have a more appropriate short name. + * However, it should be noted that this is just a preference that the application can specify, and + * if the preference is too large to fit in the provided buffer, the name can be truncated further. + */ +uint32_t ble_advdata_set(const ble_advdata_t * p_advdata, const ble_advdata_t * p_srdata); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // BLE_ADVDATA_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_params.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_params.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f30fb466 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_params.c @@ -0,0 +1,323 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "ble_conn_params.h" +#include +#include "nordic_common.h" +#include "ble_hci.h" +#include "app_timer.h" +#include "ble_srv_common.h" +#include "app_util.h" + + +static ble_conn_params_init_t m_conn_params_config; /**< Configuration as specified by the application. */ +static ble_gap_conn_params_t m_preferred_conn_params; /**< Connection parameters preferred by the application. */ +static uint8_t m_update_count; /**< Number of Connection Parameter Update messages that has currently been sent. */ +static uint16_t m_conn_handle; /**< Current connection handle. */ +static ble_gap_conn_params_t m_current_conn_params; /**< Connection parameters received in the most recent Connect event. */ +APP_TIMER_DEF(m_conn_params_timer_id); /**< Connection parameters timer. */ + +static bool m_change_param = false; + +static bool is_conn_params_ok(ble_gap_conn_params_t * p_conn_params) +{ + // Check if interval is within the acceptable range. + // NOTE: Using max_conn_interval in the received event data because this contains + // the client's connection interval. + if ( + (p_conn_params->max_conn_interval >= m_preferred_conn_params.min_conn_interval) + && + (p_conn_params->max_conn_interval <= m_preferred_conn_params.max_conn_interval) + ) + { + return true; + } + else + { + return false; + } +} + + +static void update_timeout_handler(void * p_context) +{ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p_context); + + if (m_conn_handle != BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID) + { + // Check if we have reached the maximum number of attempts + m_update_count++; + if (m_update_count <= m_conn_params_config.max_conn_params_update_count) + { + uint32_t err_code; + + // Parameters are not ok, send connection parameters update request. + err_code = sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(m_conn_handle, &m_preferred_conn_params); + if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code); + } + } + else + { + m_update_count = 0; + + // Negotiation failed, disconnect automatically if this has been configured + if (m_conn_params_config.disconnect_on_fail) + { + uint32_t err_code; + + err_code = sd_ble_gap_disconnect(m_conn_handle, BLE_HCI_CONN_INTERVAL_UNACCEPTABLE); + if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code); + } + } + + // Notify the application that the procedure has failed + if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL) + { + ble_conn_params_evt_t evt; + + evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED; + m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt); + } + } + } +} + + +uint32_t ble_conn_params_init(const ble_conn_params_init_t * p_init) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + + m_conn_params_config = *p_init; + m_change_param = false; + if (p_init->p_conn_params != NULL) + { + m_preferred_conn_params = *p_init->p_conn_params; + + // Set the connection params in stack + err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(&m_preferred_conn_params); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return err_code; + } + } + else + { + // Fetch the connection params from stack + err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_get(&m_preferred_conn_params); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return err_code; + } + } + + m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID; + m_update_count = 0; + + return app_timer_create(&m_conn_params_timer_id, + APP_TIMER_MODE_SINGLE_SHOT, + update_timeout_handler); +} + + +uint32_t ble_conn_params_stop(void) +{ + return app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id); +} + + +static void conn_params_negotiation(void) +{ + // Start negotiation if the received connection parameters are not acceptable + if (!is_conn_params_ok(&m_current_conn_params)) + { + uint32_t err_code; + uint32_t timeout_ticks; + + if (m_change_param) + { + // Notify the application that the procedure has failed + if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL) + { + ble_conn_params_evt_t evt; + + evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED; + m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt); + } + } + else + { + if (m_update_count == 0) + { + // First connection parameter update + timeout_ticks = m_conn_params_config.first_conn_params_update_delay; + } + else + { + timeout_ticks = m_conn_params_config.next_conn_params_update_delay; + } + + err_code = app_timer_start(m_conn_params_timer_id, timeout_ticks, NULL); + if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code); + } + } + } + else + { + // Notify the application that the procedure has succeded + if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL) + { + ble_conn_params_evt_t evt; + + evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED; + m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt); + } + } + m_change_param = false; +} + + +static void on_connect(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + // Save connection parameters + m_conn_handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle; + m_current_conn_params = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.conn_params; + m_update_count = 0; // Connection parameter negotiation should re-start every connection + + // Check if we shall handle negotiation on connect + if (m_conn_params_config.start_on_notify_cccd_handle == BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID) + { + conn_params_negotiation(); + } +} + + +static void on_disconnect(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + + m_conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID; + + // Stop timer if running + m_update_count = 0; // Connection parameters updates should happen during every connection + + err_code = app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id); + if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code); + } +} + + +static void on_write(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + ble_gatts_evt_write_t * p_evt_write = &p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write; + + // Check if this the correct CCCD + if ( + (p_evt_write->handle == m_conn_params_config.start_on_notify_cccd_handle) + && + (p_evt_write->len == 2) + ) + { + // Check if this is a 'start notification' + if (ble_srv_is_notification_enabled(p_evt_write->data)) + { + // Do connection parameter negotiation if necessary + conn_params_negotiation(); + } + else + { + uint32_t err_code; + + // Stop timer if running + err_code = app_timer_stop(m_conn_params_timer_id); + if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (m_conn_params_config.error_handler != NULL)) + { + m_conn_params_config.error_handler(err_code); + } + } + } +} + + +static void on_conn_params_update(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + // Copy the parameters + m_current_conn_params = p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.conn_param_update.conn_params; + + conn_params_negotiation(); +} + + +void ble_conn_params_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id) + { + case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED: + on_connect(p_ble_evt); + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED: + on_disconnect(p_ble_evt); + break; + + case BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE: + on_write(p_ble_evt); + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_PARAM_UPDATE: + on_conn_params_update(p_ble_evt); + break; + + default: + // No implementation needed. + break; + } +} + + +uint32_t ble_conn_params_change_conn_params(ble_gap_conn_params_t * new_params) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + + m_preferred_conn_params = *new_params; + // Set the connection params in stack + err_code = sd_ble_gap_ppcp_set(&m_preferred_conn_params); + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + if (!is_conn_params_ok(&m_current_conn_params)) + { + m_change_param = true; + err_code = sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update(m_conn_handle, &m_preferred_conn_params); + m_update_count = 1; + } + else + { + // Notify the application that the procedure has succeded + if (m_conn_params_config.evt_handler != NULL) + { + ble_conn_params_evt_t evt; + + evt.evt_type = BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED; + m_conn_params_config.evt_handler(&evt); + } + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + } + } + return err_code; +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_params.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_params.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..789e8fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_params.h @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_conn_params Connection Parameters Negotiation + * @{ + * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib + * @brief Module for initiating and executing a connection parameters negotiation procedure. + */ + +#ifndef BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__ +#define BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__ + +#include +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_srv_common.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event type. */ +typedef enum +{ + BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_FAILED , /**< Negotiation procedure failed. */ + BLE_CONN_PARAMS_EVT_SUCCEEDED /**< Negotiation procedure succeeded. */ +} ble_conn_params_evt_type_t; + +/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event. */ +typedef struct +{ + ble_conn_params_evt_type_t evt_type; /**< Type of event. */ +} ble_conn_params_evt_t; + +/**@brief Connection Parameters Module event handler type. */ +typedef void (*ble_conn_params_evt_handler_t) (ble_conn_params_evt_t * p_evt); + +/**@brief Connection Parameters Module init structure. This contains all options and data needed for + * initialization of the connection parameters negotiation module. */ +typedef struct +{ + ble_gap_conn_params_t * p_conn_params; /**< Pointer to the connection parameters desired by the application. When calling ble_conn_params_init, if this parameter is set to NULL, the connection parameters will be fetched from host. */ + uint32_t first_conn_params_update_delay; /**< Time from initiating event (connect or start of notification) to first time sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update is called (in number of timer ticks). */ + uint32_t next_conn_params_update_delay; /**< Time between each call to sd_ble_gap_conn_param_update after the first (in number of timer ticks). Recommended value 30 seconds as per BLUETOOTH SPECIFICATION Version 4.0. */ + uint8_t max_conn_params_update_count; /**< Number of attempts before giving up the negotiation. */ + uint16_t start_on_notify_cccd_handle; /**< If procedure is to be started when notification is started, set this to the handle of the corresponding CCCD. Set to BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if procedure is to be started on connect event. */ + bool disconnect_on_fail; /**< Set to TRUE if a failed connection parameters update shall cause an automatic disconnection, set to FALSE otherwise. */ + ble_conn_params_evt_handler_t evt_handler; /**< Event handler to be called for handling events in the Connection Parameters. */ + ble_srv_error_handler_t error_handler; /**< Function to be called in case of an error. */ +} ble_conn_params_init_t; + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the Connection Parameters module. + * + * @note If the negotiation procedure should be triggered when notification/indication of + * any characteristic is enabled by the peer, then this function must be called after + * having initialized the services. + * + * @param[in] p_init This contains information needed to initialize this module. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code. + */ +uint32_t ble_conn_params_init(const ble_conn_params_init_t * p_init); + +/**@brief Function for stopping the Connection Parameters module. + * + * @details This function is intended to be used by the application to clean up the connection + * parameters update module. This will stop the connection parameters update timer if + * running, thereby preventing any impending connection parameters update procedure. This + * function must be called by the application when it needs to clean itself up (for + * example, before disabling the bluetooth SoftDevice) so that an unwanted timer expiry + * event can be avoided. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code. + */ +uint32_t ble_conn_params_stop(void); + +/**@brief Function for changing the current connection parameters to a new set. + * + * @details Use this function to change the connection parameters to a new set of parameter + * (ie different from the ones given at init of the module). + * This function is usefull for scenario where most of the time the application + * needs a relatively big connection interval, and just sometimes, for a temporary + * period requires shorter connection interval, for example to transfer a higher + * amount of data. + * If the given parameters does not match the current connection's parameters + * this function initiates a new negotiation. + * + * @param[in] new_params This contains the new connections parameters to setup. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful initialization, otherwise an error code. + */ +uint32_t ble_conn_params_change_conn_params(ble_gap_conn_params_t *new_params); + +/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events. + * + * @details Handles all events from the BLE stack that are of interest to this module. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt The event received from the BLE stack. + */ +void ble_conn_params_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // BLE_CONN_PARAMS_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_state.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_state.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0e119df4 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_state.c @@ -0,0 +1,387 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "ble_conn_state.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "ble.h" +#include "sdk_mapped_flags.h" +#include "app_error.h" + + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #pragma push + #pragma anon_unions +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + #pragma language=extended +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + /* anonymous unions are enabled by default */ +#endif + + +#define BLE_CONN_STATE_N_DEFAULT_FLAGS 5 /**< The number of flags kept for each connection, excluding user flags. */ +#define BLE_CONN_STATE_N_FLAGS (BLE_CONN_STATE_N_DEFAULT_FLAGS + BLE_CONN_STATE_N_USER_FLAGS) /**< The number of flags kept for each connection, including user flags. */ + + +/**@brief Structure containing all the flag collections maintained by the Connection State module. + */ +typedef struct +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_t valid_flags; /**< Flags indicating which connection handles are valid. */ + sdk_mapped_flags_t connected_flags; /**< Flags indicating which connections are connected, since disconnected connection handles will not immediately be invalidated. */ + sdk_mapped_flags_t central_flags; /**< Flags indicating in which connections the local device is the central. */ + sdk_mapped_flags_t encrypted_flags; /**< Flags indicating which connections are encrypted. */ + sdk_mapped_flags_t mitm_protected_flags; /**< Flags indicating which connections have encryption with protection from man-in-the-middle attacks. */ + sdk_mapped_flags_t user_flags[BLE_CONN_STATE_N_USER_FLAGS]; /**< Flags that can be reserved by the user. The flags will be cleared when a connection is invalidated, otherwise, the user is wholly responsible for the flag states. */ +} ble_conn_state_flag_collections_t; + + +/**@brief Structure containing the internal state of the Connection State module. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t acquired_flags; /**< Bitmap for keeping track of which user flags have been acquired. */ + uint16_t valid_conn_handles[SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS]; /**< List of connection handles used as keys for the sdk_mapped_flags module. */ + union + { + ble_conn_state_flag_collections_t flags; /**< Flag collections kept by the Connection State module. */ + sdk_mapped_flags_t flag_array[BLE_CONN_STATE_N_FLAGS]; /**< Flag collections as array to allow use of @ref sdk_mapped_flags_bulk_update_by_key() when setting all flags. */ + }; +} ble_conn_state_t; + + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #pragma pop +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + /* leave anonymous unions enabled */ +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + /* anonymous unions are enabled by default */ +#endif + + +static ble_conn_state_t m_bcs = {0}; /**< Instantiation of the internal state. */ + + +/**@brief Function for resetting all internal memory to the values it had at initialization. + */ +void bcs_internal_state_reset(void) +{ + memset( &m_bcs, 0, sizeof(ble_conn_state_t) ); +} + + +/**@brief Function for activating a connection record. + * + * @param p_record The record to activate. + * @param conn_handle The connection handle to copy into the record. + * @param role The role of the connection. + * + * @return whether the record was activated successfully. + */ +static bool record_activate(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + uint16_t available_index = sdk_mapped_flags_first_key_index_get(~m_bcs.flags.valid_flags); + + if (available_index != SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_INVALID_INDEX) + { + m_bcs.valid_conn_handles[available_index] = conn_handle; + sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + &m_bcs.flags.connected_flags, + conn_handle, + 1); + sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + &m_bcs.flags.valid_flags, + conn_handle, + 1); + + return true; + } + + return false; +} + + +/**@brief Function for marking a connection record as invalid and resetting the values. + * + * @param p_record The record to invalidate. + */ +static void record_invalidate(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_bulk_update_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + m_bcs.flag_array, + BLE_CONN_STATE_N_FLAGS, + conn_handle, + 0); +} + + +/**@brief Function for marking a connection as disconnected. See @ref BLE_CONN_STATUS_DISCONNECTED. + * + * @param p_record The record of the connection to set as disconnected. + */ +static void record_set_disconnected(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + &m_bcs.flags.connected_flags, + conn_handle, + 0); +} + + +/**@brief Function for invalidating records with a @ref BLE_CONN_STATUS_DISCONNECTED + * connection status + */ +static void record_purge_disconnected() +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t disconnected_list; + + disconnected_list = sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_get( + m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + (~m_bcs.flags.connected_flags) & (m_bcs.flags.valid_flags)); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < disconnected_list.len; i++) + { + record_invalidate(disconnected_list.flag_keys[i]); + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for checking if a user flag has been acquired. + * + * @param[in] flag_id Which flag to check. + * + * @return Whether the flag has been acquired. + */ +static bool user_flag_is_acquired(ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id) +{ + return ((m_bcs.acquired_flags & (1 << flag_id)) != 0); +} + + +/**@brief Function for marking a user flag as acquired. + * + * @param[in] flag_id Which flag to mark. + */ +static void user_flag_acquire(ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id) +{ + m_bcs.acquired_flags |= (1 << flag_id); +} + + +void ble_conn_state_init(void) +{ + bcs_internal_state_reset(); +} + + +void ble_conn_state_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id) + { + case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED: + record_purge_disconnected(); + + if ( !record_activate(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle) ) + { + // No more records available. Should not happen. + APP_ERROR_HANDLER(NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM); + } + else + { + bool is_central = + (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.connected.role == BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL); + + sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + &m_bcs.flags.central_flags, + p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle, + is_central); + } + + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED: + record_set_disconnected(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle); + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_SEC_UPDATE: + sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key( + m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + &m_bcs.flags.encrypted_flags, + p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle, + (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.conn_sec_update.conn_sec.sec_mode.lv > 1)); + sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key( + m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + &m_bcs.flags.mitm_protected_flags, + p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.conn_handle, + (p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt.params.conn_sec_update.conn_sec.sec_mode.lv > 2)); + break; + } +} + + +bool ble_conn_state_valid(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + m_bcs.flags.valid_flags, + conn_handle); +} + + +uint8_t ble_conn_state_role(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + uint8_t role = BLE_GAP_ROLE_INVALID; + + if ( sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, m_bcs.flags.valid_flags, conn_handle) ) + { + bool central = sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + m_bcs.flags.central_flags, + conn_handle); + + role = central ? BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL : BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH; + } + + return role; +} + + +ble_conn_state_status_t ble_conn_state_status(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + ble_conn_state_status_t conn_status = BLE_CONN_STATUS_INVALID; + bool valid = sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + m_bcs.flags.valid_flags, + conn_handle); + + if (valid) + { + bool connected = sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + m_bcs.flags.connected_flags, + conn_handle); + + conn_status = connected ? BLE_CONN_STATUS_CONNECTED : BLE_CONN_STATUS_DISCONNECTED; + } + + return conn_status; +} + + +bool ble_conn_state_encrypted(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + m_bcs.flags.encrypted_flags, + conn_handle); +} + + +bool ble_conn_state_mitm_protected(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + m_bcs.flags.mitm_protected_flags, + conn_handle); +} + + +uint32_t ble_conn_state_n_connections(void) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_n_flags_set(m_bcs.flags.connected_flags); +} + + +uint32_t ble_conn_state_n_centrals(void) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_n_flags_set((m_bcs.flags.central_flags) & (m_bcs.flags.connected_flags)); +} + + +uint32_t ble_conn_state_n_peripherals(void) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_n_flags_set((~m_bcs.flags.central_flags) & (m_bcs.flags.connected_flags)); +} + + +sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t ble_conn_state_conn_handles(void) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_get(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, m_bcs.flags.valid_flags); +} + + +sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t ble_conn_state_central_handles(void) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_get(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + (m_bcs.flags.central_flags) & (m_bcs.flags.connected_flags)); +} + + +sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t ble_conn_state_periph_handles(void) +{ + return sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_get(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + (~m_bcs.flags.central_flags) & (m_bcs.flags.connected_flags)); +} + + +ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(void) +{ + for (ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t i = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG0; + i < BLE_CONN_STATE_N_USER_FLAGS; + i++) + { + if ( !user_flag_is_acquired(i) ) + { + user_flag_acquire(i); + return i; + } + } + + return BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +} + + +bool ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id) +{ + if (user_flag_is_acquired(flag_id)) + { + return sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + m_bcs.flags.user_flags[flag_id], + conn_handle); + } + else + { + return false; + } +} + + +void ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id, + bool value) +{ + if (user_flag_is_acquired(flag_id)) + { + sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key(m_bcs.valid_conn_handles, + &m_bcs.flags.user_flags[flag_id], + conn_handle, + value); + } +} + + +sdk_mapped_flags_t ble_conn_state_user_flag_collection(ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id) +{ + if ( user_flag_is_acquired(flag_id) ) + { + return m_bcs.flags.user_flags[flag_id]; + } + else + { + return 0; + } +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_state.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_state.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c1dcfd7c --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_conn_state.h @@ -0,0 +1,284 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @file + * + * @defgroup ble_conn_state Connection state + * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib + * @{ + * @brief Module for storing data on BLE connections. + * + * @details This module stores certain states for each connection, which can be queried by + * connection handle. The module uses BLE events to keep the states updated. + * + * In addition to the preprogrammed states, this module can also keep track of a number of + * binary user states, or user flags. These are reset to 0 for new connections, but + * otherwise not touched by this module. + * + * This module uses the @ref sdk_mapped_flags module, with connection handles as keys and + * the connection states as flags. + * + * @note A connection handle is not immediately invalidated when it is disconnected. Certain states, + * such as the role, can still be queried until the next time a new connection is established + * to any device. + * + * To function properly, this module must be provided with BLE events from the SoftDevice + * through the @ref ble_conn_state_on_ble_evt() function. This module should be the first + * to receive BLE events if they are dispatched to multiple modules. + */ + +#ifndef BLE_CONN_STATE_H__ +#define BLE_CONN_STATE_H__ + +#include +#include +#include "ble.h" +#include "sdk_mapped_flags.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/**@brief Connection handle statuses. + */ +typedef enum +{ + BLE_CONN_STATUS_INVALID, /**< The connection handle is invalid. */ + BLE_CONN_STATUS_DISCONNECTED, /**< The connection handle refers to a connection that has been disconnected, but not yet invalidated. */ + BLE_CONN_STATUS_CONNECTED, /**< The connection handle refers to an active connection. */ +} ble_conn_state_status_t; + +#define BLE_CONN_STATE_N_USER_FLAGS 24 /**< The number of available user flags. */ + + +/**@brief One ID for each user flag collection. + * + * @details These IDs are used to identify user flag collections in the API calls. + */ +typedef enum +{ + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG0 = 0, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG1, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG2, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG3, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG4, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG5, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG6, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG7, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG8, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG9, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG10, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG11, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG12, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG13, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG14, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG15, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG16, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG17, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG18, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG19, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG20, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG21, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG22, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG23, + BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID, +} ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t; + + +/** + * @defgroup ble_conn_state_functions BLE connection state functions + * @{ + */ + + +/**@brief Function for initializing or resetting the module. + * + * @details This function sets all states to their default, removing all records of connection handles. + */ +void ble_conn_state_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for providing BLE SoftDevice events to the connection state module. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt The SoftDevice event. + */ +void ble_conn_state_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt); + + +/**@brief Function for querying whether a connection handle represents a valid connection. + * + * @details A connection might be valid and have a BLE_CONN_STATUS_DISCONNECTED status. + * Those connections are invalidated after a new connection occurs. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of the connection. + * + * @retval true If conn_handle represents a valid connection, thus a connection for which + we have a record. + * @retval false If conn_handle is @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_INVALID, or if it has never been recorded. + */ +bool ble_conn_state_valid(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the role of the local device in a connection. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of the connection to get the role for. + * + * @return The role of the local device in the connection (see @ref BLE_GAP_ROLES). + * If conn_handle is not valid, the function returns BLE_GAP_ROLE_INVALID. + */ +uint8_t ble_conn_state_role(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the status of a connection. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of the connection. + * + * @return The status of the connection. + * If conn_handle is not valid, the function returns BLE_CONN_STATE_INVALID. + */ +ble_conn_state_status_t ble_conn_state_status(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for querying whether a connection is encrypted. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of connection to get the encryption state for. + * + * @retval true If the connection is encrypted. + * @retval false If the connection is not encrypted or conn_handle is invalid. + */ +bool ble_conn_state_encrypted(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for querying whether a connection encryption is protected from Man in the Middle + * attacks. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of connection to get the MITM state for. + * + * @retval true If the connection is encrypted with MITM protection. + * @retval false If the connection is not encrypted, or encryption is not MITM protected, or + * conn_handle is invalid. + */ +bool ble_conn_state_mitm_protected(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the total number of connections. + * + * @return The total number of valid connections for which the module has a record. + */ +uint32_t ble_conn_state_n_connections(void); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the total number of connections in which the role of the local + * device is @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL. + * + * @return The number of connections in which the role of the local device is + * @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL. + */ +uint32_t ble_conn_state_n_centrals(void); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the total number of connections in which the role of the local + * device is @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH. + * + * @return The number of connections in which the role of the local device is + * @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH. + */ +uint32_t ble_conn_state_n_peripherals(void); + + +/**@brief Function for obtaining a list of all connection handles for which the module has a record. + * + * @details This function takes into account connections whose state is BLE_CONN_STATUS_DISCONNECTED. + * + * @return A list of all valid connection handles for which the module has a record. + */ +sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t ble_conn_state_conn_handles(void); + + +/**@brief Function for obtaining a list of connection handles in which the role of the local + * device is @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL. + * + * @details This function takes into account connections whose state is BLE_CONN_STATUS_DISCONNECTED. + * + * @return A list of all valid connection handles for which the module has a record and in which + * the role of local device is @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL. + */ +sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t ble_conn_state_central_handles(void); + + +/**@brief Function for obtaining the handle for the connection in which the role of the local device + * is @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH. + * + * @details This function takes into account connections whose state is BLE_CONN_STATUS_DISCONNECTED. + * + * @return A list of all valid connection handles for which the module has a record and in which + * the role of local device is @ref BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH. + */ +sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t ble_conn_state_periph_handles(void); + + +/**@brief Function for obtaining exclusive access to one of the user flag collections. + * + * @details The acquired collection contains one flag for each connection. These flags can be set + * and read individually for each connection. + * + * The state of user flags will not be modified by the connection state module, except to + * set it to 0 for a connection when that connection is invalidated. + * + * @return The ID of the acquired flag, or BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID if none are available. + */ +ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(void); + + +/**@brief Function for reading the value of a user flag. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of connection to get the flag state for. + * @param[in] flag_id Which flag to get the state for. + * + * @return The state of the flag. If conn_handle is invalid, the function returns false. + */ +bool ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id); + + +/**@brief Function for setting the value of a user flag. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of connection to set the flag state for. + * @param[in] flag_id Which flag to set the state for. + * @param[in] value Value to set the flag state to. + */ +void ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id, + bool value); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the state of a user flag for all connection handles. + * + * @details The returned collection can be used with the @ref sdk_mapped_flags API. The returned + * collection is a copy, so modifying it has no effect on the conn_state module. + * + * @param[in] flag_id Which flag to get states for. + * + * @return The collection of flag states. The collection is always all zeros when the flag_id is + * unregistered. + */ +sdk_mapped_flags_t ble_conn_state_user_flag_collection(ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id); + +/** @} */ +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* BLE_CONN_STATE_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_date_time.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_date_time.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8afa38f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_date_time.h @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2011 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. +* +* The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. +* Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC +* SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. +* +* Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO +* WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from +* the file. +*/ + +/* Attention! +* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA�s Bluetooth profile +* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified. +*/ + +/** @file + * @brief Contains definition of ble_date_time structure. + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_date_time BLE Date Time characteristic type + * @{ + * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib + * @brief Definition of ble_date_time_t type. + */ + +#ifndef BLE_DATE_TIME_H__ +#define BLE_DATE_TIME_H__ + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/**@brief Date and Time structure. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t year; + uint8_t month; + uint8_t day; + uint8_t hours; + uint8_t minutes; + uint8_t seconds; +} ble_date_time_t; + +static __INLINE uint8_t ble_date_time_encode(const ble_date_time_t * p_date_time, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + uint8_t len = uint16_encode(p_date_time->year, p_encoded_data); + + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->month; + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->day; + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->hours; + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->minutes; + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->seconds; + + return len; +} + +static __INLINE uint8_t ble_date_time_decode(ble_date_time_t * p_date_time, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + uint8_t len = sizeof(uint16_t); + + p_date_time->year = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data); + p_date_time->month = p_encoded_data[len++]; + p_date_time->day = p_encoded_data[len++]; + p_date_time->hours = p_encoded_data[len++]; + p_date_time->minutes = p_encoded_data[len++]; + p_date_time->seconds = p_encoded_data[len++]; + + return len; +} + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // BLE_DATE_TIME_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_gatt_db.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_gatt_db.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4dcc3313 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_gatt_db.h @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + */ + + /**@file + * + * @defgroup ble_sdk_lib_gatt_db GATT Database Service Structure + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + */ + +#ifndef BLE_GATT_DB_H__ +#define BLE_GATT_DB_H__ + +#include +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gattc.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define BLE_GATT_DB_MAX_CHARS 5 /**< The maximum number of characteristics present in a service record. */ + +/**@brief Structure for holding the characteristic and the handle of its CCCD present on a server. + */ +typedef struct +{ + ble_gattc_char_t characteristic; /**< Structure containing information about the characteristic. */ + uint16_t cccd_handle; /**< CCCD Handle value for this characteristic. This will be set to BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if a CCCD is not present at the server. */ + uint16_t ext_prop_handle; /**< Extended Properties Handle value for this characteristic. This will be set to BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if an Extended Properties descriptor is not present at the server. */ + uint16_t user_desc_handle; /**< User Description Handle value for this characteristic. This will be set to BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if a User Description descriptor is not present at the server. */ + uint16_t report_ref_handle; /**< Report Refence Handle value for this characteristic. This will be set to BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID if a Report Reference descriptor is not present at the server. */ +} ble_gatt_db_char_t; + +/**@brief Structure for holding information about the service and the characteristics present on a + * server. + */ +typedef struct +{ + ble_uuid_t srv_uuid; /**< UUID of the service. */ + uint8_t char_count; /**< Number of characteristics present in the service. */ + ble_gattc_handle_range_t handle_range; /**< Service Handle Range. */ + ble_gatt_db_char_t charateristics[BLE_GATT_DB_MAX_CHARS]; /**< Array of information related to the characteristics present in the service. This list can extend further than one. */ +} ble_gatt_db_srv_t; + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* BLE_GATT_DB_H__ */ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_sensor_location.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_sensor_location.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1f5da5cc --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_sensor_location.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + /* Attention! +* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA�s Bluetooth profile +* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified. +*/ + +#ifndef BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__ +#define BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef enum { + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_OTHER = 0 , /**<-- Other */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_TOP_OF_SHOE = 1 , /**<-- Top of shoe */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_IN_SHOE = 2 , /**<-- In shoe */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_HIP = 3 , /**<-- Hip */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_FRONT_WHEEL = 4 , /**<-- Front Wheel */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_LEFT_CRANK = 5 , /**<-- Left Crank */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_RIGHT_CRANK = 6 , /**<-- Right Crank */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_LEFT_PEDAL = 7 , /**<-- Left Pedal */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_RIGHT_PEDAL = 8 , /**<-- Right Pedal */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_FRONT_HUB = 9 , /**<-- Front Hub */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_DROPOUT = 10, /**<-- Rear Dropout */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAINSTAY = 11, /**<-- Chainstay */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_WHEEL = 12, /**<-- Rear Wheel */ + BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_REAR_HUB = 13, /**<-- Rear Hub */ +}ble_sensor_location_t; + +#define BLE_NB_MAX_SENSOR_LOCATIONS 14 + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // BLE_SENSOR_LOCATION_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_srv_common.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_srv_common.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..df04f160 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_srv_common.c @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/* Attention! +* To maintain compliance with Nordic Semiconductor ASA�s Bluetooth profile +* qualification listings, this section of source code must not be modified. +*/ + +#include "ble_srv_common.h" +#include +#include "nordic_common.h" +#include "app_error.h" +#include "ble.h" + +bool ble_srv_is_notification_enabled(uint8_t const * p_encoded_data) +{ + uint16_t cccd_value = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data); + return ((cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_NOTIFICATION) != 0); +} + +bool ble_srv_is_indication_enabled(uint8_t const * p_encoded_data) +{ + uint16_t cccd_value = uint16_decode(p_encoded_data); + return ((cccd_value & BLE_GATT_HVX_INDICATION) != 0); +} + +uint8_t ble_srv_report_ref_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_buffer, + const ble_srv_report_ref_t * p_report_ref) +{ + uint8_t len = 0; + + p_encoded_buffer[len++] = p_report_ref->report_id; + p_encoded_buffer[len++] = p_report_ref->report_type; + + APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(len == BLE_SRV_ENCODED_REPORT_REF_LEN); + return len; +} + + +void ble_srv_ascii_to_utf8(ble_srv_utf8_str_t * p_utf8, char * p_ascii) +{ + p_utf8->length = (uint16_t)strlen(p_ascii); + p_utf8->p_str = (uint8_t *)p_ascii; +} + + +/**@brief Function for setting security requirements of a characteristic. + * + * @param[in] level required security level. + * @param[out] p_perm Characteristic security requirements. + * + * @return encoded security level and security mode. + */ +static inline void set_security_req(security_req_t level, ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t * p_perm) +{ + + + BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_NO_ACCESS(p_perm); + switch (level) + { + case SEC_NO_ACCESS: + BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_NO_ACCESS(p_perm); + break; + case SEC_OPEN: + BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(p_perm); + break; + case SEC_JUST_WORKS: + BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_ENC_NO_MITM(p_perm); + break; + case SEC_MITM: + BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_ENC_WITH_MITM(p_perm); + break; + case SEC_SIGNED: + BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_SIGNED_NO_MITM(p_perm); + break; + case SEC_SIGNED_MITM: + BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_SIGNED_WITH_MITM(p_perm); + break; + } + return; +} + + +uint32_t characteristic_add(uint16_t service_handle, + ble_add_char_params_t * p_char_props, + ble_gatts_char_handles_t * p_char_handle) +{ + ble_gatts_char_md_t char_md; + ble_gatts_attr_t attr_char_value; + ble_uuid_t char_uuid; + ble_gatts_attr_md_t attr_md; + ble_gatts_attr_md_t user_descr_attr_md; + ble_gatts_attr_md_t cccd_md; + + if (p_char_props->uuid_type == 0) + { + char_uuid.type = BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE; + } + else + { + char_uuid.type = p_char_props->uuid_type; + } + char_uuid.uuid = p_char_props->uuid; + + memset(&attr_md, 0, sizeof(ble_gatts_attr_md_t)); + set_security_req(p_char_props->read_access, &attr_md.read_perm); + set_security_req(p_char_props->write_access, & attr_md.write_perm); + attr_md.rd_auth = (p_char_props->is_defered_read ? 1 : 0); + attr_md.wr_auth = (p_char_props->is_defered_write ? 1 : 0); + attr_md.vlen = (p_char_props->is_var_len ? 1 : 0); + attr_md.vloc = (p_char_props->is_value_user ? BLE_GATTS_VLOC_USER : BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK); + + + memset(&char_md, 0, sizeof(ble_gatts_char_md_t)); + if ((p_char_props->char_props.notify == 1)||(p_char_props->char_props.indicate == 1)) + { + + memset(&cccd_md, 0, sizeof(cccd_md)); + set_security_req(p_char_props->cccd_write_access, &cccd_md.write_perm); + BLE_GAP_CONN_SEC_MODE_SET_OPEN(&cccd_md.read_perm); + + cccd_md.vloc = BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK; + + char_md.p_cccd_md = &cccd_md; + } + char_md.char_props = p_char_props->char_props; + char_md.char_ext_props = p_char_props->char_ext_props; + + memset(&attr_char_value, 0, sizeof(ble_gatts_attr_t)); + attr_char_value.p_uuid = &char_uuid; + attr_char_value.p_attr_md = &attr_md; + attr_char_value.max_len = p_char_props->max_len; + if (p_char_props->p_init_value != NULL) + { + attr_char_value.init_len = p_char_props->init_len; + attr_char_value.p_value = p_char_props->p_init_value; + } + if (p_char_props->p_user_descr != NULL) + { + memset(&user_descr_attr_md, 0, sizeof(ble_gatts_attr_md_t)); + char_md.char_user_desc_max_size = p_char_props->p_user_descr->max_size; + char_md.char_user_desc_size = p_char_props->p_user_descr->size; + char_md.p_char_user_desc = p_char_props->p_user_descr->p_char_user_desc; + + char_md.p_user_desc_md = &user_descr_attr_md; + + set_security_req(p_char_props->p_user_descr->read_access, &user_descr_attr_md.read_perm); + set_security_req(p_char_props->p_user_descr->write_access, &user_descr_attr_md.write_perm); + + user_descr_attr_md.rd_auth = (p_char_props->p_user_descr->is_defered_read ? 1 : 0); + user_descr_attr_md.wr_auth = (p_char_props->p_user_descr->is_defered_write ? 1 : 0); + user_descr_attr_md.vlen = (p_char_props->p_user_descr->is_var_len ? 1 : 0); + user_descr_attr_md.vloc = (p_char_props->p_user_descr->is_value_user ? BLE_GATTS_VLOC_USER : BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK); + } + if (p_char_props->p_presentation_format != NULL) + { + char_md.p_char_pf = p_char_props->p_presentation_format; + } + return sd_ble_gatts_characteristic_add(service_handle, + &char_md, + &attr_char_value, + p_char_handle); +} + + +uint32_t descriptor_add(uint16_t char_handle, + ble_add_descr_params_t * p_descr_props, + uint16_t * p_descr_handle) +{ + ble_gatts_attr_t descr_params; + ble_uuid_t desc_uuid; + ble_gatts_attr_md_t attr_md; + + memset(&descr_params, 0, sizeof(descr_params)); + if (p_descr_props->uuid_type == 0) + { + desc_uuid.type = BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE; + } + else + { + desc_uuid.type = p_descr_props->uuid_type; + } + desc_uuid.uuid = p_descr_props->uuid; + descr_params.p_uuid = &desc_uuid; + + set_security_req(p_descr_props->read_access, &attr_md.read_perm); + set_security_req(p_descr_props->write_access,&attr_md.write_perm); + + attr_md.rd_auth = (p_descr_props->is_defered_read ? 1 : 0); + attr_md.wr_auth = (p_descr_props->is_defered_write ? 1 : 0); + attr_md.vlen = (p_descr_props->is_var_len ? 1 : 0); + attr_md.vloc = (p_descr_props->is_value_user ? BLE_GATTS_VLOC_USER : BLE_GATTS_VLOC_STACK); + descr_params.p_attr_md = &attr_md; + + descr_params.init_len = p_descr_props->init_len; + descr_params.init_offs = p_descr_props->init_offs; + descr_params.max_len = p_descr_props->max_len; + descr_params.p_value = p_descr_props->p_value; + + return sd_ble_gatts_descriptor_add(char_handle, &descr_params, p_descr_handle); +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_srv_common.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_srv_common.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ab21470f --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/common/ble_srv_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,371 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup ble_sdk_srv_common Common service definitions + * @{ + * @ingroup ble_sdk_srv + * @brief Constants, type definitions, and functions that are common to all services. + */ + +#ifndef BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__ +#define BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__ + +#include +#include +#include "ble_types.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "ble_gatt.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** @defgroup UUID_SERVICES Service UUID definitions + * @{ */ +#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_NOTIFICATION_SERVICE 0x1811 /**< Alert Notification service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_SERVICE 0x180F /**< Battery service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_SERVICE 0x1810 /**< Blood Pressure service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_CURRENT_TIME_SERVICE 0x1805 /**< Current Time service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_CYCLING_SPEED_AND_CADENCE 0x1816 /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_LOCATION_AND_NAVIGATION_SERVICE 0x1819 /**< Location and Navigation service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_DEVICE_INFORMATION_SERVICE 0x180A /**< Device Information service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_SERVICE 0x1808 /**< Glucose service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_HEALTH_THERMOMETER_SERVICE 0x1809 /**< Health Thermometer service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_SERVICE 0x180D /**< Heart Rate service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE_SERVICE 0x1812 /**< Human Interface Device service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_IMMEDIATE_ALERT_SERVICE 0x1802 /**< Immediate Alert service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_LINK_LOSS_SERVICE 0x1803 /**< Link Loss service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_NEXT_DST_CHANGE_SERVICE 0x1807 /**< Next Dst Change service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_PHONE_ALERT_STATUS_SERVICE 0x180E /**< Phone Alert Status service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_REFERENCE_TIME_UPDATE_SERVICE 0x1806 /**< Reference Time Update service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_RUNNING_SPEED_AND_CADENCE 0x1814 /**< Running Speed and Cadence service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_PARAMETERS_SERVICE 0x1813 /**< Scan Parameters service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TX_POWER_SERVICE 0x1804 /**< TX Power service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_IPSP_SERVICE 0x1820 /**< Internet Protocol Support service UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BMS_SERVICE 0x181E /**< BOND MANAGEMENT service UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_CGM_SERVICE 0x181F /**< Contiunous Glucose Monitoring service UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_PLX_SERVICE 0x1822 /**< Pulse Oximeter Service UUID*/ + + +/** @} */ + +/** @defgroup UUID_CHARACTERISTICS Characteristic UUID definitions + * @{ */ +#define BLE_UUID_REMOVABLE_CHAR 0x2A3A /**< Removable characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SERVICE_REQUIRED_CHAR 0x2A3B /**< Service Required characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_CHAR 0x2A43 /**< Alert Category Id characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_CATEGORY_ID_BIT_MASK_CHAR 0x2A42 /**< Alert Category Id Bit Mask characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A06 /**< Alert Level characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_NOTIFICATION_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A44 /**< Alert Notification Control Point characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_ALERT_STATUS_CHAR 0x2A3F /**< Alert Status characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BATTERY_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A19 /**< Battery Level characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A49 /**< Blood Pressure Feature characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BLOOD_PRESSURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A35 /**< Blood Pressure Measurement characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BODY_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR 0x2A38 /**< Body Sensor Location characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A22 /**< Boot Keyboard Input Report characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_KEYBOARD_OUTPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A32 /**< Boot Keyboard Output Report characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BOOT_MOUSE_INPUT_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A33 /**< Boot Mouse Input Report characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_CURRENT_TIME_CHAR 0x2A2B /**< Current Time characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_DATE_TIME_CHAR 0x2A08 /**< Date Time characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_DAY_DATE_TIME_CHAR 0x2A0A /**< Day Date Time characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_DAY_OF_WEEK_CHAR 0x2A09 /**< Day Of Week characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_DST_OFFSET_CHAR 0x2A0D /**< Dst Offset characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_EXACT_TIME_256_CHAR 0x2A0C /**< Exact Time 256 characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_FIRMWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A26 /**< Firmware Revision String characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A51 /**< Glucose Feature characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A18 /**< Glucose Measurement characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_GLUCOSE_MEASUREMENT_CONTEXT_CHAR 0x2A34 /**< Glucose Measurement Context characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_HARDWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A27 /**< Hardware Revision String characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A39 /**< Heart Rate Control Point characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_HEART_RATE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A37 /**< Heart Rate Measurement characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_HID_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A4C /**< Hid Control Point characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_HID_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A4A /**< Hid Information characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_IEEE_REGULATORY_CERTIFICATION_DATA_LIST_CHAR 0x2A2A /**< IEEE Regulatory Certification Data List characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_INTERMEDIATE_CUFF_PRESSURE_CHAR 0x2A36 /**< Intermediate Cuff Pressure characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_INTERMEDIATE_TEMPERATURE_CHAR 0x2A1E /**< Intermediate Temperature characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_LOCAL_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A0F /**< Local Time Information characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_MANUFACTURER_NAME_STRING_CHAR 0x2A29 /**< Manufacturer Name String characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_MEASUREMENT_INTERVAL_CHAR 0x2A21 /**< Measurement Interval characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_MODEL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR 0x2A24 /**< Model Number String characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_UNREAD_ALERT_CHAR 0x2A45 /**< Unread Alert characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_NEW_ALERT_CHAR 0x2A46 /**< New Alert characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_PNP_ID_CHAR 0x2A50 /**< PNP Id characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_PROTOCOL_MODE_CHAR 0x2A4E /**< Protocol Mode characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_RECORD_ACCESS_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A52 /**< Record Access Control Point characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_REFERENCE_TIME_INFORMATION_CHAR 0x2A14 /**< Reference Time Information characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_CHAR 0x2A4D /**< Report characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_MAP_CHAR 0x2A4B /**< Report Map characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_RINGER_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A40 /**< Ringer Control Point characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_RINGER_SETTING_CHAR 0x2A41 /**< Ringer Setting characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_INTERVAL_WINDOW_CHAR 0x2A4F /**< Scan Interval Window characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SCAN_REFRESH_CHAR 0x2A31 /**< Scan Refresh characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SERIAL_NUMBER_STRING_CHAR 0x2A25 /**< Serial Number String characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SOFTWARE_REVISION_STRING_CHAR 0x2A28 /**< Software Revision String characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SUPPORTED_NEW_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR 0x2A47 /**< Supported New Alert Category characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SUPPORTED_UNREAD_ALERT_CATEGORY_CHAR 0x2A48 /**< Supported Unread Alert Category characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SYSTEM_ID_CHAR 0x2A23 /**< System Id characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TEMPERATURE_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A1C /**< Temperature Measurement characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TEMPERATURE_TYPE_CHAR 0x2A1D /**< Temperature Type characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TIME_ACCURACY_CHAR 0x2A12 /**< Time Accuracy characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TIME_SOURCE_CHAR 0x2A13 /**< Time Source characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TIME_UPDATE_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A16 /**< Time Update Control Point characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TIME_UPDATE_STATE_CHAR 0x2A17 /**< Time Update State characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TIME_WITH_DST_CHAR 0x2A11 /**< Time With Dst characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TIME_ZONE_CHAR 0x2A0E /**< Time Zone characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_TX_POWER_LEVEL_CHAR 0x2A07 /**< TX Power Level characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_CSC_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A5C /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence Feature characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_CSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A5B /**< Cycling Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_RSC_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A54 /**< Running Speed and Cadence Feature characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SC_CTRLPT_CHAR 0x2A55 /**< Speed and Cadence Control Point UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_RSC_MEASUREMENT_CHAR 0x2A53 /**< Running Speed and Cadence Measurement characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_SENSOR_LOCATION_CHAR 0x2A5D /**< Sensor Location characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_EXTERNAL_REPORT_REF_DESCR 0x2907 /**< External Report Reference descriptor UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_REPORT_REF_DESCR 0x2908 /**< Report Reference descriptor UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_LN_FEATURE_CHAR 0x2A6A /**< Location Navigation Service, Feature characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_LN_POSITION_QUALITY_CHAR 0x2A69 /**< Location Navigation Service, Position quality UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_LN_LOCATION_AND_SPEED_CHAR 0x2A67 /**< Location Navigation Service, Location and Speed characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_LN_NAVIGATION_CHAR 0x2A68 /**< Location Navigation Service, Navigation characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_LN_CONTROL_POINT_CHAR 0x2A6B /**< Location Navigation Service, Control point characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BMS_CTRLPT 0x2AA4 /**< BMS Control Point characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_BMS_FEATURE 0x2AA5 /**< BMS Feature characteristic UUID. */ +#define BLE_UUID_CGM_MEASUREMENT 0x2AA7 /**< CGM Service, Measurement characteristic UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_CGM_FEATURE 0x2AA8 /**< CGM Service, Feature characteristic UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_CGM_STATUS 0x2AA9 /**< CGM Service, Status characteristic UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_CGM_SESSION_START_TIME 0x2AAA /**< CGM Service, session start time characteristic UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_CGM_SESSION_RUN_TIME 0x2AAB /**< CGM Service, session run time characteristic UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_CGM_SPECIFIC_OPS_CTRLPT 0x2AAC /**< CGM Service, specific ops ctrlpt characteristic UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_PLX_SPOT_CHECK_MEAS 0x2A5E /**< PLX Service, spot check measurement characteristic UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_PLX_CONTINUOUS_MEAS 0x2A5F /**< PLX Service, continuous measurement characteristic UUID*/ +#define BLE_UUID_PLX_FEATURES 0x2A60 /**< PLX Service, feature characteristic UUID*/ + + + + + +/** @} */ + +/** @defgroup ALERT_LEVEL_VALUES Definitions for the Alert Level characteristic values + * @{ */ +#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_NO_ALERT 0x00 /**< No Alert. */ +#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_MILD_ALERT 0x01 /**< Mild Alert. */ +#define BLE_CHAR_ALERT_LEVEL_HIGH_ALERT 0x02 /**< High Alert. */ +/** @} */ + +#define BLE_SRV_ENCODED_REPORT_REF_LEN 2 /**< The length of an encoded Report Reference Descriptor. */ +#define BLE_CCCD_VALUE_LEN 2 /**< The length of a CCCD value. */ + +/**@brief Type definition for error handler function that will be called in case of an error in + * a service or a service library module. */ +typedef void (*ble_srv_error_handler_t) (uint32_t nrf_error); + + + +/**@brief Value of a Report Reference descriptor. + * + * @details This is mapping information that maps the parent characteristic to the Report ID(s) and + * Report Type(s) defined within a Report Map characteristic. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t report_id; /**< Non-zero value if there is more than one instance of the same Report Type */ + uint8_t report_type; /**< Type of Report characteristic (see @ref BLE_HIDS_REPORT_TYPE) */ +} ble_srv_report_ref_t; + +/**@brief UTF-8 string data type. + * + * @note The type can only hold a pointer to the string data (i.e. not the actual data). + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t length; /**< String length. */ + uint8_t * p_str; /**< String data. */ +} ble_srv_utf8_str_t; + + +/**@brief Security settings structure. + * @details This structure contains the security options needed during initialization of the + * service. + */ +typedef struct +{ + ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t read_perm; /**< Read permissions. */ + ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t write_perm; /**< Write permissions. */ +} ble_srv_security_mode_t; + +/**@brief Security settings structure. + * @details This structure contains the security options needed during initialization of the + * service. It can be used when the characteristics contains a CCCD. + */ +typedef struct +{ + ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t cccd_write_perm; /**< Write permissions for Client Characteristic Configuration Descriptor. */ + ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t read_perm; /**< Read permissions. */ + ble_gap_conn_sec_mode_t write_perm; /**< Write permissions. */ +} ble_srv_cccd_security_mode_t; + +/**@brief Function for decoding a CCCD value, and then testing if notification is + * enabled. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded CCCD is stored. + * + * @retval TRUE If notification is enabled. + * @retval FALSE Otherwise. + */ +bool ble_srv_is_notification_enabled(uint8_t const * p_encoded_data); + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a CCCD value, and then testing if indication is + * enabled. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded CCCD is stored. + * + * @retval TRUE If indication is enabled. + * @retval FALSE Otherwise. + */ +bool ble_srv_is_indication_enabled(uint8_t const * p_encoded_data); + + +/**@brief Function for encoding a Report Reference Descriptor. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_buffer The buffer of the encoded data. + * @param[in] p_report_ref Report Reference value to be encoded. + * + * @return Length of the encoded data. + */ +uint8_t ble_srv_report_ref_encode(uint8_t * p_encoded_buffer, + const ble_srv_report_ref_t * p_report_ref); + +/**@brief Function for making a UTF-8 structure refer to an ASCII string. + * + * @param[out] p_utf8 UTF-8 structure to be set. + * @param[in] p_ascii ASCII string to be referred to. + */ +void ble_srv_ascii_to_utf8(ble_srv_utf8_str_t * p_utf8, char * p_ascii); + + +/**@brief Security Access enumeration. + * @details This enumeration gives the possible requirements for accessing a characteristic value. + */ +typedef enum +{ + SEC_NO_ACCESS = 0, /**< Not possible to access. */ + SEC_OPEN = 1, /**< Access open. */ + SEC_JUST_WORKS = 2, /**< Access possible with 'Just Works' security at least. */ + SEC_MITM = 3, /**< Access possible with 'MITM' security at least. */ + SEC_SIGNED = 4, /**< Access possible with 'signed' security at least. */ + SEC_SIGNED_MITM = 5 /**< Access possible with 'signed and MITM' security at least. */ +}security_req_t; + + +/**@brief Characteristic User Descriptor parameters. + * @details This structure contains the parameters for User Descriptor. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t max_size; /**< Maximum size of the user descriptor*/ + uint16_t size; /**< Size of the user descriptor*/ + uint8_t *p_char_user_desc; /**< User descriptor content, pointer to a UTF-8 encoded string (non-NULL terminated)*/ + bool is_var_len; /**< Indicates if the user descriptor has variable length.*/ + ble_gatt_char_props_t char_props; /**< user descriptor properties.*/ + bool is_defered_read; /**< Indicate if deferred read operations are supported.*/ + bool is_defered_write; /**< Indicate if deferred write operations are supported.*/ + security_req_t read_access; /**< Security requirement for reading the user descriptor.*/ + security_req_t write_access; /**< Security requirement for writing the user descriptor.*/ + bool is_value_user; /**< Indicate if the content of the characteristic is to be stored in the application (user) or in the stack.*/ +}ble_add_char_user_desc_t; + + +/**@brief Add characteristic parameters structure. + * @details This structure contains the parameters needed to use the @ref characteristic_add function. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t uuid; /**< Characteristic UUID (16 bits UUIDs).*/ + uint8_t uuid_type; /**< Base UUID. If 0, the Bluetooth SIG UUID will be used. Otherwise, this should be a value returned by @ref sd_ble_uuid_vs_add when adding the base UUID.*/ + uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum length of the characteristic value.*/ + uint16_t init_len; /**< Initial length of the characteristic value.*/ + uint8_t * p_init_value; /**< Initial encoded value of the characteristic.*/ + bool is_var_len; /**< Indicates if the characteristic value has variable length.*/ + ble_gatt_char_props_t char_props; /**< Characteristic properties.*/ + ble_gatt_char_ext_props_t char_ext_props; /**< Characteristic extended properties.*/ + bool is_defered_read; /**< Indicate if deferred read operations are supported.*/ + bool is_defered_write; /**< Indicate if deferred write operations are supported.*/ + security_req_t read_access; /**< Security requirement for reading the characteristic value.*/ + security_req_t write_access; /**< Security requirement for writing the characteristic value.*/ + security_req_t cccd_write_access; /**< Security requirement for writing the characteristic's CCCD.*/ + bool is_value_user; /**< Indicate if the content of the characteristic is to be stored in the application (user) or in the stack.*/ + ble_add_char_user_desc_t *p_user_descr; /**< Pointer to user descriptor if needed*/ + ble_gatts_char_pf_t *p_presentation_format; /**< Pointer to characteristic format if needed*/ +} ble_add_char_params_t; + + +/**@brief Add descriptor parameters structure. + * @details This structure contains the parameters needed to use the @ref descriptor_add function. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t uuid; /**< descriptor UUID (16 bits UUIDs).*/ + uint8_t uuid_type; /**< Base UUID. If 0, the Bluetooth SIG UUID will be used. Otherwise, this should be a value returned by @ref sd_ble_uuid_vs_add when adding the base UUID.*/ + bool is_defered_read; /**< Indicate if deferred read operations are supported.*/ + bool is_defered_write; /**< Indicate if deferred write operations are supported.*/ + bool is_var_len; /**< Indicates if the descriptor value has variable length.*/ + security_req_t read_access; /**< Security requirement for reading the descriptor value.*/ + security_req_t write_access; /**< Security requirement for writing the descriptor value.*/ + bool is_value_user; /**< Indicate if the content of the characteristic is to be stored in the application (user) or in the stack.*/ + uint16_t init_len; /**< Initial descriptor value length in bytes. */ + uint16_t init_offs; /**< Initial descriptor value offset in bytes. If different from zero, the first init_offs bytes of the attribute value will be left uninitialized. */ + uint16_t max_len; /**< Maximum descriptor value length in bytes, see @ref BLE_GATTS_ATTR_LENS_MAX for maximum values. */ + uint8_t* p_value; /**< Pointer to the value of the descriptor*/ +} ble_add_descr_params_t; + + +/**@brief Function for adding a characteristic to a given service. + * + * If no pointer is given for the initial value, + * the initial length parameter will be ignored and the initial length will be 0. + * + * @param[in] service_handle Handle of the service to which the characteristic is to be added. + * @param[in] p_char_props Information needed to add the characteristic. + * @param[out] p_char_handle Handle of the added characteristic. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the characteristic was added successfully. Otherwise, an error code is returned. + */ +uint32_t characteristic_add(uint16_t service_handle, + ble_add_char_params_t * p_char_props, + ble_gatts_char_handles_t * p_char_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for adding a characteristic's descriptor to a given characteristic. + * + * @param[in] char_handle Handle of the characteristic to which the descriptor is to be added, if @ref BLE_GATT_HANDLE_INVALID is used, it will be placed sequentially. + * @param[in] p_descr_props Information needed to add the descriptor. + * @param[out] p_descr_handle Handle of the added descriptor. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the characteristic was added successfully. Otherwise, an error code is returned. + */ +uint32_t descriptor_add(uint16_t char_handle, + ble_add_descr_params_t * p_descr_props, + uint16_t * p_descr_handle); + + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // BLE_SRV_COMMON_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatt_cache_manager.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatt_cache_manager.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d74e28f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatt_cache_manager.c @@ -0,0 +1,534 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "gatt_cache_manager.h" + +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "ble_conn_state.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_manager_internal.h" +#include "id_manager.h" +#include "security_dispatcher.h" +#include "gatts_cache_manager.h" + + +// The number of registered event handlers. +#define GCM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT (sizeof(m_evt_handlers) / sizeof(m_evt_handlers[0])) + +// GATT Cache Manager event handler in Peer Manager. +extern void pm_gcm_evt_handler(gcm_evt_t const * p_gcm_evt); + +// GATT Cache Manager events' handlers. +// The number of elements in this array is GCM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT. +static gcm_evt_handler_t m_evt_handlers[] = +{ + pm_gcm_evt_handler +}; + +static bool m_module_initialized; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_local_db_update_pending; /**< Flag ID for flag collection to keep track of which connections need a local DB update procedure. */ +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_local_db_apply_pending; /**< Flag ID for flag collection to keep track of which connections need a local DB apply procedure. */ +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_service_changed_pending; /**< Flag ID for flag collection to keep track of which connections need to be sent a service changed indication. */ +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_service_changed_sent; /**< Flag ID for flag collection to keep track of which connections have been sent a service changed indication and are waiting for a handle value confirmation. */ + + +static void service_changed_pending_flags_check(void); + + +/**@brief Function for resetting the module variable(s) of the GSCM module. + * + * @param[out] The instance to reset. + */ +static void internal_state_reset() +{ + m_module_initialized = false; +} + + +static void evt_send(gcm_evt_t const * p_gcm_evt) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < GCM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT; i++) + { + m_evt_handlers[i](p_gcm_evt); + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for checking a write event for whether a CCCD was written during the write + * operation. + * + * @param[in] p_write_evt The parameters of the write event. + * + * @return Whether the write was on a CCCD. + */ +static bool cccd_written(ble_gatts_evt_write_t * p_write_evt) +{ + return ( (p_write_evt->op == BLE_GATTS_OP_WRITE_REQ) + && (p_write_evt->uuid.type == BLE_UUID_TYPE_BLE) + && (p_write_evt->uuid.uuid == BLE_UUID_DESCRIPTOR_CLIENT_CHAR_CONFIG) + ); +} + + +/**@brief Function for performing the local DB update procedure in an event context, where no return + * code can be given. + * + * @details This function will do the procedure, and check the result, set a flag if needed, and + * send an event if needed. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection to perform the procedure on. + */ +static void local_db_apply_in_evt(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + bool set_procedure_as_pending = false; + ret_code_t err_code; + gcm_evt_t event; + + if (conn_handle == BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID) + { + return; + } + + err_code = gscm_local_db_cache_apply(conn_handle); + + switch (err_code) + { + case NRF_SUCCESS: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLIED; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + event.params.local_db_cache_applied.conn_handle = conn_handle; + + evt_send(&event); + break; + + case NRF_ERROR_BUSY: + set_procedure_as_pending = true; + break; + + case NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_ERROR_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLY; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + event.params.error_local_db_cache_apply.conn_handle = conn_handle; + + evt_send(&event); + break; + + case BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE: + /* Do nothing */ + break; + + default: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + event.params.error_unexpected.conn_handle = conn_handle; + event.params.error_unexpected.error = err_code; + + evt_send(&event); + break; + } + + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_local_db_apply_pending, set_procedure_as_pending); +} + + +/**@brief Function for performing the local DB apply procedure in an event context, where no return + * code can be given. + * + * @details This function will do the procedure, and check the result, set a flag if needed, and + * send an event if needed. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection to perform the procedure on. + */ +static void local_db_update_in_evt(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + gcm_evt_t event; + bool set_procedure_as_pending = false; + ret_code_t err_code = gscm_local_db_cache_update(conn_handle); + + switch (err_code) + { + case NRF_SUCCESS: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_UPDATED; + event.params.local_db_cache_applied.conn_handle = conn_handle; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + evt_send(&event); + break; + + case BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE: + /* Do nothing */ + break; + + case NRF_ERROR_BUSY: + set_procedure_as_pending = true; + break; + + case NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + event.params.error_data_size.conn_handle = conn_handle; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + evt_send(&event); + break; + + case NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL; + event.params.error_no_mem.conn_handle = conn_handle; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + evt_send(&event); + break; + + default: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + event.params.error_unexpected.conn_handle = conn_handle; + event.params.error_unexpected.error = err_code; + + evt_send(&event); + break; + } + + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_local_db_update_pending, set_procedure_as_pending); +} + + +/**@brief Function for sending a service changed indication in an event context, where no return + * code can be given. + * + * @details This function will do the procedure, and check the result, set a flag if needed, and + * send an event if needed. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection to perform the procedure on. + */ +static void service_changed_send_in_evt(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + gcm_evt_t event; + bool sc_pending_state = true; + bool sc_sent_state = false; + ret_code_t err_code = gscm_service_changed_ind_send(conn_handle); + + switch (err_code) + { + case NRF_SUCCESS: + sc_sent_state = true; + + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_SENT; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + event.params.service_changed_ind_sent.conn_handle = conn_handle; + + evt_send(&event); + break; + + case NRF_ERROR_BUSY: + // Do nothing. + break; + + case NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE: + // CCCDs not enabled. Drop indication. + // Fallthrough. + + case NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED: + // Service changed not supported. Drop indication. + sc_pending_state = false; + gscm_db_change_notification_done(im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle)); + break; + + case BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING: + local_db_apply_in_evt(conn_handle); + break; + + case BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE: + // Do nothing. + break; + + default: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + event.params.error_unexpected.conn_handle = conn_handle; + event.params.error_unexpected.error = err_code; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + evt_send(&event); + break; + } + + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_service_changed_pending, sc_pending_state); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_service_changed_sent, sc_sent_state); +} + + +/**@brief Callback function for events from the GATT Cache Server Manager module. + * This handler is extern in GATTS Cache Manager module. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event from the GATT Cache Server Manager module. + */ +void gcm_gscm_evt_handler(gscm_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + gcm_evt_t event; + event.peer_id = p_event->peer_id; + + switch (p_event->evt_id) + { + case GSCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_STORED: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_STORED; + + evt_send(&event); + local_db_apply_in_evt(im_conn_handle_get(p_event->peer_id)); + break; + + case GSCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_UPDATED: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_UPDATED; + event.params.local_db_cache_updated.conn_handle = p_event->params.local_db_cache_updated.conn_handle; + + evt_send(&event); + break; + + case GSCM_EVT_SC_STATE_STORED: + if (p_event->params.sc_state_stored.state) + { + uint16_t conn_handle = im_conn_handle_get(p_event->peer_id); + if (conn_handle != BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID) + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_service_changed_pending, true); + service_changed_pending_flags_check(); + } + } + break; + } +} + + +/**@brief Callback function for events from the ID Manager module. + * This function is registered in the ID Manager module. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event from the ID Manager module. + */ +void gcm_im_evt_handler(im_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + switch (p_event->evt_id) + { + case IM_EVT_BONDED_PEER_CONNECTED: + local_db_apply_in_evt(p_event->conn_handle); + if (gscm_service_changed_ind_needed(p_event->conn_handle)) + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_event->conn_handle, m_flag_service_changed_pending, true); + } + break; + default: + break; + } +} + + +/**@brief Callback function for events from the Security Dispatcher module. + * This handler is extern in Security Dispatcher. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event from the Security Dispatcher module. + */ +void gcm_smd_evt_handler(smd_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + switch (p_event->evt_id) + { + case SMD_EVT_BONDING_INFO_STORED: + local_db_update_in_evt(p_event->conn_handle); + break; + default: + break; + } +} + + +ret_code_t gcm_init() +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(!m_module_initialized); + + internal_state_reset(); + + m_flag_local_db_update_pending = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + m_flag_local_db_apply_pending = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + m_flag_service_changed_pending = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + m_flag_service_changed_sent = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + + if ((m_flag_local_db_update_pending == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + || (m_flag_local_db_apply_pending == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + || (m_flag_service_changed_pending == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + || (m_flag_service_changed_sent == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + m_module_initialized = true; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +// @todo emdi: apply_pending_flags_check() and update_pending_flags_check() should really be +// refactored into one function.. + +/**@brief Function for performing the Local DB apply procedure if it is pending on any connections. + */ +static void apply_pending_flags_check(void) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_t apply_pending_flags; + + apply_pending_flags = ble_conn_state_user_flag_collection(m_flag_local_db_apply_pending); + if (sdk_mapped_flags_any_set(apply_pending_flags)) + { + sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t conn_handle_list; + conn_handle_list = ble_conn_state_conn_handles(); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < conn_handle_list.len; i++) + { + if (ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], m_flag_local_db_apply_pending)) + { + local_db_apply_in_evt(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i]); + } + } + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for performing the Local DB update procedure if it is pending on any connections. + */ +static void update_pending_flags_check(void) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_t update_pending_flags; + + update_pending_flags = ble_conn_state_user_flag_collection(m_flag_local_db_update_pending); + if (sdk_mapped_flags_any_set(update_pending_flags)) + { + sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t conn_handle_list; + conn_handle_list = ble_conn_state_conn_handles(); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < conn_handle_list.len; i++) + { + if (ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], m_flag_local_db_update_pending)) + { + local_db_update_in_evt(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i]); + } + } + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for sending service changed indications if it is pending on any connections. + */ +static void service_changed_pending_flags_check(void) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_t service_changed_pending_flags; + + service_changed_pending_flags = ble_conn_state_user_flag_collection(m_flag_service_changed_pending); + if (sdk_mapped_flags_any_set(service_changed_pending_flags)) + { + sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t conn_handle_list; + conn_handle_list = ble_conn_state_conn_handles(); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < conn_handle_list.len; i++) + { + if ( ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], + m_flag_service_changed_pending) + && !ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], + m_flag_service_changed_sent)) + { + service_changed_send_in_evt(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i]); + } + } + } +} + + +/**@brief Callback function for BLE events from the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt The BLE event from the SoftDevice. + */ +void gcm_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + gcm_evt_t event; + + switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id) + { + case BLE_GATTS_EVT_SYS_ATTR_MISSING: + local_db_apply_in_evt(p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.conn_handle); + break; + + case BLE_GATTS_EVT_SC_CONFIRM: + event.evt_id = GCM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_CONFIRMED; + event.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.conn_handle); + event.params.service_changed_ind_sent.conn_handle = p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.conn_handle; + + gscm_db_change_notification_done(event.peer_id); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.conn_handle, m_flag_service_changed_pending, false); + + evt_send(&event); + break; + + case BLE_GATTS_EVT_WRITE: + if (cccd_written(&p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.params.write)) + { + local_db_update_in_evt(p_ble_evt->evt.gatts_evt.conn_handle); + } + break; + } + + apply_pending_flags_check(); + update_pending_flags_check(); + service_changed_pending_flags_check(); +} + + +ret_code_t gcm_local_db_cache_update(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + ret_code_t err_code = gscm_local_db_cache_update(conn_handle); + bool set_procedure_as_pending = false; + + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_BUSY) + { + set_procedure_as_pending = true; + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + } + + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_local_db_update_pending, set_procedure_as_pending); + + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t gcm_local_db_cache_set(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t * p_local_db) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + return gscm_local_db_cache_set(peer_id, p_local_db); +} + + +void gcm_local_database_has_changed(void) +{ + gscm_local_database_has_changed(); + + sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t conn_handles = ble_conn_state_conn_handles(); + + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < conn_handles.len; i++) + { + if (im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handles.flag_keys[i]) == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handles.flag_keys[i], m_flag_service_changed_pending, true); + } + } + + service_changed_pending_flags_check(); +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatt_cache_manager.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatt_cache_manager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa48584a --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatt_cache_manager.h @@ -0,0 +1,216 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef GATT_CACHE_MANAGER_H__ +#define GATT_CACHE_MANAGER_H__ + +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup gatt_cache_manager GATT Cache Manager + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. A module for managing persistent storing of GATT + * attributes. + */ + + +/**@brief Events that can come from the GATT Cache Manager module. + */ +typedef enum +{ + GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_STORED, /**< The persistent cache for the local database has been updated with provided values, for one peer. */ + GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_UPDATED, /**< The persistent cache for the local database has been updated with values from the SoftDevice, for one peer. */ + GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLIED, /**< The SoftDevice has been given local database values from the persistent cache, for one peer. */ + GCM_EVT_ERROR_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLY, /**< The stored local database values for a peer were rejected by the SoftDevice, which means the database has changed. */ + GCM_EVT_REMOTE_DB_CACHE_UPDATED, /**< The persistent cache for the remote database has been updated with provided values, for one peer. */ + GCM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_SENT, /**< A service changed indication has been sent to a peer. */ + GCM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_CONFIRMED, /**< A sent service changed indication has been confirmed by a peer. */ + GCM_EVT_ERROR_DATA_SIZE, /**< An operation failed because the write buffer of the Peer Database module was not large enough. This is a fatal error. */ + GCM_EVT_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL, /**< An operation failed because there was no available storage room in persistent storage. Please free up room, and the operation will automatically continue. */ + GCM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED, /**< An operation failed with an unexpected error. The error is provided. This is possibly a fatal error. */ +} gcm_evt_id_t; + + +/**@brief A structure meant to be used for event parameters for multiple event types. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t conn_handle; /**< The connection handle. Likely the connection handle an event pertains to. */ +} gcm_evt_param_conn_handle_t; + + +/**@brief Structure containing an event from the GCM module. + */ +typedef struct +{ + gcm_evt_id_t evt_id; /**< The type of event this is. */ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< The peer ID this event pertains to. */ + union + { + gcm_evt_param_conn_handle_t local_db_cache_updated; + gcm_evt_param_conn_handle_t local_db_cache_applied; + gcm_evt_param_conn_handle_t error_local_db_cache_apply; + gcm_evt_param_conn_handle_t service_changed_ind_sent; + gcm_evt_param_conn_handle_t service_changed_ind_confirmed; + gcm_evt_param_conn_handle_t error_data_size; + gcm_evt_param_conn_handle_t error_no_mem; + struct + { + uint16_t conn_handle; /**< The handle of the connection the event pertains to. */ + ret_code_t error; /**< The unexpected error that occurred. */ + } error_unexpected; + } params; /**< Event specific parameters. Chosen based on evt_id. */ +} gcm_evt_t; + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the GATT Cache Manager module. + * + * @param[in] event The event that has happened. + * @param[in] peer The id of the peer the event pertains to. + * @param[in] flags The data the event pertains to. + */ +typedef void (*gcm_evt_handler_t)(gcm_evt_t const * p_event); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the GATT Cache Manager module. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Initialization was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t gcm_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for dispatching SoftDevice events to the GATT Cache Manager module. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt The SoftDevice event. + */ +void gcm_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt); + + + +/**@brief Function for storing a discovered remote database persistently. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer to store the database for. + * @param[in] p_remote_db Database values to store as an array. Can be NULL if n_services is 0. + * @param[in] n_services Number of services in p_remote_db array. If 0, values are cleared. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Store procedure successfully started. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND The peer id is invalid or unallocated. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t gcm_remote_db_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + ble_gatt_db_srv_t * p_remote_db, + uint32_t n_services); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving a persistently stored remote database. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer to retrieve data for. + * @param[out] p_remote_db If p_n_services was large enough: Copied database values. + * @param[inout] p_n_services In: Size of provided p_remote_db array. Out: Size of data in flash. + * + * @note p_n_services is always updated with the size of the data to be retrieved. The data is only + * copied if p_remote_db is large enough (p_n_services is large enough initially). + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Data retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND The peer ID is invalid or unallocated. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL p_remote_db is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t gcm_remote_db_retrieve(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + ble_gatt_db_srv_t * p_remote_db, + uint32_t * p_n_services); + + +/**@brief Function for triggering local GATT database data to be stored persistently. Values are + * retrieved from SoftDevice and written to persistent storage. + * + * @note This function is only needed when you want to override the regular functionality of the + * module, e.g. to immediately store to flash instead of waiting for the native logic to + * perform the update. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle to perform update on. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Store operation started. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE conn_handle does not refer to an active, bonded connection. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Write buffer not large enough. Call will never work with + * this GATT database. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL No room in persistent_storage. Free up space; the + * operation will be automatically reattempted after the + * next FDS garbage collection procedure. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t gcm_local_db_cache_update(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for setting new values in the local database cache. + * + * @note If the peer is connected, the values will also be applied immediately to the connection. + * @note This function is only needed when you want to override the regular functionality of the + * module. + * @note The data in the pointer must be available until the GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_SET event is + * received. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer to set values for. + * @param[in] p_local_db Database values to apply. If NULL, the values will instead be cleared. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation started, and values were applied (if connected). + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND The peer ID was invalid or unallocated. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t gcm_local_db_cache_set(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t * p_local_db); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving values in the local database cache. + * + * @note This function is not needed for regular operation of the module. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer to get values for. + * @param[out] p_local_db Database values. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Values retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND The peer ID was invalid or unallocated. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL p_local_db was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t gcm_local_db_cache_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t * p_local_db); + + +/**@brief Function for manually informing that the local database has changed. + * + * @details This causes a service changed notification to be sent to all bonded peers that + * subscribe to it. + */ +void gcm_local_database_has_changed(void); + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* GATT_CACHE_MANAGER_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatts_cache_manager.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatts_cache_manager.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..2685bea1 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatts_cache_manager.c @@ -0,0 +1,363 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "gatts_cache_manager.h" + +#include +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_manager_internal.h" +#include "peer_database.h" +#include "id_manager.h" + + +// Syntactic sugar, two spoons. +#define SYS_ATTR_SYS (BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_FLAG_SYS_SRVCS) +#define SYS_ATTR_USR (BLE_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_FLAG_USR_SRVCS) +#define SYS_ATTR_BOTH (SYS_ATTR_SYS | SYS_ATTR_USR) + +// The number of registered event handlers. +#define GSCM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT (sizeof(m_evt_handler) / sizeof(m_evt_handler[0])) + + +// GATTS Cache Manager event handler in Peer Manager. +extern void gcm_gscm_evt_handler(gscm_evt_t const * p_event); + +// GATTS Cache Manager events' handlers. +// The number of elements in this array is GSCM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT. +static gscm_evt_handler_t m_evt_handler[] = +{ + gcm_gscm_evt_handler +}; + +static bool m_module_initialized; +static pm_peer_id_t m_current_sc_store_peer_id; + + +/**@brief Function for resetting the module variable(s) of the GSCM module. + */ +static void internal_state_reset() +{ + m_module_initialized = false; + m_current_sc_store_peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; +} + + +static void evt_send(gscm_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < GSCM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT; i++) + { + m_evt_handler[i](p_event); + } +} + + +//lint -save -e550 +/**@brief Function for storing service_changed_pending = true to flash for all peers, in sequence. + * + * This function aborts if it gets @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY when trying to store. A subsequent call will + * continue where the last call was aborted. + */ +static void service_changed_pending_set(void) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + ret_code_t err_code; + // Use a uint32_t to enforce 4-byte alignment. + static const uint32_t service_changed_pending = true; + + //lint -save -e65 -e64 + pm_peer_data_const_t peer_data = + { + .data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING, + .length_words = PM_SC_STATE_N_WORDS(), + .p_service_changed_pending = (bool*)&service_changed_pending, + }; + //lint -restore + + err_code = pdb_raw_store(m_current_sc_store_peer_id, &peer_data, NULL); + while ((m_current_sc_store_peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) && (err_code != NRF_ERROR_BUSY)) + { + m_current_sc_store_peer_id = pdb_next_peer_id_get(m_current_sc_store_peer_id); + err_code = pdb_raw_store(m_current_sc_store_peer_id, &peer_data, NULL); + } +} +//lint -restore + + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Peer Database module. + * This function is extern in Peer Database. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has happend with peer id and flags. + */ +void gscm_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + if (p_event->evt_id == PDB_EVT_RAW_STORED) + { + if (p_event->data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING) + { + ret_code_t err_code; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + + err_code = pdb_peer_data_ptr_get(p_event->peer_id, + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING, + &peer_data); + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + gscm_evt_t gscm_evt; + gscm_evt.evt_id = GSCM_EVT_SC_STATE_STORED; + gscm_evt.peer_id = p_event->peer_id; + gscm_evt.params.sc_state_stored.state = &peer_data.p_service_changed_pending; + + evt_send(&gscm_evt); + } + } + } + + if (m_current_sc_store_peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + service_changed_pending_set(); + } +} + + +ret_code_t gscm_init() +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(!m_module_initialized); + + internal_state_reset(); + m_module_initialized = true; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t gscm_local_db_cache_update(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + ret_code_t err_code; + + if (peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE; + } + else + { + pm_peer_data_t peer_data; + uint16_t n_bufs = 1; + bool retry_with_bigger_buffer = false; + + do + { + retry_with_bigger_buffer = false; + + err_code = pdb_write_buf_get(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL, n_bufs++, &peer_data); + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t * p_local_gatt_db = peer_data.p_local_gatt_db; + + p_local_gatt_db->flags = SYS_ATTR_BOTH; + + err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_get(conn_handle, &p_local_gatt_db->data[0], &p_local_gatt_db->len, p_local_gatt_db->flags); + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + err_code = pdb_write_buf_store(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL); + } + else + { + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE) + { + // The sys attributes are bigger than the requested write buffer. + retry_with_bigger_buffer = true; + } + else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND) + { + // There are no sys attributes in the GATT db, so nothing needs to be stored. + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + } + + ret_code_t err_code_release = pdb_write_buf_release(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL); + if (err_code_release != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + } + else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM) + { + // The sys attributes are bigger than the entire write buffer. + err_code = NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE; + } + } while (retry_with_bigger_buffer); + } + + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t gscm_local_db_cache_apply(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + ret_code_t err_code; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + uint8_t const * p_sys_attr_data = NULL; + uint16_t sys_attr_len = 0; + uint32_t sys_attr_flags = (SYS_ATTR_BOTH); + bool all_attributes_applied = true; + + if (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + err_code = pdb_peer_data_ptr_get(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL, &peer_data); + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t const * p_local_gatt_db; + + p_local_gatt_db = peer_data.p_local_gatt_db; + p_sys_attr_data = p_local_gatt_db->data; + sys_attr_len = p_local_gatt_db->len; + sys_attr_flags = p_local_gatt_db->flags; + } + } + + do + { + err_code = sd_ble_gatts_sys_attr_set(conn_handle, p_sys_attr_data, sys_attr_len, sys_attr_flags); + + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_BUSY; + } + else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE) + { + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + } + else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA) + { + all_attributes_applied = false; + + if (sys_attr_flags & SYS_ATTR_USR) + { + // Try setting only system attributes. + sys_attr_flags = SYS_ATTR_SYS; + } + else if (p_sys_attr_data || sys_attr_len) + { + // Try reporting that none exist. + p_sys_attr_data = NULL; + sys_attr_len = 0; + sys_attr_flags = SYS_ATTR_BOTH; + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + } while (err_code == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA); + + if (!all_attributes_applied) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA; + } + + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t gscm_local_db_cache_set(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t * p_local_db) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + pm_peer_data_const_t peer_data; + + memset(&peer_data, 0, sizeof(pm_peer_data_const_t)); + peer_data.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL; + peer_data.p_local_gatt_db = p_local_db; + + return pdb_raw_store(peer_id, &peer_data, NULL); +} + + +void gscm_local_database_has_changed(void) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + m_current_sc_store_peer_id = pdb_next_peer_id_get(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID); + service_changed_pending_set(); +} + + +bool gscm_service_changed_ind_needed(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + err_code = pdb_peer_data_ptr_get(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING, &peer_data); + + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return false; + } + + return *peer_data.p_service_changed_pending; +} + + +ret_code_t gscm_service_changed_ind_send(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + static uint16_t start_handle = 0x0000; + const uint16_t end_handle = 0xFFFF; + ret_code_t err_code; + + do + { + err_code = sd_ble_gatts_service_changed(conn_handle, start_handle, end_handle); + if (err_code == BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE) + { + start_handle += 1; + } + } while (err_code == BLE_ERROR_INVALID_ATTR_HANDLE); + + return err_code; +} + + +void gscm_db_change_notification_done(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + // Use a uint32_t to enforce 4-byte alignment. + static const uint32_t service_changed_pending = false; + + //lint -save -e65 -e64 + pm_peer_data_const_t peer_data = + { + .data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING, + .length_words = PM_SC_STATE_N_WORDS(), + .p_service_changed_pending = (bool*)&service_changed_pending, + }; + //lint -restore + + // Don't need to check return code, because all error conditions can be ignored. + //lint -save -e550 + (void) pdb_raw_store(peer_id, &peer_data, NULL); + //lint -restore +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatts_cache_manager.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatts_cache_manager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ec540538 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/gatts_cache_manager.h @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef GATTS_CACHE_MANAGER_H__ +#define GATTS_CACHE_MANAGER_H__ + +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup gatts_cache_manager GATT Server Cache Manager + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. A module for managing persistent storing of GATT + * attributes pertaining to the GATT server role of the local device. + */ + + +/**@brief Events that can come from the GATT Server Cache Manager module. + */ +typedef enum +{ + GSCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_STORED, /**< The persistent cache for the local database has been updated with provided values, for one peer. */ + GSCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_UPDATED, /**< The persistent cache for the local database has been updated with values from the SoftDevice, for one peer. */ + GSCM_EVT_SC_STATE_STORED, /**< The service changed pending flag in persistent storage has been updated, for one peer. */ +} gscm_evt_id_t; + + +/**@brief Structure containing an event from the GSCM module. + */ +typedef struct +{ + gscm_evt_id_t evt_id; /**< The type of event this is. */ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< The peer ID this event pertains to. */ + union + { + struct + { + uint16_t conn_handle; /**< The connection this event pertains to. */ + } local_db_cache_updated; + struct + { + bool state; /**< The newly stored state of the Service Changed pending flag. */ + } sc_state_stored; + } params; /**< Event parameters specific to certain event types. */ +} gscm_evt_t; + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the GATT Server Cache Manager module. + * + * @param[in] event The event that has happened. + * @param[in] peer The id of the peer the event pertains to. + * @param[in] flags The data the event pertains to. + */ +typedef void (*gscm_evt_handler_t)(gscm_evt_t const * p_event); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the GATT Server Cache Manager module. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Initialization was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t gscm_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for triggering local GATT database data to be stored persistently. Values are + * retrieved from the SoftDevice and written to persistent storage. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle to perform update on. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Store operation started. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE conn_handle does not refer to an active connection with a + * bonded peer. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Unable to perform operation at this time. Reattempt later. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE Write buffer not large enough. Call will never work with + * this GATT database. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL No room in persistent_storage. Free up space; the + * operation will be automatically reattempted after the + * next FDS garbage collection procedure. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t gscm_local_db_cache_update(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for applying stored local GATT database data to the SoftDevice. Values are + * retrieved from persistent storage and given to the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle to apply values to. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Store operation started. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE conn_handle does not refer to an active connection with a + * bonded peer. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA The stored data was rejected by the SoftDevice, which + * probably means that the local database has changed. The + * system part of the sys_attributes was attempted applied, + * so service changed indications can be sent to subscribers. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Unable to perform operation at this time. Reattempt later. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + * @return An unexpected return value from an internal function call. + */ +ret_code_t gscm_local_db_cache_apply(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for setting new values in the local database cache. + * + * @note If the peer is connected, the values will also be applied immediately to the connection. + * @note The data in the pointer must be available until the GSCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_STORED event is + * received. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer to set values for. + * @param[in] p_local_db Database values to apply. If NULL, the values will instead be cleared. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Operation started, and values were applied (if connected). + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND The peer ID was invalid or unallocated. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + * @return An unexpected return value from an internal function call. + */ +ret_code_t gscm_local_db_cache_set(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t * p_local_db); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving values in the local database cache. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer to get values for. + * @param[inout] p_local_db Where to store the data. The length field needs to reflect the + * available buffer space. On a successful read, the length field is + * updated to match the length of the read data. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Values retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND The peer ID was invalid or unallocated. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL p_local_db was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t gscm_local_db_cache_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t * p_local_db); + + +/**@brief Function for storing the fact that the local database has changed, for all currently + * bonded peers. + * + * @note This will cause a later call to @ref gscm_service_changed_ind_needed to return true for + * a connection with a currently bonded peer. + */ +void gscm_local_database_has_changed(void); + + +/**@brief Function for checking if a service changed indication should be sent. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection to check. + * + * @return true if a service changed indication should be sent, false if not. + */ +bool gscm_service_changed_ind_needed(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for sending a service changed indication to a connected peer. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection to send the indication on. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Indication sent or not needed. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE conn_handle does not refer to an active connection. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Unable to send indication at this time. Reattempt later. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GATTS_SYS_ATTR_MISSING Information missing. Apply local cache, then reattempt. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM From @ref sd_ble_gatts_service_changed. Unexpected. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED Service changed characteristic is not present. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Service changed cannot be indicated to this peer + * because the peer has not subscribed to it. + */ +ret_code_t gscm_service_changed_ind_send(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for specifying that a peer has been made aware of the latest local database + * change. + * + * @note After calling this, a later call to @ref gscm_service_changed_ind_needed will to return + * false for this peer unless @ref gscm_local_database_has_changed is called again. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The connection to send the indication on. + */ +void gscm_db_change_notification_done(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + +/** @} + * @endcond +*/ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* GATTS_CACHE_MANAGER_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/id_manager.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/id_manager.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d028a217 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/id_manager.c @@ -0,0 +1,1067 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "id_manager.h" + +#include +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "ble_conn_state.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_database.h" +#include "peer_data_storage.h" +#include "nrf_soc.h" + + +#define IM_MAX_CONN_HANDLES (8) +#define IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES (0xFF) +#define IM_ADDR_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH (3) +#define IM_ADDR_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH (3) + +// The number of registered event handlers. +#define IM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT (sizeof(m_evt_handlers) / sizeof(m_evt_handlers[0])) + + +// Identity Manager event handlers in Peer Manager and GATT Cache Manager. +extern void pm_im_evt_handler(im_evt_t const * p_event); +extern void gcm_im_evt_handler(im_evt_t const * p_event); + +// Identity Manager events' handlers. +// The number of elements in this array is IM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT. +static im_evt_handler_t const m_evt_handlers[] = +{ + pm_im_evt_handler, + gcm_im_evt_handler +}; + + +typedef struct +{ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; + uint16_t conn_handle; + ble_gap_addr_t peer_address; +} im_connection_t; + +static bool m_module_initialized; +static im_connection_t m_connections[8]; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_conn_state_user_flag_id; + +static uint8_t m_wlisted_peer_cnt; +static pm_peer_id_t m_wlisted_peers[BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT]; + +#if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + static ble_gap_addr_t m_current_id_addr; +#endif + + +static void internal_state_reset() +{ + m_conn_state_user_flag_id = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < IM_MAX_CONN_HANDLES; i++) + { + m_connections[i].conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID; + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for sending an event to all registered event handlers. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event to distribute. + */ +static void evt_send(im_evt_t * p_event) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < IM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT; i++) + { + m_evt_handlers[i](p_event); + } +} + +/**@brief Function finding a free position in m_connections. + * + * @detail All connection handles in the m_connections array are checked against the connection + * state module. The index of the first one that is not a connection handle for a current + * connection is returned. This position in the array can safely be used for a new connection. + * + * @return Either the index of a free position in the array or IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES if no free + position exists. + */ +uint8_t get_free_connection() +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < IM_MAX_CONN_HANDLES; i++) + { + // Query the connection state module to check if the + // connection handle does not belong to a valid connection. + if (!ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(m_connections[i].conn_handle, m_conn_state_user_flag_id)) + { + return i; + } + } + // If all connection handles belong to a valid connection, return IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES. + return IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES; +} + + +/**@brief Function finding a particular connection handle m_connections. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The handle to find. + * + * @return Either the index of the conn_handle in the array or IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES if the + * handle was not found. + */ +uint8_t get_connection_by_conn_handle(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + if (ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle, m_conn_state_user_flag_id)) + { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < IM_MAX_CONN_HANDLES; i++) + { + if (m_connections[i].conn_handle == conn_handle) + { + return i; + } + } + } + // If all connection handles belong to a valid connection, return IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES. + return IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES; +} + + +/**@brief Function for registering a new connection instance. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The handle of the new connection. + * @param[in] p_ble_addr The address used to connect. + * + * @return Either the index of the new connection in the array or IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES if no + * free position exists. + */ +uint8_t new_connection(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_addr_t * p_ble_addr) +{ + uint8_t conn_index = IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES; + + if ((p_ble_addr != NULL) && (conn_handle != BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID)) + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_conn_state_user_flag_id, true); + + conn_index = get_connection_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + if (conn_index == IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES) + { + conn_index = get_free_connection(); + } + + if (conn_index != IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES) + { + m_connections[conn_index].conn_handle = conn_handle; + m_connections[conn_index].peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + m_connections[conn_index].peer_address = *p_ble_addr; + } + } + return conn_index; +} + + +/**@brief Function checking the validity of an IRK + * + * @detail An all-zero IRK is not valid. This function will check if a given IRK is valid. + * + * @param[in] p_irk The IRK for which the validity is going to be checked. + * + * @retval true The IRK is valid. + * @retval false The IRK is invalid. + */ +bool is_valid_irk(ble_gap_irk_t const * p_irk) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_irk != NULL); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN; i++) + { + if (p_irk->irk[i] != 0) + { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + + +/**@brief Function for comparing two addresses to determine if they are identical + * + * @note The address type need to be identical, as well as every bit in the address itself. + * + * @param[in] p_addr1 The first address to be compared. + * @param[in] p_addr2 The second address to be compared. + * + * @retval true The addresses are identical. + * @retval false The addresses are not identical. + */ +bool addr_compare(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr1, ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr2) +{ + // @note emdi: use NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK ? + if ((p_addr1 == NULL) || (p_addr2 == NULL)) + { + return false; + } + + // Check that the addr type is identical, return false if it is not + if (p_addr1->addr_type != p_addr2->addr_type) + { + return false; + } + // Check if the addr bytes are is identical + return (memcmp(p_addr1->addr, p_addr2->addr, BLE_GAP_ADDR_LEN) == 0); +} + + +void im_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * ble_evt) +{ + ble_gap_evt_t gap_evt; + pm_peer_id_t bonded_matching_peer_id; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + if (ble_evt->header.evt_id != BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED) + { + // Nothing to do. + return; + } + + gap_evt = ble_evt->evt.gap_evt; + bonded_matching_peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + + if ( gap_evt.params.connected.peer_addr.addr_type + != BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE) + { + /* Search the database for bonding data matching the one that triggered the event. + * Public and static addresses can be matched on address alone, while resolvable + * random addresses can be resolved agains known IRKs. Non-resolvable random addresses + * are never matching because they are not longterm form of identification. + */ + + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + + pds_peer_data_iterate_prepare(); + + switch (gap_evt.params.connected.peer_addr.addr_type) + { + case BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC: + case BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC: + { + while (pds_peer_data_iterate(PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, &peer_id, &peer_data)) + { + if (addr_compare(&gap_evt.params.connected.peer_addr, + &peer_data.p_bonding_data->peer_ble_id.id_addr_info)) + { + bonded_matching_peer_id = peer_id; + break; + } + } + } + break; + + case BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE: + { + while (pds_peer_data_iterate(PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, &peer_id, &peer_data)) + { + if (im_address_resolve(&gap_evt.params.connected.peer_addr, + &peer_data.p_bonding_data->peer_ble_id.id_info)) + { + bonded_matching_peer_id = peer_id; + break; + } + } + } + break; + + default: + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(false); + break; + } + } + + uint8_t new_index = new_connection(gap_evt.conn_handle, + &gap_evt.params.connected.peer_addr); + UNUSED_VARIABLE(new_index); + + if (bonded_matching_peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + im_new_peer_id(gap_evt.conn_handle, bonded_matching_peer_id); + + // Send a bonded peer event + im_evt_t im_evt; + im_evt.conn_handle = gap_evt.conn_handle; + im_evt.evt_id = IM_EVT_BONDED_PEER_CONNECTED; + evt_send(&im_evt); + } +} + + +/**@brief Function to compare two sets of bonding data to check if they belong to the same device. + * @note Invalid irks will never match even though they are identical. + * + * @param[in] p_bonding_data1 First bonding data for comparison + * @param[in] p_bonding_data2 Second bonding data for comparison + * + * @return True if the input matches, false if it does not. + */ +bool im_is_duplicate_bonding_data(pm_peer_data_bonding_t const * p_bonding_data1, + pm_peer_data_bonding_t const * p_bonding_data2) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_bonding_data1 != NULL); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_bonding_data2 != NULL); + + if (!is_valid_irk(&p_bonding_data1->peer_ble_id.id_info)) + { + return false; + } + + bool duplicate_irk = (memcmp(p_bonding_data1->peer_ble_id.id_info.irk, + p_bonding_data2->peer_ble_id.id_info.irk, + BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN) == 0); + + bool duplicate_addr = addr_compare(&p_bonding_data1->peer_ble_id.id_addr_info, + &p_bonding_data2->peer_ble_id.id_addr_info); + + return duplicate_irk || duplicate_addr; +} + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Peer Database module. + * This function is extern in Peer Database. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has happend with peer id and flags. + */ +void im_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data_duplicate; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_event != NULL); + + if ((p_event->evt_id != PDB_EVT_WRITE_BUF_STORED) || + (p_event->data_id != PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING)) + { + return; + } + + // If new data about peer id has been stored it is compared to other peers peer ids in + // search of duplicates. + + ret = pdb_peer_data_ptr_get(p_event->peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, &peer_data); + + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // @note emdi: this shouldn't happen, since the data was just stored, right? + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(false); + return; + } + + pds_peer_data_iterate_prepare(); + + while (pds_peer_data_iterate(PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, &peer_id, &peer_data_duplicate)) + { + if (p_event->peer_id == peer_id) + { + // Skip the iteration if the bonding data retrieved is for a peer + // with the same ID as the one contained in the event. + continue; + } + + if (im_is_duplicate_bonding_data(peer_data.p_bonding_data, + peer_data_duplicate.p_bonding_data)) + { + im_evt_t im_evt; + im_evt.conn_handle = im_conn_handle_get(p_event->peer_id); + im_evt.evt_id = IM_EVT_DUPLICATE_ID; + im_evt.params.duplicate_id.peer_id_1 = p_event->peer_id; + im_evt.params.duplicate_id.peer_id_2 = peer_id; + evt_send(&im_evt); + break; + } + } +} + + +ret_code_t im_init(void) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(!m_module_initialized); + + internal_state_reset(); + + m_conn_state_user_flag_id = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + if (m_conn_state_user_flag_id == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + ret_code_t ret_code = sd_ble_gap_address_get(&m_current_id_addr); + if (ret_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + #endif + + m_module_initialized = true; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +pm_peer_id_t im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + uint8_t conn_index; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + conn_index = get_connection_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + if (conn_index != IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES) + { + return m_connections[conn_index].peer_id; + } + + return PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; +} + + +ret_code_t im_ble_addr_get(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_addr_t * p_ble_addr) +{ + uint8_t conn_index; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_ble_addr != NULL); + + conn_index = get_connection_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + if (conn_index != IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES) + { + *p_ble_addr = m_connections[conn_index].peer_address; + return NRF_SUCCESS; + } + + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; +} + + +bool im_master_ids_compare(ble_gap_master_id_t const * p_master_id1, + ble_gap_master_id_t const * p_master_id2) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_master_id1 != NULL); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_master_id2 != NULL); + + if (!im_master_id_is_valid(p_master_id1)) + { + return false; + } + + if (p_master_id1->ediv != p_master_id2->ediv) + { + return false; + } + + return (memcmp(p_master_id1->rand, p_master_id2->rand, BLE_GAP_SEC_RAND_LEN) == 0); +} + + +pm_peer_id_t im_peer_id_get_by_master_id(ble_gap_master_id_t * p_master_id) +{ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_master_id != NULL); + + pds_peer_data_iterate_prepare(); + + // For each stored peer, check if the master_id matches p_master_id + while (pds_peer_data_iterate(PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, &peer_id, &peer_data)) + { + if (im_master_ids_compare(p_master_id, &peer_data.p_bonding_data->own_ltk.master_id) || + im_master_ids_compare(p_master_id, &peer_data.p_bonding_data->peer_ltk.master_id)) + { + // If a matching master ID is found then return the peer ID. + return peer_id; + } + } + + // If no matching master ID is found return PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. + return PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; +} + + +uint16_t im_conn_handle_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < IM_MAX_CONN_HANDLES; i++) + { + if (peer_id == m_connections[i].peer_id) + { + return m_connections[i].conn_handle; + } + } + return BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID; +} + + +bool im_master_id_is_valid(ble_gap_master_id_t const * p_master_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + if (p_master_id->ediv != 0) + { + return true; + } + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < BLE_GAP_SEC_RAND_LEN; i++) + { + if (p_master_id->rand[i] != 0) + { + return true; + } + } + return false; +} + + +/**@brief Function to set the peer ID associated with a connection handle. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle. + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID to associate with @c conn_handle. + */ +static void peer_id_set(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + uint8_t conn_index = get_connection_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + if (conn_index != IM_NO_INVALID_CONN_HANDLES) + { + m_connections[conn_index].peer_id = peer_id; + } +} + + +void im_new_peer_id(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + peer_id_set(conn_handle, peer_id); +} + + +ret_code_t im_peer_free(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + uint16_t conn_handle; + ret_code_t ret; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + conn_handle = im_conn_handle_get(peer_id); + ret = pdb_peer_free(peer_id); + + if ((conn_handle != BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID) && (ret == NRF_SUCCESS)) + { + peer_id_set(conn_handle, PM_PEER_ID_INVALID); + } + return ret; +} + + +/**@brief Given a list of peers, loads their GAP address and IRK into the provided buffers. + */ +static ret_code_t peers_id_keys_get(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t peer_cnt, + ble_gap_addr_t * p_gap_addrs, + uint32_t * p_addr_cnt, + ble_gap_irk_t * p_gap_irks, + uint32_t * p_irk_cnt) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + pm_peer_data_bonding_t bond_data; + pm_peer_data_t peer_data; + + uint32_t const buf_size = sizeof(bond_data); + + bool copy_addrs = false; + bool copy_irks = false; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_peers != NULL); + + // One of these two has to be provided. + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK((p_gap_addrs != NULL) || (p_gap_irks != NULL)); + + if ((p_gap_addrs != NULL) && (p_addr_cnt != NULL)) + { + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK((*p_addr_cnt) >= peer_cnt); + + copy_addrs = true; + *p_addr_cnt = 0; + } + + if ((p_gap_irks != NULL) && (p_irk_cnt != NULL)) + { + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK((*p_irk_cnt) >= peer_cnt); + + copy_irks = true; + *p_irk_cnt = 0; + } + + memset(&peer_data, 0x00, sizeof(peer_data)); + peer_data.p_bonding_data = &bond_data; + + // Read through flash memory and look for peers ID keys. + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < peer_cnt; i++) + { + memset(&bond_data, 0x00, sizeof(bond_data)); + + // Read peer data from flash. + ret = pds_peer_data_read(p_peers[i], PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, + &peer_data, &buf_size); + + if ((ret == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND) || (ret == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM)) + { + // Peer data coulnd't be found in flash or peer ID is not valid. + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + uint8_t const addr_type = bond_data.peer_ble_id.id_addr_info.addr_type; + + if ((addr_type != BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC) && + (addr_type != BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC)) + { + // The address shared by the peer during bonding can't be used for whitelisting. + return BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR; + } + + // Copy the GAP address. + if (copy_addrs) + { + memcpy(&p_gap_addrs[i], &bond_data.peer_ble_id.id_addr_info, sizeof(ble_gap_addr_t)); + (*p_addr_cnt)++; + } + + // Copy the IRK. + if (copy_irks) + { + memcpy(&p_gap_irks[i], bond_data.peer_ble_id.id_info.irk, BLE_GAP_SEC_KEY_LEN); + (*p_irk_cnt)++; + } + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t im_device_identities_list_set(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t peer_cnt) +{ + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 3) + + ret_code_t ret; + pm_peer_data_t peer_data; + pm_peer_data_bonding_t bond_data; + + ble_gap_id_key_t keys[BLE_GAP_DEVICE_IDENTITIES_MAX_COUNT]; + ble_gap_id_key_t const * key_ptrs[BLE_GAP_DEVICE_IDENTITIES_MAX_COUNT]; + + if ((p_peers == NULL) || (peer_cnt == 0)) + { + // Clear the device identities list. + return sd_ble_gap_device_identities_set(NULL, NULL, 0); + } + + peer_data.p_bonding_data = &bond_data; + uint32_t const buf_size = sizeof(bond_data); + + memset(keys, 0x00, sizeof(keys)); + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < BLE_GAP_DEVICE_IDENTITIES_MAX_COUNT; i++) + { + key_ptrs[i] = &keys[i]; + } + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < peer_cnt; i++) + { + memset(&bond_data, 0x00, sizeof(bond_data)); + + // Read peer data from flash. + ret = pds_peer_data_read(p_peers[i], PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, + &peer_data, &buf_size); + + if ((ret == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND) || (ret == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM)) + { + // Peer data coulnd't be found in flash or peer ID is not valid. + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + uint8_t const addr_type = bond_data.peer_ble_id.id_addr_info.addr_type; + + if ((addr_type != BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC) && + (addr_type != BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC)) + { + // The address shared by the peer during bonding can't be whitelisted. + return BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR; + } + + // Copy data to the buffer. + memcpy(&keys[i], &bond_data.peer_ble_id, sizeof(ble_gap_id_key_t)); + } + + return sd_ble_gap_device_identities_set(key_ptrs, NULL, peer_cnt); + + #else + + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED; + + #endif +} + + +#if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + +static ret_code_t address_set_v2(uint8_t cycle_mode, ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_addr != NULL); + + ret_code_t ret = sd_ble_gap_address_set(cycle_mode, p_addr); + + switch (ret) + { + case NRF_SUCCESS: + case NRF_ERROR_BUSY: + case NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE: + case NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM: // If cycle_mode is not AUTO or NONE. + case BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR: // If the GAP address is not valid. + return ret; + + default: + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } +} + +#endif + + +ret_code_t im_id_addr_set(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr) +{ + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + + ret_code_t ret; + ble_gap_addr_t current_addr; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_addr != NULL); + + (void) sd_ble_gap_address_get(¤t_addr); + + ret = address_set_v2(BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE, (ble_gap_addr_t *)p_addr); + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return ret; + } + + if ( current_addr.addr_type == BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE + || current_addr.addr_type == BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE) + { + // If currently using privacy, it must be re-enabled. + // We force AUTO when privacy is enabled. + ret = address_set_v2(BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO, ¤t_addr); + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return ret; + } + } + + memcpy(&m_current_id_addr, p_addr, sizeof(ble_gap_addr_t)); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; + + #else + + return sd_ble_gap_addr_set(p_addr); + + #endif +} + + +ret_code_t im_id_addr_get(ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_addr != NULL); + + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + memcpy(p_addr, &m_current_id_addr, sizeof(ble_gap_addr_t)); + return NRF_SUCCESS; + #else + return sd_ble_gap_addr_get(p_addr); + #endif +} + + +ret_code_t im_privacy_set(pm_privacy_params_t const * p_privacy_params) +{ + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + + ret_code_t ret; + ble_gap_addr_t privacy_addr; + ble_gap_irk_t current_irk; + ble_opt_t privacy_options; + ble_opt_t current_privacy_options; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_privacy_params != NULL); + + privacy_addr.addr_type = p_privacy_params->private_addr_type; + privacy_options.gap_opt.privacy.p_irk = p_privacy_params->p_device_irk; + privacy_options.gap_opt.privacy.interval_s = p_privacy_params->private_addr_cycle_s; + current_privacy_options.gap_opt.privacy.p_irk = ¤t_irk; + + // Can not fail. + (void) sd_ble_opt_get(BLE_GAP_OPT_PRIVACY, ¤t_privacy_options); + (void) sd_ble_opt_set(BLE_GAP_OPT_PRIVACY, &privacy_options); + + if (p_privacy_params->privacy_mode == BLE_GAP_PRIVACY_MODE_OFF) + { + ret = address_set_v2(BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_NONE, &m_current_id_addr); + } + else + { + ret = address_set_v2(BLE_GAP_ADDR_CYCLE_MODE_AUTO, &privacy_addr); + } + + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // Restore previous settings. + (void) sd_ble_opt_set(BLE_GAP_OPT_PRIVACY, ¤t_privacy_options); + } + + // NRF_ERROR_BUSY, + // NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE, + // NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM, if address type is not valid. + return ret; + + #else + + return sd_ble_gap_privacy_set(p_privacy_params); + + #endif +} + + +ret_code_t im_privacy_get(pm_privacy_params_t * p_privacy_params) +{ + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 2) + + ble_gap_addr_t cur_addr; + ble_opt_t cur_privacy_opt; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_privacy_params != NULL); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_privacy_params->p_device_irk != NULL); + + cur_privacy_opt.gap_opt.privacy.p_irk = p_privacy_params->p_device_irk; + + // Can not fail. + (void) sd_ble_gap_address_get(&cur_addr); + + if ( cur_addr.addr_type == BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE + || cur_addr.addr_type == BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE) + { + p_privacy_params->privacy_mode = BLE_GAP_PRIVACY_MODE_DEVICE_PRIVACY; + p_privacy_params->private_addr_type = cur_addr.addr_type; + } + else + { + p_privacy_params->privacy_mode = BLE_GAP_PRIVACY_MODE_OFF; + } + + // Can not fail. + (void) sd_ble_opt_get(BLE_GAP_OPT_PRIVACY, &cur_privacy_opt); + + p_privacy_params->private_addr_cycle_s = cur_privacy_opt.gap_opt.privacy.interval_s; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; + + #else + + return sd_ble_gap_privacy_get(p_privacy_params); + + #endif +} + + +/* Create a whitelist for the user using the cached list of peers. + * This whitelist is meant to be provided by the application to the Advertising module. + */ +ret_code_t im_whitelist_get(ble_gap_addr_t * p_addrs, + uint32_t * p_addr_cnt, + ble_gap_irk_t * p_irks, + uint32_t * p_irk_cnt) +{ + // One of the two buffers has to be provided. + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK((p_addrs != NULL) || (p_irks != NULL)); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK((p_addr_cnt != NULL) || (p_irk_cnt != NULL)); + + if (((p_addr_cnt != NULL) && (m_wlisted_peer_cnt > *p_addr_cnt)) || + ((p_irk_cnt != NULL) && (m_wlisted_peer_cnt > *p_irk_cnt))) + { + // The size of the cached list of peers is larger than the provided buffers. + return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + + // NRF_SUCCESS or + // NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND, if a peer or its data were not found. + // BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR, if a peer address can not be used for whitelisting. + return peers_id_keys_get(m_wlisted_peers, m_wlisted_peer_cnt, + p_addrs, p_addr_cnt, + p_irks, p_irk_cnt); +} + + +/* Copies the peers to whitelist into a local cache. + * The cached list will be used by im_whitelist_get() to retrieve the active whitelist. + * For SoftDevices 3x, also loads the peers' GAP addresses and whitelists them using + * sd_ble_gap_whitelist_set(). + */ +ret_code_t im_whitelist_set(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t peer_cnt) +{ + // Clear the cache of whitelisted peers. + memset(m_wlisted_peers, 0x00, sizeof(m_wlisted_peers)); + + if ((p_peers == NULL) || (peer_cnt == 0)) + { + // Clear the current whitelist. + m_wlisted_peer_cnt = 0; + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 3) + // NRF_SUCCESS, or + // BLE_GAP_ERROR_WHITELIST_IN_USE + return sd_ble_gap_whitelist_set(NULL, 0); + #else + // The cached list of whitelisted peers is already cleared; nothing to do. + return NRF_SUCCESS; + #endif + } + + // @todo emdi: should not ever cache more than BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT... + + // Copy the new whitelisted peers. + m_wlisted_peer_cnt = peer_cnt; + memcpy(m_wlisted_peers, p_peers, sizeof(pm_peer_id_t) * peer_cnt); + + #if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION == 3) + + ret_code_t ret; + uint32_t wlist_addr_cnt = 0; + + ble_gap_addr_t const * addr_ptrs[BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT]; + ble_gap_addr_t addrs[BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT]; + + memset(addrs, 0x00, sizeof(addrs)); + + // Fetch GAP addresses for these peers, but don't fetch IRKs. + ret = peers_id_keys_get(p_peers, peer_cnt, addrs, &wlist_addr_cnt, NULL, NULL); + + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND, if a peer or its data were not found. + // BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR, if a peer address can not be used for whitelisting. + return ret; + } + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT; i++) + { + addr_ptrs[i] = &addrs[i]; + } + + // NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE, if peer_cnt > BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT. + // BLE_ERROR_GAP_WHITELIST_IN_USE, if a whitelist is in use. + return sd_ble_gap_whitelist_set(addr_ptrs, peer_cnt); + + #else + + return NRF_SUCCESS; + + #endif +} + + +/**@brief Function for calculating the ah() hash function described in Bluetooth core specification + * 4.2 section 3.H.2.2.2. + * + * @detail BLE uses a hash function to calculate the first half of a resolvable address + * from the second half of the address and an irk. This function will use the ECB + * periferal to hash these data acording to the Bluetooth core specification. + * + * @note The ECB expect little endian input and output. + * This function expect big endian and will reverse the data as necessary. + * + * @param[in] p_k The key used in the hash function. + * For address resolution this is should be the irk. + * The array must have a length of 16. + * @param[in] p_r The rand used in the hash function. For generating a new address + * this would be a random number. For resolving a resolvable address + * this would be the last half of the address being resolved. + * The array must have a length of 3. + * @param[out] p_local_hash The result of the hash operation. For address resolution this + * will match the first half of the address being resolved if and only + * if the irk used in the hash function is the same one used to generate + * the address. + * The array must have a length of 16. + */ +void ah(uint8_t const * p_k, uint8_t const * p_r, uint8_t * p_local_hash) +{ + nrf_ecb_hal_data_t ecb_hal_data; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH; i++) + { + ecb_hal_data.key[i] = p_k[SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH - 1 - i]; + } + + memset(ecb_hal_data.cleartext, 0, SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH - IM_ADDR_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < IM_ADDR_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH; i++) + { + ecb_hal_data.cleartext[SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH - 1 - i] = p_r[i]; + } + + // Can only return NRF_SUCCESS. + (void) sd_ecb_block_encrypt(&ecb_hal_data); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < IM_ADDR_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH; i++) + { + p_local_hash[i] = ecb_hal_data.ciphertext[SOC_ECB_KEY_LENGTH - 1 - i]; + } +} + + +bool im_address_resolve(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr, ble_gap_irk_t const * p_irk) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + uint8_t hash[IM_ADDR_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH]; + uint8_t local_hash[IM_ADDR_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH]; + uint8_t prand[IM_ADDR_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH]; + + if (p_addr->addr_type != BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE) + { + return false; + } + + memcpy(hash, p_addr->addr, IM_ADDR_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH); + memcpy(prand, &p_addr->addr[IM_ADDR_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH], IM_ADDR_CLEARTEXT_LENGTH); + ah(p_irk->irk, prand, local_hash); + + return (memcmp(hash, local_hash, IM_ADDR_CIPHERTEXT_LENGTH) == 0); +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/id_manager.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/id_manager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c9ad1f73 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/id_manager.h @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef PEER_ID_MANAGER_H__ +#define PEER_ID_MANAGER_H__ + +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup id_manager ID Manager + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. A module for keeping track of peer identities + * (IRK and peer address). + */ + + +/**@brief Events that can come from the ID Manager module. + */ +typedef enum +{ + IM_EVT_DUPLICATE_ID, /**< The ID Manager module has detected that two stored peers represent the same peer. */ + IM_EVT_BONDED_PEER_CONNECTED, /**< A connected peer has been identified as one of the bonded peers. This can happen immediately on connection, or at a later time. */ +} im_evt_id_t; + + +typedef struct +{ + im_evt_id_t evt_id; + uint16_t conn_handle; + union + { + struct + { + pm_peer_id_t peer_id_1; + pm_peer_id_t peer_id_2; + } duplicate_id; + } params; +} im_evt_t; + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the ID Manager module. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has happened. + */ +typedef void (*im_evt_handler_t)(im_evt_t const * p_event); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the Identity manager. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t im_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for dispatching SoftDevice events to the ID Manager module. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt The SoftDevice event. + */ +void im_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the corresponding peer ID from a connection handle. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle. + * + * @return The corresponding peer ID, or @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if none could be resolved. + */ +pm_peer_id_t im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(uint16_t conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the corresponding peer ID from a master ID (EDIV and rand). + * + * @param[in] p_master_id The master ID. + * + * @return The corresponding peer ID, or @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if none could be resolved. + */ +pm_peer_id_t im_peer_id_get_by_master_id(ble_gap_master_id_t * p_master_id); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the corresponding connection handle from a peer ID. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID. + * + * @return The corresponding connection handle, or @ref BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID if none could be + * resolved. + */ +uint16_t im_conn_handle_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for comparing two master ids + * @note Two invalid master IDs will not match. + * + * @param[in] p_master_id1 First master id for comparison + * @param[in] p_master_id2 Second master id for comparison + * + * @return True if the input matches, false if it does not. + */ +bool im_master_ids_compare(ble_gap_master_id_t const * p_master_id1, + ble_gap_master_id_t const * p_master_id2); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the BLE address used by the peer when connecting. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle. + * @param[out] p_ble_addr The BLE address used by the peer when the connection specified by + * conn_handle was established. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS The address was found and copied. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module not initialized. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID conn_handle does not refer to an active connection. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL p_ble_addr was NULL. + */ +ret_code_t im_ble_addr_get(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_addr_t * p_ble_addr); + + +/**@brief Function for checking whether a master ID is valid or invalid + * + * @param[in] p_master_id The master ID. + * + * @retval true The master id is valid. + * @retval true The master id is invalid (i.e. all zeros). + */ +bool im_master_id_is_valid(ble_gap_master_id_t const * p_master_id); + + +bool im_is_duplicate_bonding_data(pm_peer_data_bonding_t const * p_bonding_data1, + pm_peer_data_bonding_t const * p_bonding_data2); + + +/**@brief Function for reporting that a new peer ID has been allocated for a specified connection. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection. + * @param[in] peer_id The new peer ID. + */ +void im_new_peer_id(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for deleting all of a peer's data from flash and disassociating it from any + * connection handles it is associated with. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer to free. + * + * @return Any error code returned by @ref pdb_peer_free. + */ +ret_code_t im_peer_free(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function to set the local Bluetooth identity address. + * + * @details The local Bluetooth identity address is the address that identifies this device to other + * peers. The address type must be either @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC or @ref + * BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC. The identity address cannot be changed while roles are + * running. + * + * @note This address will be distributed to the peer during bonding. + * If the address changes, the address stored in the peer device will not be valid and the + * ability to reconnect using the old address will be lost. + * + * @note By default the SoftDevice will set an address of type @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC + * upon being enabled. The address is a random number populated during the IC manufacturing + * process and remains unchanged for the lifetime of each IC. + * + * @param[in] p_addr Pointer to address structure. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Address successfully set. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR If the GAP address is invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Could not process at this time. Process SoftDevice events + * and retry. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE The identity address cannot be changed while advertising, + * scanning, or while in a connection. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t im_id_addr_set(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr); + + +/**@brief Function to get the local Bluetooth identity address. + * + * @note This will always return the identity address irrespective of the privacy settings, + * i.e. the address type will always be either @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC or @ref + * BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC. + * + * @param[out] p_addr Pointer to address structure to be filled in. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the address was successfully retrieved. + */ +ret_code_t im_id_addr_get(ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr); + + +/**@brief Function to set privacy settings. + * + * @details Privacy settings cannot be set while advertising, scanning, or while in a connection. + * + * @param[in] p_privacy_params Privacy settings. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If privacy options were set successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_privacy_params is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the address type is not valid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the request could not be processed at this time. + * Process SoftDevice events and retry. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Privacy settings cannot be changed while BLE roles using + * privacy are enabled. + */ +ret_code_t im_privacy_set(pm_privacy_params_t const * p_privacy_params); + + +/**@brief Function to retrieve the current privacy settings. + * + * @details The privacy settings returned include the current device irk as well. + * + * @param[in] p_privacy_params Privacy settings. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successfully retrieved privacy settings. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL @c p_privacy_params is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t im_privacy_get(pm_privacy_params_t * p_privacy_params); + + +/**@brief Function for resolving a resolvable address with an identity resolution key (IRK). + * + * @details This function will use the ECB peripheral to resolve a resolvable address. + * This can be used to resolve the identity of a device distributing a random + * resolvable address based on any IRKs you have received earlier. If an address is + * resolved by an IRK, the device disributing the address must also know the IRK. + * + * @param[in] p_addr A random resolvable address. + * @param[in] p_irk An identity resolution key (IRK). + * + * @retval true The irk used matched the one used to create the address. + * @retval false The irk used did not match the one used to create the address, or an argument was + * NULL. + */ +bool im_address_resolve(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr, ble_gap_irk_t const * p_irk); + + +/**@brief Function for setting / clearing the whitelist. + * + * @param p_peers The peers to whitelist. Pass NULL to clear the whitelist. + * @param peer_cnt The number of peers to whitelist. Pass zero to clear the whitelist. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the whitelist was successfully set or cleared. + * @retval BLE_GAP_ERROR_WHITELIST_IN_USE If a whitelist is in use. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR If any peer has an address which can not be used + * for whitelisting. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If any peer or its data could not be found. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE If @p peer_cnt is greater than + * @ref BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT. + */ +ret_code_t im_whitelist_set(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t const peer_cnt); + + +/**@brief Retrieves the current whitelist, set by a previous call to @ref im_whitelist_set. + * + * @param[out] A buffer where to copy the GAP addresses. + * @param[inout] In: the size of the @p p_addrs buffer. + * Out: the number of address copied into the buffer. + * @param[out] A buffer where to copy the IRKs. + * @param[inout] In: the size of the @p p_irks buffer. + * Out: the number of IRKs copied into the buffer. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the whitelist was successfully retreived. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR If any peer has an address which can not be used for + * whitelisting. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If the data for any of the cached whitelisted peers + * can not be found anymore. It might have been deleted in + * the meanwhile. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the provided buffers are too small. + */ +ret_code_t im_whitelist_get(ble_gap_addr_t * p_addrs, + uint32_t * p_addr_cnt, + ble_gap_irk_t * p_irks, + uint32_t * p_irk_cnt); + + +/**@brief Set the device identities list. + */ +ret_code_t im_device_identities_list_set(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t peer_cnt); + + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PEER_ID_MANAGER_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c26a87af --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data.c @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "peer_data.h" + +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "fds.h" + + +void peer_data_parts_get(pm_peer_data_const_t const * p_peer_data, fds_record_chunk_t * p_chunks, uint16_t * p_n_chunks) +{ + if (p_n_chunks == NULL) + { + } + else if ((p_peer_data == NULL) || (p_chunks == NULL)) + { + *p_n_chunks = 0; + } + else + { + p_chunks[0].p_data = p_peer_data->p_all_data; + p_chunks[0].length_words = p_peer_data->length_words; + *p_n_chunks = 1; + } +} + + +ret_code_t peer_data_deserialize(pm_peer_data_flash_t const * p_in_data, pm_peer_data_t * p_out_data) +{ + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + + if ((p_in_data == NULL) || (p_out_data == NULL)) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_NULL; + } + else + { + if (p_out_data->length_words < p_in_data->length_words) + { + p_out_data->length_words = p_in_data->length_words; + err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + else + { + p_out_data->length_words = p_in_data->length_words; + p_out_data->data_id = p_in_data->data_id; + + memcpy(p_out_data->p_all_data, p_in_data->p_all_data, p_in_data->length_words * 4); + } + } + return err_code; +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..93d6b0e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data.h @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef PEER_DATA_H__ +#define PEER_DATA_H__ + +#include +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_manager_internal.h" +#include "fds.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup peer_data Peer Data + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. This module defines the structure of the data + * that is managed by the @ref peer_manager. It also provides functions for parsing the data. + */ + + +/**@brief Function for enumerating the separate (non-contiguous) parts of the peer data. + * + * @param[in] p_peer_data The peer data to enumerate. + * @param[out] p_chunks The resulting chunks. This must be an array of at least 2 elements. + * @param[out] p_n_chunks The number of chunks. If this is 0, something went wrong. + */ +void peer_data_parts_get(pm_peer_data_const_t const * p_peer_data, fds_record_chunk_t * p_chunks, uint16_t * p_n_chunks); + + +/**@brief Function for converting @ref pm_peer_data_flash_t into @ref pm_peer_data_t. + * + * @param[in] p_in_data The source data. + * @param[out] p_out_data The target data structure. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful conversion. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL A parameter was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM A buffer was not large enough. + */ +ret_code_t peer_data_deserialize(pm_peer_data_flash_t const * p_in_data, pm_peer_data_t * p_out_data); + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PEER_DATA_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data_storage.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data_storage.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a126e8d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data_storage.c @@ -0,0 +1,665 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "peer_data_storage.h" + +#include +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_manager_internal.h" +#include "peer_id.h" +#include "peer_data.h" +#include "fds.h" + + +// Macro for verifying that the peer id is within a valid range. +#define VERIFY_PEER_ID_IN_RANGE(id) VERIFY_FALSE((id >= PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS), \ + NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM) + +// Macro for verifying that the peer data id is withing a valid range. +#define VERIFY_PEER_DATA_ID_IN_RANGE(id) VERIFY_TRUE(peer_data_id_is_valid(id), \ + NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM) + +// The number of registered event handlers. +#define PDS_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT (sizeof(m_evt_handlers) / sizeof(m_evt_handlers[0])) + + +// Peer Data Storage event handler in Peer Database. +extern void pdb_pds_evt_handler(pds_evt_t const *); + +// Peer Data Storage events' handlers. +// The number of elements in this array is PDS_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT. +static pds_evt_handler_t const m_evt_handlers[] = +{ + pdb_pds_evt_handler, +}; + +static bool m_module_initialized = false; +static bool m_peer_delete_queued = false; +static bool m_peer_delete_ongoing = false; + +// A token used for Flash Data Storage searches. +static fds_find_token_t m_fds_ftok; + + +// Function for dispatching events to all registered event handlers. +static void pds_evt_send(pds_evt_t * p_event) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < PDS_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT; i++) + { + m_evt_handlers[i](p_event); + } +} + + +// Function to convert peer IDs to file IDs. +static uint16_t peer_id_to_file_id(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + return (uint16_t)(peer_id + PEER_ID_TO_FILE_ID); +} + + +// Function to convert peer data id to type id. +static pm_peer_id_t file_id_to_peer_id(uint16_t file_id) +{ + return (pm_peer_id_t)(file_id + FILE_ID_TO_PEER_ID); +} + + +// Function to convert peer data IDs to record keys. +static uint16_t peer_data_id_to_record_key(pm_peer_data_id_t peer_data_id) +{ + return (uint16_t)(peer_data_id + DATA_ID_TO_RECORD_KEY); +} + + +// Function to convert record keys to peer data IDs. +static pm_peer_data_id_t record_key_to_peer_data_id(uint16_t record_key) +{ + return (pm_peer_data_id_t)(record_key + RECORD_KEY_TO_DATA_ID); +} + + +// Function for checking whether a file ID is relevant for the Peer Manager. +static bool file_id_within_pm_range(uint16_t file_id) +{ + return ((PDS_FIRST_RESERVED_FILE_ID <= file_id) + && (file_id <= PDS_LAST_RESERVED_FILE_ID)); +} + + +// Function for checking whether a record key is relevant for the Peer Manager. +static bool record_key_within_pm_range(uint16_t record_key) +{ + return ((PDS_FIRST_RESERVED_RECORD_KEY <= record_key) + && (record_key <= PDS_LAST_RESERVED_RECORD_KEY)); +} + + +static bool peer_data_id_is_valid(pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + return ((data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING) || + (data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING) || + (data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL) || + (data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE) || + (data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK) || + (data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_APPLICATION)); +} + + +// Function for deleting all data beloning to a peer. +// These operations will be sent to FDS one at a time. +static void peer_data_delete() +{ + ret_code_t ret; + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; + uint16_t file_id; + fds_record_desc_t desc; + fds_find_token_t ftok; + + memset(&ftok, 0x00, sizeof(fds_find_token_t)); + peer_id = peer_id_get_next_deleted(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID); + + while ( (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + && (fds_record_find_in_file(peer_id_to_file_id(peer_id), &desc, &ftok) + == FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND)) + { + peer_id_free(peer_id); + peer_id = peer_id_get_next_deleted(peer_id); + } + + if (!m_peer_delete_ongoing && (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID)) + { + m_peer_delete_ongoing = true; + + file_id = peer_id_to_file_id(peer_id); + ret = fds_file_delete(file_id); + + if (ret == FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES) + { + m_peer_delete_queued = true; + } + else if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + m_peer_delete_ongoing = false; + + pds_evt_t pds_evt; + + pds_evt.evt_id = PDS_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + pds_evt.peer_id = peer_id; + pds_evt.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_INVALID; + pds_evt.store_token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + pds_evt.result = ret; + + pds_evt_send(&pds_evt); + } + } +} + + +static ret_code_t peer_data_find(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + fds_find_token_t ftok; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(peer_id < PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(peer_data_id_is_valid(data_id)); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_desc != NULL); + + memset(&ftok, 0x00, sizeof(fds_find_token_t)); + + uint16_t file_id = peer_id_to_file_id(peer_id); + uint16_t record_key = peer_data_id_to_record_key(data_id); + + ret = fds_record_find(file_id, record_key, p_desc, &ftok); + + if (ret != FDS_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static void peer_ids_load() +{ + fds_record_desc_t record_desc; + fds_flash_record_t record; + fds_find_token_t ftok; + + memset(&ftok, 0x00, sizeof(fds_find_token_t)); + + uint16_t const record_key = peer_data_id_to_record_key(PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING); + + while (fds_record_find_by_key(record_key, &record_desc, &ftok) == FDS_SUCCESS) + { + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; + + // It is safe to ignore the return value since the descriptor was + // just obtained and also 'record' is different from NULL. + (void)fds_record_open(&record_desc, &record); + peer_id = file_id_to_peer_id(record.p_header->ic.file_id); + (void)fds_record_close(&record_desc); + + (void)peer_id_allocate(peer_id); + } +} + + +static void fds_evt_handler(fds_evt_t const * const p_fds_evt) +{ + pds_evt_t pds_evt; + + pds_evt.result = (p_fds_evt->result == FDS_SUCCESS); + + switch (p_fds_evt->id) + { + case FDS_EVT_WRITE: + case FDS_EVT_UPDATE: + if ( file_id_within_pm_range(p_fds_evt->write.file_id) + || record_key_within_pm_range(p_fds_evt->write.record_key)) + { + pds_evt.peer_id = file_id_to_peer_id(p_fds_evt->write.file_id); + pds_evt.data_id = record_key_to_peer_data_id(p_fds_evt->write.record_key); + + if (p_fds_evt->id == FDS_EVT_WRITE) + { + pds_evt.evt_id = (p_fds_evt->result == FDS_SUCCESS) ? PDS_EVT_STORED : + PDS_EVT_ERROR_STORE; + } + else + { + pds_evt.evt_id = (p_fds_evt->result == FDS_SUCCESS) ? PDS_EVT_UPDATED : + PDS_EVT_ERROR_UPDATE; + } + + pds_evt.result = p_fds_evt->result; + pds_evt.store_token = p_fds_evt->write.record_id; + + pds_evt_send(&pds_evt); + } + break; + + case FDS_EVT_DEL_RECORD: + if ( file_id_within_pm_range(p_fds_evt->del.file_id) + || record_key_within_pm_range(p_fds_evt->del.record_key)) + { + pds_evt.peer_id = file_id_to_peer_id(p_fds_evt->del.file_id); + pds_evt.data_id = record_key_to_peer_data_id(p_fds_evt->del.record_key); + + pds_evt.evt_id = (p_fds_evt->result == FDS_SUCCESS) ? PDS_EVT_CLEARED : + PDS_EVT_ERROR_CLEAR; + + pds_evt.store_token = p_fds_evt->del.record_id; + + pds_evt_send(&pds_evt); + } + break; + + case FDS_EVT_DEL_FILE: + { + if ( file_id_within_pm_range(p_fds_evt->del.file_id) + && (p_fds_evt->del.record_key == FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY)) + { + pds_evt.peer_id = file_id_to_peer_id(p_fds_evt->del.file_id); + pds_evt.data_id = record_key_to_peer_data_id(p_fds_evt->del.record_key); + + pds_evt.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_INVALID; + if (p_fds_evt->result == FDS_SUCCESS) + { + pds_evt.evt_id = PDS_EVT_PEER_ID_CLEAR; + peer_id_free(pds_evt.peer_id); + } + else + { + pds_evt.evt_id = PDS_EVT_ERROR_PEER_ID_CLEAR; + } + + m_peer_delete_queued = false; + m_peer_delete_ongoing = false; + + peer_data_delete(); + + pds_evt_send(&pds_evt); + } + } + break; + + case FDS_EVT_GC: + pds_evt.evt_id = PDS_EVT_COMPRESSED; + pds_evt_send(&pds_evt); + break; + + default: + break; + } + + if (m_peer_delete_queued) + { + m_peer_delete_queued = false; + peer_data_delete(); + } +} + + +ret_code_t pds_init() +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + // Check for re-initialization if debugging. + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(!m_module_initialized); + + ret = fds_register(fds_evt_handler); + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + ret = fds_init(); + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL; + } + + peer_id_init(); + peer_ids_load(); + + m_module_initialized = true; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pds_peer_data_read(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + pm_peer_data_t * const p_data, + uint32_t const * const p_buf_len) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + fds_record_desc_t rec_desc; + fds_flash_record_t rec_flash; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_data != NULL); + + VERIFY_PEER_ID_IN_RANGE(peer_id); + VERIFY_PEER_DATA_ID_IN_RANGE(data_id); + + ret = peer_data_find(peer_id, data_id, &rec_desc); + + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + // Shouldn't fail, unless the record was deleted in the meanwhile or the CRC check has failed. + ret = fds_record_open(&rec_desc, &rec_flash); + + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + // @note emdi: could this actually be set by the caller and used instead + // of an additional parameter (data_id) ? + p_data->data_id = data_id; + p_data->length_words = rec_flash.p_header->tl.length_words; + + // If p_buf_len is NULL, provide a pointer to data in flash, otherwise, + // check that the buffer is large enough and copy the data in flash into the buffer. + if (p_buf_len != NULL) + { + uint32_t const data_len_bytes = (p_data->length_words * sizeof(uint32_t)); + + if ((*p_buf_len) <= data_len_bytes) + { + memcpy(p_data->p_all_data, rec_flash.p_data, data_len_bytes); + } + else + { + return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + } + else + { + // The cast is necessary because if no buffer is provided, we just copy the pointer, + // but it that case it should be considered a pointer to const data by the caller, + // since it is a pointer to data in flash. + p_data->p_all_data = (void*)rec_flash.p_data; + } + + // Shouldn't fail unless the record was already closed, in which case it can be ignored. + (void)fds_record_close(&rec_desc); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +void pds_peer_data_iterate_prepare(void) +{ + memset(&m_fds_ftok, 0x00, sizeof(fds_find_token_t)); +} + + +bool pds_peer_data_iterate(pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + pm_peer_id_t * const p_peer_id, + pm_peer_data_flash_t * const p_data) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + uint16_t rec_key; + fds_record_desc_t rec_desc; + fds_flash_record_t rec_flash; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_peer_id != NULL); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_data != NULL); + + // @note emdi: should we check the data_id ? + rec_key = peer_data_id_to_record_key(data_id); + + if (fds_record_find_by_key(rec_key, &rec_desc, &m_fds_ftok) != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return false; + } + + ret = fds_record_open(&rec_desc, &rec_flash); + + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // It can only happen if the record was deleted after the call to fds_record_find_by_key(), + // before we could open it, or if CRC support was enabled in Flash Data Storage at compile + // time and the CRC check failed. + return false; + } + + p_data->data_id = data_id; + p_data->length_words = rec_flash.p_header->tl.length_words; + p_data->p_all_data = rec_flash.p_data; + + *p_peer_id = file_id_to_peer_id(rec_flash.p_header->ic.file_id); + + (void)fds_record_close(&rec_desc); + + return true; +} + + +ret_code_t pds_space_reserve(pm_peer_data_const_t const * p_peer_data, + pm_prepare_token_t * p_prepare_token) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_peer_data != NULL); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_prepare_token != NULL); + + VERIFY_PEER_DATA_ID_IN_RANGE(p_peer_data->data_id); + + ret = fds_reserve((fds_reserve_token_t*)p_prepare_token, p_peer_data->length_words); + + switch (ret) + { + case FDS_SUCCESS: + return NRF_SUCCESS; + + case FDS_ERR_RECORD_TOO_LARGE: + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH; + + case FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH: + return NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL; + + default: + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } +} + + +ret_code_t pds_space_reserve_cancel(pm_prepare_token_t prepare_token) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(prepare_token != PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID); + + ret = fds_reserve_cancel((fds_reserve_token_t*)&prepare_token); + + if (ret != FDS_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pds_peer_data_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_const_t const * p_peer_data, + pm_prepare_token_t prepare_token, + pm_store_token_t * p_store_token) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + fds_record_t rec; + fds_record_desc_t rec_desc; + fds_record_chunk_t rec_chunk; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_peer_data != NULL); + + VERIFY_PEER_ID_IN_RANGE(peer_id); + VERIFY_PEER_DATA_ID_IN_RANGE(p_peer_data->data_id); + + // Prepare chunk. + rec_chunk.p_data = p_peer_data->p_all_data; + rec_chunk.length_words = p_peer_data->length_words; + + // Prepare the record to be stored in flash. + rec.file_id = peer_id_to_file_id(peer_id); + rec.key = peer_data_id_to_record_key(p_peer_data->data_id); + rec.data.p_chunks = &rec_chunk; + rec.data.num_chunks = 1; + + ret = peer_data_find(peer_id, p_peer_data->data_id, &rec_desc); + + if (ret == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND) + { + // No previous data exists in flash. + if (prepare_token == PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID) + { + // No space was previously reserved. + ret = fds_record_write(&rec_desc, &rec); + } + else + { + // Space for this record was previously reserved. + ret = fds_record_write_reserved(&rec_desc, &rec, (fds_reserve_token_t*)&prepare_token); + } + } + else // NRF_SUCCESS + { + // Token shouldn't be zero at this point. + // NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(prepare_token != PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID); + + (void)fds_reserve_cancel((fds_reserve_token_t*)&prepare_token); + + // Update existing record. + ret = fds_record_update(&rec_desc, &rec); + } + + switch (ret) + { + case FDS_SUCCESS: + if (p_store_token != NULL) + { + // Update the store token. + (void)fds_record_id_from_desc(&rec_desc, (uint32_t*)p_store_token); + } + return NRF_SUCCESS; + + case FDS_ERR_BUSY: + case FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES: + return NRF_ERROR_BUSY; + + case FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH: + return NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL; + + default: + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } +} + + +// @note emdi: unused.. +ret_code_t pds_peer_data_delete(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + fds_record_desc_t record_desc; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + VERIFY_PEER_ID_IN_RANGE(peer_id); + VERIFY_PEER_DATA_ID_IN_RANGE(data_id); + + ret = peer_data_find(peer_id, data_id, &record_desc); + + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + ret = fds_record_delete(&record_desc); + + switch (ret) + { + case FDS_SUCCESS: + return NRF_SUCCESS; + + case FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES: + return NRF_ERROR_BUSY; + + default: + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } +} + + +pm_peer_id_t pds_peer_id_allocate(void) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return peer_id_allocate(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID); +} + + +ret_code_t pds_peer_id_free(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + VERIFY_PEER_ID_IN_RANGE(peer_id); + + (void)peer_id_delete(peer_id); + peer_data_delete(); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +bool pds_peer_id_is_allocated(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return peer_id_is_allocated(peer_id); +} + + +pm_peer_id_t pds_next_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return peer_id_get_next_used(prev_peer_id); +} + + +pm_peer_id_t pds_next_deleted_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return peer_id_get_next_deleted(prev_peer_id); +} + + +uint32_t pds_peer_count_get(void) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return peer_id_n_ids(); +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data_storage.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data_storage.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e405e32d --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_data_storage.h @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef PEER_DATA_STORAGE_H__ +#define PEER_DATA_STORAGE_H__ + + +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_manager_internal.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup peer_data_storage Peer Data Storage + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. This module provides a Peer Manager-specific API + * to the persistent storage. + * + * @details This module uses Flash Data Storage (FDS) to interface with persistent storage. + */ + +#define PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID (0) /**< Invalid value for prepare token. */ +#define PDS_FIRST_RESERVED_FILE_ID (0xC000) /**< The beginning of the range of file IDs reserved for Peer Manager. */ +#define PDS_LAST_RESERVED_FILE_ID (0xFFFE) /**< The end of the range of file IDs reserved for Peer Manager. */ +#define PDS_FIRST_RESERVED_RECORD_KEY (0xC000) /**< The beginning of the range of record keys reserved for Peer Manager. */ +#define PDS_LAST_RESERVED_RECORD_KEY (0xFFFE) /**< The end of the range of record keys reserved for Peer Manager. */ + +#define PEER_ID_TO_FILE_ID ( PDS_FIRST_RESERVED_FILE_ID) //!< Macro for converting a @ref pm_peer_id_t to an FDS file ID. +#define FILE_ID_TO_PEER_ID (-PDS_FIRST_RESERVED_FILE_ID) //!< Macro for converting an FDS file ID to a @ref pm_peer_id_t. +#define DATA_ID_TO_RECORD_KEY ( PDS_FIRST_RESERVED_RECORD_KEY) //!< Macro for converting a @ref pm_peer_data_id_t to an FDS record ID. +#define RECORD_KEY_TO_DATA_ID (-PDS_FIRST_RESERVED_RECORD_KEY) //!< Macro for converting an FDS record ID to a @ref pm_peer_data_id_t. + + +/**@brief The events that come from this module. + */ +typedef enum +{ + PDS_EVT_STORED, //!< The specified data has been successfully stored. + PDS_EVT_UPDATED, //!< The specified data has been successfully updated. + PDS_EVT_CLEARED, //!< The specified data has been successfully cleared. + PDS_EVT_ERROR_STORE, //!< The specified data could not be stored. + PDS_EVT_ERROR_UPDATE, //!< The specified data could not be updated. + PDS_EVT_ERROR_CLEAR, //!< The specified data could not be cleared. + PDS_EVT_PEER_ID_CLEAR, //!< The peer id has been successfully cleared. + PDS_EVT_ERROR_PEER_ID_CLEAR, //!< The peer id has been successfully cleared. + PDS_EVT_COMPRESSED, //!< A compress procedure has finished successfully. + PDS_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED, //!< An unexpected, possibly fatal error occurred. +} pds_evt_id_t; + + +/**@brief The event structure for events generated by the this module. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pds_evt_id_t evt_id; /**< The type of event. */ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< The peer the event pertains to. */ + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id; /**< The data the event pertains to. */ + pm_store_token_t store_token; /**< A unique identifier for the operation. Can be compare to the token received when starting the operation. */ + ret_code_t result; /**< The result of the operation, or the unexpected error. */ +} pds_evt_t; + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the peer_data_storage module. + * + * @param[in] event The event that has happened. + * @param[in] peer_id The id of the peer the event pertains to. + * @param[in] flags The data the event pertains to. + */ +typedef void (*pds_evt_handler_t)(pds_evt_t const * p_event); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the module. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL If no flash pages were available for use. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If the module couldn't register with the flash filesystem. + */ +ret_code_t pds_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for reading peer data in flash. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer the data belongs to. + * @param[in] data_id The data to retrieve. + * @param[out] p_data The peer data. May not be @c NULL. + * @param[in] p_buf_len Length of the provided buffer, in bytes. Pass @c NULL to only copy + * a pointer to the data in flash. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If @p peer_id or @p data_id are invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If the data was not found in flash. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the provided buffer is too small. + */ +ret_code_t pds_peer_data_read(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + pm_peer_data_t * const p_data, + uint32_t const * const p_buf_len); + + +/**@brief Function to prepare iterating over peer data in flash using @ref pds_peer_data_iterate. + * Call this function once each time before iterating using @ref pds_peer_data_iterate. + */ +void pds_peer_data_iterate_prepare(void); + + +/**@brief Function for iterating peers' data in flash. + * Always call @ref pds_peer_data_iterate_prepare before starting iterating. + * + * @param[in] data_id The peer data to iterate over. + * @param[out] p_peer_id The peer the data belongs to. + * @param[out] p_data The peer data in flash. + * + * @retval true If the operation was successful. + * @retval false If the data was not found in flash, or another error occurred. + */ +bool pds_peer_data_iterate(pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + pm_peer_id_t * const p_peer_id, + pm_peer_data_flash_t * const p_data); + + +/**@brief Function for reserving space in flash to store data. + * + * @param[in] p_peer_data The data to be stored in flash. Only data length and type (ID) are + * relevant for this operation. May not be @c NULL. + * @param[out] p_prepare_token A token identifying the reserved space. May not be @c NULL. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the data ID in @p p_peer_data is invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH If data length exceeds the maximum allowed length. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL If no space is available in flash. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an unexpected error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pds_space_reserve(pm_peer_data_const_t const * p_peer_data, + pm_prepare_token_t * p_prepare_token); + + +/**@brief Function for undoing a previous call to @ref pds_space_reserve. + * + * @param[in] prepare_token A token identifying the reservation to cancel. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an unexpected error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pds_space_reserve_cancel(pm_prepare_token_t prepare_token); + + +/**@brief Function for storing peer data in flash. If the same piece of data already exists for the + * given peer, it will be updated. This operation is asynchronous. + * Expect a @ref PDS_EVT_STORED or @ref PDS_EVT_ERROR_STORE event. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer the data belongs to. + * @param[in] p_peer_data The peer data. May not be @c NULL. + * @param[in] prepare_token A token identifying the reservation made in flash to store the data. + * Pass @ref PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID if no space was reserved. + * @param[out] p_store_token A token identifying this particular store operation. The token can be + * used to identify events pertaining to this operation. Pass @p NULL + * if not used. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If @p peer_id or the data ID in @p_peer_data are invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL If no space is available in flash. This can only happen if + * @p p_prepare_token is @ref PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the flash filesystem was busy. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an unexpected error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pds_peer_data_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_const_t const * p_peer_data, + pm_prepare_token_t prepare_token, + pm_store_token_t * p_store_token); + + +/**@brief Function for deleting peer data in flash. This operation is asynchronous. + * Expect a @ref PDS_EVT_CLEARED or @ref PDS_EVT_ERROR_CLEAR event. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer the data belongs to + * @param[in] data_id The data to delete. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If @p peer_id or @p data_id are invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If data was not found in flash. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the flash filesystem was busy. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an unexpected error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pds_peer_data_delete(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id); + + +/**@brief Function for claiming an unused peer ID. + * + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID If no peer ID was available. + */ +pm_peer_id_t pds_peer_id_allocate(void); + + +/**@brief Function for freeing a peer ID and deleting all data associated with it in flash. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The ID of the peer to free. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS The operation was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If @p peer_id is invalid. + */ +ret_code_t pds_peer_id_free(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for finding out whether a peer ID is in use. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID to inquire about. + * + * @retval true @p peer_id is in use. + * @retval false @p peer_id is free. + */ +bool pds_peer_id_is_allocated(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the next peer ID in the sequence of all used peer IDs. Can be + * used to loop through all used peer IDs. + * + * @note @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID is considered to be before the first and after the last ordinary + * peer ID. + * + * @param[in] prev_peer_id The previous peer ID. + * + * @return The first ordinary peer ID If @p prev_peer_id is @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID If @p prev_peer_id is the last ordinary peer ID or the module + * is not initialized. + */ +pm_peer_id_t pds_next_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the next peer ID in the sequence of all peer IDs pending deletion. + * Can be used to loop through all used peer IDs. + * + * @note @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID is considered to be before the first and after the last ordinary + * peer ID. + * + * @param[in] prev_peer_id The previous peer ID. + * + * @return The next peer ID pending deletion. + * @return The first ordinary peer ID if prev_peer_id was @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if prev_peer_id was the last ordinary peer ID or the module + * is not initialized. + */ +pm_peer_id_t pds_next_deleted_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the number of valid peer IDs available. I.E the number of peers + * in persistent storage. + * + * @return The number of valid peer IDs. + */ +uint32_t pds_peer_count_get(void); + + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PEER_DATA_STORAGE_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_database.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_database.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..baf7cb63 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_database.c @@ -0,0 +1,756 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "peer_database.h" + +#include +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_manager_internal.h" +#include "peer_data_storage.h" +#include "pm_buffer.h" + + +#define N_WRITE_BUFFERS (8) /**< The number of write buffers available. */ +#define N_WRITE_BUFFER_RECORDS (N_WRITE_BUFFERS) /**< The number of write buffer records. */ + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying that the data ID is among the values eligible for using the write buffer. + * + * @param[in] data_id The data ID to verify. + */ +// @note emdi: could this maybe be a function? +#define VERIFY_DATA_ID_WRITE_BUF(data_id) \ +do \ +{ \ + if (((data_id) != PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING) && ((data_id) != PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL)) \ + { \ + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +// The number of registered event handlers. +#define PDB_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT (sizeof(m_evt_handlers) / sizeof(m_evt_handlers[0])) + + +// Peer Database event handlers in other Peer Manager submodules. +extern void pm_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event); +extern void im_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event); +extern void sm_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event); +extern void smd_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event); +extern void gscm_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event); + +// Peer Database events' handlers. +// The number of elements in this array is PDB_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT. +static pdb_evt_handler_t const m_evt_handlers[] = +{ + pm_pdb_evt_handler, + im_pdb_evt_handler, + sm_pdb_evt_handler, + smd_pdb_evt_handler, + gscm_pdb_evt_handler, +}; + + +/**@brief Struct for keeping track of one write buffer, from allocation, until it is fully written + * or cancelled. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< The peer ID this buffer belongs to. */ + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id; /**< The data ID this buffer belongs to. */ + pm_prepare_token_t prepare_token; /**< Token given by Peer Data Storage if room in flash has been reserved. */ + pm_store_token_t store_token; /**< Token given by Peer Data Storage when a flash write has been successfully requested. */ + uint32_t n_bufs; /**< The number of buffer blocks containing peer data. */ + uint8_t buffer_block_id; /**< The index of the first (or only) buffer block containing peer data. */ + uint8_t store_requested : 1; /**< Flag indicating that the buffer is being written to flash. */ + uint8_t store_flash_full : 1; /**< Flag indicating that the buffer was attempted written to flash, but a flash full error was returned and the operation should be retried after room has been made. */ + uint8_t store_busy : 1; /**< Flag indicating that the buffer was attempted written to flash, but a busy error was returned and the operation should be retried. */ +} pdb_buffer_record_t; + + +static bool m_module_initialized; +static pm_buffer_t m_write_buffer; /**< The state of the write buffer. */ +static pdb_buffer_record_t m_write_buffer_records[N_WRITE_BUFFER_RECORDS]; /**< The available write buffer records. */ +static uint32_t m_n_writes; /**< The number of pending (Not yet successfully requested in Peer Data Storage) store operations. */ + + + +/**@brief Function for invalidating a record of a write buffer allocation. + * + * @param[in] p_record The record to invalidate. + */ +static void write_buffer_record_invalidate(pdb_buffer_record_t * p_record) +{ + p_record->peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + p_record->data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_INVALID; + p_record->buffer_block_id = PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID; + p_record->store_busy = false; + p_record->store_flash_full = false; + p_record->store_requested = false; + p_record->n_bufs = 0; + p_record->prepare_token = PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID; + p_record->store_token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; +} + + +/**@brief Function for finding a record of a write buffer allocation. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID in the record. + * @param[inout] p_index In: The starting index, out: The index of the record + * + * @return A pointer to the matching record, or NULL if none was found. + */ +static pdb_buffer_record_t * write_buffer_record_find_next(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, int * p_index) +{ + for (uint32_t i = *p_index; i < N_WRITE_BUFFER_RECORDS; i++) + { + if ((m_write_buffer_records[i].peer_id == peer_id)) + { + return &m_write_buffer_records[i]; + } + } + return NULL; +} + + +/**@brief Function for finding a record of a write buffer allocation. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID in the record. + * @param[in] data_id The data ID in the record. + * + * @return A pointer to the matching record, or NULL if none was found. + */ +static pdb_buffer_record_t * write_buffer_record_find(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + int index = 0; + pdb_buffer_record_t * p_record = write_buffer_record_find_next(peer_id, &index); + + while ((p_record != NULL) && (p_record->data_id != data_id)) + { + index++; + p_record = write_buffer_record_find_next(peer_id, &index); + } + + return p_record; +} + + +/**@brief Function for finding an available record for write buffer allocation. + * + * @return A pointer to the available record, or NULL if none was found. + */ +static pdb_buffer_record_t * write_buffer_record_find_unused(void) +{ + return write_buffer_record_find(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_INVALID); +} + + +/**@brief Function for gracefully deactivating a write buffer record. + * + * @details This function will first release any buffers, then invalidate the record. + * + * @param[inout] p_write_buffer_record The record to release. + * + * @return A pointer to the matching record, or NULL if none was found. + */ +static void write_buffer_record_release(pdb_buffer_record_t * p_write_buffer_record) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < p_write_buffer_record->n_bufs; i++) + { + pm_buffer_release(&m_write_buffer, p_write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id + i); + } + + write_buffer_record_invalidate(p_write_buffer_record); +} + + +/**@brief Function for claiming and activating a write buffer record. + * + * @param[out] pp_write_buffer_record The claimed record. + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID this record should have. + * @param[in] data_id The data ID this record should have. + */ +static void write_buffer_record_get(pdb_buffer_record_t ** pp_write_buffer_record, pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + if (pp_write_buffer_record == NULL) + { + return; + } + *pp_write_buffer_record = write_buffer_record_find_unused(); + if (*pp_write_buffer_record == NULL) + { + // This also means the buffer is full. + return; + } + (*pp_write_buffer_record)->peer_id = peer_id; + (*pp_write_buffer_record)->data_id = data_id; +} + + +/**@brief Function for dispatching outbound events to all registered event handlers. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event to dispatch. + */ +static void pdb_evt_send(pdb_evt_t * p_event) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < PDB_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT; i++) + { + m_evt_handlers[i](p_event); + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for resetting the internal state of the Peer Database module. + * + * @param[out] p_event The event to dispatch. + */ +static void internal_state_reset() +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < N_WRITE_BUFFER_RECORDS; i++) + { + write_buffer_record_invalidate(&m_write_buffer_records[i]); + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling events from the Peer Data Storage module. + * This function is extern in Peer Data Storage. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event to handle. + */ +void pdb_pds_evt_handler(pds_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + pdb_buffer_record_t * p_write_buffer_record; + bool retry_flash_full = false; + pdb_evt_t event = + { + .peer_id = p_event->peer_id, + .data_id = p_event->data_id, + }; + + p_write_buffer_record = write_buffer_record_find(p_event->peer_id, p_event->data_id); + + switch (p_event->evt_id) + { + case PDS_EVT_STORED: + case PDS_EVT_UPDATED: + if ( (p_write_buffer_record != NULL) + //&& (p_write_buffer_record->store_token == p_event->store_token) + && (p_write_buffer_record->store_requested)) + { + write_buffer_record_release(p_write_buffer_record); + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_WRITE_BUF_STORED; + event.params.write_buf_stored_evt.update = (p_event->evt_id == PDS_EVT_UPDATED); + pdb_evt_send(&event); + } + else + { + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_RAW_STORED; + event.params.raw_stored_evt.store_token = p_event->store_token; + pdb_evt_send(&event); + } + break; + case PDS_EVT_ERROR_STORE: + case PDS_EVT_ERROR_UPDATE: + if ( (p_write_buffer_record != NULL) + && (p_write_buffer_record->store_token == p_event->store_token) + && (p_write_buffer_record->store_requested)) + { + // Retry if internal buffer. + m_n_writes++; + p_write_buffer_record->store_requested = false; + p_write_buffer_record->store_busy = true; + } + else + { + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_RAW_STORE_FAILED; + event.params.error_raw_store_evt.err_code = p_event->result; + pdb_evt_send(&event); + } + break; + case PDS_EVT_CLEARED: + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_CLEARED; + pdb_evt_send(&event); + break; + case PDS_EVT_ERROR_CLEAR: + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_CLEAR_FAILED; + event.params.clear_failed_evt.err_code = p_event->result; + pdb_evt_send(&event); + break; + case PDS_EVT_PEER_ID_CLEAR: + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_PEER_FREED; + pdb_evt_send(&event); + break; + case PDS_EVT_ERROR_PEER_ID_CLEAR: + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_PEER_FREE_FAILED; + event.params.peer_free_failed_evt.err_code = p_event->result; + pdb_evt_send(&event); + break; + case PDS_EVT_COMPRESSED: + retry_flash_full = true; + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_COMPRESSED; + pdb_evt_send(&event); + break; + case PDS_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED: + event.params.error_unexpected.err_code = p_event->result; + break; + default: + break; + } + + if (m_n_writes > 0) + { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < N_WRITE_BUFFER_RECORDS; i++) + { + if ((m_write_buffer_records[i].store_busy) + || (m_write_buffer_records[i].store_flash_full && retry_flash_full)) + { + err_code = pdb_write_buf_store(m_write_buffer_records[i].peer_id, + m_write_buffer_records[i].data_id); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + event.peer_id = m_write_buffer_records[i].peer_id; + event.data_id = m_write_buffer_records[i].data_id; + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL) + { + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + else + { + event.evt_id = PDB_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + event.params.error_unexpected.err_code = err_code; + } + + pdb_evt_send(&event); + break; + } + } + } + } +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_init() +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(!m_module_initialized); + + internal_state_reset(); + + PM_BUFFER_INIT(&m_write_buffer, N_WRITE_BUFFERS, PDB_WRITE_BUF_SIZE, ret); + + if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + m_module_initialized = true; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +pm_peer_id_t pdb_peer_allocate(void) +{ + #if 0 + if (!MODULE_INITIALIZED) + { + return PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + } + #endif + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return pds_peer_id_allocate(); +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_peer_free(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + ret_code_t err_code_in = NRF_SUCCESS; + ret_code_t err_code_out = NRF_SUCCESS; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + int index = 0; + pdb_buffer_record_t * p_record = write_buffer_record_find_next(peer_id, &index); + + while (p_record != NULL) + { + err_code_in = pdb_write_buf_release(peer_id, p_record->data_id); + + if ( (err_code_in != NRF_SUCCESS) + && (err_code_in != NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)) + { + err_code_out = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + index++; + p_record = write_buffer_record_find_next(peer_id, &index); + } + + if (err_code_out == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + err_code_in = pds_peer_id_free(peer_id); + + if (err_code_in == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // No action needed. + } + else if (err_code_in == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM) + { + err_code_out = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + else + { + err_code_out = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + + return err_code_out; +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_peer_data_ptr_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + pm_peer_data_flash_t * const p_peer_data) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_peer_data != NULL); + + // Pass NULL to only retrieve a pointer. + return pds_peer_data_read(peer_id, data_id, (pm_peer_data_t*)p_peer_data, NULL); +} + + +static void peer_data_point_to_buffer(pm_peer_data_t * p_peer_data, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, uint8_t * p_buffer_memory, uint16_t n_bufs) +{ + uint16_t n_bytes = n_bufs * PDB_WRITE_BUF_SIZE; + p_peer_data->data_id = data_id; + + p_peer_data->p_all_data = (pm_peer_data_bonding_t *)p_buffer_memory; + p_peer_data->length_words = BYTES_TO_WORDS(n_bytes); +} + + +static void peer_data_const_point_to_buffer(pm_peer_data_const_t * p_peer_data, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, uint8_t * p_buffer_memory, uint32_t n_bufs) +{ + peer_data_point_to_buffer((pm_peer_data_t*)p_peer_data, data_id, p_buffer_memory, n_bufs); +} + + +static void write_buf_length_words_set(pm_peer_data_const_t * p_peer_data) +{ + switch (p_peer_data->data_id) + { + case PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING: + p_peer_data->length_words = PM_BONDING_DATA_N_WORDS(); + break; + case PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING: + p_peer_data->length_words = PM_SC_STATE_N_WORDS(); + break; + case PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK: + p_peer_data->length_words = PM_USAGE_INDEX_N_WORDS(); + break; + case PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL: + p_peer_data->length_words = PM_LOCAL_DB_N_WORDS(p_peer_data->p_local_gatt_db->len); + break; + default: + // No action needed. + break; + } +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_write_buf_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + uint32_t n_bufs, + pm_peer_data_t * p_peer_data) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_peer_data); + VERIFY_DATA_ID_WRITE_BUF(data_id); + + if ( (n_bufs == 0) + || (n_bufs > N_WRITE_BUFFERS) + || !pds_peer_id_is_allocated(peer_id)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + pdb_buffer_record_t * write_buffer_record; + uint8_t * p_buffer_memory; + bool new_record = false; + + write_buffer_record = write_buffer_record_find(peer_id, data_id); + + if ((write_buffer_record != NULL) && (write_buffer_record->n_bufs < n_bufs)) + { + // @TODO: Copy? + // Existing buffer is too small. + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < write_buffer_record->n_bufs; i++) + { + pm_buffer_release(&m_write_buffer, write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id + i); + } + write_buffer_record_invalidate(write_buffer_record); + write_buffer_record = NULL; + } + else if ((write_buffer_record != NULL) && write_buffer_record->n_bufs > n_bufs) + { + // Release excess blocks. + for (uint8_t i = n_bufs; i < write_buffer_record->n_bufs; i++) + { + pm_buffer_release(&m_write_buffer, write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id + i); + } + } + + if (write_buffer_record == NULL) + { + write_buffer_record_get(&write_buffer_record, peer_id, data_id); + if (write_buffer_record == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_BUSY; + } + } + + if (write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id == PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID) + { + write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id = pm_buffer_block_acquire(&m_write_buffer, n_bufs); + + if (write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id == PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID) + { + write_buffer_record_invalidate(write_buffer_record); + return NRF_ERROR_BUSY; + } + + new_record = true; + } + + write_buffer_record->n_bufs = n_bufs; + + p_buffer_memory = pm_buffer_ptr_get(&m_write_buffer, write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id); + + if (p_buffer_memory == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + peer_data_point_to_buffer(p_peer_data, data_id, p_buffer_memory, n_bufs); + if (new_record && (data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL)) + { + p_peer_data->p_local_gatt_db->len = PM_LOCAL_DB_LEN(p_peer_data->length_words); + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_write_buf_release(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + pdb_buffer_record_t * p_write_buffer_record; + p_write_buffer_record = write_buffer_record_find(peer_id, data_id); + + if (p_write_buffer_record == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + if (p_write_buffer_record->prepare_token != PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID) + { + err_code = pds_space_reserve_cancel(p_write_buffer_record->prepare_token); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + + write_buffer_record_release(p_write_buffer_record); + + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_write_buf_store_prepare(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + VERIFY_DATA_ID_WRITE_BUF(data_id); + + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + pdb_buffer_record_t * p_write_buffer_record; + p_write_buffer_record = write_buffer_record_find(peer_id, data_id); + + if (p_write_buffer_record == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + if (p_write_buffer_record->prepare_token == PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID) + { + uint8_t * p_buffer_memory = pm_buffer_ptr_get(&m_write_buffer, p_write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id); + pm_peer_data_const_t peer_data = {.data_id = data_id}; + + if (p_buffer_memory == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + peer_data_const_point_to_buffer(&peer_data, data_id, p_buffer_memory, p_write_buffer_record->n_bufs); + + write_buf_length_words_set(&peer_data); + + err_code = pds_space_reserve(&peer_data, &p_write_buffer_record->prepare_token); + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_write_buf_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + VERIFY_DATA_ID_WRITE_BUF(data_id); + + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + pdb_buffer_record_t * p_write_buffer_record; + uint8_t * p_buffer_memory; + pm_peer_data_const_t peer_data = {.data_id = data_id}; + + + p_write_buffer_record = write_buffer_record_find(peer_id, data_id); + + if (p_write_buffer_record == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + if (p_write_buffer_record->store_requested) + { + return NRF_SUCCESS; + } + + p_buffer_memory = pm_buffer_ptr_get(&m_write_buffer, p_write_buffer_record->buffer_block_id); + + if (p_buffer_memory == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + peer_data_const_point_to_buffer(&peer_data, data_id, p_buffer_memory, p_write_buffer_record->n_bufs); + + write_buf_length_words_set(&peer_data); + + err_code = pds_peer_data_store(peer_id, + &peer_data, + p_write_buffer_record->prepare_token, + &p_write_buffer_record->store_token); + + if (p_write_buffer_record->store_busy && p_write_buffer_record->store_flash_full) + { + m_n_writes--; + } + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + p_write_buffer_record->store_requested = true; + p_write_buffer_record->store_busy = false; + p_write_buffer_record->store_flash_full = false; + } + else + { + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_BUSY) + { + m_n_writes++; + p_write_buffer_record->store_busy = true; + p_write_buffer_record->store_flash_full = false; + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + } + else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL) + { + m_n_writes++; + p_write_buffer_record->store_busy = false; + p_write_buffer_record->store_flash_full = true; + } + else if (err_code != NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_clear(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return pds_peer_data_delete(peer_id, data_id); +} + + +uint32_t pdb_n_peers(void) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return pds_peer_count_get(); +} + + +pm_peer_id_t pdb_next_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return pds_next_peer_id_get(prev_peer_id); +} + + +pm_peer_id_t pdb_next_deleted_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return pds_next_deleted_peer_id_get(prev_peer_id); +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_peer_data_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + pm_peer_data_t * const p_peer_data) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_peer_data != NULL); + + // Provide the buffer length in bytes. + uint32_t const data_len_bytes = (p_peer_data->length_words * sizeof(uint32_t)); + return pds_peer_data_read(peer_id, data_id, p_peer_data, &data_len_bytes); +} + + +ret_code_t pdb_raw_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_const_t * p_peer_data, + pm_store_token_t * p_store_token) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return pds_peer_data_store(peer_id, p_peer_data, PDS_PREPARE_TOKEN_INVALID, p_store_token); +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_database.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_database.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d237c153 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_database.h @@ -0,0 +1,367 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef PEER_DATABASE_H__ +#define PEER_DATABASE_H__ + +#include +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_manager_internal.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup peer_database Peer Database + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. A module for simple management of reading and + * writing of peer data into persistent storage. + * + */ + +#define PDB_WRITE_BUF_SIZE (sizeof(pm_peer_data_bonding_t)) //!< The size (in bytes) of each block in the internal buffer accessible via @ref pdb_write_buf_get. + +/**@brief Events that can come from the peer_database module. + */ +typedef enum +{ + PDB_EVT_WRITE_BUF_STORED, /**< A @ref pdb_write_buf_store operation has completed successfully. */ + PDB_EVT_RAW_STORED, /**< A @ref pdb_raw_store operation has completed successfully. */ + PDB_EVT_RAW_STORE_FAILED, /**< A @ref pdb_raw_store operation has failed. */ + PDB_EVT_CLEARED, /**< A @ref pdb_clear operation has completed successfully. */ + PDB_EVT_CLEAR_FAILED, /**< A @ref pdb_clear operation has failed. */ + PDB_EVT_PEER_FREED, /**< A @ref pdb_peer_free operation has completed successfully. All associated data has been erased. */ + PDB_EVT_PEER_FREE_FAILED, /**< A @ref pdb_peer_free operation has failed. */ + PDB_EVT_COMPRESSED, /**< A compress procedure has completed. */ + PDB_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM, /**< An operation is blocked because the flash is full. It will be reattempted automatically after the next compress procedure. */ + PDB_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED, /**< An unexpected error occurred. This is a fatal error. */ +} pdb_evt_id_t; + +/**@brief Events that can come from the peer_database module. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pdb_evt_id_t evt_id; /**< The event that has happened. */ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< The id of the peer the event pertains to. */ + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id; /**< The data the event pertains to. */ + union + { + struct + { + bool update; /**< If true, an existing value was overwritten. */ + } write_buf_stored_evt; /**< Additional information pertaining to the @ref PDB_EVT_WRITE_BUF_STORED event. */ + struct + { + pm_store_token_t store_token; /**< A token identifying the store operation this event pertains to. */ + } raw_stored_evt; /**< Additional information pertaining to the @ref PDB_EVT_RAW_STORED event. */ + struct + { + pm_store_token_t store_token; /**< A token identifying the store operation this event pertains to. */ + ret_code_t err_code; /**< Error code specifying what went wrong. */ + } error_raw_store_evt; /**< Additional information pertaining to the @ref PDB_EVT_RAW_STORE_FAILED event. */ + struct + { + ret_code_t err_code; /**< The error that occurred. */ + } clear_failed_evt; /**< Additional information pertaining to the @ref PDB_EVT_CLEAR_FAILED event. */ + struct + { + ret_code_t err_code; /**< The error that occurred. */ + } peer_free_failed_evt; /**< Additional information pertaining to the @ref PDB_EVT_PEER_FREE_FAILED event. */ + struct + { + ret_code_t err_code; /**< The unexpected error that occurred. */ + } error_unexpected; /**< Additional information pertaining to the @ref PDB_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED event. */ + } params; +} pdb_evt_t; + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the peer_data_storage module. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has happened. + */ +typedef void (*pdb_evt_handler_t)(pdb_evt_t const * p_event); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the module. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL An unexpected error happened. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for allocating persistent bond storage for a peer. + * + * @return The ID of the newly allocated storage. + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID If no peer ID is available. + */ +pm_peer_id_t pdb_peer_allocate(void); + + +/**@brief Function for freeing a peer's persistent bond storage. + * + * @note This function will call @ref pdb_write_buf_release on the data for this peer. + * + * @param[in] peer_id ID to be freed. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Peer ID was released and clear operation was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Peer ID was invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_peer_free(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving a pointer to peer data in flash (read-only). + * + * @note Dereferencing this pointer is not the safest thing to do if interrupts are enabled, + * because Flash Data Storage garbage collection might move the data around. Either disable + * interrupts while using the data, or use @ref pdb_peer_data_load. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer the data belongs to. + * @param[in] data_id The data to read. + * @param[out] p_peer_data The peer data, read-only. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the pointer to the data was retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If either @p peer_id or @p data_id are invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If data was not found in flash. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_peer_data_ptr_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + pm_peer_data_flash_t * const p_peer_data); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving pointers to a write buffer for peer data. + * + * @details This function will provide pointers to a buffer of the data. The data buffer will not be + * written to persistent storage until @ref pdb_write_buf_store is called. The buffer is + * released by calling either @ref pdb_write_buf_release, @ref pdb_write_buf_store, or + * @ref pdb_peer_free. + * + * When the data_id refers to a variable length data type, the available size is written + * to the data, both the top-level, and any internal length fields. + * + * @note Calling this function on a peer_id/data_id pair that already has a buffer created will + * give the same buffer, not create a new one. If n_bufs was increased since last time, the + * buffer might be relocated to be able to provide additional room. In this case, the data + * will be copied. If n_bufs was increased since last time, this function might return @ref + * NRF_ERROR_BUSY. In that case, the buffer is automatically released. + * + * @param[in] peer_id ID of peer to get a write buffer for. + * @param[in] data_id Which piece of data to get. + * @param[in] n_bufs The number of contiguous buffers needed. + * @param[out] p_peer_data Pointers to mutable peer data. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Data retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Data ID or Peer ID was invalid or unallocated, or n_bufs was 0 + * or more than the total available buffers. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL p_peer_data was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Not enough buffer(s) available. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL Unexpected internal error. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_write_buf_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + uint32_t n_bufs, + pm_peer_data_t * p_peer_data); + + +/**@brief Function for freeing a write buffer allocated with @ref pdb_write_buf_get. + * + * @note This function will not write peer data to persistent memory. Data in released buffer will + * be lost. + * + * @note This function will undo any previous call to @ref pdb_write_buf_store_prepare for this + * piece of data. + * + * @param[in] peer_id ID of peer to release buffer for. + * @param[in] data_id Which piece of data to release buffer for. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successfully released buffer. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND No buffer was allocated for this peer ID/data ID pair. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL Unexpected internal error. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_write_buf_release(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id); + + +/**@brief Function for reserving space in persistent storage for data in a buffer. + * + * @note This function only works for data which has a write buffer allocated. If the write buffer + * is released, this prepare is undone. + * + * @note If space has already been reserved for this data, nothing is done. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer whose data to reserve space for. + * @param[in] data_id The type of data to reserve space for. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successfully reserved space in persistent storage. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL Not enough room in persistent storage. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Could not process request at this time. Reattempt later. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND No buffer has been allocated for this peer ID/data ID pair. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Data ID or Peer ID was invalid or unallocated. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_write_buf_store_prepare(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id); + + +/**@brief Function for writing data into persistent storage. Writing happens asynchronously. + * + * @note This will unlock the data after it has been written. + * + * @param[in] peer_id ID of peer to store data for. + * @param[in] data_id Which piece of data to store. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Data storing was successfully started. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL No space available in persistent storage. Please clear some + * space, the operation will be reattempted after the next compress + * procedure. This error will not happen if + * @ref pdb_write_buf_store_prepare is called beforehand. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Data ID was invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND No buffer has been allocated for this peer ID/data ID pair. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL Unexpected internal error. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_write_buf_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id); + + +/**@brief Function for clearing data from persistent storage. + * + * @param[in] peer_id ID of peer to clear data for. + * @param[in] data_id Which piece of data to clear. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS The clear was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Data ID or peer ID was invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Nothing to clear for this peer ID/data ID combination. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Underlying modules are busy and can't take any more requests at + * this moment. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL Internal error. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_clear(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the number of valid peer IDs available. I.E the number of peers + * in persistent storage. + * + * @return The number of valid peer IDs. + */ +uint32_t pdb_n_peers(void); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the next peer ID in the sequence of all used peer IDs. Can be + * used to loop through all used peer IDs. + * + * @note @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID is considered to be before the first and after the last ordinary + * peer ID. + * + * @param[in] prev_peer_id The previous peer ID. + * + * @return The next peer ID. + * @return The first ordinary peer ID if prev_peer_id was @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if prev_peer_id was the last ordinary peer ID. + */ +pm_peer_id_t pdb_next_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the next peer ID in the sequence of all peer IDs pending deletion. + * Can be used to loop through all used peer IDs. + * + * @note @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID is considered to be before the first and after the last ordinary + * peer ID. + * + * @param[in] prev_peer_id The previous peer ID. + * + * @return The next peer ID pending deletion. + * @return The first ordinary peer ID if prev_peer_id was @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if prev_peer_id was the last ordinary peer ID. + */ +pm_peer_id_t pdb_next_deleted_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for updating currently stored peer data to a new version + * + * @details Updating happens asynchronously. + * Expect a @ref PDS_EVT_STORED or @ref PDS_EVT_ERROR_STORE for the store token + * and a @ref PDS_EVT_ERROR_CLEAR or @ref PDS_EVT_ERROR_CLEAR for the old token + * + * @param[in] peer_data New data + * @param[in] old_token Store token for the old data + * @param[out] p_store_token Store token for the new data + * + * @retval NRF_SUCESS The update was initiated successfully + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND The old store token was invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Data contained a NULL pointer. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL No space available in persistent storage. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY FDS or underlying modules are busy and can't take any + * more requests + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_peer_data_update(pm_peer_data_const_t peer_data, + pm_store_token_t old_token, + pm_store_token_t * p_store_token); + + +/**@brief Function for copy peer data from flash into a provided buffer. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer the data belongs to. + * @param[in] data_id The data to read. + * @param[inout] p_peer_data The buffer where to copy data into. The field @c length_words in this + * parameter must represent the buffer length in words. + * + * @note Actually, it represents the buffer length in bytes upon entering the function, + * and upon exit it represents the length of the data in words.. not good. Fix this. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If @p peer_id or @p data_id are invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If the data was not found in flash. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the provided buffer is too small. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_peer_data_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + pm_peer_data_t * const p_peer_data); + + +/**@brief Function for writing data directly to persistent storage from external memory. + * + * @param[in] peer_id ID of peer to write data for. + * @param[in] p_peer_data Data to store. + * @param[out] p_store_token A token identifying this particular store operation. The token can be + * used to identify events pertaining to this operation. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Data successfully written. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Data ID or Peer ID was invalid or unallocated. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL p_peer_data contained a NULL pointer. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL No space available in persistent storage. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH Data length above the maximum allowed. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Unable to perform operation at this time. + */ +ret_code_t pdb_raw_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_const_t * p_peer_data, + pm_store_token_t * p_store_token); + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PEER_DATABASE_H__ */ + + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_id.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_id.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..64526128 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_id.c @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "peer_id.h" + +#include +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "pm_mutex.h" + + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t used_peer_ids[MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS)]; /**< Bitmap designating which peer IDs are in use. */ + uint8_t deleted_peer_ids[MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS)]; /**< Bitmap designating which peer IDs are marked for deletion. */ +} pi_t; + + +static pi_t m_pi = {{0}, {0}}; + + +static void internal_state_reset(pi_t * p_pi) +{ + memset(p_pi, 0, sizeof(pi_t)); +} + + +void peer_id_init(void) +{ + internal_state_reset(&m_pi); + pm_mutex_init(m_pi.used_peer_ids, PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS); + pm_mutex_init(m_pi.deleted_peer_ids, PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS); +} + + +static pm_peer_id_t claim(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, uint8_t * mutex_group) +{ + pm_peer_id_t allocated_peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + if (peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + allocated_peer_id = pm_mutex_lock_first_available(mutex_group, PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS); + if (allocated_peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS) + { + allocated_peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + } + } + else if (peer_id < PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS) + { + bool lock_success = pm_mutex_lock(mutex_group, peer_id); + allocated_peer_id = lock_success ? peer_id : PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + } + return allocated_peer_id; +} + + +static void release(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, uint8_t * mutex_group) +{ + if (peer_id < PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS) + { + pm_mutex_unlock(mutex_group, peer_id); + } +} + + +pm_peer_id_t peer_id_allocate(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + return claim(peer_id, m_pi.used_peer_ids); +} + + +bool peer_id_delete(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + pm_peer_id_t deleted_peer_id; + + if (peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + return false; + } + + deleted_peer_id = claim(peer_id, m_pi.deleted_peer_ids); + + return (deleted_peer_id == peer_id); +} + + +void peer_id_free(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + release(peer_id, m_pi.used_peer_ids); + release(peer_id, m_pi.deleted_peer_ids); +} + + +bool peer_id_is_allocated(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + if (peer_id < PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS) + { + return pm_mutex_lock_status_get(m_pi.used_peer_ids, peer_id); + } + return false; +} + + +bool peer_id_is_deleted(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + if (peer_id < PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS) + { + return pm_mutex_lock_status_get(m_pi.deleted_peer_ids, peer_id); + } + return false; +} + + +pm_peer_id_t next_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id, uint8_t * mutex_group) +{ + pm_peer_id_t i = (prev_peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) ? 0 : (prev_peer_id + 1); + for (; i < PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS; i++) + { + if (pm_mutex_lock_status_get(mutex_group, i)) + { + return i; + } + } + + return PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; +} + + +pm_peer_id_t peer_id_get_next_used(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + peer_id = next_id_get(peer_id, m_pi.used_peer_ids); + + while (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + if (!peer_id_is_deleted(peer_id)) + { + return peer_id; + } + + peer_id = next_id_get(peer_id, m_pi.used_peer_ids); + } + + return peer_id; +} + + +pm_peer_id_t peer_id_get_next_deleted(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id) +{ + return next_id_get(prev_peer_id, m_pi.deleted_peer_ids); +} + + +uint32_t peer_id_n_ids(void) +{ + uint32_t n_ids = 0; + + for (pm_peer_id_t i = 0; i < PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS; i++) + { + n_ids += pm_mutex_lock_status_get(m_pi.used_peer_ids, i); + } + + return n_ids; +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_id.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_id.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eb62d7ae --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_id.h @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef PEER_ID_H__ +#define PEER_ID_H__ + + +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup peer_id Peer IDs + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. This module keeps track of which peer IDs are in + * use and which are free. + */ + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the module. + */ +void peer_id_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for claiming an unused peer ID. + * + * @param peer_id The peer ID to allocate. If this is @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID, the first available + * will be allocated. + * + * @return The allocated peer ID. + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID If no peer ID could be allocated or module is not initialized. + */ +pm_peer_id_t peer_id_allocate(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for marking a peer ID for deletion. + * + * @param peer_id The peer ID to delete. + * + * @retval true Deletion was successful. + * @retval false Peer ID already marked for deletion, peer_id was PM_PEER_ID_INVALID, or module is + * not initialized. + */ +bool peer_id_delete(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for freeing a peer ID and clearing all data associated with it in persistent + * storage. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer ID to free. + */ +void peer_id_free(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for finding out whether a peer ID is marked for deletion. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID to inquire about. + * + * @retval true peer_id is in marked for deletion. + * @retval false peer_id is not marked for deletion, or the module is not initialized. + */ +bool peer_id_is_deleted(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for finding out whether a peer ID is in use. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID to inquire about. + * + * @retval true peer_id is in use. + * @retval false peer_id is free, or the module is not initialized. + */ +bool peer_id_is_allocated(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the next peer ID in the sequence of all used peer IDs. Can be + * used to loop through all used peer IDs. + * + * @note @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID is considered to be before the first and after the last ordinary + * peer ID. + * + * @param[in] prev_peer_id The previous peer ID. + * + * @return The next peer ID. + * @return The first used peer ID if prev_peer_id was @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if prev_peer_id was the last ordinary peer ID or the module is + * not initialized. + */ +pm_peer_id_t peer_id_get_next_used(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the next peer ID in the sequence of all peer IDs marked for deletion. + * Can be used to loop through all peer IDs marked for deletion. + * + * @note @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID is considered to be before the first and after the last ordinary + * peer ID. + * + * @param[in] prev_peer_id The previous peer ID. + * + * @return The next peer ID. + * @return The first used peer ID if prev_peer_id was @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. + * @retval PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if prev_peer_id was the last ordinary peer ID or the module is + * not initialized. + */ +pm_peer_id_t peer_id_get_next_deleted(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the number of valid peer IDs available. I.E the number of peers + * in persistent storage. + * + * @return The number of valid peer IDs, or 0 if module is not initialized. + */ +uint32_t peer_id_n_ids(void); + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PEER_ID_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eca5a00d --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager.c @@ -0,0 +1,1095 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "peer_manager.h" +#include +#include "security_manager.h" +#include "security_dispatcher.h" +#include "gatt_cache_manager.h" +#include "gatts_cache_manager.h" +#include "peer_database.h" +#include "peer_data_storage.h" +#include "id_manager.h" +#include "ble_conn_state.h" +#include "peer_manager_internal.h" + + +/**< The number of event handlers that can be registered with the module. */ +#define MAX_REGISTRANTS (3) +/**< Macro indicating whether the module has been initialized properly. */ +#define MODULE_INITIALIZED (m_module_initialized) + + +static bool m_module_initialized; /**< Whether or not @ref pm_init has been called successfully. */ +static bool m_peer_rank_initialized; /**< Whether or not @ref rank_init has been called successfully. */ +static bool m_deleting_all; /**< True from when @ref pm_peers_delete is called until all peers have been deleted. */ +static pm_store_token_t m_peer_rank_token; /**< The store token of an ongoing peer rank update via a call to @ref pm_peer_rank_highest. If @ref PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID, there is no ongoing update. */ +static uint32_t m_current_highest_peer_rank; /**< The current highest peer rank. Used by @ref pm_peer_rank_highest. */ +static pm_peer_id_t m_highest_ranked_peer; /**< The peer with the highest peer rank. Used by @ref pm_peer_rank_highest. */ +static pm_evt_handler_t m_evt_handlers[MAX_REGISTRANTS]; /**< The subscribers to Peer Manager events, as registered through @ref pm_register. */ +static uint8_t m_n_registrants; /**< The number of event handlers registered through @ref pm_register. */ +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_pairing_flag_id; /**< The flag ID for which connections are paired. */ +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_bonding_flag_id; /**< The flag ID for which connections are bonded. */ + + +/**@brief Function for sending a Peer Manager event to all subscribers. + * + * @param[in] p_pm_evt The event to send. + */ +static void evt_send(pm_evt_t * p_pm_evt) +{ + for (int i = 0; i < m_n_registrants; i++) + { + m_evt_handlers[i](p_pm_evt); + } +} + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Peer Database module. + * This handler is extern in the Peer Database module. + * + * @param[in] p_pdb_evt The incoming Peer Database event. + */ +void pm_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_pdb_evt) +{ + bool send_evt = true; + pm_evt_t pm_evt; + + memset(&pm_evt, 0, sizeof(pm_evt_t)); + pm_evt.peer_id = p_pdb_evt->peer_id; + pm_evt.conn_handle = im_conn_handle_get(pm_evt.peer_id); + + switch (p_pdb_evt->evt_id) + { + case PDB_EVT_WRITE_BUF_STORED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.data_id = p_pdb_evt->data_id; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.flash_changed = true; + break; + + case PDB_EVT_RAW_STORED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.data_id = p_pdb_evt->data_id; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.token + = p_pdb_evt->params.raw_stored_evt.store_token; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.flash_changed = true; + + if ( (m_peer_rank_token != PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID) + && (m_peer_rank_token == p_pdb_evt->params.raw_stored_evt.store_token)) + { + m_peer_rank_token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + m_highest_ranked_peer = pm_evt.peer_id; + + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + } + break; + + case PDB_EVT_RAW_STORE_FAILED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_FAILED; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.data_id = p_pdb_evt->data_id; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.token + = p_pdb_evt->params.error_raw_store_evt.store_token; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.error + = p_pdb_evt->params.error_raw_store_evt.err_code; + + if ( (m_peer_rank_token != PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID) + && (m_peer_rank_token == p_pdb_evt->params.raw_stored_evt.store_token)) + { + m_peer_rank_token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + m_current_highest_peer_rank -= 1; + + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + } + break; + + case PDB_EVT_CLEARED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.data_id = p_pdb_evt->data_id; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_DELETE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + break; + + case PDB_EVT_CLEAR_FAILED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_FAILED; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.data_id = p_pdb_evt->data_id; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_DELETE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.error + = p_pdb_evt->params.clear_failed_evt.err_code; + break; + + case PDB_EVT_PEER_FREED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_SUCCEEDED; + // Check that no peers marked for deletion are left. + if (m_deleting_all + && (pdb_next_peer_id_get(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + && (pdb_next_deleted_peer_id_get(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID)) + { + // pm_peers_delete() has been called and this is the last peer to be deleted. + m_deleting_all = false; + + pm_evt_t pm_delete_all_evt; + memset(&pm_delete_all_evt, 0, sizeof(pm_evt_t)); + pm_delete_all_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_delete_all_evt.peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + pm_delete_all_evt.conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID; + + evt_send(&pm_delete_all_evt); + } + break; + + case PDB_EVT_PEER_FREE_FAILED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_FAILED; + pm_evt.params.peer_delete_failed.error + = p_pdb_evt->params.peer_free_failed_evt.err_code; + if (m_deleting_all) + { + // pm_peers_delete() has been called and has thus failed. + + m_deleting_all = false; + + pm_evt_t pm_delete_all_evt; + memset(&pm_delete_all_evt, 0, sizeof(pm_evt_t)); + pm_delete_all_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_FAILED; + pm_delete_all_evt.peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + pm_delete_all_evt.conn_handle = BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID; + pm_delete_all_evt.params.peers_delete_failed_evt.error + = p_pdb_evt->params.peer_free_failed_evt.err_code; + + evt_send(&pm_delete_all_evt); + } + break; + + case PDB_EVT_COMPRESSED: + send_evt = false; + // Do nothing + break; + + case PDB_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_STORAGE_FULL; + break; + + case PDB_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + break; + + default: + send_evt = false; + break; + } + + if (send_evt) + { + evt_send(&pm_evt); + } +} + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Security Manager module. + * This handler is extern in the Security Manager module. + * + * @param[in] p_sm_evt The incoming Security Manager event. + */ +void pm_sm_evt_handler(sm_evt_t const * p_sm_evt) +{ + bool find_peer_id = true; + bool send_evt = true; + pm_evt_t pm_evt; + memset(&pm_evt, 0, sizeof(pm_evt_t)); + pm_evt.conn_handle = p_sm_evt->conn_handle; + + switch (p_sm_evt->evt_id) + { + case SM_EVT_SLAVE_SECURITY_REQ: + find_peer_id = false; + send_evt = false; + break; + + case SM_EVT_SEC_PROCEDURE_START: + { + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_START; + bool pairing = p_sm_evt->params.sec_procedure_start.procedure + != PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_ENCRYPTION; + bool bonding = p_sm_evt->params.sec_procedure_start.procedure + == PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_BONDING; + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_sm_evt->conn_handle, m_pairing_flag_id, pairing); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_sm_evt->conn_handle, m_bonding_flag_id, bonding); + break; + } + + case SM_EVT_PAIRING_SUCCESS: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_succeeded.procedure = + p_sm_evt->params.pairing_success.bonded + ? PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_BONDING + : PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_PAIRING; + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_sm_evt->conn_handle, m_pairing_flag_id, true); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_sm_evt->conn_handle, + m_bonding_flag_id, + p_sm_evt->params.pairing_success.bonded + ); + break; + + case SM_EVT_PAIRING_FAIL: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_FAILED; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.procedure = + ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(p_sm_evt->conn_handle, m_bonding_flag_id) + ? PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_BONDING + : PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_PAIRING; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.error_src + = p_sm_evt->params.pairing_failed.error_src; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.error + = p_sm_evt->params.pairing_failed.error; + break; + + case SM_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_UPDATE: + if (!ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(p_sm_evt->conn_handle, m_pairing_flag_id)) + { + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_succeeded.procedure = PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_ENCRYPTION; + } + else + { + find_peer_id = false; + send_evt = false; + } + break; + + case SM_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_FAILED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_FAILED; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.procedure + = PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_ENCRYPTION; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.error_src + = p_sm_evt->params.link_encryption_failed.error_src; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.error + = p_sm_evt->params.link_encryption_failed.error; + break; + + case SM_EVT_BONDING_INFO_STORED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.peer_id = p_sm_evt->params.bonding_info_stored.peer_id; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + find_peer_id = false; + break; + + case SM_EVT_ERROR_BONDING_INFO: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_FAILED; + pm_evt.peer_id = p_sm_evt->params.error_bonding_info.peer_id; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_failed.error + = p_sm_evt->params.error_bonding_info.error; + find_peer_id = false; + break; + + case SM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + pm_evt.params.error_unexpected.error = p_sm_evt->params.error_unexpected.error; + break; + + case SM_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_STORAGE_FULL; + break; + + case SM_EVT_ERROR_SMP_TIMEOUT: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_FAILED; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.procedure + = ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(p_sm_evt->conn_handle, m_bonding_flag_id) + ? PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_BONDING + : PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_PAIRING; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.error_src = BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCE_LOCAL; + pm_evt.params.conn_sec_failed.error = PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_SMP_TIMEOUT; + break; + + case SM_EVT_CONN_SEC_CONFIG_REQ: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_CONFIG_REQ; + break; + + default: + send_evt = false; + break; + } + + if (find_peer_id) + { + pm_evt.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(p_sm_evt->conn_handle); + } + + if (send_evt) + { + evt_send(&pm_evt); + } +} + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the GATT Cache Manager module. + * This handler is extern in GATT Cache Manager. + * + * @param[in] p_gcm_evt The incoming GATT Cache Manager event. + */ +void pm_gcm_evt_handler(gcm_evt_t const * p_gcm_evt) +{ + bool send_evt = true; + pm_evt_t pm_evt; + + memset(&pm_evt, 0, sizeof(pm_evt_t)); + pm_evt.peer_id = p_gcm_evt->peer_id; + pm_evt.conn_handle = im_conn_handle_get(pm_evt.peer_id); + + switch (p_gcm_evt->evt_id) + { + case GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_STORED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_UPDATED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLIED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLIED; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_ERROR_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLY: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLY_FAILED; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_REMOTE_DB_CACHE_UPDATED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_SENT: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_SENT; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_CONFIRMED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_CONFIRMED; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_ERROR_DATA_SIZE: + send_evt = false; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_STORAGE_FULL; + break; + + case GCM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED: + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + pm_evt.params.error_unexpected.error = p_gcm_evt->params.error_unexpected.error; + pm_evt.conn_handle = p_gcm_evt->params.error_unexpected.conn_handle; + break; + } + + if (send_evt) + { + evt_send(&pm_evt); + } +} + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the ID Manager module. + * This function is registered in the ID Manager. + * + * @param[in] p_im_evt The incoming ID Manager event. + */ +void pm_im_evt_handler(im_evt_t const * p_im_evt) +{ + pm_evt_t pm_evt; + ret_code_t err_code; + + switch (p_im_evt->evt_id) + { + case IM_EVT_DUPLICATE_ID: + // Attempt to delete the duplicate data to free space and avoid finding old data when + // scanning in the future + err_code = pm_peer_delete(p_im_evt->params.duplicate_id.peer_id_2); + UNUSED_VARIABLE(err_code); + break; + + case IM_EVT_BONDED_PEER_CONNECTED: + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_im_evt->conn_handle, m_bonding_flag_id, true); + memset(&pm_evt, 0, sizeof(pm_evt_t)); + pm_evt.conn_handle = p_im_evt->conn_handle; + pm_evt.peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(p_im_evt->conn_handle); + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_BONDED_PEER_CONNECTED; + evt_send(&pm_evt); + break; + } +} + + +void pm_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED_VOID(); + + im_ble_evt_handler(p_ble_evt); + sm_ble_evt_handler(p_ble_evt); + gcm_ble_evt_handler(p_ble_evt); +} + + +/**@brief Function for resetting the internal state of this module. + */ +static void internal_state_reset() +{ + m_highest_ranked_peer = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + m_peer_rank_token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + m_pairing_flag_id = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; + m_bonding_flag_id = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_init(void) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + + err_code = pds_init(); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + err_code = pdb_init(); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + err_code = sm_init(); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + err_code = smd_init(); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + err_code = gcm_init(); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + err_code = gscm_init(); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + err_code = im_init(); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + internal_state_reset(); + + m_pairing_flag_id = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + if (m_pairing_flag_id == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + m_bonding_flag_id = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + if (m_bonding_flag_id == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + m_peer_rank_initialized = false; + m_module_initialized = true; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_register(pm_evt_handler_t event_handler) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + if (m_n_registrants >= MAX_REGISTRANTS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + + m_evt_handlers[m_n_registrants] = event_handler; + m_n_registrants += 1; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_sec_params_set(ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + ret_code_t err_code; + + err_code = sm_sec_params_set(p_sec_params); + + // NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM if parameters are invalid, + // NRF_SUCCESS otherwise. + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_conn_secure(uint16_t conn_handle, bool force_repairing) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + ret_code_t err_code; + + err_code = sm_link_secure(conn_handle, force_repairing); + + return err_code; +} + + +void pm_conn_sec_config_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_conn_sec_config_t * p_conn_sec_config) +{ + sm_conn_sec_config_reply(conn_handle, p_conn_sec_config); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_sec_params_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +void pm_local_database_has_changed(void) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED_VOID(); + gcm_local_database_has_changed(); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_id_addr_set(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + return im_id_addr_set(p_addr); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_id_addr_get(ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_addr); + return im_id_addr_get(p_addr); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_privacy_set(pm_privacy_params_t const * p_privacy_params) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_privacy_params); + return im_privacy_set(p_privacy_params); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_privacy_get(pm_privacy_params_t * p_privacy_params) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_privacy_params); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_privacy_params->p_device_irk); + return im_privacy_get(p_privacy_params); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_whitelist_set(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t peer_cnt) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + return im_whitelist_set(p_peers, peer_cnt); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_whitelist_get(ble_gap_addr_t * p_addrs, + uint32_t * p_addr_cnt, + ble_gap_irk_t * p_irks, + uint32_t * p_irk_cnt) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + if (((p_addrs == NULL) && (p_irks == NULL)) || + ((p_addrs != NULL) && (p_addr_cnt == NULL)) || + ((p_irks != NULL) && (p_irk_cnt == NULL))) + { + // The buffers can't be both NULL, and if a buffer is provided its size must be specified. + return NRF_ERROR_NULL; + } + + return im_whitelist_get(p_addrs, p_addr_cnt, p_irks, p_irk_cnt); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_device_identities_list_set(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t peer_cnt) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + return im_device_identities_list_set(p_peers, peer_cnt); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_conn_sec_status_get(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_conn_sec_status_t * p_conn_sec_status) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_conn_sec_status); + + ble_conn_state_status_t status = ble_conn_state_status(conn_handle); + + if (status == BLE_CONN_STATUS_INVALID) + { + return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE; + } + + p_conn_sec_status->connected = (status == BLE_CONN_STATUS_CONNECTED); + p_conn_sec_status->bonded = ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle, m_bonding_flag_id); + p_conn_sec_status->encrypted = ble_conn_state_encrypted(conn_handle); + p_conn_sec_status->mitm_protected = ble_conn_state_mitm_protected(conn_handle); + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_lesc_public_key_set(ble_gap_lesc_p256_pk_t * p_public_key) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + return sm_lesc_public_key_set(p_public_key); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_conn_handle_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, uint16_t * p_conn_handle) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_conn_handle); + *p_conn_handle = im_conn_handle_get(peer_id); + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_id_get(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_peer_id_t * p_peer_id) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_peer_id); + *p_peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +uint32_t pm_peer_count(void) +{ + if (!MODULE_INITIALIZED) + { + return 0; + } + return pdb_n_peers(); +} + + +pm_peer_id_t pm_next_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id) +{ + if (!MODULE_INITIALIZED) + { + return PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + } + return pdb_next_peer_id_get(prev_peer_id); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + void * p_data, + uint16_t * p_length) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_data); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_length); + if (ALIGN_NUM(4, *p_length) != *p_length) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + pm_peer_data_t peer_data; + memset(&peer_data, 0, sizeof(peer_data)); + peer_data.length_words = BYTES_TO_WORDS(*p_length); + peer_data.data_id = data_id; + peer_data.p_all_data = p_data; + + ret_code_t err_code = pdb_peer_data_load(peer_id, data_id, &peer_data); + + *p_length = peer_data.length_words * BYTES_PER_WORD; + + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_bonding_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_bonding_t * p_data) +{ + uint16_t length = sizeof(pm_peer_data_bonding_t); + return pm_peer_data_load(peer_id, + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, + p_data, + &length); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_remote_db_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + ble_gatt_db_srv_t * p_data, + uint16_t * p_length) +{ + return pm_peer_data_load(peer_id, + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE, + p_data, + p_length); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_app_data_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + uint8_t * p_data, + uint16_t * p_length) +{ + return pm_peer_data_load(peer_id, + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_APPLICATION, + p_data, + p_length); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + void const * p_data, + uint16_t length, + pm_store_token_t * p_token) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_data); + if (ALIGN_NUM(4, length) != length) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + memset(&peer_data, 0, sizeof(peer_data)); + peer_data.length_words = BYTES_TO_WORDS(length); + peer_data.data_id = data_id; + peer_data.p_all_data = p_data; + + return pdb_raw_store(peer_id, &peer_data, p_token); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_bonding_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_bonding_t const * p_data, + pm_store_token_t * p_token) +{ + return pm_peer_data_store(peer_id, + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, + p_data, + ALIGN_NUM(4, sizeof(pm_peer_data_bonding_t)), + p_token); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_remote_db_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + ble_gatt_db_srv_t const * p_data, + uint16_t length, + pm_store_token_t * p_token) +{ + return pm_peer_data_store(peer_id, + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE, + p_data, + length, + p_token); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_app_data_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + uint8_t const * p_data, + uint16_t length, + pm_store_token_t * p_token) +{ + return pm_peer_data_store(peer_id, + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_APPLICATION, + p_data, + length, + p_token); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_delete(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + if (data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + return pdb_clear(peer_id, data_id); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_new(pm_peer_id_t * p_new_peer_id, + pm_peer_data_bonding_t * p_bonding_data, + pm_store_token_t * p_token) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_bonding_data); + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_new_peer_id); + + memset(&peer_data, 0, sizeof(pm_peer_data_flash_t)); + + // Search through existing bonds to look for a duplicate. + pds_peer_data_iterate_prepare(); + + // @note emdi: should maybe use a critical section, since data is not copied while iterating. + while (pds_peer_data_iterate(PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, &peer_id, &peer_data)) + { + if (im_is_duplicate_bonding_data(p_bonding_data, peer_data.p_bonding_data)) + { + *p_new_peer_id = peer_id; + return NRF_SUCCESS; + } + } + + // If no duplicate data is found, prepare to write a new bond to flash. + + *p_new_peer_id = pdb_peer_allocate(); + + if (*p_new_peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + + memset(&peer_data, 0, sizeof(pm_peer_data_flash_t)); + + peer_data.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING; + peer_data.p_bonding_data = p_bonding_data; + peer_data.length_words = BYTES_TO_WORDS(sizeof(pm_peer_data_bonding_t)); + + err_code = pdb_raw_store(*p_new_peer_id, &peer_data, p_token); + + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + if (im_peer_free(*p_new_peer_id) != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + // NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL, if no space in flash. + // NRF_ERROR_BUSY, if flash filesystem was busy. + // NRF_ERROR_INTENRAL, on internal error. + return err_code; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_delete(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + return im_peer_free(peer_id); +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peers_delete(void) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + m_deleting_all = true; + + pm_peer_id_t current_peer_id = pdb_next_peer_id_get(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID); + while (current_peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + ret_code_t err_code = pm_peer_delete(current_peer_id); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + current_peer_id = pdb_next_peer_id_get(current_peer_id); + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_ranks_get(pm_peer_id_t * p_highest_ranked_peer, + uint32_t * p_highest_rank, + pm_peer_id_t * p_lowest_ranked_peer, + uint32_t * p_lowest_rank) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = pdb_next_peer_id_get(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID); + uint32_t peer_rank = 0; + //lint -save -e65 -e64 + pm_peer_data_t peer_data = {.length_words = BYTES_TO_WORDS(sizeof(peer_rank)), + .p_peer_rank = &peer_rank}; + //lint -restore + ret_code_t err_code = pdb_peer_data_load(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK, &peer_data); + uint32_t highest_rank = 0; + uint32_t lowest_rank = 0xFFFFFFFF; + pm_peer_id_t highest_ranked_peer = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + pm_peer_id_t lowest_ranked_peer = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM) + { + // No peer IDs exist. + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + while ((err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) || (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)) + { + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND) + { + peer_rank = 0; + } + if (peer_rank >= highest_rank) + { + highest_rank = peer_rank; + highest_ranked_peer = peer_id; + } + if (peer_rank < lowest_rank) + { + lowest_rank = peer_rank; + lowest_ranked_peer = peer_id; + } + peer_id = pdb_next_peer_id_get(peer_id); + err_code = pdb_peer_data_load(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK, &peer_data); + } + if (peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + if (p_highest_ranked_peer != NULL) + { + *p_highest_ranked_peer = highest_ranked_peer; + } + if (p_highest_rank != NULL) + { + *p_highest_rank = highest_rank; + } + if (p_lowest_ranked_peer != NULL) + { + *p_lowest_ranked_peer = lowest_ranked_peer; + } + if (p_lowest_rank != NULL) + { + *p_lowest_rank = lowest_rank; + } + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + return err_code; +} + + +/**@brief Function for initializing peer rank statistics. + */ +static void rank_init(void) +{ + ret_code_t err_code = pm_peer_ranks_get(&m_highest_ranked_peer, + &m_current_highest_peer_rank, + NULL, + NULL); + if ((err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) || (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)) + { + m_peer_rank_initialized = true; + } +} + + +ret_code_t pm_peer_rank_highest(pm_peer_id_t peer_id) +{ + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + ret_code_t err_code; + //lint -save -e65 -e64 + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data = {.length_words = BYTES_TO_WORDS(sizeof(m_current_highest_peer_rank)), + .data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK, + .p_peer_rank = &m_current_highest_peer_rank}; + //lint -restore + + + if (!m_peer_rank_initialized) + { + rank_init(); + } + + if (!m_peer_rank_initialized || (m_peer_rank_token != PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID)) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_BUSY; + } + else + { + if ((peer_id == m_highest_ranked_peer) && (m_current_highest_peer_rank > 0)) + { + pm_evt_t pm_evt; + + // The reported peer is already regarded as highest (provided it has an index at all) + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + + memset(&pm_evt, 0, sizeof(pm_evt)); + pm_evt.evt_id = PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED; + pm_evt.conn_handle = im_conn_handle_get(peer_id); + pm_evt.peer_id = peer_id; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.data_id = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.action = PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + pm_evt.params.peer_data_update_succeeded.flash_changed = false; + + evt_send(&pm_evt); + } + else + { + m_current_highest_peer_rank += 1; + err_code = pdb_raw_store(peer_id, &peer_data, &m_peer_rank_token); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + m_peer_rank_token = PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID; + m_current_highest_peer_rank -= 1; + { + if ((err_code != NRF_ERROR_BUSY) && (err_code != NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL)) + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + } + } + return err_code; +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf7c33a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager.h @@ -0,0 +1,832 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +/** + * @file peer_manager.h + * + * @defgroup peer_manager Peer Manager + * @ingroup ble_sdk_lib + * @{ + * @brief Module for managing BLE bonding, which includes controlling encryption and pairing + * procedures as well as persistently storing different pieces of data that must be stored + * when bonded. + * + * @details The API consists of functions for configuring the pairing and encryption behavior of the + * device and functions for manipulating the stored data. + * + * This module uses Flash Data Storage (FDS) to interface with persistent storage. The + * Peer Manager needs exclusive use of certain FDS file IDs and record keys. See + * @ref lib_fds_functionality_keys for more information. + */ + + +#ifndef PEER_MANAGER_H__ +#define PEER_MANAGER_H__ + +#include +#include +#include "sdk_common.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_database.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + + +/**@brief Security status of a connection. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t connected : 1; /**< @brief The connection is active (not disconnected). */ + uint8_t encrypted : 1; /**< @brief Communication on this link is encrypted. */ + uint8_t mitm_protected : 1; /**< @brief The encrypted communication is also protected against man-in-the-middle attacks. */ + uint8_t bonded : 1; /**< @brief The peer is bonded with us. */ +} pm_conn_sec_status_t; + + +/**@brief Types of events that can come from the @ref peer_manager module. + */ +typedef enum +{ + PM_EVT_BONDED_PEER_CONNECTED, /**< @brief A connected peer has been identified as one with which we have a bond. When performing bonding with a peer for the first time, this event will not be sent until a new connection is established with the peer. When we are central, this event is always sent when the Peer Manager receives the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_CONNECTED event. When we are peripheral, this event might in rare cases arrive later. */ + PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_START, /**< @brief A security procedure has started on a link, initiated either locally or remotely. The security procedure is using the last parameters provided via @ref pm_sec_params_set. This event is always followed by either a @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_SUCCEEDED or a @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_FAILED event. This is an informational event; no action is needed for the procedure to proceed. */ + PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_SUCCEEDED, /**< @brief A link has been encrypted, either as a result of a call to @ref pm_conn_secure or a result of an action by the peer. The event structure contains more information about the circumstances. This event might contain a peer ID with the value @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID, which means that the peer (central) used an address that could not be identified, but it used an encryption key (LTK) that is present in the database. */ + PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_FAILED, /**< @brief A pairing or encryption procedure has failed. In some cases, this means that security is not possible on this link (temporarily or permanently). How to handle this error depends on the application. */ + PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_CONFIG_REQ, /**< @brief The peer (central) has requested pairing, but a bond already exists with that peer. Reply by calling @ref pm_conn_sec_config_reply before the event handler returns. If no reply is sent, a default is used. */ + PM_EVT_STORAGE_FULL, /**< @brief There is no more room for peer data in flash storage. To solve this problem, delete data that is not needed anymore and run a garbage collection procedure in FDS. */ + PM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED, /**< @brief An unrecoverable error happened inside Peer Manager. An operation failed with the provided error. */ + PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED, /**< @brief A piece of peer data was stored, updated, or cleared in flash storage. This event is sent for all successful changes to peer data, also those initiated internally in Peer Manager. To identify an operation, compare the store token in the event with the store token received during the initiating function call. Events from internally initiated changes might have invalid store tokens. */ + PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_FAILED, /**< @brief A piece of peer data could not be stored, updated, or cleared in flash storage. This event is sent instead of @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED for the failed operation. */ + PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_SUCCEEDED, /**< @brief A peer was cleared from flash storage, for example because a call to @ref pm_peer_delete succeeded. This event can also be sent as part of a call to @ref pm_peers_delete or internal cleanup. */ + PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_FAILED, /**< @brief A peer could not be cleared from flash storage. This event is sent instead of @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_SUCCEEDED for the failed operation. */ + PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_SUCCEEDED, /**< @brief A call to @ref pm_peers_delete has completed successfully. Flash storage now contains no peer data. */ + PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_FAILED, /**< @brief A call to @ref pm_peers_delete has failed, which means that at least one of the peers could not be deleted. Other peers might have been deleted, or might still be queued to be deleted. No more @ref PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_SUCCEEDED or @ref PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_FAILED events are sent until the next time @ref pm_peers_delete is called. */ + PM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLIED, /**< @brief Local database values for a peer (taken from flash storage) have been provided to the SoftDevice. */ + PM_EVT_LOCAL_DB_CACHE_APPLY_FAILED, /**< @brief Local database values for a peer (taken from flash storage) were rejected by the SoftDevice, which means that either the database has changed or the user has manually set the local database to an invalid value (using @ref pm_peer_data_store). */ + PM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_SENT, /**< @brief A service changed indication has been sent to a peer, as a result of a call to @ref pm_local_database_has_changed. This event will be followed by a @ref PM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_CONFIRMED event if the peer acknowledges the indication. */ + PM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_CONFIRMED, /**< @brief A service changed indication that was sent has been confirmed by a peer. The peer can now be considered aware that the local database has changed. */ +} pm_evt_id_t; + + +/**@brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_SUCCEEDED event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_conn_sec_procedure_t procedure; /**< @brief The procedure that led to securing the link. */ +} pm_conn_secured_evt_t; + + +/**@brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_FAILED event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_conn_sec_procedure_t procedure; /**< @brief The procedure that failed. */ + pm_sec_error_code_t error; /**< @brief An error code that describes the failure. */ + uint8_t error_src; /**< @brief The party that raised the error, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES. */ +} pm_conn_secure_failed_evt_t; + + +/**@brief Actions that can be performed to peer data in persistent storage. + */ +typedef enum +{ + PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE, /**< @brief Writing or overwriting the data. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_OP_DELETE, /**< @brief Removing the data. */ +} pm_peer_data_op_t; + + +/**@brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id; /**< @brief The type of the data that was changed. */ + pm_peer_data_op_t action; /**< @brief What happened to the data. */ + uint8_t flash_changed : 1; /**< @brief If this is false, no operation was done in flash, because the value was already what it should be. Please note that in certain scenarios, this flag will be true even if the new value is the same as the old. */ + pm_store_token_t token; /**< @brief Token that identifies the operation. For @ref PM_PEER_DATA_OP_DELETE actions, this token can be disregarded. For @ref PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE actions, compare this token with the token that is received from a call to a @ref PM_PEER_DATA_FUNCTIONS function. */ +} pm_peer_data_update_succeeded_evt_t; + + +/**@brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_FAILED event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id; /**< @brief The type of the data that was supposed to be changed. */ + pm_peer_data_op_t action; /**< @brief The action that failed. */ + pm_store_token_t token; /**< @brief Token that identifies the operation. For @ref PM_PEER_DATA_OP_DELETE actions, this token can be disregarded. For @ref PM_PEER_DATA_OP_UPDATE actions, compare this token with the token that is received from a call to a @ref PM_PEER_DATA_FUNCTIONS function. */ + ret_code_t error; /**< @brief An error code that describes the failure. */ +} pm_peer_data_update_failed_t; + + +/**@brief Standard parameters for failure events. + */ +typedef struct +{ + ret_code_t error; /**< @brief The error that occurred. */ +} pm_failure_evt_t; + + +/**@brief An event from the @ref peer_manager module. + * + * @details The structure contains both standard parameters and parameters that are specific to some events. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_evt_id_t evt_id; /**< @brief The type of the event. */ + uint16_t conn_handle; /**< @brief The connection that this event pertains to, or @ref BLE_CONN_HANDLE_INVALID. */ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< @brief The bonded peer that this event pertains to, or @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. */ + union + { + pm_conn_secured_evt_t conn_sec_succeeded; /**< @brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_SUCCEEDED event. */ + pm_conn_secure_failed_evt_t conn_sec_failed; /**< @brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_FAILED event. */ + pm_peer_data_update_succeeded_evt_t peer_data_update_succeeded; /**< @brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED event. */ + pm_peer_data_update_failed_t peer_data_update_failed; /**< @brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_FAILED event. */ + pm_failure_evt_t peer_delete_failed; /**< @brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_FAILED event. */ + pm_failure_evt_t peers_delete_failed_evt; /**< @brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_FAILED event. */ + pm_failure_evt_t error_unexpected; /**< @brief Parameters specific to the @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_FAILED event. */ + } params; +} pm_evt_t; + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the @ref peer_manager module. + * + * @sa pm_register + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has occurred. + */ +typedef void (*pm_evt_handler_t)(pm_evt_t const * p_event); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the Peer Manager. + * + * @details You must initialize the Peer Manager before you can call any other Peer Manager + * functions. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for registering an event handler with the Peer Manager. + * + * @param[in] event_handler Callback for events from the @ref peer_manager module. @p event_handler + * is called for every event that the Peer Manager sends after this + * function is called. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p event_handler was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If no more registrations can happen. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_register(pm_evt_handler_t event_handler); + + +/**@brief Function for providing pairing and bonding parameters to use for pairing procedures. + * + * @details Until this function is called, all bonding procedures that are initiated by the + * peer are rejected. + * + * This function can be called multiple times with different parameters, even with NULL as + * @p p_sec_params, in which case the Peer Manager starts rejecting all procedures again. + * + * @param[in] p_sec_params Security parameters to be used for subsequent security procedures. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the parameters were set successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the combination of parameters is invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_sec_params_set(ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params); + + +/**@brief Function for passing BLE events to the Peer Manager. + * + * @details For the module to work as expected, this function must be called with each BLE event + * from the SoftDevice. It must be called after @ref ble_conn_state_on_ble_evt, but before + * the application processes the event. + * + * Calling this function before @ref pm_init is safe, but without effect. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_evt BLE stack event that is dispatched to the function. + */ +void pm_on_ble_evt(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt); + + +/**@brief Function for establishing encryption on a connection, and optionally establishing a bond. + * + * @details This function attempts to secure the link that is specified by @p conn_handle. It uses + * the parameters that were previously provided in a call to @ref pm_sec_params_set. + * + * If the connection is a master connection, calling this function starts a security + * procedure on the link. If we have keys from a previous bonding procedure with this peer + * and the keys meet the security requirements in the currently active sec_params, the + * function attempts to establish encryption with the existing keys. If no key exists, the + * function attempts to pair and bond according to the currently active sec_params. + * + * If the function completes successfully, a @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_START event is sent. + * The procedure might be queued, in which case the @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_START event is + * delayed until the procedure is initiated in the SoftDevice. + * + * If the connection is a slave connection, the function sends a security request to + * the peer (master). It is up to the peer then to initiate pairing or encryption. + * If the peer ignores the request, a @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_TIMEOUT event occurs + * with the source @ref BLE_GAP_TIMEOUT_SRC_SECURITY_REQUEST. Otherwise, the peer initiates + * security, in which case things happen as if the peer had initiated security itself. + * See @ref PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_START for information about peer-initiated security. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle of the link as provided by the SoftDevice. + * @param[in] force_repairing Whether to force a pairing procedure even if there is an existing + * encryption key. This argument is relevant only for + * the central role. Recommended value: false. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation completed successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT If there was an SMP time-out, so that no more SMP + * operations can be performed on this link. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE If the connection handle is invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If the security parameters have not been set. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL If there is no more space in persistent storage. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If no more authentication procedures can run in parallel + * for the given role. See @ref sd_ble_gap_authenticate. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized, or the peer is + * disconnected or in the process of disconnecting. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_conn_secure(uint16_t conn_handle, bool force_repairing); + + +/**@brief Function for providing security configuration for a link. + * + * @details This function is optional, and must be called in reply to a @ref + * PM_EVT_CONN_SEC_CONFIG_REQ event, before the Peer Manager event handler returns. If it + * is not called in time, a default configuration is used. See @ref pm_conn_sec_config_t + * for the value of the default. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection to set the configuration for. + * @param[in] p_conn_sec_config The configuration. + */ +void pm_conn_sec_config_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_conn_sec_config_t * p_conn_sec_config); + + +/**@brief Function for manually informing that the local database has changed. + * + * @details This function sends a service changed indication to all bonded and/or connected peers + * that subscribe to this indication. If a bonded peer is not connected, the indication is + * sent when it reconnects. Every time an indication is sent, a @ref + * PM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_SENT event occurs, followed by a @ref + * PM_EVT_SERVICE_CHANGED_IND_CONFIRMED when the peer sends its confirmation. Peers that + * are not subscribed to the service changed indication when this function is called do not + * receive an indication, and no events are sent to the user. Likewise, if the service + * changed characteristic is not present in the local database, this no indications are + * sent peers, and no events are sent to the user. + */ +void pm_local_database_has_changed(void); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the security status of a connection. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Connection handle of the link as provided by the SoftDevice. + * @param[out] p_conn_sec_status Security status of the link. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If pairing was initiated successfully. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE If the connection handle is invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_conn_sec_status was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_conn_sec_status_get(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_conn_sec_status_t * p_conn_sec_status); + + +/**@brief Experimental function for specifying the public key to use for LESC operations. + * + * @details This function can be called multiple times. The specified public key will be used for + * all subsequent LESC (LE Secure Connections) operations until the next time this function + * is called. + * + * @note The key must continue to reside in application memory as it is not copied by Peer Manager. + * + * @param[in] p_public_key The public key to use for all subsequent LESC operations. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If pairing was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_lesc_public_key_set(ble_gap_lesc_p256_pk_t * p_public_key); + + +/**@brief Function for setting or clearing the whitelist. + * + * When using the S13x SoftDevice v3.x, this function sets or clears the whitelist. + * When using the S13x SoftDevice v2.x, this function caches a list of + * peers that can be retrieved later by @ref pm_whitelist_get to pass to the @ref lib_ble_advertising. + * + * To clear the current whitelist, pass either NULL as @p p_peers or zero as @p peer_cnt. + * + * @param[in] p_peers The peers to add to the whitelist. Pass NULL to clear the current whitelist. + * @param[in] peer_cnt The number of peers to add to the whitelist. The number must not be greater than + * @ref BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT. Pass zero to clear the current + * whitelist. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the whitelist was successfully set or cleared. + * @retval BLE_GAP_ERROR_WHITELIST_IN_USE If a whitelist is already in use and cannot be set. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR If a peer in @p p_peers has an address that cannot + * be used for whitelisting. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If any of the peers in @p p_peers cannot be found. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE If @p peer_cnt is greater than + * @ref BLE_GAP_WHITELIST_ADDR_MAX_COUNT. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_whitelist_set(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t peer_cnt); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving the previously set whitelist. + * + * The function retrieves the whitelist of GAP addresses and IRKs that was + * previously set by @ref pm_whitelist_set. + * + * To retrieve only GAP addresses or only IRKs, provide only one of the + * buffers. If a buffer is provided, its size must be specified. + * + * @param[out] p_addrs The buffer where to store GAP addresses. Pass NULL to retrieve + * only IRKs (in that case, @p p_irks must not be NULL). + * @param[in,out] p_addr_cnt In: The size of the @p p_addrs buffer. + * May be NULL if and only if @p p_addrs is NULL. + * Out: The number of GAP addresses copied into the buffer. + * If @p p_addrs is NULL, this parameter remains unchanged. + * @param[out] p_irks The buffer where to store IRKs. Pass NULL to retrieve + * only GAP addresses (in that case, @p p_addrs must not NULL). + * @param[in,out] p_irk_cnt In: The size of the @p p_irks buffer. + * May be NULL if and only if @p p_irks is NULL. + * Out: The number of IRKs copied into the buffer. + * If @p p_irks is NULL, this paramater remains unchanged. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the whitelist was successfully retrieved. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR If a peer has an address that cannot be used for + * whitelisting (this error can occur only + * when using the S13x SoftDevice v2.x). + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If a required parameter is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the provided buffers are too small. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If the data for any of the cached whitelisted peers + * cannot be found. It might have been deleted. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_whitelist_get(ble_gap_addr_t * p_addrs, + uint32_t * p_addr_cnt, + ble_gap_irk_t * p_irks, + uint32_t * p_irk_cnt); + + +/**@brief Function for setting and clearing the device identities list. + * + * @param[in] p_peers The peers to add to the device identities list. Pass NULL to clear + * the device identities list. + * @param[in] peer_cnt The number of peers. Pass zero to clear the device identities list. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the device identities list was successfully + * set or cleared. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If a peer is invalid or its data could not + * be found in flash. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR If a peer has an address that cannot be + * used for whitelisting. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GAP_DEVICE_IDENTITIES_IN_USE If the device identities list is in use and + * cannot be set. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED If using a SoftDevice that does not support + * device identities, e.g. S130 v2.0. + */ +ret_code_t pm_device_identities_list_set(pm_peer_id_t const * p_peers, + uint32_t peer_cnt); + + +/**@brief Function for setting the local Bluetooth identity address. + * + * @details The local Bluetooth identity address is the address that identifies the device to other + * peers. The address type must be either @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC or @ref + * BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC. The identity address cannot be changed while roles are + * running. + * + * The SoftDevice sets a default address of type @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC + * when it is enabled. This default address is a random number that is populated during + * the IC manufacturing process. It remains unchanged for the lifetime of each IC, but the application can assign a different identity address. + * + * The identity address is distributed to the peer during bonding. + * If the address changes, the address stored in the peer device will not be valid and the + * ability to reconnect using the old address will be lost. + * + * + * @note The SoftDevice functions @ref sd_ble_gap_address_set (S13x v2.x), @ref sd_ble_gap_addr_set + * (S13x v3.x), and @ref sd_ble_gap_privacy_set (S13x v3.x) must not be called when using the Peer Manager. + * Use this function instead. + * + * @param[in] p_addr The GAP address to be set. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the identity address was set successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_addr is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR If the @p p_addr pointer is invalid. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_GAP_INVALID_BLE_ADDR If the BLE address is invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the SoftDevice was busy. Process SoftDevice events + * and retry. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized or if this function + * was called while advertising, scanning, or while connected. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_id_addr_set(ble_gap_addr_t const * p_addr); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving the local Bluetooth identity address. + * + * This function always returns the identity address, irrespective of the privacy settings. + * This means that the address type will always be either @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_PUBLIC or @ref + * BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_STATIC. + * + * @param[out] p_addr Pointer to the address structure to be filled in. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the address was retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_addr is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_id_addr_get(ble_gap_addr_t * p_addr); + + +/**@brief Function for configuring privacy settings. + * + * The privacy settings cannot be configured while advertising, scanning, or while in a connection. + * + * @note The SoftDevice functions @ref sd_ble_gap_address_set (S13x v2.x), @ref sd_ble_gap_addr_set + * (S13x v3.x), and @ref sd_ble_gap_privacy_set (S13x v3.x) must not be called when using the Peer Manager. + * Use this function instead. + * + * @param[in] p_privacy_params Privacy settings. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the privacy settings were configured successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_privacy_params is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the operation could not be performed at this time. + * Process SoftDevice events and retry. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the address type is invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If this function is called while BLE roles using + * privacy are enabled. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_privacy_set(pm_privacy_params_t const * p_privacy_params); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving privacy settings. + * + * The privacy settings that are returned include the current IRK as well. + * + * @param[out] p_privacy_params Privacy settings. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the privacy settings were retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_privacy_params or @p p_privacy_params->p_device_irk is + * NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_privacy_get(pm_privacy_params_t * p_privacy_params); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the connection handle of the connection with a bonded peer. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID of the bonded peer. + * @param[out] p_conn_handle Connection handle, or @ref BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE if the peer + * is not connected. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the connection handle was retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_conn_handle was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_conn_handle_get(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, uint16_t * p_conn_handle); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving the ID of a peer, given its connection handle. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle of the peer. + * @param[out] p_peer_id The peer ID, or @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if the peer is not bonded or + * @p conn_handle does not refer to a valid connection. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the peer ID was retrieved successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_peer_id was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_id_get(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_peer_id_t * p_peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the next peer ID in the sequence of all used peer IDs. + * + * @details This function can be used to loop through all used peer IDs. The order in which + * peer IDs are returned should be considered unpredictable. @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID + * is considered to be before the first and after the last used peer ID. + * + * @details To loop through all peer IDs exactly once, use the following constuct: + * @code{c} + * pm_peer_id_t current_peer_id = pm_next_peer_id_get(PM_PEER_ID_INVALID); + * while (current_peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + * { + * // Do something with current_peer_id. + * current_peer_id = pm_next_peer_id_get(current_peer_id) + * } + * @endcode + * + * @param[in] prev_peer_id The previous peer ID. + * + * @return The next peer ID. If @p prev_peer_id was @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID, the + * next peer ID is the first used peer ID. If @p prev_peer_id was the last + * used peer ID, the function returns @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID. + */ +pm_peer_id_t pm_next_peer_id_get(pm_peer_id_t prev_peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for querying the number of valid peer IDs that are available. + * + * @details This function returns the number of peers for which there is data in persistent storage. + * + * @return The number of valid peer IDs. + */ +uint32_t pm_peer_count(void); + + + + +/**@anchor PM_PEER_DATA_FUNCTIONS + * @name Functions (Peer Data) + * Functions for manipulating peer data. + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @{ + */ + +/**@brief Function for retrieving stored data of a peer. + * + * @note The length of the provided buffer must be a multiple of 4. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer ID to get data for. + * @param[in] data_id Which type of data to read. + * @param[out] p_data Where to put the retrieved data. + * @param[inout] p_len In: The length in bytes of @p p_data. + * Out: The length in bytes of the read data, if the read was successful. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the data was read successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the the data type or the peer ID was invalid or unallocated, + * or if the length in @p p_length was not a multiple of 4. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If a pointer parameter was NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If no stored data was found for this peer ID/data ID combination. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE If the provided buffer was not large enough. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + void * p_data, + uint16_t * p_len); + +/**@brief Function for reading a peer's bonding data (@ref PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING). + * @details See @ref pm_peer_data_load for parameters and return values. */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_bonding_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_bonding_t * p_data); + +/**@brief Function for reading a peer's remote DB values. (@ref PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE). + * @details See @ref pm_peer_data_load for parameters and return values. */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_remote_db_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + ble_gatt_db_srv_t * p_data, + uint16_t * p_len); + +/**@brief Function for reading a peer's application data. (@ref PM_PEER_DATA_ID_APPLICATION). + * @details See @ref pm_peer_data_load for parameters and return values. */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_app_data_load(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + uint8_t * p_data, + uint16_t * p_len); +/** @}*/ + + +/** + * @{ + */ + +/**@brief Function for setting or updating stored data of a peer. + * + * @note Writing the data to persistent storage happens asynchronously. Therefore, the buffer + * that contains the data must be kept alive until the operation has completed. + * + * @note The data written using this function might later be overwritten as a result of internal + * operations in the Peer Manager. A Peer Manager event is sent each time data is updated, + * regardless of whether the operation originated internally or from action by the user. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer ID to set data for. + * @param[in] data_id Which type of data to set. + * @param[in] p_data New value to set. + * @param[in] len The length in bytes of @p p_data. + * @param[out] p_token A token that identifies this particular store operation. The token can be + * used to identify events that pertain to this operation. This parameter can + * be NULL. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the data is scheduled to be written to persistent storage. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_data is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If no peer was found for the peer ID. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the underlying flash handler is busy with other flash + * operations. Try again after receiving a Peer Manager event. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id, + void const * p_data, + uint16_t len, + pm_store_token_t * p_token); + +/**@brief Function for setting or updating a peer's bonding data (@ref PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING). + * @details See @ref pm_peer_data_store for parameters and return values. */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_bonding_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_peer_data_bonding_t const * p_data, + pm_store_token_t * p_token); + +/**@brief Function for setting or updating a peer's remote DB values. (@ref PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE). + * @details See @ref pm_peer_data_store for parameters and return values. */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_remote_db_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + ble_gatt_db_srv_t const * p_data, + uint16_t len, + pm_store_token_t * p_token); + +/**@brief Function for setting or updating a peer's application data. (@ref PM_PEER_DATA_ID_APPLICATION). + * @details See @ref pm_peer_data_store for parameters and return values. */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_app_data_store(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + uint8_t const * p_data, + uint16_t len, + pm_store_token_t * p_token); +/** @}*/ + + +/** + * @{ + */ + +/**@brief Function for deleting a peer's stored pieces of data. + * + * @details This function deletes specific data that is stored for a peer. Note that bonding data + * cannot be cleared separately. + * + * To delete all data for a peer (including bonding data), use @ref pm_peer_delete. + * + * @note Clearing data in persistent storage happens asynchronously. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer ID to clear data for. + * @param[in] data_id Which data to clear. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the clear procedure was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If @p data_id was PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING or invalid, or + * @p peer_id was invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If there was no data to clear for this peer ID/data ID combination. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the underlying flash handler is busy with other flash + * operations. Try again after receiving a Peer Manager event. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_data_delete(pm_peer_id_t peer_id, pm_peer_data_id_t data_id); + + +/**@brief Function for manually adding a peer to the persistent storage. + * + * @details This function allocates a new peer ID and stores bonding data for the new peer. The + * bonding data is necessary to prevent ambiguity/inconsistency in peer data. + * + * @param[in] p_bonding_data The bonding data of the new peer (must contain a public/static + * address or a non-zero IRK). + * @param[out] p_new_peer_id Peer ID for the new peer, or an existing peer if a match was found. + * @param[out] p_token A token that identifies this particular store operation (storing the + * bonding data). The token can be used to identify events that pertain + * to this operation. This parameter can be NULL. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the store operation for bonding data was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL If @p p_bonding_data or @p p_new_peer_id is NULL. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL If there is no more space in persistent storage. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If there are no more available peer IDs. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the underlying flash filesystem is busy with other flash + * operations. Try again after receiving a Peer Manager event. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_new(pm_peer_id_t * p_new_peer_id, + pm_peer_data_bonding_t * p_bonding_data, + pm_store_token_t * p_token); + + +/**@brief Function for freeing persistent storage for a peer. + * + * @details This function deletes every piece of data that is associated with the specified peer and + * frees the peer ID to be used for another peer. The deletion happens asynchronously, and + * the peer ID is not freed until the data is deleted. When the operation finishes, a @ref + * PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_SUCCEEDED or @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_FAILED event is sent. + * + * @warning Use this function only when not connected to or connectable for the peer that is being + * deleted. If the peer is or becomes connected or data is manually written in flash during + * this procedure (until the success or failure event happens), the behavior is undefined. + * + * @param[in] peer_id Peer ID to be freed and have all associated data deleted. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the peer ID was not valid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_delete(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + + +/**@brief Function for deleting all data stored for all peers. + * + * @details This function sends either a @ref PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_SUCCEEDED or a @ref + * PM_EVT_PEERS_DELETE_FAILED event. In addition, a @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_SUCCEEDED or + * @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DELETE_FAILED event is sent for each deleted peer. + * + * @note No event is sent when there is no peer data in flash. + * + * @warning Use this function only when not connected or connectable. If a peer is or becomes + * connected or a @ref PM_PEER_DATA_FUNCTIONS function is used during this procedure (until + * the success or failure event happens), the behavior is undefined. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the deletion process was initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peers_delete(void); +/** @}*/ + + +/** + * @{ + */ + + +/**@brief Function for finding the highest and lowest ranked peers. + * + * @details The rank is saved in persistent storage under the data ID @ref PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK. + * + * @details The interpretation of rank is up to the user, because the rank is only updated by + * calling @ref pm_peer_rank_highest or by manipulating the value using a @ref + * PM_PEER_DATA_FUNCTIONS function. + * + * @note Any argument that is NULL is ignored. + * + * @param[out] p_highest_ranked_peer The peer ID with the highest rank of all peers, for example, + * the most recently used peer. + * @param[out] p_highest_rank The highest rank. + * @param[out] p_lowest_ranked_peer The peer ID with the lowest rank of all peers, for example, + * the least recently used peer. + * @param[out] p_lowest_rank The lowest rank. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation completed successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND If no peers were found. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_ranks_get(pm_peer_id_t * p_highest_ranked_peer, + uint32_t * p_highest_rank, + pm_peer_id_t * p_lowest_ranked_peer, + uint32_t * p_lowest_rank); + + +/**@brief Function for updating the rank of a peer to be highest among all stored peers. + * + * @details If this function returns @ref NRF_SUCCESS, either a @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED or a + * @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_FAILED event is sent with a @ref + * PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID store token when the operation is complete. Until the operation + * is complete, this function returns @ref NRF_ERROR_BUSY. + * + * When the operation is complete, the peer is the highest ranked peer as reported by + * @ref pm_peer_ranks_get. + * + * @note The @ref PM_EVT_PEER_DATA_UPDATE_SUCCEEDED event can arrive before the function returns if the peer + * is already ranked highest. In this case, the @ref pm_peer_data_update_succeeded_evt_t::flash_changed flag + * in the event will be false. + * + * @param[in] peer_id The peer to rank highest. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the peer's rank is, or will be updated to be highest. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If the underlying flash handler is busy with other flash + * operations, or if a previous call to this function has not + * completed. Try again after receiving a Peer Manager event. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the Peer Manager is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an internal error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t pm_peer_rank_highest(pm_peer_id_t peer_id); + +/** @}*/ + +/** @} */ + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // PEER_MANAGER_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15883a59 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup peer_manager_config Peer Manager configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup peer_manager + */ +/** @brief Enable Peer Manager module + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define PEER_MANAGER_ENABLED + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_internal.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_internal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9926f07d --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef PEER_MANAGER_INTERNAL_H__ +#define PEER_MANAGER_INTERNAL_H__ + +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @file peer_manager_types.h + * + * @addtogroup peer_manager + * @brief File containing definitions used solely inside the Peer Manager's modules. + * @{ + */ + +ANON_UNIONS_ENABLE + +/**@brief One piece of data associated with a peer, together with its type. + * + * @note This type is deprecated. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t length_words; /**< @brief The length of the data in words. */ + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id; /**< @brief ID that specifies the type of data (defines which member of the union is used). */ + union + { + pm_peer_data_bonding_t * p_bonding_data; /**< @brief The exchanged bond information in addition to metadata of the bonding. */ + uint32_t * p_peer_rank; /**< @brief A value locally assigned to this peer. Its interpretation is up to the user. The rank is not set automatically by the Peer Manager, but it is assigned by the user using either @ref pm_peer_rank_highest or a @ref PM_PEER_DATA_FUNCTIONS function. */ + bool * p_service_changed_pending; /**< @brief Whether a service changed indication should be sent to the peer. */ + pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t * p_local_gatt_db; /**< @brief Persistent information pertaining to a peer GATT client. */ + ble_gatt_db_srv_t * p_remote_gatt_db; /**< @brief Persistent information pertaining to a peer GATT server. */ + uint8_t * p_application_data; /**< @brief Arbitrary data to associate with the peer. This data can be freely used by the application. */ + void * p_all_data; /**< @brief Generic access pointer to the data. It is used only to handle the data without regard to type. */ + }; /**< @brief The data. */ +} pm_peer_data_t; + + +/**@brief Immutable version of @ref pm_peer_data_t. + * + * @note This type is deprecated. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t length_words; /**< @brief The length of the data in words. */ + pm_peer_data_id_t data_id; /**< @brief ID that specifies the type of data (defines which member of the union is used). */ + union + { + pm_peer_data_bonding_t const * p_bonding_data; /**< @brief Immutable @ref pm_peer_data_t::p_bonding_data. */ + uint32_t const * p_peer_rank; /**< @brief Immutable @ref pm_peer_data_t::p_peer_rank. */ + bool const * p_service_changed_pending; /**< @brief Immutable @ref pm_peer_data_t::p_service_changed_pending. */ + pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t const * p_local_gatt_db; /**< @brief Immutable @ref pm_peer_data_t::p_local_gatt_db. */ + ble_gatt_db_srv_t const * p_remote_gatt_db; /**< @brief Immutable @ref pm_peer_data_t::p_remote_gatt_db. */ + uint8_t const * p_application_data; /**< @brief Immutable @ref pm_peer_data_t::p_application_data. */ + void const * p_all_data; /**< @brief Immutable @ref pm_peer_data_t::p_all_data. */ + }; /**< @brief The data. */ +} pm_peer_data_const_t; + +ANON_UNIONS_DISABLE + + +/**@brief Version of @ref pm_peer_data_t that reflects the structure of peer data in flash. + * + * @note This type is deprecated. + */ +typedef pm_peer_data_const_t pm_peer_data_flash_t; + + +/**@brief Macro for calculating the flash size of bonding data. + * + * @return The number of words that the data takes in flash. + */ +#define PM_BONDING_DATA_N_WORDS() BYTES_TO_WORDS(sizeof(pm_peer_data_bonding_t)) + + +/**@brief Macro for calculating the flash size of service changed pending state. + * + * @return The number of words that the data takes in flash. + */ +#define PM_SC_STATE_N_WORDS() BYTES_TO_WORDS(sizeof(bool)) + + +/**@brief Macro for calculating the flash size of local GATT database data. + * + * @param[in] local_db_len The length, in bytes, of the database as reported by the SoftDevice. + * + * @return The number of words that the data takes in flash. + */ +#define PM_LOCAL_DB_N_WORDS(local_db_len) \ + BYTES_TO_WORDS((local_db_len) + PM_LOCAL_DB_LEN_OVERHEAD_BYTES) + + +/**@brief Macro for calculating the length of a local GATT database attribute array. + * + * @param[in] n_words The number of words that the data takes in flash. + * + * @return The length of the database attribute array. + */ +#define PM_LOCAL_DB_LEN(n_words) (((n_words) * BYTES_PER_WORD) - PM_LOCAL_DB_LEN_OVERHEAD_BYTES) + + +/**@brief Macro for calculating the flash size of remote GATT database data. + * + * @param[in] service_count The number of services in the service array. + * + * @return The number of words that the data takes in flash. + */ +#define PM_REMOTE_DB_N_WORDS(service_count) BYTES_TO_WORDS(sizeof(ble_gatt_db_srv_t) * (service_count)) + + +/**@brief Macro for calculating the flash size of remote GATT database data. + * + * @param[in] n_words The length in number of words. + * + * @return The number of words that the data takes in flash. + */ +#define PM_REMOTE_DB_N_SERVICES(n_words) (((n_words) * BYTES_PER_WORD) / sizeof(ble_gatt_db_srv_t)) + + +/**@brief Function for calculating the flash size of the usage index. + * + * @return The number of words that the data takes in flash. + */ +#define PM_USAGE_INDEX_N_WORDS() BYTES_TO_WORDS(sizeof(uint32_t)) + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef NRF_PM_DEBUG + + #define NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(condition) \ + if (!(condition)) \ + { \ + __asm("bkpt #0"); \ + } + +#else + + // Prevent "variable set but never used" compiler warnings. + #define NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(condition) (void)(condition) + +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PEER_MANAGER_INTERNAL_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_types.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_types.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..89743a79 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/peer_manager_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +/** + * @file peer_manager_types.h + * + * @addtogroup peer_manager + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef PEER_MANAGER_TYPES_H__ +#define PEER_MANAGER_TYPES_H__ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "ble_hci.h" +#include "ble_gatt_db.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/**@brief Handle to uniquely identify a peer for which we have persistently stored data. + */ +typedef uint16_t pm_peer_id_t; + +/**@brief Type that is used for write prepares (used to reserve space in flash). + */ +typedef uint32_t pm_prepare_token_t; + +/**@brief Type that is used to hold a reference to a stored item in flash. + */ +typedef uint32_t pm_store_token_t; + +/**@brief Errors from security procedures in Peer Manager. + * + * @details Possible values are defined in @ref PM_SEC_ERRORS and @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS. + */ +typedef uint16_t pm_sec_error_code_t; + + +//lint -emacro(516,PM_LOCAL_DB_LEN_OVERHEAD_BYTES) + +#define PM_PEER_ID_INVALID 0xFFFF /**< @brief Invalid value for @ref pm_peer_id_t. */ +#define PM_STORE_TOKEN_INVALID 0 /**< @brief Invalid value for store token. */ +#define PM_PEER_ID_N_AVAILABLE_IDS 256 /**< @brief The number of available peer IDs. */ +#define PM_LOCAL_DB_LEN_OVERHEAD_BYTES offsetof(pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t, data) /**< @brief The static-length part of the local GATT data struct. */ + + +#define PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_BASE 0x1000 /**< @brief The base for Peer Manager defined errors. See @ref PM_SEC_ERRORS and @ref pm_sec_error_code_t. */ + + +/**@defgroup PM_SEC_ERRORS Peer Manager defined security errors + * + * @details The first 256 numbers in this range correspond to the status codes in + * @ref BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODES. + * @{ */ +#define PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_PIN_OR_KEY_MISSING (PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_BASE + 0x06) /**< @brief Encryption failed because the peripheral has lost the LTK for this bond. See also @ref BLE_HCI_STATUS_CODE_PIN_OR_KEY_MISSING and Table 3.7 ("Pairing Failed Reason Codes") in the Bluetooth Core Specification 4.2, section 3.H.3.5.5 (@linkBLEcore). */ +#define PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_MIC_FAILURE (PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_BASE + 0x3D) /**< @brief Encryption ended with disconnection because of mismatching keys or a stray packet during a procedure. See the SoftDevice GAP Message Sequence Charts on encryption (@linkBLEMSCgap), the Bluetooth Core Specification 4.2, sections 6.B.5.1.3.1 and 3.H.3.5.5 (@linkBLEcore), and @ref BLE_HCI_CONN_TERMINATED_DUE_TO_MIC_FAILURE. */ +#define PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_DISCONNECT (PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_BASE + 0x100) /**< @brief Pairing or encryption did not finish before the link disconnected for an unrelated reason. */ +#define PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_SMP_TIMEOUT (PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_BASE + 0x101) /**< @brief Pairing/bonding could not start because an SMP time-out has already happened on this link. This means that no more pairing or bonding can happen on this link. To be able to pair or bond, the link must be disconnected and then reconnected. See Bluetooth Core Specification 4.2 section 3.H.3.4 (@linkBLEcore). */ + /** @} */ + + + +/**@defgroup PM_PEER_ID_VERSIONS All versions of Peer IDs. + * @brief The data ID for each iteration of the data formats in flash. + * @details Each time the format (in flash) of a piece of peer data changes, the data ID will also + * be updated. This list of defines is a record of each data ID that has ever existed, and + * code that caters to legacy formats can find the relevant IDs here. + * @{ */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_FIRST_VX 0 /**< @brief The smallest data ID. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING_V1 0 /**< @brief The data ID of the first version of bonding data. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING_V2 7 /**< @brief The data ID of the second version of bonding data. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING_V1 1 /**< @brief The data ID of the first version of the service changed pending flag. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL_V1 2 /**< @brief The data ID of the first version of local GATT data. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL_V2 8 /**< @brief The data ID of the second version of local GATT data. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE_V1 3 /**< @brief The data ID of the first version of remote GATT data. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_APPLICATION_V1 4 /**< @brief The data ID of the first version of application data. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE_V2 5 /**< @brief The data ID of the second version of remote GATT data. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK_V1 6 /**< @brief The data ID of the first version of the rank. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_LAST_VX 9 /**< @brief The data ID after the last valid one. */ +#define PM_PEER_DATA_ID_INVALID_VX 0xFF /**< @brief A data ID guaranteed to be invalid. */ +/**@}*/ + + +/**@brief The different types of data associated with a peer. + */ +typedef enum +{ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_FIRST = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_FIRST_VX, /**< @brief The smallest data ID. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING_V2, /**< @brief The data ID for bonding data. See @ref pm_peer_data_bonding_t. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_SERVICE_CHANGED_PENDING_V1, /**< @brief The data ID for service changed state. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_LOCAL_V2, /**< @brief The data ID for local GATT data (sys attributes). See @ref pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_GATT_REMOTE_V2, /**< @brief The data ID for remote GATT data. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_PEER_RANK_V1, /**< @brief The data ID for peer rank. See @ref pm_peer_rank_highest. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_APPLICATION = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_APPLICATION_V1, /**< @brief The data ID for application data. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_LAST = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_LAST_VX, /**< @brief One more than the highest data ID. */ + PM_PEER_DATA_ID_INVALID = PM_PEER_DATA_ID_INVALID_VX, /**< @brief A data ID guaranteed to be invalid. */ +} pm_peer_data_id_t; + + +/**@brief Different procedures that can lead to an encrypted link. + */ +typedef enum +{ + PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_ENCRYPTION, /**< @brief Using an LTK that was shared during a previous bonding procedure to encrypt the link. */ + PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_BONDING, /**< @brief A pairing procedure, followed by a bonding procedure. */ + PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_PAIRING, /**< @brief A pairing procedure with no bonding. */ +} pm_conn_sec_procedure_t; + + +/**@brief Configuration of a security procedure. + */ +typedef struct +{ + bool allow_repairing; /** @brief Whether to allow the peer to pair if it wants to, but is already bonded. If this is false, the procedure is rejected, and no more events are sent. Default: false. */ +} pm_conn_sec_config_t; + + +/**@brief Data associated with a bond to a peer. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t own_role; /**< @brief The BLE role of the local device during bonding. See @ref BLE_GAP_ROLES. */ + ble_gap_id_key_t peer_ble_id; /**< @brief The peer's Bluetooth address and identity resolution key (IRK). */ + ble_gap_enc_key_t peer_ltk; /**< @brief The peer's long-term encryption key (LTK) and master ID. */ + ble_gap_enc_key_t own_ltk; /**< @brief Locally generated long-term encryption key (LTK) and master ID, distributed to the peer. */ +} pm_peer_data_bonding_t; + + +/**@brief Data on a local GATT database. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t flags; /**< @brief Flags that describe the database attributes. */ + uint16_t len; /**< @brief Size of the attribute array. */ + uint8_t data[1]; /**< @brief Array to hold the database attributes. */ +} pm_peer_data_local_gatt_db_t; + + +/**@brief Device Privacy. + * + * The privacy feature provides a way for the device to avoid being tracked over a period of + * time. The privacy feature, when enabled, hides the local device identity and replaces it + * with a private address that is automatically refreshed at a specified interval. + * + * If a device still wants to be recognized by other peers, it needs to share it's Identity + * Resolving Key (IRK). With this key, a device can generate a random private address that + * can only be recognized by peers in possession of that key, and devices can establish + * connections without revealing their real identities. + * + * @note If the device IRK is updated, the new IRK becomes the one to be distributed in all + * bonding procedures performed after @ref sd_ble_gap_privacy_set returns. + * The IRK distributed during bonding procedure is the device IRK that is active when @ref + * sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply is called. + */ +#if (NRF_SD_BLE_API_VERSION < 3) + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t privacy_mode; /**< Privacy mode, see @ref BLE_GAP_PRIVACY_MODES. Default is @ref BLE_GAP_PRIVACY_MODE_OFF. */ + uint8_t private_addr_type; /**< The private address type must be either @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_RESOLVABLE or @ref BLE_GAP_ADDR_TYPE_RANDOM_PRIVATE_NON_RESOLVABLE. */ + uint16_t private_addr_cycle_s; /**< Private address cycle interval in seconds. Providing an address cycle value of 0 will use the default value defined by @ref BLE_GAP_DEFAULT_PRIVATE_ADDR_CYCLE_INTERVAL_S. */ + ble_gap_irk_t * p_device_irk; /**< When used as input, pointer to IRK structure that will be used as the default IRK. If NULL, the device default IRK will be used. + When used as output, pointer to IRK structure where the current default IRK will be written to. If NULL, this argument is ignored. + By default, the default IRK is used to generate random private resolvable addresses for the local device unless instructed otherwise. */ +} pm_privacy_params_t; + + +/**@defgroup BLE_GAP_PRIVACY_MODES Privacy modes + * @{ */ +#define BLE_GAP_PRIVACY_MODE_OFF 0x00 /**< Device will send and accept its identity address for its own address. */ +#define BLE_GAP_PRIVACY_MODE_DEVICE_PRIVACY 0x01 /**< Device will send and accept only private addresses for its own address. */ +/**@} */ + +#else + +typedef ble_gap_privacy_params_t pm_privacy_params_t; + +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PEER_MANAGER_TYPES_H__ */ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_buffer.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_buffer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a20d5491 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_buffer.c @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "pm_buffer.h" + +#include +#include +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include "pm_mutex.h" + + +#define BUFFER_IS_VALID(p_buffer) ((p_buffer != NULL) \ + && (p_buffer->p_memory != NULL) \ + && (p_buffer->p_mutex != NULL)) + + + +ret_code_t pm_buffer_init(pm_buffer_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t * p_buffer_memory, + uint32_t buffer_memory_size, + uint8_t * p_mutex_memory, + uint32_t mutex_memory_size, + uint32_t n_blocks, + uint32_t block_size) +{ + if ( (p_buffer != NULL) + && (p_buffer_memory != NULL) + && (p_mutex_memory != NULL) + && (buffer_memory_size >= (n_blocks * block_size)) + && (mutex_memory_size >= MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(n_blocks)) + && (n_blocks != 0) + && (block_size != 0)) + { + p_buffer->p_memory = p_buffer_memory; + p_buffer->p_mutex = p_mutex_memory; + p_buffer->n_blocks = n_blocks; + p_buffer->block_size = block_size; + pm_mutex_init(p_buffer->p_mutex, n_blocks); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } +} + + +uint8_t pm_buffer_block_acquire(pm_buffer_t * p_buffer, uint32_t n_blocks) +{ + if (!BUFFER_IS_VALID(p_buffer)) + { + return ( PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID ); + } + + uint8_t first_locked_mutex = PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID; + + for (uint8_t i = 0; i < p_buffer->n_blocks; i++) + { + if (pm_mutex_lock(p_buffer->p_mutex, i)) + { + if (first_locked_mutex == PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID) + { + first_locked_mutex = i; + } + if ((i - first_locked_mutex + 1) == n_blocks) + { + return first_locked_mutex; + } + } + else if (first_locked_mutex != PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID) + { + for (uint8_t j = first_locked_mutex; j < i; j++) + { + pm_buffer_release(p_buffer, j); + } + first_locked_mutex = PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID; + } + } + + return ( PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID ); +} + + +uint8_t * pm_buffer_ptr_get(pm_buffer_t * p_buffer, uint8_t id) +{ + if (!BUFFER_IS_VALID(p_buffer)) + { + return ( NULL ); + } + + if ( (id != PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID) + && pm_mutex_lock_status_get(p_buffer->p_mutex, id) ) + { + return ( &p_buffer->p_memory[id * p_buffer->block_size] ); + } + else + { + return ( NULL ); + } +} + + +void pm_buffer_release(pm_buffer_t * p_buffer, uint8_t id) +{ + if ( BUFFER_IS_VALID(p_buffer) + && (id != PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID) + && pm_mutex_lock_status_get(p_buffer->p_mutex, id)) + { + pm_mutex_unlock(p_buffer->p_mutex, id); + } +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_buffer.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_buffer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3bda1ae2 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_buffer.h @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef BUFFER_H__ +#define BUFFER_H__ + +#include +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "pm_mutex.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup pm_buffer Buffer + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. This module provides a simple buffer. + */ + + +#define PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID 0xFF //!< Invalid buffer block ID. + + +/**@brief Convenience macro for declaring memory and initializing a buffer instance. + * + * @param[out] p_buffer The buffer instance to initialize. + * @param[in] n_blocks The desired number of blocks in the buffer. + * @param[in] block_size The desired block size of the buffer. + * @param[out] err_code The return code from @ref pm_buffer_init. + */ +#define PM_BUFFER_INIT(p_buffer, n_blocks, block_size, err_code) \ +do \ +{ \ + __ALIGN(4) static uint8_t buffer_memory[(n_blocks) * (block_size)]; \ + __ALIGN(4) static uint8_t mutex_memory[MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(n_blocks)]; \ + err_code = pm_buffer_init((p_buffer), \ + buffer_memory, \ + (n_blocks) * (block_size), \ + mutex_memory, \ + MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(n_blocks), \ + (n_blocks), \ + (block_size)); \ +} while (0) + + +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t * p_memory; /**< The storage for all buffer entries. The size of the buffer must be n_blocks*block_size. */ + uint8_t * p_mutex; /**< A mutex group with one mutex for each buffer entry. */ + uint32_t n_blocks; /**< The number of allocatable blocks in the buffer. */ + uint32_t block_size; /**< The size of each block in the buffer. */ +} pm_buffer_t; + +/**@brief Function for initializing a buffer instance. + * + * @param[out] p_buffer The buffer instance to initialize. + * @param[in] p_buffer_memory The memory this buffer will use. + * @param[in] buffer_memory_size The size of p_buffer_memory. This must be at least + * n_blocks*block_size. + * @param[in] p_mutex_memory The memory for the mutexes. This must be at least + * @ref MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(n_blocks). + * @param[in] mutex_memory_size The size of p_mutex_memory. + * @param[in] n_blocks The number of blocks in the buffer. + * @param[in] block_size The size of each block. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successfully initialized buffer instance. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM A parameter was 0 or NULL or a size was too small. + */ +ret_code_t pm_buffer_init(pm_buffer_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t * p_buffer_memory, + uint32_t buffer_memory_size, + uint8_t * p_mutex_memory, + uint32_t mutex_memory_size, + uint32_t n_blocks, + uint32_t block_size); + + +/**@brief Function for acquiring a buffer block in a buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_buffer The buffer instance acquire from. + * @param[in] n_blocks The number of contiguous blocks to acquire. + * + * @return The id of the acquired block, if successful. + * @retval PM_BUFFER_INVALID_ID If unsuccessful. + */ +uint8_t pm_buffer_block_acquire(pm_buffer_t * p_buffer, uint32_t n_blocks); + + +/**@brief Function for getting a pointer to a specific buffer block. + * + * @param[in] p_buffer The buffer instance get from. + * @param[in] id The id of the buffer to get the pointer for. + * + * @return A pointer to the buffer for the specified id, if the id is valid. + * @retval NULL If the id is invalid. + */ +uint8_t * pm_buffer_ptr_get(pm_buffer_t * p_buffer, uint8_t id); + + +/**@brief Function for releasing a buffer block. + * + * @param[in] p_buffer The buffer instance containing the block to release. + * @param[in] id The id of the block to release. + */ +void pm_buffer_release(pm_buffer_t * p_buffer, uint8_t id); + + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // BUFFER_H__ + +/** + * @} + * @endcond + */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_mutex.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_mutex.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..67941fed --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_mutex.c @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "pm_mutex.h" + +#include +#include +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" + + + +/**@brief Locks the mutex defined by the mask. + * + * @param p_mutex pointer to the mutex storage. + * @param mutex_mask the mask identifying the mutex position. + * + * @retval true if the mutex could be locked. + * @retval false if the mutex was already locked. + */ +static bool lock_by_mask(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint8_t mutex_mask) +{ + bool success = false; + + if ( (*p_mutex & mutex_mask) == 0 ) + { + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + if ( (*p_mutex & mutex_mask) == 0 ) + { + *p_mutex |= mutex_mask; + + success = true; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + } + + return ( success ); +} + + +void pm_mutex_init(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_size) +{ + if (p_mutex != NULL) + { + memset(&p_mutex[0], 0, MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(mutex_size)); + } +} + + +bool pm_mutex_lock(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_id) +{ + if (p_mutex != NULL) + { + return ( lock_by_mask(&(p_mutex[mutex_id >> 3]), (1 << (mutex_id & 0x07))) ); + } + else + { + return false; + } +} + + +void pm_mutex_unlock(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_id) +{ + uint8_t mutex_base = mutex_id >> 3; + uint8_t mutex_mask = (1 << (mutex_id & 0x07)); + + if ((p_mutex != NULL) + && (p_mutex[mutex_base] & mutex_mask)) + { + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + p_mutex[mutex_base] &= ~mutex_mask; + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + } +} + + +uint16_t pm_mutex_lock_first_available(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_size) +{ + if (p_mutex != NULL) + { + for ( uint16_t i = 0; i < mutex_size; i++ ) + { + if ( lock_by_mask(&(p_mutex[i >> 3]), 1 << (i & 0x07)) ) + { + return ( i ); + } + } + } + + return ( mutex_size ); +} + + +bool pm_mutex_lock_status_get(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_id) +{ + if (p_mutex != NULL) + { + return ( (p_mutex[mutex_id >> 3] & (1 << (mutex_id & 0x07))) ); + } + else + { + return true; + } +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_mutex.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_mutex.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c6787ad --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/pm_mutex.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef MUTEX_H__ +#define MUTEX_H__ + + +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup pm_mutex Mutex + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. This module provides thread-safe mutexes. + */ + + +/**@brief Defines the storage size of a specified mutex group. + * + * @param number_of_mutexes the number of mutexes in the group. + */ +#define MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(number_of_mutexes) ((7 + (number_of_mutexes)) >> 3) + + +/**@brief Initializes a mutex group. + * + * @param[in] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex group. See @ref MUTEX_STORAGE_SIZE(). + * @param[in] mutex_size The size of the mutex group in number of mutexes. + */ +void pm_mutex_init(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_size); + + +/**@brief Locks the mutex specified by the bit id. + * + * @param[inout] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex group. + * @param[in] mutex_bit_id The bit id of the mutex. + * + * @retval true if it was possible to lock the mutex. + * @retval false otherwise. + */ +bool pm_mutex_lock(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_bit_id); + + +/**@brief Locks the first unlocked mutex within the mutex group. + * + * @param[in, out] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex group. + * @param[in] mutex_size The size of the mutex group. + * + * @return The first unlocked mutex id in the group. + * @retval group-size if there was no unlocked mutex available. + */ +uint16_t pm_mutex_lock_first_available(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_size); + + +/**@brief Unlocks the mutex specified by the bit id. + * + * @param[in, out] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex group. + * @param[in] mutex_bit_id The bit id of the mutex. + */ +void pm_mutex_unlock(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_bit_id); + + +/**@brief Gets the locking status of the specified mutex. + * + * @param[in, out] p_mutex Pointer to the mutex group. + * @param[in] mutex_bit_id The bit id of the mutex. + * + * @retval true if the mutex was locked. + * @retval false otherwise. + */ +bool pm_mutex_lock_status_get(uint8_t * p_mutex, uint16_t mutex_bit_id); + + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // MUTEX_H__ + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_dispatcher.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_dispatcher.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..99340ee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_dispatcher.c @@ -0,0 +1,868 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "security_dispatcher.h" + +#include +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "ble_conn_state.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "peer_database.h" +#include "id_manager.h" + + +// The number of registered event handlers. +#define SMD_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT (sizeof(m_evt_handlers) / sizeof(m_evt_handlers[0])) + + +// Security Dispacher event handlers in Security Manager and GATT Cache Manager. +extern void sm_smd_evt_handler(smd_evt_t const * p_event); +extern void gcm_smd_evt_handler(smd_evt_t const * p_event); + +// Security Dispatcher events' handlers. +// The number of elements in this array is SMD_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT. +static smd_evt_handler_t const m_evt_handlers[] = +{ + sm_smd_evt_handler, + gcm_smd_evt_handler +}; + +static bool m_module_initialized; + +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_sec_proc = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_sec_proc_pairing = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_sec_proc_new_peer = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; + +static ble_gap_lesc_p256_pk_t m_peer_pk; + + +static void evt_send(smd_evt_t * p_event) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SMD_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT; i++) + { + m_evt_handlers[i](p_event); + } +} + + +static void sec_start_send(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_conn_sec_procedure_t procedure) +{ + smd_evt_t evt = + { + .evt_id = SMD_EVT_SEC_PROCEDURE_START, + .conn_handle = conn_handle, + .params = {.sec_procedure_start = {.procedure = procedure}} + }; + evt_send(&evt); +} + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Peer Database module. + * This handler is extern in Peer Database. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has happened. + */ +void smd_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + if ((p_event->evt_id == PDB_EVT_WRITE_BUF_STORED) && (p_event->data_id == PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING)) + { + smd_evt_t evt = + { + .evt_id = SMD_EVT_BONDING_INFO_STORED, + .conn_handle = im_conn_handle_get(p_event->peer_id), + .params = {.bonding_info_stored = {.peer_id = p_event->peer_id}} + }; + evt_send(&evt); + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for processing the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST event from the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_evt The event from the SoftDevice. + */ +static void sec_params_request_process(ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_evt) +{ + smd_evt_t evt = + { + .evt_id = SMD_EVT_PARAMS_REQ, + .conn_handle = p_gap_evt->conn_handle + }; + evt_send(&evt); + return; +} + + +/**@brief Function for administrative actions to be taken when a security process has been attempted. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection the security process was attempted on. + * @param[in] peer_id The peer ID given to the connected peer. + * @param[in] success Whether the process was started successfully. + * @param[in] pairing Whether the process was a pairing process. + * @param[in] new_peer_created Whether a new peer was created during the process attempt. + */ +static void sec_proc_start(uint16_t conn_handle, + pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + bool success, + bool pairing, + bool new_peer_created) +{ + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc, success); + + if (success) + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc_pairing, pairing); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc_new_peer, new_peer_created); + + if (new_peer_created) + { + im_new_peer_id(conn_handle, peer_id); + } + } + else + { + if (new_peer_created) + { + ret_code_t err_code = im_peer_free(peer_id); // Attempt to free allocated peer. + UNUSED_VARIABLE(err_code); + } + } +} + + + +/**@brief Function for processing the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST event from the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_evt The event from the SoftDevice. + */ +static void sec_info_request_process(ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_evt) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + ble_gap_enc_info_t const * p_enc_info = NULL; + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_master_id(&p_gap_evt->params.sec_info_request.master_id); + smd_evt_t evt; + + evt.conn_handle = p_gap_evt->conn_handle; + + if (peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(p_gap_evt->conn_handle); + } + + if (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + err_code = pdb_peer_data_ptr_get(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, &peer_data); + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // There is stored bonding data for this peer. + ble_gap_enc_key_t const * p_existing_key = &peer_data.p_bonding_data->own_ltk; + + if ( p_existing_key->enc_info.lesc + || (im_master_ids_compare(&p_existing_key->master_id, + &p_gap_evt->params.sec_info_request.master_id))) + { + p_enc_info = &p_existing_key->enc_info; + } + } + } + + // All return values from the following can be safely ignored. + err_code = sd_ble_gap_sec_info_reply(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, p_enc_info, NULL, NULL); + + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + evt.evt_id = SMD_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + evt.params.error_unexpected.error = err_code; + + evt_send(&evt); + } + else if (p_enc_info == NULL) + { + evt.evt_id = SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_FAILED; + evt.params.link_encryption_failed.error = PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_PIN_OR_KEY_MISSING; + evt.params.link_encryption_failed.error_src = BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCE_LOCAL; + + evt_send(&evt); + + sec_proc_start(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, peer_id, false, false, false); + } + else + { + sec_start_send(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_ENCRYPTION); + + sec_proc_start(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, peer_id, err_code == NRF_SUCCESS, false, false); + } + + + return; +} + + +/**@brief Function for processing the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_REQUEST event from the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_evt The event from the SoftDevice. + */ +static void sec_request_process(ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_evt) +{ + smd_evt_t evt = + { + .evt_id = SMD_EVT_SLAVE_SECURITY_REQ, + .conn_handle = p_gap_evt->conn_handle, + .params = + { + .slave_security_req = + { + .bond = p_gap_evt->params.sec_request.bond, + .mitm = p_gap_evt->params.sec_request.mitm, + } + } + }; + evt_send(&evt); + return; +} + + +/**@brief Function for processing the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS event from the SoftDevice, when + * the auth_status is success. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_evt The event from the SoftDevice. + */ +static void auth_status_success_process(ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_evt) +{ + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + uint8_t role = ble_conn_state_role(p_gap_evt->conn_handle); + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(p_gap_evt->conn_handle); + ble_gap_sec_kdist_t kdist_own = p_gap_evt->params.auth_status.kdist_own; + ble_gap_sec_kdist_t kdist_peer = p_gap_evt->params.auth_status.kdist_peer; + + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc, false); + + if (role == BLE_GAP_ROLE_INVALID) + { + /* Unlikely, but maybe possible? */ + return; + } + + if (p_gap_evt->params.auth_status.bonded) + { + + err_code = pdb_write_buf_store(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING); + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + /* Unexpected */ + smd_evt_t error_evt; + + error_evt.evt_id = SMD_EVT_ERROR_BONDING_INFO; + error_evt.conn_handle = p_gap_evt->conn_handle; + error_evt.params.error_bonding_info.peer_id = peer_id; + error_evt.params.error_bonding_info.error = err_code; + + evt_send(&error_evt); + } + + } + else if (ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc_new_peer)) + { + ret_code_t err_code_free = im_peer_free(peer_id); + UNUSED_VARIABLE(err_code_free); // Errors can be safely ignored. + } + + smd_evt_t pairing_success_evt; + + pairing_success_evt.evt_id = SMD_EVT_PAIRING_SUCCESS; + pairing_success_evt.conn_handle = p_gap_evt->conn_handle; + pairing_success_evt.params.pairing_success.bonded = p_gap_evt->params.auth_status.bonded; + pairing_success_evt.params.pairing_success.mitm = p_gap_evt->params.auth_status.sm1_levels.lv3; + pairing_success_evt.params.pairing_success.kdist_own = kdist_own; + pairing_success_evt.params.pairing_success.kdist_peer = kdist_peer; + + evt_send(&pairing_success_evt); + return; +} + + +/**@brief Function for cleaning up after a failed pairing procedure. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The handle of the connection the pairing procedure happens on. + * @param[in] peer_id The peer id used in the pairing procedure. + * @param[in] error The error the procedure failed with. + * @param[in] error_src The party that raised the error. See @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES. + */ +static void pairing_failure(uint16_t conn_handle, + pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_sec_error_code_t error, + uint8_t error_src) +{ + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + + smd_evt_t evt = + { + .evt_id = SMD_EVT_PAIRING_FAIL, + .conn_handle = conn_handle, + .params = + { + .pairing_failed = + { + .error = error, + .error_src = error_src, + } + } + }; + + if (ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc_new_peer)) + { + // The peer_id was created during the procedure, and should be freed, because no data is + // stored under it. + err_code = im_peer_free(peer_id); // Attempt to free allocated peer. + UNUSED_VARIABLE(err_code); + } + else + { + err_code = pdb_write_buf_release(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING); + if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND /* No buffer was allocated */)) + { + smd_evt_t error_evt; + error_evt.evt_id = SMD_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + error_evt.conn_handle = conn_handle; + error_evt.params.error_unexpected.error = err_code; + evt_send(&error_evt); + } + } + + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc, false); + + evt_send(&evt); + return; +} + + +/**@brief Function for cleaning up after a failed encryption procedure. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The handle of the connection the encryption procedure happens on. + * @param[in] error The error the procedure failed with. + * @param[in] error_src The party that raised the error. See @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES. + */ +static void encryption_failure(uint16_t conn_handle, + pm_sec_error_code_t error, + uint8_t error_src) +{ + smd_evt_t evt = + { + .evt_id = SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_FAILED, + .conn_handle = conn_handle, + .params = + { + .link_encryption_failed = + { + .error = error, + .error_src = error_src, + } + } + }; + + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc, false); + + evt_send(&evt); + return; +} + + +/**@brief Function for possibly cleaning up after a failed pairing or encryption procedure. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The handle of the connection the pairing procedure happens on. + * @param[in] peer_id The peer id used in the pairing procedure. + * @param[in] error The error the procedure failed with. + * @param[in] error_src The party that raised the error. See @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES. + */ +static void link_secure_failure(uint16_t conn_handle, + pm_sec_error_code_t error, + uint8_t error_src) +{ + if (ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc)) + { + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + if (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + if (ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc_pairing)) + { + pairing_failure(conn_handle, peer_id, error, error_src); + } + else + { + encryption_failure(conn_handle, error, error_src); + } + } + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for processing the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECT event from the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_evt The event from the SoftDevice. + */ +static void disconnect_process(ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_evt) +{ + pm_sec_error_code_t error = (p_gap_evt->params.disconnected.reason + == BLE_HCI_CONN_TERMINATED_DUE_TO_MIC_FAILURE) + ? PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_MIC_FAILURE : PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_DISCONNECT; + + link_secure_failure(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, error, BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCE_LOCAL); +} + + +/**@brief Function for processing the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS event from the SoftDevice, when + * the auth_status is failure. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_evt The event from the SoftDevice. + */ +static void auth_status_failure_process(ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_evt) +{ + link_secure_failure(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, + p_gap_evt->params.auth_status.auth_status, + p_gap_evt->params.auth_status.error_src); +} + + +/**@brief Function for processing the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS event from the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_evt The event from the SoftDevice. + */ +static void auth_status_process(ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_evt) +{ + switch (p_gap_evt->params.auth_status.auth_status) + { + case BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SUCCESS: + auth_status_success_process(p_gap_evt); + break; + + default: + auth_status_failure_process(p_gap_evt); + break; + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for processing the @ref BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_SEC_UPDATE event from the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] p_gap_evt The event from the SoftDevice. + */ +static void conn_sec_update_process(ble_gap_evt_t * p_gap_evt) +{ + if (ble_conn_state_encrypted(p_gap_evt->conn_handle)) + { + if (!ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc_pairing)) + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, m_flag_sec_proc, false); + } + + smd_evt_t evt; + + evt.conn_handle = p_gap_evt->conn_handle; + evt.evt_id = SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_UPDATE; + evt.params.link_encryption_update.mitm_protected + = ble_conn_state_mitm_protected(p_gap_evt->conn_handle); + evt_send(&evt); + } + else + { + encryption_failure(p_gap_evt->conn_handle, + PM_CONN_SEC_ERROR_PIN_OR_KEY_MISSING, + BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCE_REMOTE); + } +} + + +/**@brief Funtion for initializing a BLE Connection State user flag. + * + * @param[out] flag_id The flag to initialize. + */ +static void flag_id_init(ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t * p_flag_id) +{ + if (*p_flag_id == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + { + *p_flag_id = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + } +} + + +ret_code_t smd_init(void) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(!m_module_initialized); + + flag_id_init(&m_flag_sec_proc); + flag_id_init(&m_flag_sec_proc_pairing); + flag_id_init(&m_flag_sec_proc_new_peer); + + if ((m_flag_sec_proc == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) || + (m_flag_sec_proc_pairing == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) || + (m_flag_sec_proc_new_peer == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + m_module_initialized = true; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t smd_params_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params, + ble_gap_lesc_p256_pk_t * p_public_key) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + uint8_t role = ble_conn_state_role(conn_handle); + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = PM_PEER_ID_INVALID; + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + uint8_t sec_status = BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SUCCESS; + ble_gap_sec_keyset_t sec_keyset; + bool new_peer_created = false; + + memset(&sec_keyset, 0, sizeof(ble_gap_sec_keyset_t)); + + if (role == BLE_GAP_ROLE_INVALID) + { + return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE; + } + + if (p_sec_params == NULL) + { + // NULL params means reject pairing. + sec_status = BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_PAIRING_NOT_SUPP; + } + else if (p_sec_params->bond) + { + // Bonding is to be performed, prepare to receive bonding data. + pm_peer_data_t peer_data; + + peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + if (peer_id == PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + // Peer is unknown to us, allocate a new peer ID for it. + peer_id = pdb_peer_allocate(); + if (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + new_peer_created = true; + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // Peer ID is ready, acquire a memory buffer to receive bonding data into. + err_code = pdb_write_buf_get(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, 1, &peer_data); + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + memset(peer_data.p_bonding_data, 0, sizeof(pm_peer_data_bonding_t)); + + peer_data.p_bonding_data->own_role = role; + + sec_keyset.keys_own.p_enc_key = &peer_data.p_bonding_data->own_ltk; + sec_keyset.keys_own.p_pk = p_public_key; + sec_keyset.keys_peer.p_enc_key = &peer_data.p_bonding_data->peer_ltk; + sec_keyset.keys_peer.p_id_key = &peer_data.p_bonding_data->peer_ble_id; + sec_keyset.keys_peer.p_pk = &m_peer_pk; + + // Retrieve the address the peer used during connection establishment. + // This address will be overwritten if ID is shared. Should not fail. + ret_code_t err_code_addr = im_ble_addr_get(conn_handle, + &peer_data.p_bonding_data->peer_ble_id.id_addr_info); + UNUSED_VARIABLE(err_code_addr); + + // Buffer is OK, reserve room in flash for the data. + err_code = pdb_write_buf_store_prepare(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING); + } + } + } + else + { + // Pairing only, no action needed. + } + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // Everything OK, reply to SoftDevice. If an error happened, the user is given an + // opportunity to change the parameters and retry the call. + if (role == BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL) + { + err_code = sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply(conn_handle, sec_status, NULL, &sec_keyset); + } + else + { + err_code = sd_ble_gap_sec_params_reply(conn_handle, sec_status, p_sec_params, &sec_keyset); + + if ((p_sec_params != NULL) && (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)) + { + pm_conn_sec_procedure_t procedure = p_sec_params->bond + ? PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_BONDING + : PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_PAIRING; + sec_start_send(conn_handle, procedure); + } + } + } + + sec_proc_start(conn_handle, + peer_id, + (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) && (sec_status != BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_PAIRING_NOT_SUPP), + true, + new_peer_created); + + return err_code; +} + + +static ret_code_t link_secure_central_existing_peer(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params, + bool force_repairing, + pm_peer_id_t peer_id, + pm_conn_sec_procedure_t * procedure) +{ + pm_peer_data_flash_t peer_data; + pm_peer_data_t dummy_peer_data; + ret_code_t err_code; + ble_gap_enc_key_t const * p_existing_key = NULL; + bool lesc = false; + + err_code = pdb_peer_data_ptr_get(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, &peer_data); + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // Use peer's key since they are peripheral. + p_existing_key = &(peer_data.p_bonding_data->peer_ltk); + + lesc = peer_data.p_bonding_data->own_ltk.enc_info.lesc; + if (lesc) // LESC was used during bonding. + { + // For LESC, always use own key. + p_existing_key = &(peer_data.p_bonding_data->own_ltk); + } + } + + if (!force_repairing + && (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + && (p_existing_key != NULL) + && (lesc || im_master_id_is_valid(&(p_existing_key->master_id)))) /* There is a valid LTK stored. */ + //&& (p_existing_key->enc_info.auth >= p_sec_params->mitm) /* The requested MITM security is at or below the existing level. */ + //&& (!p_sec_params->mitm || (lesc >= p_sec_params->lesc))) /* The requested LESC security is at or below the existing level. We only care about LESC if MITM is required. */ + { + err_code = sd_ble_gap_encrypt(conn_handle, &(p_existing_key->master_id), &(p_existing_key->enc_info)); + + *procedure = PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_ENCRYPTION; + } + else if ((err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) || (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)) + { + /* Re-pairing is needed, because there is no LTK available or the existing key is not + secure enough */ + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + + if (p_sec_params->bond) + { + err_code = pdb_write_buf_get(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, 1, &dummy_peer_data); + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + err_code = pdb_write_buf_store_prepare(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING); + } + } + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + err_code = sd_ble_gap_authenticate(conn_handle, p_sec_params); + } + + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + ret_code_t err_code_release = pdb_write_buf_release(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING); + if ((err_code_release != NRF_SUCCESS) && (err_code_release != NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + } + + sec_proc_start(conn_handle, + peer_id, + err_code == NRF_SUCCESS, + *procedure != PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_ENCRYPTION, + false); + + return err_code; +} + + +static ret_code_t link_secure_central_new_peer(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params) +{ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id = pdb_peer_allocate(); + pm_peer_data_t dummy_peer_data; + ret_code_t err_code; + + if (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + err_code = pdb_write_buf_get(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING, 1, &dummy_peer_data); + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + err_code = pdb_write_buf_store_prepare(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING); + } + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + err_code = sd_ble_gap_authenticate(conn_handle, p_sec_params); + } + + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + ret_code_t err_code_free = pdb_write_buf_release(peer_id, PM_PEER_DATA_ID_BONDING); + if ((err_code_free != NRF_SUCCESS) && (err_code_free != NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND)) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + } + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + sec_proc_start(conn_handle, + peer_id, + err_code == NRF_SUCCESS, + true, + peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID); + + return err_code; +} + + +static ret_code_t link_secure_central(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params, + bool force_repairing) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; + + if (p_sec_params == NULL) + { + return sd_ble_gap_authenticate(conn_handle, NULL); + } + + pm_conn_sec_procedure_t procedure = p_sec_params->bond ? PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_BONDING + : PM_LINK_SECURED_PROCEDURE_PAIRING; + + peer_id = im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle); + + if (peer_id != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + // There is already data in flash for this peer. + err_code = link_secure_central_existing_peer(conn_handle, + p_sec_params, + force_repairing, + peer_id, + &procedure); + } + else if (p_sec_params->bond) + { + // New peer is required. + err_code = link_secure_central_new_peer(conn_handle, p_sec_params); + } + else + { + // No bonding, only pairing. + err_code = sd_ble_gap_authenticate(conn_handle, p_sec_params); + + sec_proc_start(conn_handle, peer_id, err_code == NRF_SUCCESS, true, false); + } + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + sec_start_send(conn_handle, procedure); + } + + return err_code; +} + + +static ret_code_t link_secure_peripheral(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params) +{ + // This should never happen for a peripheral. + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_sec_params != NULL); + + // VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(p_sec_params); + + ret_code_t err_code = sd_ble_gap_authenticate(conn_handle, p_sec_params); + + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t smd_link_secure(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params, + bool force_repairing) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + uint8_t role = ble_conn_state_role(conn_handle); + + switch (role) + { + case BLE_GAP_ROLE_CENTRAL: + return link_secure_central(conn_handle, p_sec_params, force_repairing); + + case BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH: + return link_secure_peripheral(conn_handle, p_sec_params); + + default: + return BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE; + } +} + + +void smd_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + switch (p_ble_evt->header.evt_id) + { + case BLE_GAP_EVT_DISCONNECTED: + disconnect_process(&(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt)); + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_PARAMS_REQUEST: + sec_params_request_process(&(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt)); + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_INFO_REQUEST: + sec_info_request_process(&(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt)); + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_SEC_REQUEST: + sec_request_process(&(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt)); + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_AUTH_STATUS: + auth_status_process(&(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt)); + break; + + case BLE_GAP_EVT_CONN_SEC_UPDATE: + conn_sec_update_process(&(p_ble_evt->evt.gap_evt)); + break; + }; +} +#endif //NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_dispatcher.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_dispatcher.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a4b149ca --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_dispatcher.h @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef SECURITY_DISPATCHER_H__ +#define SECURITY_DISPATCHER_H__ + +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup security_dispatcher Security Dispatcher + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. A module for streamlining pairing, bonding, and + * encryption, including flash storage of shared data. + * + */ + + +/**@brief Events that can come from the Security Dispatcher module. + */ +typedef enum +{ + SMD_EVT_PARAMS_REQ, /**< Parameters are required for a pairing procedure on the specified connection. The user must provide them using @ref smd_params_reply. */ + SMD_EVT_SLAVE_SECURITY_REQ, /**< The peer (slave) has requested link encryption. Call @ref smd_link_secure to honor the request. The data in the event structure must be used in the parameters. */ + SMD_EVT_SEC_PROCEDURE_START, /**< A security procedure has started. */ + SMD_EVT_PAIRING_SUCCESS, /**< A pairing procedure (and bonding if applicable) has completed with success. */ + SMD_EVT_PAIRING_FAIL, /**< A pairing procedure has failed which means no encryption and no bond could be established. */ + SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_UPDATE, /**< The security level of the link has been updated. The link is encrypted. */ + SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_FAILED, /**< An attempt to start encryption on an unencrypted link failed because the peripheral did not have the correct keys. If the peer is the peripheral, the force_repairing flag should be set when reattempting @ref smd_link_secure. */ + SMD_EVT_BONDING_INFO_STORED, /**< Information exchanged during bonding with a peer has been stored persistently. */ + SMD_EVT_ERROR_BONDING_INFO, /**< Information exchanged during bonding with a peer could not be stored persistently, because of an unexpected error. */ + // SMD_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM, /**< An operation failed because there was no available storage room in persistent storage. Please free up room, and the operation will automatically continue. */ + SMD_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED, /**< An operation failed with an unexpected error. The error is provided. This is possibly a fatal error. */ +} smd_evt_id_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_SLAVE_SECURITY_REQ event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + bool bond; + bool mitm; +} smd_evt_slave_security_req_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_SEC_PROCEDURE_START event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_conn_sec_procedure_t procedure; /**< The procedure that has started. */ +} smd_evt_sec_procedure_start_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_PAIRING_SUCCESS event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + bool bonded; /**< Whether bonding was performed. */ + bool mitm; /**< Whether MITM protection was used during pairing. */ + ble_gap_sec_kdist_t kdist_own; /**< Which keys were distributed to the peer. Only relevant if bonding was performed. */ + ble_gap_sec_kdist_t kdist_peer; /**< Which keys were distributed by the peer. Only relevant if bonding was performed. */ +} smd_evt_pairing_success_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_PAIRING_FAIL event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_sec_error_code_t error; /**< What went wrong. */ + uint8_t error_src; /**< The party that raised the error, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES. */ +} smd_evt_pairing_failed_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_UPDATE event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + bool mitm_protected; /**< Whether the link is now MITM protected. */ +} smd_evt_link_encryption_update_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_FAILED event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_sec_error_code_t error; /**< What went wrong. */ + uint8_t error_src; /**< The party that raised the error, see @ref BLE_GAP_SEC_STATUS_SOURCES. */ +} smd_evt_link_encryption_failed_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_BONDING_INFO_STORED event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< The peer this event pertains to. */ +} smd_evt_bonding_info_stored_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_ERROR_BONDING_INFO event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< The peer this event pertains to, if previously bonded. @ref PM_PEER_ID_INVALID if no successful bonding has happened with the peer before. */ + ret_code_t error; /**< The unexpected error that occurred. */ +} smd_evt_error_bonding_info_t; + + +// typedef struct +// { + // pm_peer_id_t peer_id; /**< The peer this event pertains to. */ +// } smd_evt_error_no_mem_t; + + +/**@brief Events parameters specific to the @ref SMD_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + ret_code_t error; /**< The unexpected error that occurred. */ +} smd_evt_error_unexpected_t; + + +typedef union +{ + smd_evt_slave_security_req_t slave_security_req; + smd_evt_sec_procedure_start_t sec_procedure_start; + smd_evt_pairing_success_t pairing_success; + smd_evt_pairing_failed_t pairing_failed; + smd_evt_link_encryption_update_t link_encryption_update; + smd_evt_link_encryption_failed_t link_encryption_failed; + smd_evt_bonding_info_stored_t bonding_info_stored; + smd_evt_error_bonding_info_t error_bonding_info; + // smd_evt_error_no_mem_t error_no_mem; + smd_evt_error_unexpected_t error_unexpected; +} smd_evt_params_t; /**< Event specific parameters. Chosen based on evt_id. */ + + +/**@brief Structure describing events from the Security Dispatcher module. + */ +typedef struct +{ + smd_evt_id_t evt_id; /**< The type of event. */ + uint16_t conn_handle; /**< The connection this event pertains to. */ + smd_evt_params_t params; /**< Event specific parameters. Chosen based on evt_id. */ +} smd_evt_t; + + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Security Dispatcher module. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has happened. + */ +typedef void (*smd_evt_handler_t)(smd_evt_t const * p_event); + + +#if 0 +/**@brief Function for registering with the Security Dispatcher module. This function also + * initializes the module if uninitialized. + * + * @param[in] evt_handler Callback for events from the Security Dispatcher module. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Registration was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM No more registrations possible. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL evt_handler was NULL. + */ +ret_code_t smd_register(smd_evt_handler_t evt_handler); +#endif + + +ret_code_t smd_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for dispatching SoftDevice events to the Security Dispatcher module. + * + * @param[in] ble_evt The SoftDevice event. + */ +void smd_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * ble_evt); + + +/**@brief Function for providing pairing and bonding parameters to use for the current pairing + * procedure on a connection. + * + * @note If this function returns an @ref NRF_ERROR_NULL, @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM, @ref + * BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE, or @ref NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL, this function can be called + * again after corrective action. + * + * @note To reject a request, call this function with NULL p_sec_params. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle of the connection the pairing is happening on. + * @param[in] p_sec_params The security parameters to use for this link. + * @param[in] p_public_key A pointer to the public key to use if using LESC, or NULL. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Success. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized, or no parameters have been + * requested on that conn_handle, or this error originates + * from the SoftDevice. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid combination of parameters (not including conn_handle). + * @retval NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT There has been an SMP timeout, so no more SMP operations + * can be performed on this link. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL No more room in flash. Fix and reattempt after the next + * FDS garbage collection procedure. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY No write buffer. Reattempt later. + */ +ret_code_t smd_params_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params, + ble_gap_lesc_p256_pk_t * p_public_key); + + +/**@brief Function for initiating security on the link, with the specified parameters. + * + * @note If the connection is a peripheral connection, this will send a security request to the + * master, but the master is not obligated to initiate pairing or encryption in response. + * @note If the connection is a central connection and a key is available, the parameters will be + * used to determine whether to re-pair or to encrypt using the existing key. If no key is + * available, pairing will be started. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of the connection to initiate pairing on. + * @param[in] p_sec_params The security parameters to use for this link. As a central, this can + * be NULL to reject a slave security request. + * @param[in] force_repairing Whether to force a pairing procedure to happen regardless of whether + * an encryption key already exists. This argument is only relevant for + * the central role. Recommended value: false + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Success. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL p_sec_params was NULL (peripheral only). + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized, or this error originates from + * the SoftDevice. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid combination of parameters (not including conn_handle). + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY Unable to initiate procedure at this time. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT There has been an SMP timeout, so no more SMP operations + * can be performed on this link. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL No more room in flash. Fix and reattempt after the next + * FDS garbage collection procedure. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL No more available peer IDs. + */ +ret_code_t smd_link_secure(uint16_t conn_handle, + ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params, + bool force_repairing); + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* SECURITY_DISPATCHER_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_manager.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_manager.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..cf57590f --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_manager.c @@ -0,0 +1,543 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) +#include "security_manager.h" + +#include +#include "security_dispatcher.h" +#include "peer_database.h" +#include "ble_conn_state.h" +#include "id_manager.h" + + +// The number of registered event handlers. +#define SM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT (sizeof(m_evt_handlers) / sizeof(m_evt_handlers[0])) + + +// Security Manager event handler in Peer Manager. +extern void pm_sm_evt_handler(sm_evt_t const * p_sm_evt); + +// Security Manager events' handlers. +// The number of elements in this array is SM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT. +static sm_evt_handler_t const m_evt_handlers[] = +{ + pm_sm_evt_handler +}; + +static bool m_module_initialized; + +static ble_gap_sec_params_t m_sec_params; +static bool m_sec_params_valid; + +static ble_gap_lesc_p256_pk_t * m_p_public_key; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_link_secure_pending_busy = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_link_secure_pending_flash_full = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_link_secure_force_repairing = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_link_secure_null_params = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_params_reply_pending_busy = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_params_reply_pending_flash_full = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; +static ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t m_flag_reject_pairing = BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID; + + +static void evt_send(sm_evt_t * p_event) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SM_EVENT_HANDLERS_CNT; i++) + { + m_evt_handlers[i](p_event); + } +} + + +static void flags_set_from_err_code(uint16_t conn_handle, ret_code_t err_code, bool params_reply) +{ + bool flag_value_flash_full = false; + bool flag_value_busy = false; + + if ( (err_code == NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL) + || (err_code == NRF_ERROR_BUSY) + || (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS)) + { + if ((err_code == NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL)) + { + flag_value_busy = false; + flag_value_flash_full = true; + } + else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_BUSY) + { + flag_value_busy = true; + flag_value_flash_full = false; + } + else if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + flag_value_busy = false; + flag_value_flash_full = false; + } + + if (params_reply) + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, + m_flag_params_reply_pending_flash_full, + flag_value_flash_full); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, + m_flag_params_reply_pending_busy, + flag_value_busy); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, + m_flag_link_secure_pending_flash_full, + false); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, + m_flag_link_secure_pending_busy, + false); + } + else + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, + m_flag_link_secure_pending_flash_full, + flag_value_flash_full); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, + m_flag_link_secure_pending_busy, + flag_value_busy); + } + } +} + + +static void events_send_from_err_code(uint16_t conn_handle, ret_code_t err_code) +{ + if ((err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) && (err_code != NRF_ERROR_BUSY)) + { + sm_evt_t evt = + { + .conn_handle = conn_handle, + .params = {.error_unexpected = { + .error = err_code + }} + }; + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT) + { + evt.evt_id = SM_EVT_ERROR_SMP_TIMEOUT; + } + else if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL) + { + evt.evt_id = SM_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + else + { + evt.evt_id = SM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED; + } + evt_send(&evt); + } +} + + +static ret_code_t link_secure(uint16_t conn_handle, bool null_params, bool force_repairing, bool send_events) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + + if (!null_params && !m_sec_params_valid) + { + return NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + if (null_params) + { + err_code = smd_link_secure(conn_handle, NULL, force_repairing); + } + else + { + err_code = smd_link_secure(conn_handle, &m_sec_params, force_repairing); + } + + flags_set_from_err_code(conn_handle, err_code, false); + + if (send_events) + { + events_send_from_err_code(conn_handle, err_code); + } + + switch (err_code) + { + case NRF_ERROR_BUSY: + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_link_secure_null_params, null_params); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_link_secure_force_repairing, force_repairing); + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + break; + case NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL: + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_link_secure_null_params, null_params); + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_link_secure_force_repairing, force_repairing); + break; + case NRF_SUCCESS: + case NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT: + case BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE: + case NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE: + /* No action */ + break; + default: + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + break; + } + + return err_code; +} + + +static void send_config_req(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + sm_evt_t sm_evt; + memset(&sm_evt, 0, sizeof(sm_evt)); + + sm_evt.evt_id = SM_EVT_CONN_SEC_CONFIG_REQ; + sm_evt.conn_handle = conn_handle; + + evt_send(&sm_evt); +} + + +static void smd_params_reply_perform(uint16_t conn_handle) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + + if ( (ble_conn_state_role(conn_handle) == BLE_GAP_ROLE_PERIPH) + && im_peer_id_get_by_conn_handle(conn_handle) != PM_PEER_ID_INVALID) + { + // Bond already exists. Reject the pairing request if the user doesn't intervene. + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_reject_pairing, true); + send_config_req(conn_handle); + } + else + { + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_reject_pairing, false); + } + + if ( m_sec_params_valid + && !ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle, m_flag_reject_pairing)) + { + err_code = smd_params_reply(conn_handle, &m_sec_params, m_p_public_key); + } + else + { + err_code = smd_params_reply(conn_handle, NULL, NULL); + } + + flags_set_from_err_code(conn_handle, err_code, true); + events_send_from_err_code(conn_handle, err_code); +} + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Security Dispatcher module. + * This handler is extern in Security Dispatcher. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has happened. + */ +void sm_smd_evt_handler(smd_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + switch (p_event->evt_id) + { + case SMD_EVT_PARAMS_REQ: + smd_params_reply_perform(p_event->conn_handle); + break; + case SMD_EVT_SLAVE_SECURITY_REQ: + { + bool null_params = false; + if (!m_sec_params_valid) + { + null_params = true; + } + else if ((bool)m_sec_params.bond < (bool)p_event->params.slave_security_req.bond) + { + null_params = true; + } + else if ((bool)m_sec_params.mitm < (bool)p_event->params.slave_security_req.mitm) + { + null_params = true; + } + ret_code_t err_code = link_secure(p_event->conn_handle, null_params, false, true); + UNUSED_VARIABLE(err_code); // It is acceptable to ignore the return code because it is + // acceptable to ignore a security request. + } + /* fallthrough */ + case SMD_EVT_PAIRING_SUCCESS: + case SMD_EVT_PAIRING_FAIL: + case SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_UPDATE: + case SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_FAILED: + case SMD_EVT_BONDING_INFO_STORED: + case SMD_EVT_ERROR_BONDING_INFO: + case SMD_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED: + case SMD_EVT_SEC_PROCEDURE_START: + { + sm_evt_t evt; + evt.evt_id = (sm_evt_id_t)p_event->evt_id; + evt.conn_handle = p_event->conn_handle; + evt.params = p_event->params; + + evt_send(&evt); + } + break; + } +} + + +static void link_secure_pending_process(ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_t flag_collection = ble_conn_state_user_flag_collection(flag_id); + if (sdk_mapped_flags_any_set(flag_collection)) + { + sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t conn_handle_list = ble_conn_state_conn_handles(); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < conn_handle_list.len; i++) + { + bool pending = ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], flag_id); + if (pending) + { + bool force_repairing = ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], m_flag_link_secure_force_repairing); + bool null_params = ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], m_flag_link_secure_null_params); + + ret_code_t err_code = link_secure(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], null_params, force_repairing, true); // If this fails, it will be automatically retried. + UNUSED_VARIABLE(err_code); + } + } + } +} + + +static void params_reply_pending_process(ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t flag_id) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_t flag_collection = ble_conn_state_user_flag_collection(flag_id); + if (sdk_mapped_flags_any_set(flag_collection)) + { + sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t conn_handle_list = ble_conn_state_conn_handles(); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < conn_handle_list.len; i++) + { + bool pending = ble_conn_state_user_flag_get(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i], flag_id); + if (pending) + { + smd_params_reply_perform(conn_handle_list.flag_keys[i]); + } + } + } +} + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Peer Database module. + * This handler is extern in Peer Database. + * + * @param[in] p_event The event that has happened. + */ +void sm_pdb_evt_handler(pdb_evt_t const * p_event) +{ + switch (p_event->evt_id) + { + case PDB_EVT_COMPRESSED: + params_reply_pending_process(m_flag_params_reply_pending_flash_full); + link_secure_pending_process(m_flag_link_secure_pending_flash_full); + /* fallthrough */ + case PDB_EVT_WRITE_BUF_STORED: + case PDB_EVT_RAW_STORED: + case PDB_EVT_RAW_STORE_FAILED: + case PDB_EVT_CLEARED: + case PDB_EVT_CLEAR_FAILED: + case PDB_EVT_PEER_FREED: + case PDB_EVT_PEER_FREE_FAILED: + params_reply_pending_process(m_flag_params_reply_pending_busy); + link_secure_pending_process(m_flag_link_secure_pending_busy); + break; + case PDB_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM: + case PDB_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED: + break; + } +} + + +/**@brief Funtion for initializing a BLE Connection State user flag. + * + * @param[out] flag_id The flag to initialize. + */ +static void flag_id_init(ble_conn_state_user_flag_id_t * p_flag_id) +{ + if (*p_flag_id == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + { + *p_flag_id = ble_conn_state_user_flag_acquire(); + } +} + + +ret_code_t sm_init(void) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(!m_module_initialized); + + flag_id_init(&m_flag_link_secure_pending_busy); + flag_id_init(&m_flag_link_secure_pending_flash_full); + flag_id_init(&m_flag_link_secure_force_repairing); + flag_id_init(&m_flag_link_secure_null_params); + flag_id_init(&m_flag_params_reply_pending_busy); + flag_id_init(&m_flag_params_reply_pending_flash_full); + flag_id_init(&m_flag_reject_pairing); + + if (m_flag_reject_pairing == BLE_CONN_STATE_USER_FLAG_INVALID) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL; + } + + m_module_initialized = true; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +void sm_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_ble_evt != NULL); + + smd_ble_evt_handler(p_ble_evt); + link_secure_pending_process(m_flag_link_secure_pending_busy); +} + + +static bool sec_params_verify(ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params) +{ + // NULL check. + if (p_sec_params == NULL) + { + return false; + } + + // OOB not allowed unless MITM. + if (!p_sec_params->mitm && p_sec_params->oob) + { + return false; + } + + // IO Capabilities must be one of the valid values from @ref BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS. + if (p_sec_params->io_caps > BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_KEYBOARD_DISPLAY) + { + return false; + } + + // Must have either IO capabilities or OOB if MITM. + if (p_sec_params->mitm && (p_sec_params->io_caps == BLE_GAP_IO_CAPS_NONE) && !p_sec_params->oob) + { + return false; + } + + // Minimum key size cannot be larger than maximum key size. + if (p_sec_params->min_key_size > p_sec_params->max_key_size) + { + return false; + } + + // Key size cannot be below 7 bytes. + if (p_sec_params->min_key_size < 7) + { + return false; + } + + // Key size cannot be above 16 bytes. + if (p_sec_params->max_key_size > 16) + { + return false; + } + + // Signing is not supported. + if (p_sec_params->kdist_own.sign || p_sec_params->kdist_peer.sign) + { + return false; + } + + // link bit must be 0. + if (p_sec_params->kdist_own.link || p_sec_params->kdist_peer.link) + { + return false; + } + + // If bonding is not enabled, no keys can be distributed. + if (!p_sec_params->bond && ( p_sec_params->kdist_own.enc + || p_sec_params->kdist_own.id + || p_sec_params->kdist_peer.enc + || p_sec_params->kdist_peer.id)) + { + return false; + } + + // If bonding is enabled, one or more keys must be distributed. + if ( p_sec_params->bond + && !p_sec_params->kdist_own.enc + && !p_sec_params->kdist_own.id + && !p_sec_params->kdist_peer.enc + && !p_sec_params->kdist_peer.id) + { + return false; + } + + return true; +} + + +ret_code_t sm_sec_params_set(ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + if (p_sec_params == NULL) + { + m_sec_params_valid = false; + return NRF_SUCCESS; + } + else if (sec_params_verify(p_sec_params)) + { + m_sec_params = *p_sec_params; + m_sec_params_valid = true; + return NRF_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } +} + + +void sm_conn_sec_config_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_conn_sec_config_t * p_conn_sec_config) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(p_conn_sec_config != NULL); + + ble_conn_state_user_flag_set(conn_handle, m_flag_reject_pairing, !p_conn_sec_config->allow_repairing); +} + + +ret_code_t sm_lesc_public_key_set(ble_gap_lesc_p256_pk_t * p_public_key) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + m_p_public_key = p_public_key; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t sm_sec_params_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params) +{ + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t sm_link_secure(uint16_t conn_handle, bool force_repairing) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + NRF_PM_DEBUG_CHECK(m_module_initialized); + + ret = link_secure(conn_handle, false, force_repairing, false); + return ret; +} +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PEER_MANAGER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_manager.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_manager.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c674a7f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/ble/peer_manager/security_manager.h @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef SECURITY_MANAGER_H__ +#define SECURITY_MANAGER_H__ + +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "ble.h" +#include "ble_gap.h" +#include "peer_manager_types.h" +#include "security_dispatcher.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @cond NO_DOXYGEN + * @defgroup security_manager Security Manager + * @ingroup peer_manager + * @{ + * @brief An internal module of @ref peer_manager. A module for streamlining pairing, bonding, and + * encryption, including flash storage of shared data. + */ + + +/**@brief Events that can come from the Security Manager module. + */ +typedef enum +{ + // SM_EVT_PARAMS_REQ = SMD_EVT_PARAMS_REQ, /**< Parameters are required for a pairing procedure on the specified connection. The user must provide them using @ref sm_sec_params_set or @ref sm_sec_params_reply (only this procedure, currently unimplemented). */ + SM_EVT_SLAVE_SECURITY_REQ = SMD_EVT_SLAVE_SECURITY_REQ, /**< The peer (peripheral) has requested link encryption, which has been enabled. */ + SM_EVT_SEC_PROCEDURE_START = SMD_EVT_SEC_PROCEDURE_START, /**< A security procedure has started. */ + SM_EVT_PAIRING_SUCCESS = SMD_EVT_PAIRING_SUCCESS, /**< A pairing procedure (and bonding if applicable) has completed with success. */ + SM_EVT_PAIRING_FAIL = SMD_EVT_PAIRING_FAIL, /**< A pairing procedure has failed which means no encryption and no bond could be established. */ + SM_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_UPDATE = SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_UPDATE, /**< The security level of the link has been updated. The link is encrypted. */ + SM_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_FAILED = SMD_EVT_LINK_ENCRYPTION_FAILED, /**< An attempt to start encryption on an unencrypted link failed because the peripheral did not have the correct keys. If the peer is the peripheral, the force_repairing flag should be set when reattempting @ref sm_link_secure. */ + SM_EVT_BONDING_INFO_STORED = SMD_EVT_BONDING_INFO_STORED, /**< Information exchanged during bonding with a peer has been stored persistently. */ + SM_EVT_ERROR_BONDING_INFO = SMD_EVT_ERROR_BONDING_INFO, /**< Information exchanged during bonding with a peer could not be stored persistently, because of an unexpected error. */ + SM_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED = SMD_EVT_ERROR_UNEXPECTED, /**< An operation failed with an unexpected error. The error is provided. This is possibly a fatal error. */ + SM_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM /*= SMD_EVT_ERROR_NO_MEM*/, /**< An operation failed because there was no available storage room in persistent storage. Please free up room and the operation will automatically continue after the next compression. */ + SM_EVT_ERROR_SMP_TIMEOUT, /**< An operation failed because there has been an SMP timeout on the link, which entails that no more security operations can be performed on it. */ + SM_EVT_CONN_SEC_CONFIG_REQ, /**< The peer (central) has requested pairing, but a bond already exists with that peer. Reply by calling @ref sm_conn_sec_config_reply before the event handler returns. If no reply is sent, a default is used. */ +} sm_evt_id_t; + + +typedef struct +{ + sm_evt_id_t evt_id; + uint16_t conn_handle; + smd_evt_params_t params; +} sm_evt_t; + + +/**@brief Event handler for events from the Security Manager module. + * + * @param[in] event The event that has happened. + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle the event pertains to. + */ +typedef void (*sm_evt_handler_t)(sm_evt_t const * p_event); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the Security Manager module. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If initialization was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL If an unexpected error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t sm_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for dispatching SoftDevice events to the Security Manager module. + * + * @param[in] ble_evt The SoftDevice event. + */ +void sm_ble_evt_handler(ble_evt_t * ble_evt); + + +/**@brief Function for providing pairing and bonding parameters to use for pairing procedures. + * + * @details Until this is called, all bonding procedures initiated by the peer will be rejected. + * This function can be called multiple times, even with NULL p_sec_params, in which case + * it will go back to rejecting all procedures. + * + * @param[in] p_sec_params The security parameters to use for this link. Can be NULL to reject + * all pairing procedures. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Success. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid combination of parameters. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t sm_sec_params_set(ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params); + + +/**@brief Function for providing security configuration for a link. + * + * @details This function is optional, and must be called in reply to a @ref + * SM_EVT_CONN_SEC_CONFIG_REQ event, before the Peer Manager event handler returns. If it + * is not called in time, a default configuration is used. See @ref pm_conn_sec_config_t + * for the value of the default. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection to set the configuration for. + * @param[in] p_conn_sec_config The configuration. + */ +void sm_conn_sec_config_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, pm_conn_sec_config_t * p_conn_sec_config); + + +/**@brief Experimental function for specifying the public key to use for LESC operations. + * + * @details This function can be called multiple times. The specified public key will be used for + * all subsequent LESC (LE Secure Connections) operations until the next time this function + * is called. + * + * @note The key must continue to reside in application memory as it is not copied by Peer Manager. + * + * @param[in] p_public_key The public key to use for all subsequent LESC operations. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Pairing initiated successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Peer Manager is not initialized. + */ +ret_code_t sm_lesc_public_key_set(ble_gap_lesc_p256_pk_t * p_public_key); + + +/**@brief Function for providing pairing and bonding parameters to use for the current pairing + * procedure on a connection. + * + * @warning This function is not yet implemented. + * + * @note If this function returns an @ref NRF_ERROR_NULL, @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM, @ref + * BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE, or @ref NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL, this function can be called + * again after corrective action. + * + * @note To reject a request, call this function with NULL p_sec_params. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle The connection handle of the connection the pairing is happening on. + * @param[in] p_sec_params The security parameters to use for this link. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Success. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized, or no parameters have been + * requested on that conn_handle, or this error originates + * from the SoftDevice. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid combination of parameters (not including conn_handle). + * @retval NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT There has been an SMP timeout, so no more SMP operations + * can be performed on this link. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL No more room in flash. Fix and reattempt later. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY No write buffer. Reattempt later. + */ +ret_code_t sm_sec_params_reply(uint16_t conn_handle, ble_gap_sec_params_t * p_sec_params); + + +/**@brief Function for initiating security on the link, with the specified parameters. + * + * @note If the connection is a peripheral connection, this will send a security request to the + * master, but the master is not obligated to initiate pairing or encryption in response. + * @note If the connection is a central connection and a key is available, the parameters will be + * used to determine whether to re-pair or to encrypt using the existing key. If no key is + * available, pairing will be started. + * + * @param[in] conn_handle Handle of the connection to initiate pairing on. + * @param[in] force_repairing Whether to force a pairing procedure to happen regardless of whether + * an encryption key already exists. This argument is only relevant for + * the central role. Recommended value: false + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Success. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT There has been an SMP timeout, so no more SMP operations + * can be performed on this link. + * @retval BLE_ERROR_INVALID_CONN_HANDLE Invalid connection handle. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND Security parameters have not been set. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE Module is not initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL An unexpected error occurred. + */ +ret_code_t sm_link_secure(uint16_t conn_handle, bool force_repairing); + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* SECURITY_MANAGER_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e8d824b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock.c @@ -0,0 +1,571 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) + +#include "nrf_drv_clock.h" +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#include "softdevice_handler.h" +#include "nrf_sdm.h" +#include "nrf_soc.h" +#endif + +#define NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME "CLOCK" + +#if CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define NRF_LOG_INFO_COLOR CLOCK_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define NRF_LOG_DEBUG_COLOR CLOCK_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define EVT_TO_STR(event) (event == NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_HFCLKSTARTED ? "NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_HFCLKSTARTED" : \ + (event == NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_LFCLKSTARTED ? "NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_LFCLKSTARTED" : \ + (event == NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_DONE ? "NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_DONE" : \ + (event == NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CTTO ? "NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CTTO" : "UNKNOWN EVENT")))) +#else //CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define EVT_TO_STR(event) "" +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL 0 +#endif //CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#include "nrf_log.h" +#include "nrf_log_ctrl.h" + + +/* Validate configuration */ +INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_VALIDATION(CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY); + +/*lint -save -e652 */ +#define NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_RC CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_RC +#define NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Xtal CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_Xtal +#define NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Synth CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_Synth +/*lint -restore */ + +#if (CLOCK_CONFIG_LF_SRC == NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_RC) && !defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT) +#define CALIBRATION_SUPPORT 1 +#else +#define CALIBRATION_SUPPORT 0 +#endif +typedef enum +{ + CAL_STATE_IDLE, + CAL_STATE_CT, + CAL_STATE_HFCLK_REQ, + CAL_STATE_CAL, + CAL_STATE_ABORT, +} nrf_drv_clock_cal_state_t; + +/**@brief CLOCK control block. */ +typedef struct +{ + bool module_initialized; /*< Indicate the state of module */ + volatile bool hfclk_on; /*< High-frequency clock state. */ + volatile bool lfclk_on; /*< Low-frequency clock state. */ + volatile uint32_t hfclk_requests; /*< High-frequency clock request counter. */ + volatile nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_hf_head; + volatile uint32_t lfclk_requests; /*< Low-frequency clock request counter. */ + volatile nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_lf_head; +#if CALIBRATION_SUPPORT + nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t cal_hfclk_started_handler_item; + nrf_drv_clock_event_handler_t cal_done_handler; + volatile nrf_drv_clock_cal_state_t cal_state; +#endif // CALIBRATION_SUPPORT +} nrf_drv_clock_cb_t; + +static nrf_drv_clock_cb_t m_clock_cb; + + +/**@brief Function for starting LFCLK. This function will return immediately without waiting for start. + */ +static void lfclk_start(void) +{ + nrf_clock_event_clear(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_LFCLKSTARTED); + nrf_clock_int_enable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_LF_STARTED_MASK); + nrf_clock_task_trigger(NRF_CLOCK_TASK_LFCLKSTART); +} + +/**@brief Function for stopping LFCLK and calibration (if it was set up). + */ +static void lfclk_stop(void) +{ +#if CALIBRATION_SUPPORT + (void)nrf_drv_clock_calibration_abort(); +#endif + +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + // If LFCLK is requested to stop while SD is still enabled, + // it indicates an error in the application. + // Enabling SD should increment the LFCLK request. + ASSERT(!softdevice_handler_is_enabled()); +#endif // SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + + nrf_clock_task_trigger(NRF_CLOCK_TASK_LFCLKSTOP); + while (nrf_clock_lf_is_running()) + {} + m_clock_cb.lfclk_on = false; +} + +static void hfclk_start(void) +{ +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + if (softdevice_handler_is_enabled()) + { + (void)sd_clock_hfclk_request(); + return; + } +#endif // SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + + nrf_clock_event_clear(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_HFCLKSTARTED); + nrf_clock_int_enable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_HF_STARTED_MASK); + nrf_clock_task_trigger(NRF_CLOCK_TASK_HFCLKSTART); +} + +static void hfclk_stop(void) +{ +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + if (softdevice_handler_is_enabled()) + { + (void)sd_clock_hfclk_release(); + return; + } +#endif // SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + + nrf_clock_task_trigger(NRF_CLOCK_TASK_HFCLKSTOP); + while (nrf_clock_hf_is_running(NRF_CLOCK_HFCLK_HIGH_ACCURACY)) + {} + m_clock_cb.hfclk_on = false; +} + +bool nrf_drv_clock_init_check(void) +{ + return m_clock_cb.module_initialized; +} + +ret_code_t nrf_drv_clock_init(void) +{ + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + if (m_clock_cb.module_initialized) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_MODULE_ALREADY_INITIALIZED; + } + else + { + m_clock_cb.p_hf_head = NULL; + m_clock_cb.hfclk_requests = 0; + m_clock_cb.p_lf_head = NULL; + m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests = 0; + nrf_drv_common_power_clock_irq_init(); +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + if (!softdevice_handler_is_enabled()) +#endif + { + nrf_clock_lf_src_set((nrf_clock_lfclk_t)CLOCK_CONFIG_LF_SRC); + } + +#if CALIBRATION_SUPPORT + m_clock_cb.cal_state = CAL_STATE_IDLE; +#endif + + m_clock_cb.module_initialized = true; + } + + NRF_LOG_INFO("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", + (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +} + +void nrf_drv_clock_uninit(void) +{ + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + nrf_drv_common_clock_irq_disable(); + nrf_clock_int_disable(0xFFFFFFFF); + + lfclk_stop(); + hfclk_stop(); + m_clock_cb.module_initialized = false; + NRF_LOG_INFO("Uninitialized.\r\n"); +} + +static void item_enqueue(nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t ** p_head, + nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_item) +{ + nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_next = *p_head; + while(p_next) + { + if(p_next == p_item) + { + return; + } + p_next = p_next->p_next; + } + + p_item->p_next = (*p_head ? *p_head : NULL); + *p_head = p_item; +} + +static nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * item_dequeue(nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t ** p_head) +{ + nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_item = *p_head; + if (p_item) + { + *p_head = p_item->p_next; + } + return p_item; +} + +void nrf_drv_clock_lfclk_request(nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_handler_item) +{ + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + + if (m_clock_cb.lfclk_on) + { + if (p_handler_item) + { + p_handler_item->event_handler(NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_LFCLK_STARTED); + } + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + ++(m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests); + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + } + else + { + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + if (p_handler_item) + { + item_enqueue((nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t **)&m_clock_cb.p_lf_head, + p_handler_item); + } + if (m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests == 0) + { + lfclk_start(); + } + ++(m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests); + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + } + + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests > 0); +} + +void nrf_drv_clock_lfclk_release(void) +{ + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests > 0); + + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + --(m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests); + if (m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests == 0) + { + lfclk_stop(); + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); +} + +bool nrf_drv_clock_lfclk_is_running(void) +{ + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + if (softdevice_handler_is_enabled()) + { + return true; + } +#endif // SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + + return nrf_clock_lf_is_running(); +} + +void nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_request(nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_handler_item) +{ + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + + if (m_clock_cb.hfclk_on) + { + if (p_handler_item) + { + p_handler_item->event_handler(NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_HFCLK_STARTED); + } + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + ++(m_clock_cb.hfclk_requests); + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + } + else + { + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + if (p_handler_item) + { + item_enqueue((nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t **)&m_clock_cb.p_hf_head, + p_handler_item); + } + if (m_clock_cb.hfclk_requests == 0) + { + hfclk_start(); + } + ++(m_clock_cb.hfclk_requests); + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + } + + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.hfclk_requests > 0); +} + +void nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_release(void) +{ + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.hfclk_requests > 0); + + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + --(m_clock_cb.hfclk_requests); + if (m_clock_cb.hfclk_requests == 0) + { + hfclk_stop(); + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); +} + +bool nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_is_running(void) +{ + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + if (softdevice_handler_is_enabled()) + { + uint32_t is_running; + UNUSED_VARIABLE(sd_clock_hfclk_is_running(&is_running)); + return (is_running ? true : false); + } +#endif // SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + + return nrf_clock_hf_is_running(NRF_CLOCK_HFCLK_HIGH_ACCURACY); +} + +#if CALIBRATION_SUPPORT +static void clock_calibration_hf_started(nrf_drv_clock_evt_type_t event) +{ + if (m_clock_cb.cal_state == CAL_STATE_ABORT) + { + nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_release(); + m_clock_cb.cal_state = CAL_STATE_IDLE; + if (m_clock_cb.cal_done_handler) + { + m_clock_cb.cal_done_handler(NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_CAL_ABORTED); + } + } + else + { + nrf_clock_event_clear(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_DONE); + nrf_clock_int_enable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_DONE_MASK); + m_clock_cb.cal_state = CAL_STATE_CAL; + nrf_clock_task_trigger(NRF_CLOCK_TASK_CAL); + } +} +#endif // CALIBRATION_SUPPORT + +ret_code_t nrf_drv_clock_calibration_start(uint8_t interval, nrf_drv_clock_event_handler_t handler) +{ + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; +#if CALIBRATION_SUPPORT + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.cal_state == CAL_STATE_IDLE); + if (m_clock_cb.lfclk_on == false) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; + } + else if (m_clock_cb.cal_state == CAL_STATE_IDLE) + { + m_clock_cb.cal_done_handler = handler; + m_clock_cb.cal_hfclk_started_handler_item.event_handler = clock_calibration_hf_started; + if (interval == 0) + { + m_clock_cb.cal_state = CAL_STATE_HFCLK_REQ; + nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_request(&m_clock_cb.cal_hfclk_started_handler_item); + } + else + { + m_clock_cb.cal_state = CAL_STATE_CT; + nrf_clock_cal_timer_timeout_set(interval); + nrf_clock_event_clear(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CTTO); + nrf_clock_int_enable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_CTTO_MASK); + nrf_clock_task_trigger(NRF_CLOCK_TASK_CTSTART); + } + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_BUSY; + } + NRF_LOG_WARNING("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +#else + err_code = NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN; + NRF_LOG_WARNING("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +#endif // CALIBRATION_SUPPORT +} + +ret_code_t nrf_drv_clock_calibration_abort(void) +{ + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; +#if CALIBRATION_SUPPORT + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + switch (m_clock_cb.cal_state) + { + case CAL_STATE_CT: + nrf_clock_int_disable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_CTTO_MASK); + nrf_clock_task_trigger(NRF_CLOCK_TASK_CTSTOP); + m_clock_cb.cal_state = CAL_STATE_IDLE; + if (m_clock_cb.cal_done_handler) + { + m_clock_cb.cal_done_handler(NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_CAL_ABORTED); + } + break; + case CAL_STATE_HFCLK_REQ: + /* fall through. */ + case CAL_STATE_CAL: + m_clock_cb.cal_state = CAL_STATE_ABORT; + break; + default: + break; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + + NRF_LOG_INFO("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +#else + err_code = NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN; + NRF_LOG_WARNING("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +#endif // CALIBRATION_SUPPORT +} + +ret_code_t nrf_drv_clock_is_calibrating(bool * p_is_calibrating) +{ + ret_code_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; +#if CALIBRATION_SUPPORT + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + *p_is_calibrating = (m_clock_cb.cal_state != CAL_STATE_IDLE); + NRF_LOG_INFO("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +#else + err_code = NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN; + NRF_LOG_WARNING("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +#endif // CALIBRATION_SUPPORT +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void clock_clk_started_notify(nrf_drv_clock_evt_type_t evt_type) +{ + nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t **p_head; + if (evt_type == NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_HFCLK_STARTED) + { + p_head = (nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t **)&m_clock_cb.p_hf_head; + } + else + { + p_head = (nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t **)&m_clock_cb.p_lf_head; + } + + while (1) + { + nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_item = item_dequeue(p_head); + if (!p_item) + { + break; + } + + p_item->event_handler(evt_type); + } +} + +#if NRF_DRV_COMMON_POWER_CLOCK_ISR +void nrf_drv_clock_onIRQ(void) +#else +void POWER_CLOCK_IRQHandler(void) +#endif +{ + if (nrf_clock_event_check(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_HFCLKSTARTED)) + { + nrf_clock_event_clear(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_HFCLKSTARTED); + NRF_LOG_DEBUG("Event: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)EVT_TO_STR(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_HFCLKSTARTED)); + nrf_clock_int_disable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_HF_STARTED_MASK); + m_clock_cb.hfclk_on = true; + clock_clk_started_notify(NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_HFCLK_STARTED); + } + if (nrf_clock_event_check(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_LFCLKSTARTED)) + { + nrf_clock_event_clear(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_LFCLKSTARTED); + NRF_LOG_DEBUG("Event: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)EVT_TO_STR(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_LFCLKSTARTED)); + nrf_clock_int_disable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_LF_STARTED_MASK); + m_clock_cb.lfclk_on = true; + clock_clk_started_notify(NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_LFCLK_STARTED); + } +#if CALIBRATION_SUPPORT + if (nrf_clock_event_check(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CTTO)) + { + nrf_clock_event_clear(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CTTO); + NRF_LOG_DEBUG("Event: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)EVT_TO_STR(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CTTO)); + nrf_clock_int_disable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_CTTO_MASK); + nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_request(&m_clock_cb.cal_hfclk_started_handler_item); + } + + if (nrf_clock_event_check(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_DONE)) + { + nrf_clock_event_clear(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_DONE); + NRF_LOG_DEBUG("Event: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)EVT_TO_STR(NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_DONE)); + nrf_clock_int_disable(NRF_CLOCK_INT_DONE_MASK); + nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_release(); + bool aborted = (m_clock_cb.cal_state == CAL_STATE_ABORT); + m_clock_cb.cal_state = CAL_STATE_IDLE; + if (m_clock_cb.cal_done_handler) + { + m_clock_cb.cal_done_handler(aborted ? + NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_CAL_ABORTED : NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_CAL_DONE); + } + } +#endif // CALIBRATION_SUPPORT +} + +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + +void nrf_drv_clock_on_soc_event(uint32_t evt_id) +{ + if (evt_id == NRF_EVT_HFCLKSTARTED) + { + clock_clk_started_notify(NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_HFCLK_STARTED); + } +} + +void nrf_drv_clock_on_sd_enable(void) +{ + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + /* Make sure that nrf_drv_clock module is initialized */ + if (!m_clock_cb.module_initialized) + { + (void)nrf_drv_clock_init(); + } + /* SD is one of the LFCLK requesters, but it will enable it by itself. */ + ++(m_clock_cb.lfclk_requests); + m_clock_cb.lfclk_on = true; + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); +} + +void nrf_drv_clock_on_sd_disable(void) +{ + /* Reinit interrupts */ + ASSERT(m_clock_cb.module_initialized); + nrf_drv_common_irq_enable(POWER_CLOCK_IRQn, CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY); + + /* SD leaves LFCLK enabled - disable it if it is no longer required. */ + nrf_drv_clock_lfclk_release(); +} + +#endif // SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + +#undef NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_RC +#undef NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Xtal +#undef NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Synth + +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..b5309f2c --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock.h @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_DRV_CLOCK_H__ +#define NRF_DRV_CLOCK_H__ + +#include +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "nrf_clock.h" +#include "sdk_config.h" +#include "nrf_drv_common.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * + * @addtogroup nrf_clock Clock HAL and driver + * @ingroup nrf_drivers + * @brief Clock APIs. + * @details The clock HAL provides basic APIs for accessing the registers of the clock. + * The clock driver provides APIs on a higher level. + * + * @defgroup nrf_drv_clock Clock driver + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_clock + * @brief Driver for managing the low-frequency clock (LFCLK) and the high-frequency clock (HFCLK). + */ + +/** + * @brief Clock events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_HFCLK_STARTED, ///< HFCLK has been started. + NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_LFCLK_STARTED, ///< LFCLK has been started. + NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_CAL_DONE, ///< Calibration is done. + NRF_DRV_CLOCK_EVT_CAL_ABORTED, ///< Calibration has been aborted. +} nrf_drv_clock_evt_type_t; + +/** + * @brief Clock event handler. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + */ +typedef void (*nrf_drv_clock_event_handler_t)(nrf_drv_clock_evt_type_t event); + +// Forward declaration of the nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t type. +typedef struct nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_s nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t; + +struct nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_s +{ + nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_next; ///< A pointer to the next handler that should be called when the clock is started. + nrf_drv_clock_event_handler_t event_handler; ///< Function to be called when the clock is started. +}; + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if driver is already initialized + * + * This function is used to check whatever common POWER_CLOCK common interrupt + * should be disabled or not if @ref nrf_drv_power tries to disable the interrupt. + * + * @retval true Driver is initialized + * @retval false Driver is uninitialized + */ +bool nrf_drv_clock_init_check(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for initializing the nrf_drv_clock module. + * + * After initialization, the module is in power off state (clocks are not requested). + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the procedure was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_MODULE_ALREADY_INITIALIZED If the driver was already initialized. + */ +ret_code_t nrf_drv_clock_init(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for uninitializing the clock module. + * + */ +void nrf_drv_clock_uninit(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for requesting the LFCLK. + * + * The low-frequency clock can be requested by different modules + * or contexts. The driver ensures that the clock will be started only when it is requested + * the first time. If the clock is not ready but it was already started, the handler item that is + * provided as an input parameter is added to the list of handlers that will be notified + * when the clock is started. If the clock is already enabled, user callback is called from the + * current context. + * + * The first request will start the selected LFCLK source. If an event handler is + * provided, it will be called once the LFCLK is started. If the LFCLK was already started at this + * time, the event handler will be called from the context of this function. Additionally, + * the @ref nrf_drv_clock_lfclk_is_running function can be polled to check if the clock has started. + * + * @note When a SoftDevice is enabled, the LFCLK is always running and the driver cannot control it. + * + * @note The handler item provided by the user cannot be an automatic variable. + * + * @param[in] p_handler_item A pointer to the event handler structure. + */ +void nrf_drv_clock_lfclk_request(nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_handler_item); + +/** + * @brief Function for releasing the LFCLK. + * + * If there are no more requests, the LFCLK source will be stopped. + * + * @note When a SoftDevice is enabled, the LFCLK is always running. + */ +void nrf_drv_clock_lfclk_release(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the LFCLK state. + * + * @retval true If the LFCLK is running. + * @retval false If the LFCLK is not running. + */ +bool nrf_drv_clock_lfclk_is_running(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for requesting the high-accuracy source HFCLK. + * + * The high-accuracy source + * can be requested by different modules or contexts. The driver ensures that the high-accuracy + * clock will be started only when it is requested the first time. If the clock is not ready + * but it was already started, the handler item that is provided as an input parameter is added + * to the list of handlers that will be notified when the clock is started. + * + * If an event handler is provided, it will be called once the clock is started. If the clock was already + * started at this time, the event handler will be called from the context of this function. Additionally, + * the @ref nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_is_running function can be polled to check if the clock has started. + * + * @note If a SoftDevice is running, the clock is managed by the SoftDevice and all requests are handled by + * the SoftDevice. This function cannot be called from all interrupt priority levels in that case. + * @note The handler item provided by the user cannot be an automatic variable. + * + * @param[in] p_handler_item A pointer to the event handler structure. + */ +void nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_request(nrf_drv_clock_handler_item_t * p_handler_item); + +/** + * @brief Function for releasing the high-accuracy source HFCLK. + * + * If there are no more requests, the high-accuracy source will be released. + */ +void nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_release(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the HFCLK state. + * + * @retval true If the HFCLK is running (for \nRFXX XTAL source). + * @retval false If the HFCLK is not running. + */ +bool nrf_drv_clock_hfclk_is_running(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for starting a single calibration process. + * + * This function can also delay the start of calibration by a user-specified value. The delay will use + * a low-power timer that is part of the CLOCK module. @ref nrf_drv_clock_is_calibrating can be called to + * check if calibration is still in progress. If a handler is provided, the user can be notified when + * calibration is completed. The ext calibration can be started from the handler context. + * + * The calibration process consists of three phases: + * - Delay (optional) + * - Requesting the high-accuracy HFCLK + * - Hardware-supported calibration + * + * @param[in] delay Time after which the calibration will be started (in 0.25 s units). + * @param[in] handler NULL or user function to be called when calibration is completed or aborted. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the procedure was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If a SoftDevice is present or the selected LFCLK source is not an RC oscillator. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the low-frequency clock is off. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If calibration is in progress. + */ +ret_code_t nrf_drv_clock_calibration_start(uint8_t delay, nrf_drv_clock_event_handler_t handler); + +/** + * @brief Function for aborting calibration. + * + * This function aborts on-going calibration. If calibration was started, it cannot be stopped. If a handler + * was provided by @ref nrf_drv_clock_calibration_start, this handler will be called once + * aborted calibration is completed. @ref nrf_drv_clock_is_calibrating can also be used to check + * if the system is calibrating. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the procedure was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If a SoftDevice is present or the selected LFCLK source is not an RC oscillator. + */ +ret_code_t nrf_drv_clock_calibration_abort(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if calibration is in progress. + * + * This function indicates that the system is + * in calibration if it is in any of the calibration process phases (see @ref nrf_drv_clock_calibration_start). + * + * @param[out] p_is_calibrating True if calibration is in progress, false if not. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the procedure was successful. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN If a SoftDevice is present or the selected LFCLK source is not an RC oscillator. + */ +ret_code_t nrf_drv_clock_is_calibrating(bool * p_is_calibrating); + +/**@brief Function for returning a requested task address for the clock driver module. + * + * @param[in] task One of the peripheral tasks. + * + * @return Task address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_drv_clock_ppi_task_addr(nrf_clock_task_t task); + +/**@brief Function for returning a requested event address for the clock driver module. + * + * @param[in] event One of the peripheral events. + * + * @return Event address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_drv_clock_ppi_event_addr(nrf_clock_event_t event); + + +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +/** + * @brief Function called by the SoftDevice handler if an @ref nrf_soc event is received from the SoftDevice. + * + * @param[in] evt_id One of NRF_SOC_EVTS values. + */ +void nrf_drv_clock_on_soc_event(uint32_t evt_id); + +/** + * @brief Function called by the SoftDevice handler when the SoftDevice has been enabled. + * + * This function is called just after the SoftDevice has been properly enabled. + * Its main purpose is to mark that LFCLK has been requested by SD. + */ +void nrf_drv_clock_on_sd_enable(void); + +/** + * @brief Function called by the SoftDevice handler when the SoftDevice has been disabled. + * + * This function is called just after the SoftDevice has been properly disabled. + * It has two purposes: + * 1. Releases the LFCLK from the SD. + * 2. Reinitializes an interrupt after the SD releases POWER_CLOCK_IRQ. + */ +void nrf_drv_clock_on_sd_disable(void); + +#endif +/** + *@} + **/ + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_drv_clock_ppi_task_addr(nrf_clock_task_t task) +{ + return nrf_clock_task_address_get(task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_drv_clock_ppi_event_addr(nrf_clock_event_t event) +{ + return nrf_clock_event_address_get(event); +} +#endif //SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/*lint --flb "Leave library region" */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_CLOCK_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9a465ff --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/clock/nrf_drv_clock_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup nrf_drv_clock_config CLOCK peripheral driver configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_drv_clock + */ +/** @brief Enable CLOCK driver + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define CLOCK_ENABLED + +/** @brief HF XTAL Frequency + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Default (64 MHz) + * - 255 - Default (16 MHz) (nRF51 family only) + * - 0 - 32 MHz (nRF51 family only) + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_XTAL_FREQ + + +/** @brief LF Clock Source + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - RC + * - 1 - XTAL + * - 2 - Synth + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_LF_SRC + + +/** @brief Interrupt priority + * + * Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - 0 (highest) + * - 1 - 1 + * - 2 - 2 + * - 3 - 3 + * - 4 - 4 (except nRF51 family) + * - 5 - 5 (except nRF51 family) + * - 6 - 6 (except nRF51 family) + * - 7 - 7 (except nRF51 family) + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY + + +/** @brief Enables logging in the module. + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED + +/** @brief Default Severity level + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Off + * - 1 - Error + * - 2 - Warning + * - 3 - Info + * - 4 - Debug + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL + + +/** @brief ANSI escape code prefix. + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Default + * - 1 - Black + * - 2 - Red + * - 3 - Green + * - 4 - Yellow + * - 5 - Blue + * - 6 - Magenta + * - 7 - Cyan + * - 8 - White + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR + + +/** @brief ANSI escape code prefix. + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Default + * - 1 - Black + * - 2 - Red + * - 3 - Green + * - 4 - Yellow + * - 5 - Blue + * - 6 - Magenta + * - 7 - Cyan + * - 8 - White + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR + + + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..860c56b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common.c @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include +#include "nrf_drv_common.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" + +#if NRF_DRV_COMMON_POWER_CLOCK_ISR +#include "nrf_drv_power.h" +#include "nrf_drv_clock.h" +#endif +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#include "nrf_soc.h" +#endif + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING) + +#define NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME "COMMON" + +#if COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define NRF_LOG_INFO_COLOR COMMON_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define NRF_LOG_DEBUG_COLOR COMMON_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#else //COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL 0 +#endif //COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#include "nrf_log.h" +#include "nrf_log_ctrl.h" + +typedef struct { + nrf_drv_irq_handler_t handler; + bool acquired; +} shared_resource_t; + +// SPIM0, SPIS0, SPI0, TWIM0, TWIS0, TWI0 +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPI0) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPIS0) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(TWI0) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(TWIS0)) + #define SERIAL_BOX_0_IN_USE + // [this checking may need a different form in unit tests, hence macro] + #ifndef IS_SERIAL_BOX_0 + #define IS_SERIAL_BOX_0(p_per_base) (p_per_base == NRF_SPI0) + #endif + + static shared_resource_t m_serial_box_0 = { .acquired = false }; + void SPI0_TWI0_IRQHandler(void) + { + ASSERT(m_serial_box_0.handler); + m_serial_box_0.handler(); + } +#endif // (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPI0) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPIS0) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(TWI0) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(TWIS0)) + +// SPIM1, SPIS1, SPI1, TWIM1, TWIS1, TWI1 +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPI1) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPIS1) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(TWI1) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(TWIS1)) + #define SERIAL_BOX_1_IN_USE + // [this checking may need a different form in unit tests, hence macro] + #ifndef IS_SERIAL_BOX_1 + #define IS_SERIAL_BOX_1(p_per_base) (p_per_base == NRF_SPI1) + #endif + + static shared_resource_t m_serial_box_1 = { .acquired = false }; +#ifdef TWIM_PRESENT + void SPIM1_SPIS1_TWIM1_TWIS1_SPI1_TWI1_IRQHandler(void) +#else + void SPI1_TWI1_IRQHandler(void) +#endif + { + ASSERT(m_serial_box_1.handler); + m_serial_box_1.handler(); + } +#endif // (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPI1) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPIS1) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(TWI1) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(TWIS1)) + +// SPIM2, SPIS2, SPI2 +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPI2) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPIS2)) + #define SERIAL_BOX_2_IN_USE + // [this checking may need a different form in unit tests, hence macro] + #ifndef IS_SERIAL_BOX_2 + #define IS_SERIAL_BOX_2(p_per_base) (p_per_base == NRF_SPI2) + #endif + + static shared_resource_t m_serial_box_2 = { .acquired = false }; + void SPIM2_SPIS2_SPI2_IRQHandler(void) + { + ASSERT(m_serial_box_2.handler); + m_serial_box_2.handler(); + } +#endif // (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPI2) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(SPIS2)) + +// COMP, LPCOMP +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(COMP) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(LPCOMP)) + #define COMP_LPCOMP_IN_USE + + #ifndef IS_COMP_LPCOMP + #define IS_COMP_LPCOMP(p_per_base) ((p_per_base) == NRF_LPCOMP) + #endif + + static shared_resource_t m_comp_lpcomp = { .acquired = false }; + void LPCOMP_IRQHandler(void) + { + ASSERT(m_comp_lpcomp.handler); + m_comp_lpcomp.handler(); + } +#endif // (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(COMP) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(LPCOMP)) + +#if defined(SERIAL_BOX_0_IN_USE) || \ + defined(SERIAL_BOX_1_IN_USE) || \ + defined(SERIAL_BOX_2_IN_USE) || \ + defined(COMP_LPCOMP_IN_USE) +static ret_code_t acquire_shared_resource(shared_resource_t * p_resource, + nrf_drv_irq_handler_t handler) +{ + ret_code_t err_code; + + bool busy = false; + + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + if (p_resource->acquired) + { + busy = true; + } + else + { + p_resource->acquired = true; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + + if (busy) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_BUSY; + NRF_LOG_WARNING("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; + } + + p_resource->handler = handler; + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + NRF_LOG_INFO("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +} +#endif + +ret_code_t nrf_drv_common_per_res_acquire(void const * p_per_base, + nrf_drv_irq_handler_t handler) +{ +#ifdef SERIAL_BOX_0_IN_USE + if (IS_SERIAL_BOX_0(p_per_base)) + { + return acquire_shared_resource(&m_serial_box_0, handler); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SERIAL_BOX_1_IN_USE + if (IS_SERIAL_BOX_1(p_per_base)) + { + return acquire_shared_resource(&m_serial_box_1, handler); + } +#endif + +#ifdef SERIAL_BOX_2_IN_USE + if (IS_SERIAL_BOX_2(p_per_base)) + { + return acquire_shared_resource(&m_serial_box_2, handler); + } +#endif + +#ifdef COMP_LPCOMP_IN_USE + if (IS_COMP_LPCOMP(p_per_base)) + { + return acquire_shared_resource(&m_comp_lpcomp, handler); + } +#endif + ret_code_t err_code; + + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + NRF_LOG_WARNING("Function: %s, error code: %s.\r\n", (uint32_t)__func__, (uint32_t)ERR_TO_STR(err_code)); + return err_code; +} + +void nrf_drv_common_per_res_release(void const * p_per_base) +{ +#ifdef SERIAL_BOX_0_IN_USE + if (IS_SERIAL_BOX_0(p_per_base)) + { + m_serial_box_0.acquired = false; + } + else +#endif + +#ifdef SERIAL_BOX_1_IN_USE + if (IS_SERIAL_BOX_1(p_per_base)) + { + m_serial_box_1.acquired = false; + } + else +#endif + +#ifdef SERIAL_BOX_2_IN_USE + if (IS_SERIAL_BOX_2(p_per_base)) + { + m_serial_box_2.acquired = false; + } + else +#endif + +#ifdef COMP_LPCOMP_IN_USE + if (IS_COMP_LPCOMP(p_per_base)) + { + m_comp_lpcomp.acquired = false; + } + else +#endif + + {} +} + +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING) + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(POWER) +void nrf_drv_common_power_irq_disable(void) +{ +#if NRF_DRV_COMMON_POWER_CLOCK_ISR + if(!nrf_drv_clock_init_check()) +#endif + { + nrf_drv_common_irq_disable(POWER_CLOCK_IRQn); + } +} +#endif + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) +void nrf_drv_common_clock_irq_disable(void) +{ +#if NRF_DRV_COMMON_POWER_CLOCK_ISR + if(!nrf_drv_power_init_check()) +#endif + { + nrf_drv_common_irq_disable(POWER_CLOCK_IRQn); + } +} +#endif + +#if NRF_DRV_COMMON_POWER_CLOCK_ISR +void POWER_CLOCK_IRQHandler(void) +{ + extern void nrf_drv_clock_onIRQ(void); + extern void nrf_drv_power_onIRQ(void); + + nrf_drv_clock_onIRQ(); + nrf_drv_power_onIRQ(); +} +#endif // NRF_DRV_COMMON_POWER_CLOCK_ISR + + +void nrf_drv_common_irq_enable(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint8_t priority) +{ + INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_ASSERT(priority); + + NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, priority); + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn); + NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn); +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c28aaa0 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,330 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_DRV_COMMON_H__ +#define NRF_DRV_COMMON_H__ + +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "sdk_common.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifdef NRF51 +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#define INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_IS_VALID(pri) (((pri) == 1) || ((pri) == 3)) +#else +#define INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_IS_VALID(pri) ((pri) < 4) +#endif //SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#else +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#define INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_IS_VALID(pri) ((((pri) > 1) && ((pri) < 4)) || (((pri) > 5) && ((pri) < 8))) +#else +#define INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_IS_VALID(pri) ((pri) < 8) +#endif //SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#endif //NRF52 + +#define INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_VALIDATION(pri) STATIC_ASSERT(INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_IS_VALID((pri))) +#define INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_ASSERT(pri) ASSERT(INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_IS_VALID((pri))) + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_drv_common Peripheral drivers common module + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_drivers + */ + +/** + * @brief Offset of event registers in every peripheral instance. + * + * This is the offset where event registers start in every peripheral. + */ +#define NRF_DRV_COMMON_EVREGS_OFFSET 0x100U + +/** + * @brief The flag that is set when POWER_CLOCK ISR is implemented in common module + * + * This flag means that the function POWER_CLOCK_IRQHandler is implemented in + * nrf_drv_common.c file. In the @c clock and @c power modules functions + * nrf_drv_clock_onIRQ nrf_drv_power_onIRQ should be implemented + * and they would be called from common implementation. + * + * None of the checking is done here. + * The implementation functions in @c clock and @c power are required to handle + * correctly the case when they are called without any event bit set. + */ +#define NRF_DRV_COMMON_POWER_CLOCK_ISR (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) && NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(POWER)) + +/** + * @brief Driver state. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_DRV_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, /**< Uninitialized. */ + NRF_DRV_STATE_INITIALIZED, /**< Initialized but powered off. */ + NRF_DRV_STATE_POWERED_ON +} nrf_drv_state_t; + +/** + * @brief Driver power state selection. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_DRV_PWR_CTRL_ON, /**< Power on request. */ + NRF_DRV_PWR_CTRL_OFF /**< Power off request. */ +} nrf_drv_pwr_ctrl_t; + +/** + * @brief IRQ handler type. + */ +typedef void (*nrf_drv_irq_handler_t)(void); + + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING) + +/** + * @brief Function for acquiring shared peripheral resources associated with + * the specified peripheral. + * + * Certain resources and registers are shared among peripherals that have + * the same ID (for example: SPI0, SPIM0, SPIS0, TWI0, TWIM0, and TWIS0). + * Only one of them can be utilized at a given time. This function reserves + * proper resources to be used by the specified peripheral. + * If PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING_ENABLED is set to a non-zero value, IRQ + * handlers for peripherals that are sharing resources with others are + * implemented by the nrf_drv_common module instead of individual drivers. + * The drivers must then specify their interrupt handling routines and + * register them by using this function. + * + * @param[in] p_per_base Requested peripheral base pointer. + * @param[in] handler Interrupt handler to register. May be NULL + * if interrupts are not used for the peripheral. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If resources were acquired successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_BUSY If resources were already acquired. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If the specified peripheral is not enabled + * or the peripheral does not share resources + * with other peripherals. + */ +ret_code_t nrf_drv_common_per_res_acquire(void const * p_per_base, + nrf_drv_irq_handler_t handler); + +/** + * @brief Function for releasing shared resources reserved previously by + * @ref nrf_drv_common_per_res_acquire() for the specified peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_per_base Requested peripheral base pointer. + */ +void nrf_drv_common_per_res_release(void const * p_per_base); + +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING) + + +/** + * @brief Function sets priority and enables NVIC interrupt + * + * @note Function checks if correct priority is used when softdevice is present + * + * @param[in] IRQn Interrupt id + * @param[in] priority Interrupt priority + */ +void nrf_drv_common_irq_enable(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint8_t priority); + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(POWER) +/** + * @brief Disable power IRQ + * + * Power and clock peripheral uses the same IRQ. + * This function disables POWER_CLOCK IRQ only if CLOCK driver + * is uninitialized. + * + * @sa nrf_drv_common_power_clock_irq_init + */ +void nrf_drv_common_power_irq_disable(void); +#endif + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) +/** + * @brief Disable clock IRQ + * + * Power and clock peripheral uses the same IRQ. + * This function disables POWER_CLOCK IRQ only if POWER driver + * is uninitialized. + * + * @sa nrf_drv_common_power_clock_irq_init + */ +void nrf_drv_common_clock_irq_disable(void); +#endif + +/** + * @brief Check if interrupt is enabled + * + * Function that checks if selected interrupt is enabled. + * + * @param[in] IRQn Interrupt id + * + * @retval true Selected IRQ is enabled. + * @retval false Selected IRQ is disabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_drv_common_irq_enable_check(IRQn_Type IRQn); + +/** + * @brief Function disables NVIC interrupt + * + * @param[in] IRQn Interrupt id + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_drv_common_irq_disable(IRQn_Type IRQn); + +/** + * @brief Convert bit position to event code + * + * Function for converting the bit position in INTEN register to event code + * that is equivalent to the offset of the event register from the beginning + * of peripheral instance. + * + * For example the result of this function can be casted directly to + * the types like @ref nrf_twis_event_t or @ref nrf_rng_event_t + * + * @param bit Bit position in INTEN register + * @return Event code to be casted to the right enum type or to be used in functions like + * @ref nrf_rng_event_get + * + * @sa nrf_drv_event_to_bitpos + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_drv_bitpos_to_event(uint32_t bit); + +/** + * @brief Convert event code to bit position + * + * This function can be used to get bit position in INTEN register from event code. + * + * @param event Event code that may be casted from enum values from types like + * @ref nrf_twis_event_t or @ref nrf_rng_event_t + * @return Bit position in INTEN register that corresponds to the given code. + * + * @sa nrf_drv_bitpos_to_event + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_drv_event_to_bitpos(uint32_t event); + +/** + * @brief Get interrupt number connected with given instance + * + * Function returns interrupt number for a given instance of any peripheral. + * @param[in] pinst Pointer to peripheral registry + * @return Interrupt number + */ +__STATIC_INLINE IRQn_Type nrf_drv_get_IRQn(void const * const pinst); + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(POWER) +/** + * @brief Enable and setup power clock IRQ + * + * This function would be called from @ref nrf_drv_clock and @ref nrf_drv_power + * to enable related interrupt. + * This function avoids multiple interrupt configuration. + * + * @note + * This function is aviable only if @ref nrf_drv_clock or @ref nrf_drv_power + * module is enabled. + * + * @note + * If both @ref nrf_drv_clock and @ref nrf_drv_power modules are enabled, + * during the compilation the check is made that + * @ref CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY equals @ref POWER_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY. + * + * @sa nrf_drv_common_power_irq_disable + * @sa nrf_drv_common_clock_irq_disable + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_drv_common_power_clock_irq_init(void); +#endif + +/** + * @brief Check if given object is in RAM + * + * Function for analyzing if given location is placed in RAM. + * This function is used to determine if we have address that can be supported by EasyDMA. + * @param[in] ptr Pointer to the object + * @retval true Object is located in RAM + * @retval false Object is not located in RAM + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_drv_is_in_RAM(void const * const ptr); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_drv_common_irq_enable_check(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + return 0 != (NVIC->ISER[(((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) >> 5UL)] & + (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)(int32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL))); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_drv_common_irq_disable(IRQn_Type IRQn) +{ + NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_drv_bitpos_to_event(uint32_t bit) +{ + return NRF_DRV_COMMON_EVREGS_OFFSET + bit * sizeof(uint32_t); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_drv_event_to_bitpos(uint32_t event) +{ + return (event - NRF_DRV_COMMON_EVREGS_OFFSET) / sizeof(uint32_t); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE IRQn_Type nrf_drv_get_IRQn(void const * const pinst) +{ + uint8_t ret = (uint8_t)((uint32_t)pinst>>12U); + return (IRQn_Type) ret; +} + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) || NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(POWER) +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_drv_common_power_clock_irq_init(void) +{ + if(!nrf_drv_common_irq_enable_check(POWER_CLOCK_IRQn)) + { + nrf_drv_common_irq_enable( + POWER_CLOCK_IRQn, +#if NRF_DRV_COMMON_POWER_CLOCK_ISR + #if CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY != POWER_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY + #error CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY and POWER_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY have to be the same. + #endif + CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#elif NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) + CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#elif NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(POWER) + POWER_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#endif + ); + } +} +#endif + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_drv_is_in_RAM(void const * const ptr) +{ + return ((((uintptr_t)ptr) & 0xE0000000u) == 0x20000000u); +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_DRV_COMMON_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..bb14f86b --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/common/nrf_drv_common_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup nrf_drv_common_config Peripheral drivers common module configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_drv_common + */ +/** @brief Enabling peripherals with same ID coexistence + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING_ENABLED + +/** @brief Enables logging in the module. + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED + +/** @brief Default Severity level + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Off + * - 1 - Error + * - 2 - Warning + * - 3 - Info + * - 4 - Debug + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL + + +/** @brief ANSI escape code prefix. + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Default + * - 1 - Black + * - 2 - Red + * - 3 - Green + * - 4 - Yellow + * - 5 - Blue + * - 6 - Magenta + * - 7 - Cyan + * - 8 - White + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define COMMON_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR + + +/** @brief ANSI escape code prefix. + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Default + * - 1 - Black + * - 2 - Red + * - 3 - Green + * - 4 - Yellow + * - 5 - Blue + * - 6 - Magenta + * - 7 - Cyan + * - 8 - White + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define COMMON_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR + + + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_adc.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_adc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..dc56b9b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_adc.c @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @file + * @brief ADC HAL implementation + */ + +#include "nrf_adc.h" + +#ifdef ADC_PRESENT + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring ADC. + * + * This function powers on ADC and configures it. ADC is in DISABLE state after configuration, + * so it should be enabled before using it. + * + * @param[in] config Requested configuration. + */ +void nrf_adc_configure(nrf_adc_config_t * config) +{ + uint32_t config_reg = 0; + + config_reg |= ((uint32_t)config->resolution << ADC_CONFIG_RES_Pos) & ADC_CONFIG_RES_Msk; + config_reg |= ((uint32_t)config->scaling << ADC_CONFIG_INPSEL_Pos) & ADC_CONFIG_INPSEL_Msk; + config_reg |= ((uint32_t)config->reference << ADC_CONFIG_REFSEL_Pos) & ADC_CONFIG_REFSEL_Msk; + + if (config->reference & ADC_CONFIG_EXTREFSEL_Msk) + { + config_reg |= config->reference & ADC_CONFIG_EXTREFSEL_Msk; + } + + /* select input */ + nrf_adc_input_select(NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_DISABLED); + + /* set new configuration keeping selected input */ + NRF_ADC->CONFIG = config_reg | (NRF_ADC->CONFIG & ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_Msk); +} + + +/** + * @brief Blocking function for executing single ADC conversion. + * + * This function selects the desired input, starts a single conversion, + * waits for it to finish, and returns the result. + * ADC is left in STOP state, the given input is selected. + * This function does not check if ADC is initialized and powered. + * + * @param[in] input Requested input to be selected. + * + * @return Conversion result + */ +int32_t nrf_adc_convert_single(nrf_adc_config_input_t input) +{ + int32_t val; + + nrf_adc_input_select(input); + nrf_adc_start(); + + while (!nrf_adc_conversion_finished()) + { + } + nrf_adc_conversion_event_clean(); + val = nrf_adc_result_get(); + nrf_adc_stop(); + return val; +} +#endif diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_adc.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_adc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ac76e71e --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_adc.h @@ -0,0 +1,430 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_ADC_H_ +#define NRF_ADC_H_ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_adc_hal ADC HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_adc + * @brief @tagAPI51 Hardware access layer for managing the analog-to-digital converter (ADC). + */ + +#include +#include + +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if defined(ADC_PRESENT) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) +/** + * @enum nrf_adc_config_resolution_t + * @brief Resolution of the analog-to-digital converter. + */ + +/** + * @brief ADC interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_ADC_INT_END_MASK = ADC_INTENSET_END_Msk, /**< ADC interrupt on END event. */ +} nrf_adc_int_mask_t; + +typedef enum +{ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_RES_8BIT = ADC_CONFIG_RES_8bit, /**< 8 bit resolution. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_RES_9BIT = ADC_CONFIG_RES_9bit, /**< 9 bit resolution. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_RES_10BIT = ADC_CONFIG_RES_10bit, /**< 10 bit resolution. */ +} nrf_adc_config_resolution_t; + + +/** + * @enum nrf_adc_config_scaling_t + * @brief Scaling factor of the analog-to-digital conversion. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_SCALING_INPUT_FULL_SCALE = ADC_CONFIG_INPSEL_AnalogInputNoPrescaling, /**< Full scale input. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_SCALING_INPUT_TWO_THIRDS = ADC_CONFIG_INPSEL_AnalogInputTwoThirdsPrescaling, /**< 2/3 scale input. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_SCALING_INPUT_ONE_THIRD = ADC_CONFIG_INPSEL_AnalogInputOneThirdPrescaling, /**< 1/3 scale input. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_SCALING_SUPPLY_TWO_THIRDS = ADC_CONFIG_INPSEL_SupplyTwoThirdsPrescaling, /**< 2/3 of supply. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_SCALING_SUPPLY_ONE_THIRD = ADC_CONFIG_INPSEL_SupplyOneThirdPrescaling /**< 1/3 of supply. */ +} nrf_adc_config_scaling_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_adc_config_reference_t + * @brief Reference selection of the analog-to-digital converter. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_REF_VBG = ADC_CONFIG_REFSEL_VBG, /**< 1.2 V reference. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_REF_SUPPLY_ONE_HALF = ADC_CONFIG_REFSEL_SupplyOneHalfPrescaling, /**< 1/2 of power supply. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_REF_SUPPLY_ONE_THIRD = ADC_CONFIG_REFSEL_SupplyOneThirdPrescaling, /**< 1/3 of power supply. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_REF_EXT_REF0 = ADC_CONFIG_REFSEL_External | + ADC_CONFIG_EXTREFSEL_AnalogReference0 << + ADC_CONFIG_EXTREFSEL_Pos, /**< External reference 0. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_REF_EXT_REF1 = ADC_CONFIG_REFSEL_External | + ADC_CONFIG_EXTREFSEL_AnalogReference1 << ADC_CONFIG_EXTREFSEL_Pos, /**< External reference 0. */ +} nrf_adc_config_reference_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_adc_config_input_t + * @brief Input selection of the analog-to-digital converter. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_DISABLED = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_Disabled, /**< No input selected. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_0 = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_AnalogInput0, /**< Input 0. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_1 = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_AnalogInput1, /**< Input 1. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_2 = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_AnalogInput2, /**< Input 2. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_3 = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_AnalogInput3, /**< Input 3. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_4 = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_AnalogInput4, /**< Input 4. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_5 = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_AnalogInput5, /**< Input 5. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_6 = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_AnalogInput6, /**< Input 6. */ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_7 = ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_AnalogInput7, /**< Input 7. */ +} nrf_adc_config_input_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_adc_task_t + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_ADC_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_ADC_Type, TASKS_START), /**< ADC start sampling task. */ + NRF_ADC_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_ADC_Type, TASKS_STOP) /**< ADC stop sampling task. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_adc_task_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_adc_event_t + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter events. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_ADC_EVENT_END = offsetof(NRF_ADC_Type, EVENTS_END) /**< End of conversion event. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_adc_event_t; + +/**@brief Analog-to-digital converter configuration. */ +typedef struct +{ + nrf_adc_config_resolution_t resolution; /**< ADC resolution. */ + nrf_adc_config_scaling_t scaling; /**< ADC scaling factor. */ + nrf_adc_config_reference_t reference; /**< ADC reference. */ +} nrf_adc_config_t; + +/** Default ADC configuration. */ +#define NRF_ADC_CONFIG_DEFAULT { NRF_ADC_CONFIG_RES_10BIT, \ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_SCALING_INPUT_ONE_THIRD, \ + NRF_ADC_CONFIG_REF_VBG } + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring ADC. + * + * This function powers on the analog-to-digital converter and configures it. + * After the configuration, the ADC is in DISABLE state and must be + * enabled before using it. + * + * @param[in] config Configuration parameters. + */ +void nrf_adc_configure(nrf_adc_config_t * config); + +/** + * @brief Blocking function for executing a single ADC conversion. + * + * This function selects the desired input, starts a single conversion, + * waits for it to finish, and returns the result. + * After the input is selected, the analog-to-digital converter + * is left in STOP state. + * The function does not check if the ADC is initialized and powered. + * + * @param[in] input Input to be selected. + * + * @return Conversion result. + */ +int32_t nrf_adc_convert_single(nrf_adc_config_input_t input); + +/** + * @brief Function for selecting ADC input. + * + * This function selects the active input of ADC. Ensure that + * the ADC is powered on and in IDLE state before calling this function. + * + * @param[in] input Input to be selected. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_input_select(nrf_adc_config_input_t input) +{ + NRF_ADC->CONFIG = + ((uint32_t)input << ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_Pos) | (NRF_ADC->CONFIG & ~ADC_CONFIG_PSEL_Msk); + + if (input != NRF_ADC_CONFIG_INPUT_DISABLED) + { + NRF_ADC->ENABLE = ADC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << ADC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos; + } + else + { + NRF_ADC->ENABLE = ADC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << ADC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the ADC conversion result. + * + * This function retrieves and returns the last analog-to-digital conversion result. + * + * @return Last conversion result. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE int32_t nrf_adc_result_get(void) +{ + return (int32_t)NRF_ADC->RESULT; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for checking whether the ADC is busy. + * + * This function checks whether the analog-to-digital converter is busy with a conversion. + * + * @retval true If the ADC is busy. + * @retval false If the ADC is not busy. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_adc_is_busy(void) +{ + return ( (NRF_ADC->BUSY & ADC_BUSY_BUSY_Msk) == ADC_BUSY_BUSY_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the ADC's enabled interrupts. + * + * @param[in] mask Mask of interrupts to check. + * + * @return State of the interrupts selected by the mask. + * + * @sa nrf_adc_int_enable() + * @sa nrf_adc_int_disable() + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_adc_int_get(uint32_t mask) +{ + return (NRF_ADC->INTENSET & mask); // when read this register will return the value of INTEN. +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for starting conversion. + * + * @sa nrf_adc_stop() + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_start(void) +{ + NRF_ADC->TASKS_START = 1; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for stopping conversion. + * + * If the analog-to-digital converter is in inactive state, power consumption is reduced. + * + * @sa nrf_adc_start() + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_stop(void) +{ + NRF_ADC->TASKS_STOP = 1; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if the requested ADC conversion has ended. + * + * @retval true If the task has finished. + * @retval false If the task is still running. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_adc_conversion_finished(void) +{ + return ((bool)NRF_ADC->EVENTS_END); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing the conversion END event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_conversion_event_clean(void) +{ + NRF_ADC->EVENTS_END = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of an ADC task register. + * + * @param[in] adc_task ADC task. + * + * @return Address of the specified ADC task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_adc_task_address_get(nrf_adc_task_t adc_task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific ADC event register. + * + * @param[in] adc_event ADC event. + * + * @return Address of the specified ADC event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_adc_event_address_get(nrf_adc_event_t adc_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the CONFIG register in ADC. + * + * @param[in] configuration Value to be written to the CONFIG register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_config_set(uint32_t configuration); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing an ADC event. + * + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_event_clear(nrf_adc_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking state of an ADC event. + * + * @param[in] event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_adc_event_check(nrf_adc_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_adc_int_enable_check(nrf_adc_int_mask_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific ADC task. + * + * @param[in] task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_task_trigger(nrf_adc_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling ADC. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_enable(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling ADC. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_disable(void); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_adc_task_address_get(nrf_adc_task_t adc_task) +{ + return (uint32_t)((uint8_t *)NRF_ADC + adc_task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_adc_event_address_get(nrf_adc_event_t adc_event) +{ + return (uint32_t)((uint8_t *)NRF_ADC + adc_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_config_set(uint32_t configuration) +{ + NRF_ADC->CONFIG = configuration; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_event_clear(nrf_adc_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_ADC + (uint32_t)event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_ADC + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_adc_event_check(nrf_adc_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_ADC + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_ADC->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_ADC->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_adc_int_enable_check(nrf_adc_int_mask_t int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_ADC->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_task_trigger(nrf_adc_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_ADC + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_enable(void) +{ + NRF_ADC->ENABLE = 1; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_adc_disable(void) +{ + NRF_ADC->ENABLE = 0; +} +#endif +#endif /* ADC_PRESENT */ +/** + *@} + **/ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_ADC_H_ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_clock.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_clock.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7282498e --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_clock.h @@ -0,0 +1,374 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_CLOCK_H__ +#define NRF_CLOCK_H__ + +#include +#include + +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_clock_hal Clock HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_clock + * @brief Hardware access layer for managing the low-frequency clock (LFCLK) and the high-frequency clock (HFCLK). + */ + +#define NRF_CLOCK_TASK_TRIGGER (1UL) +#define NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CLEAR (0UL) + +/** + * @brief Low-frequency clock sources. + * @details Used by LFCLKSRC, LFCLKSTAT, and LFCLKSRCCOPY registers. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_RC = CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_RC, /**< Internal 32 kHz RC oscillator. */ + NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Xtal = CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_Xtal, /**< External 32 kHz crystal. */ + NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Synth = CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_Synth /**< Internal 32 kHz synthesizer from HFCLK system clock. */ +} nrf_clock_lfclk_t; + +/** + * @brief High-frequency clock sources. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_CLOCK_HFCLK_LOW_ACCURACY = CLOCK_HFCLKSTAT_SRC_RC, /**< Internal 16 MHz RC oscillator. */ + NRF_CLOCK_HFCLK_HIGH_ACCURACY = CLOCK_HFCLKSTAT_SRC_Xtal /**< External 16 MHz/32 MHz crystal oscillator. */ +} nrf_clock_hfclk_t; + +/** + * @brief Trigger status of task LFCLKSTART/HFCLKSTART. + * @details Used by LFCLKRUN and HFCLKRUN registers. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_CLOCK_START_TASK_NOT_TRIGGERED = CLOCK_LFCLKRUN_STATUS_NotTriggered, /**< Task LFCLKSTART/HFCLKSTART has not been triggered. */ + NRF_CLOCK_START_TASK_TRIGGERED = CLOCK_LFCLKRUN_STATUS_Triggered /**< Task LFCLKSTART/HFCLKSTART has been triggered. */ +} nrf_clock_start_task_status_t; + +/** + * @brief Interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_CLOCK_INT_HF_STARTED_MASK = CLOCK_INTENSET_HFCLKSTARTED_Msk, /**< Interrupt on HFCLKSTARTED event. */ + NRF_CLOCK_INT_LF_STARTED_MASK = CLOCK_INTENSET_LFCLKSTARTED_Msk, /**< Interrupt on LFCLKSTARTED event. */ + NRF_CLOCK_INT_DONE_MASK = CLOCK_INTENSET_DONE_Msk, /**< Interrupt on DONE event. */ + NRF_CLOCK_INT_CTTO_MASK = CLOCK_INTENSET_CTTO_Msk /**< Interrupt on CTTO event. */ +} nrf_clock_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief Tasks. + * + * @details The NRF_CLOCK_TASK_LFCLKSTOP task cannot be set when the low-frequency clock is not running. + * The NRF_CLOCK_TASK_HFCLKSTOP task cannot be set when the high-frequency clock is not running. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_CLOCK_TASK_HFCLKSTART = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, TASKS_HFCLKSTART), /**< Start HFCLK clock source.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_TASK_HFCLKSTOP = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, TASKS_HFCLKSTOP), /**< Stop HFCLK clock source.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_TASK_LFCLKSTART = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, TASKS_LFCLKSTART), /**< Start LFCLK clock source.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_TASK_LFCLKSTOP = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, TASKS_LFCLKSTOP), /**< Stop LFCLK clock source.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_TASK_CAL = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, TASKS_CAL), /**< Start calibration of LFCLK RC oscillator.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_TASK_CTSTART = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, TASKS_CTSTART), /**< Start calibration timer.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_TASK_CTSTOP = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, TASKS_CTSTOP) /**< Stop calibration timer.*/ +} nrf_clock_task_t; /*lint -restore */ + +/** + * @brief Events. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_HFCLKSTARTED = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, EVENTS_HFCLKSTARTED), /**< HFCLK oscillator started.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_LFCLKSTARTED = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, EVENTS_LFCLKSTARTED), /**< LFCLK oscillator started.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_DONE = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, EVENTS_DONE), /**< Calibration of LFCLK RC oscillator completed.*/ + NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CTTO = offsetof(NRF_CLOCK_Type, EVENTS_CTTO) /**< Calibration timer time-out.*/ +} nrf_clock_event_t; /*lint -restore */ + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling a specific interrupt. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling a specific interrupt. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a specific interrupt. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_clock_int_enable_check(nrf_clock_int_mask_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the address of a specific task. + * @details This function can be used by the PPI module. + * + * @param[in] task Task. + * + * @return Address of the requested task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_clock_task_address_get(nrf_clock_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a specific task. + * + * @param[in] task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_task_trigger(nrf_clock_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the address of a specific event. + * @details This function can be used by the PPI module. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + * + * @return Address of the requested event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_clock_event_address_get(nrf_clock_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific event. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_event_clear(nrf_clock_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a specific event. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_clock_event_check(nrf_clock_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for changing the low-frequency clock source. + * @details This function cannot be called when the low-frequency clock is running. + * + * @param[in] source New low-frequency clock source. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_lf_src_set(nrf_clock_lfclk_t source); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the selected source for the low-frequency clock. + * + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_RC If the internal 32 kHz RC oscillator is the selected source for the low-frequency clock. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Xtal If an external 32 kHz crystal oscillator is the selected source for the low-frequency clock. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Synth If the internal 32 kHz synthesizer from the HFCLK is the selected source for the low-frequency clock. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_lfclk_t nrf_clock_lf_src_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the active source of the low-frequency clock. + * + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_RC If the internal 32 kHz RC oscillator is the active source of the low-frequency clock. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Xtal If an external 32 kHz crystal oscillator is the active source of the low-frequency clock. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Synth If the internal 32 kHz synthesizer from the HFCLK is the active source of the low-frequency clock. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_lfclk_t nrf_clock_lf_actv_src_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the clock source for the LFCLK clock when the task LKCLKSTART is triggered. + * + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_RC If the internal 32 kHz RC oscillator is running and generating the LFCLK clock. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Xtal If an external 32 kHz crystal oscillator is running and generating the LFCLK clock. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_LFCLK_Synth If the internal 32 kHz synthesizer from the HFCLK is running and generating the LFCLK clock. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_lfclk_t nrf_clock_lf_srccopy_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of the LFCLK clock. + * + * @retval false If the LFCLK clock is not running. + * @retval true If the LFCLK clock is running. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_clock_lf_is_running(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the trigger status of the task LFCLKSTART. + * + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_START_TASK_NOT_TRIGGERED If the task LFCLKSTART has not been triggered. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_START_TASK_TRIGGERED If the task LFCLKSTART has been triggered. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_start_task_status_t nrf_clock_lf_start_task_status_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the active source of the high-frequency clock. + * + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_HFCLK_LOW_ACCURACY If the internal 16 MHz RC oscillator is the active source of the high-frequency clock. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_HFCLK_HIGH_ACCURACY If an external 16 MHz/32 MHz crystal oscillator is the active source of the high-frequency clock. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_hfclk_t nrf_clock_hf_src_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of the HFCLK clock. + * + * @param[in] clk_src Clock source to be checked. + * + * @retval false If the HFCLK clock is not running. + * @retval true If the HFCLK clock is running. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_clock_hf_is_running(nrf_clock_hfclk_t clk_src); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the trigger status of the task HFCLKSTART. + * + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_START_TASK_NOT_TRIGGERED If the task HFCLKSTART has not been triggered. + * @retval NRF_CLOCK_START_TASK_TRIGGERED If the task HFCLKSTART has been triggered. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_start_task_status_t nrf_clock_hf_start_task_status_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for changing the calibration timer interval. + * + * @param[in] interval New calibration timer interval in 0.25 s resolution (range: 0.25 seconds to 31.75 seconds). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_cal_timer_timeout_set(uint32_t interval); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_CLOCK->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_CLOCK->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_clock_int_enable_check(nrf_clock_int_mask_t int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_CLOCK->INTENCLR & int_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_clock_task_address_get(nrf_clock_task_t task) +{ + return ((uint32_t )NRF_CLOCK + task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_task_trigger(nrf_clock_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_CLOCK + task)) = NRF_CLOCK_TASK_TRIGGER; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_clock_event_address_get(nrf_clock_event_t event) +{ + return ((uint32_t)NRF_CLOCK + event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_event_clear(nrf_clock_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_CLOCK + event)) = NRF_CLOCK_EVENT_CLEAR; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_CLOCK + event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_clock_event_check(nrf_clock_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_CLOCK + event)); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_lf_src_set(nrf_clock_lfclk_t source) +{ + NRF_CLOCK->LFCLKSRC = + (uint32_t)((source << CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_Pos) & CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_Msk); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_lfclk_t nrf_clock_lf_src_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_clock_lfclk_t)((NRF_CLOCK->LFCLKSRC & + CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_Msk) >> CLOCK_LFCLKSRC_SRC_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_lfclk_t nrf_clock_lf_actv_src_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_clock_lfclk_t)((NRF_CLOCK->LFCLKSTAT & + CLOCK_LFCLKSTAT_SRC_Msk) >> CLOCK_LFCLKSTAT_SRC_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_lfclk_t nrf_clock_lf_srccopy_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_clock_lfclk_t)((NRF_CLOCK->LFCLKSRCCOPY & + CLOCK_LFCLKSRCCOPY_SRC_Msk) >> CLOCK_LFCLKSRCCOPY_SRC_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_clock_lf_is_running(void) +{ + return ((NRF_CLOCK->LFCLKSTAT & + CLOCK_LFCLKSTAT_STATE_Msk) >> CLOCK_LFCLKSTAT_STATE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_start_task_status_t nrf_clock_lf_start_task_status_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_clock_start_task_status_t)((NRF_CLOCK->LFCLKRUN & + CLOCK_LFCLKRUN_STATUS_Msk) >> + CLOCK_LFCLKRUN_STATUS_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_hfclk_t nrf_clock_hf_src_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_clock_hfclk_t)((NRF_CLOCK->HFCLKSTAT & + CLOCK_HFCLKSTAT_SRC_Msk) >> CLOCK_HFCLKSTAT_SRC_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_clock_hf_is_running(nrf_clock_hfclk_t clk_src) +{ + return (NRF_CLOCK->HFCLKSTAT & (CLOCK_HFCLKSTAT_STATE_Msk | CLOCK_HFCLKSTAT_SRC_Msk)) == + (CLOCK_HFCLKSTAT_STATE_Msk | (clk_src << CLOCK_HFCLKSTAT_SRC_Pos)); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_clock_start_task_status_t nrf_clock_hf_start_task_status_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_clock_start_task_status_t)((NRF_CLOCK->HFCLKRUN & + CLOCK_HFCLKRUN_STATUS_Msk) >> + CLOCK_HFCLKRUN_STATUS_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_clock_cal_timer_timeout_set(uint32_t interval) +{ + NRF_CLOCK->CTIV = ((interval << CLOCK_CTIV_CTIV_Pos) & CLOCK_CTIV_CTIV_Msk); +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/** + *@} + **/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_CLOCK_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_comp.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_comp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..07f7fb94 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_comp.h @@ -0,0 +1,482 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @file + * @brief COMP HAL API. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_COMP_H_ +#define NRF_COMP_H_ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_comp_hal COMP HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_comp + * @brief @tagAPI52 Hardware access layer for managing the Comparator (COMP). + */ + +#include "nrf.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @enum nrf_comp_input_t + * @brief COMP analog pin selection. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_COMP_INPUT_0 = COMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput0, /*!< AIN0 selected as analog input. */ + NRF_COMP_INPUT_1 = COMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput1, /*!< AIN1 selected as analog input. */ + NRF_COMP_INPUT_2 = COMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput2, /*!< AIN2 selected as analog input. */ + NRF_COMP_INPUT_3 = COMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput3, /*!< AIN3 selected as analog input. */ + NRF_COMP_INPUT_4 = COMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput4, /*!< AIN4 selected as analog input. */ + NRF_COMP_INPUT_5 = COMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput5, /*!< AIN5 selected as analog input. */ + NRF_COMP_INPUT_6 = COMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput6, /*!< AIN6 selected as analog input. */ + NRF_COMP_INPUT_7 = COMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput7 /*!< AIN7 selected as analog input. */ +}nrf_comp_input_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_comp_ref_t + * @brief COMP reference selection. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_COMP_REF_Int1V2 = COMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Int1V2, /*!< VREF = internal 1.2 V reference (VDD >= 1.7 V). */ + NRF_COMP_REF_Int1V8 = COMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Int1V8, /*!< VREF = internal 1.8 V reference (VDD >= VREF + 0.2 V). */ + NRF_COMP_REF_Int2V4 = COMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Int2V4, /*!< VREF = internal 2.4 V reference (VDD >= VREF + 0.2 V). */ + NRF_COMP_REF_VDD = COMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_VDD, /*!< VREF = VDD. */ + NRF_COMP_REF_ARef = COMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_ARef /*!< VREF = AREF (VDD >= VREF >= AREFMIN). */ +}nrf_comp_ref_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_comp_ext_ref_t + * @brief COMP external analog reference selection. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_COMP_EXT_REF_0 = COMP_EXTREFSEL_EXTREFSEL_AnalogReference0, /*!< Use AIN0 as external analog reference. */ + NRF_COMP_EXT_REF_1 = COMP_EXTREFSEL_EXTREFSEL_AnalogReference1 /*!< Use AIN1 as external analog reference. */ +}nrf_comp_ext_ref_t; + +/** + * @brief COMP THDOWN and THUP values that are used to calculate the threshold voltages VDOWN and VUP. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t th_down; /*!< THDOWN value. */ + uint8_t th_up; /*!< THUP value. */ +}nrf_comp_th_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_comp_main_mode_t + * @brief COMP main operation mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_COMP_MAIN_MODE_SE = COMP_MODE_MAIN_SE, /*!< Single ended mode. */ + NRF_COMP_MAIN_MODE_Diff = COMP_MODE_MAIN_Diff /*!< Differential mode. */ +}nrf_comp_main_mode_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_comp_sp_mode_t + * @brief COMP speed and power mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_COMP_SP_MODE_Low = COMP_MODE_SP_Low, /*!< Low power mode. */ + NRF_COMP_SP_MODE_Normal = COMP_MODE_SP_Normal, /*!< Normal mode. */ + NRF_COMP_SP_MODE_High = COMP_MODE_SP_High /*!< High speed mode. */ +}nrf_comp_sp_mode_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_comp_hyst_t + * @brief COMP comparator hysteresis. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_COMP_HYST_NoHyst = COMP_HYST_HYST_NoHyst, /*!< Comparator hysteresis disabled. */ + NRF_COMP_HYST_50mV = COMP_HYST_HYST_Hyst50mV /*!< Comparator hysteresis enabled. */ +}nrf_comp_hyst_t; + +/** + * @brief COMP current source selection on analog input. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_COMP_ISOURCE_Off = COMP_ISOURCE_ISOURCE_Off, /*!< Current source disabled. */ + NRF_COMP_ISOURCE_Ien2uA5 = COMP_ISOURCE_ISOURCE_Ien2mA5, /*!< Current source enabled (+/- 2.5 uA). */ + NRF_COMP_ISOURCE_Ien5uA = COMP_ISOURCE_ISOURCE_Ien5mA, /*!< Current source enabled (+/- 5 uA). */ + NRF_COMP_ISOURCE_Ien10uA = COMP_ISOURCE_ISOURCE_Ien10mA /*!< Current source enabled (+/- 10 uA). */ +}nrf_isource_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_comp_task_t + * @brief COMP tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_COMP_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_COMP_Type, TASKS_START), /*!< COMP start sampling task. */ + NRF_COMP_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_COMP_Type, TASKS_STOP), /*!< COMP stop sampling task. */ + NRF_COMP_TASK_SAMPLE = offsetof(NRF_COMP_Type, TASKS_SAMPLE) /*!< Sample comparator value. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +}nrf_comp_task_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_comp_event_t + * @brief COMP events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_COMP_EVENT_READY = offsetof(NRF_COMP_Type, EVENTS_READY), /*!< COMP is ready and output is valid. */ + NRF_COMP_EVENT_DOWN = offsetof(NRF_COMP_Type, EVENTS_DOWN), /*!< Input voltage crossed the threshold going down. */ + NRF_COMP_EVENT_UP = offsetof(NRF_COMP_Type, EVENTS_UP), /*!< Input voltage crossed the threshold going up. */ + NRF_COMP_EVENT_CROSS = offsetof(NRF_COMP_Type, EVENTS_CROSS) /*!< Input voltage crossed the threshold in any direction. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +}nrf_comp_event_t; + +/** + * @brief COMP reference configuration. + */ +typedef struct +{ + nrf_comp_ref_t reference; /*!< COMP reference selection. */ + nrf_comp_ext_ref_t external; /*!< COMP external analog reference selection. */ +}nrf_comp_ref_conf_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the COMP peripheral. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_enable(void); + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the COMP peripheral. + */ + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_disable(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if the COMP peripheral is enabled. + * + * @retval true If the COMP peripheral is enabled. + * @retval false If the COMP peripheral is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_comp_enable_check(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the reference source. + * + * @param[in] reference COMP reference selection. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_ref_set(nrf_comp_ref_t reference); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the external analog reference source. + * + * @param[in] ext_ref COMP external analog reference selection. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_ext_ref_set(nrf_comp_ext_ref_t ext_ref); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting threshold voltages. + * + * @param[in] threshold COMP VDOWN and VUP thresholds. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_th_set(nrf_comp_th_t threshold); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the main mode. + * + * @param[in] main_mode COMP main operation mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_main_mode_set(nrf_comp_main_mode_t main_mode); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the speed mode. + * + * @param[in] speed_mode COMP speed and power mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_speed_mode_set(nrf_comp_sp_mode_t speed_mode); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the hysteresis. + * + * @param[in] hyst COMP comparator hysteresis. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_hysteresis_set(nrf_comp_hyst_t hyst); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the current source on the analog input. + * + * @param[in] isource COMP current source selection on analog input. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_isource_set(nrf_isource_t isource); + + +/** + * @brief Function for selecting the active input of the COMP. + * + * @param[in] input Input to be selected. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_input_select(nrf_comp_input_t input); + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the last COMP compare result. + * + * @return The last compare result. If 0, then VIN+ < VIN-. If 1, then VIN+ > VIN-. + * + * @note If VIN+ == VIN-, the return value depends on the previous result. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_comp_result_get(void); + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling interrupts from COMP. + * + * @param[in] comp_int_mask Mask of interrupts to be enabled. + * + * @sa nrf_comp_int_enable_check() + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_int_enable(uint32_t comp_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling interrupts from COMP. + * + * @param[in] comp_int_mask Mask of interrupts to be disabled. + * + * @sa nrf_comp_int_enable_check() + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_int_disable(uint32_t comp_int_mask); + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the enabled interrupts of COMP. + * + * @param[in] comp_int_mask Mask of interrupts to be checked. + * + * @retval true If any interrupts of the specified mask are enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_comp_int_enable_check(uint32_t comp_int_mask); + + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific COMP task register. + * + * @param[in] comp_task COMP task. + * + * @return Address of the specified COMP task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_comp_task_address_get(nrf_comp_task_t comp_task); + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific COMP event register. + * + * @param[in] comp_event COMP event. + * + * @return Address of the specified COMP event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_comp_event_address_get(nrf_comp_event_t comp_event); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting COMP shorts. + * + * @param[in] comp_short_mask COMP shorts by mask. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_shorts_enable(uint32_t comp_short_mask); + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing COMP shorts by mask. + * + * @param[in] comp_short_mask COMP shorts to be cleared. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_shorts_disable(uint32_t comp_short_mask); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a specific COMP task. + * + * @param[in] comp_task COMP task to be set. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_task_trigger(nrf_comp_task_t comp_task); + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific COMP event. + * + * @param[in] comp_event COMP event to be cleared. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_event_clear(nrf_comp_event_t comp_event); + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the state of a specific COMP event. + * + * @retval true If the specified COMP event is active. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_comp_event_check(nrf_comp_event_t comp_event); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_enable(void) +{ + NRF_COMP->ENABLE = (COMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << COMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_disable(void) +{ + NRF_COMP->ENABLE = (COMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << COMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_comp_enable_check(void) +{ + return ((NRF_COMP->ENABLE) & COMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_ref_set(nrf_comp_ref_t reference) +{ + NRF_COMP->REFSEL = (reference << COMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_ext_ref_set(nrf_comp_ext_ref_t ext_ref) +{ + NRF_COMP->EXTREFSEL = (ext_ref << COMP_EXTREFSEL_EXTREFSEL_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_th_set(nrf_comp_th_t threshold) +{ + NRF_COMP->TH = + ((threshold.th_down << COMP_TH_THDOWN_Pos) & COMP_TH_THDOWN_Msk) | + ((threshold.th_up << COMP_TH_THUP_Pos) & COMP_TH_THUP_Msk); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_main_mode_set(nrf_comp_main_mode_t main_mode) +{ + NRF_COMP->MODE |= (main_mode << COMP_MODE_MAIN_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_speed_mode_set(nrf_comp_sp_mode_t speed_mode) +{ + NRF_COMP->MODE |= (speed_mode << COMP_MODE_SP_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_hysteresis_set(nrf_comp_hyst_t hyst) +{ + NRF_COMP->HYST = (hyst << COMP_HYST_HYST_Pos) & COMP_HYST_HYST_Msk; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_isource_set(nrf_isource_t isource) +{ + NRF_COMP->ISOURCE = (isource << COMP_ISOURCE_ISOURCE_Pos) & COMP_ISOURCE_ISOURCE_Msk; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_input_select(nrf_comp_input_t input) +{ + NRF_COMP->PSEL = ((uint32_t)input << COMP_PSEL_PSEL_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_comp_result_get(void) +{ + return (uint32_t)NRF_COMP->RESULT; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_int_enable(uint32_t comp_int_mask) +{ + NRF_COMP->INTENSET = comp_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_int_disable(uint32_t comp_int_mask) +{ + NRF_COMP->INTENCLR = comp_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_comp_int_enable_check(uint32_t comp_int_mask) +{ + return (NRF_COMP->INTENSET & comp_int_mask); // when read this register will return the value of INTEN. +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_comp_task_address_get(nrf_comp_task_t comp_task) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_COMP + (uint32_t)comp_task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_comp_event_address_get(nrf_comp_event_t comp_event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_COMP + (uint32_t)comp_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_shorts_enable(uint32_t comp_short_mask) +{ + NRF_COMP->SHORTS |= comp_short_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_shorts_disable(uint32_t comp_short_mask) +{ + NRF_COMP->SHORTS &= ~comp_short_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_task_trigger(nrf_comp_task_t comp_task) +{ + *( (volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_COMP + comp_task) ) = 1; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_comp_event_clear(nrf_comp_event_t comp_event) +{ + *( (volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_COMP + (uint32_t)comp_event) ) = 0; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_COMP + (uint32_t)comp_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_comp_event_check(nrf_comp_event_t comp_event) +{ + return (bool) (*(volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_COMP + comp_event)); +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/** + *@} + **/ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_COMP_H_ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ecb.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ecb.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48f324de --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ecb.c @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. +* +* The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. +* Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC +* SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. +* +* Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO +* WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from +* the file. +* +* $LastChangedRevision: 25419 $ +*/ + +/** + * @file + * @brief Implementation of AES ECB driver + */ + + +//lint -e438 + +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_ecb.h" + +static uint8_t ecb_data[48]; ///< ECB data structure for RNG peripheral to access. +static uint8_t* ecb_key; ///< Key: Starts at ecb_data +static uint8_t* ecb_cleartext; ///< Cleartext: Starts at ecb_data + 16 bytes. +static uint8_t* ecb_ciphertext; ///< Ciphertext: Starts at ecb_data + 32 bytes. + +bool nrf_ecb_init(void) +{ + ecb_key = ecb_data; + ecb_cleartext = ecb_data + 16; + ecb_ciphertext = ecb_data + 32; + + NRF_ECB->ECBDATAPTR = (uint32_t)ecb_data; + return true; +} + + +bool nrf_ecb_crypt(uint8_t * dest_buf, const uint8_t * src_buf) +{ + uint32_t counter = 0x1000000; + if (src_buf != ecb_cleartext) + { + memcpy(ecb_cleartext,src_buf,16); + } + NRF_ECB->EVENTS_ENDECB = 0; + NRF_ECB->TASKS_STARTECB = 1; + while (NRF_ECB->EVENTS_ENDECB == 0) + { + counter--; + if (counter == 0) + { + return false; + } + } + NRF_ECB->EVENTS_ENDECB = 0; + if (dest_buf != ecb_ciphertext) + { + memcpy(dest_buf,ecb_ciphertext,16); + } + return true; +} + +void nrf_ecb_set_key(const uint8_t * key) +{ + memcpy(ecb_key,key,16); +} + + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ecb.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ecb.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4189c903 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ecb.h @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic + * Semiconductor ASA.Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail + * in NORDIC SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + * $LastChangedRevision: 13999 $ + */ + +/** + * @file + * @brief ECB driver API. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_ECB_H__ +#define NRF_ECB_H__ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_ecb AES ECB encryption + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_drivers + * @brief Driver for the AES Electronic Code Book (ECB) peripheral. + * + * To encrypt and decrypt data, the peripheral must first be powered on + * using @ref nrf_ecb_init. Next, the key must be set using @ref nrf_ecb_set_key. + */ + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief Function for initializing and powering on the ECB peripheral. + * + * This function allocates memory for the ECBDATAPTR. + * @retval true If initialization was successful. + * @retval false If powering on failed. + */ +bool nrf_ecb_init(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for encrypting and decrypting 16-byte data using current key. + * + * This function avoids unnecessary copying of data if the parameters point to the + * correct locations in the ECB data structure. + * + * @param dst Result of encryption/decryption. 16 bytes will be written. + * @param src Source with 16-byte data to be encrypted/decrypted. + * + * @retval true If the encryption operation completed. + * @retval false If the encryption operation did not complete. + */ +bool nrf_ecb_crypt(uint8_t * dst, const uint8_t * src); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the key to be used for encryption and decryption. + * + * @param key Pointer to the key. 16 bytes will be read. + */ +void nrf_ecb_set_key(const uint8_t * key); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_ECB_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_egu.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_egu.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ba9e3340 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_egu.h @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_EGU_H__ +#define NRF_EGU_H__ + +/** +* @defgroup nrf_egu EGU (Event Generator Unit) abstraction +* @{ +* @ingroup nrf_drivers +* @brief @tagAPI52 EGU (Event Generator Unit) module functions. +* +*/ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @enum nrf_egu_task_t + * @brief EGU tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__)*/ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER0 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[0]), /**< Trigger 0 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[0] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER1 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[1]), /**< Trigger 1 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[1] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER2 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[2]), /**< Trigger 2 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[2] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER3 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[3]), /**< Trigger 3 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[3] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER4 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[4]), /**< Trigger 4 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[4] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER5 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[5]), /**< Trigger 5 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[5] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER6 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[6]), /**< Trigger 6 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[6] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER7 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[7]), /**< Trigger 7 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[7] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER8 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[8]), /**< Trigger 8 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[8] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER9 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[9]), /**< Trigger 9 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[9] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER10 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[10]), /**< Trigger 10 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[10] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER11 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[11]), /**< Trigger 11 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[11] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER12 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[12]), /**< Trigger 12 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[12] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER13 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[13]), /**< Trigger 13 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[13] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER14 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[14]), /**< Trigger 14 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[14] event. */ + NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER15 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, TASKS_TRIGGER[15]) /**< Trigger 15 for triggering the corresponding TRIGGERED[15] event. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_egu_task_t; + + +/** + * @enum nrf_egu_event_t + * @brief EGU events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__)*/ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED0 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[0]), /**< Event number 0 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[0] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED1 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[1]), /**< Event number 1 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[1] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED2 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[2]), /**< Event number 2 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[2] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED3 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[3]), /**< Event number 3 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[3] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED4 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[4]), /**< Event number 4 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[4] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED5 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[5]), /**< Event number 5 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[5] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED6 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[6]), /**< Event number 6 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[6] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED7 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[7]), /**< Event number 7 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[7] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED8 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[8]), /**< Event number 8 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[8] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED9 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[9]), /**< Event number 9 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[9] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED10 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[10]), /**< Event number 10 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[10] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED11 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[11]), /**< Event number 11 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[11] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED12 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[12]), /**< Event number 12 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[12] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED13 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[13]), /**< Event number 13 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[13] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED14 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[14]), /**< Event number 14 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[14] task. */ + NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED15 = offsetof(NRF_EGU_Type, EVENTS_TRIGGERED[15]) /**< Event number 15 generated by triggering the corresponding TRIGGER[15] task. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_egu_event_t; + + +/** + * @enum nrf_egu_int_mask_t + * @brief EGU interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED0 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED0_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[0] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED1 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED1_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[1] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED2 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED2_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[2] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED3 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED3_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[3] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED4 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED4_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[4] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED5 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED5_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[5] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED6 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED6_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[6] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED7 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED7_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[7] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED8 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED8_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[8] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED9 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED9_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[9] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED10 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED10_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[10] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED11 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED11_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[11] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED12 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED12_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[12] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED13 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED13_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[13] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED14 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED14_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[14] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_TRIGGERED15 = EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED15_Msk, /**< Interrupt on EVENTS_TRIGGERED[15] event. */ + NRF_EGU_INT_ALL = 0xFFFFuL +} nrf_egu_int_mask_t; + +/**@brief Function for getting max channel number of given EGU. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * + * @returns number of available channels. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_egu_channel_count(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx) +{ + if (NRF_EGUx == NRF_EGU0){ + return EGU0_CH_NUM; + } + if (NRF_EGUx == NRF_EGU1){ + return EGU1_CH_NUM; + } + if (NRF_EGUx == NRF_EGU2){ + return EGU2_CH_NUM; + } + if (NRF_EGUx == NRF_EGU3){ + return EGU3_CH_NUM; + } + if (NRF_EGUx == NRF_EGU4){ + return EGU4_CH_NUM; + } + if (NRF_EGUx == NRF_EGU5){ + return EGU5_CH_NUM; + } + return 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for triggering a specific EGU task. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param egu_task EGU task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_egu_task_trigger(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, nrf_egu_task_t egu_task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_EGUx + (uint32_t)egu_task)) = 0x1UL; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific EGU task register. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param egu_task EGU task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_egu_task_address_get(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, + nrf_egu_task_t egu_task) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_EGUx + (uint32_t)egu_task); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific EGU TRIGGER task register. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param channel Channel number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_egu_task_trigger_addres_get(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, + uint8_t channel) +{ + ASSERT(channel < nrf_egu_channel_count(NRF_EGUx)); + return (uint32_t*)&NRF_EGUx->TASKS_TRIGGER[channel]; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the specific EGU TRIGGER task. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param channel Channel number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_egu_task_t nrf_egu_task_trigger_get(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, uint8_t channel) +{ + ASSERT(channel < nrf_egu_channel_count(NRF_EGUx)); + return (nrf_egu_task_t)((uint32_t) NRF_EGU_TASK_TRIGGER0 + (channel * sizeof(uint32_t))); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the state of a specific EGU event. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param egu_event EGU event to check. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_egu_event_check(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, + nrf_egu_event_t egu_event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_EGUx + (uint32_t)egu_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific EGU event. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param egu_event EGU event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_egu_event_clear(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, + nrf_egu_event_t egu_event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_EGUx + (uint32_t)egu_event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_EGUx + (uint32_t)egu_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific EGU event register. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param egu_event EGU event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_egu_event_address_get(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, + nrf_egu_event_t egu_event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_EGUx + (uint32_t)egu_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific EGU TRIGGERED event register. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param channel Channel number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_egu_event_triggered_addres_get(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, + uint8_t channel) +{ + ASSERT(channel < nrf_egu_channel_count(NRF_EGUx)); + return (uint32_t*)&NRF_EGUx->EVENTS_TRIGGERED[channel]; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the specific EGU TRIGGERED event. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param channel Channel number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_egu_event_t nrf_egu_event_triggered_get(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, + uint8_t channel) +{ + ASSERT(channel < nrf_egu_channel_count(NRF_EGUx)); + return (nrf_egu_event_t)((uint32_t) NRF_EGU_EVENT_TRIGGERED0 + (channel * sizeof(uint32_t))); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling one or more specific EGU interrupts. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param egu_int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_egu_int_enable(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, uint32_t egu_int_mask) +{ + NRF_EGUx->INTENSET = egu_int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of one or more EGU interrupts. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param egu_int_mask Interrupts to check. + * + * @retval true If all of the specified interrupts are enabled. + * @retval false If at least one of the specified interrupts is disabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_egu_int_enable_check(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, uint32_t egu_int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_EGUx->INTENSET & egu_int_mask); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling one or more specific EGU interrupts. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param egu_int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_egu_int_disable(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, uint32_t egu_int_mask) +{ + NRF_EGUx->INTENCLR = egu_int_mask; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving one or more specific EGU interrupts. + * + * @param NRF_EGUx EGU instance. + * @param channel Channel number. + * + * @returns EGU interrupt mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_egu_int_mask_t nrf_egu_int_get(NRF_EGU_Type * NRF_EGUx, uint8_t channel) +{ + ASSERT(channel < nrf_egu_channel_count(NRF_EGUx)); + return (nrf_egu_int_mask_t)((uint32_t) (EGU_INTENSET_TRIGGERED0_Msk << channel)); +} + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_gpio.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_gpio.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..08205350 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_gpio.h @@ -0,0 +1,767 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_GPIO_H__ +#define NRF_GPIO_H__ + +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_gpio GPIO abstraction + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_drivers + * @brief GPIO pin abstraction and port abstraction for reading and writing byte-wise to GPIO ports. + */ + +#if (GPIO_COUNT == 1) +#define NUMBER_OF_PINS (P0_PIN_NUM) +#define GPIO_REG_LIST {NRF_GPIO} +#elif (GPIO_COUNT == 2) +#define NUMBER_OF_PINS (P0_PIN_NUM + P1_PIN_NUM) +#define GPIO_REG_LIST {NRF_P0, NRF_P1} +#else +#error "Not supported." +#endif + + +/** + * @brief Macro for mapping port and pin numbers to values understandable for nrf_gpio functions. + */ +#define NRF_GPIO_PIN_MAP(port, pin) ((port << 5) | (pin & 0x1F)) + +/** + * @brief Pin direction definitions. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Input, ///< Input. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_OUTPUT = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Output ///< Output. +} nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t; + +/** + * @brief Connection of input buffer. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_GPIO_PIN_INPUT_CONNECT = GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect, ///< Connect input buffer. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_INPUT_DISCONNECT = GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Disconnect ///< Disconnect input buffer. +} nrf_gpio_pin_input_t; + +/** + * @brief Enumerator used for selecting the pin to be pulled down or up at the time of pin configuration. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOPULL = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Disabled, ///< Pin pull-up resistor disabled. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_PULLDOWN = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pulldown, ///< Pin pull-down resistor enabled. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_PULLUP = GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pullup, ///< Pin pull-up resistor enabled. +} nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t; + +/** + * @brief Enumerator used for selecting output drive mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_GPIO_PIN_S0S1 = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1, ///< !< Standard '0', standard '1'. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_H0S1 = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_H0S1, ///< !< High-drive '0', standard '1'. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_S0H1 = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0H1, ///< !< Standard '0', high-drive '1'. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_H0H1 = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_H0H1, ///< !< High drive '0', high-drive '1'. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_D0S1 = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_D0S1, ///< !< Disconnect '0' standard '1'. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_D0H1 = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_D0H1, ///< !< Disconnect '0', high-drive '1'. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_S0D1 = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0D1, ///< !< Standard '0', disconnect '1'. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_H0D1 = GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_H0D1, ///< !< High-drive '0', disconnect '1'. +} nrf_gpio_pin_drive_t; + +/** + * @brief Enumerator used for selecting the pin to sense high or low level on the pin input. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOSENSE = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Disabled, ///< Pin sense level disabled. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_SENSE_LOW = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Low, ///< Pin sense low level. + NRF_GPIO_PIN_SENSE_HIGH = GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_High, ///< Pin sense high level. +} nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t; + + +#if (__LINT__ != 1) + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the GPIO pin range as output pins with normal drive strength. + * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple output with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases). + * + * @param pin_range_start Specifies the start number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30). + * + * @param pin_range_end Specifies the end number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30). + * + * @note For configuring only one pin as output, use @ref nrf_gpio_cfg_output. + * Sense capability on the pin is disabled and input is disconnected from the buffer as the pins are configured as output. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_range_cfg_output(uint32_t pin_range_start, uint32_t pin_range_end); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the GPIO pin range as input pins with given initial value set, hiding inner details. + * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input. + * + * @param pin_range_start Specifies the start number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30). + * + * @param pin_range_end Specifies the end number (inclusive) in the range of pin numbers to be configured (allowed values 0-30). + * + * @param pull_config State of the pin range pull resistor (no pull, pulled down, or pulled high). + * + * @note For configuring only one pin as input, use @ref nrf_gpio_cfg_input. + * Sense capability on the pin is disabled and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_range_cfg_input(uint32_t pin_range_start, + uint32_t pin_range_end, + nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config); + +/** + * @brief Pin configuration function. + * + * The main pin configuration function. + * This function allows to set any aspect in PIN_CNF register. + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number. + * @param dir Pin direction. + * @param input Connect or disconnect the input buffer. + * @param pull Pull configuration. + * @param drive Drive configuration. + * @param sense Pin sensing mechanism. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg( + uint32_t pin_number, + nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t dir, + nrf_gpio_pin_input_t input, + nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull, + nrf_gpio_pin_drive_t drive, + nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t sense); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as output, hiding inner details. + * This function can be used to configure a pin as simple output with gate driving GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_S0S1 (normal cases). + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number. + * + * @note Sense capability on the pin is disabled and input is disconnected from the buffer as the pins are configured as output. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_output(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as input, hiding inner details. + * This function can be used to configure a pin as simple input. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number. + * @param pull_config State of the pin range pull resistor (no pull, pulled down, or pulled high). + * + * @note Sense capability on the pin is disabled and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_input(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config); + +/** + * @brief Function for resetting pin configuration to its default state. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_default(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as a watcher. Only input is connected. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_watcher(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for disconnecting input for the given GPIO. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_input_disconnect(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the given GPIO pin number as input, hiding inner details. + * This function can be used to configure pin range as simple input. + * Sense capability on the pin is configurable and input is connected to buffer so that the GPIO->IN register is readable. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number. + * @param pull_config State of the pin pull resistor (no pull, pulled down, or pulled high). + * @param sense_config Sense level of the pin (no sense, sense low, or sense high). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_sense_input(uint32_t pin_number, + nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config, + nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t sense_config); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring sense level for the given GPIO. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number. + * @param sense_config Sense configuration. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_sense_set(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t sense_config); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the direction for a GPIO pin. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number for which to set the direction. + * + * @param direction Specifies the direction. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_dir_set(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t direction); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a GPIO pin. + * + * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this function to have any effect. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number to set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_set(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a GPIO pin. + * + * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this + * function to have any effect. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_clear(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for toggling a GPIO pin. + * + * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this + * function to have any effect. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number to toggle. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_toggle(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for writing a value to a GPIO pin. + * + * Note that the pin must be configured as an output for this + * function to have any effect. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number to write. + * + * @param value Specifies the value to be written to the pin. + * @arg 0 Clears the pin. + * @arg >=1 Sets the pin. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_write(uint32_t pin_number, uint32_t value); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading the input level of a GPIO pin. + * + * Note that the pin must have input connected for the value + * returned from this function to be valid. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number to read. + * + * @return 0 if the pin input level is low. Positive value if the pin is high. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_pin_read(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading the output level of a GPIO pin. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number to read. + * + * @return 0 if the pin output level is low. Positive value if pin output is high. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_pin_out_read(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading the sense configuration of a GPIO pin. + * + * @param pin_number Specifies the pin number to read. + * + * @retval Sense configuration. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t nrf_gpio_pin_sense_get(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting output direction on selected pins on a given port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param out_mask Mask specifying the pins to set as output. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_dir_output_set(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t out_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting input direction on selected pins on a given port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param in_mask Mask specifying the pins to set as input. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_dir_input_set(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t in_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for writing the direction configuration of GPIO pins in a given port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param dir_mask Mask specifying the direction of pins. Bit set means that the given pin is configured as output. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_dir_write(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t dir_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading the direction configuration of a GPIO port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @retval Pin configuration of the current direction settings. Bit set means that the given pin is configured as output. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_port_dir_read(NRF_GPIO_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading the input signals of GPIO pins on a given port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @retval Port input values. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_port_in_read(NRF_GPIO_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading the output signals of GPIO pins of a given port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @retval Port output values. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_port_out_read(NRF_GPIO_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for writing the GPIO pins output on a given port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param value Output port mask. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_out_write(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t value); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting high level on selected GPIO pins of a given port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param set_mask Mask with pins to set as logical high level. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_out_set(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t set_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting low level on selected GPIO pins of a given port. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param clr_mask Mask with pins to set as logical low level. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_out_clear(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t clr_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading pins state of multiple consecutive ports. + * + * @param start_port Index of the first port to read. + * @param length Number of ports to read. + * @param p_masks Pointer to output array where port states will be stored. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_ports_read(uint32_t start_port, uint32_t length, uint32_t * p_masks); + +#ifdef GPIO_DETECTMODE_DETECTMODE_LDETECT +/** + * @brief Function for reading latch state of multiple consecutive ports. + * + * @param start_port Index of the first port to read. + * @param length Number of ports to read. + * @param p_masks Pointer to output array where latch states will be stored. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_latches_read(uint32_t start_port, uint32_t length, + uint32_t * p_masks); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading latch state of single pin. + * + * @param pin_number Pin number. + * @return 0 if latch is not set. Positive value otherwise. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_pin_latch_get(uint32_t pin_number); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing latch state of a single pin. + * + * @param pin_number Pin number. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_latch_clear(uint32_t pin_number); +#endif + + +#endif // #ifndef (__LINT__ != 1) + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/** + * @brief Function for extracting port and relative pin number from absolute pin number. + * + * @param[inout] Pointer to absolute pin number which is overriden by relative to port pin number. + * + * @return Pointer to port register set. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE NRF_GPIO_Type * nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(uint32_t * p_pin) +{ + ASSERT(*p_pin < NUMBER_OF_PINS); +#if (GPIO_COUNT == 1) + // The oldest definition case + return NRF_GPIO; +#else + if (*p_pin < P0_PIN_NUM) + { + return NRF_P0; + } + else + { + *p_pin = *p_pin & (P0_PIN_NUM - 1); + return NRF_P1; + } +#endif +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_range_cfg_output(uint32_t pin_range_start, uint32_t pin_range_end) +{ + /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */ + for (; pin_range_start <= pin_range_end; pin_range_start++) + { + nrf_gpio_cfg_output(pin_range_start); + } +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_range_cfg_input(uint32_t pin_range_start, + uint32_t pin_range_end, + nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config) +{ + /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */ + for (; pin_range_start <= pin_range_end; pin_range_start++) + { + nrf_gpio_cfg_input(pin_range_start, pull_config); + } +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg( + uint32_t pin_number, + nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t dir, + nrf_gpio_pin_input_t input, + nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull, + nrf_gpio_pin_drive_t drive, + nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t sense) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + reg->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = ((uint32_t)dir << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DIR_Pos) + | ((uint32_t)input << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos) + | ((uint32_t)pull << GPIO_PIN_CNF_PULL_Pos) + | ((uint32_t)drive << GPIO_PIN_CNF_DRIVE_Pos) + | ((uint32_t)sense << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_output(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + nrf_gpio_cfg( + pin_number, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_OUTPUT, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_INPUT_DISCONNECT, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOPULL, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_S0S1, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOSENSE); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_input(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config) +{ + nrf_gpio_cfg( + pin_number, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_INPUT_CONNECT, + pull_config, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_S0S1, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOSENSE); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_default(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + nrf_gpio_cfg( + pin_number, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_INPUT_DISCONNECT, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOPULL, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_S0S1, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOSENSE); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_watcher(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */ + uint32_t cnf = reg->PIN_CNF[pin_number] & ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Msk; + + reg->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = cnf | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Connect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_input_disconnect(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */ + uint32_t cnf = reg->PIN_CNF[pin_number] & ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Msk; + + reg->PIN_CNF[pin_number] = cnf | (GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Disconnect << GPIO_PIN_CNF_INPUT_Pos); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_sense_input(uint32_t pin_number, + nrf_gpio_pin_pull_t pull_config, + nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t sense_config) +{ + nrf_gpio_cfg( + pin_number, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_INPUT_CONNECT, + pull_config, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_S0S1, + sense_config); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_cfg_sense_set(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t sense_config) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + /*lint -e{845} // A zero has been given as right argument to operator '|'" */ + reg->PIN_CNF[pin_number] &= ~GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Msk; + reg->PIN_CNF[pin_number] |= (sense_config << GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_dir_set(uint32_t pin_number, nrf_gpio_pin_dir_t direction) +{ + if (direction == NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT) + { + nrf_gpio_cfg( + pin_number, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_DIR_INPUT, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_INPUT_CONNECT, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOPULL, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_S0S1, + NRF_GPIO_PIN_NOSENSE); + } + else + { + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + reg->DIRSET = (1UL << pin_number); + } +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_set(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + nrf_gpio_port_out_set(reg, 1UL << pin_number); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_clear(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + nrf_gpio_port_out_clear(reg, 1UL << pin_number); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_toggle(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + uint32_t pins_state = reg->OUT; + + reg->OUTSET = (~pins_state & (1UL << pin_number)); + reg->OUTCLR = (pins_state & (1UL << pin_number)); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_write(uint32_t pin_number, uint32_t value) +{ + if (value == 0) + { + nrf_gpio_pin_clear(pin_number); + } + else + { + nrf_gpio_pin_set(pin_number); + } +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_pin_read(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + return ((nrf_gpio_port_in_read(reg) >> pin_number) & 1UL); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_pin_out_read(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + return ((nrf_gpio_port_out_read(reg) >> pin_number) & 1UL); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t nrf_gpio_pin_sense_get(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + return (nrf_gpio_pin_sense_t)((reg->PIN_CNF[pin_number] & + GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Msk) >> GPIO_PIN_CNF_SENSE_Pos); +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_dir_output_set(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t out_mask) +{ + p_reg->DIRSET = out_mask; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_dir_input_set(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t in_mask) +{ + p_reg->DIRCLR = in_mask; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_dir_write(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t value) +{ + p_reg->DIR = value; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_port_dir_read(NRF_GPIO_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->DIR; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_port_in_read(NRF_GPIO_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->IN; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_port_out_read(NRF_GPIO_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->OUT; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_out_write(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t value) +{ + p_reg->OUT = value; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_out_set(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t set_mask) +{ + p_reg->OUTSET = set_mask; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_port_out_clear(NRF_GPIO_Type * p_reg, uint32_t clr_mask) +{ + p_reg->OUTCLR = clr_mask; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_ports_read(uint32_t start_port, uint32_t length, uint32_t * p_masks) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * gpio_regs[GPIO_COUNT] = GPIO_REG_LIST; + + ASSERT(start_port + length <= GPIO_COUNT); + uint32_t i; + + for (i = start_port; i < (start_port + length); i++) + { + *p_masks = nrf_gpio_port_in_read(gpio_regs[i]); + p_masks++; + } +} + + +#ifdef GPIO_DETECTMODE_DETECTMODE_LDETECT +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_latches_read(uint32_t start_port, uint32_t length, uint32_t * p_masks) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * gpio_regs[GPIO_COUNT] = GPIO_REG_LIST; + uint32_t i; + + for (i = start_port; i < (start_port + length); i++) + { + *p_masks = gpio_regs[i]->LATCH; + p_masks++; + } +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpio_pin_latch_get(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + return (reg->LATCH & (1 << pin_number)) ? 1 : 0; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpio_pin_latch_clear(uint32_t pin_number) +{ + NRF_GPIO_Type * reg = nrf_gpio_pin_port_decode(&pin_number); + + reg->LATCH = (1 << pin_number); +} + + +#endif +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_gpiote.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_gpiote.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3e518a94 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_gpiote.h @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_GPIOTE_H__ +#define NRF_GPIOTE_H__ + +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" +#include "nrf.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifdef GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_Msk +#define GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_PIN_Msk (GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_Msk | GPIOTE_CONFIG_PSEL_Msk) +#else +#define GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_PIN_Msk GPIOTE_CONFIG_PSEL_Msk +#endif +/** +* @defgroup nrf_gpiote_abs GPIOTE abstraction +* @{ +* @ingroup nrf_gpiote +* @brief GPIOTE abstraction for configuration of channels. +*/ + + /** + * @enum nrf_gpiote_polarity_t + * @brief Polarity for the GPIOTE channel. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_GPIOTE_POLARITY_LOTOHI = GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_LoToHi, ///< Low to high. + NRF_GPIOTE_POLARITY_HITOLO = GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_HiToLo, ///< High to low. + NRF_GPIOTE_POLARITY_TOGGLE = GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Toggle ///< Toggle. +} nrf_gpiote_polarity_t; + + + /** + * @enum nrf_gpiote_outinit_t + * @brief Initial output value for the GPIOTE channel. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_GPIOTE_INITIAL_VALUE_LOW = GPIOTE_CONFIG_OUTINIT_Low, ///< Low to high. + NRF_GPIOTE_INITIAL_VALUE_HIGH = GPIOTE_CONFIG_OUTINIT_High ///< High to low. +} nrf_gpiote_outinit_t; + +/** + * @brief Tasks. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_OUT_0 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_OUT[0]), /**< Out task 0.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_OUT_1 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_OUT[1]), /**< Out task 1.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_OUT_2 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_OUT[2]), /**< Out task 2.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_OUT_3 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_OUT[3]), /**< Out task 3.*/ +#if (GPIOTE_CH_NUM > 4) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_OUT_4 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_OUT[4]), /**< Out task 4.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_OUT_5 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_OUT[5]), /**< Out task 5.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_OUT_6 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_OUT[6]), /**< Out task 6.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_OUT_7 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_OUT[7]), /**< Out task 7.*/ +#endif +#if defined(GPIOTE_FEATURE_SET_PRESENT) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_SET_0 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_SET[0]), /**< Set task 0.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_SET_1 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_SET[1]), /**< Set task 1.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_SET_2 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_SET[2]), /**< Set task 2.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_SET_3 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_SET[3]), /**< Set task 3.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_SET_4 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_SET[4]), /**< Set task 4.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_SET_5 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_SET[5]), /**< Set task 5.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_SET_6 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_SET[6]), /**< Set task 6.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_SET_7 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_SET[7]), /**< Set task 7.*/ +#endif +#if defined(GPIOTE_FEATURE_CLR_PRESENT) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_CLR_0 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_CLR[0]), /**< Clear task 0.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_CLR_1 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_CLR[1]), /**< Clear task 1.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_CLR_2 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_CLR[2]), /**< Clear task 2.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_CLR_3 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_CLR[3]), /**< Clear task 3.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_CLR_4 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_CLR[4]), /**< Clear task 4.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_CLR_5 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_CLR[5]), /**< Clear task 5.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_CLR_6 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_CLR[6]), /**< Clear task 6.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_TASKS_CLR_7 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, TASKS_CLR[7]), /**< Clear task 7.*/ +#endif + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_gpiote_tasks_t; + +/** + * @brief Events. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_IN_0 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_IN[0]), /**< In event 0.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_IN_1 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_IN[1]), /**< In event 1.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_IN_2 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_IN[2]), /**< In event 2.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_IN_3 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_IN[3]), /**< In event 3.*/ +#if (GPIOTE_CH_NUM > 4) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_IN_4 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_IN[4]), /**< In event 4.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_IN_5 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_IN[5]), /**< In event 5.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_IN_6 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_IN[6]), /**< In event 6.*/ + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_IN_7 = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_IN[7]), /**< In event 7.*/ +#endif + NRF_GPIOTE_EVENTS_PORT = offsetof(NRF_GPIOTE_Type, EVENTS_PORT), /**< Port event.*/ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_gpiote_events_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_gpiote_int_t + * @brief GPIOTE interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN0_MASK = GPIOTE_INTENSET_IN0_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from IN0. */ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN1_MASK = GPIOTE_INTENSET_IN1_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from IN1. */ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN2_MASK = GPIOTE_INTENSET_IN2_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from IN2. */ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN3_MASK = GPIOTE_INTENSET_IN3_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from IN3. */ +#if (GPIOTE_CH_NUM > 4) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN4_MASK = GPIOTE_INTENSET_IN4_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from IN4. */ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN5_MASK = GPIOTE_INTENSET_IN5_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from IN5. */ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN6_MASK = GPIOTE_INTENSET_IN6_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from IN6. */ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN7_MASK = GPIOTE_INTENSET_IN7_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from IN7. */ +#endif + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_PORT_MASK = (int)GPIOTE_INTENSET_PORT_Msk, /**< GPIOTE interrupt from PORT event. */ +} nrf_gpiote_int_t; + +#define NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN_MASK (NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN0_MASK | NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN1_MASK |\ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN2_MASK | NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN3_MASK) +#if (GPIOTE_CH_NUM > 4) +#undef NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN_MASK +#define NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN_MASK (NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN0_MASK | NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN1_MASK |\ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN2_MASK | NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN3_MASK |\ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN4_MASK | NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN5_MASK |\ + NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN6_MASK | NRF_GPIOTE_INT_IN7_MASK) +#endif + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific GPIOTE task. + * + * @param[in] task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_set(nrf_gpiote_tasks_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific GPIOTE task. + * + * @param[in] task Task. + * + * @returns Address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpiote_task_addr_get(nrf_gpiote_tasks_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the state of a specific GPIOTE event. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_gpiote_event_is_set(nrf_gpiote_events_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific GPIOTE event. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_event_clear(nrf_gpiote_events_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific GPIOTE event. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + * + * @return Address + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpiote_event_addr_get(nrf_gpiote_events_t event); + +/**@brief Function for enabling interrupts. + * + * @param[in] mask Interrupt mask to be enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_int_enable(uint32_t mask); + +/**@brief Function for disabling interrupts. + * + * @param[in] mask Interrupt mask to be disabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_int_disable(uint32_t mask); + +/**@brief Function for checking if interrupts are enabled. + * + * @param[in] mask Mask of interrupt flags to check. + * + * @return Mask with enabled interrupts. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpiote_int_is_enabled(uint32_t mask); + +/**@brief Function for enabling a GPIOTE event. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_event_enable(uint32_t idx); + +/**@brief Function for disabling a GPIOTE event. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_event_disable(uint32_t idx); + +/**@brief Function for configuring a GPIOTE event. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + * @param[in] pin Pin associated with event. + * @param[in] polarity Transition that should generate an event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_event_configure(uint32_t idx, uint32_t pin, + nrf_gpiote_polarity_t polarity); + +/**@brief Function for getting the pin associated with a GPIOTE event. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + * + * @return Pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpiote_event_pin_get(uint32_t idx); + +/**@brief Function for getting the polarity associated with a GPIOTE event. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + * + * @return Polarity. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_gpiote_polarity_t nrf_gpiote_event_polarity_get(uint32_t idx); + +/**@brief Function for enabling a GPIOTE task. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_enable(uint32_t idx); + +/**@brief Function for disabling a GPIOTE task. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_disable(uint32_t idx); + +/**@brief Function for configuring a GPIOTE task. + * @note Function is not configuring mode field so task is disabled after this function is called. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + * @param[in] pin Pin associated with event. + * @param[in] polarity Transition that should generate an event. + * @param[in] init_val Initial value of the pin. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_configure(uint32_t idx, uint32_t pin, + nrf_gpiote_polarity_t polarity, + nrf_gpiote_outinit_t init_val); + +/**@brief Function for forcing a specific state on the pin connected to GPIOTE. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + * @param[in] init_val Pin state. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_force(uint32_t idx, nrf_gpiote_outinit_t init_val); + +/**@brief Function for resetting a GPIOTE task event configuration to the default state. + * + * @param[in] idx Task-Event index. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_te_default(uint32_t idx); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_set(nrf_gpiote_tasks_t task) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)NRF_GPIOTE + task) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpiote_task_addr_get(nrf_gpiote_tasks_t task) +{ + return ((uint32_t)NRF_GPIOTE + task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_gpiote_event_is_set(nrf_gpiote_events_t event) +{ + return (*(uint32_t *)nrf_gpiote_event_addr_get(event) == 0x1UL) ? true : false; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_event_clear(nrf_gpiote_events_t event) +{ + *(uint32_t *)nrf_gpiote_event_addr_get(event) = 0; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)nrf_gpiote_event_addr_get(event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpiote_event_addr_get(nrf_gpiote_events_t event) +{ + return ((uint32_t)NRF_GPIOTE + event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_int_enable(uint32_t mask) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->INTENSET = mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_int_disable(uint32_t mask) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->INTENCLR = mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpiote_int_is_enabled(uint32_t mask) +{ + return (NRF_GPIOTE->INTENSET & mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_event_enable(uint32_t idx) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] |= GPIOTE_CONFIG_MODE_Event; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_event_disable(uint32_t idx) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] &= ~GPIOTE_CONFIG_MODE_Event; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_event_configure(uint32_t idx, uint32_t pin, nrf_gpiote_polarity_t polarity) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] &= ~(GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_PIN_Msk | GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Msk); + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] |= ((pin << GPIOTE_CONFIG_PSEL_Pos) & GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_PIN_Msk) | + ((polarity << GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Pos) & GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Msk); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_gpiote_event_pin_get(uint32_t idx) +{ + return ((NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] & GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_PIN_Msk) >> GPIOTE_CONFIG_PSEL_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_gpiote_polarity_t nrf_gpiote_event_polarity_get(uint32_t idx) +{ + return (nrf_gpiote_polarity_t)((NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] & GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Msk) >> GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_enable(uint32_t idx) +{ + uint32_t final_config = NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] | GPIOTE_CONFIG_MODE_Task; +#ifdef NRF51 + /* Workaround for the OUTINIT PAN. When nrf_gpiote_task_config() is called a glitch happens + on the GPIO if the GPIO in question is already assigned to GPIOTE and the pin is in the + correct state in GPIOTE but not in the OUT register. */ + /* Configure channel to not existing, not connected to the pin, and configure as a tasks that will set it to proper level */ + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] = final_config | (((31) << GPIOTE_CONFIG_PSEL_Pos) & GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_PIN_Msk); + __NOP(); + __NOP(); + __NOP(); +#endif + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] = final_config; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_disable(uint32_t idx) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] &= ~GPIOTE_CONFIG_MODE_Task; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_configure(uint32_t idx, uint32_t pin, + nrf_gpiote_polarity_t polarity, + nrf_gpiote_outinit_t init_val) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] &= ~(GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_PIN_Msk | + GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Msk | + GPIOTE_CONFIG_OUTINIT_Msk); + + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] |= ((pin << GPIOTE_CONFIG_PSEL_Pos) & GPIOTE_CONFIG_PORT_PIN_Msk) | + ((polarity << GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Pos) & GPIOTE_CONFIG_POLARITY_Msk) | + ((init_val << GPIOTE_CONFIG_OUTINIT_Pos) & GPIOTE_CONFIG_OUTINIT_Msk); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_task_force(uint32_t idx, nrf_gpiote_outinit_t init_val) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] = (NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] & ~GPIOTE_CONFIG_OUTINIT_Msk) + | ((init_val << GPIOTE_CONFIG_OUTINIT_Pos) & GPIOTE_CONFIG_OUTINIT_Msk); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_gpiote_te_default(uint32_t idx) +{ + NRF_GPIOTE->CONFIG[idx] = 0; +} +#endif //SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_i2s.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_i2s.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a9be23f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_i2s.h @@ -0,0 +1,536 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_i2s_hal I2S HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_i2s + * + * @brief @tagAPI52 Hardware access layer for managing the Inter-IC Sound (I2S) peripheral. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_I2S_H__ +#define NRF_I2S_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @brief This value can be provided as a parameter for the @ref nrf_i2s_pins_set + * function call to specify that a given I2S signal (SDOUT, SDIN, or MCK) + * shall not be connected to a physical pin. + */ +#define NRF_I2S_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF + + +/** + * @brief I2S tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_I2S_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_I2S_Type, TASKS_START), ///< Starts continuous I2S transfer. Also starts the MCK generator if this is enabled. + NRF_I2S_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_I2S_Type, TASKS_STOP) ///< Stops I2S transfer. Also stops the MCK generator. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_i2s_task_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_I2S_EVENT_RXPTRUPD = offsetof(NRF_I2S_Type, EVENTS_RXPTRUPD), ///< The RXD.PTR register has been copied to internal double-buffers. + NRF_I2S_EVENT_TXPTRUPD = offsetof(NRF_I2S_Type, EVENTS_TXPTRUPD), ///< The TXD.PTR register has been copied to internal double-buffers. + NRF_I2S_EVENT_STOPPED = offsetof(NRF_I2S_Type, EVENTS_STOPPED) ///< I2S transfer stopped. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_i2s_event_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_I2S_INT_RXPTRUPD_MASK = I2S_INTENSET_RXPTRUPD_Msk, ///< Interrupt on RXPTRUPD event. + NRF_I2S_INT_TXPTRUPD_MASK = I2S_INTENSET_TXPTRUPD_Msk, ///< Interrupt on TXPTRUPD event. + NRF_I2S_INT_STOPPED_MASK = I2S_INTENSET_STOPPED_Msk ///< Interrupt on STOPPED event. +} nrf_i2s_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S modes of operation. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_I2S_MODE_MASTER = I2S_CONFIG_MODE_MODE_Master, ///< Master mode. + NRF_I2S_MODE_SLAVE = I2S_CONFIG_MODE_MODE_Slave ///< Slave mode. +} nrf_i2s_mode_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S master clock generator settings. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_I2S_MCK_DISABLED = 0, ///< MCK disabled. + // [conversion to 'int' needed to prevent compilers from complaining + // that the provided value (0x80000000UL) is out of range of "int"] + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV2 = (int)I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV2, ///< 32 MHz / 2 = 16.0 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV3 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV3, ///< 32 MHz / 3 = 10.6666667 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV4 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV4, ///< 32 MHz / 4 = 8.0 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV5 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV5, ///< 32 MHz / 5 = 6.4 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV6 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV6, ///< 32 MHz / 6 = 5.3333333 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV8 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV8, ///< 32 MHz / 8 = 4.0 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV10 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV10, ///< 32 MHz / 10 = 3.2 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV11 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV11, ///< 32 MHz / 11 = 2.9090909 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV15 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV15, ///< 32 MHz / 15 = 2.1333333 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV16 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV16, ///< 32 MHz / 16 = 2.0 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV21 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV21, ///< 32 MHz / 21 = 1.5238095 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV23 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV23, ///< 32 MHz / 23 = 1.3913043 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV31 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV31, ///< 32 MHz / 31 = 1.0322581 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV42 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV42, ///< 32 MHz / 42 = 0.7619048 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV63 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV63, ///< 32 MHz / 63 = 0.5079365 MHz. + NRF_I2S_MCK_32MDIV125 = I2S_CONFIG_MCKFREQ_MCKFREQ_32MDIV125 ///< 32 MHz / 125 = 0.256 MHz. +} nrf_i2s_mck_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S MCK/LRCK ratios. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_I2S_RATIO_32X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_32X, ///< LRCK = MCK / 32. + NRF_I2S_RATIO_48X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_48X, ///< LRCK = MCK / 48. + NRF_I2S_RATIO_64X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_64X, ///< LRCK = MCK / 64. + NRF_I2S_RATIO_96X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_96X, ///< LRCK = MCK / 96. + NRF_I2S_RATIO_128X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_128X, ///< LRCK = MCK / 128. + NRF_I2S_RATIO_192X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_192X, ///< LRCK = MCK / 192. + NRF_I2S_RATIO_256X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_256X, ///< LRCK = MCK / 256. + NRF_I2S_RATIO_384X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_384X, ///< LRCK = MCK / 384. + NRF_I2S_RATIO_512X = I2S_CONFIG_RATIO_RATIO_512X ///< LRCK = MCK / 512. +} nrf_i2s_ratio_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S sample widths. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_I2S_SWIDTH_8BIT = I2S_CONFIG_SWIDTH_SWIDTH_8Bit, ///< 8 bit. + NRF_I2S_SWIDTH_16BIT = I2S_CONFIG_SWIDTH_SWIDTH_16Bit, ///< 16 bit. + NRF_I2S_SWIDTH_24BIT = I2S_CONFIG_SWIDTH_SWIDTH_24Bit ///< 24 bit. +} nrf_i2s_swidth_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S alignments of sample within a frame. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_I2S_ALIGN_LEFT = I2S_CONFIG_ALIGN_ALIGN_Left, ///< Left-aligned. + NRF_I2S_ALIGN_RIGHT = I2S_CONFIG_ALIGN_ALIGN_Right ///< Right-aligned. +} nrf_i2s_align_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S frame formats. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_I2S_FORMAT_I2S = I2S_CONFIG_FORMAT_FORMAT_I2S, ///< Original I2S format. + NRF_I2S_FORMAT_ALIGNED = I2S_CONFIG_FORMAT_FORMAT_Aligned ///< Alternate (left- or right-aligned) format. +} nrf_i2s_format_t; + +/** + * @brief I2S enabled channels. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_I2S_CHANNELS_STEREO = I2S_CONFIG_CHANNELS_CHANNELS_Stereo, ///< Stereo. + NRF_I2S_CHANNELS_LEFT = I2S_CONFIG_CHANNELS_CHANNELS_Left, ///< Left only. + NRF_I2S_CHANNELS_RIGHT = I2S_CONFIG_CHANNELS_CHANNELS_Right ///< Right only. +} nrf_i2s_channels_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific I2S task. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_task_trigger(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific I2S task register. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the specified task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_i2s_task_address_get(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific I2S event. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_event_clear(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific I2S event. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_i2s_event_check(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific I2S event register. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_i2s_event_address_get(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_int_enable(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, uint32_t mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_int_disable(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, uint32_t mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] i2s_int Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_i2s_int_enable_check(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_int_mask_t i2s_int); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the I2S peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_enable(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the I2S peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_disable(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring I2S pins. + * + * Usage of the SDOUT, SDIN, and MCK signals is optional. + * If a given signal is not needed, pass the @ref NRF_I2S_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED + * value instead of its pin number. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] sck_pin SCK pin number. + * @param[in] lrck_pin LRCK pin number. + * @param[in] mck_pin MCK pin number. + * @param[in] sdout_pin SDOUT pin number. + * @param[in] sdin_pin SDIN pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_pins_set(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + uint32_t sck_pin, + uint32_t lrck_pin, + uint32_t mck_pin, + uint32_t sdout_pin, + uint32_t sdin_pin); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the I2S peripheral configuration. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] mode Mode of operation (master or slave). + * @param[in] format I2S frame format. + * @param[in] alignment Alignment of sample within a frame. + * @param[in] sample_width Sample width. + * @param[in] channels Enabled channels. + * @param[in] mck_setup Master clock generator setup. + * @param[in] ratio MCK/LRCK ratio. + * + * @retval true If the configuration has been set successfully. + * @retval false If the requested configuration is not allowed. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_i2s_configure(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_mode_t mode, + nrf_i2s_format_t format, + nrf_i2s_align_t alignment, + nrf_i2s_swidth_t sample_width, + nrf_i2s_channels_t channels, + nrf_i2s_mck_t mck_setup, + nrf_i2s_ratio_t ratio); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting up the I2S transfer. + * + * This function sets up the RX and TX buffers and enables reception and/or + * transmission accordingly. If the transfer in a given direction is not + * required, pass NULL instead of the pointer to the corresponding buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] size Size of the buffers (in 32-bit words). + * @param[in] p_rx_buffer Pointer to the receive buffer. + * Pass NULL to disable reception. + * @param[in] p_tx_buffer Pointer to the transmit buffer. + * Pass NULL to disable transmission. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_transfer_set(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + uint16_t size, + uint32_t * p_rx_buffer, + uint32_t const * p_tx_buffer); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the pointer to the receive buffer. + * + * @note The size of the buffer can be set only by calling + * @ref nrf_i2s_transfer_set. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the receive buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_rx_buffer_set(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + uint32_t * p_buffer); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the pointer to the receive buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * + * @return Pointer to the receive buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_i2s_rx_buffer_get(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the pointer to the transmit buffer. + * + * @note The size of the buffer can be set only by calling + * @ref nrf_i2s_transfer_set. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the transmit buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_tx_buffer_set(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + uint32_t const * p_buffer); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the pointer to the transmit buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_i2s I2S instance. + * + * @return Pointer to the transmit buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_i2s_tx_buffer_get(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s); + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_task_trigger(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_i2s + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_i2s_task_address_get(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_task_t task) +{ + return ((uint32_t)p_i2s + (uint32_t)task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_event_clear(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_i2s + (uint32_t)event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_i2s + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_i2s_event_check(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_i2s + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_i2s_event_address_get(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_event_t event) +{ + return ((uint32_t)p_i2s + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_int_enable(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, uint32_t mask) +{ + p_i2s->INTENSET = mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_int_disable(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, uint32_t mask) +{ + p_i2s->INTENCLR = mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_i2s_int_enable_check(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_int_mask_t i2s_int) +{ + return (bool)(p_i2s->INTENSET & i2s_int); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_enable(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s) +{ + p_i2s->ENABLE = (I2S_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << I2S_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_disable(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s) +{ + p_i2s->ENABLE = (I2S_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << I2S_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_pins_set(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + uint32_t sck_pin, + uint32_t lrck_pin, + uint32_t mck_pin, + uint32_t sdout_pin, + uint32_t sdin_pin) +{ + p_i2s->PSEL.SCK = sck_pin; + p_i2s->PSEL.LRCK = lrck_pin; + p_i2s->PSEL.MCK = mck_pin; + p_i2s->PSEL.SDOUT = sdout_pin; + p_i2s->PSEL.SDIN = sdin_pin; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_i2s_configure(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + nrf_i2s_mode_t mode, + nrf_i2s_format_t format, + nrf_i2s_align_t alignment, + nrf_i2s_swidth_t sample_width, + nrf_i2s_channels_t channels, + nrf_i2s_mck_t mck_setup, + nrf_i2s_ratio_t ratio) +{ + if (mode == NRF_I2S_MODE_MASTER) + { + // The MCK/LRCK ratio shall be a multiple of 2 * sample width. + if (((sample_width == NRF_I2S_SWIDTH_16BIT) && + (ratio == NRF_I2S_RATIO_48X)) + || + ((sample_width == NRF_I2S_SWIDTH_24BIT) && + ((ratio == NRF_I2S_RATIO_32X) || + (ratio == NRF_I2S_RATIO_64X) || + (ratio == NRF_I2S_RATIO_128X) || + (ratio == NRF_I2S_RATIO_256X) || + (ratio == NRF_I2S_RATIO_512X)))) + { + return false; + } + } + + p_i2s->CONFIG.MODE = mode; + p_i2s->CONFIG.FORMAT = format; + p_i2s->CONFIG.ALIGN = alignment; + p_i2s->CONFIG.SWIDTH = sample_width; + p_i2s->CONFIG.CHANNELS = channels; + p_i2s->CONFIG.RATIO = ratio; + + if (mck_setup == NRF_I2S_MCK_DISABLED) + { + p_i2s->CONFIG.MCKEN = + (I2S_CONFIG_MCKEN_MCKEN_Disabled << I2S_CONFIG_MCKEN_MCKEN_Pos); + } + else + { + p_i2s->CONFIG.MCKFREQ = mck_setup; + p_i2s->CONFIG.MCKEN = + (I2S_CONFIG_MCKEN_MCKEN_Enabled << I2S_CONFIG_MCKEN_MCKEN_Pos); + } + + return true; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_transfer_set(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + uint16_t size, + uint32_t * p_buffer_rx, + uint32_t const * p_buffer_tx) +{ + p_i2s->RXTXD.MAXCNT = size; + + nrf_i2s_rx_buffer_set(p_i2s, p_buffer_rx); + p_i2s->CONFIG.RXEN = (p_buffer_rx != NULL) ? 1 : 0; + + nrf_i2s_tx_buffer_set(p_i2s, p_buffer_tx); + p_i2s->CONFIG.TXEN = (p_buffer_tx != NULL) ? 1 : 0; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_rx_buffer_set(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + uint32_t * p_buffer) +{ + p_i2s->RXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_i2s_rx_buffer_get(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s) +{ + return (uint32_t *)(p_i2s->RXD.PTR); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_i2s_tx_buffer_set(NRF_I2S_Type * p_i2s, + uint32_t const * p_buffer) +{ + p_i2s->TXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_i2s_tx_buffer_get(NRF_I2S_Type const * p_i2s) +{ + return (uint32_t *)(p_i2s->TXD.PTR); +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_I2S_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_lpcomp.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_lpcomp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..77e963e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_lpcomp.h @@ -0,0 +1,398 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @file + * @brief LPCOMP HAL API. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_LPCOMP_H_ +#define NRF_LPCOMP_H_ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_lpcomp_hal LPCOMP HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_lpcomp + * @brief Hardware access layer for managing the Low Power Comparator (LPCOMP). + */ + +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" + +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @enum nrf_lpcomp_ref_t + * @brief LPCOMP reference selection. + */ +typedef enum +{ +#if (LPCOMP_REFSEL_RESOLUTION == 8) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_1_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_SupplyOneEighthPrescaling, /**< Use supply with a 1/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_2_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_SupplyTwoEighthsPrescaling, /**< Use supply with a 2/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_3_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_SupplyThreeEighthsPrescaling, /**< Use supply with a 3/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_4_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_SupplyFourEighthsPrescaling, /**< Use supply with a 4/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_5_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_SupplyFiveEighthsPrescaling, /**< Use supply with a 5/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_6_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_SupplySixEighthsPrescaling, /**< Use supply with a 6/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_7_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_SupplySevenEighthsPrescaling, /**< Use supply with a 7/8 prescaler as reference. */ +#elif (LPCOMP_REFSEL_RESOLUTION == 16) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_1_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref1_8Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 1/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_2_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref2_8Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 2/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_3_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref3_8Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 3/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_4_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref4_8Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 4/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_5_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref5_8Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 5/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_6_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref6_8Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 6/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_7_8 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref7_8Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 7/8 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_1_16 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref1_16Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 1/16 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_3_16 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref3_16Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 3/16 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_5_16 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref5_16Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 5/16 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_7_16 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref7_16Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 7/16 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_9_16 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref9_16Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 9/16 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_11_16 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref11_16Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 11/16 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_13_16 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref13_16Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 13/16 prescaler as reference. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_15_16 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Ref15_16Vdd, /**< Use supply with a 15/16 prescaler as reference. */ +#endif + NRF_LPCOMP_REF_EXT_REF0 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_ARef | + (LPCOMP_EXTREFSEL_EXTREFSEL_AnalogReference0 << 16), /**< External reference 0. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_CONFIG_REF_EXT_REF1 = LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_ARef | + (LPCOMP_EXTREFSEL_EXTREFSEL_AnalogReference1 << 16), /**< External reference 1. */ +} nrf_lpcomp_ref_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_lpcomp_input_t + * @brief LPCOMP input selection. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_LPCOMP_INPUT_0 = LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput0, /**< Input 0. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_INPUT_1 = LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput1, /**< Input 1. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_INPUT_2 = LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput2, /**< Input 2. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_INPUT_3 = LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput3, /**< Input 3. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_INPUT_4 = LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput4, /**< Input 4. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_INPUT_5 = LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput5, /**< Input 5. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_INPUT_6 = LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput6, /**< Input 6. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_INPUT_7 = LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_AnalogInput7 /**< Input 7. */ +} nrf_lpcomp_input_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_lpcomp_detect_t + * @brief LPCOMP detection type selection. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_LPCOMP_DETECT_CROSS = LPCOMP_ANADETECT_ANADETECT_Cross, /**< Generate ANADETEC on crossing, both upwards and downwards crossing. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_DETECT_UP = LPCOMP_ANADETECT_ANADETECT_Up, /**< Generate ANADETEC on upwards crossing only. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_DETECT_DOWN = LPCOMP_ANADETECT_ANADETECT_Down /**< Generate ANADETEC on downwards crossing only. */ +} nrf_lpcomp_detect_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_lpcomp_task_t + * @brief LPCOMP tasks. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_LPCOMP_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_LPCOMP_Type, TASKS_START), /**< LPCOMP start sampling task. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_LPCOMP_Type, TASKS_STOP), /**< LPCOMP stop sampling task. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_TASK_SAMPLE = offsetof(NRF_LPCOMP_Type, TASKS_SAMPLE) /**< Sample comparator value. */ +} nrf_lpcomp_task_t; /*lint -restore*/ + + +/** + * @enum nrf_lpcomp_event_t + * @brief LPCOMP events. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_LPCOMP_EVENT_READY = offsetof(NRF_LPCOMP_Type, EVENTS_READY), /**< LPCOMP is ready and output is valid. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_EVENT_DOWN = offsetof(NRF_LPCOMP_Type, EVENTS_DOWN), /**< Input voltage crossed the threshold going down. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_EVENT_UP = offsetof(NRF_LPCOMP_Type, EVENTS_UP), /**< Input voltage crossed the threshold going up. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_EVENT_CROSS = offsetof(NRF_LPCOMP_Type, EVENTS_CROSS) /**< Input voltage crossed the threshold in any direction. */ +} nrf_lpcomp_event_t; /*lint -restore*/ + +/** + * @enum nrf_lpcomp_short_mask_t + * @brief LPCOMP shorts masks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_LPCOMP_SHORT_CROSS_STOP_MASK = LPCOMP_SHORTS_CROSS_STOP_Msk, /*!< Short between CROSS event and STOP task. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_SHORT_UP_STOP_MASK = LPCOMP_SHORTS_UP_STOP_Msk, /*!< Short between UP event and STOP task. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_SHORT_DOWN_STOP_MASK = LPCOMP_SHORTS_DOWN_STOP_Msk, /*!< Short between DOWN event and STOP task. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_SHORT_READY_STOP_MASK = LPCOMP_SHORTS_READY_STOP_Msk, /*!< Short between READY event and STOP task. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_SHORT_READY_SAMPLE_MASK = LPCOMP_SHORTS_READY_SAMPLE_Msk /*!< Short between READY event and SAMPLE task. */ +} nrf_lpcomp_short_mask_t; + +#ifdef NRF52_SERIES +/** + * @enum nrf_lpcomp_hysteresis_t + * @brief LPCOMP hysteresis. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_LPCOMP_HYST_NOHYST = LPCOMP_HYST_HYST_NoHyst, /**< Comparator hysteresis disabled. */ + NRF_LPCOMP_HYST_50mV = LPCOMP_HYST_HYST_Hyst50mV /**< Comparator hysteresis enabled (typ. 50 mV). */ +}nrf_lpcomp_hysteresis_t; +#endif // NRF52 + +/** @brief LPCOMP configuration. */ +typedef struct +{ + nrf_lpcomp_ref_t reference; /**< LPCOMP reference. */ + nrf_lpcomp_detect_t detection; /**< LPCOMP detection type. */ +#ifdef NRF52_SERIES + nrf_lpcomp_hysteresis_t hyst; /**< LPCOMP hysteresis. */ +#endif // NRF52 +} nrf_lpcomp_config_t; + +/** Default LPCOMP configuration. */ +#define NRF_LPCOMP_CONFIG_DEFAULT { NRF_LPCOMP_REF_SUPPLY_FOUR_EIGHT, NRF_LPCOMP_DETECT_DOWN } + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring LPCOMP. + * + * This function powers on LPCOMP and configures it. LPCOMP is in DISABLE state after configuration, + * so it must be enabled before using it. All shorts are inactive, events are cleared, and LPCOMP is stopped. + * + * @param[in] p_config Configuration. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_configure(const nrf_lpcomp_config_t * p_config) +{ + NRF_LPCOMP->TASKS_STOP = 1; + NRF_LPCOMP->ENABLE = LPCOMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << LPCOMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos; + NRF_LPCOMP->REFSEL = + (p_config->reference << LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Pos) & LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_Msk; + + //If external source is choosen extract analog reference index. + if ((p_config->reference & LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_ARef)==LPCOMP_REFSEL_REFSEL_ARef) + { + uint32_t extref = p_config->reference >> 16; + NRF_LPCOMP->EXTREFSEL = (extref << LPCOMP_EXTREFSEL_EXTREFSEL_Pos) & LPCOMP_EXTREFSEL_EXTREFSEL_Msk; + } + + NRF_LPCOMP->ANADETECT = + (p_config->detection << LPCOMP_ANADETECT_ANADETECT_Pos) & LPCOMP_ANADETECT_ANADETECT_Msk; +#ifdef NRF52_SERIES + NRF_LPCOMP->HYST = ((p_config->hyst) << LPCOMP_HYST_HYST_Pos) & LPCOMP_HYST_HYST_Msk; +#endif + NRF_LPCOMP->SHORTS = 0; + NRF_LPCOMP->INTENCLR = LPCOMP_INTENCLR_CROSS_Msk | LPCOMP_INTENCLR_UP_Msk | + LPCOMP_INTENCLR_DOWN_Msk | LPCOMP_INTENCLR_READY_Msk; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for selecting the LPCOMP input. + * + * This function selects the active input of LPCOMP. + * + * @param[in] input Input to be selected. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_input_select(nrf_lpcomp_input_t input) +{ + uint32_t lpcomp_enable_state = NRF_LPCOMP->ENABLE; + + NRF_LPCOMP->ENABLE = LPCOMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << LPCOMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos; + NRF_LPCOMP->PSEL = + ((uint32_t)input << LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_Pos) | (NRF_LPCOMP->PSEL & ~LPCOMP_PSEL_PSEL_Msk); + NRF_LPCOMP->ENABLE = lpcomp_enable_state; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the Low Power Comparator. + * + * This function enables LPCOMP. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_enable(void) +{ + NRF_LPCOMP->ENABLE = LPCOMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << LPCOMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos; + NRF_LPCOMP->EVENTS_READY = 0; + NRF_LPCOMP->EVENTS_DOWN = 0; + NRF_LPCOMP->EVENTS_UP = 0; + NRF_LPCOMP->EVENTS_CROSS = 0; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the Low Power Comparator. + * + * This function disables LPCOMP. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_disable(void) +{ + NRF_LPCOMP->ENABLE = LPCOMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << LPCOMP_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the last LPCOMP compare result. + * + * @return The last compare result. If 0 then VIN+ < VIN-, if 1 then the opposite. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_lpcomp_result_get(void) +{ + return (uint32_t)NRF_LPCOMP->RESULT; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling interrupts from LPCOMP. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_int_mask Mask of interrupts to be enabled. + * + * @sa nrf_lpcomp_int_disable() + * @sa nrf_lpcomp_int_enable_check() + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_int_enable(uint32_t lpcomp_int_mask) +{ + NRF_LPCOMP->INTENSET = lpcomp_int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling interrupts from LPCOMP. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_int_mask Mask of interrupts to be disabled. + * + * @sa nrf_lpcomp_int_enable() + * @sa nrf_lpcomp_int_enable_check() + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_int_disable(uint32_t lpcomp_int_mask) +{ + NRF_LPCOMP->INTENCLR = lpcomp_int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the enabled interrupts of LPCOMP. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_int_mask Mask of interrupts to be checked. + * + * @retval true If any of interrupts of the specified mask are enabled. + * + * @sa nrf_lpcomp_int_enable() + * @sa nrf_lpcomp_int_disable() + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_lpcomp_int_enable_check(uint32_t lpcomp_int_mask) +{ + return (NRF_LPCOMP->INTENSET & lpcomp_int_mask); // when read this register will return the value of INTEN. +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific LPCOMP task register. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_task LPCOMP task. + * + * @return The address of the specified LPCOMP task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_lpcomp_task_address_get(nrf_lpcomp_task_t lpcomp_task) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_LPCOMP + lpcomp_task); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific LPCOMP event register. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_event LPCOMP event. + * + * @return The address of the specified LPCOMP event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_lpcomp_event_address_get(nrf_lpcomp_event_t lpcomp_event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_LPCOMP + lpcomp_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting LPCOMP shorts. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_short_mask LPCOMP shorts by mask. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_shorts_enable(uint32_t lpcomp_short_mask) +{ + NRF_LPCOMP->SHORTS |= lpcomp_short_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing LPCOMP shorts by mask. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_short_mask LPCOMP shorts to be cleared. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_shorts_disable(uint32_t lpcomp_short_mask) +{ + NRF_LPCOMP->SHORTS &= ~lpcomp_short_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a specific LPCOMP task. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_task LPCOMP task to be set. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_task_trigger(nrf_lpcomp_task_t lpcomp_task) +{ + *( (volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_LPCOMP + lpcomp_task) ) = 1; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific LPCOMP event. + * + * @param[in] lpcomp_event LPCOMP event to be cleared. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_lpcomp_event_clear(nrf_lpcomp_event_t lpcomp_event) +{ + *( (volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_LPCOMP + lpcomp_event) ) = 0; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_LPCOMP + lpcomp_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the state of a specific LPCOMP event. + * + * @retval true If the specified LPCOMP event is active. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_lpcomp_event_check(nrf_lpcomp_event_t lpcomp_event) +{ + return (bool) (*(volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_LPCOMP + lpcomp_event)); +} + + +/** + *@} + **/ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_LPCOMP_H_ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_nvmc.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_nvmc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d8cf6d0b --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_nvmc.c @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. +* +* The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. +* Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC +* SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. +* +* Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO +* WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from +* the file. +* +* $LastChangedRevision: 17685 $ +*/ + +/** + *@file + *@brief NMVC driver implementation + */ + +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_nvmc.h" + + +void nrf_nvmc_page_erase(uint32_t address) +{ + // Enable erase. + NRF_NVMC->CONFIG = NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Een; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } + + // Erase the page + NRF_NVMC->ERASEPAGE = address; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } + + NRF_NVMC->CONFIG = NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Ren; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } +} + + +void nrf_nvmc_write_byte(uint32_t address, uint8_t value) +{ + uint32_t byte_shift = address & (uint32_t)0x03; + uint32_t address32 = address & ~byte_shift; // Address to the word this byte is in. + uint32_t value32 = (*(uint32_t*)address32 & ~((uint32_t)0xFF << (byte_shift << (uint32_t)3))); + value32 = value32 + ((uint32_t)value << (byte_shift << 3)); + + // Enable write. + NRF_NVMC->CONFIG = (NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Wen << NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Pos); + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } + + *(uint32_t*)address32 = value32; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } + + NRF_NVMC->CONFIG = (NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Ren << NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Pos); + { + } +} + +void nrf_nvmc_write_word(uint32_t address, uint32_t value) +{ + // Enable write. + NRF_NVMC->CONFIG = NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Wen; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy){ + } + + *(uint32_t*)address = value; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy){ + } + + NRF_NVMC->CONFIG = NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Ren; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } +} + +void nrf_nvmc_write_bytes(uint32_t address, const uint8_t * src, uint32_t num_bytes) +{ + uint32_t i; + for (i=0;iCONFIG = NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Wen; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } + + for (i=0;iREADY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } + } + + NRF_NVMC->CONFIG = NVMC_CONFIG_WEN_Ren; + while (NRF_NVMC->READY == NVMC_READY_READY_Busy) + { + } +} + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_nvmc.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_nvmc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ce112318 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_nvmc.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic + * Semiconductor ASA.Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail + * in NORDIC SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + * $LastChangedRevision: 17685 $ + */ + +/** + * @file + * @brief NMVC driver API. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_NVMC_H__ +#define NRF_NVMC_H__ + +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_nvmc Non-volatile memory controller + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_drivers + * @brief Driver for the NVMC peripheral. + * + * This driver allows writing to the non-volatile memory (NVM) regions + * of the chip. In order to write to NVM the controller must be powered + * on and the relevant page must be erased. + * + */ + + +/** + * @brief Erase a page in flash. This is required before writing to any + * address in the page. + * + * @param address Start address of the page. + */ +void nrf_nvmc_page_erase(uint32_t address); + + +/** + * @brief Write a single byte to flash. + * + * The function reads the word containing the byte, and then + * rewrites the entire word. + * + * @param address Address to write to. + * @param value Value to write. + */ +void nrf_nvmc_write_byte(uint32_t address , uint8_t value); + + +/** + * @brief Write a 32-bit word to flash. + * @param address Address to write to. + * @param value Value to write. + */ +void nrf_nvmc_write_word(uint32_t address, uint32_t value); + + +/** + * @brief Write consecutive bytes to flash. + * + * @param address Address to write to. + * @param src Pointer to data to copy from. + * @param num_bytes Number of bytes in src to write. + */ +void nrf_nvmc_write_bytes(uint32_t address, const uint8_t * src, uint32_t num_bytes); + + +/** + * @brief Write consecutive words to flash. + * + * @param address Address to write to. + * @param src Pointer to data to copy from. + * @param num_words Number of bytes in src to write. + */ +void nrf_nvmc_write_words(uint32_t address, const uint32_t * src, uint32_t num_words); + + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_NVMC_H__ +/** @} */ + + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_pdm.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_pdm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..19b9210b --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_pdm.h @@ -0,0 +1,370 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef NRF_PDM_H_ +#define NRF_PDM_H_ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_pdm_hal PDM HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_pdm + * + * @brief @tagAPI52 Hardware abstraction layer for accessing the pulse density modulation (PDM) peripheral. + */ + +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +#define NRF_PDM_GAIN_MINIMUM 0x00 +#define NRF_PDM_GAIN_DEFAULT 0x28 +#define NRF_PDM_GAIN_MAXIMUM 0x50 + +typedef uint8_t nrf_pdm_gain_t; + + +/** + * @brief PDM tasks. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_PDM_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_PDM_Type, TASKS_START), ///< Starts continuous PDM transfer. + NRF_PDM_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_PDM_Type, TASKS_STOP) ///< Stops PDM transfer. +} nrf_pdm_task_t; + + +/** + * @brief PDM events. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_PDM_EVENT_STARTED = offsetof(NRF_PDM_Type, EVENTS_STARTED), ///< PDM transfer has started. + NRF_PDM_EVENT_STOPPED = offsetof(NRF_PDM_Type, EVENTS_STOPPED), ///< PDM transfer has finished. + NRF_PDM_EVENT_END = offsetof(NRF_PDM_Type, EVENTS_END) ///< The PDM has written the last sample specified by SAMPLE.MAXCNT (or the last sample after a STOP task has been received) to Data RAM. +} nrf_pdm_event_t; + + +/** + * @brief PDM interrupt masks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PDM_INT_STARTED = PDM_INTENSET_STARTED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_STARTED event. + NRF_PDM_INT_STOPPED = PDM_INTENSET_STOPPED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_STOPPED event. + NRF_PDM_INT_END = PDM_INTENSET_END_Msk ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_END event. +} nrf_pdm_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief PDM clock frequency. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PDM_FREQ_1000K = PDM_PDMCLKCTRL_FREQ_1000K, ///< PDM_CLK = 1.000 MHz. + NRF_PDM_FREQ_1032K = PDM_PDMCLKCTRL_FREQ_Default, ///< PDM_CLK = 1.032 MHz. + NRF_PDM_FREQ_1067K = PDM_PDMCLKCTRL_FREQ_1067K ///< PDM_CLK = 1.067 MHz. +} nrf_pdm_freq_t; + + +/** + * @brief PDM operation mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PDM_MODE_STEREO = PDM_MODE_OPERATION_Stereo, ///< Sample and store one pair (Left + Right) of 16-bit samples per RAM word. + NRF_PDM_MODE_MONO = PDM_MODE_OPERATION_Mono ///< Sample and store two successive Left samples (16 bit each) per RAM word. +} nrf_pdm_mode_t; + + +/** + * @brief PDM sampling mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PDM_EDGE_LEFTFALLING = PDM_MODE_EDGE_LeftFalling, ///< Left (or mono) is sampled on falling edge of PDM_CLK. + NRF_PDM_EDGE_LEFTRISING = PDM_MODE_EDGE_LeftRising ///< Left (or mono) is sampled on rising edge of PDM_CLK. +} nrf_pdm_edge_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for triggering a PDM task. + * + * @param[in] pdm_task PDM task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_task_trigger(nrf_pdm_task_t pdm_task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_PDM + (uint32_t)pdm_task)) = 0x1UL; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a PDM task register. + * + * @param[in] pdm_task PDM task. + * + * @return Address of the specified PDM task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_pdm_task_address_get(nrf_pdm_task_t pdm_task) +{ + return (uint32_t)((uint8_t *)NRF_PDM + (uint32_t)pdm_task); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the state of a PDM event. + * + * @param[in] pdm_event PDM event. + * + * @return State of the specified PDM event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_pdm_event_check(nrf_pdm_event_t pdm_event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_PDM + (uint32_t)pdm_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a PDM event. + * + * @param[in] pdm_event PDM event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_event_clear(nrf_pdm_event_t pdm_event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_PDM + (uint32_t)pdm_event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_PDM + (uint32_t)pdm_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a PDM event register. + * + * @param[in] pdm_event PDM event. + * + * @return Address of the specified PDM event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE volatile uint32_t * nrf_pdm_event_address_get(nrf_pdm_event_t pdm_event) +{ + return (volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_PDM + (uint32_t)pdm_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling PDM interrupts. + * + * @param[in] pdm_int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_int_enable(uint32_t pdm_int_mask) +{ + NRF_PDM->INTENSET = pdm_int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of PDM interrupts. + * + * @param[in] pdm_int_mask Interrupts to check. + * + * @retval true If all specified interrupts are enabled. + * @retval false If at least one of the given interrupts is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_pdm_int_enable_check(uint32_t pdm_int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_PDM->INTENSET & pdm_int_mask); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling interrupts. + * + * @param pdm_int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_int_disable(uint32_t pdm_int_mask) +{ + NRF_PDM->INTENCLR = pdm_int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the PDM peripheral. + * + * The PDM peripheral must be enabled before use. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_enable(void) +{ + NRF_PDM->ENABLE = (PDM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << PDM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the PDM peripheral. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_disable(void) +{ + NRF_PDM->ENABLE = (PDM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << PDM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if the PDM peripheral is enabled. + * + * @retval true If the PDM peripheral is enabled. + * @retval false If the PDM peripheral is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_pdm_enable_check(void) +{ + return (NRF_PDM->ENABLE == (PDM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << PDM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the PDM operation mode. + * + * @param[in] pdm_mode PDM operation mode. + * @param[in] pdm_edge PDM sampling mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_mode_set(nrf_pdm_mode_t pdm_mode, nrf_pdm_edge_t pdm_edge) +{ + NRF_PDM->MODE = ((pdm_mode << PDM_MODE_OPERATION_Pos) & PDM_MODE_OPERATION_Msk) + | ((pdm_edge << PDM_MODE_EDGE_Pos) & PDM_MODE_EDGE_Msk); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the PDM operation mode. + * + * @param[out] p_pdm_mode PDM operation mode. + * @param[out] p_pdm_edge PDM sampling mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_mode_get(nrf_pdm_mode_t * p_pdm_mode, nrf_pdm_edge_t * p_pdm_edge) +{ + uint32_t mode = NRF_PDM->MODE; + *p_pdm_mode = (nrf_pdm_mode_t)((mode & PDM_MODE_OPERATION_Msk ) >> PDM_MODE_OPERATION_Pos); + *p_pdm_edge = (nrf_pdm_edge_t)((mode & PDM_MODE_EDGE_Msk ) >> PDM_MODE_EDGE_Pos); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the PDM clock frequency. + * + * @param[in] pdm_freq PDM clock frequency. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_clock_set(nrf_pdm_freq_t pdm_freq) +{ + NRF_PDM->PDMCLKCTRL = ((pdm_freq << PDM_PDMCLKCTRL_FREQ_Pos) & PDM_PDMCLKCTRL_FREQ_Msk); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the PDM clock frequency. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_pdm_freq_t nrf_pdm_clock_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_pdm_freq_t) ((NRF_PDM->PDMCLKCTRL << PDM_PDMCLKCTRL_FREQ_Pos) & PDM_PDMCLKCTRL_FREQ_Msk); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting up the PDM pins. + * + * @param[in] psel_clk CLK pin number. + * @param[in] psel_din DIN pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_psel_connect(uint32_t psel_clk, uint32_t psel_din) +{ + NRF_PDM->PSEL.CLK = psel_clk; + NRF_PDM->PSEL.DIN = psel_din; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for disconnecting the PDM pins. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_psel_disconnect() +{ + NRF_PDM->PSEL.CLK = ((PDM_PSEL_CLK_CONNECT_Disconnected << PDM_PSEL_CLK_CONNECT_Pos) + & PDM_PSEL_CLK_CONNECT_Msk); + NRF_PDM->PSEL.DIN = ((PDM_PSEL_DIN_CONNECT_Disconnected << PDM_PSEL_DIN_CONNECT_Pos) + & PDM_PSEL_DIN_CONNECT_Msk); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the PDM gain. + * + * @param[in] gain_l Left channel gain. + * @param[in] gain_r Right channel gain. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_gain_set(nrf_pdm_gain_t gain_l, nrf_pdm_gain_t gain_r) +{ + NRF_PDM->GAINL = gain_l; + NRF_PDM->GAINR = gain_r; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the PDM gain. + * + * @param[out] p_gain_l Left channel gain. + * @param[out] p_gain_r Right channel gain. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_gain_get(nrf_pdm_gain_t * p_gain_l, nrf_pdm_gain_t * p_gain_r) +{ + *p_gain_l = NRF_PDM->GAINL; + *p_gain_r = NRF_PDM->GAINR; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the PDM sample buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the RAM address where samples should be written with EasyDMA. + * @param[in] num Number of samples to allocate memory for in EasyDMA mode. + * + * The amount of allocated RAM depends on the operation mode. + * - For stereo mode: N 32-bit words. + * - For mono mode: Ceil(N/2) 32-bit words. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pdm_buffer_set(uint32_t * p_buffer, uint32_t num) +{ + NRF_PDM->SAMPLE.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + NRF_PDM->SAMPLE.MAXCNT = num; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the current PDM sample buffer address. + * + * @return Pointer to the current sample buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_pdm_buffer_get() +{ + return (uint32_t *)NRF_PDM->SAMPLE.PTR; +} + + +/** + *@} + **/ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_PDM_H_ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_peripherals.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_peripherals.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..33851b83 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_peripherals.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016, Nordic Semiconductor ASA + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this + * list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, + * this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation + * and/or other materials provided with the distribution. + * + * * Neither the name of Nordic Semiconductor ASA nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from + * this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" + * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE + * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE + * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE + * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL + * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR + * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER + * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, + * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_PERIPHERALS_H +#define NRF_PERIPHERALS_H + +/*lint ++flb "Enter library region */ + +#ifdef NRF51422 +#include "nrf51422_peripherals.h" +#endif + +#ifdef NRF51802 +#include "nrf51802_peripherals.h" +#endif + +#ifdef NRF51822 +#include "nrf51822_peripherals.h" +#endif + +#ifdef NRF52832 +#include "nrf52832_peripherals.h" +#endif + +#ifdef NRF52840_XXAA +#include "nrf52840_peripherals.h" +#endif + + +/*lint --flb "Leave library region" */ + +#endif /* NRF_PERIPHERALS_H */ + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_power.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_power.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f56d9a19 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_power.h @@ -0,0 +1,1011 @@ +/* Copyright (c) Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_POWER_H__ +#define NRF_POWER_H__ + +/** + * @ingroup nrf_power + * @defgroup nrf_power_hal POWER HAL + * @{ + * + * Hardware access layer for (POWER) peripheral. + */ +#include "nrf.h" +#include "sdk_config.h" +#include "nordic_common.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @name The implemented functionality + * @{ + * + * Macros that defines functionality that is implemented into POWER peripheral. + */ +#if defined(POWER_INTENSET_SLEEPENTER_Msk) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) +/** + * @brief The fact that sleep events are present + * + * In some MCUs there is possibility to process sleep entering and exiting + * events. + */ +#define NRF_POWER_HAS_SLEEPEVT 1 +#else +#define NRF_POWER_HAS_SLEEPEVT 0 +#endif + +#if defined(POWER_RAM_POWER_S0POWER_Msk) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) +/** + * @brief The fact that RAMPOWER registers are present + * + * After nRF51, new way to manage RAM power was implemented. + * Special registers, one for every RAM block that makes it possible to + * power ON or OFF RAM segments and turn ON and OFF RAM retention in system OFF + * state. + */ +#define NRF_POWER_HAS_RAMPOWER_REGS 1 +#else +#define NRF_POWER_HAS_RAMPOWER_REGS 0 +#endif + +#if defined(POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_Msk) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) +/** + * @brief Auxiliary definition to mark the fact that VDDH is present + * + * This definition can be used in a code to decide if the part with VDDH + * related settings should be implemented. + */ +#define NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH 1 +#else +#define NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH 0 +#endif + +#if defined(POWER_USBREGSTATUS_VBUSDETECT_Msk) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) +/** + * @brief The fact that power module manages USB regulator + * + * In devices that have USB, power peripheral manages also connection + * detection and USB power regulator, that converts 5 V to 3.3 V + * used by USBD peripheral. + */ +#define NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG 1 +#else +#define NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG 0 +#endif +/** @} */ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Begin of automatically generated part + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ + +/** + * @brief POWER tasks + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_POWER_TASK_CONSTLAT = offsetof(NRF_POWER_Type, TASKS_CONSTLAT), /**< Enable constant latency mode */ + NRF_POWER_TASK_LOWPWR = offsetof(NRF_POWER_Type, TASKS_LOWPWR ), /**< Enable low power mode (variable latency) */ +}nrf_power_task_t; /*lint -restore */ + +/** + * @brief POWER events + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_POWER_EVENT_POFWARN = offsetof(NRF_POWER_Type, EVENTS_POFWARN ), /**< Power failure warning */ +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_SLEEPEVT + NRF_POWER_EVENT_SLEEPENTER = offsetof(NRF_POWER_Type, EVENTS_SLEEPENTER ), /**< CPU entered WFI/WFE sleep */ + NRF_POWER_EVENT_SLEEPEXIT = offsetof(NRF_POWER_Type, EVENTS_SLEEPEXIT ), /**< CPU exited WFI/WFE sleep */ +#endif +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG + NRF_POWER_EVENT_USBDETECTED = offsetof(NRF_POWER_Type, EVENTS_USBDETECTED), /**< Voltage supply detected on VBUS */ + NRF_POWER_EVENT_USBREMOVED = offsetof(NRF_POWER_Type, EVENTS_USBREMOVED ), /**< Voltage supply removed from VBUS */ + NRF_POWER_EVENT_USBPWRRDY = offsetof(NRF_POWER_Type, EVENTS_USBPWRRDY ), /**< USB 3.3 V supply ready */ +#endif +}nrf_power_event_t; /*lint -restore */ + +/** + * @brief POWER interrupts + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_INT_POFWARN_MASK = POWER_INTENSET_POFWARN_Msk , /**< Write '1' to Enable interrupt for POFWARN event */ +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_SLEEPEVT + NRF_POWER_INT_SLEEPENTER_MASK = POWER_INTENSET_SLEEPENTER_Msk , /**< Write '1' to Enable interrupt for SLEEPENTER event */ + NRF_POWER_INT_SLEEPEXIT_MASK = POWER_INTENSET_SLEEPEXIT_Msk , /**< Write '1' to Enable interrupt for SLEEPEXIT event */ +#endif +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG + NRF_POWER_INT_USBDETECTED_MASK = POWER_INTENSET_USBDETECTED_Msk, /**< Write '1' to Enable interrupt for USBDETECTED event */ + NRF_POWER_INT_USBREMOVED_MASK = POWER_INTENSET_USBREMOVED_Msk , /**< Write '1' to Enable interrupt for USBREMOVED event */ + NRF_POWER_INT_USBPWRRDY_MASK = POWER_INTENSET_USBPWRRDY_Msk , /**< Write '1' to Enable interrupt for USBPWRRDY event */ +#endif +}nrf_power_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific POWER task. + * + * @param task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_task_trigger(nrf_power_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific POWER task register. + * + * @param task Task. + * + * @return Task address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_task_address_get(nrf_power_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific event. + * + * @param event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_event_clear(nrf_power_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the state of a specific event. + * + * @param event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_event_check(nrf_power_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting and clearing the state of specific event + * + * This function checks the state of the event and clears it. + * + * @param event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event was set. + * @retval false If the event was not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_event_get_and_clear(nrf_power_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific POWER event register. + * + * @param event Event. + * + * @return Address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_event_address_get(nrf_power_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling selected interrupts. + * + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of selected interrupts. + * + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + * + * @retval true If any of selected interrupts is enabled. + * @retval false If none of selected interrupts is enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_int_enable_check(uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the information about enabled interrupts. + * + * @return The flags of enabled interrupts. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_int_enable_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling selected interrupts. + * + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask); + + +/** @} */ /* End of nrf_power_hal */ + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Internal functions + */ + +/** + * @internal + * @brief Internal function for getting task/event register address + * + * @oaram offset Offset of the register from the instance beginning + * + * @attention offset has to be modulo 4 value. In other case we can get hardware fault. + * @return Pointer to the register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE volatile uint32_t * nrf_power_regptr_get(uint32_t offset) +{ + return (volatile uint32_t *)(((uint8_t *)NRF_POWER) + (uint32_t)offset); +} + +/** + * @internal + * @brief Internal function for getting task/event register address - constant version + * + * @oaram offset Offset of the register from the instance beginning + * + * @attention offset has to be modulo 4 value. In other case we can get hardware fault. + * @return Pointer to the register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE volatile const uint32_t * nrf_power_regptr_get_c( + uint32_t offset) +{ + return (volatile const uint32_t *)(((uint8_t *)NRF_POWER) + + (uint32_t)offset); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Interface functions definitions + */ + +void nrf_power_task_trigger(nrf_power_task_t task) +{ + *(nrf_power_regptr_get((uint32_t)task)) = 1UL; +} + +uint32_t nrf_power_task_address_get(nrf_power_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t)nrf_power_regptr_get_c((uint32_t)task); +} + +void nrf_power_event_clear(nrf_power_event_t event) +{ + *(nrf_power_regptr_get((uint32_t)event)) = 0UL; +} + +bool nrf_power_event_check(nrf_power_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*nrf_power_regptr_get_c((uint32_t)event); +} + +bool nrf_power_event_get_and_clear(nrf_power_event_t event) +{ + bool ret = nrf_power_event_check(event); + if(ret) + { + nrf_power_event_clear(event); + } + return ret; +} + +uint32_t nrf_power_event_address_get(nrf_power_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t)nrf_power_regptr_get_c((uint32_t)event); +} + +void nrf_power_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_POWER->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +bool nrf_power_int_enable_check(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + return !!(NRF_POWER->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + +uint32_t nrf_power_int_enable_get(void) +{ + return NRF_POWER->INTENSET; +} + +void nrf_power_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_POWER->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +#endif /* SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION */ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * End of automatically generated part + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ +/** + * @ingroup nrf_power_hal + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Reset reason + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_RESETPIN_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_RESETPIN_Msk, /*!< Bit mask of RESETPIN field. *///!< NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_RESETPIN_MASK + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_DOG_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_DOG_Msk , /*!< Bit mask of DOG field. */ //!< NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_DOG_MASK + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_SREQ_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_SREQ_Msk , /*!< Bit mask of SREQ field. */ //!< NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_SREQ_MASK + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_LOCKUP_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_LOCKUP_Msk , /*!< Bit mask of LOCKUP field. */ //!< NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_LOCKUP_MASK + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_OFF_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_OFF_Msk , /*!< Bit mask of OFF field. */ //!< NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_OFF_MASK + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_LPCOMP_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_LPCOMP_Msk , /*!< Bit mask of LPCOMP field. */ //!< NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_LPCOMP_MASK + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_DIF_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_DIF_Msk , /*!< Bit mask of DIF field. */ //!< NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_DIF_MASK +#if defined(POWER_RESETREAS_NFC_Msk) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_NFC_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_NFC_Msk , /*!< Bit mask of NFC field. */ +#endif +#if defined(POWER_RESETREAS_VBUS_Msk) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_POWER_RESETREAS_VBUS_MASK = POWER_RESETREAS_VBUS_Msk , /*!< Bit mask of VBUS field. */ +#endif +}nrf_power_resetreas_mask_t; + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG +/** + * @brief USBREGSTATUS register bit masks + * + * @sa nrf_power_usbregstatus_get + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_USBREGSTATUS_VBUSDETECT_MASK = POWER_USBREGSTATUS_VBUSDETECT_Msk, /**< USB detected or removed */ + NRF_POWER_USBREGSTATUS_OUTPUTRDY_MASK = POWER_USBREGSTATUS_OUTPUTRDY_Msk /**< USB 3.3 V supply ready */ +}nrf_power_usbregstatus_mask_t; +#endif + +/** + * @brief RAM blocks numbers + * + * @sa nrf_power_ramblock_mask_t + * @note + * Ram blocks has to been used in nrf51. + * In new CPU ram is divided into segments and this functionality is depreciated. + * For the newer MCU see the PS for mapping between internal RAM and RAM blocks, + * because this mapping is not 1:1, and functions related to old style blocks + * should not be used. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_RAMBLOCK0 = POWER_RAMSTATUS_RAMBLOCK0_Pos, + NRF_POWER_RAMBLOCK1 = POWER_RAMSTATUS_RAMBLOCK1_Pos, + NRF_POWER_RAMBLOCK2 = POWER_RAMSTATUS_RAMBLOCK2_Pos, + NRF_POWER_RAMBLOCK3 = POWER_RAMSTATUS_RAMBLOCK3_Pos +}nrf_power_ramblock_t; + +/** + * @brief RAM blocks masks + * + * @sa nrf_power_ramblock_t + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_RAMBLOCK0_MASK = POWER_RAMSTATUS_RAMBLOCK0_Msk, + NRF_POWER_RAMBLOCK1_MASK = POWER_RAMSTATUS_RAMBLOCK1_Msk, + NRF_POWER_RAMBLOCK2_MASK = POWER_RAMSTATUS_RAMBLOCK2_Msk, + NRF_POWER_RAMBLOCK3_MASK = POWER_RAMSTATUS_RAMBLOCK3_Msk +}nrf_power_ramblock_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief RAM power state position of the bits + * + * @sa nrf_power_onoffram_mask_t + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_ONRAM0, /**< Keep RAM block 0 on or off in system ON Mode */ + NRF_POWER_OFFRAM0, /**< Keep retention on RAM block 0 when RAM block is switched off */ + NRF_POWER_ONRAM1, /**< Keep RAM block 1 on or off in system ON Mode */ + NRF_POWER_OFFRAM1, /**< Keep retention on RAM block 1 when RAM block is switched off */ + NRF_POWER_ONRAM2, /**< Keep RAM block 2 on or off in system ON Mode */ + NRF_POWER_OFFRAM2, /**< Keep retention on RAM block 2 when RAM block is switched off */ + NRF_POWER_ONRAM3, /**< Keep RAM block 3 on or off in system ON Mode */ + NRF_POWER_OFFRAM3, /**< Keep retention on RAM block 3 when RAM block is switched off */ +}nrf_power_onoffram_t; + +/** + * @brief RAM power state bit masks + * + * @sa nrf_power_onoffram_t + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_ONRAM0_MASK = 1U << NRF_POWER_ONRAM0, /**< Keep RAM block 0 on or off in system ON Mode */ + NRF_POWER_OFFRAM0_MASK = 1U << NRF_POWER_OFFRAM0, /**< Keep retention on RAM block 0 when RAM block is switched off */ + NRF_POWER_ONRAM1_MASK = 1U << NRF_POWER_ONRAM1, /**< Keep RAM block 1 on or off in system ON Mode */ + NRF_POWER_OFFRAM1_MASK = 1U << NRF_POWER_OFFRAM1, /**< Keep retention on RAM block 1 when RAM block is switched off */ + NRF_POWER_ONRAM2_MASK = 1U << NRF_POWER_ONRAM2, /**< Keep RAM block 2 on or off in system ON Mode */ + NRF_POWER_OFFRAM2_MASK = 1U << NRF_POWER_OFFRAM2, /**< Keep retention on RAM block 2 when RAM block is switched off */ + NRF_POWER_ONRAM3_MASK = 1U << NRF_POWER_ONRAM3, /**< Keep RAM block 3 on or off in system ON Mode */ + NRF_POWER_OFFRAM3_MASK = 1U << NRF_POWER_OFFRAM3, /**< Keep retention on RAM block 3 when RAM block is switched off */ +}nrf_power_onoffram_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief Power failure comparator thresholds + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V21 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V21, /**< Set threshold to 2.1 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V23 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V23, /**< Set threshold to 2.3 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V25 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V25, /**< Set threshold to 2.5 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V27 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V27, /**< Set threshold to 2.7 V */ +#if defined(POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V17) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V17 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V17, /**< Set threshold to 1.7 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V18 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V18, /**< Set threshold to 1.8 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V19 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V19, /**< Set threshold to 1.9 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V20 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V20, /**< Set threshold to 2.0 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V22 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V22, /**< Set threshold to 2.2 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V24 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V24, /**< Set threshold to 2.4 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V26 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V26, /**< Set threshold to 2.6 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHR_V28 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_V28, /**< Set threshold to 2.8 V */ +#endif +}nrf_power_pof_thr_t; + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH +/** + * @brief Power failure comparator thresholds for VDDH + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V27 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V27, /**< Set threshold to 2.7 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V28 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V28, /**< Set threshold to 2.8 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V29 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V29, /**< Set threshold to 2.9 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V30 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V30, /**< Set threshold to 3.0 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V31 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V31, /**< Set threshold to 3.1 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V32 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V32, /**< Set threshold to 3.2 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V33 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V33, /**< Set threshold to 3.3 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V34 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V34, /**< Set threshold to 3.4 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V35 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V35, /**< Set threshold to 3.5 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V36 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V36, /**< Set threshold to 3.6 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V37 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V37, /**< Set threshold to 3.7 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V38 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V38, /**< Set threshold to 3.8 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V39 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V39, /**< Set threshold to 3.9 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V40 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V40, /**< Set threshold to 4.0 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V41 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V41, /**< Set threshold to 4.1 V */ + NRF_POWER_POFTHRVDDH_V42 = POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_V42, /**< Set threshold to 4.2 V */ +}nrf_power_pof_thrvddh_t; + +/** + * @brief Main regulator status + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_MAINREGSTATUS_NORMAL = POWER_MAINREGSTATUS_MAINREGSTATUS_Normal, /**< Normal voltage mode. Voltage supplied on VDD. */ + NRF_POWER_MAINREGSTATUS_HIGH = POWER_MAINREGSTATUS_MAINREGSTATUS_High /**< High voltage mode. Voltage supplied on VDDH. */ +}nrf_power_mainregstatus_t; + +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH */ + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_RAMPOWER_REGS +/** + * @brief Bit positions for RAMPOWER register + * + * All possible bits described, even if they are not used in selected MCU. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /** Keep RAM section S0 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S0POWER = POWER_RAM_POWER_S0POWER_Pos, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S1POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S1 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S2POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S2 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S3POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S3 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S4POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S4 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S5POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S5 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S6POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S6 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S7POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S7 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S8POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S8 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S9POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S9 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S10POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S10 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S11POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S11 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S12POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S12 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S13POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S13 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S14POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S14 ON in System ON mode */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S15POWER, /**< Keep RAM section S15 ON in System ON mode */ + + /** Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S0RETENTION = POWER_RAM_POWER_S0RETENTION_Pos, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S1RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S2RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S3RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S4RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S5RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S6RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S7RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S8RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S9RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S10RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S11RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S12RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S13RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S14RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S15RETENTION, /**< Keep section retention in OFF mode when section is OFF */ +}nrf_power_rampower_t; + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) +#pragma push +#pragma diag_suppress 66 +#endif +/** + * @brief Bit masks for RAMPOWER register + * + * All possible bits described, even if they are not used in selected MCU. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S0POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S0POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S1POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S1POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S2POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S2POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S3POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S3POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S4POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S4POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S5POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S5POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S7POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S7POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S8POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S8POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S9POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S9POWER , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S10POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S10POWER, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S11POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S11POWER, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S12POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S12POWER, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S13POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S13POWER, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S14POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S14POWER, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S15POWER_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S15POWER, + + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S0RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S0RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S1RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S1RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S2RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S2RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S3RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S3RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S4RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S4RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S5RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S5RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S7RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S7RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S8RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S8RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S9RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S9RETENTION , + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S10RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S10RETENTION, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S11RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S11RETENTION, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S12RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S12RETENTION, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S13RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S13RETENTION, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S14RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S14RETENTION, + NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S15RETENTION_MASK = 1UL << NRF_POWER_RAMPOWER_S15RETENTION, +}nrf_power_rampower_mask_t; +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) +#pragma pop +#endif +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_RAMPOWER_REGS */ + + +/** + * @brief Get reset reason mask + * + * Function returns the reset reason. + * Unless cleared, the RESETREAS register is cumulative. + * A field is cleared by writing '1' to it (see @ref nrf_power_resetreas_clear). + * If none of the reset sources are flagged, + * this indicates that the chip was reset from the on-chip reset generator, + * which indicates a power-on-reset or a brown out reset. + * + * @return The mask of reset reasons constructed with @ref nrf_power_resetreas_mask_t. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_resetreas_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Clear selected reset reason field + * + * Function clears selected reset reason fields. + * + * @param[in] mask The mask constructed from @ref nrf_power_resetreas_mask_t enumerator values. + * @sa nrf_power_resetreas_get + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_resetreas_clear(uint32_t mask); + +/** + * @brief Get RAMSTATUS register + * + * Returns the masks of RAM blocks that are powered ON. + * + * @return Value with bits sets according to masks in @ref nrf_power_ramblock_mask_t. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_ramstatus_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Go to system OFF + * + * This function puts the CPU into system off mode. + * The only way to wake up the CPU is by reset. + * + * @note This function never returns. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_system_off(void); + +/** + * @brief Set power failure comparator configuration + * + * Sets power failure comparator threshold and enable/disable flag. + * + * @param enabled Set to true if power failure comparator should be enabled. + * @param thr Set the voltage threshold value. + * + * @note + * If VDDH settings is present in the device, this function would + * clear it settings (set to the lowest voltage). + * Use @ref nrf_power_pofcon_vddh_set function to set new value. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_pofcon_set(bool enabled, nrf_power_pof_thr_t thr); + +/** + * @brief Get power failure comparator configuration + * + * Get power failure comparator threshold and enable bit. + * + * @param[out] p_enabled Function would set this boolean variable to true + * if power failure comparator is enabled. + * The pointer can be NULL if we do not need this information. + * @return Threshold setting for power failure comparator + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_power_pof_thr_t nrf_power_pofcon_get(bool * p_enabled); + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH +/** + * @brief Set VDDH power failure comparator threshold + * + * @param thr Threshold to be set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_pofcon_vddh_set(nrf_power_pof_thrvddh_t thr); + +/** + * @brief Get VDDH power failure comparator threshold + * + * @return VDDH threshold currently configured + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_power_pof_thrvddh_t nrf_power_pofcon_vddh_get(void); +#endif + +/** + * @brief Set general purpose retention register + * + * @param val Value to be set in the register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_gpregret_set(uint8_t val); + +/** + * @brief Get general purpose retention register + * + * @return The value from the register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_power_gpregret_get(void); + +#if defined(POWER_GPREGRET2_GPREGRET_Msk) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) +/** + * @brief Set general purpose retention register 2 + * + * @param val Value to be set in the register + * @note This register is not available in nrf51 MCU family + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_gpregret2_set(uint8_t val); + +/** + * @brief Get general purpose retention register 2 + * + * @return The value from the register + * @note This register is not available in all MCUs. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_power_gpregret2_get(void); +#endif + +/** + * @brief Enable or disable DCDC converter + * + * @param enable Set true to enable or false to disable DCDC converter. + * + * @note + * If the device consist of high voltage power input (VDDH) this setting + * would relate to the converter on low voltage side (1.3 V output). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_dcdcen_set(bool enable); + +/** + * @brief Get the state of DCDC converter + * + * @retval true Converter is enabled + * @retval false Converter is disabled + * + * @note + * If the device consist of high voltage power input (VDDH) this setting + * would relate to the converter on low voltage side (1.3 V output). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_dcdcen_get(void); + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_RAMPOWER_REGS +/** + * @brief Turn ON sections in selected RAM block. + * + * This function turns ON sections in block and also block retention. + * + * @sa nrf_power_rampower_mask_t + * @sa nrf_power_rampower_mask_off + * + * @param block RAM block index. + * @param section_mask Mask of the sections created by merging + * @ref nrf_power_rampower_mask_t flags. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_rampower_mask_on(uint8_t block, uint32_t section_mask); + +/** + * @brief Turn ON sections in selected RAM block. + * + * This function turns OFF sections in block and also block retention. + * + * @sa nrf_power_rampower_mask_t + * @sa nrf_power_rampower_mask_off + * + * @param block RAM block index. + * @param section_mask Mask of the sections created by merging + * @ref nrf_power_rampower_mask_t flags. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_rampower_mask_off(uint8_t block, uint32_t section_mask); + +/** + * @brief Get the mask of ON and retention sections in selected RAM block. + * + * @param block RAM block index. + * @return Mask of sections state composed from @ref nrf_power_rampower_mask_t flags. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_rampower_mask_get(uint8_t block); +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_RAMPOWER_REGS */ + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH +/** + * @brief Enable of disable DCDC converter on VDDH + * + * @param enable Set true to enable or false to disable DCDC converter. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_dcdcen_vddh_set(bool enable); + +/** + * @brief Get the state of DCDC converter on VDDH + * + * @retval true Converter is enabled + * @retval false Converter is disabled + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_dcdcen_vddh_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Get main supply status + * + * @return Current main supply status + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_power_mainregstatus_t nrf_power_mainregstatus_get(void); +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH */ + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG +/** + * + * @return Get the whole USBREGSTATUS register + * + * @return The USBREGSTATUS register value. + * Use @ref nrf_power_usbregstatus_mask_t values for bit masking. + * + * @sa nrf_power_usbregstatus_vbusdet_get + * @sa nrf_power_usbregstatus_outrdy_get + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_usbregstatus_get(void); + +/** + * @brief VBUS input detection status + * + * USBDETECTED and USBREMOVED events are derived from this information + * + * @retval false VBUS voltage below valid threshold + * @retval true VBUS voltage above valid threshold + * + * @sa nrf_power_usbregstatus_get + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_usbregstatus_vbusdet_get(void); + +/** + * @brief USB supply output settling time elapsed + * + * @retval false USBREG output settling time not elapsed + * @retval true USBREG output settling time elapsed + * (same information as USBPWRRDY event) + * + * @sa nrf_power_usbregstatus_get + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_usbregstatus_outrdy_get(void); +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG */ + +/** @} */ + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_resetreas_get(void) +{ + return NRF_POWER->RESETREAS; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_resetreas_clear(uint32_t mask) +{ + NRF_POWER->RESETREAS = mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_ramstatus_get(void) +{ + return NRF_POWER->RAMSTATUS; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_system_off(void) +{ + NRF_POWER->SYSTEMOFF = POWER_SYSTEMOFF_SYSTEMOFF_Enter; + /* Solution for simulated System OFF in debug mode. + * Also, because dead loop is placed here, we do not need to implement + * any barriers here. */ + while(true) + { + /* Intentionally empty - we would be here only in debug mode */ + } +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_pofcon_set(bool enabled, nrf_power_pof_thr_t thr) +{ + ASSERT(thr == (thr & (POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_Msk >> POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_Pos))); + NRF_POWER->POFCON = (((uint32_t)thr) << POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_Pos) | + (enabled ? + (POWER_POFCON_POF_Enabled << POWER_POFCON_POF_Pos) + : + (POWER_POFCON_POF_Disabled << POWER_POFCON_POF_Pos)); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_power_pof_thr_t nrf_power_pofcon_get(bool * p_enabled) +{ + uint32_t pofcon = NRF_POWER->POFCON; + if(NULL != p_enabled) + { + (*p_enabled) = ((pofcon & POWER_POFCON_POF_Msk) >> POWER_POFCON_POF_Pos) + == POWER_POFCON_POF_Enabled; + } + return (nrf_power_pof_thr_t)((pofcon & POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_Msk) >> + POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLD_Pos); +} + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_pofcon_vddh_set(nrf_power_pof_thrvddh_t thr) +{ + ASSERT(thr == (thr & (POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_Msk >> POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_Pos))); + uint32_t pofcon = NRF_POWER->POFCON; + pofcon &= ~POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_Msk; + pofcon |= (((uint32_t)thr) << POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_Pos); + NRF_POWER->POFCON = pofcon; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_power_pof_thrvddh_t nrf_power_pofcon_vddh_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_power_pof_thrvddh_t)((NRF_POWER->POFCON & + POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_Msk) >> POWER_POFCON_THRESHOLDVDDH_Pos); +} +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH */ + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_gpregret_set(uint8_t val) +{ + NRF_POWER->GPREGRET = val; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_power_gpregret_get(void) +{ + return NRF_POWER->GPREGRET; +} + +#if defined(POWER_GPREGRET2_GPREGRET_Msk) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) +void nrf_power_gpregret2_set(uint8_t val) +{ + NRF_POWER->GPREGRET2 = val; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_power_gpregret2_get(void) +{ + return NRF_POWER->GPREGRET2; +} +#endif + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_dcdcen_set(bool enable) +{ +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH + NRF_POWER->DCDCEN = (enable ? + POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Enabled : POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Disabled) << + POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Pos; +#else + NRF_POWER->DCDCEN = (enable ? + POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Enabled : POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Disabled) << + POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Pos; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_dcdcen_get(void) +{ +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH + return (NRF_POWER->DCDCEN & POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Msk) + == + (POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Enabled << POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Pos); +#else + return (NRF_POWER->DCDCEN & POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Msk) + == + (POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Enabled << POWER_DCDCEN_DCDCEN_Pos); +#endif +} + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_RAMPOWER_REGS +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_rampower_mask_on(uint8_t block, uint32_t section_mask) +{ + ASSERT(block < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_POWER->RAM)); + NRF_POWER->RAM[block].POWERSET = section_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_rampower_mask_off(uint8_t block, uint32_t section_mask) +{ + ASSERT(block < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_POWER->RAM)); + NRF_POWER->RAM[block].POWERCLR = section_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_rampower_mask_get(uint8_t block) +{ + ASSERT(block < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_POWER->RAM)); + return NRF_POWER->RAM[block].POWER; +} +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_RAMPOWER_REGS */ + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_power_dcdcen_vddh_set(bool enable) +{ + NRF_POWER->DCDCEN0 = (enable ? + POWER_DCDCEN0_DCDCEN_Enabled : POWER_DCDCEN0_DCDCEN_Disabled) << + POWER_DCDCEN0_DCDCEN_Pos; +} + +bool nrf_power_dcdcen_vddh_get(void) +{ + return (NRF_POWER->DCDCEN0 & POWER_DCDCEN0_DCDCEN_Msk) + == + (POWER_DCDCEN0_DCDCEN_Enabled << POWER_DCDCEN0_DCDCEN_Pos); +} + +nrf_power_mainregstatus_t nrf_power_mainregstatus_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_power_mainregstatus_t)(((NRF_POWER->MAINREGSTATUS) & + POWER_MAINREGSTATUS_MAINREGSTATUS_Msk) >> + POWER_MAINREGSTATUS_MAINREGSTATUS_Pos); +} +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_VDDH */ + +#if NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_power_usbregstatus_get(void) +{ + return NRF_POWER->USBREGSTATUS; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_usbregstatus_vbusdet_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_power_usbregstatus_get() & + NRF_POWER_USBREGSTATUS_VBUSDETECT_MASK) != 0; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_power_usbregstatus_outrdy_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_power_usbregstatus_get() & + NRF_POWER_USBREGSTATUS_OUTPUTRDY_MASK) != 0; +} +#endif /* NRF_POWER_HAS_USBREG */ + +#endif /* SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_POWER_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ppi.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ppi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..da08c691 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_ppi.h @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_PPI_H__ +#define NRF_PPI_H__ + +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_ppi_hal PPI HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_ppi + * @brief Hardware access layer for setting up Programmable Peripheral Interconnect (PPI) channels. + */ + +#define NRF_PPI_TASK_SET (1UL) + +/** + * @enum nrf_ppi_channel_t + * @brief PPI channels. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL0 = PPI_CHEN_CH0_Pos, /**< Channel 0. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL1 = PPI_CHEN_CH1_Pos, /**< Channel 1. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL2 = PPI_CHEN_CH2_Pos, /**< Channel 2. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL3 = PPI_CHEN_CH3_Pos, /**< Channel 3. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL4 = PPI_CHEN_CH4_Pos, /**< Channel 4. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL5 = PPI_CHEN_CH5_Pos, /**< Channel 5. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL6 = PPI_CHEN_CH6_Pos, /**< Channel 6. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL7 = PPI_CHEN_CH7_Pos, /**< Channel 7. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL8 = PPI_CHEN_CH8_Pos, /**< Channel 8. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL9 = PPI_CHEN_CH9_Pos, /**< Channel 9. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL10 = PPI_CHEN_CH10_Pos, /**< Channel 10. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL11 = PPI_CHEN_CH11_Pos, /**< Channel 11. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL12 = PPI_CHEN_CH12_Pos, /**< Channel 12. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL13 = PPI_CHEN_CH13_Pos, /**< Channel 13. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL14 = PPI_CHEN_CH14_Pos, /**< Channel 14. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL15 = PPI_CHEN_CH15_Pos, /**< Channel 15. */ +#if (PPI_CH_NUM > 16) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL16 = PPI_CHEN_CH16_Pos, /**< Channel 16. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL17 = PPI_CHEN_CH17_Pos, /**< Channel 17. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL18 = PPI_CHEN_CH18_Pos, /**< Channel 18. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL19 = PPI_CHEN_CH19_Pos, /**< Channel 19. */ +#endif + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL20 = PPI_CHEN_CH20_Pos, /**< Channel 20. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL21 = PPI_CHEN_CH21_Pos, /**< Channel 21. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL22 = PPI_CHEN_CH22_Pos, /**< Channel 22. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL23 = PPI_CHEN_CH23_Pos, /**< Channel 23. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL24 = PPI_CHEN_CH24_Pos, /**< Channel 24. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL25 = PPI_CHEN_CH25_Pos, /**< Channel 25. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL26 = PPI_CHEN_CH26_Pos, /**< Channel 26. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL27 = PPI_CHEN_CH27_Pos, /**< Channel 27. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL28 = PPI_CHEN_CH28_Pos, /**< Channel 28. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL29 = PPI_CHEN_CH29_Pos, /**< Channel 29. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL30 = PPI_CHEN_CH30_Pos, /**< Channel 30. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL31 = PPI_CHEN_CH31_Pos /**< Channel 31. */ +} nrf_ppi_channel_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_ppi_channel_group_t + * @brief PPI channel groups. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_GROUP0 = 0, /**< Channel group 0. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_GROUP1 = 1, /**< Channel group 1. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_GROUP2 = 2, /**< Channel group 2. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_GROUP3 = 3, /**< Channel group 3. */ +#if (PPI_GROUP_NUM > 4) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_GROUP4 = 4, /**< Channel group 4. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_GROUP5 = 5 /**< Channel group 5. */ +#endif +} nrf_ppi_channel_group_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_ppi_channel_include_t + * @brief Definition of which PPI channels belong to a group. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_EXCLUDE = PPI_CHG_CH0_Excluded, /**< Channel excluded from a group. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_INCLUDE = PPI_CHG_CH0_Included /**< Channel included in a group. */ +} nrf_ppi_channel_include_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_ppi_channel_enable_t + * @brief Definition if a PPI channel is enabled. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_DISABLED = PPI_CHEN_CH0_Disabled, /**< Channel disabled. */ + NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLED = PPI_CHEN_CH0_Enabled /**< Channel enabled. */ +} nrf_ppi_channel_enable_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_ppi_task_t + * @brief PPI tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__)*/ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG0_EN = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[0].EN), /**< Task for enabling channel group 0 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG0_DIS = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[0].DIS), /**< Task for disabling channel group 0 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG1_EN = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[1].EN), /**< Task for enabling channel group 1 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG1_DIS = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[1].DIS), /**< Task for disabling channel group 1 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG2_EN = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[2].EN), /**< Task for enabling channel group 2 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG2_DIS = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[2].DIS), /**< Task for disabling channel group 2 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG3_EN = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[3].EN), /**< Task for enabling channel group 3 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG3_DIS = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[3].DIS), /**< Task for disabling channel group 3 */ +#if (PPI_GROUP_NUM > 4) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG4_EN = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[4].EN), /**< Task for enabling channel group 4 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG4_DIS = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[4].DIS), /**< Task for disabling channel group 4 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG5_EN = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[5].EN), /**< Task for enabling channel group 5 */ + NRF_PPI_TASK_CHG5_DIS = offsetof(NRF_PPI_Type, TASKS_CHG[5].DIS) /**< Task for disabling channel group 5 */ +#endif + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_ppi_task_t; + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling a given PPI channel. + * + * @details This function enables only one channel. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel to enable. + * + * */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channel_enable(nrf_ppi_channel_t channel) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHENSET = PPI_CHENSET_CH0_Set << ((uint32_t) channel); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling a given PPI channel. + * + * @details This function disables only one channel. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channel_disable(nrf_ppi_channel_t channel) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHENCLR = PPI_CHENCLR_CH0_Clear << ((uint32_t) channel); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if a given PPI channel is enabled. + * + * @details This function checks only one channel. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel to check. + * + * @retval NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLED If the channel is enabled. + * @retval NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_DISABLED If the channel is not enabled. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_ppi_channel_enable_t nrf_ppi_channel_enable_get(nrf_ppi_channel_t channel) +{ + if (NRF_PPI->CHEN & (PPI_CHEN_CH0_Msk << ((uint32_t) channel))) + { + return NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_ENABLED; + } + else + { + return NRF_PPI_CHANNEL_DISABLED; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling all PPI channels. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channel_disable_all(void) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHENCLR = ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFFuL); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling multiple PPI channels. + * + * @param[in] mask Channel mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channels_disable(uint32_t mask) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHENCLR = mask; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for setting up event and task endpoints for a given PPI channel. + * + * @param[in] eep Event register address. + * + * @param[in] tep Task register address. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel to which the given endpoints are assigned. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channel_endpoint_setup(nrf_ppi_channel_t channel, + uint32_t eep, + uint32_t tep) +{ + NRF_PPI->CH[(uint32_t) channel].EEP = eep; + NRF_PPI->CH[(uint32_t) channel].TEP = tep; +} + +#if defined(PPI_FEATURE_FORKS_PRESENT) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) +/** + * @brief Function for setting up task endpoint for a given PPI fork. + * + * @param[in] fork_tep Task register address. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel to which the given fork endpoint is assigned. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_fork_endpoint_setup(nrf_ppi_channel_t channel, + uint32_t fork_tep) +{ + NRF_PPI->FORK[(uint32_t) channel].TEP = fork_tep; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for setting up event and task endpoints for a given PPI channel and fork. + * + * @param[in] eep Event register address. + * + * @param[in] tep Task register address. + * + * @param[in] fork_tep Fork task register address (register value). + * + * @param[in] channel Channel to which the given endpoints are assigned. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channel_and_fork_endpoint_setup(nrf_ppi_channel_t channel, + uint32_t eep, + uint32_t tep, + uint32_t fork_tep) +{ + nrf_ppi_channel_endpoint_setup(channel, eep, tep); + nrf_ppi_fork_endpoint_setup(channel, fork_tep); +} +#endif + +/** + * @brief Function for including a PPI channel in a channel group. + * + * @details This function adds only one channel to the group. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel to be included in the group. + * + * @param[in] channel_group Channel group. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channel_include_in_group(nrf_ppi_channel_t channel, + nrf_ppi_channel_group_t channel_group) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) channel_group] = + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) channel_group] | (PPI_CHG_CH0_Included << ((uint32_t) channel)); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for including multiple PPI channels in a channel group. + * + * @details This function adds all specified channels to the group. + * + * @param[in] channel_mask Channels to be included in the group. + * + * @param[in] channel_group Channel group. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channels_include_in_group(uint32_t channel_mask, + nrf_ppi_channel_group_t channel_group) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) channel_group] = + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) channel_group] | (channel_mask); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for removing a PPI channel from a channel group. + * + * @details This function removes only one channel from the group. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel to be removed from the group. + * + * @param[in] channel_group Channel group. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channel_remove_from_group(nrf_ppi_channel_t channel, + nrf_ppi_channel_group_t channel_group) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) channel_group] = + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) channel_group] & ~(PPI_CHG_CH0_Included << ((uint32_t) channel)); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for removing multiple PPI channels from a channel group. + * + * @details This function removes all specified channels from the group. + * + * @param[in] channel_mask Channels to be removed from the group. + * + * @param[in] channel_group Channel group. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channels_remove_from_group(uint32_t channel_mask, + nrf_ppi_channel_group_t channel_group) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) channel_group] = + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) channel_group] & ~(channel_mask); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for removing all PPI channels from a channel group. + * + * @param[in] group Channel group. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_channel_group_clear(nrf_ppi_channel_group_t group) +{ + NRF_PPI->CHG[(uint32_t) group] = 0; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling a channel group. + * + * @param[in] group Channel group. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_group_enable(nrf_ppi_channel_group_t group) +{ + NRF_PPI->TASKS_CHG[(uint32_t) group].EN = NRF_PPI_TASK_SET; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling a channel group. + * + * @param[in] group Channel group. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_group_disable(nrf_ppi_channel_group_t group) +{ + NRF_PPI->TASKS_CHG[(uint32_t) group].DIS = NRF_PPI_TASK_SET; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a PPI task. + * + * @param[in] ppi_task PPI task to set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_ppi_task_trigger(nrf_ppi_task_t ppi_task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *) ((uint8_t *) NRF_PPI_BASE + (uint32_t) ppi_task)) = NRF_PPI_TASK_SET; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific PPI task register. + * + * @param[in] ppi_task PPI task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_ppi_task_address_get(nrf_ppi_task_t ppi_task) +{ + return (uint32_t *) ((uint8_t *) NRF_PPI_BASE + (uint32_t) ppi_task); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the PPI enable task address of a specific group. + * + * @param[in] group PPI group. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_ppi_task_group_enable_address_get(nrf_ppi_channel_group_t group) +{ + return (uint32_t *) &NRF_PPI->TASKS_CHG[(uint32_t) group].EN; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the PPI disable task address of a specific group. + * + * @param[in] group PPI group. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_ppi_task_group_disable_address_get(nrf_ppi_channel_group_t group) +{ + return (uint32_t *) &NRF_PPI->TASKS_CHG[(uint32_t) group].DIS; +} + + +/** + *@} + **/ + +/*lint --flb "Leave library region" */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_PPI_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_pwm.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_pwm.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..65322a5a --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_pwm.h @@ -0,0 +1,674 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_pwm_hal PWM HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_pwm + * + * @brief @tagAPI52 Hardware access layer for managing the Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) + * peripheral. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_PWM_H__ +#define NRF_PWM_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @brief This value can be provided as a parameter for the @ref nrf_pwm_pins_set + * function call to specify that a given output channel shall not be + * connected to a physical pin. + */ +#define NRF_PWM_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF + +/** + * @brief Number of channels in each Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +#define NRF_PWM_CHANNEL_COUNT 4 + + +/** + * @brief PWM tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_PWM_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, TASKS_STOP), ///< Stops PWM pulse generation on all channels at the end of the current PWM period, and stops the sequence playback. + NRF_PWM_TASK_SEQSTART0 = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, TASKS_SEQSTART[0]), ///< Starts playback of sequence 0. + NRF_PWM_TASK_SEQSTART1 = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, TASKS_SEQSTART[1]), ///< Starts playback of sequence 1. + NRF_PWM_TASK_NEXTSTEP = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, TASKS_NEXTSTEP) ///< Steps by one value in the current sequence if the decoder is set to @ref NRF_PWM_STEP_TRIGGERED mode. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_pwm_task_t; + +/** + * @brief PWM events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_PWM_EVENT_STOPPED = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, EVENTS_STOPPED), ///< Response to STOP task, emitted when PWM pulses are no longer generated. + NRF_PWM_EVENT_SEQSTARTED0 = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, EVENTS_SEQSTARTED[0]), ///< First PWM period started on sequence 0. + NRF_PWM_EVENT_SEQSTARTED1 = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, EVENTS_SEQSTARTED[1]), ///< First PWM period started on sequence 1. + NRF_PWM_EVENT_SEQEND0 = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, EVENTS_SEQEND[0]), ///< Emitted at the end of every sequence 0 when its last value has been read from RAM. + NRF_PWM_EVENT_SEQEND1 = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, EVENTS_SEQEND[1]), ///< Emitted at the end of every sequence 1 when its last value has been read from RAM. + NRF_PWM_EVENT_PWMPERIODEND = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, EVENTS_PWMPERIODEND), ///< Emitted at the end of each PWM period. + NRF_PWM_EVENT_LOOPSDONE = offsetof(NRF_PWM_Type, EVENTS_LOOPSDONE) ///< Concatenated sequences have been played the requested number of times. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_pwm_event_t; + +/** + * @brief PWM interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PWM_INT_STOPPED_MASK = PWM_INTENSET_STOPPED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on STOPPED event. + NRF_PWM_INT_SEQSTARTED0_MASK = PWM_INTENSET_SEQSTARTED0_Msk, ///< Interrupt on SEQSTARTED[0] event. + NRF_PWM_INT_SEQSTARTED1_MASK = PWM_INTENSET_SEQSTARTED1_Msk, ///< Interrupt on SEQSTARTED[1] event. + NRF_PWM_INT_SEQEND0_MASK = PWM_INTENSET_SEQEND0_Msk, ///< Interrupt on SEQEND[0] event. + NRF_PWM_INT_SEQEND1_MASK = PWM_INTENSET_SEQEND1_Msk, ///< Interrupt on SEQEND[1] event. + NRF_PWM_INT_PWMPERIODEND_MASK = PWM_INTENSET_PWMPERIODEND_Msk, ///< Interrupt on PWMPERIODEND event. + NRF_PWM_INT_LOOPSDONE_MASK = PWM_INTENSET_LOOPSDONE_Msk ///< Interrupt on LOOPSDONE event. +} nrf_pwm_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief PWM shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PWM_SHORT_SEQEND0_STOP_MASK = PWM_SHORTS_SEQEND0_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut between SEQEND[0] event and STOP task. + NRF_PWM_SHORT_SEQEND1_STOP_MASK = PWM_SHORTS_SEQEND1_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut between SEQEND[1] event and STOP task. + NRF_PWM_SHORT_LOOPSDONE_SEQSTART0_MASK = PWM_SHORTS_LOOPSDONE_SEQSTART0_Msk, ///< Shortcut between LOOPSDONE event and SEQSTART[0] task. + NRF_PWM_SHORT_LOOPSDONE_SEQSTART1_MASK = PWM_SHORTS_LOOPSDONE_SEQSTART1_Msk, ///< Shortcut between LOOPSDONE event and SEQSTART[1] task. + NRF_PWM_SHORT_LOOPSDONE_STOP_MASK = PWM_SHORTS_LOOPSDONE_STOP_Msk ///< Shortcut between LOOPSDONE event and STOP task. +} nrf_pwm_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief PWM modes of operation. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PWM_MODE_UP = PWM_MODE_UPDOWN_Up, ///< Up counter (edge-aligned PWM duty cycle). + NRF_PWM_MODE_UP_AND_DOWN = PWM_MODE_UPDOWN_UpAndDown, ///< Up and down counter (center-aligned PWM duty cycle). +} nrf_pwm_mode_t; + +/** + * @brief PWM base clock frequencies. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PWM_CLK_16MHz = PWM_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_DIV_1, ///< 16 MHz / 1 = 16 MHz. + NRF_PWM_CLK_8MHz = PWM_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_DIV_2, ///< 16 MHz / 2 = 8 MHz. + NRF_PWM_CLK_4MHz = PWM_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_DIV_4, ///< 16 MHz / 4 = 4 MHz. + NRF_PWM_CLK_2MHz = PWM_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_DIV_8, ///< 16 MHz / 8 = 2 MHz. + NRF_PWM_CLK_1MHz = PWM_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_DIV_16, ///< 16 MHz / 16 = 1 MHz. + NRF_PWM_CLK_500kHz = PWM_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_DIV_32, ///< 16 MHz / 32 = 500 kHz. + NRF_PWM_CLK_250kHz = PWM_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_DIV_64, ///< 16 MHz / 64 = 250 kHz. + NRF_PWM_CLK_125kHz = PWM_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_DIV_128 ///< 16 MHz / 128 = 125 kHz. +} nrf_pwm_clk_t; + +/** + * @brief PWM decoder load modes. + * + * The selected mode determines how the sequence data is read from RAM and + * spread to the compare registers. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PWM_LOAD_COMMON = PWM_DECODER_LOAD_Common, ///< 1st half word (16-bit) used in all PWM channels (0-3). + NRF_PWM_LOAD_GROUPED = PWM_DECODER_LOAD_Grouped, ///< 1st half word (16-bit) used in channels 0 and 1; 2nd word in channels 2 and 3. + NRF_PWM_LOAD_INDIVIDUAL = PWM_DECODER_LOAD_Individual, ///< 1st half word (16-bit) used in channel 0; 2nd in channel 1; 3rd in channel 2; 4th in channel 3. + NRF_PWM_LOAD_WAVE_FORM = PWM_DECODER_LOAD_WaveForm ///< 1st half word (16-bit) used in channel 0; 2nd in channel 1; ... ; 4th as the top value for the pulse generator counter. +} nrf_pwm_dec_load_t; + +/** + * @brief PWM decoder next step modes. + * + * The selected mode determines when the next value from the active sequence + * is loaded. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_PWM_STEP_AUTO = PWM_DECODER_MODE_RefreshCount, ///< Automatically after the current value is played and repeated the requested number of times. + NRF_PWM_STEP_TRIGGERED = PWM_DECODER_MODE_NextStep ///< When the @ref NRF_PWM_TASK_NEXTSTEP task is triggered. +} nrf_pwm_dec_step_t; + + +/** + * @brief Type used for defining duty cycle values for a sequence + * loaded in @ref NRF_PWM_LOAD_COMMON mode. + */ +typedef uint16_t nrf_pwm_values_common_t; + +/** + * @brief Structure for defining duty cycle values for a sequence + * loaded in @ref NRF_PWM_LOAD_GROUPED mode. + */ +typedef struct { + uint16_t group_0; ///< Duty cycle value for group 0 (channels 0 and 1). + uint16_t group_1; ///< Duty cycle value for group 1 (channels 2 and 3). +} nrf_pwm_values_grouped_t; + +/** + * @brief Structure for defining duty cycle values for a sequence + * loaded in @ref NRF_PWM_LOAD_INDIVIDUAL mode. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t channel_0; ///< Duty cycle value for channel 0. + uint16_t channel_1; ///< Duty cycle value for channel 1. + uint16_t channel_2; ///< Duty cycle value for channel 2. + uint16_t channel_3; ///< Duty cycle value for channel 3. +} nrf_pwm_values_individual_t; + +/** + * @brief Structure for defining duty cycle values for a sequence + * loaded in @ref NRF_PWM_LOAD_WAVE_FORM mode. + */ +typedef struct { + uint16_t channel_0; ///< Duty cycle value for channel 0. + uint16_t channel_1; ///< Duty cycle value for channel 1. + uint16_t channel_2; ///< Duty cycle value for channel 2. + uint16_t counter_top; ///< Top value for the pulse generator counter. +} nrf_pwm_values_wave_form_t; + +/** + * @brief Union grouping pointers to arrays of duty cycle values applicable to + * various loading modes. + */ +typedef union { + nrf_pwm_values_common_t const * p_common; ///< Pointer to be used in @ref NRF_PWM_LOAD_COMMON mode. + nrf_pwm_values_grouped_t const * p_grouped; ///< Pointer to be used in @ref NRF_PWM_LOAD_GROUPED mode. + nrf_pwm_values_individual_t const * p_individual; ///< Pointer to be used in @ref NRF_PWM_LOAD_INDIVIDUAL mode. + nrf_pwm_values_wave_form_t const * p_wave_form; ///< Pointer to be used in @ref NRF_PWM_LOAD_WAVE_FORM mode. + uint16_t const * p_raw; ///< Pointer providing raw access to the values. +} nrf_pwm_values_t; + +/** + * @brief Structure for defining a sequence of PWM duty cycles. + * + * When the sequence is set (by a call to @ref nrf_pwm_sequence_set), the + * provided duty cycle values are not copied. The @p values pointer is stored + * in the peripheral's internal register, and the values are loaded from RAM + * during the sequence playback. Therefore, you must ensure that the values + * do not change before and during the sequence playback (for example, + * the values cannot be placed in a local variable that is allocated on stack). + * If the sequence is played in a loop and the values should be updated + * before the next iteration, it is safe to modify them when the corresponding + * event signaling the end of sequence occurs (@ref NRF_PWM_EVENT_SEQEND0 + * or @ref NRF_PWM_EVENT_SEQEND1, respectively). + * + * @note The @p repeats and @p end_delay values (which are written to the + * SEQ[n].REFRESH and SEQ[n].ENDDELAY registers in the peripheral, + * respectively) are ignored at the end of a complex sequence + * playback, indicated by the LOOPSDONE event. + * See the @linkProductSpecification52 for more information. + */ +typedef struct +{ + nrf_pwm_values_t values; ///< Pointer to an array with duty cycle values. This array must be in Data RAM. + /**< This field is defined as an union of pointers + * to provide a convenient way to define duty + * cycle values in various loading modes + * (see @ref nrf_pwm_dec_load_t). + * In each value, the most significant bit (15) + * determines the polarity of the output and the + * others (14-0) compose the 15-bit value to be + * compared with the pulse generator counter. */ + uint16_t length; ///< Number of 16-bit values in the array pointed by @p values. + uint32_t repeats; ///< Number of times that each duty cycle should be repeated (after being played once). Ignored in @ref NRF_PWM_STEP_TRIGGERED mode. + uint32_t end_delay; ///< Additional time (in PWM periods) that the last duty cycle is to be kept after the sequence is played. Ignored in @ref NRF_PWM_STEP_TRIGGERED mode. +} nrf_pwm_sequence_t; + +/** + * @brief Helper macro for calculating the number of 16-bit values in specified + * array of duty cycle values. + */ +#define NRF_PWM_VALUES_LENGTH(array) (sizeof(array) / sizeof(uint16_t)) + + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific PWM task. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_task_trigger(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific PWM task register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the specified task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_pwm_task_address_get(NRF_PWM_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific PWM event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_event_clear(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific PWM event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_pwm_event_check(NRF_PWM_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific PWM event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_pwm_event_address_get(NRF_PWM_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] pwm_shorts_mask Shortcuts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_shorts_enable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] pwm_shorts_mask Shortcuts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_shorts_disable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the configuration of PWM shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] pwm_shorts_mask Shortcuts configuration to set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_shorts_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] pwm_int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_int_enable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] pwm_int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_int_disable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the configuration of PWM interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] pwm_int_mask Interrupts configuration to set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_int_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] pwm_int Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_pwm_int_enable_check(NRF_PWM_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_int_mask_t pwm_int); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the PWM peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_enable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the PWM peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_disable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for assigning pins to PWM output channels. + * + * Usage of all PWM output channels is optional. If a given channel is not + * needed, pass the @ref NRF_PWM_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED value instead of its pin + * number. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] out_pins Array with pin numbers for individual PWM output channels. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_pins_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t out_pins[NRF_PWM_CHANNEL_COUNT]); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the PWM peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] base_clock Base clock frequency. + * @param[in] mode Operating mode of the pulse generator counter. + * @param[in] top_value Value up to which the pulse generator counter counts. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_configure(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_clk_t base_clock, + nrf_pwm_mode_t mode, + uint16_t top_value); + +/** + * @brief Function for defining a sequence of PWM duty cycles. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] seq_id Identifier of the sequence (0 or 1). + * @param[in] p_seq Pointer to the sequence definition. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_sequence_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + nrf_pwm_sequence_t const * p_seq); + +/** + * @brief Function for modifying the pointer to the duty cycle values + * in the specified sequence. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] seq_id Identifier of the sequence (0 or 1). + * @param[in] p_values Pointer to an array with duty cycle values. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_seq_ptr_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + uint16_t const * p_values); + +/** + * @brief Function for modifying the total number of duty cycle values + * in the specified sequence. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] seq_id Identifier of the sequence (0 or 1). + * @param[in] length Number of duty cycle values. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_seq_cnt_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + uint16_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for modifying the additional number of PWM periods spent + * on each duty cycle value in the specified sequence. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] seq_id Identifier of the sequence (0 or 1). + * @param[in] refresh Number of additional PWM periods for each duty cycle value. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_seq_refresh_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + uint32_t refresh); + +/** + * @brief Function for modifying the additional time added after the sequence + * is played. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] seq_id Identifier of the sequence (0 or 1). + * @param[in] end_delay Number of PWM periods added at the end of the sequence. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_seq_end_delay_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + uint32_t end_delay); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the mode of loading sequence data from RAM + * and advancing the sequence. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] dec_load Mode of loading sequence data from RAM. + * @param[in] dec_step Mode of advancing the active sequence. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_decoder_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_dec_load_t dec_load, + nrf_pwm_dec_step_t dec_step); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the number of times the sequence playback + * should be performed. + * + * This function applies to two-sequence playback (concatenated sequence 0 and 1). + * A single sequence can be played back only once. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] loop_count Number of times to perform the sequence playback. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_loop_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint16_t loop_count); + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_task_trigger(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_pwm_task_address_get(NRF_PWM_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_task_t task) +{ + return ((uint32_t)p_reg + (uint32_t)task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_event_clear(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_pwm_event_check(NRF_PWM_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_pwm_event_address_get(NRF_PWM_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_event_t event) +{ + return ((uint32_t)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_shorts_enable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS |= pwm_shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_shorts_disable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS &= ~(pwm_shorts_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_shorts_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS = pwm_shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_int_enable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = pwm_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_int_disable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = pwm_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_int_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pwm_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTEN = pwm_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_pwm_int_enable_check(NRF_PWM_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_int_mask_t pwm_int) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & pwm_int); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_enable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (PWM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << PWM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_disable(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (PWM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << PWM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_pins_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t out_pins[NRF_PWM_CHANNEL_COUNT]) +{ + uint8_t i; + for (i = 0; i < NRF_PWM_CHANNEL_COUNT; ++i) + { + p_reg->PSEL.OUT[i] = out_pins[i]; + } +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_configure(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_clk_t base_clock, + nrf_pwm_mode_t mode, + uint16_t top_value) +{ + ASSERT(top_value <= PWM_COUNTERTOP_COUNTERTOP_Msk); + + p_reg->PRESCALER = base_clock; + p_reg->MODE = mode; + p_reg->COUNTERTOP = top_value; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_sequence_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + nrf_pwm_sequence_t const * p_seq) +{ + ASSERT(p_seq != NULL); + + nrf_pwm_seq_ptr_set( p_reg, seq_id, p_seq->values.p_raw); + nrf_pwm_seq_cnt_set( p_reg, seq_id, p_seq->length); + nrf_pwm_seq_refresh_set( p_reg, seq_id, p_seq->repeats); + nrf_pwm_seq_end_delay_set(p_reg, seq_id, p_seq->end_delay); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_seq_ptr_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + uint16_t const * p_values) +{ + ASSERT(seq_id <= 1); + ASSERT(p_values != NULL); + p_reg->SEQ[seq_id].PTR = (uint32_t)p_values; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_seq_cnt_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + uint16_t length) +{ + ASSERT(seq_id <= 1); + ASSERT(length != 0); + ASSERT(length <= PWM_SEQ_CNT_CNT_Msk); + p_reg->SEQ[seq_id].CNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_seq_refresh_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + uint32_t refresh) +{ + ASSERT(seq_id <= 1); + ASSERT(refresh <= PWM_SEQ_REFRESH_CNT_Msk); + p_reg->SEQ[seq_id].REFRESH = refresh; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_seq_end_delay_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t seq_id, + uint32_t end_delay) +{ + ASSERT(seq_id <= 1); + ASSERT(end_delay <= PWM_SEQ_ENDDELAY_CNT_Msk); + p_reg->SEQ[seq_id].ENDDELAY = end_delay; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_decoder_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_pwm_dec_load_t dec_load, + nrf_pwm_dec_step_t dec_step) +{ + p_reg->DECODER = ((uint32_t)dec_load << PWM_DECODER_LOAD_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)dec_step << PWM_DECODER_MODE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_pwm_loop_set(NRF_PWM_Type * p_reg, + uint16_t loop_count) +{ + p_reg->LOOP = loop_count; +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_PWM_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_qdec.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_qdec.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8665e09b --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_qdec.h @@ -0,0 +1,476 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_QDEC_H__ +#define NRF_QDEC_H__ + +#include +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/*lint ++flb "Enter library region" */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_qdec_hal QDEC HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_qdec + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the quadrature decoder (QDEC) peripheral. + */ + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_task_t + * @brief QDEC tasks. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_QDEC_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_QDEC_Type, TASKS_START), /**< Starting the quadrature decoder. */ + NRF_QDEC_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_QDEC_Type, TASKS_STOP), /**< Stopping the quadrature decoder. */ + NRF_QDEC_TASK_READCLRACC = offsetof(NRF_QDEC_Type, TASKS_READCLRACC) /**< Reading and clearing ACC and ACCDBL registers. */ +} nrf_qdec_task_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_event_t + * @brief QDEC events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QDEC_EVENT_SAMPLERDY = offsetof(NRF_QDEC_Type, EVENTS_SAMPLERDY), /**< Event generated for every new sample. */ + NRF_QDEC_EVENT_REPORTRDY = offsetof(NRF_QDEC_Type, EVENTS_REPORTRDY), /**< Event generated for every new report. */ + NRF_QDEC_EVENT_ACCOF = offsetof(NRF_QDEC_Type, EVENTS_ACCOF) /**< Event generated for every accumulator overflow. */ +} nrf_qdec_event_t; /*lint -restore */ + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_short_mask_t + * @brief QDEC shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QDEC_SHORT_REPORTRDY_READCLRACC_MASK = QDEC_SHORTS_REPORTRDY_READCLRACC_Msk, /**< Shortcut between REPORTRDY event and READCLRACC task. */ + NRF_QDEC_SHORT_SAMPLERDY_STOP_MASK = QDEC_SHORTS_SAMPLERDY_STOP_Msk /**< Shortcut between SAMPLERDY event and STOP task. */ +} nrf_qdec_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_int_mask_t + * @brief QDEC interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QDEC_INT_SAMPLERDY_MASK = QDEC_INTENSET_SAMPLERDY_Msk, /**< Mask for enabling or disabling an interrupt on SAMPLERDY event. */ + NRF_QDEC_INT_REPORTRDY_MASK = QDEC_INTENSET_REPORTRDY_Msk, /**< Mask for enabling or disabling an interrupt on REPORTRDY event. */ + NRF_QDEC_INT_ACCOF_MASK = QDEC_INTENSET_ACCOF_Msk /**< Mask for enabling or disabling an interrupt on ACCOF event. */ +} nrf_qdec_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_enable_t + * @brief States of the enable bit. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QDEC_DISABLE = QDEC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled, /**< Mask for disabling the QDEC periperal. When disabled, the QDEC decoder pins are not active. */ + NRF_QDEC_ENABLE = QDEC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled /**< Mask for enabling the QDEC periperal. When enabled, the QDEC pins are active. */ +} nrf_qdec_enable_t; + + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_dbfen_t + * @brief States of the debounce filter enable bit. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QDEC_DBFEN_DISABLE = QDEC_DBFEN_DBFEN_Disabled, /**< Mask for disabling the debounce filter. */ + NRF_QDEC_DBFEN_ENABLE = QDEC_DBFEN_DBFEN_Enabled /**< Mask for enabling the debounce filter. */ +} nrf_qdec_dbfen_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_ledpol_t + * @brief Active LED polarity. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QDEC_LEPOL_ACTIVE_LOW = QDEC_LEDPOL_LEDPOL_ActiveLow, /**< QDEC LED active on output pin low. */ + NRF_QDEC_LEPOL_ACTIVE_HIGH = QDEC_LEDPOL_LEDPOL_ActiveHigh /**< QDEC LED active on output pin high. */ +} nrf_qdec_ledpol_t; + + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_sampleper_t + * @brief Available sampling periods. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QDEC_SAMPLEPER_128us = QDEC_SAMPLEPER_SAMPLEPER_128us, /**< QDEC sampling period 128 microseconds. */ + NRF_QDEC_SAMPLEPER_256us = QDEC_SAMPLEPER_SAMPLEPER_256us, /**< QDEC sampling period 256 microseconds. */ + NRF_QDEC_SAMPLEPER_512us = QDEC_SAMPLEPER_SAMPLEPER_512us, /**< QDEC sampling period 512 microseconds. */ + NRF_QDEC_SAMPLEPER_1024us = QDEC_SAMPLEPER_SAMPLEPER_1024us, /**< QDEC sampling period 1024 microseconds. */ + NRF_QDEC_SAMPLEPER_2048us = QDEC_SAMPLEPER_SAMPLEPER_2048us, /**< QDEC sampling period 2048 microseconds. */ + NRF_QDEC_SAMPLEPER_4096us = QDEC_SAMPLEPER_SAMPLEPER_4096us, /**< QDEC sampling period 4096 microseconds. */ + NRF_QDEC_SAMPLEPER_8192us = QDEC_SAMPLEPER_SAMPLEPER_8192us, /**< QDEC sampling period 8192 microseconds. */ + NRF_QDEC_SAMPLEPER_16384us = QDEC_SAMPLEPER_SAMPLEPER_16384us /**< QDEC sampling period 16384 microseconds. */ +} nrf_qdec_sampleper_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_qdec_reportper_t + * @brief Available report periods. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_10 = QDEC_REPORTPER_REPORTPER_10Smpl, /**< QDEC report period 10 samples. */ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_40 = QDEC_REPORTPER_REPORTPER_40Smpl, /**< QDEC report period 40 samples. */ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_80 = QDEC_REPORTPER_REPORTPER_80Smpl, /**< QDEC report period 80 samples. */ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_120 = QDEC_REPORTPER_REPORTPER_120Smpl, /**< QDEC report period 120 samples. */ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_160 = QDEC_REPORTPER_REPORTPER_160Smpl, /**< QDEC report period 160 samples. */ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_200 = QDEC_REPORTPER_REPORTPER_200Smpl, /**< QDEC report period 200 samples. */ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_240 = QDEC_REPORTPER_REPORTPER_240Smpl, /**< QDEC report period 240 samples. */ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_280 = QDEC_REPORTPER_REPORTPER_280Smpl, /**< QDEC report period 280 samples. */ + NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_DISABLED /**< QDEC reporting disabled. */ +} nrf_qdec_reportper_t; + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling QDEC. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_enable(void) +{ + NRF_QDEC->ENABLE = NRF_QDEC_ENABLE; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling QDEC. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_disable(void) +{ + NRF_QDEC->ENABLE = NRF_QDEC_DISABLE; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the enable state of QDEC. + * @return State of the register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_enable_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->ENABLE; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling QDEC interrupts by mask. + * @param[in] qdec_int_mask Sources of the interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_int_enable(uint32_t qdec_int_mask) +{ + NRF_QDEC->INTENSET = qdec_int_mask; // writing 0 has no effect +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling QDEC interrupts by mask. + * @param[in] qdec_int_mask Sources of the interrupts to disable. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_int_disable(uint32_t qdec_int_mask) +{ + NRF_QDEC->INTENCLR = qdec_int_mask; // writing 0 has no effect +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the enabled interrupts of the QDEC. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_int_enable_check(nrf_qdec_int_mask_t qdec_int_mask) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->INTENSET & qdec_int_mask; // when read this register will return the value of INTEN. +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the debouncing filter of the QED. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_dbfen_enable(void) +{ + NRF_QDEC->DBFEN = NRF_QDEC_DBFEN_ENABLE; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the debouncing filter of the QED. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_dbfen_disable(void) +{ + NRF_QDEC->DBFEN = NRF_QDEC_DBFEN_DISABLE; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the state of the QDEC's debouncing filter. + * @retval NRF_QDEC_DBFEN_DISABLE If the debouncing filter is disabled. + * @retval NRF_QDEC_DBFEN_ENABLE If the debouncing filter is enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_dbfen_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->DBFEN; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for assigning QDEC pins. + * @param[in] psela Pin number. + * @param[in] pselb Pin number. + * @param[in] pselled Pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_pio_assign( uint32_t psela, uint32_t pselb, uint32_t pselled) +{ + NRF_QDEC->PSELA = psela; + NRF_QDEC->PSELB = pselb; + NRF_QDEC->PSELLED = pselled; + +} + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a specific QDEC task. + * @param[in] qdec_task QDEC task to be set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_task_trigger(nrf_qdec_task_t qdec_task) +{ + *( (volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_QDEC + qdec_task) ) = 1; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the address of a QDEC task register. + * @param[in] qdec_task QDEC task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_qdec_task_address_get(nrf_qdec_task_t qdec_task) +{ + return (uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_QDEC + qdec_task); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific QDEC event. + * @param[in] qdec_event QDEC event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_event_clear(nrf_qdec_event_t qdec_event) +{ + *( (volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_QDEC + qdec_event) ) = 0; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_QDEC + qdec_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a specific QDEC event. + * @return State of the QDEC event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_event_check(nrf_qdec_event_t qdec_event) +{ + return *(volatile uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_QDEC + qdec_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the address of a specific QDEC event register. + * @param[in] qdec_event QDEC event. + * @return Address of the specified QDEC event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_qdec_event_address_get(nrf_qdec_event_t qdec_event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)( (uint8_t *)NRF_QDEC + qdec_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting QDEC shortcuts. + * @param[in] qdec_short_mask QDEC shortcut by mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_shorts_enable(uint32_t qdec_short_mask) +{ + NRF_QDEC->SHORTS |= qdec_short_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing shortcuts of the QDEC by mask. + * @param[in] qdec_short_mask QDEC shortcute to be cleared. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_shorts_disable(uint32_t qdec_short_mask) +{ + NRF_QDEC->SHORTS &= ~qdec_short_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the value of QDEC's SAMPLEPER register. + * @return Value of the SAMPLEPER register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE int32_t nrf_qdec_sampleper_reg_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->SAMPLEPER; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for converting the value of QDEC's SAMPLE PERIOD to microseconds. + * @retval sampling period in microseconds. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_sampleper_to_value(uint32_t sampleper) +{ + return (1 << (7 + sampleper)); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the value of QDEC's SAMPLEPER register. + * @param[in] sample_per Sampling period. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_sampleper_set(nrf_qdec_sampleper_t sample_per) +{ + NRF_QDEC->SAMPLEPER = sample_per; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the value of QDEC's SAMPLE register. + * @return Value of the SAMPLE register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE int32_t nrf_qdec_sample_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->SAMPLE; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the value of QDEC's ACC register. + * @return Value of the ACC register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE int32_t nrf_qdec_acc_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->ACC; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the value of QDEC's ACCREAD register. + * @return Value of the ACCREAD register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE int32_t nrf_qdec_accread_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->ACCREAD; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the value of QDEC's ACCDBL register. + * @return Value of the ACCDBL register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_accdbl_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->ACCDBL; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the value of QDEC's ACCDBLREAD register. + * @return Value of the ACCDBLREAD register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_accdblread_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->ACCDBLREAD; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting how long the LED is switched on before sampling. + * @param[in] time_us Time (in microseconds) how long the LED is switched on before sampling. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_ledpre_set(uint32_t time_us) +{ + NRF_QDEC->LEDPRE = time_us; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving how long the LED is switched on before sampling. + * @retval time_us Time (in microseconds) how long the LED is switched on before sampling. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_ledpre_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->LEDPRE; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the report period (in samples). + * @param[in] reportper Number of samples. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_reportper_set(nrf_qdec_reportper_t reportper) +{ + NRF_QDEC->REPORTPER = reportper; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the report period. + * @retval reportper Number of samples as encoded in the register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_reportper_reg_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->REPORTPER; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the value of QDEC's SAMPLEPER register. + * @param [in] reportper Reportper to be converted to amount of samples per report. + + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_reportper_to_value(uint32_t reportper) +{ + return (reportper == NRF_QDEC_REPORTPER_10) ? 10 : reportper * 40; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the active level for the LED. + * @param[in] pol Active level for the LED. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qdec_ledpol_set(nrf_qdec_ledpol_t pol) +{ + NRF_QDEC->LEDPOL = pol; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the active level for the LED. + * @return Active level for the LED. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qdec_ledpol_get(void) +{ + return NRF_QDEC->LEDPOL; +} + + +/** + *@} + **/ + +/*lint --flb "Leave library region" */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_qspi.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_qspi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97f3d2fd --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_qspi.h @@ -0,0 +1,738 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_qspi_hal QSPI HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_qspi + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the QSPI peripheral. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_QSPI_H__ +#define NRF_QSPI_H__ + +#include +#include +#include "boards.h" +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief This value can be used as a parameter for the @ref nrf_qspi_pins_set + * function to specify that a given QSPI signal (SCK, CSN, IO0, IO1, IO2, or IO3) + * will not be connected to a physical pin. + */ +#define NRF_QSPI_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED 0xFF + +/** + * @brief Macro for setting proper values to pin registers. + */ + +#define NRF_QSPI_PIN_VAL(pin) (pin) == NRF_QSPI_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED ? 0xFFFFFFFF : (pin) + +/** + * @brief QSPI tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_QSPI_TASK_ACTIVATE = offsetof(NRF_QSPI_Type, TASKS_ACTIVATE), /**< Activate the QSPI interface. */ + NRF_QSPI_TASK_READSTART = offsetof(NRF_QSPI_Type, TASKS_READSTART), /**< Start transfer from external flash memory to internal RAM. */ + NRF_QSPI_TASK_WRITESTART = offsetof(NRF_QSPI_Type, TASKS_WRITESTART), /**< Start transfer from internal RAM to external flash memory. */ + NRF_QSPI_TASK_ERASESTART = offsetof(NRF_QSPI_Type, TASKS_ERASESTART), /**< Start external flash memory erase operation. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_qspi_task_t; + +/** + * @brief QSPI events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_QSPI_EVENT_READY = offsetof(NRF_QSPI_Type, EVENTS_READY) /**< QSPI peripheral is ready after it executes any task. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_qspi_event_t; + +/** + * @brief QSPI interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_INT_READY_MASK = QSPI_INTENSET_READY_Msk /**< Interrupt on READY event. */ +} nrf_qspi_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief QSPI frequency divider values. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV1, /**< 32.0 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV2, /**< 16.0 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV3, /**< 10.6 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV4, /**< 8.00 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV5, /**< 6.40 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV6, /**< 5.33 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV7, /**< 4.57 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV8, /**< 4.00 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV9, /**< 3.55 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV10, /**< 3.20 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV11, /**< 2.90 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV12, /**< 2.66 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV13, /**< 2.46 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV14, /**< 2.29 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV15, /**< 2.13 MHz. */ + NRF_QSPI_FREQ_32MDIV16, /**< 2.00 MHz. */ +} nrf_qspi_frequency_t; + +/** + * @brief Interface configuration for a read operation. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_READOC_FASTREAD = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_READOC_FASTREAD, /**< Single data line SPI. FAST_READ (opcode 0x0B). */ + NRF_QSPI_READOC_READ2O = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_READOC_READ2O, /**< Dual data line SPI. READ2O (opcode 0x3B). */ + NRF_QSPI_READOC_READ2IO = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_READOC_READ2IO, /**< Dual data line SPI. READ2IO (opcode 0xBB). */ + NRF_QSPI_READOC_READ4O = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_READOC_READ4O, /**< Quad data line SPI. READ4O (opcode 0x6B). */ + NRF_QSPI_READOC_READ4IO = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_READOC_READ4IO /**< Quad data line SPI. READ4IO (opcode 0xEB). */ +} nrf_qspi_readoc_t; + +/** + * @brief Interface configuration for a write operation. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_WRITEOC_PP = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_WRITEOC_PP, /**< Single data line SPI. PP (opcode 0x02). */ + NRF_QSPI_WRITEOC_PP2O = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_WRITEOC_PP2O, /**< Dual data line SPI. PP2O (opcode 0xA2). */ + NRF_QSPI_WRITEOC_PP4O = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_WRITEOC_PP4O, /**< Quad data line SPI. PP4O (opcode 0x32). */ + NRF_QSPI_WRITEOC_PP4IO = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_WRITEOC_PP4IO, /**< Quad data line SPI. READ4O (opcode 0x38). */ +} nrf_qspi_writeoc_t; + +/** + * @brief Interface configuration for addressing mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_ADDRMODE_24BIT = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_ADDRMODE_24BIT, /**< 24-bit addressing. */ + NRF_QSPI_ADDRMODE_32BIT = QSPI_IFCONFIG0_ADDRMODE_32BIT /**< 32-bit addressing. */ +} nrf_qspi_addrmode_t; + +/** + * @brief QSPI SPI mode. Polarization and phase configuration. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_MODE_0 = QSPI_IFCONFIG1_SPIMODE_MODE0, /**< Mode 0 (CPOL=0, CPHA=0). */ + NRF_QSPI_MODE_1 = QSPI_IFCONFIG1_SPIMODE_MODE3 /**< Mode 1 (CPOL=1, CPHA=1). */ +} nrf_qspi_spi_mode_t; + +/** + * @brief Addressing configuration mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_NOINSTR = QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_NoInstr, /**< Do not send any instruction. */ + NRF_QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_OPCODE = QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_Opcode, /**< Send opcode. */ + NRF_QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_OPBYTE0 = QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_OpByte0, /**< Send opcode, byte0. */ + NRF_QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_ALL = QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_All /**< Send opcode, byte0, byte1. */ +} nrf_qspi_addrconfig_mode_t; + +/** + * @brief Erasing data length. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_ERASE_LEN_4KB = QSPI_ERASE_LEN_LEN_4KB, /**< Erase 4 kB block (flash command 0x20). */ + NRF_QSPI_ERASE_LEN_64KB = QSPI_ERASE_LEN_LEN_64KB, /**< Erase 64 kB block (flash command 0xD8). */ + NRF_QSPI_ERASE_LEN_ALL = QSPI_ERASE_LEN_LEN_All /**< Erase all (flash command 0xC7). */ +} nrf_qspi_erase_len_t; + +/** + * @brief Custom instruction length. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_1B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_1B, /**< Send opcode only. */ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_2B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_2B, /**< Send opcode, CINSTRDAT0.BYTE0. */ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_3B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_3B, /**< Send opcode, CINSTRDAT0.BYTE0 -> CINSTRDAT0.BYTE1. */ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_4B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_4B, /**< Send opcode, CINSTRDAT0.BYTE0 -> CINSTRDAT0.BYTE2. */ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_5B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_5B, /**< Send opcode, CINSTRDAT0.BYTE0 -> CINSTRDAT0.BYTE3. */ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_6B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_6B, /**< Send opcode, CINSTRDAT0.BYTE0 -> CINSTRDAT1.BYTE4. */ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_7B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_7B, /**< Send opcode, CINSTRDAT0.BYTE0 -> CINSTRDAT1.BYTE5. */ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_8B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_8B, /**< Send opcode, CINSTRDAT0.BYTE0 -> CINSTRDAT1.BYTE6. */ + NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_9B = QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_9B /**< Send opcode, CINSTRDAT0.BYTE0 -> CINSTRDAT1.BYTE7. */ +} nrf_qspi_cinstr_len_t; + +/** + * @brief Pins configuration. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t sck_pin; /**< SCK pin number. */ + uint8_t csn_pin; /**< Chip select pin number. */ + uint8_t io0_pin; /**< IO0/MOSI pin number. */ + uint8_t io1_pin; /**< IO1/MISO pin number. */ + uint8_t io2_pin; /**< IO2 pin number (optional). + * Set to @ref NRF_QSPI_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED if this signal is not needed. + */ + uint8_t io3_pin; /**< IO3 pin number (optional). + * Set to @ref NRF_QSPI_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED if this signal is not needed. + */ +} nrf_qspi_pins_t; + +/** + * @brief Custom instruction configuration. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t opcode; /**< Opcode used in custom instruction transmission. */ + nrf_qspi_cinstr_len_t length; /**< Length of the custom instruction data. */ + bool io2_level; /**< I/O line level during transmission. */ + bool io3_level; /**< I/O line level during transmission. */ + bool wipwait; /**< Wait if a Wait in Progress bit is set in the memory status byte. */ + bool wren; /**< Send write enable before instruction. */ +} nrf_qspi_cinstr_conf_t; + +/** + * @brief Addressing mode register configuration. See @ref nrf_qspi_addrconfig_set + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t opcode; /**< Opcode used to enter proper addressing mode. */ + uint8_t byte0; /**< Byte following the opcode. */ + uint8_t byte1; /**< Byte following byte0. */ + nrf_qspi_addrconfig_mode_t mode; /**< Extended addresing mode. */ + bool wipwait; /**< Enable/disable waiting for complete operation execution. */ + bool wren; /**< Send write enable before instruction. */ +} nrf_qspi_addrconfig_conf_t; + +/** + * @brief Structure with QSPI protocol interface configuration. + */ +typedef struct +{ + nrf_qspi_readoc_t readoc; /**< Read operation code. */ + nrf_qspi_writeoc_t writeoc; /**< Write operation code. */ + nrf_qspi_addrmode_t addrmode; /**< Addresing mode (24-bit or 32-bit). */ + bool dpmconfig; /**< Enable the Deep Power-down Mode (DPM) feature. */ +} nrf_qspi_prot_conf_t; + +/** + * @brief QSPI physical interface configuration. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t sck_delay; /**< tSHSL, tWHSL, and tSHWL in number of 16 MHz periods (62.5ns). */ + bool dpmen; /**< Enable the DPM feature. */ + nrf_qspi_spi_mode_t spi_mode; /**< SPI phase and polarization. */ + nrf_qspi_frequency_t sck_freq; /**< SCK frequency given as enum @ref nrf_qspi_frequency_t. */ +} nrf_qspi_phy_conf_t; + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific QSPI task. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_task_trigger(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, nrf_qspi_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific QSPI task register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the specified task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qspi_task_address_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific QSPI event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] qspi_event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_event_clear(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, nrf_qspi_event_t qspi_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific SPI event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] qspi_event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_qspi_event_check(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, nrf_qspi_event_t qspi_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific QSPI event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] qspi_event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_qspi_event_address_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_event_t qspi_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] qspi_int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_int_enable(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, uint32_t qspi_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] qspi_int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_int_disable(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, uint32_t qspi_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] qspi_int Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_qspi_int_enable_check(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_int_mask_t qspi_int); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the QSPI peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_enable(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the QSPI peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_disable(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring QSPI pins. + * + * If a given signal is not needed, pass the @ref NRF_QSPI_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED + * value instead of its pin number. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] p_pins Pointer to the pins configuration structure. See @ref nrf_qspi_pins_t. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_pins_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_pins_t * p_pins); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the QSPI IFCONFIG0 register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] p_config Pointer to the QSPI protocol interface configuration structure. See @ref nrf_qspi_prot_conf_t. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_ifconfig0_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_prot_conf_t * p_config); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the QSPI IFCONFIG1 register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] p_config Pointer to the QSPI physical interface configuration structure. See @ref nrf_qspi_phy_conf_t. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_ifconfig1_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_phy_conf_t * p_config); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the QSPI ADDRCONF register. + * + * Function must be executed before sending task NRF_QSPI_TASK_ACTIVATE. Data stored in the structure + * is sent during the start of the peripheral. Remember that the reset instruction can set + * addressing mode to default in the memory device. If memory reset is necessary before configuring + * the addressing mode, use custom instruction feature instead of this function. + * Case with reset: Enable the peripheral without setting ADDRCONF register, send reset instructions + * using a custom instruction feature (reset enable and then reset), set proper addressing mode + * using the custom instruction feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] p_config Pointer to the addressing mode configuration structure. See @ref nrf_qspi_addrconfig_conf_t. +*/ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_addrconfig_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_addrconfig_conf_t * p_config); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting write data into the peripheral register (without starting the process). + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the writing buffer. + * @param[in] length Lenght of the writing data. + * @param[in] dest_addr Address in memory to write to. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_write_buffer_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + void const * p_buffer, + uint32_t length, + uint32_t dest_addr); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting read data into the peripheral register (without starting the process). + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[out] p_buffer Pointer to the reading buffer. + * @param[in] length Length of the read data. + * @param[in] src_addr Address in memory to read from. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_read_buffer_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + void * p_buffer, + uint32_t length, + uint32_t src_addr); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting erase data into the peripheral register (without starting the process). + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] erase_addr Start address to erase. Address must have padding set to 4 bytes. + * @param[in] len Size of erasing area. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_erase_ptr_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t erase_addr, + nrf_qspi_erase_len_t len); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the peripheral status register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * + * @return Peripheral status register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qspi_status_reg_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the device status register stored in the peripheral status register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * + * @return Device status register (lower byte). + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_qspi_sreg_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if the peripheral is busy or not. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * + * @retval true If QSPI is busy. + * @retval false If QSPI is ready. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_qspi_busy_check(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting registers sending with custom instruction transmission. + * + * This function can be ommited when using NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_1B as the length argument + * (sending only opcode without data). + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] length Length of the custom instruction data. + * @param[in] p_tx_data Pointer to the data to send with the custom instruction. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_cinstrdata_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_cinstr_len_t length, + void const * p_tx_data); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting data from register after custom instruction transmission. + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] length Length of the custom instruction data. + * @param[in] p_rx_data Pointer to the reading buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_cinstrdata_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_cinstr_len_t length, + void * p_rx_data); + +/** + * @brief Function for sending custom instruction to external memory. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral register structure. + * @param[in] p_config Pointer to the custom instruction configuration structure. See @ref nrf_qspi_cinstr_conf_t. + */ + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_cinstr_transfer_start(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_cinstr_conf_t * p_config); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_task_trigger(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, nrf_qspi_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qspi_task_address_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_task_t task) +{ + return ((uint32_t)p_reg + (uint32_t)task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_event_clear(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, nrf_qspi_event_t qspi_event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)qspi_event)) = 0x0UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_qspi_event_check(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, nrf_qspi_event_t qspi_event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)qspi_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_qspi_event_address_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_event_t qspi_event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)qspi_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_int_enable(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, uint32_t qspi_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = qspi_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_int_disable(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, uint32_t qspi_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = qspi_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_qspi_int_enable_check(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_int_mask_t qspi_int) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & qspi_int); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_enable(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (QSPI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << QSPI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_disable(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (QSPI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << QSPI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_pins_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, const nrf_qspi_pins_t * p_pins) +{ + p_reg->PSEL.SCK = NRF_QSPI_PIN_VAL(p_pins->sck_pin); + p_reg->PSEL.CSN = NRF_QSPI_PIN_VAL(p_pins->csn_pin); + p_reg->PSEL.IO0 = NRF_QSPI_PIN_VAL(p_pins->io0_pin); + p_reg->PSEL.IO1 = NRF_QSPI_PIN_VAL(p_pins->io1_pin); + p_reg->PSEL.IO2 = NRF_QSPI_PIN_VAL(p_pins->io2_pin); + p_reg->PSEL.IO3 = NRF_QSPI_PIN_VAL(p_pins->io3_pin); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_ifconfig0_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_prot_conf_t * p_config) +{ + uint32_t config = p_config->readoc; + config |= ((uint32_t)p_config->writeoc) << QSPI_IFCONFIG0_WRITEOC_Pos; + config |= ((uint32_t)p_config->addrmode) << QSPI_IFCONFIG0_ADDRMODE_Pos; + config |= (p_config->dpmconfig ? 1U : 0U ) << QSPI_IFCONFIG0_DPMENABLE_Pos; + + p_reg->IFCONFIG0 = config; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_ifconfig1_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_phy_conf_t * p_config) +{ + // IFCONFIG1 mask for reserved fields in the register. + uint32_t config = p_reg->IFCONFIG1 & 0x00FFFF00; + config |= p_config->sck_delay; + config |= (p_config->dpmen ? 1U : 0U) << QSPI_IFCONFIG1_DPMEN_Pos; + config |= ((uint32_t)(p_config->spi_mode)) << QSPI_IFCONFIG1_SPIMODE_Pos; + config |= ((uint32_t)(p_config->sck_freq)) << QSPI_IFCONFIG1_SCKFREQ_Pos; + + p_reg->IFCONFIG1 = config; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_addrconfig_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_addrconfig_conf_t * p_config) +{ + uint32_t config = p_config->opcode; + config |= ((uint32_t)p_config->byte0) << QSPI_ADDRCONF_BYTE0_Pos; + config |= ((uint32_t)p_config->byte1) << QSPI_ADDRCONF_BYTE1_Pos; + config |= ((uint32_t)(p_config->mode)) << QSPI_ADDRCONF_MODE_Pos; + config |= (p_config->wipwait ? 1U : 0U) << QSPI_ADDRCONF_WIPWAIT_Pos; + config |= (p_config->wren ? 1U : 0U) << QSPI_ADDRCONF_WREN_Pos; + + p_reg->ADDRCONF = config; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_write_buffer_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + void const * p_buffer, + uint32_t length, + uint32_t dest_addr) +{ + p_reg->WRITE.DST = dest_addr; + p_reg->WRITE.SRC = (uint32_t) p_buffer; + p_reg->WRITE.CNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_read_buffer_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + void * p_buffer, + uint32_t length, + uint32_t src_addr) +{ + p_reg->READ.SRC = src_addr; + p_reg->READ.DST = (uint32_t) p_buffer; + p_reg->READ.CNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_erase_ptr_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t erase_addr, + nrf_qspi_erase_len_t len) +{ + p_reg->ERASE.PTR = erase_addr; + p_reg->ERASE.LEN = len; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_qspi_status_reg_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->STATUS; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_qspi_sreg_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return (uint8_t)(p_reg->STATUS & QSPI_STATUS_SREG_Msk) >> QSPI_STATUS_SREG_Pos; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_qspi_busy_check(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return ((p_reg->STATUS & QSPI_STATUS_READY_Msk) >> + QSPI_STATUS_READY_Pos) == QSPI_STATUS_READY_BUSY; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_cinstrdata_set(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_cinstr_len_t length, + void const * p_tx_data) +{ + uint32_t reg = 0; + uint8_t const *p_tx_data_8 = (uint8_t const *) p_tx_data; + + // Load custom instruction. + switch (length) + { + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_9B: + reg |= ((uint32_t)p_tx_data_8[7]) << QSPI_CINSTRDAT1_BYTE7_Pos; + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_8B: + reg |= ((uint32_t)p_tx_data_8[6]) << QSPI_CINSTRDAT1_BYTE6_Pos; + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_7B: + reg |= ((uint32_t)p_tx_data_8[5]) << QSPI_CINSTRDAT1_BYTE5_Pos; + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_6B: + reg |= ((uint32_t)p_tx_data_8[4]); + p_reg->CINSTRDAT1 = reg; + reg = 0; + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_5B: + reg |= ((uint32_t)p_tx_data_8[3]) << QSPI_CINSTRDAT0_BYTE3_Pos; + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_4B: + reg |= ((uint32_t)p_tx_data_8[2]) << QSPI_CINSTRDAT0_BYTE2_Pos; + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_3B: + reg |= ((uint32_t)p_tx_data_8[1]) << QSPI_CINSTRDAT0_BYTE1_Pos; + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_2B: + reg |= ((uint32_t)p_tx_data_8[0]); + p_reg->CINSTRDAT0 = reg; + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_1B: + /* Send only opcode. Case to avoid compiler warnings. */ + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_cinstrdata_get(NRF_QSPI_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_qspi_cinstr_len_t length, + void * p_rx_data) +{ + uint8_t *p_rx_data_8 = (uint8_t *) p_rx_data; + + uint32_t reg = p_reg->CINSTRDAT1; + switch (length) + { + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_9B: + p_rx_data_8[7] = (uint8_t)(reg >> QSPI_CINSTRDAT1_BYTE7_Pos); + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_8B: + p_rx_data_8[6] = (uint8_t)(reg >> QSPI_CINSTRDAT1_BYTE6_Pos); + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_7B: + p_rx_data_8[5] = (uint8_t)(reg >> QSPI_CINSTRDAT1_BYTE5_Pos); + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_6B: + p_rx_data_8[4] = (uint8_t)(reg); + /* fall-through */ + default: + break; + } + + reg = p_reg->CINSTRDAT0; + switch (length) + { + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_5B: + p_rx_data_8[3] = (uint8_t)(reg >> QSPI_CINSTRDAT0_BYTE3_Pos); + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_4B: + p_rx_data_8[2] = (uint8_t)(reg >> QSPI_CINSTRDAT0_BYTE2_Pos); + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_3B: + p_rx_data_8[1] = (uint8_t)(reg >> QSPI_CINSTRDAT0_BYTE1_Pos); + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_2B: + p_rx_data_8[0] = (uint8_t)(reg); + /* fall-through */ + case NRF_QSPI_CINSTR_LEN_1B: + /* Send only opcode. Case to avoid compiler warnings. */ + break; + default: + break; + } +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_qspi_cinstr_transfer_start(NRF_QSPI_Type * p_reg, + const nrf_qspi_cinstr_conf_t * p_config) +{ + p_reg->CINSTRCONF = (((uint32_t)p_config->opcode << QSPI_CINSTRCONF_OPCODE_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)p_config->length << QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LENGTH_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)p_config->io2_level << QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LIO2_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)p_config->io3_level << QSPI_CINSTRCONF_LIO3_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)p_config->wipwait << QSPI_CINSTRCONF_WIPWAIT_Pos) | + ((uint32_t)p_config->wren << QSPI_CINSTRCONF_WREN_Pos)); +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_QSPI_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_rng.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_rng.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8740eed7 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_rng.h @@ -0,0 +1,224 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @file + * @brief RNG HAL API. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_RNG_H__ +#define NRF_RNG_H__ +/** + * @defgroup nrf_rng_hal RNG HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_rng + * @brief Hardware access layer for managing the random number generator (RNG). + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define NRF_RNG_TASK_SET (1UL) +#define NRF_RNG_EVENT_CLEAR (0UL) +/** + * @enum nrf_rng_task_t + * @brief RNG tasks. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_RNG_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_RNG_Type, TASKS_START), /**< Start the random number generator. */ + NRF_RNG_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_RNG_Type, TASKS_STOP) /**< Stop the random number generator. */ +} nrf_rng_task_t; /*lint -restore */ + +/** + * @enum nrf_rng_event_t + * @brief RNG events. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_RNG_EVENT_VALRDY = offsetof(NRF_RNG_Type, EVENTS_VALRDY) /**< New random number generated event. */ +} nrf_rng_event_t; /*lint -restore */ + +/** + * @enum nrf_rng_int_mask_t + * @brief RNG interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_RNG_INT_VALRDY_MASK = RNG_INTENSET_VALRDY_Msk /**< Mask for enabling or disabling an interrupt on VALRDY event. */ +} nrf_rng_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_rng_short_mask_t + * @brief Types of RNG shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_RNG_SHORT_VALRDY_STOP_MASK = RNG_SHORTS_VALRDY_STOP_Msk /**< Mask for setting shortcut between EVENT_VALRDY and TASK_STOP. */ +} nrf_rng_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling interrupts. + * + * @param[in] rng_int_mask Mask of interrupts. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rng_int_enable(uint32_t rng_int_mask) +{ + NRF_RNG->INTENSET = rng_int_mask; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling interrupts. + * + * @param[in] rng_int_mask Mask of interrupts. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rng_int_disable(uint32_t rng_int_mask) +{ + NRF_RNG->INTENCLR = rng_int_mask; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the state of a specific interrupt. + * + * @param[in] rng_int_mask Interrupt. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is not enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_rng_int_get(nrf_rng_int_mask_t rng_int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_RNG->INTENCLR & rng_int_mask); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific task. + * + * This function can be used by the PPI module. + * + * @param[in] rng_task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_rng_task_address_get(nrf_rng_task_t rng_task) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_RNG + rng_task); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a specific task. + * + * @param[in] rng_task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rng_task_trigger(nrf_rng_task_t rng_task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_RNG + rng_task)) = NRF_RNG_TASK_SET; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting address of a specific event. + * + * This function can be used by the PPI module. + * + * @param[in] rng_event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_rng_event_address_get(nrf_rng_event_t rng_event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_RNG + rng_event); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific event. + * + * @param[in] rng_event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rng_event_clear(nrf_rng_event_t rng_event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_RNG + rng_event)) = NRF_RNG_EVENT_CLEAR; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_RNG + rng_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the state of a specific event. + * + * @param[in] rng_event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event is not set. + * @retval false If the event is set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_rng_event_get(nrf_rng_event_t rng_event) +{ + return (bool) * ((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_RNG + rng_event)); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for setting shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] rng_short_mask Mask of shortcuts. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rng_shorts_enable(uint32_t rng_short_mask) +{ + NRF_RNG->SHORTS |= rng_short_mask; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] rng_short_mask Mask of shortcuts. + * + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rng_shorts_disable(uint32_t rng_short_mask) +{ + NRF_RNG->SHORTS &= ~rng_short_mask; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the previously generated random value. + * + * @return Previously generated random value. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_rng_random_value_get(void) +{ + return (uint8_t)(NRF_RNG->VALUE & RNG_VALUE_VALUE_Msk); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling digital error correction. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rng_error_correction_enable(void) +{ + NRF_RNG->CONFIG |= RNG_CONFIG_DERCEN_Msk; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling digital error correction. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rng_error_correction_disable(void) +{ + NRF_RNG->CONFIG &= ~RNG_CONFIG_DERCEN_Msk; +} +/** + *@} + **/ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_RNG_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_rtc.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_rtc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4aabac39 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_rtc.h @@ -0,0 +1,316 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @file + * @brief RTC HAL API. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_RTC_H +#define NRF_RTC_H + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_rtc_hal RTC HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_rtc + * @brief Hardware access layer for managing the real time counter (RTC). + */ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief Macro for getting the number of compare channels available + * in a given RTC instance. + */ + +#define NRF_RTC_CC_CHANNEL_COUNT(id) CONCAT_3(RTC, id, _CC_NUM) + +#define RTC_INPUT_FREQ 32768 /**< Input frequency of the RTC instance. */ + +/** + * @brief Macro for converting expected frequency to prescaler setting. + */ +#define RTC_FREQ_TO_PRESCALER(FREQ) (uint16_t)((RTC_INPUT_FREQ / (FREQ)) - 1) + +/**< Macro for wrapping values to RTC capacity. */ +#define RTC_WRAP(val) (val & RTC_COUNTER_COUNTER_Msk) + +#define RTC_CHANNEL_INT_MASK(ch) ((uint32_t)NRF_RTC_INT_COMPARE0_MASK << ch) +#define RTC_CHANNEL_EVENT_ADDR(ch) (nrf_rtc_event_t)(NRF_RTC_EVENT_COMPARE_0 + ch * sizeof(uint32_t)) +/** + * @enum nrf_rtc_task_t + * @brief RTC tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_RTC_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,TASKS_START), /**< Start. */ + NRF_RTC_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,TASKS_STOP), /**< Stop. */ + NRF_RTC_TASK_CLEAR = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,TASKS_CLEAR), /**< Clear. */ + NRF_RTC_TASK_TRIGGER_OVERFLOW = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,TASKS_TRIGOVRFLW),/**< Trigger overflow. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_rtc_task_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_rtc_event_t + * @brief RTC events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_RTC_EVENT_TICK = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,EVENTS_TICK), /**< Tick event. */ + NRF_RTC_EVENT_OVERFLOW = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,EVENTS_OVRFLW), /**< Overflow event. */ + NRF_RTC_EVENT_COMPARE_0 = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,EVENTS_COMPARE[0]), /**< Compare 0 event. */ + NRF_RTC_EVENT_COMPARE_1 = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,EVENTS_COMPARE[1]), /**< Compare 1 event. */ + NRF_RTC_EVENT_COMPARE_2 = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,EVENTS_COMPARE[2]), /**< Compare 2 event. */ + NRF_RTC_EVENT_COMPARE_3 = offsetof(NRF_RTC_Type,EVENTS_COMPARE[3]) /**< Compare 3 event. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_rtc_event_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_rtc_int_t + * @brief RTC interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_RTC_INT_TICK_MASK = RTC_INTENSET_TICK_Msk, /**< RTC interrupt from tick event. */ + NRF_RTC_INT_OVERFLOW_MASK = RTC_INTENSET_OVRFLW_Msk, /**< RTC interrupt from overflow event. */ + NRF_RTC_INT_COMPARE0_MASK = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE0_Msk, /**< RTC interrupt from compare event on channel 0. */ + NRF_RTC_INT_COMPARE1_MASK = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE1_Msk, /**< RTC interrupt from compare event on channel 1. */ + NRF_RTC_INT_COMPARE2_MASK = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE2_Msk, /**< RTC interrupt from compare event on channel 2. */ + NRF_RTC_INT_COMPARE3_MASK = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE3_Msk /**< RTC interrupt from compare event on channel 3. */ +} nrf_rtc_int_t; + +/**@brief Function for setting a compare value for a channel. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] ch Channel. + * @param[in] cc_val Compare value to set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_cc_set(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t ch, uint32_t cc_val); + +/**@brief Function for returning the compare value for a channel. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] ch Channel. + * + * @return COMPARE[ch] value. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_cc_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t ch); + +/**@brief Function for enabling interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] mask Interrupt mask to be enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_int_enable(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask); + +/**@brief Function for disabling interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] mask Interrupt mask to be disabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_int_disable(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask); + +/**@brief Function for checking if interrupts are enabled. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] mask Mask of interrupt flags to check. + * + * @return Mask with enabled interrupts. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_int_is_enabled(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask); + +/**@brief Function for returning the status of currently enabled interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Value in INTEN register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_int_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc); + +/**@brief Function for checking if an event is pending. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Address of the event. + * + * @return Mask of pending events. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_event_pending(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_event_t event); + +/**@brief Function for clearing an event. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_event_clear(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_event_t event); + +/**@brief Function for returning a counter value. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Counter value. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_counter_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc); + +/**@brief Function for setting a prescaler value. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] val Value to set the prescaler to. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_prescaler_set(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t val); + +/**@brief Function for returning the address of an event. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the requested event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_event_address_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_event_t event); + +/**@brief Function for returning the address of a task. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the requested task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_task_address_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_task_t task); + +/**@brief Function for starting a task. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Requested task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_task_trigger(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_task_t task); + +/**@brief Function for enabling events. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] mask Mask of event flags to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_event_enable(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask); + +/**@brief Function for disabling an event. + * + * @param[in] p_rtc Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Requested event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_event_disable(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t event); + +/** + *@} + **/ + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_cc_set(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t ch, uint32_t cc_val) +{ + p_rtc->CC[ch] = cc_val; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_cc_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t ch) +{ + return p_rtc->CC[ch]; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_int_enable(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask) +{ + p_rtc->INTENSET = mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_int_disable(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask) +{ + p_rtc->INTENCLR = mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_int_is_enabled(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask) +{ + return (p_rtc->INTENSET & mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_int_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc) +{ + return p_rtc->INTENSET; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_event_pending(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_event_t event) +{ + return *(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_rtc + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_event_clear(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_rtc + (uint32_t)event)) = 0; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_rtc + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_counter_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc) +{ + return p_rtc->COUNTER; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_prescaler_set(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t val) +{ + ASSERT(val <= (RTC_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_Msk >> RTC_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_Pos)); + p_rtc->PRESCALER = val; +} +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t rtc_prescaler_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc) +{ + return p_rtc->PRESCALER; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_event_address_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t)p_rtc + event; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_rtc_task_address_get(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t)p_rtc + task; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_task_trigger(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, nrf_rtc_task_t task) +{ + *(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)p_rtc + task) = 1; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_event_enable(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask) +{ + p_rtc->EVTENSET = mask; +} +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_rtc_event_disable(NRF_RTC_Type * p_rtc, uint32_t mask) +{ + p_rtc->EVTENCLR = mask; +} +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_RTC_H */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_saadc.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_saadc.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..86eaea38 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_saadc.c @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @file + * @brief SAADC HAL implementation + */ +#include "sdk_config.h" +#if SAADC_ENABLED +#include "nrf_saadc.h" + +void nrf_saadc_channel_init(uint8_t channel, nrf_saadc_channel_config_t const * const config) +{ + NRF_SAADC->CH[channel].CONFIG = + ((config->resistor_p << SAADC_CH_CONFIG_RESP_Pos) & SAADC_CH_CONFIG_RESP_Msk) + | ((config->resistor_n << SAADC_CH_CONFIG_RESN_Pos) & SAADC_CH_CONFIG_RESN_Msk) + | ((config->gain << SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Pos) & SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Msk) + | ((config->reference << SAADC_CH_CONFIG_REFSEL_Pos) & SAADC_CH_CONFIG_REFSEL_Msk) + | ((config->acq_time << SAADC_CH_CONFIG_TACQ_Pos) & SAADC_CH_CONFIG_TACQ_Msk) + | ((config->mode << SAADC_CH_CONFIG_MODE_Pos) & SAADC_CH_CONFIG_MODE_Msk) + | ((config->burst << SAADC_CH_CONFIG_BURST_Pos) & SAADC_CH_CONFIG_BURST_Msk); + nrf_saadc_channel_input_set(channel, config->pin_p, config->pin_n); + return; +} +#endif //SAADC_ENABLED + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_saadc.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_saadc.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ca00758 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_saadc.h @@ -0,0 +1,583 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + +#ifndef NRF_SAADC_H_ +#define NRF_SAADC_H_ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_saadc_hal SAADC HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_saadc + * + * @brief @tagAPI52 Hardware access layer for accessing the SAADC peripheral. + */ + +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define NRF_SAADC_CHANNEL_COUNT 8 + +/** + * @brief Resolution of the analog-to-digital converter. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_RESOLUTION_8BIT = SAADC_RESOLUTION_VAL_8bit, ///< 8 bit resolution. + NRF_SAADC_RESOLUTION_10BIT = SAADC_RESOLUTION_VAL_10bit, ///< 10 bit resolution. + NRF_SAADC_RESOLUTION_12BIT = SAADC_RESOLUTION_VAL_12bit, ///< 12 bit resolution. + NRF_SAADC_RESOLUTION_14BIT = SAADC_RESOLUTION_VAL_14bit ///< 14 bit resolution. +} nrf_saadc_resolution_t; + + +/** + * @brief Input selection for the analog-to-digital converter. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_DISABLED = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_NC, ///< Not connected. + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_AIN0 = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_AnalogInput0, ///< Analog input 0 (AIN0). + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_AIN1 = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_AnalogInput1, ///< Analog input 1 (AIN1). + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_AIN2 = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_AnalogInput2, ///< Analog input 2 (AIN2). + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_AIN3 = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_AnalogInput3, ///< Analog input 3 (AIN3). + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_AIN4 = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_AnalogInput4, ///< Analog input 4 (AIN4). + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_AIN5 = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_AnalogInput5, ///< Analog input 5 (AIN5). + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_AIN6 = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_AnalogInput6, ///< Analog input 6 (AIN6). + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_AIN7 = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_AnalogInput7, ///< Analog input 7 (AIN7). + NRF_SAADC_INPUT_VDD = SAADC_CH_PSELP_PSELP_VDD ///< VDD as input. +} nrf_saadc_input_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter oversampling mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_DISABLED = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Bypass, ///< No oversampling. + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_2X = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Over2x, ///< Oversample 2x. + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_4X = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Over4x, ///< Oversample 4x. + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_8X = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Over8x, ///< Oversample 8x. + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_16X = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Over16x, ///< Oversample 16x. + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_32X = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Over32x, ///< Oversample 32x. + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_64X = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Over64x, ///< Oversample 64x. + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_128X = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Over128x, ///< Oversample 128x. + NRF_SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_256X = SAADC_OVERSAMPLE_OVERSAMPLE_Over256x ///< Oversample 256x. +} nrf_saadc_oversample_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter channel resistor control. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_RESISTOR_DISABLED = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_RESP_Bypass, ///< Bypass resistor ladder. + NRF_SAADC_RESISTOR_PULLDOWN = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_RESP_Pulldown, ///< Pull-down to GND. + NRF_SAADC_RESISTOR_PULLUP = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_RESP_Pullup, ///< Pull-up to VDD. + NRF_SAADC_RESISTOR_VDD1_2 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_RESP_VDD1_2 ///< Set input at VDD/2. +} nrf_saadc_resistor_t; + + +/** + * @brief Gain factor of the analog-to-digital converter input. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_GAIN1_6 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Gain1_6, ///< Gain factor 1/6. + NRF_SAADC_GAIN1_5 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Gain1_5, ///< Gain factor 1/5. + NRF_SAADC_GAIN1_4 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Gain1_4, ///< Gain factor 1/4. + NRF_SAADC_GAIN1_3 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Gain1_3, ///< Gain factor 1/3. + NRF_SAADC_GAIN1_2 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Gain1_2, ///< Gain factor 1/2. + NRF_SAADC_GAIN1 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Gain1, ///< Gain factor 1. + NRF_SAADC_GAIN2 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Gain2, ///< Gain factor 2. + NRF_SAADC_GAIN4 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_GAIN_Gain4, ///< Gain factor 4. +} nrf_saadc_gain_t; + + +/** + * @brief Reference selection for the analog-to-digital converter. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_REFERENCE_INTERNAL = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_REFSEL_Internal, ///< Internal reference (0.6 V). + NRF_SAADC_REFERENCE_VDD4 = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_REFSEL_VDD1_4 ///< VDD/4 as reference. +} nrf_saadc_reference_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter acquisition time. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_ACQTIME_3US = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_TACQ_3us, ///< 3 us. + NRF_SAADC_ACQTIME_5US = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_TACQ_5us, ///< 5 us. + NRF_SAADC_ACQTIME_10US = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_TACQ_10us, ///< 10 us. + NRF_SAADC_ACQTIME_15US = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_TACQ_15us, ///< 15 us. + NRF_SAADC_ACQTIME_20US = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_TACQ_20us, ///< 20 us. + NRF_SAADC_ACQTIME_40US = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_TACQ_40us ///< 40 us. +} nrf_saadc_acqtime_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter channel mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_MODE_SINGLE_ENDED = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_MODE_SE, ///< Single ended, PSELN will be ignored, negative input to ADC shorted to GND. + NRF_SAADC_MODE_DIFFERENTIAL = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_MODE_Diff ///< Differential mode. +} nrf_saadc_mode_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter channel burst mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_BURST_DISABLED = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_BURST_Disabled, ///< Burst mode is disabled (normal operation). + NRF_SAADC_BURST_ENABLED = SAADC_CH_CONFIG_BURST_Enabled ///< Burst mode is enabled. SAADC takes 2^OVERSAMPLE number of samples as fast as it can, and sends the average to Data RAM. +} nrf_saadc_burst_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter tasks. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_SAADC_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, TASKS_START), ///< Start the ADC and prepare the result buffer in RAM. + NRF_SAADC_TASK_SAMPLE = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, TASKS_SAMPLE), ///< Take one ADC sample. If scan is enabled, all channels are sampled. + NRF_SAADC_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, TASKS_STOP), ///< Stop the ADC and terminate any on-going conversion. + NRF_SAADC_TASK_CALIBRATEOFFSET = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, TASKS_CALIBRATEOFFSET), ///< Starts offset auto-calibration. +} nrf_saadc_task_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter events. + */ +typedef enum /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__) */ +{ + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_STARTED = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_STARTED), ///< The ADC has started. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_END = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_END), ///< The ADC has filled up the result buffer. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_DONE = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_DONE), ///< A conversion task has been completed. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_RESULTDONE = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_RESULTDONE), ///< A result is ready to get transferred to RAM. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CALIBRATEDONE = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CALIBRATEDONE), ///< Calibration is complete. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_STOPPED = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_STOPPED), ///< The ADC has stopped. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH0_LIMITH = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[0].LIMITH), ///< Last result is equal or above CH[0].LIMIT.HIGH. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH0_LIMITL = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[0].LIMITL), ///< Last result is equal or below CH[0].LIMIT.LOW. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH1_LIMITH = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[1].LIMITH), ///< Last result is equal or above CH[1].LIMIT.HIGH. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH1_LIMITL = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[1].LIMITL), ///< Last result is equal or below CH[1].LIMIT.LOW. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH2_LIMITH = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[2].LIMITH), ///< Last result is equal or above CH[2].LIMIT.HIGH. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH2_LIMITL = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[2].LIMITL), ///< Last result is equal or below CH[2].LIMIT.LOW. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH3_LIMITH = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[3].LIMITH), ///< Last result is equal or above CH[3].LIMIT.HIGH. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH3_LIMITL = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[3].LIMITL), ///< Last result is equal or below CH[3].LIMIT.LOW. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH4_LIMITH = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[4].LIMITH), ///< Last result is equal or above CH[4].LIMIT.HIGH. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH4_LIMITL = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[4].LIMITL), ///< Last result is equal or below CH[4].LIMIT.LOW. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH5_LIMITH = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[5].LIMITH), ///< Last result is equal or above CH[5].LIMIT.HIGH. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH5_LIMITL = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[5].LIMITL), ///< Last result is equal or below CH[5].LIMIT.LOW. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH6_LIMITH = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[6].LIMITH), ///< Last result is equal or above CH[6].LIMIT.HIGH. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH6_LIMITL = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[6].LIMITL), ///< Last result is equal or below CH[6].LIMIT.LOW. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH7_LIMITH = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[7].LIMITH), ///< Last result is equal or above CH[7].LIMIT.HIGH. + NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH7_LIMITL = offsetof(NRF_SAADC_Type, EVENTS_CH[7].LIMITL) ///< Last result is equal or below CH[7].LIMIT.LOW. +} nrf_saadc_event_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter interrupt masks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_INT_STARTED = SAADC_INTENSET_STARTED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_STARTED event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_END = SAADC_INTENSET_END_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_END event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_DONE = SAADC_INTENSET_DONE_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_DONE event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_RESULTDONE = SAADC_INTENSET_RESULTDONE_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_RESULTDONE event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CALIBRATEDONE = SAADC_INTENSET_CALIBRATEDONE_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CALIBRATEDONE event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_STOPPED = SAADC_INTENSET_STOPPED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_STOPPED event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH0LIMITH = SAADC_INTENSET_CH0LIMITH_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[0].LIMITH event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH0LIMITL = SAADC_INTENSET_CH0LIMITL_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[0].LIMITL event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH1LIMITH = SAADC_INTENSET_CH1LIMITH_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[1].LIMITH event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH1LIMITL = SAADC_INTENSET_CH1LIMITL_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[1].LIMITL event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH2LIMITH = SAADC_INTENSET_CH2LIMITH_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[2].LIMITH event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH2LIMITL = SAADC_INTENSET_CH2LIMITL_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[2].LIMITL event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH3LIMITH = SAADC_INTENSET_CH3LIMITH_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[3].LIMITH event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH3LIMITL = SAADC_INTENSET_CH3LIMITL_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[3].LIMITL event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH4LIMITH = SAADC_INTENSET_CH4LIMITH_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[4].LIMITH event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH4LIMITL = SAADC_INTENSET_CH4LIMITL_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[4].LIMITL event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH5LIMITH = SAADC_INTENSET_CH5LIMITH_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[5].LIMITH event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH5LIMITL = SAADC_INTENSET_CH5LIMITL_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[5].LIMITL event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH6LIMITH = SAADC_INTENSET_CH6LIMITH_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[6].LIMITH event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH6LIMITL = SAADC_INTENSET_CH6LIMITL_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[6].LIMITL event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH7LIMITH = SAADC_INTENSET_CH7LIMITH_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[7].LIMITH event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_CH7LIMITL = SAADC_INTENSET_CH7LIMITL_Msk, ///< Interrupt on EVENTS_CH[7].LIMITL event. + NRF_SAADC_INT_ALL = 0x7FFFFFFFUL ///< Mask of all interrupts. +} nrf_saadc_int_mask_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter value limit type. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SAADC_LIMIT_LOW = 0, + NRF_SAADC_LIMIT_HIGH = 1 +} nrf_saadc_limit_t; + + +typedef int16_t nrf_saadc_value_t; ///< Type of a single ADC conversion result. + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter configuration structure. + */ +typedef struct +{ + nrf_saadc_resolution_t resolution; + nrf_saadc_oversample_t oversample; + nrf_saadc_value_t * buffer; + uint32_t buffer_size; +} nrf_saadc_config_t; + + +/** + * @brief Analog-to-digital converter channel configuration structure. + */ +typedef struct +{ + nrf_saadc_resistor_t resistor_p; + nrf_saadc_resistor_t resistor_n; + nrf_saadc_gain_t gain; + nrf_saadc_reference_t reference; + nrf_saadc_acqtime_t acq_time; + nrf_saadc_mode_t mode; + nrf_saadc_burst_t burst; + nrf_saadc_input_t pin_p; + nrf_saadc_input_t pin_n; +} nrf_saadc_channel_config_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for triggering a specific SAADC task. + * + * @param[in] saadc_task SAADC task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_task_trigger(nrf_saadc_task_t saadc_task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_SAADC + (uint32_t)saadc_task)) = 0x1UL; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific SAADC task register. + * + * @param[in] saadc_task SAADC task. + * + * @return Address of the specified SAADC task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_saadc_task_address_get(nrf_saadc_task_t saadc_task) +{ + return (uint32_t)((uint8_t *)NRF_SAADC + (uint32_t)saadc_task); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the state of a specific SAADC event. + * + * @param[in] saadc_event SAADC event. + * + * @return State of the specified SAADC event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_saadc_event_check(nrf_saadc_event_t saadc_event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_SAADC + (uint32_t)saadc_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing the specific SAADC event. + * + * @param[in] saadc_event SAADC event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_event_clear(nrf_saadc_event_t saadc_event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_SAADC + (uint32_t)saadc_event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_SAADC + (uint32_t)saadc_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific SAADC event register. + * + * @param[in] saadc_event SAADC event. + * + * @return Address of the specified SAADC event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_saadc_event_address_get(nrf_saadc_event_t saadc_event) +{ + return (uint32_t )((uint8_t *)NRF_SAADC + (uint32_t)saadc_event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific SAADC limit event register. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel number. + * @param[in] limit_type Low limit or high limit. + * + * @return Address of the specified SAADC limit event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE volatile uint32_t * nrf_saadc_event_limit_address_get(uint8_t channel, nrf_saadc_limit_t limit_type) +{ + ASSERT(channel < NRF_SAADC_CHANNEL_COUNT); + if (limit_type == NRF_SAADC_LIMIT_HIGH) + { + return &NRF_SAADC->EVENTS_CH[channel].LIMITH; + } + else + { + return &NRF_SAADC->EVENTS_CH[channel].LIMITL; + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the SAADC channel monitoring limit events. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel number. + * @param[in] limit_type Low limit or high limit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_saadc_event_t nrf_saadc_event_limit_get(uint8_t channel, nrf_saadc_limit_t limit_type) +{ + if (limit_type == NRF_SAADC_LIMIT_HIGH) + { + return (nrf_saadc_event_t)( (uint32_t) NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH0_LIMITH + + (uint32_t) (NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH1_LIMITH - NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH0_LIMITH) + * (uint32_t) channel ); + } + else + { + return (nrf_saadc_event_t)( (uint32_t) NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH0_LIMITL + + (uint32_t) (NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH1_LIMITL - NRF_SAADC_EVENT_CH0_LIMITL) + * (uint32_t) channel ); + } +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the input pins for a specific SAADC channel. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel number. + * @param[in] pselp Positive input. + * @param[in] pseln Negative input. Set to NRF_SAADC_INPUT_DISABLED in single ended mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_channel_input_set(uint8_t channel, + nrf_saadc_input_t pselp, + nrf_saadc_input_t pseln) +{ + NRF_SAADC->CH[channel].PSELN = pseln; + NRF_SAADC->CH[channel].PSELP = pselp; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the SAADC channel monitoring limits. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel number. + * @param[in] low Low limit. + * @param[in] high High limit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_channel_limits_set(uint8_t channel, int16_t low, int16_t high) +{ + NRF_SAADC->CH[channel].LIMIT = ( + (((uint32_t) low << SAADC_CH_LIMIT_LOW_Pos) & SAADC_CH_LIMIT_LOW_Msk) + | (((uint32_t) high << SAADC_CH_LIMIT_HIGH_Pos) & SAADC_CH_LIMIT_HIGH_Msk)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified SAADC interrupts. + * + * @param[in] saadc_int_mask Interrupt(s) to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_int_enable(uint32_t saadc_int_mask) +{ + NRF_SAADC->INTENSET = saadc_int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of specified SAADC interrupts. + * + * @param[in] saadc_int_mask Interrupt(s) to check. + * + * @retval true If all specified interrupts are enabled. + * @retval false If at least one of the given interrupts is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_saadc_int_enable_check(uint32_t saadc_int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_SAADC->INTENSET & saadc_int_mask); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param saadc_int_mask Interrupt(s) to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_int_disable(uint32_t saadc_int_mask) +{ + NRF_SAADC->INTENCLR = saadc_int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for generating masks for SAADC channel limit interrupts. + * + * @param[in] channel SAADC channel number. + * @param[in] limit_type Limit type. + * + * @returns Interrupt mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_saadc_limit_int_get(uint8_t channel, nrf_saadc_limit_t limit_type) +{ + ASSERT(channel < NRF_SAADC_CHANNEL_COUNT); + uint32_t mask = (limit_type == NRF_SAADC_LIMIT_LOW) ? NRF_SAADC_INT_CH0LIMITL : NRF_SAADC_INT_CH0LIMITH; + return mask << (channel * 2); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for checking whether the SAADC is busy. + * + * This function checks whether the analog-to-digital converter is busy with a conversion. + * + * @retval true If the SAADC is busy. + * @retval false If the SAADC is not busy. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_saadc_busy_check(void) +{ + //return ((NRF_SAADC->STATUS & SAADC_STATUS_STATUS_Msk) == SAADC_STATUS_STATUS_Msk); + //simplified for performance + return NRF_SAADC->STATUS; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the SAADC. + * + * The analog-to-digital converter must be enabled before use. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_enable(void) +{ + NRF_SAADC->ENABLE = (SAADC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << SAADC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the SAADC. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_disable(void) +{ + NRF_SAADC->ENABLE = (SAADC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << SAADC_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if the SAADC is enabled. + * + * @retval true If the SAADC is enabled. + * @retval false If the SAADC is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_saadc_enable_check(void) +{ + //simplified for performance + return NRF_SAADC->ENABLE; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for initializing the SAADC result buffer. + * + * @param[in] buffer Pointer to the result buffer. + * @param[in] num Size of buffer in words. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_buffer_init(nrf_saadc_value_t * buffer, uint32_t num) +{ + NRF_SAADC->RESULT.PTR = (uint32_t)buffer; + NRF_SAADC->RESULT.MAXCNT = num; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the number of buffer words transferred since last START operation. + * + * @returns Number of words transferred. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint16_t nrf_saadc_amount_get(void) +{ + return NRF_SAADC->RESULT.AMOUNT; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the SAADC sample resolution. + * + * @param[in] resolution Bit resolution. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_resolution_set(nrf_saadc_resolution_t resolution) +{ + NRF_SAADC->RESOLUTION = resolution; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the oversampling feature. + * + * @param[in] oversample Oversampling mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_saadc_oversample_set(nrf_saadc_oversample_t oversample) +{ + NRF_SAADC->OVERSAMPLE = oversample; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the oversampling feature configuration. + * + * @return Oversampling configuration. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_saadc_oversample_t nrf_saadc_oversample_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_saadc_oversample_t)NRF_SAADC->OVERSAMPLE; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for initializing the SAADC channel. + * + * @param[in] channel Channel number. + * @param[in] config Pointer to the channel configuration structure. + */ +void nrf_saadc_channel_init(uint8_t channel, nrf_saadc_channel_config_t const * const config); + +/** + *@} + **/ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_SAADC_H_ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spi.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d4bc85e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spi.h @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_spi_hal SPI HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_spi + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the SPI peripheral. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_SPI_H__ +#define NRF_SPI_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @brief This value can be used as a parameter for the @ref nrf_spi_pins_set + * function to specify that a given SPI signal (SCK, MOSI, or MISO) + * shall not be connected to a physical pin. + */ +#define NRF_SPI_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF + + +/** + * @brief SPI events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_SPI_EVENT_READY = offsetof(NRF_SPI_Type, EVENTS_READY) ///< TXD byte sent and RXD byte received. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_spi_event_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPI_INT_READY_MASK = SPI_INTENSET_READY_Msk ///< Interrupt on READY event. +} nrf_spi_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI data rates. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPI_FREQ_125K = SPI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K125, ///< 125 kbps. + NRF_SPI_FREQ_250K = SPI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K250, ///< 250 kbps. + NRF_SPI_FREQ_500K = SPI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K500, ///< 500 kbps. + NRF_SPI_FREQ_1M = SPI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_M1, ///< 1 Mbps. + NRF_SPI_FREQ_2M = SPI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_M2, ///< 2 Mbps. + NRF_SPI_FREQ_4M = SPI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_M4, ///< 4 Mbps. + // [conversion to 'int' needed to prevent compilers from complaining + // that the provided value (0x80000000UL) is out of range of "int"] + NRF_SPI_FREQ_8M = (int)SPI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_M8 ///< 8 Mbps. +} nrf_spi_frequency_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI modes. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPI_MODE_0, ///< SCK active high, sample on leading edge of clock. + NRF_SPI_MODE_1, ///< SCK active high, sample on trailing edge of clock. + NRF_SPI_MODE_2, ///< SCK active low, sample on leading edge of clock. + NRF_SPI_MODE_3 ///< SCK active low, sample on trailing edge of clock. +} nrf_spi_mode_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI bit orders. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPI_BIT_ORDER_MSB_FIRST = SPI_CONFIG_ORDER_MsbFirst, ///< Most significant bit shifted out first. + NRF_SPI_BIT_ORDER_LSB_FIRST = SPI_CONFIG_ORDER_LsbFirst ///< Least significant bit shifted out first. +} nrf_spi_bit_order_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific SPI event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_event_clear(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_event_t spi_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific SPI event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spi_event_check(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_event_t spi_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific SPI event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_spi_event_address_get(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_event_t spi_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_int_enable(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spi_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_int_disable(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spi_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_int Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spi_int_enable_check(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_int_mask_t spi_int); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the SPI peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_enable(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the SPI peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_disable(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring SPI pins. + * + * If a given signal is not needed, pass the @ref NRF_SPI_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED + * value instead of its pin number. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] sck_pin SCK pin number. + * @param[in] mosi_pin MOSI pin number. + * @param[in] miso_pin MISO pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_pins_set(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t sck_pin, + uint32_t mosi_pin, + uint32_t miso_pin); + +/** + * @brief Function for writing data to the SPI transmitter register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] data TX data to send. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_txd_set(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, uint8_t data); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading data from the SPI receiver register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return RX data received. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_spi_rxd_get(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the SPI master data rate. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] frequency SPI frequency. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_frequency_set(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_frequency_t frequency); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the SPI configuration. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_mode SPI mode. + * @param[in] spi_bit_order SPI bit order. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_configure(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_mode_t spi_mode, + nrf_spi_bit_order_t spi_bit_order); + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_event_clear(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_event_t spi_event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spi_event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spi_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spi_event_check(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_event_t spi_event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spi_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_spi_event_address_get(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_event_t spi_event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spi_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_int_enable(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spi_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = spi_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_int_disable(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spi_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = spi_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spi_int_enable_check(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_int_mask_t spi_int) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & spi_int); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_enable(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (SPI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << SPI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_disable(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (SPI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << SPI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_pins_set(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t sck_pin, + uint32_t mosi_pin, + uint32_t miso_pin) +{ + p_reg->PSELSCK = sck_pin; + p_reg->PSELMOSI = mosi_pin; + p_reg->PSELMISO = miso_pin; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_txd_set(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, uint8_t data) +{ + p_reg->TXD = data; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_spi_rxd_get(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->RXD; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_frequency_set(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_frequency_t frequency) +{ + p_reg->FREQUENCY = frequency; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spi_configure(NRF_SPI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spi_mode_t spi_mode, + nrf_spi_bit_order_t spi_bit_order) +{ + uint32_t config = (spi_bit_order == NRF_SPI_BIT_ORDER_MSB_FIRST ? + SPI_CONFIG_ORDER_MsbFirst : SPI_CONFIG_ORDER_LsbFirst); + switch (spi_mode) + { + default: + case NRF_SPI_MODE_0: + config |= (SPI_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveHigh << SPI_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPI_CONFIG_CPHA_Leading << SPI_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPI_MODE_1: + config |= (SPI_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveHigh << SPI_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPI_CONFIG_CPHA_Trailing << SPI_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPI_MODE_2: + config |= (SPI_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveLow << SPI_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPI_CONFIG_CPHA_Leading << SPI_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPI_MODE_3: + config |= (SPI_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveLow << SPI_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPI_CONFIG_CPHA_Trailing << SPI_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + } + p_reg->CONFIG = config; +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_SPI_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spim.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spim.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8a16e9df --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spim.h @@ -0,0 +1,524 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_spim_hal SPIM HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_spi + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the SPIM peripheral. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_SPIM_H__ +#define NRF_SPIM_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @brief This value can be used as a parameter for the @ref nrf_spim_pins_set + * function to specify that a given SPI signal (SCK, MOSI, or MISO) + * shall not be connected to a physical pin. + */ +#define NRF_SPIM_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF + + +/** + * @brief SPIM tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_SPIM_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, TASKS_START), ///< Start SPI transaction. + NRF_SPIM_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, TASKS_STOP), ///< Stop SPI transaction. + NRF_SPIM_TASK_SUSPEND = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, TASKS_SUSPEND), ///< Suspend SPI transaction. + NRF_SPIM_TASK_RESUME = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, TASKS_RESUME) ///< Resume SPI transaction. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_spim_task_t; + +/** + * @brief SPIM events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_SPIM_EVENT_STOPPED = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, EVENTS_STOPPED), ///< SPI transaction has stopped. + NRF_SPIM_EVENT_ENDRX = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, EVENTS_ENDRX), ///< End of RXD buffer reached. + NRF_SPIM_EVENT_END = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, EVENTS_END), ///< End of RXD buffer and TXD buffer reached. + NRF_SPIM_EVENT_ENDTX = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, EVENTS_ENDTX), ///< End of TXD buffer reached. + NRF_SPIM_EVENT_STARTED = offsetof(NRF_SPIM_Type, EVENTS_STARTED) ///< Transaction started. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_spim_event_t; + +/** + * @brief SPIM shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIM_SHORT_END_START_MASK = SPIM_SHORTS_END_START_Msk ///< Shortcut between END event and START task. +} nrf_spim_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief SPIM interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIM_INT_STOPPED_MASK = SPIM_INTENSET_STOPPED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on STOPPED event. + NRF_SPIM_INT_ENDRX_MASK = SPIM_INTENSET_ENDRX_Msk, ///< Interrupt on ENDRX event. + NRF_SPIM_INT_END_MASK = SPIM_INTENSET_END_Msk, ///< Interrupt on END event. + NRF_SPIM_INT_ENDTX_MASK = SPIM_INTENSET_ENDTX_Msk, ///< Interrupt on ENDTX event. + NRF_SPIM_INT_STARTED_MASK = SPIM_INTENSET_STARTED_Msk ///< Interrupt on STARTED event. +} nrf_spim_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI master data rates. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIM_FREQ_125K = SPIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K125, ///< 125 kbps. + NRF_SPIM_FREQ_250K = SPIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K250, ///< 250 kbps. + NRF_SPIM_FREQ_500K = SPIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K500, ///< 500 kbps. + NRF_SPIM_FREQ_1M = SPIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_M1, ///< 1 Mbps. + NRF_SPIM_FREQ_2M = SPIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_M2, ///< 2 Mbps. + NRF_SPIM_FREQ_4M = SPIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_M4, ///< 4 Mbps. + // [conversion to 'int' needed to prevent compilers from complaining + // that the provided value (0x80000000UL) is out of range of "int"] + NRF_SPIM_FREQ_8M = (int)SPIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_M8 ///< 8 Mbps. +} nrf_spim_frequency_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI modes. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIM_MODE_0, ///< SCK active high, sample on leading edge of clock. + NRF_SPIM_MODE_1, ///< SCK active high, sample on trailing edge of clock. + NRF_SPIM_MODE_2, ///< SCK active low, sample on leading edge of clock. + NRF_SPIM_MODE_3 ///< SCK active low, sample on trailing edge of clock. +} nrf_spim_mode_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI bit orders. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIM_BIT_ORDER_MSB_FIRST = SPIM_CONFIG_ORDER_MsbFirst, ///< Most significant bit shifted out first. + NRF_SPIM_BIT_ORDER_LSB_FIRST = SPIM_CONFIG_ORDER_LsbFirst ///< Least significant bit shifted out first. +} nrf_spim_bit_order_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific SPIM task. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_task_trigger(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_task_t spim_task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific SPIM task register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the specified task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spim_task_address_get(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_task_t spim_task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific SPIM event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_event_clear(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_event_t spim_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific SPIM event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spim_event_check(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_event_t spim_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific SPIM event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spim_event_address_get(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_event_t spim_event); +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_shorts_mask Shortcuts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_shorts_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spim_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_shorts_mask Shortcuts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_shorts_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spim_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting shorts setting. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spim_shorts_get(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_int_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spim_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_int_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spim_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spim_int Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spim_int_enable_check(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_int_mask_t spim_int); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the SPIM peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the SPIM peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring SPIM pins. + * + * If a given signal is not needed, pass the @ref NRF_SPIM_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED + * value instead of its pin number. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] sck_pin SCK pin number. + * @param[in] mosi_pin MOSI pin number. + * @param[in] miso_pin MISO pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_pins_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t sck_pin, + uint32_t mosi_pin, + uint32_t miso_pin); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the SPI master data rate. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] frequency SPI frequency. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_frequency_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_frequency_t frequency); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the transmit buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer with data to send. + * @param[in] length Maximum number of data bytes to transmit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_tx_buffer_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buffer, + uint8_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the receive buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer for received data. + * @param[in] length Maximum number of data bytes to receive. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_rx_buffer_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the SPI configuration. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_mode SPI mode. + * @param[in] spi_bit_order SPI bit order. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_configure(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_mode_t spi_mode, + nrf_spim_bit_order_t spi_bit_order); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the over-read character. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] orc Over-read character that is clocked out in case of + * an over-read of the TXD buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_orc_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t orc); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the TX list feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_tx_list_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the TX list feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_tx_list_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the RX list feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_rx_list_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the RX list feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_rx_list_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_task_trigger(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_task_t spim_task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spim_task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spim_task_address_get(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_task_t spim_task) +{ + return (uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spim_task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_event_clear(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_event_t spim_event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spim_event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spim_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spim_event_check(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_event_t spim_event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spim_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spim_event_address_get(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_event_t spim_event) +{ + return (uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spim_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_shorts_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spim_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS |= spim_shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_shorts_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spim_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS &= ~(spim_shorts_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spim_shorts_get(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->SHORTS; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_int_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spim_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = spim_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_int_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spim_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = spim_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spim_int_enable_check(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_int_mask_t spim_int) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & spim_int); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (SPIM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << SPIM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (SPIM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << SPIM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_pins_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t sck_pin, + uint32_t mosi_pin, + uint32_t miso_pin) +{ + p_reg->PSEL.SCK = sck_pin; + p_reg->PSEL.MOSI = mosi_pin; + p_reg->PSEL.MISO = miso_pin; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_frequency_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_frequency_t frequency) +{ + p_reg->FREQUENCY = frequency; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_tx_buffer_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buffer, + uint8_t length) +{ + p_reg->TXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + p_reg->TXD.MAXCNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_rx_buffer_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t length) +{ + p_reg->RXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + p_reg->RXD.MAXCNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_configure(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spim_mode_t spi_mode, + nrf_spim_bit_order_t spi_bit_order) +{ + uint32_t config = (spi_bit_order == NRF_SPIM_BIT_ORDER_MSB_FIRST ? + SPIM_CONFIG_ORDER_MsbFirst : SPIM_CONFIG_ORDER_LsbFirst); + switch (spi_mode) + { + default: + case NRF_SPIM_MODE_0: + config |= (SPIM_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveHigh << SPIM_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPIM_CONFIG_CPHA_Leading << SPIM_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPIM_MODE_1: + config |= (SPIM_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveHigh << SPIM_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPIM_CONFIG_CPHA_Trailing << SPIM_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPIM_MODE_2: + config |= (SPIM_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveLow << SPIM_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPIM_CONFIG_CPHA_Leading << SPIM_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPIM_MODE_3: + config |= (SPIM_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveLow << SPIM_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPIM_CONFIG_CPHA_Trailing << SPIM_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + } + p_reg->CONFIG = config; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_orc_set(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t orc) +{ + p_reg->ORC = orc; +} + + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_tx_list_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->TXD.LIST = 1; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_tx_list_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->TXD.LIST = 0; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_rx_list_enable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->RXD.LIST = 1; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spim_rx_list_disable(NRF_SPIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->RXD.LIST = 0; +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_SPIM_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spis.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spis.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e9520354 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_spis.h @@ -0,0 +1,526 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_spis_hal SPIS HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_spis + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the SPIS peripheral. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_SPIS_H__ +#define NRF_SPIS_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @brief This value can be used as a parameter for the @ref nrf_spis_pins_set + * function to specify that a given SPI signal (SCK, MOSI, or MISO) + * shall not be connected to a physical pin. + */ +#define NRF_SPIS_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF + + +/** + * @brief SPIS tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_SPIS_TASK_ACQUIRE = offsetof(NRF_SPIS_Type, TASKS_ACQUIRE), ///< Acquire SPI semaphore. + NRF_SPIS_TASK_RELEASE = offsetof(NRF_SPIS_Type, TASKS_RELEASE), ///< Release SPI semaphore, enabling the SPI slave to acquire it. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_spis_task_t; + +/** + * @brief SPIS events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_SPIS_EVENT_END = offsetof(NRF_SPIS_Type, EVENTS_END), ///< Granted transaction completed. + NRF_SPIS_EVENT_ACQUIRED = offsetof(NRF_SPIS_Type, EVENTS_ACQUIRED) ///< Semaphore acquired. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_spis_event_t; + +/** + * @brief SPIS shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIS_SHORT_END_ACQUIRE = SPIS_SHORTS_END_ACQUIRE_Msk ///< Shortcut between END event and ACQUIRE task. +} nrf_spis_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief SPIS interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIS_INT_END_MASK = SPIS_INTENSET_END_Msk, ///< Interrupt on END event. + NRF_SPIS_INT_ACQUIRED_MASK = SPIS_INTENSET_ACQUIRED_Msk ///< Interrupt on ACQUIRED event. +} nrf_spis_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI modes. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIS_MODE_0, ///< SCK active high, sample on leading edge of clock. + NRF_SPIS_MODE_1, ///< SCK active high, sample on trailing edge of clock. + NRF_SPIS_MODE_2, ///< SCK active low, sample on leading edge of clock. + NRF_SPIS_MODE_3 ///< SCK active low, sample on trailing edge of clock. +} nrf_spis_mode_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI bit orders. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIS_BIT_ORDER_MSB_FIRST = SPIS_CONFIG_ORDER_MsbFirst, ///< Most significant bit shifted out first. + NRF_SPIS_BIT_ORDER_LSB_FIRST = SPIS_CONFIG_ORDER_LsbFirst ///< Least significant bit shifted out first. +} nrf_spis_bit_order_t; + +/** + * @brief SPI semaphore status. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIS_SEMSTAT_FREE = 0, ///< Semaphore is free. + NRF_SPIS_SEMSTAT_CPU = 1, ///< Semaphore is assigned to the CPU. + NRF_SPIS_SEMSTAT_SPIS = 2, ///< Semaphore is assigned to the SPI slave. + NRF_SPIS_SEMSTAT_CPUPENDING = 3 ///< Semaphore is assigned to the SPI, but a handover to the CPU is pending. +} nrf_spis_semstat_t; + +/** + * @brief SPIS status. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_SPIS_STATUS_OVERREAD = SPIS_STATUS_OVERREAD_Msk, ///< TX buffer over-read detected and prevented. + NRF_SPIS_STATUS_OVERFLOW = SPIS_STATUS_OVERFLOW_Msk ///< RX buffer overflow detected and prevented. +} nrf_spis_status_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific SPIS task. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_task_trigger(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spis_task_t spis_task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific SPIS task register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the specified task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spis_task_address_get(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_spis_task_t spis_task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific SPIS event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_event_clear(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spis_event_t spis_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific SPIS event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spis_event_check(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_spis_event_t spis_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific SPIS event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spis_event_address_get(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_spis_event_t spis_event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_shorts_mask Shortcuts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_shorts_enable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spis_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_shorts_mask Shortcuts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_shorts_disable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spis_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_int_enable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spis_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_int_disable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spis_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spis_int Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spis_int_enable_check(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_spis_int_mask_t spis_int); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the SPIS peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_enable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the SPIS peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_disable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the SPIS semaphore status. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @returns Current semaphore status. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_spis_semstat_t nrf_spis_semaphore_status_get(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the SPIS status. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @returns Current SPIS status. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_spis_status_mask_t nrf_spis_status_get(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring SPIS pins. + * + * If a given signal is not needed, pass the @ref NRF_SPIS_PIN_NOT_CONNECTED + * value instead of its pin number. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] sck_pin SCK pin number. + * @param[in] mosi_pin MOSI pin number. + * @param[in] miso_pin MISO pin number. + * @param[in] csn_pin CSN pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_pins_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t sck_pin, + uint32_t mosi_pin, + uint32_t miso_pin, + uint32_t csn_pin); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the transmit buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer that contains the data to send. + * @param[in] length Maximum number of data bytes to transmit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_tx_buffer_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buffer, + uint8_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the receive buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer for received data. + * @param[in] length Maximum number of data bytes to receive. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_rx_buffer_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the number of bytes transmitted + * in the last granted transaction. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @returns Number of bytes transmitted. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_spis_tx_amount_get(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the number of bytes received + * in the last granted transaction. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @returns Number of bytes received. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_spis_rx_amount_get(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the SPI configuration. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] spi_mode SPI mode. + * @param[in] spi_bit_order SPI bit order. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_configure(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spis_mode_t spi_mode, + nrf_spis_bit_order_t spi_bit_order); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the default character. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] def Default character that is clocked out in case of + * an overflow of the RXD buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_def_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t def); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the over-read character. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] orc Over-read character that is clocked out in case of + * an over-read of the TXD buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_orc_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t orc); + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_task_trigger(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spis_task_t spis_task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spis_task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spis_task_address_get(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_spis_task_t spis_task) +{ + return (uint32_t)p_reg + (uint32_t)spis_task; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_event_clear(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spis_event_t spis_event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spis_event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spis_event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spis_event_check(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_spis_event_t spis_event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)spis_event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_spis_event_address_get(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_spis_event_t spis_event) +{ + return (uint32_t)p_reg + (uint32_t)spis_event; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_shorts_enable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spis_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS |= spis_shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_shorts_disable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spis_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS &= ~(spis_shorts_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_int_enable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spis_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = spis_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_int_disable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t spis_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = spis_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_spis_int_enable_check(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg, + nrf_spis_int_mask_t spis_int) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & spis_int); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_enable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (SPIS_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << SPIS_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_disable(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (SPIS_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << SPIS_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_spis_semstat_t nrf_spis_semaphore_status_get(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg) +{ + return (nrf_spis_semstat_t) ((p_reg->SEMSTAT & SPIS_SEMSTAT_SEMSTAT_Msk) + >> SPIS_SEMSTAT_SEMSTAT_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_spis_status_mask_t nrf_spis_status_get(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg) +{ + return (nrf_spis_status_mask_t) p_reg->STATUS; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_pins_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t sck_pin, + uint32_t mosi_pin, + uint32_t miso_pin, + uint32_t csn_pin) +{ + p_reg->PSELSCK = sck_pin; + p_reg->PSELMOSI = mosi_pin; + p_reg->PSELMISO = miso_pin; + p_reg->PSELCSN = csn_pin; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_tx_buffer_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buffer, + uint8_t length) +{ + p_reg->TXDPTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + p_reg->MAXTX = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_rx_buffer_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t length) +{ + p_reg->RXDPTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + p_reg->MAXRX = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_spis_tx_amount_get(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return (uint8_t) p_reg->AMOUNTTX; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_spis_rx_amount_get(NRF_SPIS_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return (uint8_t) p_reg->AMOUNTRX; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_configure(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + nrf_spis_mode_t spi_mode, + nrf_spis_bit_order_t spi_bit_order) +{ + uint32_t config = (spi_bit_order == NRF_SPIS_BIT_ORDER_MSB_FIRST ? + SPIS_CONFIG_ORDER_MsbFirst : SPIS_CONFIG_ORDER_LsbFirst); + + switch (spi_mode) + { + default: + case NRF_SPIS_MODE_0: + config |= (SPIS_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveHigh << SPIS_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPIS_CONFIG_CPHA_Leading << SPIS_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPIS_MODE_1: + config |= (SPIS_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveHigh << SPIS_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPIS_CONFIG_CPHA_Trailing << SPIS_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPIS_MODE_2: + config |= (SPIS_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveLow << SPIS_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPIS_CONFIG_CPHA_Leading << SPIS_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + + case NRF_SPIS_MODE_3: + config |= (SPIS_CONFIG_CPOL_ActiveLow << SPIS_CONFIG_CPOL_Pos) | + (SPIS_CONFIG_CPHA_Trailing << SPIS_CONFIG_CPHA_Pos); + break; + } + p_reg->CONFIG = config; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_orc_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t orc) +{ + p_reg->ORC = orc; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_spis_def_set(NRF_SPIS_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t def) +{ + p_reg->DEF = def; +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_SPIS_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_systick.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_systick.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c77aee9d --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_systick.h @@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_SYSTICK_H__ +#define NRF_SYSTICK_H__ + +#include "nrf.h" +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_systick_hal SYSTICK HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_systick + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the SYSTICK peripheral. + * + * SYSTICK is ARM peripheral, not Nordic design. + * It means that it has no Nordic-typical interface with Tasks and Events. + * + * Its usage is limited here to implement simple delays. + * Also keep in mind that this timer would be stopped when CPU is sleeping + * (WFE/WFI instruction is successfully executed). + */ + +/** + * @brief Mask of usable bits in the SysTick value + */ +#define NRF_SYSTICK_VAL_MASK SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk + +/** + * @brief Flags used by SysTick configuration. + * + * @sa nrf_systick_csr_set + * @sa nrf_systick_csr_get + */ +typedef enum { + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_COUNTFLAG_MASK = SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk, /**< Status flag: Returns 1 if timer counted to 0 since the last read of this register. */ + + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_CLKSOURCE_MASK = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk, /**< Configuration bit: Select the SysTick clock source. */ + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_CLKSOURCE_REF = 0U << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos, /**< Configuration value: Select reference clock. */ + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_CLKSOURCE_CPU = 1U << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos, /**< Configuration value: Select CPU clock. */ + + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_TICKINT_MASK = SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk, /**< Configuration bit: Enables SysTick exception request. */ + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_TICKINT_ENABLE = 1U << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos, /**< Configuration value: Counting down to zero does not assert the SysTick exception request. */ + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_TICKINT_DISABLE = 0U << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos, /**< Configuration value: Counting down to zero to asserts the SysTick exception request. */ + + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_ENABLE_MASK = SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk, /**< Configuration bit: Enable the SysTick timer. */ + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_ENABLE = 1U << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos, /**< Configuration value: Counter enabled. */ + NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_DISABLE = 0U << SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos /**< Configuration value: Counter disabled. */ +} nrf_systick_csr_flags_t; + +/** + * @brief Get Configuration and Status Register + * + * @return Values composed by @ref nrf_systick_csr_flags_t. + * @note The @ref NRF_SYSTICK_CSR_COUNTFLAG_MASK value is cleared when CSR register is read. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_systick_csr_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Set Configuration and Status Register + * + * @param[in] val The value composed from @ref nrf_systick_csr_flags_t. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_systick_csr_set(uint32_t val); + +/** + * @brief Get the current reload value. + * + * @return The reload register value. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_systick_load_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Configure the reload value. + * + * @param[in] val The value to set in the reload register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_systick_load_set(uint32_t val); + +/** + * @brief Read the SysTick current value + * + * @return The current SysTick value + * @sa NRF_SYSTICK_VAL_MASK + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_systick_val_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Clear the SysTick current value + * + * @note The SysTick does not allow setting current value. + * Any write to VAL register would clear the timer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_systick_val_clear(void); + +/** + * @brief Read the calibration register + * + * @return The calibration register value + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_systick_calib_get(void); + + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_systick_csr_get(void) +{ + return SysTick->CTRL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_systick_csr_set(uint32_t val) +{ + SysTick->CTRL = val; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_systick_load_get(void) +{ + return SysTick->LOAD; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_systick_load_set(uint32_t val) +{ + SysTick->LOAD = val; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_systick_val_get(void) +{ + return SysTick->VAL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_systick_val_clear(void) +{ + SysTick->VAL = 0; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_systick_calib_get(void) +{ + return SysTick->CALIB; +} + +#endif /* SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION */ + +/** @} */ +#endif /* NRF_SYSTICK_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_temp.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_temp.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..940d6e16 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_temp.h @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_TEMP_H__ +#define NRF_TEMP_H__ + +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** +* @defgroup nrf_temperature TEMP (temperature) abstraction +* @{ +* @ingroup nrf_drivers temperature_example +* @brief Temperature module init and read functions. +* +*/ + +/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */ +#define MASK_SIGN (0x00000200UL) +#define MASK_SIGN_EXTENSION (0xFFFFFC00UL) + +/** + * @brief Function for preparing the temp module for temperature measurement. + * + * This function initializes the TEMP module and writes to the hidden configuration register. + */ +static __INLINE void nrf_temp_init(void) +{ + /**@note Workaround for PAN_028 rev2.0A anomaly 31 - TEMP: Temperature offset value has to be manually loaded to the TEMP module */ + *(uint32_t *) 0x4000C504 = 0; +} + +/** + * @brief Function for reading temperature measurement. + * + * The function reads the 10 bit 2's complement value and transforms it to a 32 bit 2's complement value. + */ +static __INLINE int32_t nrf_temp_read(void) +{ + /**@note Workaround for PAN_028 rev2.0A anomaly 28 - TEMP: Negative measured values are not represented correctly */ + return ((NRF_TEMP->TEMP & MASK_SIGN) != 0) ? (NRF_TEMP->TEMP | MASK_SIGN_EXTENSION) : (NRF_TEMP->TEMP); +} +/**@endcond */ + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_timer.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_timer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7f3eb9ad --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,603 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_timer_hal Timer HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_timer + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the timer peripheral. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_TIMER_H__ +#define NRF_TIMER_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @brief Macro for validating the correctness of the BIT_WIDTH setting. + */ + +#define TIMER_MAX_SIZE(id) CONCAT_3(TIMER, id, _MAX_SIZE) + +#define TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(id, bit_width) \ + (TIMER_MAX_SIZE(id) == 8 ? (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_8) : \ + (TIMER_MAX_SIZE(id) == 16 ? (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_8) || \ + (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_16) : \ + (TIMER_MAX_SIZE(id) == 24 ? (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_8) || \ + (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_16) || \ + (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_24) : \ + (TIMER_MAX_SIZE(id) == 32 ? (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_8) || \ + (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_16) || \ + (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_24) || \ + (bit_width == NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_32) : \ + false)))) + +#if TIMER_COUNT > 3 +#define NRF_TIMER_IS_BIT_WIDTH_VALID(p_reg, bit_width) ( \ + ((p_reg == NRF_TIMER0) && (TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(0, bit_width))) \ + || ((p_reg == NRF_TIMER1) && (TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(1, bit_width))) \ + || ((p_reg == NRF_TIMER2) && (TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(2, bit_width))) \ + || ((p_reg == NRF_TIMER3) && (TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(3, bit_width))) \ + || ((p_reg == NRF_TIMER4) && (TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(4, bit_width))) ) + +#else +#define NRF_TIMER_IS_BIT_WIDTH_VALID(p_reg, bit_width) ( \ + ((p_reg == NRF_TIMER0) && TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(0, bit_width)) \ + || ((p_reg == NRF_TIMER1) && TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(1, bit_width)) \ + || ((p_reg == NRF_TIMER2) && TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_MAX(2, bit_width)) ) + +#endif + +/** + * @brief Macro for getting the number of capture/compare channels available + * in a given timer instance. + */ +#define NRF_TIMER_CC_CHANNEL_COUNT(id) CONCAT_3(TIMER, id, _CC_NUM) + +/** + * @brief Timer tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__)*/ + NRF_TIMER_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_START), ///< Task for starting the timer. + NRF_TIMER_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_STOP), ///< Task for stopping the timer. + NRF_TIMER_TASK_COUNT = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_COUNT), ///< Task for incrementing the timer (in counter mode). + NRF_TIMER_TASK_CLEAR = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_CLEAR), ///< Task for resetting the timer value. + NRF_TIMER_TASK_SHUTDOWN = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_SHUTDOWN), ///< Task for powering off the timer. + NRF_TIMER_TASK_CAPTURE0 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_CAPTURE[0]), ///< Task for capturing the timer value on channel 0. + NRF_TIMER_TASK_CAPTURE1 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_CAPTURE[1]), ///< Task for capturing the timer value on channel 1. + NRF_TIMER_TASK_CAPTURE2 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_CAPTURE[2]), ///< Task for capturing the timer value on channel 2. + NRF_TIMER_TASK_CAPTURE3 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_CAPTURE[3]), ///< Task for capturing the timer value on channel 3. +#if (TIMER_COUNT > 3) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_TIMER_TASK_CAPTURE4 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_CAPTURE[4]), ///< Task for capturing the timer value on channel 4. + NRF_TIMER_TASK_CAPTURE5 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, TASKS_CAPTURE[5]), ///< Task for capturing the timer value on channel 5. +#endif + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_timer_task_t; + +/** + * @brief Timer events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_TIMER_EVENT_COMPARE0 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, EVENTS_COMPARE[0]), ///< Event from compare channel 0. + NRF_TIMER_EVENT_COMPARE1 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, EVENTS_COMPARE[1]), ///< Event from compare channel 1. + NRF_TIMER_EVENT_COMPARE2 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, EVENTS_COMPARE[2]), ///< Event from compare channel 2. + NRF_TIMER_EVENT_COMPARE3 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, EVENTS_COMPARE[3]), ///< Event from compare channel 3. +#if (TIMER_COUNT > 3) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_TIMER_EVENT_COMPARE4 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, EVENTS_COMPARE[4]), ///< Event from compare channel 4. + NRF_TIMER_EVENT_COMPARE5 = offsetof(NRF_TIMER_Type, EVENTS_COMPARE[5]), ///< Event from compare channel 5. +#endif + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_timer_event_t; + +/** + * @brief Types of timer shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE0_STOP_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE0_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut for stopping the timer based on compare 0. + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE1_STOP_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE1_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut for stopping the timer based on compare 1. + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE2_STOP_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE2_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut for stopping the timer based on compare 2. + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE3_STOP_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE3_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut for stopping the timer based on compare 3. +#if (TIMER_COUNT > 3) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE4_STOP_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE4_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut for stopping the timer based on compare 4. + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE5_STOP_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE5_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut for stopping the timer based on compare 5. +#endif + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE0_CLEAR_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE0_CLEAR_Msk, ///< Shortcut for clearing the timer based on compare 0. + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE1_CLEAR_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE1_CLEAR_Msk, ///< Shortcut for clearing the timer based on compare 1. + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE2_CLEAR_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE2_CLEAR_Msk, ///< Shortcut for clearing the timer based on compare 2. + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE3_CLEAR_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE3_CLEAR_Msk, ///< Shortcut for clearing the timer based on compare 3. +#if (TIMER_COUNT > 3) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE4_CLEAR_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE4_CLEAR_Msk, ///< Shortcut for clearing the timer based on compare 4. + NRF_TIMER_SHORT_COMPARE5_CLEAR_MASK = TIMER_SHORTS_COMPARE5_CLEAR_Msk, ///< Shortcut for clearing the timer based on compare 5. +#endif +} nrf_timer_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief Timer modes. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TIMER_MODE_TIMER = TIMER_MODE_MODE_Timer, ///< Timer mode: timer. + NRF_TIMER_MODE_COUNTER = TIMER_MODE_MODE_Counter, ///< Timer mode: counter. +#if defined(TIMER_MODE_MODE_LowPowerCounter) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_TIMER_MODE_LOW_POWER_COUNTER = TIMER_MODE_MODE_LowPowerCounter, ///< Timer mode: low-power counter. +#endif +} nrf_timer_mode_t; + +/** + * @brief Timer bit width. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_8 = TIMER_BITMODE_BITMODE_08Bit, ///< Timer bit width 8 bit. + NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_16 = TIMER_BITMODE_BITMODE_16Bit, ///< Timer bit width 16 bit. + NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_24 = TIMER_BITMODE_BITMODE_24Bit, ///< Timer bit width 24 bit. + NRF_TIMER_BIT_WIDTH_32 = TIMER_BITMODE_BITMODE_32Bit ///< Timer bit width 32 bit. +} nrf_timer_bit_width_t; + +/** + * @brief Timer prescalers. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_16MHz = 0, ///< Timer frequency 16 MHz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_8MHz, ///< Timer frequency 8 MHz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_4MHz, ///< Timer frequency 4 MHz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_2MHz, ///< Timer frequency 2 MHz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_1MHz, ///< Timer frequency 1 MHz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_500kHz, ///< Timer frequency 500 kHz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_250kHz, ///< Timer frequency 250 kHz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_125kHz, ///< Timer frequency 125 kHz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_62500Hz, ///< Timer frequency 62500 Hz. + NRF_TIMER_FREQ_31250Hz ///< Timer frequency 31250 Hz. +} nrf_timer_frequency_t; + +/** + * @brief Timer capture/compare channels. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TIMER_CC_CHANNEL0 = 0, ///< Timer capture/compare channel 0. + NRF_TIMER_CC_CHANNEL1, ///< Timer capture/compare channel 1. + NRF_TIMER_CC_CHANNEL2, ///< Timer capture/compare channel 2. + NRF_TIMER_CC_CHANNEL3, ///< Timer capture/compare channel 3. +#if (TIMER_COUNT > 3) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_TIMER_CC_CHANNEL4, ///< Timer capture/compare channel 4. + NRF_TIMER_CC_CHANNEL5, ///< Timer capture/compare channel 5. +#endif +} nrf_timer_cc_channel_t; + +/** + * @brief Timer interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TIMER_INT_COMPARE0_MASK = TIMER_INTENSET_COMPARE0_Msk, ///< Timer interrupt from compare event on channel 0. + NRF_TIMER_INT_COMPARE1_MASK = TIMER_INTENSET_COMPARE1_Msk, ///< Timer interrupt from compare event on channel 1. + NRF_TIMER_INT_COMPARE2_MASK = TIMER_INTENSET_COMPARE2_Msk, ///< Timer interrupt from compare event on channel 2. + NRF_TIMER_INT_COMPARE3_MASK = TIMER_INTENSET_COMPARE3_Msk, ///< Timer interrupt from compare event on channel 3. +#if (TIMER_COUNT > 3) || defined(__SDK_DOXYGEN__) + NRF_TIMER_INT_COMPARE4_MASK = TIMER_INTENSET_COMPARE4_Msk, ///< Timer interrupt from compare event on channel 4. + NRF_TIMER_INT_COMPARE5_MASK = TIMER_INTENSET_COMPARE5_Msk, ///< Timer interrupt from compare event on channel 5. +#endif +} nrf_timer_int_mask_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific timer task. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_task_trigger(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific timer task register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the specified task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_timer_task_address_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific timer event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_event_clear(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific timer event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_timer_event_check(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific timer event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_timer_event_address_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] timer_shorts_mask Shortcuts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_shorts_enable(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] timer_shorts_mask Shortcuts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_shorts_disable(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] timer_int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_int_enable(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] timer_int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_int_disable(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] timer_int Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_timer_int_enable_check(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_int); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the timer mode. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] mode Timer mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_mode_set(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_mode_t mode); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the timer mode. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Timer mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_mode_t nrf_timer_mode_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the timer bit width. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] bit_width Timer bit width. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_bit_width_set(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_bit_width_t bit_width); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the timer bit width. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Timer bit width. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_bit_width_t nrf_timer_bit_width_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the timer frequency. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] frequency Timer frequency. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_frequency_set(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_frequency_t frequency); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the timer frequency. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Timer frequency. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_frequency_t nrf_timer_frequency_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for writing the capture/compare register for a specified channel. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] cc_channel Requested capture/compare channel. + * @param[in] cc_value Value to write to the capture/compare register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_cc_write(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_cc_channel_t cc_channel, + uint32_t cc_value); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the capture/compare value for a specified channel. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] cc_channel Requested capture/compare channel. + * + * @return Value from the requested capture/compare register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_timer_cc_read(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_cc_channel_t cc_channel); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting a specific timer capture task. + * + * @param[in] channel Capture channel. + * + * @return Capture task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_task_t nrf_timer_capture_task_get(uint32_t channel); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting a specific timer compare event. + * + * @param[in] channel Compare channel. + * + * @return Compare event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_event_t nrf_timer_compare_event_get(uint32_t channel); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting a specific timer compare interrupt. + * + * @param[in] channel Compare channel. + * + * @return Compare interrupt. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_int_mask_t nrf_timer_compare_int_get(uint32_t channel); + +/** + * @brief Function for calculating the number of timer ticks for a given time + * (in microseconds) and timer frequency. + * + * @param[in] time_us Time in microseconds. + * @param[in] frequency Timer frequency. + * + * @return Number of timer ticks. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_timer_us_to_ticks(uint32_t time_us, + nrf_timer_frequency_t frequency); + +/** + * @brief Function for calculating the number of timer ticks for a given time + * (in milliseconds) and timer frequency. + * + * @param[in] time_ms Time in milliseconds. + * @param[in] frequency Timer frequency. + * + * @return Number of timer ticks. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_timer_ms_to_ticks(uint32_t time_ms, + nrf_timer_frequency_t frequency); + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_task_trigger(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_timer_task_address_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_event_clear(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_timer_event_check(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_timer_event_address_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_shorts_enable(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS |= timer_shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_shorts_disable(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS &= ~(timer_shorts_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_int_enable(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = timer_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_int_disable(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = timer_int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_timer_int_enable_check(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t timer_int) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & timer_int); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_mode_set(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_mode_t mode) +{ + p_reg->MODE = (p_reg->MODE & ~TIMER_MODE_MODE_Msk) | + ((mode << TIMER_MODE_MODE_Pos) & TIMER_MODE_MODE_Msk); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_mode_t nrf_timer_mode_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg) +{ + return (nrf_timer_mode_t)(p_reg->MODE); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_bit_width_set(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_bit_width_t bit_width) +{ + p_reg->BITMODE = (p_reg->BITMODE & ~TIMER_BITMODE_BITMODE_Msk) | + ((bit_width << TIMER_BITMODE_BITMODE_Pos) & + TIMER_BITMODE_BITMODE_Msk); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_bit_width_t nrf_timer_bit_width_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg) +{ + return (nrf_timer_bit_width_t)(p_reg->BITMODE); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_frequency_set(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_frequency_t frequency) +{ + p_reg->PRESCALER = (p_reg->PRESCALER & ~TIMER_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_Msk) | + ((frequency << TIMER_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_Pos) & + TIMER_PRESCALER_PRESCALER_Msk); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_frequency_t nrf_timer_frequency_get(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg) +{ + return (nrf_timer_frequency_t)(p_reg->PRESCALER); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_timer_cc_write(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_cc_channel_t cc_channel, + uint32_t cc_value) +{ + p_reg->CC[cc_channel] = cc_value; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_timer_cc_read(NRF_TIMER_Type * p_reg, + nrf_timer_cc_channel_t cc_channel) +{ + return (uint32_t)p_reg->CC[cc_channel]; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_task_t nrf_timer_capture_task_get(uint32_t channel) +{ + return (nrf_timer_task_t) + ((uint32_t)NRF_TIMER_TASK_CAPTURE0 + (channel * sizeof(uint32_t))); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_event_t nrf_timer_compare_event_get(uint32_t channel) +{ + return (nrf_timer_event_t) + ((uint32_t)NRF_TIMER_EVENT_COMPARE0 + (channel * sizeof(uint32_t))); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_timer_int_mask_t nrf_timer_compare_int_get(uint32_t channel) +{ + return (nrf_timer_int_mask_t) + ((uint32_t)NRF_TIMER_INT_COMPARE0_MASK << channel); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_timer_us_to_ticks(uint32_t time_us, + nrf_timer_frequency_t frequency) +{ + // The "frequency" parameter here is actually the prescaler value, and the + // timer runs at the following frequency: f = 16 MHz / 2^prescaler. + uint32_t prescaler = (uint32_t)frequency; + ASSERT(time_us <= (UINT32_MAX / 16UL)); + return ((time_us * 16UL) >> prescaler); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_timer_ms_to_ticks(uint32_t time_ms, + nrf_timer_frequency_t frequency) +{ + // The "frequency" parameter here is actually the prescaler value, and the + // timer runs at the following frequency: f = 16000 kHz / 2^prescaler. + uint32_t prescaler = (uint32_t)frequency; + ASSERT(time_ms <= (UINT32_MAX / 16000UL)); + return ((time_ms * 16000UL) >> prescaler); +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_TIMER_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twi.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twi.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..341a456c --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twi.h @@ -0,0 +1,425 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_TWI_H__ +#define NRF_TWI_H__ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_twi_hal TWI HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_twi + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for managing the TWI peripheral. + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief TWI tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_TWI_TASK_STARTRX = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, TASKS_STARTRX), ///< Start TWI receive sequence. + NRF_TWI_TASK_STARTTX = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, TASKS_STARTTX), ///< Start TWI transmit sequence. + NRF_TWI_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, TASKS_STOP), ///< Stop TWI transaction. + NRF_TWI_TASK_SUSPEND = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, TASKS_SUSPEND), ///< Suspend TWI transaction. + NRF_TWI_TASK_RESUME = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, TASKS_RESUME) ///< Resume TWI transaction. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_twi_task_t; + +/** + * @brief TWI events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_TWI_EVENT_STOPPED = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, EVENTS_STOPPED), ///< TWI stopped. + NRF_TWI_EVENT_RXDREADY = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, EVENTS_RXDREADY), ///< TWI RXD byte received. + NRF_TWI_EVENT_TXDSENT = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, EVENTS_TXDSENT), ///< TWI TXD byte sent. + NRF_TWI_EVENT_ERROR = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, EVENTS_ERROR), ///< TWI error. + NRF_TWI_EVENT_BB = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, EVENTS_BB), ///< TWI byte boundary, generated before each byte that is sent or received. + NRF_TWI_EVENT_SUSPENDED = offsetof(NRF_TWI_Type, EVENTS_SUSPENDED) ///< TWI entered the suspended state. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_twi_event_t; + +/** + * @brief TWI shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWI_SHORT_BB_SUSPEND_MASK = TWI_SHORTS_BB_SUSPEND_Msk, ///< Shortcut between BB event and SUSPEND task. + NRF_TWI_SHORT_BB_STOP_MASK = TWI_SHORTS_BB_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut between BB event and STOP task. +} nrf_twi_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief TWI interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWI_INT_STOPPED_MASK = TWI_INTENSET_STOPPED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on STOPPED event. + NRF_TWI_INT_RXDREADY_MASK = TWI_INTENSET_RXDREADY_Msk, ///< Interrupt on RXDREADY event. + NRF_TWI_INT_TXDSENT_MASK = TWI_INTENSET_TXDSENT_Msk, ///< Interrupt on TXDSENT event. + NRF_TWI_INT_ERROR_MASK = TWI_INTENSET_ERROR_Msk, ///< Interrupt on ERROR event. + NRF_TWI_INT_BB_MASK = TWI_INTENSET_BB_Msk, ///< Interrupt on BB event. + NRF_TWI_INT_SUSPENDED_MASK = TWI_INTENSET_SUSPENDED_Msk ///< Interrupt on SUSPENDED event. +} nrf_twi_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief TWI error source. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWI_ERROR_ADDRESS_NACK = TWI_ERRORSRC_ANACK_Msk, ///< NACK received after sending the address. + NRF_TWI_ERROR_DATA_NACK = TWI_ERRORSRC_DNACK_Msk, ///< NACK received after sending a data byte. + NRF_TWI_ERROR_OVERRUN = TWI_ERRORSRC_OVERRUN_Msk ///< Overrun error. + /**< A new byte was received before the previous byte was read + * from the RXD register (previous data is lost). */ +} nrf_twi_error_t; + +/** + * @brief TWI master clock frequency. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWI_FREQ_100K = TWI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K100, ///< 100 kbps. + NRF_TWI_FREQ_250K = TWI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K250, ///< 250 kbps. + NRF_TWI_FREQ_400K = TWI_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K400 ///< 400 kbps. +} nrf_twi_frequency_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific TWI task. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_task_trigger(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific TWI task register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the specified task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_twi_task_address_get(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific TWI event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_event_clear(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twi_event_check(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific TWI event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_twi_event_address_get(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] shorts_mask Shortcuts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_shorts_enable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] shorts_mask Shortcuts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_shorts_disable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_int_enable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_int_disable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twi_int_enable_check(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_int_mask_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the TWI peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_enable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the TWI peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_disable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring TWI pins. + * + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] scl_pin SCL pin number. + * @param[in] sda_pin SDA pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_pins_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t scl_pin, + uint32_t sda_pin); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the TWI master clock frequency. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] frequency TWI frequency. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_frequency_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_frequency_t frequency); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the TWI error source. + * + * The error flags are cleared after reading. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Mask with error source flags. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twi_errorsrc_get_and_clear(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the address to be used in TWI transfers. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] address Address to be used in transfers. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_address_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, uint8_t address); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading data received by TWI. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Received data. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_twi_rxd_get(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for writing data to be transmitted by TWI. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] data Data to be transmitted. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_txd_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, uint8_t data); + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_shorts_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_task_trigger(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_twi_task_address_get(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_event_clear(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twi_event_check(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_twi_event_address_get(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_shorts_enable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS |= shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_shorts_disable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS &= ~(shorts_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_int_enable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_int_disable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twi_int_enable_check(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_int_mask_t int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_enable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (TWI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << TWI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_disable(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (TWI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << TWI_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_pins_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t scl_pin, + uint32_t sda_pin) +{ +#if defined(TWI_PSEL_SCL_CONNECT_Pos) + p_reg->PSEL.SCL = scl_pin; +#else + p_reg->PSELSCL = scl_pin; +#endif + +#if defined(TWI_PSEL_SDA_CONNECT_Pos) + p_reg->PSEL.SDA = sda_pin; +#else + p_reg->PSELSDA = sda_pin; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_frequency_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twi_frequency_t frequency) +{ + p_reg->FREQUENCY = frequency; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twi_errorsrc_get_and_clear(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg) +{ + uint32_t error_source = p_reg->ERRORSRC; + + // [error flags are cleared by writing '1' on their position] + p_reg->ERRORSRC = error_source; + + return error_source; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_address_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, uint8_t address) +{ + p_reg->ADDRESS = address; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_twi_rxd_get(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg) +{ + return (uint8_t)p_reg->RXD; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_txd_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, uint8_t data) +{ + p_reg->TXD = data; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twi_shorts_set(NRF_TWI_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS = shorts_mask; +} + +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_TWI_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twim.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twim.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3fc24b61 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twim.h @@ -0,0 +1,491 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef NRF_TWIM_H__ +#define NRF_TWIM_H__ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_twim_hal TWIM HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_twi + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for managing the TWIM peripheral. + */ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief TWIM tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_TWIM_TASK_STARTRX = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, TASKS_STARTRX), ///< Start TWI receive sequence. + NRF_TWIM_TASK_STARTTX = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, TASKS_STARTTX), ///< Start TWI transmit sequence. + NRF_TWIM_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, TASKS_STOP), ///< Stop TWI transaction. + NRF_TWIM_TASK_SUSPEND = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, TASKS_SUSPEND), ///< Suspend TWI transaction. + NRF_TWIM_TASK_RESUME = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, TASKS_RESUME) ///< Resume TWI transaction. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_twim_task_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIM events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_TWIM_EVENT_STOPPED = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, EVENTS_STOPPED), ///< TWI stopped. + NRF_TWIM_EVENT_ERROR = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, EVENTS_ERROR), ///< TWI error. + NRF_TWIM_EVENT_SUSPENDED = 0x148, ///< TWI suspended. + NRF_TWIM_EVENT_RXSTARTED = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, EVENTS_RXSTARTED), ///< Receive sequence started. + NRF_TWIM_EVENT_TXSTARTED = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, EVENTS_TXSTARTED), ///< Transmit sequence started. + NRF_TWIM_EVENT_LASTRX = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, EVENTS_LASTRX), ///< Byte boundary, starting to receive the last byte. + NRF_TWIM_EVENT_LASTTX = offsetof(NRF_TWIM_Type, EVENTS_LASTTX) ///< Byte boundary, starting to transmit the last byte. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_twim_event_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIM shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWIM_SHORT_LASTTX_STARTRX_MASK = TWIM_SHORTS_LASTTX_STARTRX_Msk, ///< Shortcut between LASTTX event and STARTRX task. + NRF_TWIM_SHORT_LASTTX_SUSPEND_MASK = TWIM_SHORTS_LASTTX_SUSPEND_Msk, ///< Shortcut between LASTTX event and SUSPEND task. + NRF_TWIM_SHORT_LASTTX_STOP_MASK = TWIM_SHORTS_LASTTX_STOP_Msk, ///< Shortcut between LASTTX event and STOP task. + NRF_TWIM_SHORT_LASTRX_STARTTX_MASK = TWIM_SHORTS_LASTRX_STARTTX_Msk, ///< Shortcut between LASTRX event and STARTTX task. + NRF_TWIM_SHORT_LASTRX_STOP_MASK = TWIM_SHORTS_LASTRX_STOP_Msk ///< Shortcut between LASTRX event and STOP task. +} nrf_twim_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIM interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWIM_INT_STOPPED_MASK = TWIM_INTENSET_STOPPED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on STOPPED event. + NRF_TWIM_INT_ERROR_MASK = TWIM_INTENSET_ERROR_Msk, ///< Interrupt on ERROR event. + NRF_TWIM_INT_SUSPENDED_MASK = (1 << 18), ///< Interrupt on SUSPENDED event. + NRF_TWIM_INT_RXSTARTED_MASK = TWIM_INTENSET_RXSTARTED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on RXSTARTED event. + NRF_TWIM_INT_TXSTARTED_MASK = TWIM_INTENSET_TXSTARTED_Msk, ///< Interrupt on TXSTARTED event. + NRF_TWIM_INT_LASTRX_MASK = TWIM_INTENSET_LASTRX_Msk, ///< Interrupt on LASTRX event. + NRF_TWIM_INT_LASTTX_MASK = TWIM_INTENSET_LASTTX_Msk ///< Interrupt on LASTTX event. +} nrf_twim_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIM master clock frequency. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWIM_FREQ_100K = TWIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K100, ///< 100 kbps. + NRF_TWIM_FREQ_250K = TWIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K250, ///< 250 kbps. + NRF_TWIM_FREQ_400K = TWIM_FREQUENCY_FREQUENCY_K400 ///< 400 kbps. +} nrf_twim_frequency_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIM error source. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWIM_ERROR_ADDRESS_NACK = TWIM_ERRORSRC_ANACK_Msk, ///< NACK received after sending the address. + NRF_TWIM_ERROR_DATA_NACK = TWIM_ERRORSRC_DNACK_Msk ///< NACK received after sending a data byte. +} nrf_twim_error_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific TWIM task. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Task to activate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_task_trigger(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific TWIM task register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] task Requested task. + * + * @return Address of the specified task register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_twim_task_address_get(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific TWIM event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_event_clear(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific TWIM event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to check. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twim_event_check(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting the address of a specific TWIM event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Requested event. + * + * @return Address of the specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_twim_event_address_get(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] shorts_mask Shortcuts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_shorts_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] shorts_mask Shortcuts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_shorts_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_int_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specified interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_int_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twim_int_enable_check(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_int_mask_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the TWIM peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the TWIM peripheral. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring TWI pins. + * + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] scl_pin SCL pin number. + * @param[in] sda_pin SDA pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_pins_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t scl_pin, + uint32_t sda_pin); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the TWI master clock frequency. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] frequency TWI frequency. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_frequency_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_frequency_t frequency); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the TWI error source. + * + * The error flags are cleared after reading. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Mask with error source flags. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twim_errorsrc_get_and_clear(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the address to be used in TWI transfers. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] address Address to be used in transfers. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_address_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t address); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the transmit buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer with data to send. + * @param[in] length Maximum number of data bytes to transmit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_tx_buffer_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buffer, + uint8_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the receive buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer for received data. + * @param[in] length Maximum number of data bytes to receive. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_rx_buffer_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t length); + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_shorts_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask); + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twim_txd_amount_get(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twim_rxd_amount_get(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the TX list feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_tx_list_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the TX list feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_tx_list_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling the RX list feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_rx_list_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling the RX list feature. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_rx_list_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @} + */ + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_task_trigger(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_twim_task_address_get(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_event_clear(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twim_event_check(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t * nrf_twim_event_address_get(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_shorts_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS |= shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_shorts_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS &= ~(shorts_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_int_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_int_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twim_int_enable_check(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_int_mask_t int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (TWIM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << TWIM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (TWIM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << TWIM_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_pins_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t scl_pin, + uint32_t sda_pin) +{ + p_reg->PSEL.SCL = scl_pin; + p_reg->PSEL.SDA = sda_pin; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_frequency_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + nrf_twim_frequency_t frequency) +{ + p_reg->FREQUENCY = frequency; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twim_errorsrc_get_and_clear(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + uint32_t error_source = p_reg->ERRORSRC; + + // [error flags are cleared by writing '1' on their position] + p_reg->ERRORSRC = error_source; + + return error_source; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_address_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t address) +{ + p_reg->ADDRESS = address; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_tx_buffer_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buffer, + uint8_t length) +{ + p_reg->TXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + p_reg->TXD.MAXCNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_rx_buffer_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t length) +{ + p_reg->RXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + p_reg->RXD.MAXCNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_shorts_set(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS = shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twim_txd_amount_get(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->TXD.AMOUNT; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twim_rxd_amount_get(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->RXD.AMOUNT; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_tx_list_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->TXD.LIST = 1; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_tx_list_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->TXD.LIST = 0; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_rx_list_enable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->RXD.LIST = 1; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twim_rx_list_disable(NRF_TWIM_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->RXD.LIST = 0; +} +#endif // SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NRF_TWIM_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twis.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twis.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..81105814 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_twis.h @@ -0,0 +1,679 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @ingroup nrf_twis + * @defgroup nrf_twis_hal TWIS HAL + * @{ + * + * @brief @tagAPI52 Hardware access layer for Two Wire Interface Slave with EasyDMA + * (TWIS) peripheral. + */ +#ifndef NRF_TWIS_H__ +#define NRF_TWIS_H__ + +#include "nrf.h" +#include "sdk_config.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief TWIS tasks + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_TWIS_TASK_STOP = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, TASKS_STOP), /**< Stop TWIS transaction */ + NRF_TWIS_TASK_SUSPEND = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, TASKS_SUSPEND), /**< Suspend TWIS transaction */ + NRF_TWIS_TASK_RESUME = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, TASKS_RESUME), /**< Resume TWIS transaction */ + NRF_TWIS_TASK_PREPARERX = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, TASKS_PREPARERX), /**< Prepare the TWIS slave to respond to a write command */ + NRF_TWIS_TASK_PREPARETX = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, TASKS_PREPARETX) /**< Prepare the TWIS slave to respond to a read command */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_twis_task_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIS events + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_TWIS_EVENT_STOPPED = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, EVENTS_STOPPED), /**< TWIS stopped */ + NRF_TWIS_EVENT_ERROR = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, EVENTS_ERROR), /**< TWIS error */ + NRF_TWIS_EVENT_RXSTARTED = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, EVENTS_RXSTARTED), /**< Receive sequence started */ + NRF_TWIS_EVENT_TXSTARTED = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, EVENTS_TXSTARTED), /**< Transmit sequence started */ + NRF_TWIS_EVENT_WRITE = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, EVENTS_WRITE), /**< Write command received */ + NRF_TWIS_EVENT_READ = offsetof(NRF_TWIS_Type, EVENTS_READ) /**< Read command received */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_twis_event_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIS shortcuts + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWIS_SHORT_WRITE_SUSPEND_MASK = TWIS_SHORTS_WRITE_SUSPEND_Msk, /**< Shortcut between WRITE event and SUSPEND task */ + NRF_TWIS_SHORT_READ_SUSPEND_MASK = TWIS_SHORTS_READ_SUSPEND_Msk, /**< Shortcut between READ event and SUSPEND task */ +} nrf_twis_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIS interrupts + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWIS_INT_STOPPED_MASK = TWIS_INTEN_STOPPED_Msk, /**< Interrupt on STOPPED event */ + NRF_TWIS_INT_ERROR_MASK = TWIS_INTEN_ERROR_Msk, /**< Interrupt on ERROR event */ + NRF_TWIS_INT_RXSTARTED_MASK = TWIS_INTEN_RXSTARTED_Msk, /**< Interrupt on RXSTARTED event */ + NRF_TWIS_INT_TXSTARTED_MASK = TWIS_INTEN_TXSTARTED_Msk, /**< Interrupt on TXSTARTED event */ + NRF_TWIS_INT_WRITE_MASK = TWIS_INTEN_WRITE_Msk, /**< Interrupt on WRITE event */ + NRF_TWIS_INT_READ_MASK = TWIS_INTEN_READ_Msk, /**< Interrupt on READ event */ +} nrf_twis_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIS error source + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWIS_ERROR_OVERFLOW = TWIS_ERRORSRC_OVERFLOW_Msk, /**< RX buffer overflow detected, and prevented */ + NRF_TWIS_ERROR_DATA_NACK = TWIS_ERRORSRC_DNACK_Msk, /**< NACK sent after receiving a data byte */ + NRF_TWIS_ERROR_OVERREAD = TWIS_ERRORSRC_OVERREAD_Msk /**< TX buffer over-read detected, and prevented */ +} nrf_twis_error_t; + +/** + * @brief TWIS address matching configuration + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_TWIS_CONFIG_ADDRESS0_MASK = TWIS_CONFIG_ADDRESS0_Msk, /**< Enable or disable address matching on ADDRESS[0] */ + NRF_TWIS_CONFIG_ADDRESS1_MASK = TWIS_CONFIG_ADDRESS1_Msk, /**< Enable or disable address matching on ADDRESS[1] */ + NRF_TWIS_CONFIG_ADDRESS01_MASK = TWIS_CONFIG_ADDRESS0_Msk | TWIS_CONFIG_ADDRESS1_Msk /**< Enable both address matching */ +} nrf_twis_config_addr_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief Variable type to hold amount of data for EasyDMA + * + * Variable of the minimum size that can hold the amount of data to transfer. + * + * @note + * Defined to make it simple to change if EasyDMA would be updated to support more data in + * the future devices to. + */ +typedef uint8_t nrf_twis_amount_t; + +/** + * @brief Smallest variable type to hold TWI address + * + * Variable of the minimum size that can hold single TWI address. + * + * @note + * Defined to make it simple to change if new TWI would support for example + * 10 bit addressing mode. + */ +typedef uint8_t nrf_twis_address_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific TWIS task. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_task_trigger(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, nrf_twis_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific TWIS task register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param task Task. + * + * @return Task address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twis_task_address_get( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_event_clear( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_event_t event); +/** + * @brief Function for returning the state of a specific event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twis_event_check( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_event_t event); + + +/** + * @brief Function for getting and clearing the state of specific event + * + * This function checks the state of the event and clears it. + * @param[in,out] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event was set. + * @retval false If the event was not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twis_event_get_and_clear( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_event_t event); + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific TWIS event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param event Event. + * + * @return Address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twis_event_address_get( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a shortcut. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param short_mask Shortcuts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_shorts_enable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t short_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing shortcuts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param short_mask Shortcuts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_shorts_disable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t short_mask); + +/** + * @brief Get the shorts mask + * + * Function returns shorts register. + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @return Flags of currently enabled shortcuts + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twis_shorts_get(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling selected interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_int_enable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of selected interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + * + * @retval true If any of selected interrupts is enabled. + * @retval false If none of selected interrupts is enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_twis_int_enable_check(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling selected interrupts. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_int_disable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving and clearing the TWIS error source. + * + * @attention Error sources are cleared after read. + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @return Error source mask with values from @ref nrf_twis_error_t. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_twis_error_source_get_and_clear(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Get information which of addresses matched + * + * Function returns index in the address table + * that points to the address that already matched. + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @return Index of matched address + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint_fast8_t nrf_twis_match_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling TWIS. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_enable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling TWIS. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_disable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring TWIS pins. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param scl SCL pin number. + * @param sda SDA pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_pins_set(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t scl, uint32_t sda); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the receive buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param p_buf Pointer to the buffer for received data. + * @param length Maximum number of data bytes to receive. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_rx_buffer_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buf, + nrf_twis_amount_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function that prepares TWIS for receiving + * + * This function sets receive buffer and then sets NRF_TWIS_TASK_PREPARERX task. + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param p_buf Pointer to the buffer for received data. + * @param length Maximum number of data bytes to receive. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_rx_prepare( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buf, + nrf_twis_amount_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting number of bytes received in the last transaction. + * + * @param[in] p_reg TWIS instance. + * @return Amount of bytes received. + * */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_twis_amount_t nrf_twis_rx_amount_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the transmit buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param p_buf Pointer to the buffer with data to send. + * @param length Maximum number of data bytes to transmit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_tx_buffer_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buf, + nrf_twis_amount_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function that prepares TWIS for transmitting + * + * This function sets transmit buffer and then sets NRF_TWIS_TASK_PREPARETX task. + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param p_buf Pointer to the buffer with data to send. + * @param length Maximum number of data bytes to transmit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_tx_prepare( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buf, + nrf_twis_amount_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting number of bytes transmitted in the last transaction. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @return Amount of bytes transmitted. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_twis_amount_t nrf_twis_tx_amount_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting slave address + * + * Function sets the selected address for this TWI interface. + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param n Index of address to set + * @param addr Addres to set + * @sa nrf_twis_config_address_set + * @sa nrf_twis_config_address_get + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_address_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint_fast8_t n, + nrf_twis_address_t addr); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving configured slave address + * + * Function gets the selected address for this TWI interface. + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param n Index of address to get + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_twis_address_t nrf_twis_address_get( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, + uint_fast8_t n); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the device address configuration. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param addr_mask Mask of address indexes of what device should answer to. + * + * @sa nrf_twis_address_set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_config_address_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_config_addr_mask_t addr_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the device address configuration. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Mask of address indexes of what device should answer to. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_twis_config_addr_mask_t nrf_twis_config_address_get( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the over-read character. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] orc Over-read character. Character clocked out in case of + * over-read of the TXD buffer. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_orc_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t orc); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the over-read character. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @return Over-read character configured for selected instance. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_twis_orc_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg); + + +/** @} */ /* End of nrf_twis_hal */ + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Internal functions + */ + +/** + * @internal + * @brief Internal function for getting task/event register address + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @oaram offset Offset of the register from the instance beginning + * + * @attention offset has to be modulo 4 value. In other case we can get hardware fault. + * @return Pointer to the register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE volatile uint32_t* nrf_twis_getRegPtr(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t offset) +{ + return (volatile uint32_t*)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)offset); +} + +/** + * @internal + * @brief Internal function for getting task/event register address - constant version + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @oaram offset Offset of the register from the instance beginning + * + * @attention offset has to be modulo 4 value. In other case we can get hardware fault. + * @return Pointer to the register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE volatile const uint32_t* nrf_twis_getRegPtr_c(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, uint32_t offset) +{ + return (volatile const uint32_t*)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)offset); +} + + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Interface functions definitions + */ + + +void nrf_twis_task_trigger(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, nrf_twis_task_t task) +{ + *(nrf_twis_getRegPtr(p_reg, (uint32_t)task)) = 1UL; +} + +uint32_t nrf_twis_task_address_get( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t)nrf_twis_getRegPtr_c(p_reg, (uint32_t)task); +} + +void nrf_twis_event_clear( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_event_t event) +{ + *(nrf_twis_getRegPtr(p_reg, (uint32_t)event)) = 0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + +bool nrf_twis_event_check( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*nrf_twis_getRegPtr_c(p_reg, (uint32_t)event); +} + +bool nrf_twis_event_get_and_clear( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_event_t event) +{ + bool ret = nrf_twis_event_check(p_reg, event); + if (ret) + { + nrf_twis_event_clear(p_reg, event); + } + return ret; +} + +uint32_t nrf_twis_event_address_get( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t)nrf_twis_getRegPtr_c(p_reg, (uint32_t)event); +} + +void nrf_twis_shorts_enable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t short_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS |= short_mask; +} + +void nrf_twis_shorts_disable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t short_mask) +{ + if (~0U == short_mask) + { + /* Optimized version for "disable all" */ + p_reg->SHORTS = 0; + } + else + { + p_reg->SHORTS &= ~short_mask; + } +} + +uint32_t nrf_twis_shorts_get(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->SHORTS; +} + +void nrf_twis_int_enable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +bool nrf_twis_int_enable_check(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, uint32_t int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + +void nrf_twis_int_disable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +uint32_t nrf_twis_error_source_get_and_clear(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg) +{ + uint32_t ret = p_reg->ERRORSRC; + p_reg->ERRORSRC = ret; + return ret; +} + +uint_fast8_t nrf_twis_match_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * p_reg) +{ + return (uint_fast8_t)p_reg->MATCH; +} + +void nrf_twis_enable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (TWIS_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << TWIS_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +void nrf_twis_disable(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = (TWIS_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << TWIS_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos); +} + +void nrf_twis_pins_set(NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, uint32_t scl, uint32_t sda) +{ + p_reg->PSEL.SCL = scl; + p_reg->PSEL.SDA = sda; +} + +void nrf_twis_rx_buffer_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buf, + nrf_twis_amount_t length) +{ + p_reg->RXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buf; + p_reg->RXD.MAXCNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_rx_prepare( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buf, + nrf_twis_amount_t length) +{ + nrf_twis_rx_buffer_set(p_reg, p_buf, length); + nrf_twis_task_trigger(p_reg, NRF_TWIS_TASK_PREPARERX); +} + +nrf_twis_amount_t nrf_twis_rx_amount_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg) +{ + return (nrf_twis_amount_t)p_reg->RXD.AMOUNT; +} + +void nrf_twis_tx_buffer_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buf, + nrf_twis_amount_t length) +{ + p_reg->TXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buf; + p_reg->TXD.MAXCNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_twis_tx_prepare( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buf, + nrf_twis_amount_t length) +{ + nrf_twis_tx_buffer_set(p_reg, p_buf, length); + nrf_twis_task_trigger(p_reg, NRF_TWIS_TASK_PREPARETX); +} + +nrf_twis_amount_t nrf_twis_tx_amount_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg) +{ + return (nrf_twis_amount_t)p_reg->TXD.AMOUNT; +} + +void nrf_twis_address_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint_fast8_t n, + nrf_twis_address_t addr) +{ + p_reg->ADDRESS[n] = addr; +} + +nrf_twis_address_t nrf_twis_address_get( + NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg, + uint_fast8_t n) +{ + return (nrf_twis_address_t)p_reg->ADDRESS[n]; +} +void nrf_twis_config_address_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + nrf_twis_config_addr_mask_t addr_mask) +{ + /* This is the only configuration in TWIS - just write it without masking */ + p_reg->CONFIG = addr_mask; +} + +nrf_twis_config_addr_mask_t nrf_twis_config_address_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg) +{ + return (nrf_twis_config_addr_mask_t)(p_reg->CONFIG & TWIS_ADDRESS_ADDRESS_Msk); +} + +void nrf_twis_orc_set( + NRF_TWIS_Type * const p_reg, + uint8_t orc) +{ + p_reg->ORC = orc; +} + +uint8_t nrf_twis_orc_get(NRF_TWIS_Type const * const p_reg) +{ + return (uint8_t)p_reg->ORC; +} + +#endif /* SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_TWIS_H__ */ + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_uart.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_uart.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..290fbc41 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_uart.h @@ -0,0 +1,521 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_UART_H__ +#define NRF_UART_H__ + +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +//Temporary defining legacy UART for instance 1 +#define NRF_UART1 (NRF_UART_Type *)NRF_UARTE1 + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_uart_hal UART HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_uart + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the UART peripheral. + */ + +#define NRF_UART_PSEL_DISCONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF + +/** + * @enum nrf_uart_task_t + * @brief UART tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__)*/ + NRF_UART_TASK_STARTRX = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, TASKS_STARTRX), /**< Task for starting reception. */ + NRF_UART_TASK_STOPRX = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, TASKS_STOPRX), /**< Task for stopping reception. */ + NRF_UART_TASK_STARTTX = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, TASKS_STARTTX), /**< Task for starting transmission. */ + NRF_UART_TASK_STOPTX = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, TASKS_STOPTX), /**< Task for stopping transmission. */ + NRF_UART_TASK_SUSPEND = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, TASKS_SUSPEND), /**< Task for suspending UART. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_uart_task_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uart_event_t + * @brief UART events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_UART_EVENT_CTS = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, EVENTS_CTS), /**< Event from CTS line activation. */ + NRF_UART_EVENT_NCTS = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, EVENTS_NCTS), /**< Event from CTS line deactivation. */ + NRF_UART_EVENT_RXDRDY = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, EVENTS_RXDRDY),/**< Event from data ready in RXD. */ + NRF_UART_EVENT_TXDRDY = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, EVENTS_TXDRDY),/**< Event from data sent from TXD. */ + NRF_UART_EVENT_ERROR = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, EVENTS_ERROR), /**< Event from error detection. */ + NRF_UART_EVENT_RXTO = offsetof(NRF_UART_Type, EVENTS_RXTO) /**< Event from receiver timeout. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_uart_event_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uart_int_mask_t + * @brief UART interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_UART_INT_MASK_CTS = UART_INTENCLR_CTS_Msk, /**< CTS line activation interrupt. */ + NRF_UART_INT_MASK_NCTS = UART_INTENCLR_NCTS_Msk, /**< CTS line deactivation interrupt. */ + NRF_UART_INT_MASK_RXDRDY = UART_INTENCLR_RXDRDY_Msk, /**< Data ready in RXD interrupt. */ + NRF_UART_INT_MASK_TXDRDY = UART_INTENCLR_TXDRDY_Msk, /**< Data sent from TXD interrupt. */ + NRF_UART_INT_MASK_ERROR = UART_INTENCLR_ERROR_Msk, /**< Error detection interrupt. */ + NRF_UART_INT_MASK_RXTO = UART_INTENCLR_RXTO_Msk /**< Receiver timeout interrupt. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_uart_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uart_baudrate_t + * @brief Baudrates supported by UART. + */ +typedef enum +{ +#ifdef UARTE_PRESENT + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_1200 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud1200, /**< 1200 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_2400 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud2400, /**< 2400 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_4800 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud4800, /**< 4800 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_9600 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud9600, /**< 9600 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_14400 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud14400, /**< 14400 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_19200 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud19200, /**< 19200 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_28800 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud28800, /**< 28800 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_38400 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud38400, /**< 38400 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_57600 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud57600, /**< 57600 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_76800 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud76800, /**< 76800 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_115200 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud115200, /**< 115200 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_230400 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud230400, /**< 230400 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_250000 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud250000, /**< 250000 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_460800 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud460800, /**< 460800 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_921600 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud921600, /**< 921600 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_1000000 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud1M, /**< 1000000 baud. */ +#else + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_1200 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud1200, /**< 1200 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_2400 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud2400, /**< 2400 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_4800 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud4800, /**< 4800 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_9600 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud9600, /**< 9600 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_14400 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud14400, /**< 14400 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_19200 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud19200, /**< 19200 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_28800 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud28800, /**< 28800 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_38400 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud38400, /**< 38400 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_57600 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud57600, /**< 57600 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_76800 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud76800, /**< 76800 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_115200 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud115200, /**< 115200 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_230400 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud230400, /**< 230400 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_250000 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud250000, /**< 250000 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_460800 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud460800, /**< 460800 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_921600 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud921600, /**< 921600 baud. */ + NRF_UART_BAUDRATE_1000000 = UART_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud1M, /**< 1000000 baud. */ +#endif +} nrf_uart_baudrate_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uart_error_mask_t + * @brief Types of UART error masks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UART_ERROR_OVERRUN_MASK = UART_ERRORSRC_OVERRUN_Msk, /**< Overrun error. */ + NRF_UART_ERROR_PARITY_MASK = UART_ERRORSRC_PARITY_Msk, /**< Parity error. */ + NRF_UART_ERROR_FRAMING_MASK = UART_ERRORSRC_FRAMING_Msk, /**< Framing error. */ + NRF_UART_ERROR_BREAK_MASK = UART_ERRORSRC_BREAK_Msk, /**< Break error. */ +} nrf_uart_error_mask_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uart_parity_t + * @brief Types of UART parity modes. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UART_PARITY_EXCLUDED = UART_CONFIG_PARITY_Excluded << UART_CONFIG_PARITY_Pos, /**< Parity excluded. */ + NRF_UART_PARITY_INCLUDED = UART_CONFIG_PARITY_Included << UART_CONFIG_PARITY_Pos, /**< Parity included. */ +} nrf_uart_parity_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uart_hwfc_t + * @brief Types of UART flow control modes. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UART_HWFC_DISABLED = UART_CONFIG_HWFC_Disabled, /**< HW flow control disabled. */ + NRF_UART_HWFC_ENABLED = UART_CONFIG_HWFC_Enabled, /**< HW flow control enabled. */ +} nrf_uart_hwfc_t; + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific UART event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_event_clear(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific UART event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to check. + * + * @retval True if event is set, False otherwise. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_uart_event_check(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific UART event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Desired event. + * + * @retval Address of specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_event_address_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, + nrf_uart_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling a specific interrupt. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_int_enable(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param int_mask Mask of interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_uart_int_enable_check(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specific interrupts. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_int_disable(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting error source mask. Function is clearing error source flags after reading. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @return Mask with error source flags. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_errorsrc_get_and_clear(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling UART. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_enable(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling UART. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_disable(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring TX/RX pins. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param pseltxd TXD pin number. + * @param pselrxd RXD pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_txrx_pins_set(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t pseltxd, uint32_t pselrxd); + +/** + * @brief Function for disconnecting TX/RX pins. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_txrx_pins_disconnect(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting TX pin. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_tx_pin_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting RX pin. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_rx_pin_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting RTS pin. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_rts_pin_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting CTS pin. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_cts_pin_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring flow control pins. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param pselrts RTS pin number. + * @param pselcts CTS pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_hwfc_pins_set(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pselrts, + uint32_t pselcts); + +/** + * @brief Function for disconnecting flow control pins. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_hwfc_pins_disconnect(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for reading RX data. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @return Received byte. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_uart_rxd_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting Tx data. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param txd Byte. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_txd_set(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint8_t txd); + +/** + * @brief Function for starting an UART task. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_task_trigger(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific task register. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param task Task. + * + * @return Task address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_task_address_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring UART. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param hwfc Hardware flow control. Enabled if true. + * @param parity Parity. Included if true. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_configure(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, + nrf_uart_parity_t parity, + nrf_uart_hwfc_t hwfc); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting UART baudrate. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param baudrate Baudrate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_baudrate_set(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_baudrate_t baudrate); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_event_clear(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif + +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_uart_event_check(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_event_address_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, + nrf_uart_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_int_enable(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_uart_int_enable_check(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_int_disable(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_errorsrc_get_and_clear(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ + uint32_t errsrc_mask = p_reg->ERRORSRC; + p_reg->ERRORSRC = errsrc_mask; + return errsrc_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_enable(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = UART_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_disable(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = UART_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_txrx_pins_set(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t pseltxd, uint32_t pselrxd) +{ +#if defined(UART_PSEL_RXD_CONNECT_Pos) + p_reg->PSEL.RXD = pselrxd; +#else + p_reg->PSELRXD = pselrxd; +#endif +#if defined(UART_PSEL_TXD_CONNECT_Pos) + p_reg->PSEL.TXD = pseltxd; +#else + p_reg->PSELTXD = pseltxd; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_txrx_pins_disconnect(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ + nrf_uart_txrx_pins_set(p_reg, NRF_UART_PSEL_DISCONNECTED, NRF_UART_PSEL_DISCONNECTED); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_tx_pin_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ +#if defined(UART_PSEL_TXD_CONNECT_Pos) + return p_reg->PSEL.TXD; +#else + return p_reg->PSELTXD; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_rx_pin_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ +#if defined(UART_PSEL_RXD_CONNECT_Pos) + return p_reg->PSEL.RXD; +#else + return p_reg->PSELRXD; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_rts_pin_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ +#if defined(UART_PSEL_RTS_CONNECT_Pos) + return p_reg->PSEL.RTS; +#else + return p_reg->PSELRTS; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_cts_pin_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ +#if defined(UART_PSEL_RTS_CONNECT_Pos) + return p_reg->PSEL.CTS; +#else + return p_reg->PSELCTS; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_hwfc_pins_set(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint32_t pselrts, uint32_t pselcts) +{ +#if defined(UART_PSEL_RTS_CONNECT_Pos) + p_reg->PSEL.RTS = pselrts; +#else + p_reg->PSELRTS = pselrts; +#endif + +#if defined(UART_PSEL_RTS_CONNECT_Pos) + p_reg->PSEL.CTS = pselcts; +#else + p_reg->PSELCTS = pselcts; +#endif +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_hwfc_pins_disconnect(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ + nrf_uart_hwfc_pins_set(p_reg, NRF_UART_PSEL_DISCONNECTED, NRF_UART_PSEL_DISCONNECTED); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_uart_rxd_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->RXD; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_txd_set(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, uint8_t txd) +{ + p_reg->TXD = txd; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_task_trigger(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uart_task_address_get(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t)p_reg + (uint32_t)task; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_configure(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, + nrf_uart_parity_t parity, + nrf_uart_hwfc_t hwfc) +{ + p_reg->CONFIG = (uint32_t)parity | (uint32_t)hwfc; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uart_baudrate_set(NRF_UART_Type * p_reg, nrf_uart_baudrate_t baudrate) +{ + p_reg->BAUDRATE = baudrate; +} +#endif //SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif //NRF_UART_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_uarte.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_uarte.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5c8312d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_uarte.h @@ -0,0 +1,547 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_UARTE_H__ +#define NRF_UARTE_H__ + +#include "nrf.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define NRF_UARTE_PSEL_DISCONNECTED 0xFFFFFFFF + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_uarte_hal UARTE HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_uart + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the UARTE peripheral. + */ + +/** + * @enum nrf_uarte_task_t + * @brief UARTE tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_UARTE_TASK_STARTRX = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, TASKS_STARTRX),///< Start UART receiver. + NRF_UARTE_TASK_STOPRX = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, TASKS_STOPRX), ///< Stop UART receiver. + NRF_UARTE_TASK_STARTTX = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, TASKS_STARTTX),///< Start UART transmitter. + NRF_UARTE_TASK_STOPTX = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, TASKS_STOPTX), ///< Stop UART transmitter. + NRF_UARTE_TASK_FLUSHRX = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, TASKS_FLUSHRX) ///< Flush RX FIFO in RX buffer. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_uarte_task_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uarte_event_t + * @brief UARTE events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_CTS = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_CTS), ///< CTS is activated. + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_NCTS = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_NCTS), ///< CTS is deactivated. + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_ENDRX = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_ENDRX), ///< Receive buffer is filled up. + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_ENDTX = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_ENDTX), ///< Last TX byte transmitted. + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_ERROR = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_ERROR), ///< Error detected. + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_RXTO = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_RXTO), ///< Receiver timeout. + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_RXSTARTED = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_RXSTARTED),///< Receiver has started. + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_TXSTARTED = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_TXSTARTED),///< Transmitter has started. + NRF_UARTE_EVENT_TXSTOPPED = offsetof(NRF_UARTE_Type, EVENTS_TXSTOPPED) ///< Transmitted stopped. + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_uarte_event_t; + +/** + * @brief Types of UARTE shortcuts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UARTE_SHORT_ENDRX_STARTRX = UARTE_SHORTS_ENDRX_STARTRX_Msk,///< Shortcut between ENDRX event and STARTRX task. + NRF_UARTE_SHORT_ENDRX_STOPRX = UARTE_SHORTS_ENDRX_STOPRX_Msk, ///< Shortcut between ENDRX event and STOPRX task. +} nrf_uarte_short_t; + + +/** + * @enum nrf_uarte_int_mask_t + * @brief UARTE interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UARTE_INT_CTS_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_CTS_Msk, ///< Interrupt on CTS event. + NRF_UARTE_INT_NCTSRX_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_NCTS_Msk, ///< Interrupt on NCTS event. + NRF_UARTE_INT_ENDRX_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_ENDRX_Msk, ///< Interrupt on ENDRX event. + NRF_UARTE_INT_ENDTX_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_ENDTX_Msk, ///< Interrupt on ENDTX event. + NRF_UARTE_INT_ERROR_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_ERROR_Msk, ///< Interrupt on ERROR event. + NRF_UARTE_INT_RXTO_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_RXTO_Msk, ///< Interrupt on RXTO event. + NRF_UARTE_INT_RXSTARTED_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_RXSTARTED_Msk,///< Interrupt on RXSTARTED event. + NRF_UARTE_INT_TXSTARTED_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_TXSTARTED_Msk,///< Interrupt on TXSTARTED event. + NRF_UARTE_INT_TXSTOPPED_MASK = UARTE_INTENSET_TXSTOPPED_Msk ///< Interrupt on TXSTOPPED event. +} nrf_uarte_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uarte_baudrate_t + * @brief Baudrates supported by UARTE. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_1200 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud1200, ///< 1200 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_2400 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud2400, ///< 2400 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_4800 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud4800, ///< 4800 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_9600 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud9600, ///< 9600 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_14400 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud14400, ///< 14400 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_19200 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud19200, ///< 19200 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_28800 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud28800, ///< 28800 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_38400 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud38400, ///< 38400 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_57600 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud57600, ///< 57600 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_76800 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud76800, ///< 76800 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_115200 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud115200, ///< 115200 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_230400 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud230400, ///< 230400 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_250000 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud250000, ///< 250000 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_460800 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud460800, ///< 460800 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_921600 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud921600, ///< 921600 baud. + NRF_UARTE_BAUDRATE_1000000 = UARTE_BAUDRATE_BAUDRATE_Baud1M, ///< 1000000 baud. +} nrf_uarte_baudrate_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uarte_error_mask_t + * @brief Types of UARTE error masks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UARTE_ERROR_OVERRUN_MASK = UARTE_ERRORSRC_OVERRUN_Msk, ///< Overrun error. + NRF_UARTE_ERROR_PARITY_MASK = UARTE_ERRORSRC_PARITY_Msk, ///< Parity error. + NRF_UARTE_ERROR_FRAMING_MASK = UARTE_ERRORSRC_FRAMING_Msk, ///< Framing error. + NRF_UARTE_ERROR_BREAK_MASK = UARTE_ERRORSRC_BREAK_Msk, ///< Break error. +} nrf_uarte_error_mask_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uarte_parity_t + * @brief Types of UARTE parity modes. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UARTE_PARITY_EXCLUDED = UARTE_CONFIG_PARITY_Excluded << UARTE_CONFIG_PARITY_Pos, ///< Parity excluded. + NRF_UARTE_PARITY_INCLUDED = UARTE_CONFIG_PARITY_Included << UARTE_CONFIG_PARITY_Pos, ///< Parity included. +} nrf_uarte_parity_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_uarte_hwfc_t + * @brief Types of UARTE flow control modes. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_UARTE_HWFC_DISABLED = UARTE_CONFIG_HWFC_Disabled << UARTE_CONFIG_HWFC_Pos, ///< HW flow control disabled. + NRF_UARTE_HWFC_ENABLED = UARTE_CONFIG_HWFC_Enabled << UARTE_CONFIG_HWFC_Pos, ///< HW flow control enabled. +} nrf_uarte_hwfc_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific UARTE event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to clear. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_event_clear(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for checking the state of a specific UARTE event. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Event to check. + * + * @retval True if event is set, False otherwise. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_uarte_event_check(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific UARTE event register. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] event Desired event. + * + * @retval Address of specified event register. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_event_address_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + nrf_uarte_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling UARTE shortcuts. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param shorts_mask Shortcuts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_shorts_enable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling UARTE shortcuts. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param shorts_mask Shortcuts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_shorts_disable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t shorts_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling UARTE interrupts. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param int_mask Interrupts to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_int_enable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of a given interrupt. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param int_mask Mask of interrupt to check. + * + * @retval true If the interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false If the interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_uarte_int_enable_check(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_int_mask_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling specific interrupts. + * + * @param p_reg Instance. + * @param int_mask Interrupts to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_int_disable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting error source mask. Function is clearing error source flags after reading. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @return Mask with error source flags. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_errorsrc_get_and_clear(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling UARTE. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_enable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling UARTE. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_disable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring TX/RX pins. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param pseltxd TXD pin number. + * @param pselrxd RXD pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_txrx_pins_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t pseltxd, uint32_t pselrxd); + +/** + * @brief Function for disconnecting TX/RX pins. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_txrx_pins_disconnect(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting TX pin. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_tx_pin_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting RX pin. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_rx_pin_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting RTS pin. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_rts_pin_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting CTS pin. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_cts_pin_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring flow control pins. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param pselrts RTS pin number. + * @param pselcts CTS pin number. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_hwfc_pins_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + uint32_t pselrts, + uint32_t pselcts); + +/** + * @brief Function for disconnecting flow control pins. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_hwfc_pins_disconnect(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for starting an UARTE task. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_task_trigger(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific task register. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param task Task. + * + * @return Task address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_task_address_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring UARTE. + * + * @param p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param hwfc Hardware flow control. Enabled if true. + * @param parity Parity. Included if true. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_configure(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + nrf_uarte_parity_t parity, + nrf_uarte_hwfc_t hwfc); + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting UARTE baudrate. + * + * @param p_reg Instance. + * @param baudrate Baudrate. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_baudrate_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_baudrate_t baudrate); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the transmit buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Instance. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer with data to send. + * @param[in] length Maximum number of data bytes to transmit. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_tx_buffer_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buffer, + uint8_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting number of bytes transmitted in the last transaction. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Instance. + * + * @retval Amount of bytes transmitted. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_tx_amount_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the receive buffer. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to the buffer for received data. + * @param[in] length Maximum number of data bytes to receive. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_rx_buffer_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t length); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting number of bytes received in the last transaction. + * + * @param[in] p_reg Pointer to the peripheral registers structure. + * + * @retval Amount of bytes received. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_rx_amount_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg); + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_event_clear(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)) = 0x0UL; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif + +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_uarte_event_check(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*(volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_event_address_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + nrf_uarte_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)event); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_shorts_enable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS |= shorts_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_shorts_disable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t shorts_mask) +{ + p_reg->SHORTS &= ~(shorts_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_int_enable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_uarte_int_enable_check(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_int_mask_t int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(p_reg->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_int_disable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t int_mask) +{ + p_reg->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_errorsrc_get_and_clear(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + uint32_t errsrc_mask = p_reg->ERRORSRC; + p_reg->ERRORSRC = errsrc_mask; + return errsrc_mask; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_enable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = UARTE_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_disable(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + p_reg->ENABLE = UARTE_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_txrx_pins_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t pseltxd, uint32_t pselrxd) +{ + p_reg->PSEL.TXD = pseltxd; + p_reg->PSEL.RXD = pselrxd; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_txrx_pins_disconnect(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + nrf_uarte_txrx_pins_set(p_reg, NRF_UARTE_PSEL_DISCONNECTED, NRF_UARTE_PSEL_DISCONNECTED); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_tx_pin_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->PSEL.TXD; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_rx_pin_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->PSEL.RXD; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_rts_pin_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->PSEL.RTS; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_cts_pin_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->PSEL.CTS; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_hwfc_pins_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, uint32_t pselrts, uint32_t pselcts) +{ + p_reg->PSEL.RTS = pselrts; + p_reg->PSEL.CTS = pselcts; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_hwfc_pins_disconnect(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + nrf_uarte_hwfc_pins_set(p_reg, NRF_UARTE_PSEL_DISCONNECTED, NRF_UARTE_PSEL_DISCONNECTED); +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_task_trigger(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)p_reg + (uint32_t)task)) = 0x1UL; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_task_address_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t)p_reg + (uint32_t)task; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_configure(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + nrf_uarte_parity_t parity, + nrf_uarte_hwfc_t hwfc) +{ + p_reg->CONFIG = (uint32_t)parity | (uint32_t)hwfc; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_baudrate_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, nrf_uarte_baudrate_t baudrate) +{ + p_reg->BAUDRATE = baudrate; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_tx_buffer_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t const * p_buffer, + uint8_t length) +{ + p_reg->TXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + p_reg->TXD.MAXCNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_tx_amount_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->TXD.AMOUNT; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_uarte_rx_buffer_set(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg, + uint8_t * p_buffer, + uint8_t length) +{ + p_reg->RXD.PTR = (uint32_t)p_buffer; + p_reg->RXD.MAXCNT = length; +} + +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_uarte_rx_amount_get(NRF_UARTE_Type * p_reg) +{ + return p_reg->RXD.AMOUNT; +} +#endif //SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif //NRF_UARTE_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_usbd.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_usbd.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3570ab0f --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_usbd.h @@ -0,0 +1,1261 @@ +/* Copyright (c) Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_USBD_H__ +#define NRF_USBD_H__ + +/** + * @ingroup nrf_drivers + * @defgroup nrf_usbd_hal USBD HAL + * @{ + * + * @brief @tagAPI52840 Hardware access layer for Two Wire Interface Slave with EasyDMA + * (USBD) peripheral. + */ + +#include "nrf_peripherals.h" +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include +#include +#include + +/** + * @brief USBD tasks + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPIN0 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPIN[0] ), /**< Captures the EPIN[0].PTR, EPIN[0].MAXCNT and EPIN[0].CONFIG registers values, and enables control endpoint IN 0 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPIN1 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPIN[1] ), /**< Captures the EPIN[1].PTR, EPIN[1].MAXCNT and EPIN[1].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint IN 1 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPIN2 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPIN[2] ), /**< Captures the EPIN[2].PTR, EPIN[2].MAXCNT and EPIN[2].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint IN 2 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPIN3 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPIN[3] ), /**< Captures the EPIN[3].PTR, EPIN[3].MAXCNT and EPIN[3].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint IN 3 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPIN4 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPIN[4] ), /**< Captures the EPIN[4].PTR, EPIN[4].MAXCNT and EPIN[4].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint IN 4 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPIN5 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPIN[5] ), /**< Captures the EPIN[5].PTR, EPIN[5].MAXCNT and EPIN[5].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint IN 5 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPIN6 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPIN[6] ), /**< Captures the EPIN[6].PTR, EPIN[6].MAXCNT and EPIN[6].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint IN 6 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPIN7 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPIN[7] ), /**< Captures the EPIN[7].PTR, EPIN[7].MAXCNT and EPIN[7].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint IN 7 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTISOIN = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTISOIN ), /**< Captures the ISOIN.PTR, ISOIN.MAXCNT and ISOIN.CONFIG registers values, and enables sending data on iso endpoint 8 */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPOUT0 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPOUT[0]), /**< Captures the EPOUT[0].PTR, EPOUT[0].MAXCNT and EPOUT[0].CONFIG registers values, and enables control endpoint 0 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPOUT1 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPOUT[1]), /**< Captures the EPOUT[1].PTR, EPOUT[1].MAXCNT and EPOUT[1].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint 1 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPOUT2 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPOUT[2]), /**< Captures the EPOUT[2].PTR, EPOUT[2].MAXCNT and EPOUT[2].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint 2 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPOUT3 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPOUT[3]), /**< Captures the EPOUT[3].PTR, EPOUT[3].MAXCNT and EPOUT[3].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint 3 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPOUT4 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPOUT[4]), /**< Captures the EPOUT[4].PTR, EPOUT[4].MAXCNT and EPOUT[4].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint 4 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPOUT5 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPOUT[5]), /**< Captures the EPOUT[5].PTR, EPOUT[5].MAXCNT and EPOUT[5].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint 5 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPOUT6 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPOUT[6]), /**< Captures the EPOUT[6].PTR, EPOUT[6].MAXCNT and EPOUT[6].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint 6 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTEPOUT7 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTEPOUT[7]), /**< Captures the EPOUT[7].PTR, EPOUT[7].MAXCNT and EPOUT[7].CONFIG registers values, and enables data endpoint 7 to respond to traffic from host */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_STARTISOOUT = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_STARTISOOUT ), /**< Captures the ISOOUT.PTR, ISOOUT.MAXCNT and ISOOUT.CONFIG registers values, and enables receiving of data on iso endpoint 8 */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_EP0RCVOUT = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_EP0RCVOUT ), /**< Allows OUT data stage on control endpoint 0 */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_EP0STATUS = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_EP0STATUS ), /**< Allows status stage on control endpoint 0 */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_EP0STALL = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_EP0STALL ), /**< STALLs data and status stage on control endpoint 0 */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_DRIVEDPDM = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_DPDMDRIVE ), /**< Forces D+ and D-lines to the state defined in the DPDMVALUE register */ + NRF_USBD_TASK_NODRIVEDPDM = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, TASKS_DPDMNODRIVE ), /**< Stops forcing D+ and D- lines to any state (USB engine takes control) */ + /*lint -restore*/ +}nrf_usbd_task_t; + +/** + * @brief USBD events + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_USBRESET = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_USBRESET ), /**< Signals that a USB reset condition has been detected on the USB lines */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_STARTED = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_STARTED ), /**< Confirms that the EPIN[n].PTR, EPIN[n].MAXCNT, EPIN[n].CONFIG, or EPOUT[n].PTR, EPOUT[n].MAXCNT and EPOUT[n].CONFIG registers have been captured on all endpoints reported in the EPSTATUS register */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPIN0 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPIN[0] ), /**< The whole EPIN[0] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPIN1 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPIN[1] ), /**< The whole EPIN[1] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPIN2 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPIN[2] ), /**< The whole EPIN[2] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPIN3 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPIN[3] ), /**< The whole EPIN[3] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPIN4 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPIN[4] ), /**< The whole EPIN[4] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPIN5 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPIN[5] ), /**< The whole EPIN[5] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPIN6 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPIN[6] ), /**< The whole EPIN[6] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPIN7 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPIN[7] ), /**< The whole EPIN[7] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_EP0DATADONE = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_EP0DATADONE), /**< An acknowledged data transfer has taken place on the control endpoint */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDISOIN0 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDISOIN ), /**< The whole ISOIN buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPOUT0 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPOUT[0]), /**< The whole EPOUT[0] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPOUT1 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPOUT[1]), /**< The whole EPOUT[1] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPOUT2 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPOUT[2]), /**< The whole EPOUT[2] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPOUT3 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPOUT[3]), /**< The whole EPOUT[3] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPOUT4 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPOUT[4]), /**< The whole EPOUT[4] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPOUT5 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPOUT[5]), /**< The whole EPOUT[5] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPOUT6 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPOUT[6]), /**< The whole EPOUT[6] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDEPOUT7 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDEPOUT[7]), /**< The whole EPOUT[7] buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ENDISOOUT0 = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ENDISOOUT ), /**< The whole ISOOUT buffer has been consumed. The RAM buffer can be accessed safely by software. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_SOF = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_SOF ), /**< Signals that a SOF (start of frame) condition has been detected on the USB lines */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_USBEVENT = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_USBEVENT ), /**< An event or an error not covered by specific events has occurred, check EVENTCAUSE register to find the cause */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_EP0SETUP = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_EP0SETUP ), /**< A valid SETUP token has been received (and acknowledged) on the control endpoint */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_DATAEP = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_EPDATA ), /**< A data transfer has occurred on a data endpoint, indicated by the EPDATASTATUS register */ + NRF_USBD_EVENT_ACCESSFAULT = offsetof(NRF_USBD_Type, EVENTS_ACCESSFAULT), /**< >Access to an unavailable USB register has been attempted (software or EasyDMA) */ + /*lint -restore*/ +}nrf_usbd_event_t; + +/** + * @brief USBD shorts + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_USBD_SHORT_EP0DATADONE_STARTEPIN0_MASK = USBD_SHORTS_EP0DATADONE_STARTEPIN0_Msk , /**< Shortcut between EP0DATADONE event and STARTEPIN0 task */ + NRF_USBD_SHORT_EP0DATADONE_STARTEPOUT0_MASK = USBD_SHORTS_EP0DATADONE_STARTEPOUT0_Msk, /**< Shortcut between EP0DATADONE event and STARTEPOUT0 task */ + NRF_USBD_SHORT_EP0DATADONE_EP0STATUS_MASK = USBD_SHORTS_EP0DATADONE_EP0STATUS_Msk , /**< Shortcut between EP0DATADONE event and EP0STATUS task */ + NRF_USBD_SHORT_ENDEPOUT0_EP0STATUS_MASK = USBD_SHORTS_ENDEPOUT0_EP0STATUS_Msk , /**< Shortcut between ENDEPOUT[0] event and EP0STATUS task */ + NRF_USBD_SHORT_ENDEPOUT0_EP0RCVOUT_MASK = USBD_SHORTS_ENDEPOUT0_EP0RCVOUT_Msk , /**< Shortcut between ENDEPOUT[0] event and EP0RCVOUT task */ +}nrf_usbd_short_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief USBD interrupts + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_USBD_INT_USBRESET_MASK = USBD_INTEN_USBRESET_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for USBRESET event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_STARTED_MASK = USBD_INTEN_STARTED_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for STARTED event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPIN0_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPIN0_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPIN[0] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPIN1_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPIN1_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPIN[1] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPIN2_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPIN2_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPIN[2] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPIN3_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPIN3_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPIN[3] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPIN4_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPIN4_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPIN[4] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPIN5_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPIN5_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPIN[5] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPIN6_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPIN6_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPIN[6] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPIN7_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPIN7_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPIN[7] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_EP0DATADONE_MASK = USBD_INTEN_EP0DATADONE_Msk, /**< Enable or disable interrupt for EP0DATADONE event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDISOIN0_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDISOIN_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDISOIN[0] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPOUT0_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPOUT0_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPOUT[0] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPOUT1_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPOUT1_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPOUT[1] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPOUT2_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPOUT2_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPOUT[2] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPOUT3_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPOUT3_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPOUT[3] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPOUT4_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPOUT4_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPOUT[4] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPOUT5_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPOUT5_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPOUT[5] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPOUT6_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPOUT6_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPOUT[6] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDEPOUT7_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDEPOUT7_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDEPOUT[7] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ENDISOOUT0_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ENDISOOUT_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ENDISOOUT[0] event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_SOF_MASK = USBD_INTEN_SOF_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for SOF event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_USBEVENT_MASK = USBD_INTEN_USBEVENT_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for USBEVENT event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_EP0SETUP_MASK = USBD_INTEN_EP0SETUP_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for EP0SETUP event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_DATAEP_MASK = USBD_INTEN_EPDATA_Msk , /**< Enable or disable interrupt for EPDATA event */ + NRF_USBD_INT_ACCESSFAULT_MASK = USBD_INTEN_ACCESSFAULT_Msk, /**< Enable or disable interrupt for ACCESSFAULT event */ +}nrf_usbd_int_mask_t; + + +/** + * @brief Function for activating a specific USBD task. + * + * @param task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_task_trigger(nrf_usbd_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific USBD task register. + * + * @param task Task. + * + * @return Task address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_task_address_get(nrf_usbd_task_t task); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing a specific event. + * + * @param event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_event_clear(nrf_usbd_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the state of a specific event. + * + * @param event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_usbd_event_check(nrf_usbd_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for getting and clearing the state of specific event + * + * This function checks the state of the event and clears it. + * + * @param event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event was set. + * @retval false If the event was not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_usbd_event_get_and_clear(nrf_usbd_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific USBD event register. + * + * @param event Event. + * + * @return Address. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_event_address_get(nrf_usbd_event_t event); + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a shortcut. + * + * @param short_mask Shortcuts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_shorts_enable(uint32_t short_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing shortcuts. + * + * @param short_mask Shortcuts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_shorts_disable(uint32_t short_mask); + +/** + * @brief Get the shorts mask + * + * Function returns shorts register. + * + * @return Flags of currently enabled shortcuts + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_shorts_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling selected interrupts. + * + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of selected interrupts. + * + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + * + * @retval true If any of selected interrupts is enabled. + * @retval false If none of selected interrupts is enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_usbd_int_enable_check(uint32_t int_mask); + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the information about enabled interrupts. + * + * @return The flags of enabled interrupts. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_int_enable_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling selected interrupts. + * + * @param int_mask Interrupts mask. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask); + + +/** @} */ /* End of nrf_usbd_hal */ + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Internal functions + */ + +/** + * @internal + * @brief Internal function for getting task/event register address + * + * @oaram offset Offset of the register from the instance beginning + * + * @attention offset has to be modulo 4 value. In other case we can get hardware fault. + * @return Pointer to the register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE volatile uint32_t* nrf_usbd_getRegPtr(uint32_t offset) +{ + return (volatile uint32_t*)(((uint8_t *)NRF_USBD) + (uint32_t)offset); +} + +/** + * @internal + * @brief Internal function for getting task/event register address - constant version + * + * @oaram offset Offset of the register from the instance beginning + * + * @attention offset has to be modulo 4 value. In other case we can get hardware fault. + * @return Pointer to the register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE volatile const uint32_t* nrf_usbd_getRegPtr_c(uint32_t offset) +{ + return (volatile const uint32_t*)(((uint8_t *)NRF_USBD) + (uint32_t)offset); +} + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * Interface functions definitions + */ + +void nrf_usbd_task_trigger(nrf_usbd_task_t task) +{ + *(nrf_usbd_getRegPtr((uint32_t)task)) = 1UL; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_task_address_get(nrf_usbd_task_t task) +{ + return (uint32_t)nrf_usbd_getRegPtr_c((uint32_t)task); +} + +void nrf_usbd_event_clear(nrf_usbd_event_t event) +{ + *(nrf_usbd_getRegPtr((uint32_t)event)) = 0UL; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +bool nrf_usbd_event_check(nrf_usbd_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*nrf_usbd_getRegPtr_c((uint32_t)event); +} + +bool nrf_usbd_event_get_and_clear(nrf_usbd_event_t event) +{ + bool ret = nrf_usbd_event_check(event); + if(ret) + { + nrf_usbd_event_clear(event); + } + return ret; +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_event_address_get(nrf_usbd_event_t event) +{ + return (uint32_t)nrf_usbd_getRegPtr_c((uint32_t)event); +} + +void nrf_usbd_shorts_enable(uint32_t short_mask) +{ + NRF_USBD->SHORTS |= short_mask; +} + +void nrf_usbd_shorts_disable(uint32_t short_mask) +{ + if(~0U == short_mask) + { + /* Optimized version for "disable all" */ + NRF_USBD->SHORTS = 0; + } + else + { + NRF_USBD->SHORTS &= ~short_mask; + } +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_shorts_get(void) +{ + return NRF_USBD->SHORTS; +} + +void nrf_usbd_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_USBD->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + +bool nrf_usbd_int_enable_check(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + return !!(NRF_USBD->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_int_enable_get(void) +{ + return NRF_USBD->INTENSET; +} + +void nrf_usbd_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_USBD->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + +#endif /* SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION */ + +/* ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + * End of automatically generated part + * ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + */ +/** + * @ingroup nrf_usbd_hal + * @{ + */ + +/** + * @brief Frame counter size + * + * The number of counts that can be fitted into frame counter + */ +#define NRF_USBD_FRAMECNTR_SIZE ( (USBD_FRAMECNTR_FRAMECNTR_Msk >> USBD_FRAMECNTR_FRAMECNTR_Pos) + 1UL ) +#ifndef USBD_FRAMECNTR_FRAMECNTR_Msk +#error USBD_FRAMECNTR_FRAMECNTR_Msk should be changed into USBD_FRAMECNTR_FRAMECNTR_Msk +#endif + +/** + * @brief First isochronous endpoint number + * + * The number of the first isochronous endpoint + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EPISO_FIRST 8 + +/** + * @brief Total number of IN endpoints + * + * Total number of IN endpoint (including ISOCHRONOUS). + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EPIN_CNT 9 + +/** + * @brief Total number of OUT endpoints + * + * Total number of OUT endpoint (including ISOCHRONOUS). + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EPOUT_CNT 9 + +/** + * @brief Mask of the direction bit in endpoint number + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_Msk (1U << 7) + +/** + * @brief The value of direction bit for IN endpoint direction + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_IN (1U << 7) + +/** + * @brief The value of direction bit for OUT endpoint direction + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_OUT (0U << 7) + +/** + * @brief Make IN endpoint identifier from endpoint number + * + * Macro that sets direction bit to make IN endpoint + * @param[in] epnr Endpoint number + * @return IN Endpoint identifier + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EPIN(epnr) (((uint8_t)(epnr)) | NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_IN) + +/** + * @brief Make OUT endpoint identifier from endpoint number + * + * Macro that sets direction bit to make OUT endpoint + * @param[in] epnr Endpoint number + * @return OUT Endpoint identifier + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EPOUT(epnr) (((uint8_t)(epnr)) | NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_OUT) + +/** + * @brief Extract the endpoint number from endpoint identifier + * + * Macro that strips out the information about endpoint direction. + * @param[in] ep Endpoint identifier + * @return Endpoint number + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep) ((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(ep)) & 0xFU)) + +/** + * @brief Macro for checking endpoint direction + * + * This macro checks if given endpoint has IN direction + * @param ep Endpoint identifier + * @retval true If the endpoint direction is IN + * @retval false If the endpoint direction is OUT + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EPIN_CHECK(ep) ( (((uint8_t)(ep)) & NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_Msk) == NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_IN ) + +/** + * @brief Macro for checking endpoint direction + * + * This macro checks if given endpoint has OUT direction + * @param ep Endpoint identifier + * @retval true If the endpoint direction is OUT + * @retval false If the endpoint direction is IN + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EPOUT_CHECK(ep) ( (((uint8_t)(ep)) & NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_Msk) == NRF_USBD_EP_DIR_OUT ) + +/** + * @brief Macro for checking if endpoint is isochronous + * + * @param ep It can be endpoint identifier or just endpoint number to check + * @retval true The endpoint is isochronous type + * @retval false The endpoint is bulk of interrupt type + */ +#define NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep) (NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep) >= NRF_USBD_EPISO_FIRST) + + +/** + * @brief EVENTCAUSE register bit masks + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_USBD_EVENTCAUSE_ISOOUTCRC_MASK = USBD_EVENTCAUSE_ISOOUTCRC_Msk, /**< CRC error was detected on isochronous OUT endpoint 8. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENTCAUSE_SUSPEND_MASK = USBD_EVENTCAUSE_SUSPEND_Msk , /**< Signals that the USB lines have been seen idle long enough for the device to enter suspend. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENTCAUSE_RESUME_MASK = USBD_EVENTCAUSE_RESUME_Msk , /**< Signals that a RESUME condition (K state or activity restart) has been detected on the USB lines. */ + NRF_USBD_EVENTCAUSE_READY_MASK = USBD_EVENTCAUSE_READY_Msk /**< MAC is ready for normal operation, rised few us after USBD enabling */ +}nrf_usbd_eventcause_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief BUSSTATE register bit masks + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_MASK = USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_Msk, /**< Negative line mask */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_MASK = USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_Msk, /**< Positive line mask */ + /** Both lines are low */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DPDM_LL = (USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_Low << USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_Pos) | (USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_Low << USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_Pos), + /** Positive line is high, negative line is low */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DPDM_HL = (USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_Low << USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_Pos) | (USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_High << USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_Pos), + /** Positive line is low, negative line is high */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DPDM_LH = (USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_High << USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_Pos) | (USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_Low << USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_Pos), + /** Both lines are high */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DPDM_HH = (USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_High << USBD_BUSSTATE_DM_Pos) | (USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_High << USBD_BUSSTATE_DP_Pos), + /** J state */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_J = NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DPDM_HL, + /** K state */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_K = NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DPDM_LH, + /** Single ended 0 */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_SE0 = NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DPDM_LL, + /** Single ended 1 */ + NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_SE1 = NRF_USBD_BUSSTATE_DPDM_HH +}nrf_usbd_busstate_t; + +/** + * @brief DPDMVALUE register + */ +typedef enum +{ + /**Generate Resume signal. Signal is generated for 50 us or 5 ms, + * depending on bus state */ + NRF_USBD_DPDMVALUE_RESUME = USBD_DPDMVALUE_STATE_Resume, + /** D+ Forced high, D- forced low (J state) */ + NRF_USBD_DPDMVALUE_J = USBD_DPDMVALUE_STATE_J, + /** D+ Forced low, D- forced high (K state) */ + NRF_USBD_DPMVALUE_K = USBD_DPDMVALUE_STATE_K +}nrf_usbd_dpdmvalue_t; + +/** + * @brief Dtoggle value or operation + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_USBD_DTOGGLE_NOP = USBD_DTOGGLE_VALUE_Nop, /**< No operation - do not change current data toggle on selected endpoint */ + NRF_USBD_DTOGGLE_DATA0 = USBD_DTOGGLE_VALUE_Data0,/**< Data toggle is DATA0 on selected endpoint */ + NRF_USBD_DTOGGLE_DATA1 = USBD_DTOGGLE_VALUE_Data1 /**< Data toggle is DATA1 on selected endpoint */ +}nrf_usbd_dtoggle_t; + +/** + * @brief EPSTATUS bit masks + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN0_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN0_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN1_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN1_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN2_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN2_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN3_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN3_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN4_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN4_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN5_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN5_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN6_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN6_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN7_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPIN7_Msk, + + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT0_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT0_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT1_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT1_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT2_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT2_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT3_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT3_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT4_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT4_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT5_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT5_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT6_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT6_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT7_MASK = USBD_EPSTATUS_EPOUT7_Msk, +}nrf_usbd_epstatus_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief DATAEPSTATUS bit masks + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN1_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN1_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN2_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN2_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN3_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN3_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN4_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN4_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN5_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN5_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN6_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN6_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN7_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPIN7_Msk, + + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT1_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT1_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT2_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT2_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT3_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT3_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT4_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT4_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT5_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT5_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT6_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT6_Msk, + NRF_USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT7_MASK = USBD_EPDATASTATUS_EPOUT7_Msk, +}nrf_usbd_dataepstatus_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief ISOSPLIT configurations + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_USBD_ISOSPLIT_OneDir = USBD_ISOSPLIT_SPLIT_OneDir, /**< Full buffer dedicated to either iso IN or OUT */ + NRF_USBD_ISOSPLIT_Half = USBD_ISOSPLIT_SPLIT_HalfIN, /**< Buffer divided in half */ + +}nrf_usbd_isosplit_t; + +/** + * @brief Enable USBD + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_enable(void); + +/** + * @brief Disable USBD + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_disable(void); + +/** + * @brief Get EVENTCAUSE register + * + * @return Flag values defined in @ref nrf_usbd_eventcause_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_eventcause_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Clear EVENTCAUSE flags + * + * @param flags Flags defined in @ref nrf_usbd_eventcause_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_eventcause_clear(uint32_t flags); + +/** + * @brief Get EVENTCAUSE register and clear flags that are set + * + * The safest way to return current EVENTCAUSE register. + * All the flags that are returned would be cleared inside EVENTCAUSE register. + * + * @return Flag values defined in @ref nrf_usbd_eventcause_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_eventcause_get_and_clear(void); + +/** + * @brief Get BUSSTATE register value + * + * @return The value of BUSSTATE register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_usbd_busstate_t nrf_usbd_busstate_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Get HALTEDEPIN register value + * + * @param ep Endpoint number with IN/OUT flag + * + * @return The value of HALTEDEPIN or HALTEDOUT register for selected endpoint + * + * @note + * Use this function for the response for GetStatus() request to endpoint. + * To check if endpoint is stalled in the code use @ref nrf_usbd_ep_is_stall. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_haltedep(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Check if selected endpoint is stalled + * + * Function to be used as a syntax sweeter for @ref nrf_usbd_haltedep. + * + * Also as the isochronous endpoint cannot be halted - it returns always false + * if isochronous endpoint is checked. + * + * @param ep Endpoint number with IN/OUT flag + * + * @return The information if the enepoint is halted. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_usbd_ep_is_stall(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Get EPSTATUS register value + * + * @return Flag values defined in @ref nrf_usbd_epstatus_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_epstatus_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Clear EPSTATUS register value + * + * @param flags Flags defined in @ref nrf_usbd_epstatus_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_epstatus_clear(uint32_t flags); + +/** + * @brief Get and clear EPSTATUS register value + * + * Function clears all flags in register set before returning its value. + * @return Flag values defined in @ref nrf_usbd_epstatus_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_epstatus_get_and_clear(void); + +/** + * @brief Get DATAEPSTATUS register value + * + * @return Flag values defined in @ref nrf_usbd_dataepstatus_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_epdatastatus_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Clear DATAEPSTATUS register value + * + * @param flags Flags defined in @ref nrf_usbd_dataepstatus_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_epdatastatus_clear(uint32_t flags); + +/** + * @brief Get and clear DATAEPSTATUS register value + * + * Function clears all flags in register set before returning its value. + * @return Flag values defined in @ref nrf_usbd_dataepstatus_mask_t + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_epdatastatus_get_and_clear(void); + +/** + * @name Setup command frame functions + * + * Functions for setup command frame parts access + * @{ + */ + /** + * @brief Read BMREQUESTTYPE - part of SETUP packet + * + * @return the value of BREQUESTTYPE on last received SETUP frame + */ + __STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_usbd_setup_bmrequesttype_get(void); + + /** + * @brief Read BMREQUEST - part of SETUP packet + * + * @return the value of BREQUEST on last received SETUP frame + */ + __STATIC_INLINE uint8_t nrf_usbd_setup_brequest_get(void); + + /** + * @brief Read WVALUE - part of SETUP packet + * + * @return the value of WVALUE on last received SETUP frame + */ + __STATIC_INLINE uint16_t nrf_usbd_setup_wvalue_get(void); + + /** + * @brief Read WINDEX - part of SETUP packet + * + * @return the value of WINDEX on last received SETUP frame + */ + __STATIC_INLINE uint16_t nrf_usbd_setup_windex_get(void); + + /** + * @brief Read WLENGTH - part of SETUP packet + * + * @return the value of WLENGTH on last received SETUP frame + */ + __STATIC_INLINE uint16_t nrf_usbd_setup_wlength_get(void); +/** @} */ + +/** + * @brief Get number of received bytes on selected endpoint + * + * @param ep Endpoint identifier. + * + * @return Number of received bytes. + * + * @note This function may be used on Bulk/Interrupt and Isochronous endpoints. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE size_t nrf_usbd_epout_size_get(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Clear out endpoint to accept any new incoming traffic + * + * @param ep ep Endpoint identifier. Only OUT Interrupt/Bulk endpoints are accepted. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_epout_clear(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Enable USB pullup + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_pullup_enable(void); + +/** + * @brief Disable USB pullup + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_pullup_disable(void); + +/** + * @brief Return USB pullup state + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_usbd_pullup_check(void); + +/** + * @brief Configure the value to be forced on the bus on DRIVEDPDM task + * + * Selected state would be forced on the bus when @ref NRF_USBD_TASK_DRIVEDPM is set. + * The state would be removed from the bus on @ref NRF_USBD_TASK_NODRIVEDPM and + * the control would be returned to the USBD peripheral. + * @param val State to be set + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_dpdmvalue_set(nrf_usbd_dpdmvalue_t val); + +/** + * @brief Data toggle set + * + * Configuration of current state of data toggling + * @param ep Endpoint number with the information about its direction + * @param op Operation to execute + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_dtoggle_set(uint8_t ep, nrf_usbd_dtoggle_t op); + +/** + * @brief Data toggle get + * + * Get the current state of data toggling + * @param ep Endpoint number to return the information about current data toggling + * @retval NRF_USBD_DTOGGLE_DATA0 Data toggle is DATA0 on selected endpoint + * @retval NRF_USBD_DTOGGLE_DATA1 Data toggle is DATA1 on selected endpoint + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_usbd_dtoggle_t nrf_usbd_dtoggle_get(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Enable selected endpoint + * + * Enabled endpoint responds for the tokens on the USB bus + * + * @param ep Endpoint id to enable + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_ep_enable(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Disable selected endpoint + * + * Disabled endpoint does not respond for the tokens on the USB bus + * + * @param ep Endpoint id to disable + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_ep_disable(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Disable all endpoints + * + * Auxiliary function to simply disable all aviable endpoints. + * It lefts only EP0 IN and OUT enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_ep_all_disable(void); + +/** + * @brief Stall selected endpoint + * + * @param ep Endpoint identifier + * @note This function cannot be called on isochronous endpoint + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_ep_stall(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Unstall selected endpoint + * + * @param ep Endpoint identifier + * @note This function cannot be called on isochronous endpoint + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_ep_unstall(uint8_t ep); + +/** + * @brief Configure isochronous buffer splitting + * + * Configure isochronous buffer splitting between IN and OUT endpoints. + * + * @param split Required configuration + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_isosplit_set(nrf_usbd_isosplit_t split); + +/** + * @brief Get the isochronous buffer splitting configuration + * + * Get the current isochronous buffer splitting configuration. + * + * @return Current configuration + */ +__STATIC_INLINE nrf_usbd_isosplit_t nrf_usbd_isosplit_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Get current frame counter + * + * @return Current frame counter + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_framecntr_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Configure EasyDMA channel + * + * Configures EasyDMA for the transfer. + * + * @param ep Endpoint identifier (with direction) + * @param ptr Pointer to the data + * @param maxcnt Number of bytes to transfer + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_usbd_ep_easydma_set(uint8_t ep, uint32_t ptr, uint32_t maxcnt); + +/** + * @brief Get number of transferred bytes + * + * Get number of transferred bytes in the last transaction + * + * @param ep Endpoint identifier + * + * @return The content of the AMOUNT register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_usbd_ep_amount_get(uint8_t ep); + + +#ifndef SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION + +void nrf_usbd_enable(void) +{ +#ifdef NRF_FPGA_IMPLEMENTATION + *(volatile uint32_t *)0x400005F4 = 3; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); + *(volatile uint32_t *)0x400005F0 = 3; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +#endif + + NRF_USBD->ENABLE = USBD_ENABLE_ENABLE_Enabled << USBD_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +void nrf_usbd_disable(void) +{ + NRF_USBD->ENABLE = USBD_ENABLE_ENABLE_Disabled << USBD_ENABLE_ENABLE_Pos; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_eventcause_get(void) +{ + return NRF_USBD->EVENTCAUSE; +} + +void nrf_usbd_eventcause_clear(uint32_t flags) +{ + NRF_USBD->EVENTCAUSE = flags; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_eventcause_get_and_clear(void) +{ + uint32_t ret; + ret = nrf_usbd_eventcause_get(); + nrf_usbd_eventcause_clear(ret); + __ISB(); + __DSB(); + return ret; +} + +nrf_usbd_busstate_t nrf_usbd_busstate_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_usbd_busstate_t)(NRF_USBD->BUSSTATE); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_haltedep(uint8_t ep) +{ + uint8_t epnr = NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep); + if(NRF_USBD_EPIN_CHECK(ep)) + { + ASSERT(epnr < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->HALTED.EPIN)); + return NRF_USBD->HALTED.EPIN[epnr]; + } + else + { + ASSERT(epnr < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->HALTED.EPOUT)); + return NRF_USBD->HALTED.EPOUT[epnr]; + } +} + +bool nrf_usbd_ep_is_stall(uint8_t ep) +{ + if(NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep)) + return false; + return USBD_HALTED_EPOUT_GETSTATUS_Halted == nrf_usbd_haltedep(ep); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_epstatus_get(void) +{ + return NRF_USBD->EPSTATUS; +} + +void nrf_usbd_epstatus_clear(uint32_t flags) +{ + NRF_USBD->EPSTATUS = flags; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_epstatus_get_and_clear(void) +{ + uint32_t ret; + ret = nrf_usbd_epstatus_get(); + nrf_usbd_epstatus_clear(ret); + return ret; +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_epdatastatus_get(void) +{ + return NRF_USBD->EPDATASTATUS; +} + +void nrf_usbd_epdatastatus_clear(uint32_t flags) +{ + NRF_USBD->EPDATASTATUS = flags; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_epdatastatus_get_and_clear(void) +{ + uint32_t ret; + ret = nrf_usbd_epdatastatus_get(); + nrf_usbd_epdatastatus_clear(ret); + __ISB(); + __DSB(); + return ret; +} + +uint8_t nrf_usbd_setup_bmrequesttype_get(void) +{ + return (uint8_t)(NRF_USBD->BMREQUESTTYPE); +} + +uint8_t nrf_usbd_setup_brequest_get(void) +{ + return (uint8_t)(NRF_USBD->BREQUEST); +} + +uint16_t nrf_usbd_setup_wvalue_get(void) +{ + const uint16_t val = NRF_USBD->WVALUEL; + return (uint16_t)(val | ((NRF_USBD->WVALUEH) << 8)); +} + +uint16_t nrf_usbd_setup_windex_get(void) +{ + const uint16_t val = NRF_USBD->WINDEXL; + return (uint16_t)(val | ((NRF_USBD->WINDEXH) << 8)); +} + +uint16_t nrf_usbd_setup_wlength_get(void) +{ + const uint16_t val = NRF_USBD->WLENGTHL; + return (uint16_t)(val | ((NRF_USBD->WLENGTHH) << 8)); +} + +size_t nrf_usbd_epout_size_get(uint8_t ep) +{ + ASSERT(NRF_USBD_EPOUT_CHECK(ep)); + if(NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep)) + { + ASSERT(NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep) == ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->SIZE.EPOUT)); /* Only single isochronous endpoint supported */ + return NRF_USBD->SIZE.ISOOUT; + } + + ASSERT(NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep) < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->SIZE.EPOUT)); + return NRF_USBD->SIZE.EPOUT[NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep)]; +} + +void nrf_usbd_epout_clear(uint8_t ep) +{ + ASSERT(NRF_USBD_EPOUT_CHECK(ep) && (NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep) < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->SIZE.EPOUT))); + NRF_USBD->SIZE.EPOUT[NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep)] = 0; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +void nrf_usbd_pullup_enable(void) +{ + NRF_USBD->USBPULLUP = USBD_USBPULLUP_CONNECT_Enabled << USBD_USBPULLUP_CONNECT_Pos; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +void nrf_usbd_pullup_disable(void) +{ + NRF_USBD->USBPULLUP = USBD_USBPULLUP_CONNECT_Disabled << USBD_USBPULLUP_CONNECT_Pos; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +bool nrf_usbd_pullup_check(void) +{ + return NRF_USBD->USBPULLUP == (USBD_USBPULLUP_CONNECT_Enabled << USBD_USBPULLUP_CONNECT_Pos); +} + +void nrf_usbd_dpdmvalue_set(nrf_usbd_dpdmvalue_t val) +{ + NRF_USBD->DPDMVALUE = ((uint32_t)val) << USBD_DPDMVALUE_STATE_Pos; +} + +void nrf_usbd_dtoggle_set(uint8_t ep, nrf_usbd_dtoggle_t op) +{ + NRF_USBD->DTOGGLE = ep | (op << USBD_DTOGGLE_VALUE_Pos); + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +nrf_usbd_dtoggle_t nrf_usbd_dtoggle_get(uint8_t ep) +{ + uint32_t retval; + /* Select the endpoint to read */ + nrf_usbd_dtoggle_set(ep, NRF_USBD_DTOGGLE_NOP); + retval = ((NRF_USBD->DTOGGLE) & USBD_DTOGGLE_VALUE_Msk) >> USBD_DTOGGLE_VALUE_Pos; + return (nrf_usbd_dtoggle_t)retval; +} + +void nrf_usbd_ep_enable(uint8_t ep) +{ + uint8_t epnr = NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep); + ASSERT(epnr <= USBD_EPINEN_ISOIN_Pos); + + if(NRF_USBD_EPIN_CHECK(ep)) + { + NRF_USBD->EPINEN |= 1UL<EPOUTEN |= 1UL<EPINEN &= ~(1UL<EPOUTEN &= ~(1UL<EPINEN = USBD_EPINEN_IN0_Enable << USBD_EPINEN_IN0_Pos; + NRF_USBD->EPOUTEN = USBD_EPOUTEN_OUT0_Enable << USBD_EPOUTEN_OUT0_Pos; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +void nrf_usbd_ep_stall(uint8_t ep) +{ + ASSERT(!NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep)); + NRF_USBD->EPSTALL = (USBD_EPSTALL_STALL_Stall << USBD_EPSTALL_STALL_Pos) | ep; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +void nrf_usbd_ep_unstall(uint8_t ep) +{ + ASSERT(!NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep)); + NRF_USBD->EPSTALL = (USBD_EPSTALL_STALL_UnStall << USBD_EPSTALL_STALL_Pos) | ep; + __ISB(); + __DSB(); +} + +void nrf_usbd_isosplit_set(nrf_usbd_isosplit_t split) +{ + NRF_USBD->ISOSPLIT = split << USBD_ISOSPLIT_SPLIT_Pos; +} + +nrf_usbd_isosplit_t nrf_usbd_isosplit_get(void) +{ + return (nrf_usbd_isosplit_t)(((NRF_USBD->ISOSPLIT) & USBD_ISOSPLIT_SPLIT_Msk) >> USBD_ISOSPLIT_SPLIT_Pos); +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_framecntr_get(void) +{ + return NRF_USBD->FRAMECNTR; +} + +void nrf_usbd_ep_easydma_set(uint8_t ep, uint32_t ptr, uint32_t maxcnt) +{ + if(NRF_USBD_EPIN_CHECK(ep)) + { + if(NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep)) + { + NRF_USBD->ISOIN.PTR = ptr; + NRF_USBD->ISOIN.MAXCNT = maxcnt; + } + else + { + uint8_t epnr = NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep); + ASSERT(epnr < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->EPIN)); + NRF_USBD->EPIN[epnr].PTR = ptr; + NRF_USBD->EPIN[epnr].MAXCNT = maxcnt; + } + } + else + { + if(NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep)) + { + NRF_USBD->ISOOUT.PTR = ptr; + NRF_USBD->ISOOUT.MAXCNT = maxcnt; + } + else + { + uint8_t epnr = NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep); + ASSERT(epnr < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->EPOUT)); + NRF_USBD->EPOUT[epnr].PTR = ptr; + NRF_USBD->EPOUT[epnr].MAXCNT = maxcnt; + } + } +} + +uint32_t nrf_usbd_ep_amount_get(uint8_t ep) +{ + uint32_t ret; + + if(NRF_USBD_EPIN_CHECK(ep)) + { + if(NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep)) + { + ret = NRF_USBD->ISOIN.AMOUNT; + } + else + { + uint8_t epnr = NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep); + ASSERT(epnr < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->EPOUT)); + ret = NRF_USBD->EPIN[epnr].AMOUNT; + } + } + else + { + if(NRF_USBD_EPISO_CHECK(ep)) + { + ret = NRF_USBD->ISOOUT.AMOUNT; + } + else + { + uint8_t epnr = NRF_USBD_EP_NR_GET(ep); + ASSERT(epnr < ARRAY_SIZE(NRF_USBD->EPOUT)); + ret = NRF_USBD->EPOUT[epnr].AMOUNT; + } + } + + return ret; +} + +#endif /* SUPPRESS_INLINE_IMPLEMENTATION */ + +/** @} */ +#endif /* NRF_USBD_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_wdt.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_wdt.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..898505c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/drivers_nrf/hal/nrf_wdt.h @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** + * @defgroup nrf_wdt_hal WDT HAL + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_wdt + * + * @brief Hardware access layer for accessing the watchdog timer (WDT) peripheral. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_WDT_H__ +#define NRF_WDT_H__ + +#include +#include +#include + +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define NRF_WDT_CHANNEL_NUMBER 0x8UL +#define NRF_WDT_RR_VALUE 0x6E524635UL /* Fixed value, shouldn't be modified.*/ + +#define NRF_WDT_TASK_SET 1UL +#define NRF_WDT_EVENT_CLEAR 0UL + +/** + * @enum nrf_wdt_task_t + * @brief WDT tasks. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30 -esym(628,__INTADDR__)*/ + NRF_WDT_TASK_START = offsetof(NRF_WDT_Type, TASKS_START), /**< Task for starting WDT. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_wdt_task_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_wdt_event_t + * @brief WDT events. + */ +typedef enum +{ + /*lint -save -e30*/ + NRF_WDT_EVENT_TIMEOUT = offsetof(NRF_WDT_Type, EVENTS_TIMEOUT), /**< Event from WDT time-out. */ + /*lint -restore*/ +} nrf_wdt_event_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_wdt_behaviour_t + * @brief WDT behavior in CPU SLEEP or HALT mode. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_WDT_BEHAVIOUR_RUN_SLEEP = WDT_CONFIG_SLEEP_Msk, /**< WDT will run when CPU is in SLEEP mode. */ + NRF_WDT_BEHAVIOUR_RUN_HALT = WDT_CONFIG_HALT_Msk, /**< WDT will run when CPU is in HALT mode. */ + NRF_WDT_BEHAVIOUR_RUN_SLEEP_HALT = WDT_CONFIG_SLEEP_Msk | WDT_CONFIG_HALT_Msk, /**< WDT will run when CPU is in SLEEP or HALT mode. */ + NRF_WDT_BEHAVIOUR_PAUSE_SLEEP_HALT = 0, /**< WDT will be paused when CPU is in SLEEP or HALT mode. */ +} nrf_wdt_behaviour_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_wdt_rr_register_t + * @brief WDT reload request registers. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_WDT_RR0 = 0, /**< Reload request register 0. */ + NRF_WDT_RR1, /**< Reload request register 1. */ + NRF_WDT_RR2, /**< Reload request register 2. */ + NRF_WDT_RR3, /**< Reload request register 3. */ + NRF_WDT_RR4, /**< Reload request register 4. */ + NRF_WDT_RR5, /**< Reload request register 5. */ + NRF_WDT_RR6, /**< Reload request register 6. */ + NRF_WDT_RR7 /**< Reload request register 7. */ +} nrf_wdt_rr_register_t; + +/** + * @enum nrf_wdt_int_mask_t + * @brief WDT interrupts. + */ +typedef enum +{ + NRF_WDT_INT_TIMEOUT_MASK = WDT_INTENSET_TIMEOUT_Msk, /**< WDT interrupt from time-out event. */ +} nrf_wdt_int_mask_t; + +/** + * @brief Function for configuring the watchdog behavior when the CPU is sleeping or halted. + * + * @param behaviour Watchdog behavior when CPU is in SLEEP or HALT mode. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_behaviour_set(nrf_wdt_behaviour_t behaviour) +{ + NRF_WDT->CONFIG = behaviour; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for starting the watchdog. + * + * @param[in] task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_task_trigger(nrf_wdt_task_t task) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_WDT + task)) = NRF_WDT_TASK_SET; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for clearing the WDT event. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_event_clear(nrf_wdt_event_t event) +{ + *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_WDT + (uint32_t)event)) = NRF_WDT_EVENT_CLEAR; +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + volatile uint32_t dummy = *((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_WDT + (uint32_t)event)); + (void)dummy; +#endif +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of the WDT event. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + * + * @retval true If the event is set. + * @retval false If the event is not set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_wdt_event_check(nrf_wdt_event_t event) +{ + return (bool)*((volatile uint32_t *)((uint8_t *)NRF_WDT + event)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling a specific interrupt. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_int_enable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_WDT->INTENSET = int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the state of given interrupt. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt. + * + * @retval true Interrupt is enabled. + * @retval false Interrupt is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_wdt_int_enable_check(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_WDT->INTENSET & int_mask); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling a specific interrupt. + * + * @param[in] int_mask Interrupt. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_int_disable(uint32_t int_mask) +{ + NRF_WDT->INTENCLR = int_mask; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific WDT task register. + * + * @param[in] task Task. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_wdt_task_address_get(nrf_wdt_task_t task) +{ + return ((uint32_t)NRF_WDT + task); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for returning the address of a specific WDT event register. + * + * @param[in] event Event. + * + * @retval address of requested event register + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_wdt_event_address_get(nrf_wdt_event_t event) +{ + return ((uint32_t)NRF_WDT + event); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the watchdog status. + * + * @retval true If the watchdog is started. + * @retval false If the watchdog is not started. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_wdt_started(void) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_WDT->RUNSTATUS); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the watchdog reload request status. + * + * @param[in] rr_register Reload request register to check. + * + * @retval true If a reload request is running. + * @retval false If no reload request is running. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_wdt_request_status(nrf_wdt_rr_register_t rr_register) +{ + return (bool)(((NRF_WDT->REQSTATUS) >> rr_register) & 0x1UL); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting the watchdog reload value. + * + * @param[in] reload_value Watchdog counter initial value. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_reload_value_set(uint32_t reload_value) +{ + NRF_WDT->CRV = reload_value; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the watchdog reload value. + * + * @retval Reload value. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_wdt_reload_value_get(void) +{ + return (uint32_t)NRF_WDT->CRV; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for enabling a specific reload request register. + * + * @param[in] rr_register Reload request register to enable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_reload_request_enable(nrf_wdt_rr_register_t rr_register) +{ + NRF_WDT->RREN |= 0x1UL << rr_register; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for disabling a specific reload request register. + * + * @param[in] rr_register Reload request register to disable. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_reload_request_disable(nrf_wdt_rr_register_t rr_register) +{ + NRF_WDT->RREN &= ~(0x1UL << rr_register); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the status of a specific reload request register. + * + * @param[in] rr_register Reload request register to check. + * + * @retval true If the reload request register is enabled. + * @retval false If the reload request register is not enabled. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE bool nrf_wdt_reload_request_is_enabled(nrf_wdt_rr_register_t rr_register) +{ + return (bool)(NRF_WDT->RREN & (0x1UL << rr_register)); +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for setting a specific reload request register. + * + * @param[in] rr_register Reload request register to set. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_wdt_reload_request_set(nrf_wdt_rr_register_t rr_register) +{ + NRF_WDT->RR[rr_register] = NRF_WDT_RR_VALUE; +} + + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/experimental_section_vars/section_vars.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/experimental_section_vars/section_vars.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..30a404af --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/experimental_section_vars/section_vars.h @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef SECTION_VARS_H__ +#define SECTION_VARS_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** + * @defgroup section_vars Section variables + * @ingroup app_common + * @{ + * + * @brief Section variables. + */ + + +#if defined(__ICCARM__) +// Enable IAR language extensions +#pragma language=extended +#endif + + +// Macro to delay macro expansion. +#define NRF_PRAGMA(x) _Pragma(#x) + + +//lint -save -e27 Illegal character (0x24) + + +/**@brief Macro to obtain the symbol marking the beginning of a given section. + * + * @details The symbol that this macro resolves to is used to obtain a section start address. + * + * @param[in] section_name Name of the section. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name) section_name ## $$Base + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name) __start_ ## section_name + +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name) __section_begin(#section_name) + +#endif + + +/**@brief Macro to obtain the symbol marking the end of a given section. + * + * @details The symbol that this macro resolves to is used to obtain a section stop address. + * + * @param[in] section_name Name of the section. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) section_name ## $$Limit + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) __stop_ ## section_name + +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) __section_end(#section_name) + +#endif + + +//lint -restore + + +/**@brief Macro for retrieving the length of a given section, in bytes. + * + * @param[in] section_name Name of the section. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_LENGTH(section_name) \ + ((uint32_t)&NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) - (uint32_t)&NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name)) + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + + #define NRF_SECTION_VARS_LENGTH(section_name) \ + ((uint32_t)&NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) - (uint32_t)&NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name)) + +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + + #define NRF_SECTION_VARS_LENGTH(section_name) \ + ((uint32_t)NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) - (uint32_t)NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name)) + +#endif + + +/**@brief Macro to obtain the address of the beginning of a section. + * + * param[in] section_name Name of the section. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR(section_name) (uint32_t)&NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name) + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR(section_name) (uint32_t)&NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name) + +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR(section_name) (uint32_t)iar_ ## section_name ## _start + +#endif + + +/**@brief Macro to obtain the address of end of a section. + * + * @param[in] section_name Name of the section. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_ADDR(section_name) (uint32_t)&NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_ADDR(section_name) (uint32_t)&NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) + +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_ADDR(section_name) (uint32_t)iar_ ## section_name ## _end + +#endif + + +//lint -save -e19 -esym(526, fs_dataBase) -esym(526, fs_dataLimit) -esym(526, dfu_transBase) -esym(526, dfu_transLimit) + +/**@brief Macro to create a section to register variables in. + * + * @param[in] data_type The data type of the variables to be registered in the section. + * @param[in] section_name Name of the section. + * + * @warning The data type must be word aligned to prevent padding. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_CREATE_SECTION(section_name, data_type) \ + extern data_type * NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name); \ + extern void * NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_CREATE_SECTION(section_name, data_type) \ + extern data_type * NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_SYMBOL(section_name); \ + extern void * NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_SYMBOL(section_name) + +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + +// No symbol registration required for IAR. +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_CREATE_SECTION(section_name, data_type) \ + NRF_PRAGMA(section = #section_name); \ + extern void * iar_ ## section_name ## _start = __section_begin(#section_name); \ + extern void * iar_ ## section_name ## _end = __section_end(#section_name) + +#endif + +//lint -restore + + +/**@brief Macro to declare a variable and register it in a section. + * + * @details Declares a variable and registers it in a named section. This macro ensures that the + * variable is not stripped away when using optimizations. + * + * @note The order with which variables are placed in a section is dependant on the order with + * which the linker encouters the variables during linking. + * + * @param[in] section_name Name of the section. + * @param[in] section_var The variable to register in the given section. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_REGISTER_VAR(section_name, section_var) \ + static section_var __attribute__ ((section(#section_name))) __attribute__((used)) + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_REGISTER_VAR(section_name, section_var) \ + static section_var __attribute__ ((section("."#section_name))) __attribute__((used)) + +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_REGISTER_VAR(section_name, section_var) \ + __root section_var @ #section_name + +#endif + + +/**@brief Macro to retrieve a variable from a section. + * + * @warning The stored symbol can only be resolved using this macro if the + * type of the data is word aligned. The operation of acquiring + * the stored symbol relies on sizeof of the stored type, no + * padding can exist in the named section in between individual + * stored items or this macro will fail. + * + * @param[in] i Index of the variable in section. + * @param[in] data_type Data type of the variable. + * @param[in] section_name Name of the section. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_GET(i, data_type, section_name) \ + (data_type*)(NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR(section_name) + i * sizeof(data_type)) + +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_GET(i, data_type, section_name) \ + (data_type*)(NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR(section_name) + i * sizeof(data_type)) + +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_GET(i, data_type, section_name) \ + (data_type*)(NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR(section_name) + i * sizeof(data_type)) + +#endif + + +/**@brief Macro to get number of variables registered in a section. + * + * @param[in] data_type Data type of the variables in the section. + * @param[in] section_name Name of the section. + */ +#define NRF_SECTION_VARS_COUNT(data_type, section_name) \ + NRF_SECTION_VARS_LENGTH(section_name) / sizeof(data_type) + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SECTION_VARS_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..740a78f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds.c @@ -0,0 +1,2072 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(FDS) +#include "fds.h" +#include "fds_internal_defs.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include "fstorage.h" +#include "nrf_error.h" + +#if defined(FDS_CRC_ENABLED) + #include "crc16.h" +#endif + + +static void fs_event_handler(fs_evt_t const * const evt, fs_ret_t result); + +// Our fstorage configuration. +FS_REGISTER_CFG(fs_config_t fs_config) = +{ + .callback = fs_event_handler, + .num_pages = FDS_PHY_PAGES, + // We register with the highest priority in order to be assigned + // the pages with the highest memory address (closest to the bootloader). + .priority = 0xFF +}; + +// Used to flag a record as dirty, i.e. ready for garbage collection. +static fds_tl_t const m_fds_tl_dirty = +{ + .record_key = FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY, + .length_words = 0xFFFF // Leave the record length field unchanged in flash. +}; + +// Internal status flags. +static uint8_t m_flags; + +// The number of registered users and their callback functions. +static uint8_t m_users; +static fds_cb_t m_cb_table[FDS_MAX_USERS]; + +// The latest (largest) record ID written so far. +static uint32_t m_latest_rec_id; + +// The internal queues. +static fds_op_queue_t m_op_queue; +static fds_chunk_queue_t m_chunk_queue; + +// Structures used to hold informations about virtual pages. +static fds_page_t m_pages[FDS_MAX_PAGES]; +static fds_swap_page_t m_swap_page; + +// Garbage collection data. +static fds_gc_data_t m_gc; + + +static void flag_set(fds_flags_t flag) +{ + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + m_flags |= flag; + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); +} + + +static void flag_clear(fds_flags_t flag) +{ + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + m_flags &= ~(flag); + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); +} + + +static bool flag_is_set(fds_flags_t flag) +{ + return (m_flags & flag); +} + + +static void event_send(fds_evt_t const * const p_evt) +{ + for (uint32_t user = 0; user < FDS_MAX_USERS; user++) + { + if (m_cb_table[user] != NULL) + { + m_cb_table[user](p_evt); + } + } +} + + +static void event_prepare(fds_op_t const * const p_op, fds_evt_t * const p_evt) +{ + switch (p_op->op_code) + { + case FDS_OP_INIT: + p_evt->id = FDS_EVT_INIT; + break; + + case FDS_OP_WRITE: + p_evt->id = FDS_EVT_WRITE; + p_evt->write.file_id = p_op->write.header.ic.file_id; + p_evt->write.record_key = p_op->write.header.tl.record_key; + p_evt->write.record_id = p_op->write.header.record_id; + break; + + case FDS_OP_UPDATE: + p_evt->id = FDS_EVT_UPDATE; + p_evt->write.file_id = p_op->write.header.ic.file_id; + p_evt->write.record_key = p_op->write.header.tl.record_key; + p_evt->write.record_id = p_op->write.header.record_id; + p_evt->write.is_record_updated = (p_op->write.step == FDS_OP_WRITE_DONE); + break; + + case FDS_OP_DEL_RECORD: + p_evt->id = FDS_EVT_DEL_RECORD; + p_evt->del.file_id = p_op->del.file_id; + p_evt->del.record_key = p_op->del.record_key; + p_evt->del.record_id = p_op->del.record_to_delete; + break; + + case FDS_OP_DEL_FILE: + p_evt->id = FDS_EVT_DEL_FILE; + p_evt->del.file_id = p_op->del.file_id; + p_evt->del.record_key = FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY; + break; + + case FDS_OP_GC: + p_evt->id = FDS_EVT_GC; + break; + + default: + // Should not happen. + break; + } +} + + +static bool header_is_valid(fds_header_t const * const p_header) +{ + return ((p_header->ic.file_id != FDS_FILE_ID_INVALID) && + (p_header->tl.record_key != FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY)); +} + + +static bool address_is_valid(uint32_t const * const p_addr) +{ + return ((p_addr != NULL) && + (p_addr >= fs_config.p_start_addr) && + (p_addr <= fs_config.p_end_addr) && + (is_word_aligned(p_addr))); +} + + +static bool chunk_is_aligned(fds_record_chunk_t const * const p_chunk, uint32_t num_chunks) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_chunks; i++) + { + if (!is_word_aligned(p_chunk[i].p_data)) + { + return false; + } + } + return true; +} + + +// Reads a page tag, and determines if the page is used to store data or as swap. +static fds_page_type_t page_identify(uint32_t const * const p_page_addr) +{ + if (p_page_addr[FDS_PAGE_TAG_WORD_0] != FDS_PAGE_TAG_MAGIC) + { + return FDS_PAGE_UNDEFINED; + } + + switch (p_page_addr[FDS_PAGE_TAG_WORD_1]) + { + case FDS_PAGE_TAG_SWAP: + return FDS_PAGE_SWAP; + + case FDS_PAGE_TAG_DATA: + return FDS_PAGE_DATA; + + default: + return FDS_PAGE_UNDEFINED; + } +} + + +static bool page_is_erased(uint32_t const * const p_page_addr) +{ + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < FDS_PAGE_SIZE; i++) + { + if (*(p_page_addr + i) != FDS_ERASED_WORD) + { + return false; + } + } + + return true; +} + + +// NOTE: Must be called from within a critical section. +static bool page_has_space(uint16_t page, uint16_t length_words) +{ + length_words += m_pages[page].write_offset; + length_words += m_pages[page].words_reserved; + return (length_words < FDS_PAGE_SIZE); +} + + +// Given a pointer to a record, find the index of the page on which it is stored. +// Returns FDS_SUCCESS if the page is found, FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND otherwise. +static ret_code_t page_from_record(uint16_t * const p_page, uint32_t const * const p_rec) +{ + ret_code_t ret = FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND; + + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < FDS_MAX_PAGES; i++) + { + if ((p_rec > m_pages[i].p_addr) && + (p_rec < m_pages[i].p_addr + FDS_PAGE_SIZE)) + { + ret = FDS_SUCCESS; + *p_page = i; + break; + } + } + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + + return ret; +} + + +// Scan a page to determine how many words have been written to it. +// This information is used to set the page write offset during initialization. +// Additionally, this function updates the latest record ID as it proceeds. +// If an invalid record header is found, the can_gc argument is set to true. +static void page_scan(uint32_t const * p_addr, + uint16_t * const words_written, + bool * const can_gc) +{ + uint32_t const * const p_end_addr = p_addr + FDS_PAGE_SIZE; + bool dirty_record_found = false; + + p_addr += FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + *words_written = FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + + while ((p_addr < p_end_addr) && (*p_addr != FDS_ERASED_WORD)) + { + // NOTE: Skip records with a dirty key or with a missing file ID. + fds_header_t const * const p_header = (fds_header_t*)p_addr; + + if (!header_is_valid(p_header)) + { + dirty_record_found = true; + } + else + { + // Update the latest (largest) record ID. + if (p_header->record_id > m_latest_rec_id) + { + m_latest_rec_id = p_header->record_id; + } + } + + // Jump to the next record. + p_addr += (FDS_HEADER_SIZE + p_header->tl.length_words); + *words_written += (FDS_HEADER_SIZE + p_header->tl.length_words); + } + + if (can_gc != NULL) + { + *can_gc = dirty_record_found; + } +} + + +static void page_offsets_update(fds_page_t * const p_page, uint16_t length_words) +{ + p_page->write_offset += (FDS_HEADER_SIZE + length_words); + p_page->words_reserved -= (FDS_HEADER_SIZE + length_words); +} + + +// Tags a page as swap, i.e., reserved for GC. +static ret_code_t page_tag_write_swap() +{ + // Needs to be statically allocated since it will be written to flash. + static uint32_t const page_tag_swap[] = {FDS_PAGE_TAG_MAGIC, FDS_PAGE_TAG_SWAP}; + return fs_store(&fs_config, m_swap_page.p_addr, page_tag_swap, FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE, NULL); +} + + +// Tags a page as data, i.e, ready for storage. +static ret_code_t page_tag_write_data(uint32_t const * const p_page_addr) +{ + // Needs to be statically allocated since it will be written to flash. + static uint32_t const page_tag_data[] = {FDS_PAGE_TAG_MAGIC, FDS_PAGE_TAG_DATA}; + return fs_store(&fs_config, p_page_addr, page_tag_data, FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE, NULL); +} + + +// Reserve space on a page. +// NOTE: this function takes into the account the space required for the record header. +static ret_code_t write_space_reserve(uint16_t length_words, uint16_t * p_page) +{ + bool space_reserved = false; + uint16_t const total_len_words = length_words + FDS_HEADER_SIZE; + + if (total_len_words >= FDS_PAGE_SIZE - FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE) + { + return FDS_ERR_RECORD_TOO_LARGE; + } + + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + for (uint16_t page = 0; page < FDS_MAX_PAGES; page++) + { + if ((m_pages[page].page_type == FDS_PAGE_DATA) && + (page_has_space(page, total_len_words))) + { + space_reserved = true; + *p_page = page; + + m_pages[page].words_reserved += total_len_words; + break; + } + } + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + + return (space_reserved) ? FDS_SUCCESS : FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH; +} + + +// Undo a write_space_reserve() call. +// NOTE: Must be called within a critical section. +static void write_space_free(uint16_t length_words, uint16_t page) +{ + m_pages[page].words_reserved -= (length_words + FDS_HEADER_SIZE); +} + + +static uint32_t record_id_new(void) +{ + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + m_latest_rec_id++; + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + return m_latest_rec_id; +} + + +// Given a page and a record, finds the next valid record on that page. If p_record is NULL, +// search from the beginning of the page, otherwise, resume searching from the address +// pointed by p_record. Returns true if a record is found, returns false otherwise. +// If no record is found, p_record is unchanged. +static bool record_find_next(uint16_t page, uint32_t const ** p_record) +{ + fds_header_t const * p_header; + uint32_t const * p_next_rec = (*p_record); + + // If this is not the first invocation on this page, then jump to the next record. + // Otherwise, start searching from the beginning of the page. + if (p_next_rec != NULL) + { + p_header = ((fds_header_t*)p_next_rec); + p_next_rec += (FDS_HEADER_SIZE + p_header->tl.length_words); + } + else + { + p_next_rec = m_pages[page].p_addr + FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + } + + // Read records from the page, until a valid record is found or the end of the page is + // reached. The argument p_record is only updated if a valid record is found. + while ((p_next_rec < (m_pages[page].p_addr + FDS_PAGE_SIZE) && + *p_next_rec != FDS_ERASED_WORD)) + { + p_header = (fds_header_t*)p_next_rec; + + if (header_is_valid(p_header)) + { + *p_record = p_next_rec; + return true; + } + else + { + // The record is not valid, jump to the next. + p_next_rec += (FDS_HEADER_SIZE + (p_header->tl.length_words)); + } + } + + // No more valid records on this page. + return false; +} + + +// Find a record given its descriptor and retrive the page in which the record is stored. +// NOTE: Do not pass NULL as an argument for p_page. +static bool record_find_by_desc(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, uint16_t * const p_page) +{ + // If the gc_run_count field in the descriptor matches our counter, then the record has + // not been moved. If the address is valid, and the record ID matches, there is no need + // to find the record again. Only lookup the page in which the record is stored. + + if ((address_is_valid(p_desc->p_record)) && + (p_desc->gc_run_count == m_gc.run_count) && + (p_desc->record_id == ((fds_header_t*)p_desc->p_record)->record_id)) + { + return (page_from_record(p_page, p_desc->p_record) == FDS_SUCCESS); + } + + // Otherwise, find the record in flash. + for (*p_page = 0; *p_page < FDS_MAX_PAGES; (*p_page)++) + { + // Set p_record to NULL to make record_find_next() search from the beginning of the page. + uint32_t const * p_record = NULL; + + while (record_find_next(*p_page, &p_record)) + { + fds_header_t const * const p_header = (fds_header_t*)p_record; + if (p_header->record_id == p_desc->record_id) + { + p_desc->p_record = p_record; + p_desc->gc_run_count = m_gc.run_count; + return true; + } + } + } + + return false; +} + + +// Search for a record and return its descriptor. +// If p_file_id is NULL, only the record key will be used for matching. +// If p_record_key is NULL, only the file ID will be used for matching. +// If both are NULL, it will iterate through all records. +static ret_code_t record_find(uint16_t const * const p_file_id, + uint16_t const * const p_record_key, + fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token) +{ + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (p_desc == NULL || p_token == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + // Begin (or resume) searching for a record. + for (; p_token->page < FDS_MAX_PAGES; p_token->page++) + { + if (m_pages[p_token->page].page_type != FDS_PAGE_DATA) + { + // Skip this page. + continue; + } + + while (record_find_next(p_token->page, &p_token->p_addr)) + { + fds_header_t const * const p_header = (fds_header_t*)p_token->p_addr; + + // A valid record was found, check its header for a match. + if ((p_file_id != NULL) && + (p_header->ic.file_id != *p_file_id)) + { + continue; + } + + if ((p_record_key != NULL) && + (p_header->tl.record_key != *p_record_key)) + { + continue; + } + + // Record found; update the descriptor. + p_desc->record_id = p_header->record_id; + p_desc->p_record = p_token->p_addr; + p_desc->gc_run_count = m_gc.run_count; + + return FDS_SUCCESS; + } + + // We have scanned an entire page. Set the address in the token to NULL + // so that it will be updated in the next iteration. + p_token->p_addr = NULL; + } + + return FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND; +} + + +// Retrieve basic statistics about dirty records on a page. +static void dirty_records_stat(uint16_t page, + uint16_t * const p_dirty_records, + uint16_t * const p_word_count) +{ + fds_header_t const * p_header; + uint32_t const * p_rec; + + p_rec = m_pages[page].p_addr + FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + + while ((p_rec < (m_pages[page].p_addr + FDS_PAGE_SIZE)) && + (*p_rec != FDS_ERASED_WORD)) + { + p_header = (fds_header_t*)p_rec; + + if (!header_is_valid(p_header)) + { + (*p_dirty_records) += 1; + (*p_word_count) += FDS_HEADER_SIZE + p_header->tl.length_words; + } + + p_rec += (FDS_HEADER_SIZE + (p_header->tl.length_words)); + } +} + + +// Advances one position in the queue. +// Returns true if the queue is not empty. +static bool queue_advance(void) +{ + // Reset the current element. + memset(&m_op_queue.op[m_op_queue.rp], 0x00, sizeof(fds_op_t)); + + if (m_op_queue.count != 0) + { + // Advance in the queue, wrapping around if necessary. + m_op_queue.rp = (m_op_queue.rp + 1) % FDS_OP_QUEUE_SIZE; + m_op_queue.count--; + } + + return (m_op_queue.count != 0); +} + + +// Given a pointer to an element in the chunk queue, computes the pointer to +// the next element in the queue. Handles wrap around. +void chunk_queue_next(fds_record_chunk_t ** pp_chunk) +{ + if ((*pp_chunk) != &m_chunk_queue.chunk[FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE - 1]) + { + (*pp_chunk)++; + return; + } + + *pp_chunk = &m_chunk_queue.chunk[0]; +} + + +// Retrieve the current chunk, and advance the queue. +static void chunk_queue_get_and_advance(fds_record_chunk_t ** pp_chunk) +{ + if (m_chunk_queue.count != 0) + { + // Point to the current chunk and advance the queue. + *pp_chunk = &m_chunk_queue.chunk[m_chunk_queue.rp]; + + m_chunk_queue.rp = (m_chunk_queue.rp + 1) % FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE; + m_chunk_queue.count--; + } +} + + +static void chunk_queue_skip(fds_op_t const * const p_op) +{ + if ((p_op->op_code == FDS_OP_WRITE) || + (p_op->op_code == FDS_OP_UPDATE)) + { + m_chunk_queue.rp += p_op->write.chunk_count; + m_chunk_queue.count -= p_op->write.chunk_count; + } +} + + +// Enqueue an operation. +static bool op_enqueue(fds_op_t const * const p_op, + uint32_t num_chunks, + fds_record_chunk_t const * const p_chunk) +{ + uint32_t idx; + bool ret = false; + + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + if ((m_op_queue.count <= FDS_OP_QUEUE_SIZE - 1) && + (m_chunk_queue.count <= FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE - num_chunks)) + { + idx = (m_op_queue.count + m_op_queue.rp) % FDS_OP_QUEUE_SIZE; + + m_op_queue.op[idx] = *p_op; + m_op_queue.count++; + + if (num_chunks != 0) + { + idx = (m_chunk_queue.count + m_chunk_queue.rp) % FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE; + + fds_record_chunk_t * p_chunk_dst; + p_chunk_dst = &m_chunk_queue.chunk[idx]; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < num_chunks; i++) + { + *p_chunk_dst = p_chunk[i]; + chunk_queue_next(&p_chunk_dst); + } + + m_chunk_queue.count += num_chunks; + } + + ret = true; + } + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + + return ret; +} + + +// This function is called during initialization to setup the page structure (m_pages) and +// provide additional information regarding eventual further initialization steps. +static fds_init_opts_t pages_init() +{ + uint32_t ret = NO_PAGES; + // The index of the page being initialized in m_pages[]. + uint16_t page = 0; + bool swap_set_but_not_found = false; + + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES; i++) + { + uint32_t const * const p_page_addr = fs_config.p_start_addr + (i * FDS_PAGE_SIZE); + fds_page_type_t const page_type = page_identify(p_page_addr); + + switch (page_type) + { + case FDS_PAGE_UNDEFINED: + if (page_is_erased(p_page_addr)) + { + if (m_swap_page.p_addr != NULL) + { + // If a swap page is already set, flag the page as erased (in m_pages) + // and try to tag it as data (in flash) later on during initialization. + m_pages[page].page_type = FDS_PAGE_ERASED; + m_pages[page].p_addr = p_page_addr; + m_pages[page].write_offset = FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + + // This is a candidate for a potential new swap page, in case the + // current swap is going to be promoted to complete a GC instance. + m_gc.cur_page = page; + page++; + } + else + { + // If there is no swap page yet, use this one. + m_swap_page.p_addr = p_page_addr; + m_swap_page.write_offset = FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + swap_set_but_not_found = true; + } + + ret |= PAGE_ERASED; + } + else + { + // Do not initialize or use this page. + m_pages[page++].page_type = FDS_PAGE_UNDEFINED; + } + break; + + case FDS_PAGE_DATA: + m_pages[page].page_type = FDS_PAGE_DATA; + m_pages[page].p_addr = p_page_addr; + // Scan the page to compute its write offset and determine whether or not the page + // can be garbage collected. Additionally, update the latest kwown record ID. + page_scan(p_page_addr, &m_pages[page].write_offset, &m_pages[page].can_gc); + + ret |= PAGE_DATA; + page++; + + break; + + case FDS_PAGE_SWAP: + if (swap_set_but_not_found) + { + m_pages[page].page_type = FDS_PAGE_ERASED; + m_pages[page].p_addr = m_swap_page.p_addr; + m_pages[page].write_offset = FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + + page++; + } + + m_swap_page.p_addr = p_page_addr; + // If the swap is promoted, this offset should be kept, otherwise, + // it should be set to FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE. + page_scan(p_page_addr, &m_swap_page.write_offset, NULL); + + ret |= (m_swap_page.write_offset == FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE) ? + SWAP_EMPTY : SWAP_DIRTY; + break; + + default: + // Shouldn't happen. + break; + } + } + + return (fds_init_opts_t)ret; +} + + +// Write the first part of a record header (the key and length). +static ret_code_t record_header_write_begin(fds_op_t * const p_op, uint32_t * const p_addr) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + ret = fs_store(&fs_config, p_addr + FDS_OFFSET_TL, + (uint32_t*)&p_op->write.header.tl, FDS_HEADER_SIZE_TL, NULL); + + // Write the record ID next. + p_op->write.step = FDS_OP_WRITE_RECORD_ID; + + return (ret == FS_SUCCESS) ? FDS_SUCCESS : FDS_ERR_BUSY; +} + + +static ret_code_t record_header_write_id(fds_op_t * const p_op, uint32_t * const p_addr) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + ret = fs_store(&fs_config, p_addr + FDS_OFFSET_ID, + (uint32_t*)&p_op->write.header.record_id, FDS_HEADER_SIZE_ID, NULL); + + // If this record has zero chunk, write the last part of the header directly. + // Otherwise, write the record chunks next. + p_op->write.step = (p_op->write.chunk_count != 0) ? FDS_OP_WRITE_CHUNKS : + FDS_OP_WRITE_HEADER_FINALIZE; + + return (ret == FS_SUCCESS) ? FDS_SUCCESS : FDS_ERR_BUSY; +} + + +static ret_code_t record_header_write_finalize(fds_op_t * const p_op, uint32_t * const p_addr) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + ret = fs_store(&fs_config, p_addr + FDS_OFFSET_IC, + (uint32_t*)&p_op->write.header.ic, FDS_HEADER_SIZE_IC, NULL); + + // If this is a simple write operation, then this is the last step. + // If this is an update instead, delete the old record next. + p_op->write.step = (p_op->op_code == FDS_OP_UPDATE) ? FDS_OP_WRITE_FLAG_DIRTY : + FDS_OP_WRITE_DONE; + + return (ret == FS_SUCCESS) ? FDS_SUCCESS : FDS_ERR_BUSY; +} + + +static ret_code_t record_header_flag_dirty(uint32_t * const p_record) +{ + // Flag the record as dirty. + fs_ret_t ret = fs_store(&fs_config, p_record, + (uint32_t*)&m_fds_tl_dirty, FDS_HEADER_SIZE_TL, NULL); + + return (ret == FS_SUCCESS) ? FDS_SUCCESS : FDS_ERR_BUSY; +} + + +static ret_code_t record_find_and_delete(fds_op_t * const p_op) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + uint16_t page; + fds_record_desc_t desc = {0}; + + desc.record_id = p_op->del.record_to_delete; + + if (record_find_by_desc(&desc, &page)) + { + fds_header_t const * const p_header = (fds_header_t const *)desc.p_record; + + // Copy the record key and file ID, so that they can be returned in the event. + // In case this function is run as part of an update, there is no need to copy + // the file ID and record key since they are present in the header stored + // in the queue element. + + p_op->del.file_id = p_header->ic.file_id; + p_op->del.record_key = p_header->tl.record_key; + + // Flag the record as dirty. + ret = record_header_flag_dirty((uint32_t*)desc.p_record); + + // This page can now be garbage collected. + m_pages[page].can_gc = true; + } + else + { + // The record never existed, or it has already been deleted. + ret = FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + return ret; +} + + +// Finds a record within a file and flags it as dirty. +static ret_code_t file_find_and_delete(fds_op_t * const p_op) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + fds_record_desc_t desc; + + // This token must persist across calls. + static fds_find_token_t tok = {0}; + + // Pass NULL to ignore the record key. + ret = record_find(&p_op->del.file_id, NULL, &desc, &tok); + + if (ret == FDS_SUCCESS) + { + // A record was found: flag it as dirty. + ret = record_header_flag_dirty((uint32_t*)desc.p_record); + + // This page can now be garbage collected. + m_pages[tok.page].can_gc = true; + } + else // FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND + { + // No more records were found. Zero the token, so that it can be reused. + memset(&tok, 0x00, sizeof(fds_find_token_t)); + } + + return ret; +} + + +// Writes a record chunk to flash and advances the chunk queue. Additionally, decrements +// the number of chunks left to write for this operation and accumulates the offset. +static ret_code_t record_write_chunk(fds_op_t * const p_op, uint32_t * const p_addr) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + fds_record_chunk_t * p_chunk = NULL; + + // Retrieve the next chunk to be written. + chunk_queue_get_and_advance(&p_chunk); + + ret = fs_store(&fs_config, p_addr + p_op->write.chunk_offset, + p_chunk->p_data, p_chunk->length_words, NULL); + + // Accumulate the offset. + p_op->write.chunk_offset += p_chunk->length_words; + + // Decrement the number of chunks left to write. + // NOTE: If chunk_count is initially zero, this function is not called + // because this step is skipped entirely. See record_header_write_id(). + p_op->write.chunk_count--; + + if (p_op->write.chunk_count == 0) + { + // All record chunks have been written; write the last part of + // the record header to finalize the write operation. + p_op->write.step = FDS_OP_WRITE_HEADER_FINALIZE; + } + + return (ret == NRF_SUCCESS) ? FDS_SUCCESS : FDS_ERR_BUSY; +} + + +#if defined(FDS_CRC_ENABLED) + +static bool crc_verify_success(uint16_t crc, uint16_t len_words, uint32_t const * const p_data) +{ + uint16_t computed_crc; + + // The CRC is computed on the entire record, except the CRC field itself. + // The record header is 12 bytes, out of these we have to skip bytes 6 to 8 where the + // CRC itself is stored. Then we compute the CRC for the rest of the record, from byte 8 of + // the header (where the record ID begins) to the end of the record data. + computed_crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t const *)p_data, 6, NULL); + computed_crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t const *)p_data + 8, + (FDS_HEADER_SIZE_ID + len_words) * sizeof(uint32_t), + &computed_crc); + + return (computed_crc == crc); +} + +#endif + + +static void gc_init(void) +{ + m_gc.run_count++; + m_gc.cur_page = 0; + m_gc.resume = false; + + // Setup which pages to GC. Defer checking for open records and the can_gc flag, + // as other operations might change those while GC is running. + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < FDS_MAX_PAGES; i++) + { + m_gc.do_gc_page[i] = (m_pages[i].page_type == FDS_PAGE_DATA); + } +} + + +// Obtain the next page to be garbage collected. +// Returns true if there are pages left to garbage collect, returns false otherwise. +static bool gc_page_next(uint16_t * const p_next_page) +{ + bool ret = false; + + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < FDS_MAX_PAGES; i++) + { + if (m_gc.do_gc_page[i]) + { + // Do not attempt to GC this page again. + m_gc.do_gc_page[i] = false; + + // Only GC pages with no open records and with some records which have been deleted. + if ((m_pages[i].records_open == 0) && (m_pages[i].can_gc == true)) + { + *p_next_page = i; + ret = true; + break; + } + } + } + + return ret; +} + + +static ret_code_t gc_swap_erase(void) +{ + m_gc.state = GC_DISCARD_SWAP; + m_swap_page.write_offset = FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + + return fs_erase(&fs_config, m_swap_page.p_addr, FDS_PHY_PAGES_IN_VPAGE, NULL); +} + + +// Erase the page being garbage collected, or erase the swap in case there are any open +// records on the page being garbage collected. +static ret_code_t gc_page_erase(void) +{ + uint32_t ret; + uint16_t const gc = m_gc.cur_page; + + if (m_pages[gc].records_open == 0) + { + ret = fs_erase(&fs_config, m_pages[gc].p_addr, FDS_PHY_PAGES_IN_VPAGE, NULL); + m_gc.state = GC_ERASE_PAGE; + } + else + { + // If there are open records, stop garbage collection on this page. + // Discard the swap and try to garbage collect another page. + ret = gc_swap_erase(); + } + + return ret; +} + + +// Copy the current record to swap. +static ret_code_t gc_record_copy(void) +{ + fds_header_t const * const p_header = (fds_header_t*)m_gc.p_record_src; + uint32_t const * const p_dest = m_swap_page.p_addr + m_swap_page.write_offset; + uint16_t const record_len = FDS_HEADER_SIZE + p_header->tl.length_words; + + m_gc.state = GC_COPY_RECORD; + + // Copy the record to swap; it is guaranteed to fit in the destination page, + // so there is no need to check its size. This will either succeed or timeout. + return fs_store(&fs_config, p_dest, m_gc.p_record_src, record_len, NULL); +} + + +static ret_code_t gc_record_find_next(void) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + // Find the next valid record to copy. + if (record_find_next(m_gc.cur_page, &m_gc.p_record_src)) + { + ret = gc_record_copy(); + } + else + { + // No more records left to copy on this page; swap pages. + ret = gc_page_erase(); + } + + return ret; +} + + +// Promote the swap by tagging it as a data page. +static ret_code_t gc_swap_promote(void) +{ + m_gc.state = GC_PROMOTE_SWAP; + return page_tag_write_data(m_pages[m_gc.cur_page].p_addr); +} + + +// Tag the page just garbage collected as swap. +static ret_code_t gc_tag_new_swap(void) +{ + m_gc.state = GC_TAG_NEW_SWAP; + m_gc.p_record_src = NULL; + return page_tag_write_swap(); +} + + +static ret_code_t gc_next_page(void) +{ + if (!gc_page_next(&m_gc.cur_page)) + { + // No pages left to GC; GC has terminated. Reset the state. + m_gc.state = GC_BEGIN; + m_gc.cur_page = 0; + m_gc.p_record_src = NULL; + + return FDS_OP_COMPLETED; + } + + return gc_record_find_next(); +} + + +// Update the swap page offeset after a record has been successfully copied to it. +static void gc_update_swap_offset(void) +{ + fds_header_t const * const p_header = (fds_header_t*)m_gc.p_record_src; + uint16_t const record_len = FDS_HEADER_SIZE + p_header->tl.length_words; + + m_swap_page.write_offset += record_len; +} + + +static void gc_swap_pages(void) +{ + // The page being garbage collected will be the new swap page, + // and the current swap will be used as a data page (promoted). + uint32_t const * const p_addr = m_swap_page.p_addr; + + m_swap_page.p_addr = m_pages[m_gc.cur_page].p_addr; + m_pages[m_gc.cur_page].p_addr = p_addr; + + // Keep the offset for this page, but reset it for the swap. + m_pages[m_gc.cur_page].write_offset = m_swap_page.write_offset; + m_swap_page.write_offset = FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; +} + + +static void gc_state_advance(void) +{ + switch (m_gc.state) + { + case GC_BEGIN: + gc_init(); + m_gc.state = GC_NEXT_PAGE; + break; + + // A record was successfully copied. + case GC_COPY_RECORD: + gc_update_swap_offset(); + m_gc.state = GC_FIND_NEXT_RECORD; + break; + + // A page was successfully erased. Prepare to promote the swap. + case GC_ERASE_PAGE: + gc_swap_pages(); + m_gc.state = GC_PROMOTE_SWAP; + break; + + // Swap was discarded because the page being GC'ed had open records. + case GC_DISCARD_SWAP: + // Swap was sucessfully promoted. + case GC_PROMOTE_SWAP: + // Prepare to tag the page just GC'ed as swap. + m_gc.state = GC_TAG_NEW_SWAP; + break; + + case GC_TAG_NEW_SWAP: + m_gc.state = GC_NEXT_PAGE; + break; + + default: + // Should not happen. + break; + } +} + + +// Initialize the filesystem. +static ret_code_t init_execute(uint32_t prev_ret, fds_op_t * const p_op) +{ + ret_code_t ret = FDS_ERR_INTERNAL; + + if (prev_ret != FS_SUCCESS) + { + // A previous operation has timed out. + flag_clear(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZING); + return FDS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT; + } + + switch (p_op->init.step) + { + case FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_SWAP: + // The page write offset was determined previously by pages_init(). + ret = page_tag_write_swap(); + p_op->init.step = FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_DATA; + break; + + case FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_DATA: + { + // Tag remaining erased pages as data. + bool write_reqd = false; + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < FDS_MAX_PAGES; i++) + { + if (m_pages[i].page_type == FDS_PAGE_ERASED) + { + ret = page_tag_write_data(m_pages[i].p_addr); + m_pages[i].page_type = FDS_PAGE_DATA; + write_reqd = true; + break; + } + } + if (!write_reqd) + { + flag_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED); + flag_clear(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZING); + return FDS_OP_COMPLETED; + } + } + break; + + case FDS_OP_INIT_ERASE_SWAP: + ret = fs_erase(&fs_config, m_swap_page.p_addr, FDS_PHY_PAGES_IN_VPAGE, NULL); + // If the swap is going to be discarded then reset its write_offset. + m_swap_page.write_offset = FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + p_op->init.step = FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_SWAP; + break; + + case FDS_OP_INIT_PROMOTE_SWAP: + { + // When promoting the swap, keep the write_offset set by pages_init(). + ret = page_tag_write_data(m_swap_page.p_addr); + + uint16_t const gc = m_gc.cur_page; + uint32_t const * const p_old_swap = m_swap_page.p_addr; + + // Execute the swap. + m_swap_page.p_addr = m_pages[gc].p_addr; + m_pages[gc].p_addr = p_old_swap; + + // Copy the offset from the swap to the new page. + m_pages[gc].write_offset = m_swap_page.write_offset; + m_swap_page.write_offset = FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE; + + m_pages[gc].page_type = FDS_PAGE_DATA; + p_op->init.step = FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_SWAP; + } + break; + + default: + // Should not happen. + break; + } + + if (ret != FDS_SUCCESS) + { + // fstorage queue was full. + flag_clear(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZING); + return FDS_ERR_BUSY; + } + + return FDS_OP_EXECUTING; +} + + +// Executes write and update operations. +static ret_code_t write_execute(uint32_t prev_ret, fds_op_t * const p_op) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + uint32_t * p_write_addr; + fds_page_t * const p_page = &m_pages[p_op->write.page]; + + // This must persist across calls. + static fds_record_desc_t desc = {0}; + + if (prev_ret != FS_SUCCESS) + { + // The previous operation has timed out, update offsets. + page_offsets_update(p_page, p_op->write.header.tl.length_words); + return FDS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT; + } + + // Compute the address where to write data. + p_write_addr = (uint32_t*)(p_page->p_addr + p_page->write_offset); + + // Execute the current step of the operation, and set one to be executed next. + switch (p_op->write.step) + { + case FDS_OP_WRITE_FIND_RECORD: + { + // The first step of updating a record constists of locating the copy to be deleted. + // If the old copy couldn't be found for any reason then the update should fail. + // This prevents duplicates when queuing multiple updates of the same record. + + uint16_t page; + desc.p_record = NULL; + desc.record_id = p_op->write.record_to_delete; + + if (!record_find_by_desc(&desc, &page)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND; + } + // Setting the step is redundant since we are falling through. + } + // Fallthrough to FDS_OP_WRITE_HEADER_BEGIN. + + case FDS_OP_WRITE_HEADER_BEGIN: + ret = record_header_write_begin(p_op, p_write_addr); + break; + + case FDS_OP_WRITE_RECORD_ID: + ret = record_header_write_id(p_op, p_write_addr); + break; + + case FDS_OP_WRITE_CHUNKS: + ret = record_write_chunk(p_op, p_write_addr); + break; + + case FDS_OP_WRITE_HEADER_FINALIZE: + ret = record_header_write_finalize(p_op, p_write_addr); + break; + + case FDS_OP_WRITE_FLAG_DIRTY: + ret = record_header_flag_dirty((uint32_t*)desc.p_record); + p_op->write.step = FDS_OP_WRITE_DONE; + break; + + case FDS_OP_WRITE_DONE: + ret = FDS_OP_COMPLETED; + +#if defined(FDS_CRC_ENABLED) + if (flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_VERIFY_CRC)) + { + if (!crc_verify_success(p_op->write.header.ic.crc16, + p_op->write.header.tl.length_words, + p_write_addr)) + { + ret = FDS_ERR_CRC_CHECK_FAILED; + } + } +#endif + break; + + default: + ret = FDS_ERR_INTERNAL; + break; + } + + // An operation has either completed or failed. It may have failed because fstorage + // ran out of memory, or because the user tried to delete a record which did not exist. + if (ret != FDS_OP_EXECUTING) + { + // There won't be another callback for this operation, so update the page offset now. + page_offsets_update(p_page, p_op->write.header.tl.length_words); + } + + return ret; +} + + +static ret_code_t delete_execute(uint32_t prev_ret, fds_op_t * const p_op) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + if (prev_ret != FS_SUCCESS) + { + return FDS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT; + } + + switch (p_op->del.step) + { + case FDS_OP_DEL_RECORD_FLAG_DIRTY: + ret = record_find_and_delete(p_op); + p_op->del.step = FDS_OP_DEL_DONE; + break; + + case FDS_OP_DEL_FILE_FLAG_DIRTY: + ret = file_find_and_delete(p_op); + if (ret == FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND) + { + // No more records could be found. + // There won't be another callback for this operation, so return now. + ret = FDS_OP_COMPLETED; + } + break; + + case FDS_OP_DEL_DONE: + ret = FDS_OP_COMPLETED; + break; + + default: + ret = FDS_ERR_INTERNAL; + break; + } + + return ret; +} + + +static ret_code_t gc_execute(uint32_t prev_ret) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + if (prev_ret != FS_SUCCESS) + { + return FDS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT; + } + + if (m_gc.resume) + { + m_gc.resume = false; + } + else + { + gc_state_advance(); + } + + switch (m_gc.state) + { + case GC_NEXT_PAGE: + ret = gc_next_page(); + break; + + case GC_FIND_NEXT_RECORD: + ret = gc_record_find_next(); + break; + + case GC_COPY_RECORD: + ret = gc_record_copy(); + break; + + case GC_ERASE_PAGE: + ret = gc_page_erase(); + break; + + case GC_PROMOTE_SWAP: + ret = gc_swap_promote(); + break; + + case GC_TAG_NEW_SWAP: + ret = gc_tag_new_swap(); + break; + + default: + // Should not happen. + ret = FDS_ERR_INTERNAL; + break; + } + + // Either FDS_OP_EXECUTING, FDS_OP_COMPLETED, FDS_ERR_BUSY or FDS_ERR_INTERNAL. + return ret; +} + + +static void queue_process(fs_ret_t result) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + fds_op_t * const p_op = &m_op_queue.op[m_op_queue.rp]; + + switch (p_op->op_code) + { + case FDS_OP_INIT: + ret = init_execute(result, p_op); + break; + + case FDS_OP_WRITE: + case FDS_OP_UPDATE: + ret = write_execute(result, p_op); + break; + + case FDS_OP_DEL_RECORD: + case FDS_OP_DEL_FILE: + ret = delete_execute(result, p_op); + break; + + case FDS_OP_GC: + ret = gc_execute(result); + break; + + default: + ret = FDS_ERR_INTERNAL; + break; + } + + if (ret != FDS_OP_EXECUTING) + { + fds_evt_t evt; + + if (ret == FDS_OP_COMPLETED) + { + evt.result = FDS_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + // Either FDS_ERR_BUSY, FDS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT, + // FDS_ERR_CRC_CHECK_FAILED or FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND. + evt.result = ret; + + // If this operation had any chunks in the queue, skip them. + chunk_queue_skip(p_op); + } + + event_prepare(p_op, &evt); + event_send(&evt); + + // Advance the queue, and if there are any queued operations, process them. + if (queue_advance()) + { + queue_process(FS_SUCCESS); + } + else + { + // No more elements in the queue. Clear the FDS_FLAG_PROCESSING flag, + // so that new operation can start processing the queue. + flag_clear(FDS_FLAG_PROCESSING); + } + } +} + + +static void queue_start(void) +{ + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_PROCESSING)) + { + flag_set(FDS_FLAG_PROCESSING); + queue_process(FS_SUCCESS); + } +} + + +static void fs_event_handler(fs_evt_t const * const p_evt, fs_ret_t result) +{ + queue_process(result); +} + + +// Enqueues write and update operations. +static ret_code_t write_enqueue(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_record_t const * const p_record, + fds_reserve_token_t const * const p_tok, + fds_op_code_t op_code) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + fds_op_t op; + uint16_t page; + uint16_t crc = 0; + uint16_t length_words = 0; + + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (p_record == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + if ((p_record->file_id == FDS_FILE_ID_INVALID) || + (p_record->key == FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY)) + { + return FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG; + } + + if (!chunk_is_aligned(p_record->data.p_chunks, + p_record->data.num_chunks)) + { + return FDS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR; + } + + // No space was previously reserved for this operation. + if (p_tok == NULL) + { + // Compute the total length of the record. + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < p_record->data.num_chunks; i++) + { + length_words += p_record->data.p_chunks[i].length_words; + } + + // Find a page where to write data. + ret = write_space_reserve(length_words, &page); + + if (ret != FDS_SUCCESS) + { + // There is either not enough flash space available (FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH) or + // the record exceeds the virtual page size (FDS_ERR_RECORD_TOO_LARGE). + return ret; + } + } + else + { + page = p_tok->page; + length_words = p_tok->length_words; + } + + // Initialize the operation. + op.op_code = op_code; + op.write.step = FDS_OP_WRITE_HEADER_BEGIN; + op.write.page = page; + op.write.chunk_count = p_record->data.num_chunks; + op.write.chunk_offset = FDS_OFFSET_DATA; + op.write.header.record_id = record_id_new(); + op.write.header.ic.file_id = p_record->file_id; + op.write.header.tl.record_key = p_record->key; + op.write.header.tl.length_words = length_words; + + if (op_code == FDS_OP_UPDATE) + { + op.write.step = FDS_OP_WRITE_FIND_RECORD; + // Save the record ID of the record to be updated. + op.write.record_to_delete = p_desc->record_id; + } + +#if defined (FDS_CRC_ENABLED) + // First, compute the CRC for the first 6 bytes of the header which contain the + // record key, length and file ID, then, compute the CRC of the record ID (4 bytes). + crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t*)&op.write.header, 6, NULL); + crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t*)&op.write.header.record_id, 4, &crc); + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < p_record->data.num_chunks; i++) + { + // Compute the CRC for the record data. + crc = crc16_compute((uint8_t*)p_record->data.p_chunks[i].p_data, + p_record->data.p_chunks[i].length_words * sizeof(uint32_t), &crc); + } +#endif + + op.write.header.ic.crc16 = crc; + + // Attempt to enqueue the operation. + if (!op_enqueue(&op, p_record->data.num_chunks, p_record->data.p_chunks)) + { + // No space availble in the queues. Cancel the reservation of flash space. + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + write_space_free(length_words, page); + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + + return FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES; + } + + // Initialize the record descriptor, if provided. + if (p_desc != NULL) + { + p_desc->p_record = NULL; + // Don't invoke record_id_new() again ! + p_desc->record_id = op.write.header.record_id; + p_desc->record_is_open = false; + p_desc->gc_run_count = m_gc.run_count; + } + + // Start processing the queue, if necessary. + queue_start(); + + return FDS_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_register(fds_cb_t cb) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + if (m_users == FDS_MAX_USERS) + { + ret = FDS_ERR_USER_LIMIT_REACHED; + } + else + { + m_cb_table[m_users] = cb; + m_users++; + + ret = FDS_SUCCESS; + } + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + + return ret; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_init(void) +{ + fds_evt_t const evt_success = { .id = FDS_EVT_INIT, .result = FDS_SUCCESS }; + + // No initialization is necessary. Notify the application immediately. + if (flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + event_send(&evt_success); + return FDS_SUCCESS; + } + + if (flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZING)) + { + return FDS_SUCCESS; + } + + flag_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZING); + + (void)fs_init(); + + // Initialize the page structure (m_pages), and determine which + // initialization steps are required given the current state of the filesystem. + fds_init_opts_t init_opts = pages_init(); + + if (init_opts == NO_PAGES) + { + return FDS_ERR_NO_PAGES; + } + + if (init_opts == ALREADY_INSTALLED) + { + // No initialization is necessary. Notify the application immediately. + flag_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED); + flag_clear(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZING); + + event_send(&evt_success); + return FDS_SUCCESS; + } + + fds_op_t op; + op.op_code = FDS_OP_INIT; + + switch (init_opts) + { + case FRESH_INSTALL: + case TAG_SWAP: + op.init.step = FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_SWAP; + break; + + case PROMOTE_SWAP: + case PROMOTE_SWAP_INST: + op.init.step = FDS_OP_INIT_PROMOTE_SWAP; + break; + + case DISCARD_SWAP: + op.init.step = FDS_OP_INIT_ERASE_SWAP; + break; + + case TAG_DATA: + case TAG_DATA_INST: + op.init.step = FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_DATA; + break; + + default: + // Should not happen. + break; + } + + // This cannot fail since it will be the first operation in the queue. + (void)op_enqueue(&op, 0, NULL); + + queue_start(); + + return FDS_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_open(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_flash_record_t * const p_flash_rec) +{ + uint16_t page; + + if ((p_desc == NULL) || (p_flash_rec == NULL)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + // Find the record if necessary. + if (record_find_by_desc(p_desc, &page)) + { + fds_header_t const * const p_header = (fds_header_t*)p_desc->p_record; + +#if defined(FDS_CRC_ENABLED) + if (!crc_verify_success(p_header->ic.crc16, + p_header->tl.length_words, + p_desc->p_record)) + { + return FDS_ERR_CRC_CHECK_FAILED; + } +#endif + + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + m_pages[page].records_open++; + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + + // Initialize p_flash_rec. + p_flash_rec->p_header = p_header; + p_flash_rec->p_data = (p_desc->p_record + FDS_HEADER_SIZE); + + // Set the record as open in the descriptor. + p_desc->record_is_open = true; + + return FDS_SUCCESS; + } + + // The record could not be found. + // It either never existed or it has been deleted. + return FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_close(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + uint16_t page; + + if (p_desc == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + if (record_find_by_desc((fds_record_desc_t*)p_desc, &page)) + { + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + if ((m_pages[page].records_open > 0) && (p_desc->record_is_open)) + { + + m_pages[page].records_open--; + p_desc->record_is_open = false; + + ret = FDS_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + ret = FDS_ERR_NO_OPEN_RECORDS; + } + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + } + else + { + ret = FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND; + } + + return ret; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_reserve(fds_reserve_token_t * const p_tok, uint16_t length_words) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + uint16_t page; + + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (p_tok == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + ret = write_space_reserve(length_words, &page); + + if (ret == FDS_SUCCESS) + { + p_tok->page = page; + p_tok->length_words = length_words; + } + + return ret; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_reserve_cancel(fds_reserve_token_t * const p_tok) +{ + ret_code_t ret; + + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (p_tok == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + if (p_tok->page > FDS_MAX_PAGES) + { + // The page does not exist. This shouldn't happen. + return FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG; + } + + fds_page_t const * const p_page = &m_pages[p_tok->page]; + + CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER(); + if (p_page->words_reserved - (FDS_HEADER_SIZE + p_tok->length_words) >= 0) + { + // Free reserved space. + write_space_free(p_tok->length_words, p_tok->page); + + // Clean the token. + p_tok->page = 0; + p_tok->length_words = 0; + ret = FDS_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + // We are trying to cancel a reservation of more words than how many are + // currently reserved on the page. Clearly, this shouldn't happen. + ret = FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG; + } + CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT(); + + return ret; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_write(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_record_t const * const p_record) +{ + return write_enqueue(p_desc, p_record, NULL, FDS_OP_WRITE); +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_write_reserved(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_record_t const * const p_record, + fds_reserve_token_t const * const p_tok) +{ + // A NULL token is not allowed when writing to a reserved space. + if (p_tok == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + return write_enqueue(p_desc, p_record, p_tok, FDS_OP_WRITE); +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_update(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_record_t const * const p_record) +{ + // A NULL descriptor is not allowed when updating a record. + if (p_desc == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + return write_enqueue(p_desc, p_record, NULL, FDS_OP_UPDATE); +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_delete(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc) +{ + fds_op_t op; + + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (p_desc == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + op.op_code = FDS_OP_DEL_RECORD; + op.del.step = FDS_OP_DEL_RECORD_FLAG_DIRTY; + op.del.record_to_delete = p_desc->record_id; + + if (op_enqueue(&op, 0, NULL)) + { + queue_start(); + return FDS_SUCCESS; + } + + return FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_file_delete(uint16_t file_id) +{ + fds_op_t op; + + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (file_id == FDS_FILE_ID_INVALID) + { + return FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG; + } + + op.op_code = FDS_OP_DEL_FILE; + op.del.step = FDS_OP_DEL_FILE_FLAG_DIRTY; + op.del.file_id = file_id; + + if (op_enqueue(&op, 0, NULL)) + { + queue_start(); + return FDS_SUCCESS; + } + + return FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_gc(void) +{ + fds_op_t op; + + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + op.op_code = FDS_OP_GC; + + if (op_enqueue(&op, 0, NULL)) + { + if (m_gc.state != GC_BEGIN) + { + // Resume GC by retrying the last step. + m_gc.resume = true; + } + + queue_start(); + return FDS_SUCCESS; + } + + return FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_iterate(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token) +{ + return record_find(NULL, NULL, p_desc, p_token); +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_find(uint16_t file_id, + uint16_t record_key, + fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token) +{ + return record_find(&file_id, &record_key, p_desc, p_token); +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_find_by_key(uint16_t record_key, + fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token) +{ + return record_find(NULL, &record_key, p_desc, p_token); +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_find_in_file(uint16_t file_id, + fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token) +{ + return record_find(&file_id, NULL, p_desc, p_token); +} + + +ret_code_t fds_descriptor_from_rec_id(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + uint32_t record_id) +{ + if (p_desc == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + // Zero the descriptor and set the record_id field. + memset(p_desc, 0x00, sizeof(fds_record_desc_t)); + p_desc->record_id = record_id; + + return FDS_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_record_id_from_desc(fds_record_desc_t const * const p_desc, + uint32_t * const p_record_id) +{ + if ((p_desc == NULL) || (p_record_id == NULL)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + *p_record_id = p_desc->record_id; + + return FDS_SUCCESS; +} + + +ret_code_t fds_stat(fds_stat_t * const p_stat) +{ + uint16_t const words_in_page = FDS_PAGE_SIZE; + // The largest number of free contiguous words on any page. + uint16_t contig_words = 0; + + if (!flag_is_set(FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (p_stat == NULL) + { + return FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + memset(p_stat, 0x00, sizeof(fds_stat_t)); + + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < FDS_MAX_PAGES; i++) + { + uint32_t const * p_record = NULL; + uint16_t const words_used = m_pages[i].write_offset + m_pages[i].words_reserved; + + p_stat->open_records += m_pages[i].records_open; + p_stat->words_reserved += m_pages[i].words_reserved; + p_stat->words_used += words_used; + contig_words = (words_in_page - words_used); + + if (contig_words > p_stat->largest_contig) + { + p_stat->largest_contig = contig_words; + } + + while (record_find_next(i, &p_record)) + { + p_stat->valid_records++; + } + + dirty_records_stat(i, &p_stat->dirty_records, &p_stat->freeable_words); + } + + return FDS_SUCCESS; +} + + +#if defined(FDS_CRC_ENABLED) + +ret_code_t fds_verify_crc_on_writes(bool enable) +{ + if (enable) + { + flag_set(FDS_FLAG_VERIFY_CRC); + } + else + { + flag_clear(FDS_FLAG_VERIFY_CRC); + } + + return FDS_SUCCESS; +} + +#endif +#endif //NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(FDS) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..97f3d342 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds.h @@ -0,0 +1,733 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef FDS_H__ +#define FDS_H__ + +/** + * @defgroup fds Flash Data Storage + * @ingroup app_common + * @{ + * + * @brief Flash Data Storage (FDS). + * + * @details Flash Data Storage is a minimalistic, record-oriented file system for the on-chip + * flash. Files are stored as a collection of records of variable length. FDS supports + * synchronous read operations and asynchronous write operations (write, update, + * and delete). FDS can be used from multiple threads. + */ + +#include +#include +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/**@brief Invalid file ID. + * + * This value must not be used as a file ID by the application. + */ +#define FDS_FILE_ID_INVALID (0xFFFF) + + +/**@brief Record key for deleted records. + * + * This key is used to flag a record as "dirty", which means that it should be removed during + * the next garbage collection. This value must not be used as a record key by the application. + */ +#define FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY (0x0000) + + +/**@brief FDS return values. + */ +enum +{ + FDS_SUCCESS = NRF_SUCCESS, //!< The operation completed successfully. + FDS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT, //!< Error. The operation timed out. + FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED, //!< Error. The module has not been initialized. + FDS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR, //!< Error. The input data is not aligned to a word boundary. + FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG, //!< Error. The parameter contains invalid data. + FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG, //!< Error. The parameter is NULL. + FDS_ERR_NO_OPEN_RECORDS, //!< Error. The record is not open, so it cannot be closed. + FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH, //!< Error. There is no space in flash memory. + FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES, //!< Error. There is no space in the internal queues. + FDS_ERR_RECORD_TOO_LARGE, //!< Error. The record exceeds the maximum allowed size. + FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND, //!< Error. The record was not found. + FDS_ERR_NO_PAGES, //!< Error. No flash pages are available. + FDS_ERR_USER_LIMIT_REACHED, //!< Error. The maximum number of users has been reached. + FDS_ERR_CRC_CHECK_FAILED, //!< Error. The CRC check failed. + FDS_ERR_BUSY, //!< Error. The underlying flash subsystem was busy. + FDS_ERR_INTERNAL, //!< Error. An internal error occurred. +}; + + +/**@brief Part of the record metadata. + * + * Contains the record key and the length of the record data. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t record_key; //!< The record key (must be in the range 0x0001 - 0xBFFF). + uint16_t length_words; //!< The length of the record data (in 4-byte words). +} fds_tl_t; + + +/**@brief Part of the record metadata. + * + * Contains the ID of the file that the record belongs to and the CRC16 check value of the record. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t file_id; //!< The ID of the file that the record belongs to. + + /**@brief CRC16 check value. + * + * The CRC is calculated over the entire record as stored in flash (including the record + * metadata except the CRC field itself). The CRC standard employed is CRC-16-CCITT. + */ + uint16_t crc16; +} fds_ic_t; + + +/**@brief The record metadata as stored in flash. + */ +typedef struct +{ + fds_tl_t tl; //!< See @ref fds_tl_t. + fds_ic_t ic; //!< See @ref fds_ic_t. + uint32_t record_id; //!< The unique record ID (32 bits). +} fds_header_t; + + +/**@brief The record descriptor structure that is used to manipulate records. + * + * This structure is used by the FDS module. You must provide the descriptor to the module when + * you manipulate existing records. However, you should never modify it or use any of its fields. + * + * @note Never reuse the same descriptor for different records. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t record_id; //!< The unique record ID. + uint32_t const * p_record; //!< The last known location of the record in flash. + uint16_t gc_run_count; //!< Number of times garbage collection has been run. + bool record_is_open; //!< Whether the record is currently open. +} fds_record_desc_t; + + +/**@brief Structure that can be used to read the contents of a record stored in flash. + * + * This structure does not reflect the physical layout of a record in flash, but it points + * to the locations where the record header (metadata) and the record data are stored. + */ +typedef struct +{ + fds_header_t const * p_header; //!< Location of the record header in flash. + void const * p_data; //!< Location of the record data in flash. +} fds_flash_record_t; + + +/**@brief A chunk of record data to be written to flash. + * + * @p p_data must be aligned to a word boundary. Make sure to keep it in + * memory until the operation has completed, which is indicated by the respective FDS event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + void const * p_data; //!< Pointer to the data to store. Must be word-aligned. + uint16_t length_words; //!< Length of data pointed to by @p p_data (in 4-byte words). +} fds_record_chunk_t; + + +/**@brief A record to be written to flash. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t file_id; //!< The ID of the file that the record belongs to. + uint16_t key; //!< The record key. + struct + { + fds_record_chunk_t const * p_chunks; //!< The chunks that make up the record data. + uint16_t num_chunks; //!< The number of chunks that make up the data. + } data; +} fds_record_t; + + +/**@brief A token to a reserved space in flash, created by @ref fds_reserve. + * + * This token can be used to write the record in the reserved space (@ref fds_record_write_reserved) + * or to cancel the reservation (@ref fds_reserve_cancel). + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t page; //!< The logical ID of the page where space was reserved. + uint16_t length_words; //!< The amount of space reserved (in 4-byte words). +} fds_reserve_token_t; + + +/**@brief A token to keep information about the progress of @ref fds_record_find, + * @ref fds_record_find_by_key, and @ref fds_record_find_in_file. + * + * @note Always zero-initialize the token before using it for the first time. + * @note Never reuse the same token to search for different records. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t const * p_addr; + uint16_t page; +} fds_find_token_t; + + +/**@brief FDS event IDs. + */ +typedef enum +{ + FDS_EVT_INIT, //!< Event for @ref fds_init. + FDS_EVT_WRITE, //!< Event for @ref fds_record_write and @ref fds_record_write_reserved. + FDS_EVT_UPDATE, //!< Event for @ref fds_record_update. + FDS_EVT_DEL_RECORD, //!< Event for @ref fds_record_delete. + FDS_EVT_DEL_FILE, //!< Event for @ref fds_file_delete. + FDS_EVT_GC //!< Event for @ref fds_gc. +} fds_evt_id_t; + + +ANON_UNIONS_ENABLE + +/**@brief An FDS event. + */ +typedef struct +{ + fds_evt_id_t id; //!< The event ID. See @ref fds_evt_id_t. + ret_code_t result; //!< The result of the operation related to this event. + union + { + struct + { + /* Currently not used. */ + uint16_t pages_not_mounted; + } init; + struct + { + uint32_t record_id; + uint16_t file_id; + uint16_t record_key; + bool is_record_updated; + } write; //!< Information for @ref FDS_EVT_WRITE and @ref FDS_EVT_UPDATE events. + struct + { + uint32_t record_id; + uint16_t file_id; + uint16_t record_key; + uint16_t records_deleted_count; + } del; //!< Information for @ref FDS_EVT_DEL_RECORD and @ref FDS_EVT_DEL_FILE events. + struct + { + /* Currently not used. */ + uint16_t pages_skipped; + uint16_t space_reclaimed; + } gc; + }; +} fds_evt_t; + +ANON_UNIONS_DISABLE + + +/**@brief File system statistics. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t open_records; //!< The number of open records. + uint16_t valid_records; //!< The number of valid records. + uint16_t dirty_records; //!< The number of deleted ("dirty") records. + uint16_t words_reserved; //!< The number of words reserved by @ref fds_reserve(). + + /**@brief The number of words written to flash, including those reserved for future writes. + */ + uint16_t words_used; + + /**@brief The largest number of free contiguous words in the file system. + * + * This number determines the largest record that can be stored by FDS. + * It takes into account all reservations for future writes. + */ + uint16_t largest_contig; + + /**@brief The largest number of words that can be reclaimed by garbage collection. + * + * The actual amount of space freed by garbage collection might be less than this value if + * records are open while garbage collection is run. + */ + uint16_t freeable_words; +} fds_stat_t; + + +/**@brief FDS event handler function prototype. + * + * @param p_evt The event. + */ +typedef void (*fds_cb_t)(fds_evt_t const * const p_evt); + + +/**@brief Function for registering an FDS event handler. + * + * The maximum amount of handlers that can be registered can be configured by changing the value + * of @ref FDS_MAX_USERS in fds_config.h. + * + * @param[in] cb The event handler function. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the event handler was registered successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_USER_LIMIT_REACHED If the maximum number of registered callbacks is reached. + */ +ret_code_t fds_register(fds_cb_t cb); + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the module. + * + * This function initializes the module and installs the file system (unless it is installed + * already). + * + * This function is asynchronous. Completion is reported through an event. Make sure to call + * @ref fds_register before calling @ref fds_init so that you receive the completion event. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_PAGES If there is no space available in flash memory to install the + * file system. + */ +ret_code_t fds_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for writing a record to flash. + * + * There are no restrictions on the file ID and the record key, except that the record key must be + * different from @ref FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY and the file ID must be different from + * @ref FDS_FILE_ID_INVALID. In particular, no restrictions are made regarding the uniqueness of + * the file ID or the record key. All records with the same file ID are grouped into one file. + * If no file with the specified ID exists, it is created. There can be multiple records with the + * same record key in a file. + * + * Some modules need exclusive use of certain file IDs and record keys. See @ref lib_fds_functionality_keys + * for details. + * + * Record data can consist of multiple chunks. The data must be aligned to a 4 byte boundary, and + * because it is not buffered internally, it must be kept in memory until the callback for the + * operation has been received. The length of the data must not exceed @ref FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE + * words minus 14 bytes. + * + * This function is asynchronous. Completion is reported through an event that is sent to + * the registered event handler function. + * + * @param[out] p_desc The descriptor of the record that was written. Pass NULL if you do not + * need the descriptor. + * @param[in] p_record The record to be written to flash. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_record is NULL. + * @retval FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG If the file ID or the record key is invalid. + * @retval FDS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR If the record data is not aligned to a 4 byte boundary. + * @retval FDS_ERR_RECORD_TOO_LARGE If the record data exceeds the maximum length. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES If the operation queue is full or there are more record + * chunks than can be buffered. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH If there is not enough free space in flash to store the + * record. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_write(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_record_t const * const p_record); + + +/**@brief Function for reserving space in flash. + * + * This function can be used to reserve space in flash memory. To write a record into the reserved + * space, use @ref fds_record_write_reserved. Alternatively, use @ref fds_reserve_cancel to cancel + * a reservation. + * + * Note that this function does not write any data to flash. + * + * @param[out] p_token A token that can be used to write a record in the reserved space or + * cancel the reservation. + * @param[in] length_words The length of the record data (in 4-byte words). + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the flash space was reserved successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_token is NULL instead of a valid token address. + * @retval FDS_ERR_RECORD_TOO_LARGE If the record length exceeds the maximum length. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH If there is not enough free space in flash to store the + * record. + */ +ret_code_t fds_reserve(fds_reserve_token_t * const p_token, uint16_t length_words); + + +/**@brief Function for canceling an @ref fds_reserve operation. + * + * @param[in] p_token The token that identifies the reservation, produced by @ref fds_reserve. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the reservation was canceled. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_token is NULL instead of a valid token address. + * @retval FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG If @p p_token contains invalid data. + */ +ret_code_t fds_reserve_cancel(fds_reserve_token_t * const p_token); + + +/**@brief Function for writing a record to a space in flash that was reserved using + * @ref fds_reserve. + * + * There are no restrictions on the file ID and the record key, except that the record key must be + * different from @ref FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY and the file ID must be different from + * @ref FDS_FILE_ID_INVALID. In particular, no restrictions are made regarding the uniqueness of + * the file ID or the record key. All records with the same file ID are grouped into one file. + * If no file with the specified ID exists, it is created. There can be multiple records with the + * same record key in a file. + * + * Record data can consist of multiple chunks. The data must be aligned to a 4 byte boundary, and + * because it is not buffered internally, it must be kept in memory until the callback for the + * operation has been received. The length of the data must not exceed @ref FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE + * words minus 14 bytes. + * + * This function is asynchronous. Completion is reported through an event that is sent to the + * registered event handler function. + * + * @note + * This function behaves similarly to @ref fds_record_write, with the exception that it never + * fails with the error @ref FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH. + * + * @param[out] p_desc The descriptor of the record that was written. Pass NULL if you do not + * need the descriptor. + * @param[in] p_record The record to be written to flash. + * @param[in] p_token The token that identifies the space reserved in flash. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_token is NULL instead of a valid token address. + * @retval FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG If the file ID or the record key is invalid. + * @retval FDS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR If the record data is not aligned to a 4 byte boundary. + * @retval FDS_ERR_RECORD_TOO_LARGE If the record data exceeds the maximum length. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES If the operation queue is full or there are more record + * chunks than can be buffered. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_write_reserved(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_record_t const * const p_record, + fds_reserve_token_t const * const p_token); + + +/**@brief Function for deleting a record. + * + * Deleted records cannot be located using @ref fds_record_find, @ref fds_record_find_by_key, or + * @ref fds_record_find_in_file. Additionally, they can no longer be opened using + * @ref fds_record_open. + * + * Note that deleting a record does not free the space it occupies in flash memory. + * To reclaim flash space used by deleted records, call @ref fds_gc to run garbage collection. + * + * This function is asynchronous. Completion is reported through an event that is sent to the + * registered event handler function. + * + * @param[in] p_desc The descriptor of the record that should be deleted. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If the specified record descriptor @p p_desc is NULL. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES If the operation queue is full. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_delete(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc); + + +/**@brief Function for deleting all records in a file. + * + * This function deletes a file, including all its records. Deleted records cannot be located + * using @ref fds_record_find, @ref fds_record_find_by_key, or @ref fds_record_find_in_file. + * Additionally, they can no longer be opened using @ref fds_record_open. + * + * Note that deleting records does not free the space they occupy in flash memory. + * To reclaim flash space used by deleted records, call @ref fds_gc to run garbage collection. + * + * This function is asynchronous. Completion is reported through an event that is sent to the + * registered event handler function. + * + * @param[in] file_id The ID of the file to be deleted. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG If the specified @p file_id is invalid. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES If the operation queue is full. + */ +ret_code_t fds_file_delete(uint16_t file_id); + + +/**@brief Function for updating a record. + * + * Updating a record first writes a new record (@p p_record) to flash and then deletes the + * old record (identified by @p p_desc). + * + * There are no restrictions on the file ID and the record key, except that the record key must be + * different from @ref FDS_RECORD_KEY_DIRTY and the file ID must be different from + * @ref FDS_FILE_ID_INVALID. In particular, no restrictions are made regarding the uniqueness of + * the file ID or the record key. All records with the same file ID are grouped into one file. + * If no file with the specified ID exists, it is created. There can be multiple records with the + * same record key in a file. + * + * Record data can consist of multiple chunks. The data must be aligned to a 4 byte boundary, and + * because it is not buffered internally, it must be kept in memory until the callback for the + * operation has been received. The length of the data must not exceed @ref FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE + * words minus 14 bytes. + * + * This function is asynchronous. Completion is reported through an event that is sent to the + * registered event handler function. + * + * @param[in, out] p_desc The descriptor of the record to update. When the function + * returns with FDS_SUCCESS, this parameter contains the + * descriptor of the newly written record. + * @param[in] p_record The updated record to be written to flash. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_INVALID_ARG If the file ID or the record key is invalid. + * @retval FDS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR If the record data is not aligned to a 4 byte boundary. + * @retval FDS_ERR_RECORD_TOO_LARGE If the record data exceeds the maximum length. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES If the operation queue is full or there are more record + * chunks than can be buffered. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_FLASH If there is not enough free space in flash to store the + * updated record. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_update(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_record_t const * const p_record); + + +/**@brief Function for iterating through all records in flash. + * + * To search for the next record, call the function again and supply the same @ref fds_find_token_t + * structure to resume searching from the last record that was found. + * + * Note that the order with which records are iterated is not defined. + * + * @param[out] p_desc The descriptor of the record that was found. + * @param[out] p_token A token containing information about the progress of the operation. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If a record was found. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_desc or @p p_token is NULL. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND If no matching record was found. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_iterate(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token); + + +/**@brief Function for searching for records with a given record key in a file. + * + * This function finds the first record in a file that has the given record key. To search for the + * next record with the same key in the file, call the function again and supply the same + * @ref fds_find_token_t structure to resume searching from the last record that was found. + * + * @param[in] file_id The file ID. + * @param[in] record_key The record key. + * @param[out] p_desc The descriptor of the record that was found. + * @param[out] p_token A token containing information about the progress of the operation. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If a record was found. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_desc or @p p_token is NULL. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND If no matching record was found. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_find(uint16_t file_id, + uint16_t record_key, + fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token); + + +/**@brief Function for searching for records with a given record key. + * + * This function finds the first record with a given record key, independent of the file it + * belongs to. To search for the next record with the same key, call the function again and supply + * the same @ref fds_find_token_t structure to resume searching from the last record that was found. + * + * @param[in] record_key The record key. + * @param[out] p_desc The descriptor of the record that was found. + * @param[out] p_token A token containing information about the progress of the operation. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If a record was found. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_desc or @p p_token is NULL. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND If no record with the given key was found. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_find_by_key(uint16_t record_key, + fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token); + + +/**@brief Function for searching for any record in a file. + * + * This function finds the first record in a file, independent of its record key. + * To search for the next record in the same file, call the function again and supply the same + * @ref fds_find_token_t structure to resume searching from the last record that was found. + * + * @param[in] file_id The file ID. + * @param[out] p_desc The descriptor of the record that was found. + * @param[out] p_token A token containing information about the progress of the operation. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If a record was found. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_desc or @p p_token is NULL. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND If no matching record was found. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_find_in_file(uint16_t file_id, + fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_find_token_t * const p_token); + + +/**@brief Function for opening a record for reading. + * + * This function opens a record that is stored in flash, so that it can be read. The function + * initializes an @ref fds_flash_record_t structure, which can be used to access the record data as + * well as its associated metadata. The pointers provided in the @ref fds_flash_record_t structure + * are pointers to flash memory. + * + * Opening a record with @ref fds_record_open prevents garbage collection to run on the virtual + * flash page in which record is stored, so that the contents of the memory pointed by fields in + * @ref fds_flash_record_t are guaranteed to remain unmodified as long as the record is kept open. + * + * When you are done reading a record, call @ref fds_record_close to close it. Garbage collection + * can then reclaim space on the virtual page where the record is stored. Note that you must + * provide the same descriptor for @ref fds_record_close as you did for this function. + * + * @param[in] p_desc The descriptor of the record to open. + * @param[out] p_flash_record The record, as stored in flash. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the record was opened successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_desc or @p p_flash_record is NULL. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND If the record was not found. It might have been deleted, or + * it might not have been written yet. + * @retval FDS_ERR_CRC_CHECK_FAILED If the CRC check for the record failed. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_open(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + fds_flash_record_t * const p_flash_record); + + +/**@brief Function for closing a record. + * + * Closing a record allows garbage collection to run on the virtual page in which the record is + * stored (if no other records remain open on that page). The descriptor passed as an argument + * must be the same as the one used to open the record using @ref fds_record_open. + * + * Note that closing a record does not invalidate its descriptor. You can still supply the + * descriptor to all functions that accept a record descriptor as a parameter. + * + * @param[in] p_desc The descriptor of the record to close. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the record was closed successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_desc is NULL. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_OPEN_RECORDS If the record is not open. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_FOUND If the record could not be found. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_close(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc); + + +/**@brief Function for running garbage collection. + * + * Garbage collection reclaims the flash space that is occupied by records that have been deleted, + * or that failed to be completely written due to, for example, a power loss. + * + * This function is asynchronous. Completion is reported through an event that is sent to the + * registered event handler function. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NO_SPACE_IN_QUEUES If the operation queue is full. + */ +ret_code_t fds_gc(void); + + +/**@brief Function for obtaining a descriptor from a record ID. + * + * This function can be used to reconstruct a descriptor from a record ID, like the one that is + * passed to the callback function. + * + * @note + * This function does not check whether a record with the given record ID exists. + * If a non-existing record ID is supplied, the resulting descriptor is invalid and will cause + * other functions to fail when it is supplied as parameter. + * + * @param[out] p_desc The descriptor of the record with the given record ID. + * @param[in] record_id The record ID for which a descriptor should be returned. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If a descriptor was returned. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_desc is NULL. + */ +ret_code_t fds_descriptor_from_rec_id(fds_record_desc_t * const p_desc, + uint32_t record_id); + + +/**@brief Function for obtaining a record ID from a record descriptor. + * + * This function can be used to extract a record ID from a descriptor. For example, you could use + * it in the callback function to compare the record ID of an event to the record IDs of the + * records for which you have a descriptor. + * + * @warning + * This function does not check whether the record descriptor is valid. If the descriptor is not + * initialized or has been tampered with, the resulting record ID might be invalid. + * + * @param[in] p_desc The descriptor from which the record ID should be extracted. + * @param[out] p_record_id The record ID that is contained in the given descriptor. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If a record ID was returned. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_desc or @p p_record_id is NULL. + */ +ret_code_t fds_record_id_from_desc(fds_record_desc_t const * const p_desc, + uint32_t * const p_record_id); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving file system statistics. + * + * This function retrieves file system statistics, such as the number of open records, the space + * that can be reclaimed by garbage collection, and others. + * + * @param[out] p_stat File system statistics. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If the statistics were returned successfully. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FDS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_stat is NULL. + */ +ret_code_t fds_stat(fds_stat_t * const p_stat); + + +#if defined(FDS_CRC_ENABLED) + +/**@brief Function for enabling and disabling CRC verification for write operations. + * + * CRC verification ensures that data that is queued for writing does not change before the write + * actually happens. Use this function to enable or disable CRC verification. If verification is + * enabled, the error @ref FDS_ERR_CRC_CHECK_FAILED is returned in the event for + * @ref fds_record_write, @ref fds_record_write_reserved, or @ref fds_record_update if + * verification fails. + * + * @note + * CRC verification is enabled or disabled globally, thus for all users of the FDS module. + * + * @param[in] enabled 1 to enable CRC verification. 0 to disable CRC verification. + * + * @retval FDS_SUCCESS If CRC verification was enabled or disabled successfully. + */ +ret_code_t fds_verify_crc_on_writes(bool enabled); + +#endif + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // FDS_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..a7766e81 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup fds_config Flash data storage module configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup fds + */ +/** @brief Enabling FDS module. + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FDS_ENABLED + +/** @brief Size of the internal queue. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FDS_OP_QUEUE_SIZE + + +/** @brief Determines how many @ref fds_record_chunk_t structures can be buffered at any time. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE + + +/** @brief Maximum number of callbacks that can be registered. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FDS_MAX_USERS + + +/** @brief Number of virtual flash pages to use. + * + * One of the virtual pages is reserved by the system for garbage collection. + * Therefore, the minimum is two virtual pages: one page to store data and + * one page to be used by the system for garbage collection. The total amount + * of flash memory that is used by FDS amounts to @ref FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES + * @ref FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE * 4 bytes. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES + + +/** @brief The size of a virtual page of flash memory, expressed in number of 4-byte words. + * + * By default, a virtual page is the same size as a physical page. + * The size of a virtual page must be a multiple of the size of a physical page. + * + * Following options are available: + * - 256 - 256 (nRF51 family only) + * - 256 - 256 (Software Component only) + * - 512 - 512 (nRF51 family only) + * - 1024 - 1024 + * - 2048 - 2048 (nRF52 family only) + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE + + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds_internal_defs.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds_internal_defs.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..44200a95 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fds/fds_internal_defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,313 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef FDS_INTERNAL_DEFS_H__ +#define FDS_INTERNAL_DEFS_H__ +#include "sdk_config.h" +#include +#include + +#if defined (FDS_THREADS) + #include "nrf_soc.h" + #include "app_util_platform.h" +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define FDS_PAGE_TAG_SIZE (2) // Page tag size, in 4-byte words. +#define FDS_PAGE_TAG_WORD_0 (0) // Offset of the first word in the page tag from the page address. +#define FDS_PAGE_TAG_WORD_1 (1) // Offset of the second word in the page tag from the page address. + +// Page tag constants +#define FDS_PAGE_TAG_MAGIC (0xDEADC0DE) +#define FDS_PAGE_TAG_SWAP (0xF11E01FF) +#define FDS_PAGE_TAG_DATA (0xF11E01FE) + +#define FDS_ERASED_WORD (0xFFFFFFFF) + +#define FDS_OFFSET_TL (0) // Offset of TL from the record base address, in 4-byte words. +#define FDS_OFFSET_IC (1) // Offset of IC from the record base address, in 4-byte words. +#define FDS_OFFSET_ID (2) // Offset of ID from the record base address, in 4-byte words. +#define FDS_OFFSET_DATA (3) // Offset of the data (chunks) from the record base address, in 4-byte words. + +#define FDS_HEADER_SIZE_TL (1) // Size of the TL part of the header, in 4-byte words. +#define FDS_HEADER_SIZE_IC (1) // Size of the IC part of the header, in 4-byte words. +#define FDS_HEADER_SIZE_ID (1) // Size of the record ID in the header, in 4-byte words. +#define FDS_HEADER_SIZE (3) // Size of the whole header, in 4-byte words. + +#define FDS_OP_EXECUTING (FS_SUCCESS) +#define FDS_OP_COMPLETED (0x1D1D) + +// The size of a physical page, in 4-byte words. +#if defined(NRF51) + #define FDS_PHY_PAGE_SIZE (256) + #elif (defined(NRF52) || defined(NRF52840_XXAA)) + #define FDS_PHY_PAGE_SIZE (1024) +#endif + +// The number of physical pages to be used. This value is configured indirectly. +#define FDS_PHY_PAGES ((FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES * FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE) / FDS_PHY_PAGE_SIZE) + +// The size of a virtual page, in number of physical pages. +#define FDS_PHY_PAGES_IN_VPAGE (FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE / FDS_PHY_PAGE_SIZE) + +// The number of pages available to store data; which is the total minus one (the swap). +#define FDS_MAX_PAGES (FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES - 1) + + // Just a shorter name for the size, in words, of a virtual page. +#define FDS_PAGE_SIZE (FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE) + + +#if (FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE % FDS_PHY_PAGE_SIZE != 0) + #error "FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE must be a multiple of the size of a physical page." +#endif + +#if (FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES < 2) + #error "FDS requires at least two virtual pages." +#endif + + +// FDS internal status flags. +typedef enum +{ + FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZING = (1 << 0), // The module is initializing. + FDS_FLAG_INITIALIZED = (1 << 1), // The module is initialized. + FDS_FLAG_PROCESSING = (1 << 2), // The queue is being processed. + FDS_FLAG_VERIFY_CRC = (1 << 3), // Verify CRC upon writing a record. +} fds_flags_t; + + +// Page types. +typedef enum +{ + FDS_PAGE_DATA, // Page is ready for storage. + FDS_PAGE_SWAP, // Page is reserved for garbage collection. + FDS_PAGE_ERASED, // Page is erased. + FDS_PAGE_UNDEFINED, // Undefined page type. +} fds_page_type_t; + + +typedef struct +{ + fds_page_type_t page_type; // The page type. + uint32_t const * p_addr; // The address of the page. + uint16_t write_offset; // The page write offset, in 4-byte words. + uint16_t words_reserved; // The amount of words reserved by fds_write_reserve(). + uint16_t records_open; // The number of records opened using fds_open(). + bool can_gc; // Indicates that there are some records that have been deleted. +} fds_page_t; + + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t const * p_addr; + uint16_t write_offset; +} fds_swap_page_t; + + +// FDS op-codes. +typedef enum +{ + FDS_OP_NONE, + FDS_OP_INIT, // Initialize the module. + FDS_OP_WRITE, // Write a record to flash. + FDS_OP_UPDATE, // Update a record. + FDS_OP_DEL_RECORD, // Delete a record. + FDS_OP_DEL_FILE, // Delete a file. + FDS_OP_GC // Run garbage collection. +} fds_op_code_t; + + +typedef enum +{ + FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_SWAP, + FDS_OP_INIT_TAG_DATA, + FDS_OP_INIT_ERASE_SWAP, + FDS_OP_INIT_PROMOTE_SWAP, +} fds_init_step_t; + + +typedef enum +{ + FDS_OP_WRITE_HEADER_BEGIN, // Write the record key and length. + FDS_OP_WRITE_HEADER_FINALIZE, // Write the file ID and CRC. + FDS_OP_WRITE_RECORD_ID, // Write the record ID. + FDS_OP_WRITE_CHUNKS, // Write the record data. + FDS_OP_WRITE_FIND_RECORD, + FDS_OP_WRITE_FLAG_DIRTY, // Flag a record as dirty (as part of an update operation). + FDS_OP_WRITE_DONE, +} fds_write_step_t; + + +typedef enum +{ + FDS_OP_DEL_RECORD_FLAG_DIRTY, // Flag a record as dirty. + FDS_OP_DEL_FILE_FLAG_DIRTY, // Flag multiple records as dirty. + FDS_OP_DEL_DONE, +} fds_delete_step_t; + + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #pragma push + #pragma anon_unions +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + #pragma language=extended +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + // anonymous unions are enabled by default +#endif + +typedef struct +{ + fds_op_code_t op_code; // The opcode for the operation. + union + { + struct + { + fds_init_step_t step; // The current step the operation is at. + } init; + struct + { + fds_header_t header; + fds_write_step_t step; // The current step the operation is at. + uint16_t page; // The page the flash space for this command was reserved. + uint16_t chunk_offset; // Offset used for writing record chunks, in 4-byte words. + uint8_t chunk_count; // Number of chunks to be written. + uint32_t record_to_delete; // The record to delete in case this is an update. + } write; + struct + { + fds_delete_step_t step; + uint16_t file_id; + uint16_t record_key; + uint32_t record_to_delete; + } del; + }; +} fds_op_t; + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #pragma pop +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + // leave anonymous unions enabled +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + // anonymous unions are enabled by default +#endif + + +typedef struct +{ + fds_op_t op[FDS_OP_QUEUE_SIZE]; // Queued flash operations. + uint32_t rp; // The index of the command being executed. + uint32_t count; // Number of elements in the queue. +} fds_op_queue_t; + + +typedef struct +{ + fds_record_chunk_t chunk[FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE]; + uint32_t rp; + uint32_t count; +} fds_chunk_queue_t; + + +enum +{ + PAGE_ERASED = 0x1, + PAGE_DATA = 0x2, + SWAP_EMPTY = 0x4, + SWAP_DIRTY = 0x8, +}; + + +typedef enum +{ + // This is a fatal error. + NO_PAGES, + + // All pages are erased. Perform a fresh installation. + FRESH_INSTALL = (PAGE_ERASED), + + // Swap is missing. Tag an erased page as swap. + TAG_SWAP = (PAGE_ERASED | PAGE_DATA), + + // Swap is empty. Tag all erased pages as data. + TAG_DATA = (PAGE_ERASED | SWAP_EMPTY), + + // Swap is empty. Tag all remaining erased pages as data. + TAG_DATA_INST = (PAGE_ERASED | PAGE_DATA | SWAP_EMPTY), + + // The swap is dirty. This indicates that the device powered off during GC. However, since there + // is also an erased page, it is possible to assume that that page had been entirely garbage + // collected. Hence, tag the swap as data, one erased page as swap and any remaining pages as data. + PROMOTE_SWAP = (PAGE_ERASED | SWAP_DIRTY), + + // Similar to the above. Tag the swap as data, one erased page as swap, and any remain + // pages as data. + PROMOTE_SWAP_INST = (PAGE_ERASED | PAGE_DATA | SWAP_DIRTY), + + // The swap is dirty (written) and there are no erased pages. This indicates that the device + // was powered off during GC. It is safe to discard (erase) the swap, since data that was + // swapped out lies in one of the valid pages. + DISCARD_SWAP = (PAGE_DATA | SWAP_DIRTY), + + // Do nothing. + ALREADY_INSTALLED = (PAGE_DATA | SWAP_EMPTY), + +} fds_init_opts_t; + + +typedef enum +{ + GC_BEGIN, // Begin GC. + GC_NEXT_PAGE, // GC a page. + GC_FIND_NEXT_RECORD, // Find a valid record to copy. + GC_COPY_RECORD, // Copy a valid record to swap. + GC_ERASE_PAGE, // Erase the page being garbage collected. + GC_DISCARD_SWAP, // Erase (discard) the swap page. + GC_PROMOTE_SWAP, // Tag the swap as valid. + GC_TAG_NEW_SWAP // Tag a freshly erased (GCed) page as swap. +} fds_gc_state_t; + + +// Holds garbage collection status and related data. +typedef struct +{ + fds_gc_state_t state; // The current GC step. + uint16_t cur_page; // The current page being garbage collected. + uint32_t const * p_record_src; // The current record being copied to swap. + uint16_t run_count; // Total number of times GC was run. + bool do_gc_page[FDS_MAX_PAGES]; // Controls which pages to garbage collect. + bool resume; // Whether or not GC should be resumed. +} fds_gc_data_t; + + +// Macros to enable and disable application interrupts. +#if defined (FDS_THREADS) + + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER() CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER() + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT() CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() + +#else + + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_ENTER() + #define CRITICAL_SECTION_EXIT() + +#endif + + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // FDS_INTERNAL_DEFS_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..595afe7f --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage.c @@ -0,0 +1,533 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(FSTORAGE) +#include "fstorage.h" +#include "fstorage_internal_defs.h" + +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include "nrf_soc.h" + + +static uint8_t m_flags; // fstorage status flags. +static fs_op_queue_t m_queue; // Queue of requested operations. +static uint8_t m_retry_count; // Number of times the last flash operation was retried. + +// Sends events to the application. +static void send_event(fs_op_t const * const p_op, fs_ret_t result) +{ + fs_evt_t evt; + memset(&evt, 0x00, sizeof(fs_evt_t)); + + switch (p_op->op_code) + { + case FS_OP_STORE: + evt.id = FS_EVT_STORE; + evt.store.p_data = p_op->store.p_dest; + evt.store.length_words = p_op->store.length_words; + break; + + case FS_OP_ERASE: + evt.id = FS_EVT_ERASE; + evt.erase.first_page = p_op->erase.page - p_op->erase.pages_erased; + evt.erase.last_page = p_op->erase.page; + break; + + default: + // Should not happen. + break; + } + evt.p_context = p_op->p_context; + + p_op->p_config->callback(&evt, result); +} + + +// Checks that a configuration is non-NULL and within section variable bounds. +static bool check_config(fs_config_t const * const config) +{ +#ifndef DFU_SUPPORT_SIGNING + if ((config != NULL) && + (FS_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR <= (uint32_t)config) && + (FS_SECTION_VARS_END_ADDR > (uint32_t)config)) + { + return true; + } + + return false; +#else + return true; +#endif +} + + +// Executes a store operation. +static uint32_t store_execute(fs_op_t const * const p_op) +{ + uint16_t chunk_len; + + if ((p_op->store.length_words - p_op->store.offset) < FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS) + { + chunk_len = p_op->store.length_words - p_op->store.offset; + } + else + { + chunk_len = FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS; + } + + return sd_flash_write((uint32_t*)p_op->store.p_dest + p_op->store.offset, + (uint32_t*)p_op->store.p_src + p_op->store.offset, + chunk_len); +} + + +// Executes an erase operation. +static uint32_t erase_execute(fs_op_t const * const p_op) +{ + return sd_flash_page_erase(p_op->erase.page); +} + + +// Advances the queue, wrapping around if necessary. +// If no elements are left in the queue, clears the FS_FLAG_PROCESSING flag. +static void queue_advance(void) +{ + if (--m_queue.count == 0) + { + m_flags &= ~FS_FLAG_PROCESSING; + } + + if (++m_queue.rp == FS_QUEUE_SIZE) + { + m_queue.rp = 0; + } +} + + +// Processes the current element in the queue. If the queue is empty, does nothing. +static void queue_process(void) +{ + uint32_t ret; + fs_op_t * const p_op = &m_queue.op[m_queue.rp]; + + if (m_queue.count > 0) + { + switch (p_op->op_code) + { + case FS_OP_STORE: + ret = store_execute(p_op); + break; + + case FS_OP_ERASE: + ret = erase_execute(p_op); + break; + + default: + ret = FS_ERR_INTERNAL; + break; + } + + // There is a pending flash operation which was not initiated by this module. + // Stop processing the queue and wait for a system event. + if (ret == NRF_ERROR_BUSY) + { + m_flags &= ~FS_FLAG_PROCESSING; + m_flags |= FS_FLAG_FLASH_REQ_PENDING; + } + else if (ret != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + // An error has occurred. + send_event(p_op, FS_ERR_INTERNAL); + } + else + { + // Operation is executing. + } + } +} + + +// Starts processing the queue if there are no pending flash operations, both inside and +// outside this module. Returns immediately otherwise. +static void queue_start(void) +{ + if (!(m_flags & FS_FLAG_PROCESSING) && + !(m_flags & FS_FLAG_FLASH_REQ_PENDING)) + { + m_flags |= FS_FLAG_PROCESSING; + queue_process(); + } +} + + +// Flash operation success callback handler. Keeps track of the progress of an operation. +// If it has finished, advances the queue and notifies the application. +static void on_operation_success(fs_op_t * const p_op) +{ + m_retry_count = 0; + + switch (p_op->op_code) + { + case FS_OP_STORE: + { + uint16_t chunk_len; + + if ((p_op->store.length_words - p_op->store.offset) < FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS) + { + chunk_len = p_op->store.length_words - p_op->store.offset; + } + else + { + chunk_len = FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS; + } + + p_op->store.offset += chunk_len; + + if (p_op->store.offset == p_op->store.length_words) + { + // The operation has finished. + send_event(p_op, FS_SUCCESS); + queue_advance(); + } + } + break; + + case FS_OP_ERASE: + { + p_op->erase.page++; + p_op->erase.pages_erased++; + + if (p_op->erase.pages_erased == p_op->erase.pages_to_erase) + { + send_event(p_op, FS_SUCCESS); + queue_advance(); + } + } + break; + + default: + // Should not happen. + break; + } +} + + +// Flash operation failure callback handler. If the maximum number of retries has +// been reached, notifies the application and advances the queue. +static void on_operation_failure(fs_op_t const * const p_op) +{ + if (++m_retry_count > FS_OP_MAX_RETRIES) + { + m_retry_count = 0; + + send_event(p_op, FS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT); + queue_advance(); + } +} + + +// Retrieves a pointer to the next free element in the queue. +// Additionally, increases the number of elements stored in the queue. +static bool queue_get_next_free(fs_op_t ** p_op) +{ + uint32_t idx; + + if (m_queue.count == FS_QUEUE_SIZE) + { + return false; + } + + idx = ((m_queue.rp + m_queue.count) < FS_QUEUE_SIZE) ? + (m_queue.rp + m_queue.count) : ((m_queue.rp + m_queue.count)-FS_QUEUE_SIZE); + + m_queue.count++; + + // Zero the element so that unassigned fields will be zero. + memset(&m_queue.op[idx], 0x00, sizeof(fs_op_t)); + + *p_op = &m_queue.op[idx]; + + return true; +} + + +fs_ret_t fs_init(void) +{ + uint32_t const total_users = FS_SECTION_VARS_COUNT; + uint32_t configs_to_init = FS_SECTION_VARS_COUNT; + uint32_t const * p_current_end = FS_PAGE_END_ADDR; + + if (m_flags & FS_FLAG_INITIALIZED) + { + return FS_SUCCESS; + } + + // Each fstorage user has registered one configuration. + // The total number of users (and thus the total number of configurations) is + // kept in total_users. Some of these users might have specified their flash + // boundaries in their configurations. This function sets the flash boundaries + // for the remaining user configurations without further user interaction. + + // First, determine how many user configurations this function has to initialize, + // out of the total. This number will be kept in configs_to_init. + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < total_users; i++) + { + fs_config_t const * const p_config = FS_SECTION_VARS_GET(i); + + if ((p_config->p_start_addr != NULL) && + (p_config->p_end_addr != NULL)) + { + configs_to_init--; + } + } + + // For each configuration to initialize, assign flash space based on the priority + // specified. Higher priority means a higher memory address. + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < configs_to_init; i++) + { + fs_config_t * p_config_i = FS_SECTION_VARS_GET(i); + uint8_t max_priority = 0; + uint8_t max_index = i; + + for (uint32_t j = 0; j < total_users; j++) + { + fs_config_t const * const p_config_j = FS_SECTION_VARS_GET(j); + + #if 0 + if (p_config_j->priority == p_config_i->priority) + { + // Duplicated priorities are not allowed. + return FS_ERR_INVALID_CFG; + } + #endif + + if ((p_config_j->p_start_addr != NULL) && + (p_config_j->p_end_addr != NULL)) + { + // When calculating the configuration with the next highest priority + // skip configurations which were already set during a previous iteration. + // This check needs to be here to prevent re-using the configurations + // with higher priorities which we used in previous iterations. + continue; + } + + if (p_config_j->priority > max_priority) + { + max_priority = p_config_j->priority; + max_index = j; + } + } + + p_config_i = FS_SECTION_VARS_GET(max_index); + + p_config_i->p_end_addr = p_current_end; + p_config_i->p_start_addr = p_current_end - (p_config_i->num_pages * FS_PAGE_SIZE_WORDS); + + p_current_end = p_config_i->p_start_addr; + } + + m_flags |= FS_FLAG_INITIALIZED; + + return FS_SUCCESS; +} + + +fs_ret_t fs_fake_init(void) +{ + m_flags |= FS_FLAG_INITIALIZED; + return FS_SUCCESS; +} + + +fs_ret_t fs_store(fs_config_t const * const p_config, + uint32_t const * const p_dest, + uint32_t const * const p_src, + uint16_t const length_words, + void * p_context) +{ + fs_op_t * p_op; + + if (!(m_flags & FS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (!check_config(p_config)) + { + return FS_ERR_INVALID_CFG; + } + + if ((p_src == NULL) || (p_dest == NULL)) + { + return FS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + // Check that both pointers are word aligned. + if (((uint32_t)p_src & 0x03) || + ((uint32_t)p_dest & 0x03)) + { + return FS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR; + } + + // Check that the operation doesn't go outside the client's memory boundaries. + if ((p_config->p_start_addr > p_dest) || + (p_config->p_end_addr < (p_dest + length_words))) + { + return FS_ERR_INVALID_ADDR; + } + + if (length_words == 0) + { + return FS_ERR_INVALID_ARG; + } + + if (!queue_get_next_free(&p_op)) + { + return FS_ERR_QUEUE_FULL; + } + + // Initialize the operation. + p_op->p_context = p_context; + p_op->p_config = p_config; + p_op->op_code = FS_OP_STORE; + p_op->store.p_src = p_src; + p_op->store.p_dest = p_dest; + p_op->store.length_words = length_words; + + queue_start(); + + return FS_SUCCESS; +} + + +fs_ret_t fs_erase(fs_config_t const * const p_config, + uint32_t const * const p_page_addr, + uint16_t const num_pages, + void * p_context) +{ + fs_op_t * p_op; + + if (!(m_flags & FS_FLAG_INITIALIZED)) + { + return FS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED; + } + + if (!check_config(p_config)) + { + return FS_ERR_INVALID_CFG; + } + + if (p_page_addr == NULL) + { + return FS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + // Check that the page is aligned to a page boundary. + if (((uint32_t)p_page_addr & (FS_PAGE_SIZE-1)) != 0) + { + return FS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR; + } + + // Check that the operation doesn't go outside the client's memory boundaries. + if ((p_page_addr < p_config->p_start_addr) || + (p_page_addr + (FS_PAGE_SIZE_WORDS * num_pages) > p_config->p_end_addr)) + { + return FS_ERR_INVALID_ADDR; + } + + if (num_pages == 0) + { + return FS_ERR_INVALID_ARG; + } + + if (!queue_get_next_free(&p_op)) + { + return FS_ERR_QUEUE_FULL; + } + + // Initialize the operation. + p_op->p_context = p_context; + p_op->p_config = p_config; + p_op->op_code = FS_OP_ERASE; + p_op->erase.page = ((uint32_t)p_page_addr / FS_PAGE_SIZE); + p_op->erase.pages_to_erase = num_pages; + + queue_start(); + + return FS_SUCCESS; +} + + +fs_ret_t fs_queued_op_count_get(uint32_t * const p_op_count) +{ + if (p_op_count == NULL) + { + return FS_ERR_NULL_ARG; + } + + *p_op_count = m_queue.count; + + return FS_SUCCESS; +} + + +void fs_sys_event_handler(uint32_t sys_evt) +{ + fs_op_t * const p_op = &m_queue.op[m_queue.rp]; + + if (m_flags & FS_FLAG_PROCESSING) + { + // A flash operation was initiated by this module. Handle the result. + switch (sys_evt) + { + case NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_SUCCESS: + on_operation_success(p_op); + break; + + case NRF_EVT_FLASH_OPERATION_ERROR: + on_operation_failure(p_op); + break; + } + } + else if ((m_flags & FS_FLAG_FLASH_REQ_PENDING)) + { + // A flash operation was initiated outside this module. + // A callback which indicates that it has finished was received. + m_flags &= ~FS_FLAG_FLASH_REQ_PENDING; + + // If there are any elements left in the queue, set FS_FLAG_PROCESSING. + if (m_queue.count > 0) + { + m_flags |= FS_FLAG_PROCESSING; + } + } + + // Resume processing the queue, if necessary. + queue_process(); +} + +bool fs_queue_is_full(void) +{ + return (m_queue.count == FS_QUEUE_SIZE); +} + +bool fs_queue_is_empty(void) +{ + return (m_queue.count == 0); +} + +#endif //NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(FSTORAGE) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1bd97a72 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage.h @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef FSTORAGE_H__ +#define FSTORAGE_H__ + +/** + * @defgroup fstorage fstorage + * @ingroup app_common + * @{ + * + * @brief Module which provides functionality to store data to flash and erase flash pages. + */ + +#include +#include +#include "section_vars.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/**@brief fstorage return values. */ +typedef enum +{ + FS_SUCCESS, + FS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED, //!< Error. The module is not initialized. + FS_ERR_INVALID_CFG, //!< Error. Invalid fstorage configuration. + FS_ERR_NULL_ARG, //!< Error. Argument is NULL. + FS_ERR_INVALID_ARG, //!< Error. Argument contains invalid data. + FS_ERR_INVALID_ADDR, //!< Error. Address out of bounds. + FS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR, //!< Error. Unaligned address. + FS_ERR_QUEUE_FULL, //!< Error. Queue is full. + FS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT, //!< Error. The operation has timed out. + FS_ERR_INTERNAL, //!< Error. Internal error. + FS_ERR_FAILURE_SINCE_LAST //!< Error. Uncleared error since last call +} fs_ret_t; + + +/**@brief fstorage event IDs. */ +typedef enum +{ + FS_EVT_STORE, //!< Event for @ref fs_store. + FS_EVT_ERASE //!< Event for @ref fs_erase. +} fs_evt_id_t; + + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #pragma push + #pragma anon_unions +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + #pragma language=extended +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + /* anonymous unions are enabled by default */ +#endif + +/**@brief An fstorage event. */ +typedef struct +{ + fs_evt_id_t id; //!< The event ID. + void * p_context; //!< User-defined context passed to the interrupt handler. + union + { + struct + { + uint32_t const * p_data; //!< Pointer to the data stored in flash. + uint16_t length_words; //!< Length of the data, in 4-byte words. + } store; + struct + { + uint16_t first_page; //!< First page erased. + uint16_t last_page; //!< Last page erased. + } erase; + }; +} fs_evt_t; + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #pragma pop +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + /* leave anonymous unions enabled */ +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + /* anonymous unions are enabled by default */ +#endif + + +/**@brief fstorage event handler function prototype. + * + * @param[in] evt The event. + * @param[in] result The result of the operation. + */ +typedef void (*fs_cb_t)(fs_evt_t const * const evt, fs_ret_t result); + + +/**@brief fstorage application-specific configuration. + * + * @details Specifies the callback to invoke when an operation completes, the number of flash pages + * requested by the application and the priority with which these are to be assigned, with + * respect to other applications. Additionally, the configuration specifies the boundaries + * of the flash space assigned to an application. The configuration must be provided as an + * argument when invoking @ref fs_store and @ref fs_erase. + * + * @note The fields @p p_start_addr and @p p_end_address are set by @ref fs_init, based on the + * value of the field @p priority. + */ +typedef struct +{ + /**@brief The beginning of the flash space assigned to the application which registered this + * configuration. This field is set by @ref fs_init. It can also be set manually. + */ + uint32_t const * p_start_addr; + + /**@brief The end of the flash space assigned to the application which registered this + * configuration. This field is set by @ref fs_init. It can also be set manually. + */ + uint32_t const * p_end_addr; + + fs_cb_t const callback; //!< Callback to run when a flash operation has completed. + uint8_t const num_pages; //!< The number of flash pages requested. + + /**@brief The priority with which fstorage should assign flash pages to this application, + * with respect to other applications. Applications with higher priority will be + * assigned flash pages with a higher memory address. The highest priority is + * reserved. Must be unique among configurations. + */ + uint8_t const priority; +} fs_config_t; + + +/**@brief Macro for registering an fstorage configuration variable. + * Applications which use fstorage must register with the module using this macro. + * Registering involves defining a variable which holds the configuration of fstorage + * specific to the application which invokes the macro. + * + * @details This macro places the configuration variable in a section named "fs_data" that + * fstorage uses during initialization and regular operation. + * + * @param[in] cfg_var A @e definition of a @ref fs_config_t variable. + */ +#define FS_REGISTER_CFG(cfg_var) NRF_SECTION_VARS_REGISTER_VAR(fs_data, cfg_var) + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the module. + * + * @details This functions assigns pages in flash according to all registered configurations. + * + * @retval FS_SUCCESS If the module was successfully initialized. + */ +fs_ret_t fs_init(void); + + +fs_ret_t fs_fake_init(void); + + +/**@brief Function for storing data in flash. + * + * @details Copies @p length_words words from @p p_src to the location pointed by @p p_dest. + * If the length of the data exceeds @ref FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS, the data will be + * written down in several chunks, as necessary. Only one event will be sent to the + * application upon completion. Both the source and the destination of the data must be + * word aligned. This function is asynchronous, completion is reported via an event sent + * the the callback function specified in the supplied configuration. + * + * @warning The data to be written to flash has to be kept in memory until the operation has + * terminated, i.e., an event is received. + * + * @param[in] p_config fstorage configuration registered by the application. + * @param[in] p_dest The address in flash memory where to store the data. + * @param[in] p_src Pointer to the data to store in flash. + * @param[in] length_words Length of the data to store, in words. + * @param[in] p_context User-defined context passed to the interrupt handler. + * + * @retval FS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FS_ERR_INVALID_CFG If @p p_config is NULL or contains invalid data. + * @retval FS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_dest or @p p_src are NULL. + * @retval FS_ERR_INVALID_ARG If @p length_words is zero. + * @retval FS_ERR_INVALID_ADDR If @p p_dest or @p p_src are outside of the flash memory + * boundaries specified in @p p_config. + * @retval FS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR If @p p_dest or @p p_src are not aligned to a word boundary. + * @retval FS_ERR_QUEUE_FULL If the internal operation queue is full. + */ +fs_ret_t fs_store(fs_config_t const * const p_config, + uint32_t const * const p_dest, + uint32_t const * const p_src, + uint16_t length_words, + void * p_context); + + +/**@brief Function for erasing flash pages. + * + * @details Starting from the page at @p p_page_addr, erases @p num_pages flash pages. + * @p p_page_addr must be aligned to a page boundary. All pages to be erased must be + * within the bounds specified in the supplied fstorage configuration. + * This function is asynchronous. Completion is reported via an event. + * + * @param[in] p_config fstorage configuration registered by the application. + * @param[in] p_page_addr Address of the page to erase. Must be aligned to a page boundary. + * @param[in] num_pages Number of pages to erase. May not be zero. + * @param[in] p_context User-defined context passed to the interrupt handler. + * + * @retval FS_SUCCESS If the operation was queued successfully. + * @retval FS_ERR_NOT_INITIALIZED If the module is not initialized. + * @retval FS_ERR_INVALID_CFG If @p p_config is NULL or contains invalid data. + * @retval FS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_page_addr is NULL. + * @retval FS_ERR_INVALID_ARG If @p num_pages is zero. + * @retval FS_ERR_INVALID_ADDR If the operation would go beyond the flash memory boundaries + * specified in @p p_config. + * @retval FS_ERR_UNALIGNED_ADDR If @p p_page_addr is not aligned to a page boundary. + * @retval FS_ERR_QUEUE_FULL If the internal operation queue is full. + */ +fs_ret_t fs_erase(fs_config_t const * const p_config, + uint32_t const * const p_page_addr, + uint16_t num_pages, + void * p_context); + + +/**@brief Function for retrieving the number of queued flash operations. + * + * @param[out] p_op_count The number of queued flash operations. + * + * @retval FS_SUCCESS If the number of queued operations was retrieved successfully. + * @retval FS_ERR_NULL_ARG If @p p_op_count is NULL. + */ +fs_ret_t fs_queued_op_count_get(uint32_t * const p_op_count); + + +/**@brief Function for checking if the queue for flash operations is full. + * + * @retval true If the queue is full. + * @retval false If there is space for more operations in the queue. + */ +bool fs_queue_is_full(void); + + +/**@brief Function for checking if the queue for flash operations is empty. + * + * @retval true If the queue is empty. + * @retval false If there are flash operations in the queue. + */ +bool fs_queue_is_empty(void); + + +/**@brief Function for handling system events from the SoftDevice. + * + * @details If any of the modules used by the application rely on fstorage, the application should + * dispatch system events to fstorage using this function. + * + * @param[in] sys_evt System event from the SoftDevice. + */ +void fs_sys_event_handler(uint32_t sys_evt); + + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // FSTORAGE_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..0d4fb7a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup fstorage_config Flash storage module configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup fstorage + */ +/** @brief Enabling fstorage module + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FSTORAGE_ENABLED + +/** @brief Configures the size of the internal queue. + * + * Increase this if there are many users, or if it is likely that many + * operation will be queued at once without waiting for the previous operations + * to complete. In general, increase the queue size if you frequently receive + * @ref FS_ERR_QUEUE_FULL errors when calling @ref fs_store or @ref fs_erase. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FS_QUEUE_SIZE + + +/** @brief Number attempts to execute an operation if the SoftDevice fails. + * + * Increase this value if events return the @ref FS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT + * error often. The SoftDevice may fail to schedule flash access due to high BLE activity. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FS_OP_MAX_RETRIES + + +/** @brief Maximum number of words to be written to flash in a single operation. + * + * Tweaking this value can increase the chances of the SoftDevice being + * able to fit flash operations in between radio activity. This value is bound by the + * maximum number of words which the SoftDevice can write to flash in a single call to + * @ref sd_flash_write, which is 256 words for nRF51 ICs and 1024 words for nRF52 ICs. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS + + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage_internal_defs.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage_internal_defs.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4bbd2e1a --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage_internal_defs.h @@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef FSTORAGE_INTERNAL_DEFS_H__ +#define FSTORAGE_INTERNAL_DEFS_H__ + +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +#define FS_FLAG_INITIALIZED (1 << 0) // The module has been initialized. +#define FS_FLAG_PROCESSING (1 << 1) // The module is processing flash operations. +// The module is waiting for a flash operation initiated by another module to complete. +#define FS_FLAG_FLASH_REQ_PENDING (1 << 2) + +#define FS_ERASED_WORD (0xFFFFFFFF) + +// Helper macros for section variables. +#define FS_SECTION_VARS_GET(i) NRF_SECTION_VARS_GET((i), fs_config_t, fs_data) +#define FS_SECTION_VARS_COUNT NRF_SECTION_VARS_COUNT(fs_config_t, fs_data) +#define FS_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR NRF_SECTION_VARS_START_ADDR(fs_data) +#define FS_SECTION_VARS_END_ADDR NRF_SECTION_VARS_END_ADDR(fs_data) + + +// Create section 'fs_data'. +NRF_SECTION_VARS_CREATE_SECTION(fs_data, fs_config_t); + + +// fstorage op-codes. +typedef enum +{ + FS_OP_NONE, // No operation. + FS_OP_STORE, // Store data. + FS_OP_ERASE // Erase one or more flash pages. +} fs_op_code_t; + + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #pragma push + #pragma anon_unions +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + #pragma language=extended +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + // anonymous unions are enabled by default. +#endif + +// fstorage operation. +// Encapsulates details of a flash operation to be executed by this module. +typedef struct +{ + fs_config_t const * p_config; // Application-specific fstorage configuration. + void * p_context; // User-defined context passed to the interrupt handler. + fs_op_code_t op_code; // ID of the operation. + union + { + struct + { + uint32_t const * p_src; // Pointer to the data to be written to flash. + uint32_t const * p_dest; // Destination of the data in flash. + uint16_t length_words; // Length of the data to be written, in words. + uint16_t offset; // Write offset. + } store; + struct + { + uint16_t page; + uint16_t pages_erased; + uint16_t pages_to_erase; + } erase; + }; +} fs_op_t; + +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #pragma pop +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + // leave anonymous unions enabled. +#elif defined(__GNUC__) + // anonymous unions are enabled by default. +#endif + + +// Queue of requested operations. +// This queue holds flash operations requested to the module. +// The data to be written to flash must be kept in memory until the write operation +// is completed, i.e., an event indicating completion is received. +typedef struct +{ + fs_op_t op[FS_QUEUE_SIZE]; // Queue elements. + uint32_t rp; // Index of the operation being processed. + uint32_t count; // Number of elements in the queue. +} fs_op_queue_t; + + +// Size of a flash page in bytes. +#if defined (NRF51) + #define FS_PAGE_SIZE (1024) +#elif (defined (NRF52) || defined(NRF52840_XXAA)) + #define FS_PAGE_SIZE (4096) +#endif + + +// Size of a flash page in words. +#define FS_PAGE_SIZE_WORDS (FS_PAGE_SIZE / sizeof(uint32_t)) + + +// Function to obtain the end of the flash space available to fstorage. +static uint32_t const * fs_flash_page_end_addr() +{ + uint32_t const bootloader_addr = NRF_UICR->NRFFW[0]; + + return (uint32_t*)((bootloader_addr != FS_ERASED_WORD) ? bootloader_addr : + NRF_FICR->CODESIZE * FS_PAGE_SIZE); +} + + +// Macro to obtain the address of the last page. +// If there is a bootloader present the bootloader address read from UICR +// will act as the page beyond the end of the available flash storage. +#define FS_PAGE_END_ADDR (fs_flash_page_end_addr()) + + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif //__FSTORAGE_INTERNAL_DEFS_H diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage_nosd.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/fstorage/fstorage_nosd.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e69de29b diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..7aa5f110 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log.h @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/**@file + * + * @defgroup nrf_log Logger module + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief The nrf_log module interface. + */ + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_H_ +#define NRF_LOG_H_ + +#include "sdk_config.h" + +/** @brief Default module name prefix. + * + * The prefix can be defined in a module to override the default. + */ +#ifndef NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME + #define NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME "" +#endif + +/** @brief Severity level for the module. + * + * The severity level can be defined in a module to override the default. + */ +#ifndef NRF_LOG_LEVEL + #define NRF_LOG_LEVEL NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL +#endif + +/** @brief Color prefix of debug logs for the module. + * + * This color prefix can be defined in a module to override the default. + */ +#ifndef NRF_LOG_DEBUG_COLOR + #define NRF_LOG_DEBUG_COLOR NRF_LOG_COLOR_DEFAULT +#endif + +/** @brief Color prefix of info logs for the module. + * + * This color prefix can be defined in a module to override the default. + */ +#ifndef NRF_LOG_INFO_COLOR + #define NRF_LOG_INFO_COLOR NRF_LOG_COLOR_DEFAULT +#endif + +#include "nrf_log_internal.h" + +/** @def NRF_LOG_ERROR + * @brief Macro for logging error messages. It takes a printf-like, formatted + * string with up to seven arguments. + * + * @details This macro is compiled only if @ref NRF_LOG_LEVEL includes error logs. + */ + +/** @def NRF_LOG_WARNING + * @brief Macro for logging error messages. It takes a printf-like, formatted + * string with up to seven arguments. + * + * @details This macro is compiled only if @ref NRF_LOG_LEVEL includes warning logs. + */ + +/** @def NRF_LOG_INFO + * @brief Macro for logging error messages. It takes a printf-like, formatted + * string with up to seven arguments. + * + * @details This macro is compiled only if @ref NRF_LOG_LEVEL includes info logs. + */ + +/** @def NRF_LOG_DEBUG + * @brief Macro for logging error messages. It takes a printf-like, formatted + * string with up to seven arguments. + * + * @details This macro is compiled only if @ref NRF_LOG_LEVEL includes debug logs. + */ + +#define NRF_LOG_ERROR(...) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_ERROR(__VA_ARGS__) +#define NRF_LOG_WARNING(...) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_WARNING( __VA_ARGS__) +#define NRF_LOG_INFO(...) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_INFO( __VA_ARGS__) +#define NRF_LOG_DEBUG(...) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_DEBUG( __VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * @brief A macro for logging a formatted string without any prefix or timestamp. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_RAW_INFO(...) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_RAW_INFO( __VA_ARGS__) + +/** @def NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_ERROR + * @brief Macro for logging raw bytes. + * @details It is compiled in only if @ref NRF_LOG_LEVEL includes error logs. + * + * @param p_data Pointer to data. + * @param len Data length in bytes. + */ +/** @def NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_WARNING + * @brief Macro for logging raw bytes. + * @details This macro is compiled only if @ref NRF_LOG_LEVEL includes warning logs. + * + * @param p_data Pointer to data. + * @param len Data length in bytes. + */ +/** @def NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_INFO + * @brief Macro for logging raw bytes. + * @details This macro is compiled only if @ref NRF_LOG_LEVEL includes info logs. + * + * @param p_data Pointer to data. + * @param len Data length in bytes. + */ +/** @def NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_DEBUG + * @brief Macro for logging raw bytes. + * @details This macro is compiled only if @ref NRF_LOG_LEVEL includes debug logs. + * + * @param p_data Pointer to data. + * @param len Data length in bytes. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_ERROR(p_data, len) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HEXDUMP_ERROR(p_data, len) +#define NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_WARNING(p_data, len) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HEXDUMP_WARNING(p_data, len) +#define NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_INFO(p_data, len) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HEXDUMP_INFO(p_data, len) +#define NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_DEBUG(p_data, len) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HEXDUMP_DEBUG(p_data, len) + +/** + * @brief Macro for logging hexdump without any prefix or timestamp. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_RAW_HEXDUMP_INFO(p_data, len) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_RAW_HEXDUMP_INFO(p_data, len) + +/** + * @brief A macro for blocking reading from bidirectional backend used for logging. + * + * Macro call is blocking and returns when single byte is received. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_GETCHAR() NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_GETCHAR() + +/** + * @brief Function for copying a string to the internal logger buffer if logs are deferred. + * + * Use this function to store a string that is volatile (for example allocated + * on stack) or that may change before the deferred logs are processed. Such string is copied + * into the internal logger buffer and is persistent until the log is processed. + * + * @note If the logs are not deferred, then this function returns the input parameter. + * + * @param p_str Pointer to the user string. + * + * @return Address to the location where the string is stored in the internal logger buffer. + */ +uint32_t nrf_log_push(char * const p_str); + +/** + * @brief Macro to be used in a formatted string to a pass float number to the log. + * + * Macro should be used in formatted string instead of the %f specifier together with + * @ref NRF_LOG_FLOAT macro. + * Example: NRF_LOG_INFO("My float number" NRF_LOG_FLOAT_MARKER "\r\n", NRF_LOG_FLOAT(f))) + */ +#define NRF_LOG_FLOAT_MARKER "%d.%02d" + +/** + * @brief Macro for dissecting a float number into two numbers (integer and residuum). + */ +#define NRF_LOG_FLOAT(val) (int32_t)(val), \ + (int32_t)(((val > 0) ? (val) - (int32_t)(val) \ + : (int32_t)(val) - (val))*100) + +#endif // NRF_LOG_H_ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_backend.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_backend.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..92d13c1a --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_backend.h @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/**@file + * @addtogroup nrf_log Logger module + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @defgroup nrf_log_backend Backend of nrf_log + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_log + * @brief The nrf_log backend interface. + */ + + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_H__ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_H__ + +#include "nrf_log_ctrl.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include + +/** + * @brief Function for initializing the logger backend. + * + * param blocking Set true if handler functions should block until completion. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS after successful initialization, error code otherwise. + */ +ret_code_t nrf_log_backend_init(bool blocking); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning a pointer to a function for handling standard + * log entries (@ref NRF_LOG_ERROR, etc.). + * + * @return Pointer to a handler. + */ +nrf_log_std_handler_t nrf_log_backend_std_handler_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for returning a pointer to a function for handling + * hexdumps (@ref NRF_LOG_HEXDUMP_ERROR, etc.). + * + * @return Pointer to a handler. + */ +nrf_log_hexdump_handler_t nrf_log_backend_hexdump_handler_get(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for blocking reading of a byte from the backend. + * + * @return Byte. + */ +uint8_t nrf_log_backend_getchar(void); +#endif // NRF_LOG_BACKEND_H__ +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_backend_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_backend_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..4abce840 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_backend_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup nrf_log_backend_config Logging sink configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_log_backend + */ +/** @brief Buffer for storing single output string + * + * Logger backend RAM usage is determined by this value. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH + + +/** @brief Number of digits for timestamp + * + * If higher resolution timestamp source is used it might be needed to increase that + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DIGITS + + +/** @brief If enabled data is printed over UART + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART + +/** @brief Default Baudrate + * + * Following options are available: + * - 323584 - 1200 baud + * - 643072 - 2400 baud + * - 1290240 - 4800 baud + * - 2576384 - 9600 baud + * - 3862528 - 14400 baud + * - 5152768 - 19200 baud + * - 7716864 - 28800 baud + * - 10289152 - 38400 baud + * - 15400960 - 57600 baud + * - 20615168 - 76800 baud + * - 30801920 - 115200 baud (nRF52 family only) + * - 30924800 - 115200 baud (nRF51 family only) + * - 61865984 - 230400 baud + * - 67108864 - 250000 baud + * - 121634816 - 460800 baud + * - 251658240 - 921600 baud + * - 268435456 - 57600 baud + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_BAUDRATE + + +/** @brief UART TX pin + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_TX_PIN + + +/** @brief UART RX pin + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RX_PIN + + +/** @brief UART RTS pin + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RTS_PIN + + +/** @brief UART CTS pin + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_CTS_PIN + + +/** @brief Hardware Flow Control + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Disabled + * - 1 - Enabled + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_FLOW_CONTROL + + +/** @brief UART instance used + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_UART_INSTANCE + + + +/** @brief If enabled data is printed using RTT + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT + +/** @brief RTT output buffer size. + * + * Should be equal or bigger than \ref NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH. + * This value is used in Segger RTT configuration to set the buffer size + * if it is bigger than default RTT buffer size. + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_RTT_OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE + + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_ctrl.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_ctrl.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..73c53962 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_ctrl.h @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_LOG_CTRL_H +#define NRF_LOG_CTRL_H + +/**@file + * @addtogroup nrf_log Logger module + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @defgroup nrf_log_ctrl Functions for controlling nrf_log + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_log + * @brief The nrf_log control interface. + */ + +#include "sdk_config.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include +#include +#include "nrf_log_ctrl_internal.h" +/** + * @brief Timestamp function prototype. + * + * @return Timestamp value. + */ +typedef uint32_t (*nrf_log_timestamp_func_t)(void); + +/**@brief Macro for initializing the logs. + * + * @note If timestamps are disabled in the configuration, then the provided pointer + * can be NULL. Otherwise, it is expected that timestamp_getter is not NULL. + * + * @param timestamp_func Function that returns the timestamp. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS after successful initialization, otherwise an error code. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_INIT(timestamp_func) NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_INIT(timestamp_func) + + +/**@brief Macro for processing a single log entry from a queue of deferred logs. + * + * You can call this macro from the main context or from the error handler to process + * log entries one by one. + * + * @note If logs are not deferred, this call has no use and is defined as 'false'. + * + * @retval true There are more logs to process in the buffer. + * @retval false No more logs in the buffer. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_PROCESS() NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_PROCESS() + +/** @brief Macro for processing all log entries from the buffer. + * It blocks until all buffered entries are processed by the backend. + * + * @note If logs are not deferred, this call has no use and is empty. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_FLUSH() NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FLUSH() + +/** @brief Macro for flushing log data before reset. + * + * @note If logs are not deferred, this call has no use and is empty. + * + * @note If RTT is used, then a breakpoint is hit once flushed. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_FINAL_FLUSH() NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FINAL_FLUSH() + +/** @brief Macro for changing functions that are used to handle log entries. + * + * @param default_handler Function for handling log entries. + * @param bytes_handler Function for handling hexdump entries. + * + */ +#define NRF_LOG_HANDLERS_SET(default_handler, bytes_handler) \ + NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HANDLERS_SET(default_handler, bytes_handler) + +/** + * @brief Function prototype for handling a log entry. + * + * The backend must implement such prototype. + * + * @param severity_level Severity level of the entry. + * @param p_timestamp Pointer to the timestamp value. No timestamp if NULL. + * @param p_str Pointer to a formatted string. + * @param p_args Pointer to an array of arguments for a formatted string. + * @param nargs Number of arguments in p_args. + * + * @retval true If entry is successfully processed. + * @retval false If entry is not processed. + */ +typedef bool (*nrf_log_std_handler_t)( + uint8_t severity_level, + const uint32_t * const p_timestamp, + const char * const p_str, + uint32_t * p_args, + uint32_t nargs); + +/** + * @brief Function prototype for handling a bytes-dumping log entry. + * + * The backend must implement such prototype. Two buffers are needed because data + * is stored internally in a circular buffer so it can be fragmented into up to + * two pieces. + * + * @param severity_level Severity level of the entry. + * @param p_timestamp Pointer to a timestamp value. No timestamp if NULL. + * @param p_str Prefix string for the bytes dump. + * @param offset Indication of how many bytes have already been processed. + * @param p_buf0 Pointer to the first part of data. + * @param buf0_length Number of bytes in the first part. + * @param p_buf1 Pointer to the second part of data. Optional. + * @param buf1_length Number of bytes in the second part. + * + * @return Number of bytes processed. If all bytes are processed, it should be a sum of + * buf0_length and buf1_length + */ +typedef uint32_t (*nrf_log_hexdump_handler_t)( + uint8_t severity_level, + const uint32_t * const p_timestamp, + const char * const p_str, + uint32_t offset, + const uint8_t * const p_buf0, + uint32_t buf0_length, + const uint8_t * const p_buf1, + uint32_t buf1_length); + + +/** + * @brief Function for initializing the frontend and the default backend. + * + * @ref NRF_LOG_INIT calls this function to initialize the frontend and the backend. + * If custom backend is used, then @ref NRF_LOG_INIT should not be called. + * Instead, frontend and user backend should be verbosely initialized. + * + * @param timestamp_func Function for getting a 32-bit timestamp. + * + * @return Error status. + * + */ +ret_code_t nrf_log_init(nrf_log_timestamp_func_t timestamp_func); + +/** + * @brief Function for reinitializing the backend in blocking mode. + */ +ret_code_t nrf_log_blocking_backend_set(void); + +/** + * @brief Function for initializing the logger frontend. + * + * The frontend is initialized with functions for handling log entries. Those + * functions are provided by the backend. + * + * @note This function needs to be called directly only if the @ref NRF_LOG_INIT macro + * is not used to initialize the logger. + * + * @param std_handler Function for handling standard log entries. + * @param hexdump_handler Function for handling hexdump log entries. + * @param timestamp_func Function for getting a timestamp. It cannot be NULL + * unless timestamping is disabled. + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_init(nrf_log_std_handler_t std_handler, + nrf_log_hexdump_handler_t hexdump_handler, + nrf_log_timestamp_func_t timestamp_func); + +/** + * @brief Function for updating functions that handle log entries. + * + * @note Use this feature to change the log handling behavior in certain + * situations, like in a fault handler. + * + * @param std_handler Function for handling standard log entries. + * @param hexdump_handler Function for handling hexdump log entries. + */ +void nrf_log_handlers_set(nrf_log_std_handler_t std_handler, + nrf_log_hexdump_handler_t hexdump_handler); + +/** + * @brief Function for handling a single log entry. + * + * Use this function only if the logs are buffered. It takes a single entry from the + * buffer and attempts to process it. + * + * @retval true If there are more entries to process. + * @retval false If there are no more entries to process. + */ +bool nrf_log_frontend_dequeue(void); + + +#endif // NRF_LOG_CTRL_H + +/** + *@} + **/ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..323725ee --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/nrf_log_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup nrf_log_config Logging configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup nrf_log + */ +/** @brief Logging module for nRF5 SDK + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_ENABLED + +/** @brief If enabled then ANSI escape code for colors is prefixed to every string + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS + +/** @brief ANSI escape code prefix. + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Default + * - 1 - Black + * - 2 - Red + * - 3 - Green + * - 4 - Yellow + * - 5 - Blue + * - 6 - Magenta + * - 7 - Cyan + * - 8 - White + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_DEFAULT + + +/** @brief ANSI escape code prefix. + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Default + * - 1 - Black + * - 2 - Red + * - 3 - Green + * - 4 - Yellow + * - 5 - Blue + * - 6 - Magenta + * - 7 - Cyan + * - 8 - White + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR + + +/** @brief ANSI escape code prefix. + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Default + * - 1 - Black + * - 2 - Red + * - 3 - Green + * - 4 - Yellow + * - 5 - Blue + * - 6 - Magenta + * - 7 - Cyan + * - 8 - White + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_WARNING_COLOR + + + +/** @brief Default Severity level + * + * Following options are available: + * - 0 - Off + * - 1 - Error + * - 2 - Warning + * - 3 - Info + * - 4 - Debug + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL + + +/** @brief Enable deffered logger. + * + * Log data is buffered and can be processed in idle. + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_DEFERRED + +/** @brief Size of the buffer for logs in words. + * + * Must be power of 2 + * + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE + + + +/** @brief Enable timestamping + * + * Function for getting the timestamp is provided by the user + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_backend_serial.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_backend_serial.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..55bbc55f --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_backend_serial.c @@ -0,0 +1,468 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(NRF_LOG) +#include "nrf_log_backend.h" +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include + +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT +#include +#include +#endif + +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART +#include "nrf_drv_uart.h" +#endif + +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART +static char m_uart_buffer[NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH]; +static nrf_drv_uart_t m_uart = NRF_DRV_UART_INSTANCE(NRF_LOG_BACKEND_UART_INSTANCE); + +#if !NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(UART) +#error "UART driver must be enabled to use UART in nrf_log." +#endif + +#endif //NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART + +#define HEXDUMP_BYTES_PER_LINE 16 +#define HEXDUMP_HEXBYTE_AREA 3 // Two bytes for hexbyte and space to separate +#define TIMESTAMP_STR(val) "[%0" NUM_TO_STR(val) "d]" + +#define RTT_RETRY_COUNTER 10 //Number of retries before skipping processing + +#define HEXDUMP_MAX_STR_LEN (NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH - \ + (HEXDUMP_HEXBYTE_AREA*HEXDUMP_BYTES_PER_LINE +\ + NRF_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DIGITS + \ + 4 +/* Color ANSI Escape Code */ \ + 2)) /* Separators */ + +static bool m_initialized = false; +static bool m_blocking_mode = false; +static const char m_default_color[] = "\x1B[0m"; + +#if (NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART) +static volatile bool m_rx_done = false; +#endif + +#if (NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART) +static void uart_event_handler(nrf_drv_uart_event_t * p_event, void * p_context) +{ + // Dummy handler since is_busy feature is used for determining readiness. + if (p_event->type == NRF_DRV_UART_EVT_RX_DONE) + { + m_rx_done = true; + } +} +#endif //NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART + + +ret_code_t nrf_log_backend_init(bool blocking) +{ + + if (m_initialized && (blocking == m_blocking_mode)) + { + return NRF_SUCCESS; + } +#if (NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT) + SEGGER_RTT_Init(); +#endif + +#if (NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART) + uint32_t ret_code; + nrf_drv_uart_config_t uart_config = NRF_DRV_UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG; + uart_config.hwfc = + (nrf_uart_hwfc_t)NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_FLOW_CONTROL; + uart_config.pseltxd = NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_TX_PIN; + uart_config.pselrxd = NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RX_PIN; + uart_config.pselrts = NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RTS_PIN; + uart_config.pselcts = NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_CTS_PIN; + uart_config.baudrate = + (nrf_uart_baudrate_t)NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_BAUDRATE; + nrf_drv_uart_uninit(&m_uart); + ret_code = nrf_drv_uart_init(&m_uart, &uart_config, + blocking ? NULL : uart_event_handler); + if (ret_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + return ret_code; + } +#endif //NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART + + m_initialized = true; + m_blocking_mode = blocking; + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static bool serial_is_busy(void) +{ + bool res = false; + +#if (NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART) + res = nrf_drv_uart_tx_in_progress(&m_uart); +#endif + +#if (NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT) + +#endif + + return res; +} + + +static bool serial_tx(uint8_t * p_buf, uint32_t len) +{ + bool ret = true; + +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART + memcpy(m_uart_buffer, p_buf, len); + uint32_t ret_code = nrf_drv_uart_tx(&m_uart, (uint8_t *)m_uart_buffer, len); + if (ret_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + ret = false; + } +#endif //NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART + +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT + uint32_t idx = 0; + uint32_t length = len; + uint32_t processed; + uint32_t watchdog_counter = RTT_RETRY_COUNTER; + do + { + processed = SEGGER_RTT_WriteNoLock(0, &p_buf[idx], length); + idx += processed; + length -= processed; + if (processed == 0) + { + // If RTT is not connected then ensure that logger does not block + watchdog_counter--; + if (watchdog_counter == 0) + { + break; + } + } + } while (length); +#endif //NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT + return ret; +} + + +static uint8_t serial_get_byte(void) +{ + uint8_t data; +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART + if (m_blocking_mode) + { + (void)nrf_drv_uart_rx(&m_uart, &data, 1); + } + else + { + m_rx_done = false; + (void)nrf_drv_uart_rx(&m_uart, &data, 1); + while(!m_rx_done); + } +#elif NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT + data = (uint8_t)SEGGER_RTT_WaitKey(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT + return data; +} + + +static bool buf_len_update(uint32_t * p_buf_len, int32_t new_len) +{ + bool ret; + if (new_len < 0) + { + ret = false; + } + else + { + *p_buf_len += (uint32_t)new_len; + ret = true; + } + return ret; +} + + +static bool timestamp_process(const uint32_t * const p_timestamp, char * p_str, uint32_t * p_len) +{ + int32_t len = 0; + bool ret = true; + if (p_timestamp) + { +#if NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS + len = sizeof(m_default_color) - 1; + memcpy(p_str, m_default_color, len); + *p_len += len; +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS + len = snprintf(&p_str[len],NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH, TIMESTAMP_STR(NRF_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DIGITS), (int)*p_timestamp); + ret = buf_len_update(p_len, len); + } + else + { + *p_len = 0; + } + return ret; +} + + +static bool nrf_log_backend_serial_std_handler( + uint8_t severity_level, + const uint32_t * const p_timestamp, + const char * const p_str, + uint32_t * p_args, + uint32_t nargs) +{ + char str[NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH]; + int32_t tmp_str_len = 0; + uint32_t buffer_len = 0; + bool status = true; + + if (serial_is_busy()) + { + return false; + } + + if (!timestamp_process(p_timestamp, &str[buffer_len], &buffer_len)) + { + return false; + } + + switch (nargs) + { + case 0: + { + tmp_str_len = strlen(p_str); + if ((tmp_str_len + buffer_len) < NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH) + { + memcpy(&str[buffer_len], p_str, tmp_str_len); + } + break; + } + + case 1: + tmp_str_len = snprintf(&str[buffer_len], NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH-buffer_len, p_str, p_args[0]); + + break; + + case 2: + tmp_str_len = snprintf(&str[buffer_len], NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH-buffer_len, p_str, p_args[0], p_args[1]); + break; + + case 3: + tmp_str_len = snprintf(&str[buffer_len], NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH-buffer_len, p_str, p_args[0], p_args[1], p_args[2]); + break; + + case 4: + tmp_str_len = + snprintf(&str[buffer_len], NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH-buffer_len, p_str, p_args[0], p_args[1], p_args[2], p_args[3]); + break; + + case 5: + tmp_str_len = + snprintf(&str[buffer_len], + NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH-buffer_len, + p_str, + p_args[0], + p_args[1], + p_args[2], + p_args[3], + p_args[4]); + break; + + case 6: + tmp_str_len = + snprintf(&str[buffer_len], + NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH-buffer_len, + p_str, + p_args[0], + p_args[1], + p_args[2], + p_args[3], + p_args[4], + p_args[5]); + break; + + default: + break; + } + status = buf_len_update(&buffer_len, tmp_str_len); + uint32_t full_buff_len = NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS ? + buffer_len + sizeof(m_default_color)-1 : buffer_len; + if (status && (full_buff_len <= NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH)) + { + if (NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS) + { + memcpy(&str[buffer_len], m_default_color, sizeof(m_default_color)-1); + buffer_len = full_buff_len; + } + return serial_tx((uint8_t *)str, buffer_len); + } + else + { + // error, snprintf failed. + return false; + } +} + + +static void byte2hex(const uint8_t c, char * p_out) +{ + uint8_t nibble; + uint32_t i = 2; + + while (i-- != 0) + { + nibble = (c >> (4 * i)) & 0x0F; + p_out[1 - i] = (nibble > 9) ? ('A' + nibble - 10) : ('0' + nibble); + } +} + + +static uint32_t nrf_log_backend_serial_hexdump_handler( + uint8_t severity_level, + const uint32_t * const p_timestamp, + const char * const p_str, + uint32_t offset, + const uint8_t * const p_buf0, + uint32_t buf0_length, + const uint8_t * const p_buf1, + uint32_t buf1_length) +{ + char str[NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH]; + uint32_t slen; + char * p_hex_part; + char * p_char_part; + uint8_t c; + uint32_t byte_in_line; + uint32_t buffer_len = 0; + uint32_t byte_cnt = offset; + uint32_t length = buf0_length + buf1_length; + uint32_t timestamp_len = p_timestamp ? + NRF_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DIGITS+2 : 0; //+2 since timestamp is in brackets + + if (serial_is_busy()) + { + return offset; + } + + // If it is the first part of hexdump print the header + if (offset == 0) + { + if (!timestamp_process(p_timestamp, &str[buffer_len], &buffer_len)) + { + return offset; + } + slen = strlen(p_str); + // Saturate string if it's too long. + slen = (slen > HEXDUMP_MAX_STR_LEN) ? HEXDUMP_MAX_STR_LEN : slen; + memcpy(&str[buffer_len], p_str, slen); + buffer_len += slen; + } + + do + { + + uint32_t i; + uint32_t hex_part_offset = buffer_len; + uint32_t char_part_offset = hex_part_offset + + (HEXDUMP_BYTES_PER_LINE * HEXDUMP_HEXBYTE_AREA + 1) + // +1 - separator between hexdump and characters. + timestamp_len; + + p_hex_part = &str[hex_part_offset]; + p_char_part = &str[char_part_offset]; + + // Fill the blanks to align to timestamp print + for (i = 0; i < timestamp_len; i++) + { + *p_hex_part = ' '; + ++p_hex_part; + } + + for (byte_in_line = 0; byte_in_line < HEXDUMP_BYTES_PER_LINE; byte_in_line++) + { + if (byte_cnt >= length) + { + // file the blanks + *p_hex_part++ = ' '; + *p_hex_part++ = ' '; + *p_hex_part++ = ' '; + *p_char_part++ = ' '; + } + else + { + if (byte_cnt < buf0_length) + { + c = p_buf0[byte_cnt]; + } + else + { + c = p_buf1[byte_cnt - buf0_length]; + } + byte2hex(c, p_hex_part); + p_hex_part += 2; // move the pointer since byte in hex was added. + *p_hex_part++ = ' '; + *p_char_part++ = isprint(c) ? c : '.'; + byte_cnt++; + } + } + *p_char_part++ = '\r'; + *p_char_part++ = '\n'; + *p_hex_part++ = ' '; + buffer_len += timestamp_len + + (HEXDUMP_BYTES_PER_LINE * HEXDUMP_HEXBYTE_AREA + 1) + // space for hex dump and separator between hexdump and string + HEXDUMP_BYTES_PER_LINE + // space for stringS dump + 2; // space for new line + if (NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS) + { + memcpy(&str[buffer_len], m_default_color, sizeof(m_default_color)-1); + buffer_len += sizeof(m_default_color)-1; + } + + if (!serial_tx((uint8_t *)str, buffer_len)) + { + return byte_cnt; + } + + if (serial_is_busy()) + { + return byte_cnt; + } + buffer_len = 0; + } + while (byte_cnt < length); + return byte_cnt; +} + + +nrf_log_std_handler_t nrf_log_backend_std_handler_get(void) +{ + return nrf_log_backend_serial_std_handler; +} + + +nrf_log_hexdump_handler_t nrf_log_backend_hexdump_handler_get(void) +{ + return nrf_log_backend_serial_hexdump_handler; +} + + +uint8_t nrf_log_backend_getchar(void) +{ + return serial_get_byte(); +} + +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(NRF_LOG) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_ctrl_internal.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_ctrl_internal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..176e17b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_ctrl_internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_LOG_CTRL_INTERNAL_H +#define NRF_LOG_CTRL_INTERNAL_H +/** + * @cond (NODOX) + * @defgroup nrf_log_ctrl_internal Auxiliary internal types declarations + * @{ + * @internal + */ + +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(NRF_LOG) +#include "app_util_platform.h" + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_INIT(timestamp_func) \ + nrf_log_init(timestamp_func) + +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_PROCESS() false +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FLUSH() +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FINAL_FLUSH() +#else +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_PROCESS() nrf_log_frontend_dequeue() +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FLUSH() \ + do { \ + while (NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_PROCESS()); \ + } while(0) + +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_BACKEND_FINAL NRF_BREAKPOINT_COND +#else +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_BACKEND_FINAL +#endif + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FINAL_FLUSH() \ + do { \ + (void)nrf_log_blocking_backend_set(); \ + NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FLUSH(); \ + NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_BACKEND_FINAL; \ + } while(0) + +#endif + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HANDLERS_SET(default_handler, bytes_handler) \ + nrf_log_handlers_set(default_handler, bytes_handler) + +#else // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(NRF_LOG) +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_PROCESS() false +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FLUSH() +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_INIT(timestamp_func) NRF_SUCCESS +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HANDLERS_SET(default_handler, bytes_handler) \ + UNUSED_PARAMETER(default_handler); UNUSED_PARAMETER(bytes_handler) +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_FINAL_FLUSH() +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(NRF_LOG) + +/** @} + * @endcond + */ +#endif // NRF_LOG_CTRL_INTERNAL_H diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_frontend.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_frontend.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..29b7732b --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_frontend.c @@ -0,0 +1,798 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(NRF_LOG) +#include "app_util.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" +#include "nrf_log.h" +#include "nrf_log_internal.h" +#include "nrf_log_backend.h" +#include "nrf_log_ctrl.h" +#include + +#if NRF_LOG_DEFERRED +STATIC_ASSERT((NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE == 0) || IS_POWER_OF_TWO(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE)); +#else +#define NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE 1 +#endif + +/** + * brief An internal control block of the logger + * + * @note Circular buffer is using never cleared indexes and a mask. It means + * that logger may break when indexes overflows. However, it is quite unlikely. + * With rate of 1000 log entries with 2 parameters per second such situation + * would happen after 12 days. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t wr_idx; // Current write index (never reset) + uint32_t rd_idx; // Current read index (never_reset) + uint32_t mask; // Size of buffer (must be power of 2) presented as mask + uint32_t buffer[NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE]; + nrf_log_timestamp_func_t timestamp_func; // A pointer to function that returns timestamp + nrf_log_std_handler_t std_handler; // A handler used for processing standard log calls + nrf_log_hexdump_handler_t hexdump_handler; // A handler for processing hex dumps +} log_data_t; + +static log_data_t m_log_data; +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 1) +static const char * m_overflow_info = NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR_CODE "Overflow\r\n"; +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 1) + +/** + * Set of macros for encoding and decoding header for log entries. + * There are 3 types of entries: + * 1. Standard entry (STD) + * An entry consists of header, pointer to string and values. Header contains + * severity leveland determines number of arguments and thus size of the entry. + * Since flash address space starts from 0x00000000 and is limited to kB rather + * than MB 22 bits are used to store the address (4MB). It is used that way to + * save one RAM memory. + * + * -------------------------------- + * |TYPE|SEVERITY|NARGS| P_STR | + * |------------------------------| + * | TIMESTAMP (optional) | + * |------------------------------| + * | ARG0 | + * |------------------------------| + * | .... | + * |------------------------------| + * | ARG(nargs-1) | + * -------------------------------- + * + * 2. Hexdump entry (HEXDUMP) is used for dumping raw data. An entry consists of + * header, optional timestamp, pointer to string and data. A header contains + * length (10bit) and offset which is updated after backend processes part of + * data. + * + * -------------------------------- + * |TYPE|SEVERITY|NARGS|OFFSET|LEN| + * |------------------------------| + * | TIMESTAMP (optional) | + * |------------------------------| + * | P_STR | + * |------------------------------| + * | data | + * |------------------------------| + * | data | dummy | + * -------------------------------- + * + * 3. Pushed string. If string is pushed into the logger internal buffer it is + * stored as PUSHED entry. It consists of header, unused data (optional) and + * string. Unused data is present if string does not not fit into a buffer + * without wrapping (and string cannot be wrapped). In that case header + * contains information about offset. + * + * -------------------------------- + * |TYPE| OFFSET | LEN | + * |------------------------------| + * | OFFSET | + * |------------------------------| + * end| OFFSET | + * 0|------------------------------| + * | STRING | + * |------------------------------| + * | STRING | dummy | + * -------------------------------- + */ +#define HEADER_SIZE ((NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP) ? 2 : 1) + +#define STD_ADDR_MASK ((uint32_t)(1U << 22) - 1U) +#define HEADER_TYPE_STD 1U +#define HEADER_TYPE_HEXDUMP 2U +#define HEADER_TYPE_PUSHED 0U + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t type : 2; + uint32_t raw : 1; + uint32_t data : 29; +} nrf_log_generic_header_t; + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t type : 2; + uint32_t raw : 1; + uint32_t severity : 3; + uint32_t nargs : 4; + uint32_t addr : 22; +} nrf_log_std_header_t; + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t type : 2; + uint32_t raw : 1; + uint32_t severity : 3; + uint32_t offset : 10; + uint32_t reserved : 6; + uint32_t len : 10; +} nrf_log_hexdump_header_t; + +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t type : 2; + uint32_t reserved0 : 4; + uint32_t offset : 10; + uint32_t reserved1 : 6; + uint32_t len : 10; +} nrf_log_pushed_header_t; + +typedef union +{ + nrf_log_generic_header_t generic; + nrf_log_std_header_t std; + nrf_log_hexdump_header_t hexdump; + nrf_log_pushed_header_t pushed; + uint32_t raw; +} nrf_log_header_t; + +/* IAR does not support initialization with non-constant variables */ +#if defined ( __ICCARM__ ) +#define STD_HEADER_DEF(NAME, P_STR, SEVERITY, NARGS) \ + nrf_log_header_t NAME = { \ + .std = { \ + .type = HEADER_TYPE_STD, \ + } \ + }; \ + NAME.std.type = HEADER_TYPE_STD; \ + NAME.std.raw = ((SEVERITY) & NRF_LOG_RAW); \ + NAME.std.severity = (SEVERITY) & NRF_LOG_LEVEL_MASK; \ + NAME.std.nargs = (NARGS); \ + NAME.std.addr = ((uint32_t)(P_STR) & STD_ADDR_MASK) +#else +#define STD_HEADER_DEF(NAME, P_STR, SEVERITY, NARGS) \ + nrf_log_header_t NAME = { \ + .std = { \ + .type = HEADER_TYPE_STD, \ + .raw = ((SEVERITY) & NRF_LOG_RAW), \ + .severity = (SEVERITY) & NRF_LOG_LEVEL_MASK, \ + .nargs = (NARGS), \ + .addr = ((uint32_t)(P_STR) & STD_ADDR_MASK)\ + } \ + } +#endif + +#if defined ( __ICCARM__ ) +#define HEXDUMP_HEADER_DEF(NAME, SEVERITY, LENGTH) \ + nrf_log_header_t NAME = { \ + .hexdump = { \ + .type = HEADER_TYPE_HEXDUMP, \ + .offset = 0, \ + } \ + }; \ + NAME.hexdump.raw = ((SEVERITY) & NRF_LOG_RAW); \ + NAME.hexdump.severity = (SEVERITY) & NRF_LOG_LEVEL_MASK;\ + NAME.hexdump.len = (LENGTH) + +#else +#define HEXDUMP_HEADER_DEF(NAME, SEVERITY, LENGTH) \ + nrf_log_header_t NAME = { \ + .hexdump = { \ + .type = HEADER_TYPE_HEXDUMP, \ + .raw = ((SEVERITY) & NRF_LOG_RAW), \ + .severity = (SEVERITY) & NRF_LOG_LEVEL_MASK, \ + .offset = 0, \ + .len = LENGTH, \ + } \ + } +#endif + +#if defined ( __ICCARM__ ) +#define PUSHED_HEADER_DEF(NAME, OFFSET, LENGTH) \ + nrf_log_header_t NAME = { \ + .pushed = { \ + .type = HEADER_TYPE_PUSHED, \ + } \ + }; \ + NAME.pushed.offset = (OFFSET); \ + NAME.pushed.len = (LENGTH) + +#else +#define PUSHED_HEADER_DEF(NAME, OFFSET, LENGTH) \ + nrf_log_header_t NAME = { \ + .pushed = { \ + .type = HEADER_TYPE_PUSHED, \ + .offset = (OFFSET), \ + .len = (LENGTH), \ + } \ + } + +#endif + +ret_code_t nrf_log_init(nrf_log_timestamp_func_t timestamp_func) +{ + if (NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP && (timestamp_func == NULL)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + ret_code_t err_code = nrf_log_backend_init(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED ? false : true); + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + nrf_log_frontend_init(nrf_log_backend_std_handler_get(), + nrf_log_backend_hexdump_handler_get(), + timestamp_func); + } + return err_code; +} + + +ret_code_t nrf_log_blocking_backend_set(void) +{ + // Return value is ommited because + return nrf_log_backend_init(true); +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_init(nrf_log_std_handler_t std_handler, + nrf_log_hexdump_handler_t hexdump_handler, + nrf_log_timestamp_func_t timestamp_func) +{ +#if NRF_LOG_DEFERRED + m_log_data.mask = NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE - 1; + m_log_data.wr_idx = 0; + m_log_data.rd_idx = 0; +#endif //NRF_LOG_DEFERRED +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.timestamp_func = timestamp_func; +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + nrf_log_handlers_set(std_handler, hexdump_handler); +} + + +void nrf_log_handlers_set(nrf_log_std_handler_t std_handler, + nrf_log_hexdump_handler_t hexdump_handler) +{ + m_log_data.std_handler = std_handler; + m_log_data.hexdump_handler = hexdump_handler; +} + +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 1) +/** + * @brief Allocates chunk in a buffer for one entry and injects overflow if + * there is no room for requested entry. + * + * @param nargs Number of 32bit arguments. In case of allocating for hex dump it + * is the size of the buffer in 32bit words (ceiled). + * @param p_wr_idx Pointer to write index. + * + * @return True if successful allocation, false otherwise. + * + */ +static inline bool buf_prealloc(uint32_t nargs, uint32_t * p_wr_idx) +{ + nargs += HEADER_SIZE; + uint32_t ovflw_tag_size = HEADER_SIZE; + bool ret = true; + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + *p_wr_idx = m_log_data.wr_idx; + uint32_t available_words = (m_log_data.mask + 1) - (m_log_data.wr_idx - m_log_data.rd_idx); + uint32_t required_words = nargs + ovflw_tag_size; // room for current entry and overflow + if (required_words > available_words) + { + if (available_words >= HEADER_SIZE) + { + // Overflow entry is injected + STD_HEADER_DEF(header, m_overflow_info, NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INTERNAL, 0); + m_log_data.buffer[m_log_data.wr_idx++ & m_log_data.mask] = + header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[m_log_data.wr_idx++ & m_log_data.mask] = + m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + } + // overflow case + ret = false; + } + else + { + m_log_data.wr_idx += nargs; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + return ret; +} + + +/** + * @brief Function for preallocating a continuous chunk of memory from circular buffer. + * + * If buffer does not fit starting from current position it will be allocated at + * the beginning of the circular buffer and offset will be returned indicating + * how much memory has been ommited at the end of the buffer. Function is + * using critical section. + * + * @param len32 Length of buffer to allocate. Given in words. + * @param p_offset Offset of the buffer. + * @param p_wr_idx Pointer to write index. + * + * @return A pointer to the allocated buffer. NULL if allocation failed. + */ +static inline uint32_t * cont_buf_prealloc(uint32_t len32, + uint32_t * p_offset, + uint32_t * p_wr_idx) +{ + uint32_t * p_buf = NULL; + + len32++; // Increment because 32bit header is needed to be stored. + + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + *p_wr_idx = m_log_data.wr_idx; + uint32_t available_words = (m_log_data.mask + 1) - + (m_log_data.wr_idx & m_log_data.mask); + if (len32 <= available_words) + { + // buffer will fit as is + p_buf = &m_log_data.buffer[(m_log_data.wr_idx + 1) & m_log_data.mask]; + m_log_data.wr_idx += len32; + *p_offset = 0; + } + else if (len32 < (m_log_data.rd_idx & m_log_data.mask)) + { + // wraping to the begining of the buffer + m_log_data.wr_idx += (len32 + available_words - 1); + *p_offset = available_words - 1; + p_buf = m_log_data.buffer; + } + available_words = (m_log_data.mask + 1) - (m_log_data.wr_idx - m_log_data.rd_idx); + // If there is no more room for even overflow tag indicate failed allocation. + if (available_words < HEADER_SIZE) + { + p_buf = NULL; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + + return p_buf; +} +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 1) + + +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +static inline void nrf_log_direct_feed(uint8_t type, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t * p_args, + uint32_t nargs) +{ + uint32_t timestamp = 0; + uint32_t * p_timestamp = NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP ? ×tamp : NULL; + +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + timestamp = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#else //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + UNUSED_VARIABLE(timestamp); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + + UNUSED_VARIABLE + (m_log_data.std_handler(type, p_timestamp, (char *)p_str, p_args, nargs)); + +} +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + + +uint32_t nrf_log_push(char * const p_str) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + return (uint32_t)p_str; +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t slen = strlen(p_str) + 1; + uint32_t buflen = CEIL_DIV(slen, 4); + uint32_t offset = 0; + uint32_t wr_idx; + char * p_dst_str = (char *)cont_buf_prealloc(buflen, &offset, &wr_idx); + if (p_dst_str) + { + PUSHED_HEADER_DEF(header, offset, buflen); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; + memcpy(p_dst_str, p_str, slen); + } + return (uint32_t)p_dst_str; +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_std_0(uint8_t severity, char const * const p_str) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + nrf_log_direct_feed(severity, p_str, NULL, 0); +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t nargs = 0; + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t wr_idx; + if (buf_prealloc(nargs, &wr_idx)) + { + // Proceed only if buffer was successfully preallocated. + STD_HEADER_DEF(header, p_str, severity, nargs); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + } +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_std_1(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t args[] = {val0}; + nrf_log_direct_feed(severity, p_str, args, ARRAY_SIZE(args)); +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t nargs = 1; + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t wr_idx; + if (buf_prealloc(nargs, &wr_idx)) + { + // Proceed only if buffer was successfully preallocated. + STD_HEADER_DEF(header, p_str, severity, nargs); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx & mask] = val0; + } +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_std_2(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t args[] = {val0, val1}; + nrf_log_direct_feed(severity, p_str, args, ARRAY_SIZE(args)); +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t nargs = 2; + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t wr_idx; + if (buf_prealloc(nargs, &wr_idx)) + { + // Proceed only if buffer was successfully preallocated. + STD_HEADER_DEF(header, p_str, severity, nargs); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val0; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx & mask] = val1; + } +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_std_3(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1, + uint32_t val2) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t args[] = {val0, val1, val2}; + nrf_log_direct_feed(severity, p_str, args, ARRAY_SIZE(args)); +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t nargs = 3; + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t wr_idx; + if (buf_prealloc(nargs, &wr_idx)) + { + // Proceed only if buffer was successfully preallocated. + STD_HEADER_DEF(header, p_str, severity, nargs); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val0; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val1; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx & mask] = val2; + } +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_std_4(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1, + uint32_t val2, + uint32_t val3) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t args[] = {val0, val1, val2, val3}; + nrf_log_direct_feed(severity, p_str, args, ARRAY_SIZE(args)); +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t nargs = 4; + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t wr_idx; + if (buf_prealloc(nargs, &wr_idx)) + { + // Proceed only if buffer was successfully preallocated. + STD_HEADER_DEF(header, p_str, severity, nargs); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val0; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val1; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val2; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx & mask] = val3; + } +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_std_5(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1, + uint32_t val2, + uint32_t val3, + uint32_t val4) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t args[] = {val0, val1, val2, val3, val4}; + nrf_log_direct_feed(severity, p_str, args, ARRAY_SIZE(args)); +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t nargs = 5; + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t wr_idx; + if (buf_prealloc(nargs, &wr_idx)) + { + // Proceed only if buffer was successfully preallocated. + STD_HEADER_DEF(header, p_str, severity, nargs); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val0; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val1; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val2; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val3; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx & mask] = val4; + } +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_std_6(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1, + uint32_t val2, + uint32_t val3, + uint32_t val4, + uint32_t val5) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t args[] = {val0, val1, val2, val3, val4, val5}; + nrf_log_direct_feed(severity, p_str, args, ARRAY_SIZE(args)); +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t nargs = 6; + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t wr_idx; + if (buf_prealloc(nargs, &wr_idx)) + { + // Proceed only if buffer was successfully preallocated. + STD_HEADER_DEF(header, p_str, severity, nargs); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val0; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val1; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val2; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val3; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = val4; + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx & mask] = val5; + } +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +void nrf_log_frontend_hexdump(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + const void * const p_data, + uint16_t length) +{ +#if (NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t timestamp = 0; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + timestamp = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#else //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + (void) timestamp; +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + + uint32_t curr_offset = 0; + + do + { + curr_offset = m_log_data.hexdump_handler(severity, + NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP ? ×tamp : NULL, + p_str, + curr_offset, + p_data, + length, + NULL, + 0); + } + while (curr_offset < length); +#else //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + + uint32_t wr_idx; + if (buf_prealloc(CEIL_DIV(length, 4) + 1, &wr_idx)) + { + HEXDUMP_HEADER_DEF(header, severity, length); + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = header.raw; +#if NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = m_log_data.timestamp_func(); +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP + m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx++ & mask] = (uint32_t)p_str; + uint32_t space0 = sizeof(uint32_t) * (m_log_data.mask + 1 - (wr_idx & mask)); + if (length <= space0) + { + memcpy(&m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx & mask], p_data, length); + } + else + { + memcpy(&m_log_data.buffer[wr_idx & mask], p_data, space0); + length -= space0; + memcpy(&m_log_data.buffer[0], &((uint8_t *)p_data)[space0], length); + } + } +#endif //(NRF_LOG_DEFERRED == 0) +} + + +bool buffer_is_empty(void) +{ + return (m_log_data.rd_idx == m_log_data.wr_idx); +} + + +bool nrf_log_frontend_dequeue(void) +{ + if (buffer_is_empty()) + { + return false; + } + + uint32_t rd_idx = m_log_data.rd_idx; + uint32_t mask = m_log_data.mask; + uint32_t header_rd_idx = rd_idx; + // uint32_t header = m_log_data.buffer[rd_idx++ & mask]; + nrf_log_header_t header; + header.raw = m_log_data.buffer[rd_idx++ & mask]; + + // Skip any string that is pushed to the circular buffer. + while (header.generic.type == HEADER_TYPE_PUSHED) + { + rd_idx += (header.pushed.len + header.pushed.offset); + header_rd_idx = rd_idx; + header.raw = m_log_data.buffer[rd_idx++ & mask]; + } + + uint32_t * p_timestamp = NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP ? + &m_log_data.buffer[rd_idx++ & mask] : NULL; + + if (header.generic.raw) + { + p_timestamp = NULL; + } + + bool ret = false; + if (header.generic.type == HEADER_TYPE_HEXDUMP) + { + // buffer + char * p_str = (char *)m_log_data.buffer[rd_idx++ & mask]; + uint32_t length = header.hexdump.len; + uint32_t offset = header.hexdump.offset; + uint32_t space0 = sizeof(uint32_t) * (mask + 1 - (rd_idx & mask)); + if (length > space0) + { + uint8_t * ptr0 = space0 ? + (uint8_t *)&m_log_data.buffer[rd_idx & mask] : + (uint8_t *)&m_log_data.buffer[0]; + uint8_t len0 = space0 ? space0 : length; + uint8_t * ptr1 = space0 ? + (uint8_t *)&m_log_data.buffer[0] : NULL; + uint8_t len1 = space0 ? length - space0 : 0; + + offset = m_log_data.hexdump_handler(header.hexdump.severity, + p_timestamp, p_str, + offset, + ptr0, len0, + ptr1, len1); + } + else + { + offset = m_log_data.hexdump_handler( + header.hexdump.severity, + p_timestamp, + p_str, + offset, + (uint8_t *)&m_log_data.buffer[rd_idx & mask], + length, + NULL, 0); + } + + if (offset == length) + { + rd_idx += CEIL_DIV(length, 4); + ret = true; + } + else + { + // If there is more log to process just updated the offset but + // do not move rd_idx. + header.hexdump.offset = offset; + m_log_data.buffer[header_rd_idx & mask] = header.raw; + } + } + else // standard entry + { + uint32_t args[6]; + uint32_t * p_arg = args; + char * p_str = (char *)((uint32_t)header.std.addr); + uint32_t nargs = header.std.nargs; + + uint32_t i; + + for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++) + { + *p_arg = m_log_data.buffer[rd_idx++ & mask]; + p_arg++; + } + + ret = m_log_data.std_handler(header.std.severity, + p_timestamp, + p_str, args, nargs); + } + if (ret) + { + m_log_data.rd_idx = rd_idx; + } + return buffer_is_empty() ? false : true; + +} + +uint8_t nrf_log_getchar(void) +{ + return nrf_log_backend_getchar(); +} + +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(NRF_LOG) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_internal.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_internal.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..01b7e357 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/log/src/nrf_log_internal.h @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#ifndef NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_H__ +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_H__ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include +#include + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL +#define NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL 0 +#endif + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS +#define NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS 0 +#endif + +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR 1U +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING 2U +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO 3U +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG 4U +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INTERNAL 5U +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL_MASK 0x07 +#define NRF_LOG_RAW_POS 4U +#define NRF_LOG_RAW (1U << NRF_LOG_RAW_POS) +#define NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO_RAW (NRF_LOG_RAW | NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO) + + +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_DEFAULT "\x1B[0m" +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_BLACK "\x1B[1;30m" +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_RED "\x1B[1;31m" +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_GREEN "\x1B[1;32m" +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_YELLOW "\x1B[1;33m" +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_BLUE "\x1B[1;34m" +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_MAGENTA "\x1B[1;35m" +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_CYAN "\x1B[1;36m" +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_WHITE "\x1B[1;37m" + +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_0 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_DEFAULT +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_1 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_BLACK +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_2 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_RED +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_3 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_GREEN +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_4 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_YELLOW +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_5 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_BLUE +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_6 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_MAGENTA +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_7 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_CYAN +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_8 NRF_LOG_COLOR_CODE_WHITE + +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_DECODE(N) CONCAT_2(NRF_LOG_COLOR_, N) +#if NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS +#define NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR_CODE NRF_LOG_COLOR_DECODE(NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR) +#define NRF_LOG_WARNING_COLOR_CODE NRF_LOG_COLOR_DECODE(NRF_LOG_WARNING_COLOR) +#define NRF_LOG_INFO_COLOR_CODE NRF_LOG_COLOR_DECODE(NRF_LOG_INFO_COLOR) +#define NRF_LOG_DEBUG_COLOR_CODE NRF_LOG_COLOR_DECODE(NRF_LOG_DEBUG_COLOR) +#else // NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS +#define NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR_CODE +#define NRF_LOG_WARNING_COLOR_CODE +#define NRF_LOG_INFO_COLOR_CODE +#define NRF_LOG_DEBUG_COLOR_CODE +#endif // NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS + +#define LOG_INTERNAL_0(type, prefix, str) \ + nrf_log_frontend_std_0(type, prefix str) +#define LOG_INTERNAL_1(type, prefix, str, arg0) \ + nrf_log_frontend_std_1(type, prefix str, arg0) +#define LOG_INTERNAL_2(type, prefix, str, arg0, arg1) \ + nrf_log_frontend_std_2(type, prefix str, arg0, arg1) +#define LOG_INTERNAL_3(type, prefix, str, arg0, arg1, arg2) \ + nrf_log_frontend_std_3(type, prefix str, arg0, arg1, arg2) +#define LOG_INTERNAL_4(type, prefix, str, arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3) \ + nrf_log_frontend_std_4(type, prefix str, arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3) +#define LOG_INTERNAL_5(type, prefix, str, arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) \ + nrf_log_frontend_std_5(type, prefix str, arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4) +#define LOG_INTERNAL_6(type, prefix, str, arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) \ + nrf_log_frontend_std_6(type, prefix str, arg0, arg1, arg2, arg3, arg4, arg5) + +#define LOG_INTERNAL_X(N, ...) CONCAT_2(LOG_INTERNAL_, N) (__VA_ARGS__) +#define LOG_INTERNAL(type, prefix, ...) LOG_INTERNAL_X(NUM_VA_ARGS_LESS_1( \ + __VA_ARGS__), type, prefix, __VA_ARGS__) + +#define NRF_LOG_BREAK ":" + +#define LOG_ERROR_PREFIX NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR_CODE NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME NRF_LOG_BREAK "ERROR:" +#define LOG_WARNING_PREFIX NRF_LOG_WARNING_COLOR_CODE NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME NRF_LOG_BREAK "WARNING:" +#define LOG_INFO_PREFIX NRF_LOG_INFO_COLOR_CODE NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME NRF_LOG_BREAK "INFO:" +#define LOG_DEBUG_PREFIX NRF_LOG_DEBUG_COLOR_CODE NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME NRF_LOG_BREAK "DEBUG:" + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_ERROR(...) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + LOG_INTERNAL(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, LOG_ERROR_PREFIX, __VA_ARGS__); \ + } +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HEXDUMP_ERROR(p_data, len) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + nrf_log_frontend_hexdump(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_ERROR, LOG_ERROR_PREFIX "\r\n", (p_data), (len)); \ + } + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_WARNING(...) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + LOG_INTERNAL(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, LOG_WARNING_PREFIX, __VA_ARGS__); \ + } +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HEXDUMP_WARNING(p_data, len) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + nrf_log_frontend_hexdump(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING, LOG_WARNING_PREFIX "\r\n", (p_data), (len)); \ + } + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_INFO(...) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + LOG_INTERNAL(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO, LOG_INFO_PREFIX, __VA_ARGS__); \ + } + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_RAW_INFO(...) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + LOG_INTERNAL(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO | NRF_LOG_RAW, "", __VA_ARGS__); \ + } + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HEXDUMP_INFO(p_data, len) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + nrf_log_frontend_hexdump(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO, LOG_INFO_PREFIX "\r\n", (p_data), (len)); \ + } + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_RAW_HEXDUMP_INFO(p_data, len) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + nrf_log_frontend_hexdump(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_INFO | NRF_LOG_RAW, "", (p_data), (len)); \ + } + +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_DEBUG(...) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + LOG_INTERNAL(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG, LOG_DEBUG_PREFIX, __VA_ARGS__); \ + } +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_HEXDUMP_DEBUG(p_data, len) \ + if ((NRF_LOG_LEVEL >= NRF_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG) && \ + (NRF_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG <= NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL)) \ + { \ + nrf_log_frontend_hexdump(NRF_LOG_LEVEL_DEBUG, LOG_DEBUG_PREFIX "\r\n", (p_data), (len)); \ + } + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(NRF_LOG) +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_GETCHAR() nrf_log_getchar() +#else +#define NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_GETCHAR() (void) +#endif + +/** + * @brief A function for logging raw string. + * + * @param severity Severity. + * @param p_str A pointer to a string. + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_std_0(uint8_t severity, char const * const p_str); + +/** + * @brief A function for logging a formatted string with one argument. + * + * @param severity Severity. + * @param p_str A pointer to a formatted string. + * @param val0 An argument. + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_std_1(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0); + +/** + * @brief A function for logging a formatted string with 2 arguments. + * + * @param severity Severity. + * @param p_str A pointer to a formatted string. + * @param val0, val1 Arguments for formatting string. + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_std_2(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1); + +/** + * @brief A function for logging a formatted string with 3 arguments. + * + * @param severity Severity. + * @param p_str A pointer to a formatted string. + * @param val0, val1, val2 Arguments for formatting string. + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_std_3(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1, + uint32_t val2); + +/** + * @brief A function for logging a formatted string with 4 arguments. + * + * @param severity Severity. + * @param p_str A pointer to a formatted string. + * @param val0, val1, val2, val3 Arguments for formatting string. + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_std_4(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1, + uint32_t val2, + uint32_t val3); + +/** + * @brief A function for logging a formatted string with 5 arguments. + * + * @param severity Severity. + * @param p_str A pointer to a formatted string. + * @param val0, val1, val2, val3, val4 Arguments for formatting string. + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_std_5(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1, + uint32_t val2, + uint32_t val3, + uint32_t val4); + +/** + * @brief A function for logging a formatted string with 6 arguments. + * + * @param severity Severity. + * @param p_str A pointer to a formatted string. + * @param val0, val1, val2, val3, val4, val5 Arguments for formatting string. + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_std_6(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + uint32_t val0, + uint32_t val1, + uint32_t val2, + uint32_t val3, + uint32_t val4, + uint32_t val5); + +/** + * @brief A function for logging raw data. + * + * @param severity Severity. + * @param p_str A pointer to a string which is prefixing the data. + * @param p_data A pointer to data to be dumped. + * @param length Length of data (in bytes). + * + */ +void nrf_log_frontend_hexdump(uint8_t severity, + char const * const p_str, + const void * const p_data, + uint16_t length); + +/** + * @brief A function for reading a byte from log backend. + * + * @return Byte. + */ +uint8_t nrf_log_getchar(void); +#endif // NRF_LOG_INTERNAL_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6190ff82 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler.c @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(APP_SCHEDULER) +#include "app_scheduler.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf_soc.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" + +/**@brief Structure for holding a scheduled event header. */ +typedef struct +{ + app_sched_event_handler_t handler; /**< Pointer to event handler to receive the event. */ + uint16_t event_data_size; /**< Size of event data. */ +} event_header_t; + +STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(event_header_t) <= APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE); + +static event_header_t * m_queue_event_headers; /**< Array for holding the queue event headers. */ +static uint8_t * m_queue_event_data; /**< Array for holding the queue event data. */ +static volatile uint8_t m_queue_start_index; /**< Index of queue entry at the start of the queue. */ +static volatile uint8_t m_queue_end_index; /**< Index of queue entry at the end of the queue. */ +static uint16_t m_queue_event_size; /**< Maximum event size in queue. */ +static uint16_t m_queue_size; /**< Number of queue entries. */ + +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER +static uint16_t m_max_queue_utilization; /**< Maximum observed queue utilization. */ +#endif + +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE +static uint32_t m_scheduler_paused_counter = 0; /**< Counter storing the difference between pausing + and resuming the scheduler. */ +#endif + +/**@brief Function for incrementing a queue index, and handle wrap-around. + * + * @param[in] index Old index. + * + * @return New (incremented) index. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t next_index(uint8_t index) +{ + return (index < m_queue_size) ? (index + 1) : 0; +} + + +static __INLINE uint8_t app_sched_queue_full() +{ + uint8_t tmp = m_queue_start_index; + return next_index(m_queue_end_index) == tmp; +} + +/**@brief Macro for checking if a queue is full. */ +#define APP_SCHED_QUEUE_FULL() app_sched_queue_full() + + +static __INLINE uint8_t app_sched_queue_empty() +{ + uint8_t tmp = m_queue_start_index; + return m_queue_end_index == tmp; +} + +/**@brief Macro for checking if a queue is empty. */ +#define APP_SCHED_QUEUE_EMPTY() app_sched_queue_empty() + + +uint32_t app_sched_init(uint16_t event_size, uint16_t queue_size, void * p_event_buffer) +{ + uint16_t data_start_index = (queue_size + 1) * sizeof(event_header_t); + + // Check that buffer is correctly aligned + if (!is_word_aligned(p_event_buffer)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + // Initialize event scheduler + m_queue_event_headers = p_event_buffer; + m_queue_event_data = &((uint8_t *)p_event_buffer)[data_start_index]; + m_queue_end_index = 0; + m_queue_start_index = 0; + m_queue_event_size = event_size; + m_queue_size = queue_size; + +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER + m_max_queue_utilization = 0; +#endif + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +uint16_t app_sched_queue_space_get() +{ + uint16_t start = m_queue_start_index; + uint16_t end = m_queue_end_index; + uint16_t free_space = m_queue_size - ((end >= start) ? + (end - start) : (m_queue_size + 1 - start + end)); + return free_space; +} + + +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER +static void queue_utilization_check(void) +{ + uint16_t start = m_queue_start_index; + uint16_t end = m_queue_end_index; + uint16_t queue_utilization = (end >= start) ? (end - start) : + (m_queue_size + 1 - start + end); + + if (queue_utilization > m_max_queue_utilization) + { + m_max_queue_utilization = queue_utilization; + } +} + +uint16_t app_sched_queue_utilization_get(void) +{ + return m_max_queue_utilization; +} +#endif // APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER + + +uint32_t app_sched_event_put(void * p_event_data, + uint16_t event_data_size, + app_sched_event_handler_t handler) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + + if (event_data_size <= m_queue_event_size) + { + uint16_t event_index = 0xFFFF; + + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + + if (!APP_SCHED_QUEUE_FULL()) + { + event_index = m_queue_end_index; + m_queue_end_index = next_index(m_queue_end_index); + + #if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER + // This function call must be protected with critical region because + // it modifies 'm_max_queue_utilization'. + queue_utilization_check(); + #endif + } + + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + + if (event_index != 0xFFFF) + { + // NOTE: This can be done outside the critical region since the event consumer will + // always be called from the main loop, and will thus never interrupt this code. + m_queue_event_headers[event_index].handler = handler; + if ((p_event_data != NULL) && (event_data_size > 0)) + { + memcpy(&m_queue_event_data[event_index * m_queue_event_size], + p_event_data, + event_data_size); + m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size = event_data_size; + } + else + { + m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size = 0; + } + + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH; + } + + return err_code; +} + + +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE +void app_sched_pause(void) +{ + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + + if (m_scheduler_paused_counter < UINT32_MAX) + { + m_scheduler_paused_counter++; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); +} + +void app_sched_resume(void) +{ + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + + if (m_scheduler_paused_counter > 0) + { + m_scheduler_paused_counter--; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); +} +#endif //APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE + + +/**@brief Function for checking if scheduler is paused which means that should break processing + * events. + * + * @return Boolean value - true if scheduler is paused, false otherwise. + */ +static __INLINE bool is_app_sched_paused(void) +{ +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE + return (m_scheduler_paused_counter > 0); +#else + return false; +#endif +} + + +void app_sched_execute(void) +{ + while (!is_app_sched_paused() && !APP_SCHED_QUEUE_EMPTY()) + { + // Since this function is only called from the main loop, there is no + // need for a critical region here, however a special care must be taken + // regarding update of the queue start index (see the end of the loop). + uint16_t event_index = m_queue_start_index; + + void * p_event_data; + uint16_t event_data_size; + app_sched_event_handler_t event_handler; + + p_event_data = &m_queue_event_data[event_index * m_queue_event_size]; + event_data_size = m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size; + event_handler = m_queue_event_headers[event_index].handler; + + event_handler(p_event_data, event_data_size); + + // Event processed, now it is safe to move the queue start index, + // so the queue entry occupied by this event can be used to store + // a next one. + m_queue_start_index = next_index(m_queue_start_index); + } +} +#endif //NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(APP_SCHEDULER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3c8982f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler.h @@ -0,0 +1,184 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup app_scheduler Scheduler + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief The scheduler is used for transferring execution from the interrupt context to the main + * context. + * + * @details See @ref seq_diagrams_sched for sequence diagrams illustrating the flow of events + * when using the Scheduler. + * + * @section app_scheduler_req Requirements: + * + * @subsection main_context_logic Logic in main context: + * + * - Define an event handler for each type of event expected. + * - Initialize the scheduler by calling the APP_SCHED_INIT() macro before entering the + * application main loop. + * - Call app_sched_execute() from the main loop each time the application wakes up because of an + * event (typically when sd_app_evt_wait() returns). + * + * @subsection int_context_logic Logic in interrupt context: + * + * - In the interrupt handler, call app_sched_event_put() + * with the appropriate data and event handler. This will insert an event into the + * scheduler's queue. The app_sched_execute() function will pull this event and call its + * handler in the main context. + * + * @if (PERIPHERAL) + * For an example usage of the scheduler, see the implementations of + * @ref ble_sdk_app_hids_mouse and @ref ble_sdk_app_hids_keyboard. + * @endif + * + * @image html scheduler_working.svg The high level design of the scheduler + */ + +#ifndef APP_SCHEDULER_H__ +#define APP_SCHEDULER_H__ + +#include "sdk_config.h" +#include +#include "app_error.h" +#include "app_util.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE 8 /**< Size of app_scheduler.event_header_t (only for use inside APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE()). */ + +/**@brief Compute number of bytes required to hold the scheduler buffer. + * + * @param[in] EVENT_SIZE Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler. + * @param[in] QUEUE_SIZE Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of events + * that can be scheduled for execution). + * + * @return Required scheduler buffer size (in bytes). + */ +#define APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE(EVENT_SIZE, QUEUE_SIZE) \ + (((EVENT_SIZE) + APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE) * ((QUEUE_SIZE) + 1)) + +/**@brief Scheduler event handler type. */ +typedef void (*app_sched_event_handler_t)(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size); + +/**@brief Macro for initializing the event scheduler. + * + * @details It will also handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required by the + * scheduler, making sure the buffer is correctly aligned. + * + * @param[in] EVENT_SIZE Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler. + * @param[in] QUEUE_SIZE Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of events + * that can be scheduled for execution). + * + * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it + * several times as long as it is from the same location, e.g. to do a reinitialization). + */ +#define APP_SCHED_INIT(EVENT_SIZE, QUEUE_SIZE) \ + do \ + { \ + static uint32_t APP_SCHED_BUF[CEIL_DIV(APP_SCHED_BUF_SIZE((EVENT_SIZE), (QUEUE_SIZE)), \ + sizeof(uint32_t))]; \ + uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_sched_init((EVENT_SIZE), (QUEUE_SIZE), APP_SCHED_BUF); \ + APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \ + } while (0) + +/**@brief Function for initializing the Scheduler. + * + * @details It must be called before entering the main loop. + * + * @param[in] max_event_size Maximum size of events to be passed through the scheduler. + * @param[in] queue_size Number of entries in scheduler queue (i.e. the maximum number of + * events that can be scheduled for execution). + * @param[in] p_evt_buffer Pointer to memory buffer for holding the scheduler queue. It must + * be dimensioned using the APP_SCHED_BUFFER_SIZE() macro. The buffer + * must be aligned to a 4 byte boundary. + * + * @note Normally initialization should be done using the APP_SCHED_INIT() macro, as that will both + * allocate the scheduler buffer, and also align the buffer correctly. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte + * boundary). + */ +uint32_t app_sched_init(uint16_t max_event_size, uint16_t queue_size, void * p_evt_buffer); + +/**@brief Function for executing all scheduled events. + * + * @details This function must be called from within the main loop. It will execute all events + * scheduled since the last time it was called. + */ +void app_sched_execute(void); + +/**@brief Function for scheduling an event. + * + * @details Puts an event into the event queue. + * + * @param[in] p_event_data Pointer to event data to be scheduled. + * @param[in] event_size Size of event data to be scheduled. + * @param[in] handler Event handler to receive the event. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code. + */ +uint32_t app_sched_event_put(void * p_event_data, + uint16_t event_size, + app_sched_event_handler_t handler); + +/**@brief Function for getting the maximum observed queue utilization. + * + * Function for tuning the module and determining QUEUE_SIZE value and thus module RAM usage. + * + * @note @ref APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER must be enabled to use this functionality. + * + * @return Maximum number of events in queue observed so far. + */ +uint16_t app_sched_queue_utilization_get(void); + +/**@brief Function for getting the current amount of free space in the queue. + * + * @details The real amount of free space may be less if entries are being added from an interrupt. + * To get the sxact value, this function should be called from the critical section. + * + * @return Amount of free space in the queue. + */ +uint16_t app_sched_queue_space_get(void); + +/**@brief A function to pause the scheduler. + * + * @details When the scheduler is paused events are not pulled from the scheduler queue for + * processing. The function can be called multiple times. To unblock the scheduler the + * function @ref app_sched_resume has to be called the same number of times. + * + * @note @ref APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE must be enabled to use this functionality. + */ +void app_sched_pause(void); + +/**@brief A function to resume a scheduler. + * + * @details To unblock the scheduler this function has to be called the same number of times as + * @ref app_sched_pause function. + * + * @note @ref APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE must be enabled to use this functionality. + */ +void app_sched_resume(void); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_SCHEDULER_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fccbb267 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup app_scheduler_config Events scheduler configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup app_scheduler + */ +/** @brief Enabling scheduler + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define APP_SCHEDULER_ENABLED + +/** @brief Enabling pause feature + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE + + +/** @brief Enabling scheduler profiling + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER + + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler_serconn.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler_serconn.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..37d2589c --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/scheduler/app_scheduler_serconn.c @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "app_scheduler.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf_soc.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" + +/**@brief Structure for holding a scheduled event header. */ +typedef struct +{ + app_sched_event_handler_t handler; /**< Pointer to event handler to receive the event. */ + uint16_t event_data_size; /**< Size of event data. */ +} event_header_t; + +STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof (event_header_t) <= APP_SCHED_EVENT_HEADER_SIZE); + +static event_header_t * m_queue_event_headers; /**< Array for holding the queue event headers. */ +static uint8_t * m_queue_event_data; /**< Array for holding the queue event data. */ +static volatile uint8_t m_queue_start_index; /**< Index of queue entry at the start of the queue. */ +static volatile uint8_t m_queue_end_index; /**< Index of queue entry at the end of the queue. */ +static uint16_t m_queue_event_size; /**< Maximum event size in queue. */ +static uint16_t m_queue_size; /**< Number of queue entries. */ + +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER +static uint16_t m_max_queue_utilization; /**< Maximum observed queue utilization. */ +#endif + +static uint32_t m_scheduler_paused_counter = 0; /**< Counter storing the difference between pausing + and resuming the scheduler. */ + +/**@brief Function for incrementing a queue index, and handle wrap-around. + * + * @param[in] index Old index. + * + * @return New (incremented) index. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t next_index(uint8_t index) +{ + return (index < m_queue_size) ? (index + 1) : 0; +} + +static __INLINE uint8_t app_sched_queue_full(void) +{ + uint8_t tmp = m_queue_start_index; + return next_index(m_queue_end_index) == tmp; +} + +/**@brief Macro for checking if a queue is full. */ +#define APP_SCHED_QUEUE_FULL() app_sched_queue_full() + +static __INLINE uint8_t app_sched_queue_empty(void) +{ + uint8_t tmp = m_queue_start_index; + return m_queue_end_index == tmp; +} + +/**@brief Macro for checking if a queue is empty. */ +#define APP_SCHED_QUEUE_EMPTY() app_sched_queue_empty() + + +uint32_t app_sched_init(uint16_t event_size, uint16_t queue_size, void * p_event_buffer) +{ + uint16_t data_start_index = (queue_size + 1) * sizeof (event_header_t); + + //Check that buffer is correctly aligned + if (!is_word_aligned(p_event_buffer)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + //Initialize event scheduler + m_queue_event_headers = p_event_buffer; + m_queue_event_data = &((uint8_t *)p_event_buffer)[data_start_index]; + m_queue_end_index = 0; + m_queue_start_index = 0; + m_queue_event_size = event_size; + m_queue_size = queue_size; + +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER + m_max_queue_utilization = 0; +#endif + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +uint16_t app_sched_queue_space_get() +{ + uint16_t start = m_queue_start_index; + uint16_t end = m_queue_end_index; + uint16_t free_space = m_queue_size - ((end >= start) ? + (end - start) : (m_queue_size + 1 - start + end)); + return free_space; +} + + +#if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER +static __INLINE void check_queue_utilization(void) +{ + uint16_t start = m_queue_start_index; + uint16_t end = m_queue_end_index; + uint16_t queue_utilization = (end >= start) ? (end - start) : + (m_queue_size + 1 - start + end); + + if (queue_utilization > m_max_queue_utilization) + { + m_max_queue_utilization = queue_utilization; + } +} + +uint16_t app_sched_queue_utilization_get(void) +{ + return m_max_queue_utilization; +} +#endif // APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER + + +uint32_t app_sched_event_put(void * p_event_data, + uint16_t event_data_size, + app_sched_event_handler_t handler) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + + if (event_data_size <= m_queue_event_size) + { + uint16_t event_index = 0xFFFF; + + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + + if (!APP_SCHED_QUEUE_FULL()) + { + event_index = m_queue_end_index; + m_queue_end_index = next_index(m_queue_end_index); + } + + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + + if (event_index != 0xFFFF) + { + //NOTE: This can be done outside the critical region since the event consumer will + //always be called from the main loop, and will thus never interrupt this code. + m_queue_event_headers[event_index].handler = handler; + + if ((p_event_data != NULL) && (event_data_size > 0)) + { + memcpy(&m_queue_event_data[event_index * m_queue_event_size], + p_event_data, + event_data_size); + m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size = event_data_size; + } + else + { + m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size = 0; + } + + #if APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER + check_queue_utilization(); + #endif + + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + } + else + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH; + } + + return err_code; +} + + +/**@brief Function for reading the next event from specified event queue. + * + * @param[out] pp_event_data Pointer to pointer to event data. + * @param[out] p_event_data_size Pointer to size of event data. + * @param[out] p_event_handler Pointer to event handler function pointer. + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS if new event, NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND if event queue is empty. + */ +static uint32_t app_sched_event_get(void * * pp_event_data, + uint16_t * p_event_data_size, + app_sched_event_handler_t * p_event_handler) +{ + uint32_t err_code = NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND; + + if (!APP_SCHED_QUEUE_EMPTY()) + { + uint16_t event_index; + + //NOTE: There is no need for a critical region here, as this function will only be called + //from app_sched_execute() from inside the main loop, so it will never interrupt + //app_sched_event_put(). Also, updating of (i.e. writing to) the start index will be + //an atomic operation. + event_index = m_queue_start_index; + m_queue_start_index = next_index(m_queue_start_index); + + *pp_event_data = &m_queue_event_data[event_index * m_queue_event_size]; + *p_event_data_size = m_queue_event_headers[event_index].event_data_size; + *p_event_handler = m_queue_event_headers[event_index].handler; + + err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + } + + return err_code; +} + + +void app_sched_pause(void) +{ + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + + if (m_scheduler_paused_counter < UINT32_MAX) + { + m_scheduler_paused_counter++; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); +} + + +void app_sched_resume(void) +{ + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + + if (m_scheduler_paused_counter > 0) + { + m_scheduler_paused_counter--; + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); +} + +/**@brief Function for checking if scheduler is paused which means that should break processing + * events. + * + * @return Boolean value - true if scheduler is paused, false otherwise. + */ +static __INLINE bool is_app_sched_paused(void) +{ + return (m_scheduler_paused_counter > 0); +} + +void app_sched_execute(void) +{ + void * p_event_data; + uint16_t event_data_size; + app_sched_event_handler_t event_handler; + + //Get next event (if any), and execute handler + while ((!is_app_sched_paused()) && + (app_sched_event_get(&p_event_data, &event_data_size, &event_handler) == NRF_SUCCESS)) + { + event_handler(p_event_data, event_data_size); + } +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..057e5fb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer.c @@ -0,0 +1,1050 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "sdk_common.h" +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(APP_TIMER) +#include "app_timer.h" +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_soc.h" +#include "app_error.h" +#include "nrf_delay.h" +#include "app_util_platform.h" + +#define RTC1_IRQ_PRI APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOWEST /**< Priority of the RTC1 interrupt (used for checking for timeouts and executing timeout handlers). */ +#define SWI_IRQ_PRI APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOWEST /**< Priority of the SWI interrupt (used for updating the timer list). */ + +// The current design assumes that both interrupt handlers run at the same interrupt level. +// If this is to be changed, protection must be added to prevent them from interrupting each other +// (e.g. by using guard/trigger flags). +STATIC_ASSERT(RTC1_IRQ_PRI == SWI_IRQ_PRI); + +#define MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL 0x00FFFFFF /**< Maximum value of the RTC counter. */ + +#define RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN 3 /**< Minimum offset between the current RTC counter value and the Capture Compare register. Although the nRF51 Series User Specification recommends this value to be 2, we use 3 to be safer.*/ + +#define MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY 47 /**< Maximum delay until an RTC task is executed. */ + +#define SWI_IRQn SWI0_IRQn +#define SWI_IRQHandler SWI0_IRQHandler + +#define MODULE_INITIALIZED (m_op_queue.p_user_op_queue != NULL) /**< Macro designating whether the module has been initialized properly. */ + +/**@brief Timer node type. The nodes will be used form a linked list of running timers. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ticks_to_expire; /**< Number of ticks from previous timer interrupt to timer expiry. */ + uint32_t ticks_at_start; /**< Current RTC counter value when the timer was started. */ + uint32_t ticks_first_interval; /**< Number of ticks in the first timer interval. */ + uint32_t ticks_periodic_interval; /**< Timer period (for repeating timers). */ + bool is_running; /**< True if timer is running, False otherwise. */ + app_timer_mode_t mode; /**< Timer mode. */ + app_timer_timeout_handler_t p_timeout_handler; /**< Pointer to function to be executed when the timer expires. */ + void * p_context; /**< General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when the timer expires. */ + void * next; /**< Pointer to the next node. */ +} timer_node_t; + +STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_node_t) == APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE); + +/**@brief Set of available timer operation types. */ +typedef enum +{ + TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_NONE, /**< Invalid timer operation type. */ + TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START, /**< Timer operation type Start. */ + TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP, /**< Timer operation type Stop. */ + TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL /**< Timer operation type Stop All. */ +} timer_user_op_type_t; + +/**@brief Structure describing a timer start operation. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t ticks_at_start; /**< Current RTC counter value when the timer was started. */ + uint32_t ticks_first_interval; /**< Number of ticks in the first timer interval. */ + uint32_t ticks_periodic_interval; /**< Timer period (for repeating timers). */ + void * p_context; /**< General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when the timer expires. */ +} timer_user_op_start_t; + +/**@brief Structure describing a timer operation. */ +typedef struct +{ + timer_user_op_type_t op_type; /**< Id of timer on which the operation is to be performed. */ + timer_node_t * p_node; + union + { + timer_user_op_start_t start; /**< Structure describing a timer start operation. */ + } params; +} timer_user_op_t; + +STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_op_t) <= APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE); +STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_user_op_t) % 4 == 0); + +/**@brief Structure describing a timer operations queue. + * + * @details This queue will hold timer operations issued by the application + * until the timer interrupt handler processes these operations. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t first; /**< Index of first entry to have been inserted in the queue (i.e. the next entry to be executed). */ + uint8_t last; /**< Index of last entry to have been inserted in the queue. */ + uint8_t size; /**< Queue size. */ + timer_user_op_t * p_user_op_queue; /**< Queue buffer. */ +} timer_op_queue_t; + +STATIC_ASSERT(sizeof(timer_op_queue_t) % 4 == 0); + +#define CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX (2) + +static timer_op_queue_t m_op_queue; /**< Timer operations queue. */ +static timer_node_t * mp_timer_id_head; /**< First timer in list of running timers. */ +static uint32_t m_ticks_latest; /**< Last known RTC counter value. */ +static uint32_t m_ticks_elapsed[CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue. */ +static uint8_t m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue read index. */ +static uint8_t m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind; /**< Timer internal elapsed ticks queue write index. */ +static app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t m_evt_schedule_func; /**< Pointer to function for propagating timeout events to the scheduler. */ +static bool m_rtc1_running; /**< Boolean indicating if RTC1 is running. */ +static bool m_rtc1_reset; /**< Boolean indicating if RTC1 counter has been reset due to last timer removed from timer list during the timer list handling. */ + +#if APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER +static uint8_t m_max_user_op_queue_utilization; /**< Maximum observed timer user operations queue utilization. */ +#endif + +/**@brief Function for initializing the RTC1 counter. + * + * @param[in] prescaler Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. Set to 0 for no prescaling. + */ +static void rtc1_init(uint32_t prescaler) +{ + NRF_RTC1->PRESCALER = prescaler; + NVIC_SetPriority(RTC1_IRQn, RTC1_IRQ_PRI); +} + + +/**@brief Function for starting the RTC1 timer. + */ +static void rtc1_start(void) +{ + NRF_RTC1->EVTENSET = RTC_EVTEN_COMPARE0_Msk; + NRF_RTC1->INTENSET = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE0_Msk; + + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(RTC1_IRQn); + NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC1_IRQn); + + NRF_RTC1->TASKS_START = 1; + nrf_delay_us(MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY); + + m_rtc1_running = true; +} + + +/**@brief Function for stopping the RTC1 timer. + */ +static void rtc1_stop(void) +{ + NVIC_DisableIRQ(RTC1_IRQn); + + NRF_RTC1->EVTENCLR = RTC_EVTEN_COMPARE0_Msk; + NRF_RTC1->INTENCLR = RTC_INTENSET_COMPARE0_Msk; + + NRF_RTC1->TASKS_STOP = 1; + nrf_delay_us(MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY); + + NRF_RTC1->TASKS_CLEAR = 1; + m_ticks_latest = 0; + nrf_delay_us(MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY); + + m_rtc1_running = false; +} + + +/**@brief Function for returning the current value of the RTC1 counter. + * + * @return Current value of the RTC1 counter. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t rtc1_counter_get(void) +{ + return NRF_RTC1->COUNTER; +} + + +/**@brief Function for computing the difference between two RTC1 counter values. + * + * @return Number of ticks elapsed from ticks_old to ticks_now. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t ticks_diff_get(uint32_t ticks_now, uint32_t ticks_old) +{ + return ((ticks_now - ticks_old) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL); +} + + +/**@brief Function for setting the RTC1 Capture Compare register 0, and enabling the corresponding + * event. + * + * @param[in] value New value of Capture Compare register 0. + */ +static __INLINE void rtc1_compare0_set(uint32_t value) +{ + NRF_RTC1->CC[0] = value; +} + + +/**@brief Function for inserting a timer in the timer list. + * + * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to insert. + */ +static void timer_list_insert(timer_node_t * p_timer) +{ + if (mp_timer_id_head == NULL) + { + mp_timer_id_head = p_timer; + } + else + { + if (p_timer->ticks_to_expire <= mp_timer_id_head->ticks_to_expire) + { + mp_timer_id_head->ticks_to_expire -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire; + + p_timer->next = mp_timer_id_head; + mp_timer_id_head = p_timer; + } + else + { + timer_node_t * p_previous; + timer_node_t * p_current; + uint32_t ticks_to_expire; + + ticks_to_expire = p_timer->ticks_to_expire; + p_previous = mp_timer_id_head; + p_current = mp_timer_id_head; + + while ((p_current != NULL) && (ticks_to_expire > p_current->ticks_to_expire)) + { + ticks_to_expire -= p_current->ticks_to_expire; + p_previous = p_current; + p_current = p_current->next; + } + + if (p_current != NULL) + { + p_current->ticks_to_expire -= ticks_to_expire; + } + + p_timer->ticks_to_expire = ticks_to_expire; + p_timer->next = p_current; + p_previous->next = p_timer; + } + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for removing a timer from the timer queue. + * + * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to remove. + */ +static void timer_list_remove(timer_node_t * p_timer) +{ + timer_node_t * p_previous; + timer_node_t * p_current; + uint32_t timeout; + + // Find the timer's position in timer list. + p_previous = mp_timer_id_head; + p_current = p_previous; + + while (p_current != NULL) + { + if (p_current == p_timer) + { + break; + } + p_previous = p_current; + p_current = p_current->next; + } + + // Timer not in active list. + if (p_current == NULL) + { + return; + } + + // Timer is the first in the list + if (p_previous == p_current) + { + mp_timer_id_head = mp_timer_id_head->next; + + // No more timers in the list. Reset RTC1 in case Start timer operations are present in the queue. + if (mp_timer_id_head == NULL) + { + NRF_RTC1->TASKS_CLEAR = 1; + m_ticks_latest = 0; + m_rtc1_reset = true; + } + } + + // Remaining timeout between next timeout. + timeout = p_current->ticks_to_expire; + + // Link previous timer with next of this timer, i.e. removing the timer from list. + p_previous->next = p_current->next; + + // If this is not the last timer, increment the next timer by this timer timeout. + p_current = p_previous->next; + if (p_current != NULL) + { + p_current->ticks_to_expire += timeout; + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for scheduling a check for timeouts by generating a RTC1 interrupt. + */ +static void timer_timeouts_check_sched(void) +{ + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(RTC1_IRQn); +} + + +/**@brief Function for scheduling a timer list update by generating a SWI interrupt. + */ +static void timer_list_handler_sched(void) +{ + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(SWI_IRQn); +} + + +/**@brief Function for executing an application timeout handler, either by calling it directly, or + * by passing an event to the @ref app_scheduler. + * + * @param[in] p_timer Pointer to expired timer. + */ +static void timeout_handler_exec(timer_node_t * p_timer) +{ + if (m_evt_schedule_func != NULL) + { + uint32_t err_code = m_evt_schedule_func(p_timer->p_timeout_handler, p_timer->p_context); + APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code); + } + else + { + p_timer->p_timeout_handler(p_timer->p_context); + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for checking for expired timers. + */ +static void timer_timeouts_check(void) +{ + // Handle expired of timer + if (mp_timer_id_head != NULL) + { + timer_node_t * p_timer; + timer_node_t * p_previous_timer; + uint32_t ticks_elapsed; + uint32_t ticks_expired; + + // Initialize actual elapsed ticks being consumed to 0. + ticks_expired = 0; + + // ticks_elapsed is collected here, job will use it. + ticks_elapsed = ticks_diff_get(rtc1_counter_get(), m_ticks_latest); + + // Auto variable containing the head of timers expiring. + p_timer = mp_timer_id_head; + + // Expire all timers within ticks_elapsed and collect ticks_expired. + while (p_timer != NULL) + { + // Do nothing if timer did not expire. + if (ticks_elapsed < p_timer->ticks_to_expire) + { + break; + } + + // Decrement ticks_elapsed and collect expired ticks. + ticks_elapsed -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire; + ticks_expired += p_timer->ticks_to_expire; + + // Move to next timer. + p_previous_timer = p_timer; + p_timer = p_timer->next; + + // Execute Task. + if (p_previous_timer->is_running) + { + p_previous_timer->is_running = false; + timeout_handler_exec(p_previous_timer); + } + } + + // Prepare to queue the ticks expired in the m_ticks_elapsed queue. + if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind == m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind) + { + // The read index of the queue is equal to the write index. This means the new + // value of ticks_expired should be stored at a new location in the m_ticks_elapsed + // queue (which is implemented as a double buffer). + + // Check if there will be a queue overflow. + if (++m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind == CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX) + { + // There will be a queue overflow. Hence the write index should point to the start + // of the queue. + m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind = 0; + } + } + + // Queue the ticks expired. + m_ticks_elapsed[m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind] = ticks_expired; + + timer_list_handler_sched(); + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for acquiring the number of ticks elapsed. + * + * @param[out] p_ticks_elapsed Number of ticks elapsed. + * + * @return TRUE if elapsed ticks was read from queue, FALSE otherwise. + */ +static bool elapsed_ticks_acquire(uint32_t * p_ticks_elapsed) +{ + // Pick the elapsed value from queue. + if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind != m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind) + { + // Dequeue elapsed value. + m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind++; + if (m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind == CONTEXT_QUEUE_SIZE_MAX) + { + m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind = 0; + } + + *p_ticks_elapsed = m_ticks_elapsed[m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind]; + + m_ticks_latest += *p_ticks_elapsed; + m_ticks_latest &= MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL; + + return true; + } + else + { + // No elapsed value in queue. + *p_ticks_elapsed = 0; + return false; + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling the timer list deletions. + * + * @return TRUE if Capture Compare register must be updated, FALSE otherwise. + */ +static bool list_deletions_handler(void) +{ + timer_node_t * p_timer_old_head; + uint8_t user_ops_first = m_op_queue.first; + + // Remember the old head, so as to decide if new compare needs to be set. + p_timer_old_head = mp_timer_id_head; + + while (user_ops_first != m_op_queue.last) + { + timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = &m_op_queue.p_user_op_queue[user_ops_first]; + + // Traverse to next operation in queue. + user_ops_first++; + if (user_ops_first == m_op_queue.size) + { + user_ops_first = 0; + } + + switch (p_user_op->op_type) + { + case TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP: + // Delete node if timer is running. + timer_list_remove(p_user_op->p_node); + break; + + case TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL: + // Delete list of running timers, and mark all timers as not running. + while (mp_timer_id_head != NULL) + { + timer_node_t * p_head = mp_timer_id_head; + + p_head->is_running = false; + mp_timer_id_head = p_head->next; + } + break; + + default: + // No implementation needed. + break; + } + } + + // Detect change in head of the list. + return (mp_timer_id_head != p_timer_old_head); +} + + +/**@brief Function for updating the timer list for expired timers. + * + * @param[in] ticks_elapsed Number of elapsed ticks. + * @param[in] ticks_previous Previous known value of the RTC counter. + * @param[out] p_restart_list_head List of repeating timers to be restarted. + */ +static void expired_timers_handler(uint32_t ticks_elapsed, + uint32_t ticks_previous, + timer_node_t ** p_restart_list_head) +{ + uint32_t ticks_expired = 0; + + while (mp_timer_id_head != NULL) + { + timer_node_t * p_timer; + timer_node_t * p_timer_expired; + + // Auto variable for current timer node. + p_timer = mp_timer_id_head; + + // Do nothing if timer did not expire + if (ticks_elapsed < p_timer->ticks_to_expire) + { + p_timer->ticks_to_expire -= ticks_elapsed; + break; + } + + // Decrement ticks_elapsed and collect expired ticks. + ticks_elapsed -= p_timer->ticks_to_expire; + ticks_expired += p_timer->ticks_to_expire; + + // Timer expired, set ticks_to_expire zero. + p_timer->ticks_to_expire = 0; + + // Remove the expired timer from head. + p_timer_expired = mp_timer_id_head; + mp_timer_id_head = p_timer->next; + + // Timer will be restarted if periodic. + if (p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval != 0) + { + p_timer->ticks_at_start = (ticks_previous + ticks_expired) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL; + p_timer->ticks_first_interval = p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval; + p_timer->next = *p_restart_list_head; + *p_restart_list_head = p_timer_expired; + } + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling timer list insertions. + * + * @param[in] p_restart_list_head List of repeating timers to be restarted. + * + * @return TRUE if Capture Compare register must be updated, FALSE otherwise. + */ +static bool list_insertions_handler(timer_node_t * p_restart_list_head) +{ + timer_node_t * p_timer_id_old_head; + + // Remember the old head, so as to decide if new compare needs to be set. + p_timer_id_old_head = mp_timer_id_head; + + // Handle insertions of timers. + while ((p_restart_list_head != NULL) || (m_op_queue.first != m_op_queue.last)) + { + timer_node_t * p_timer; + + if (p_restart_list_head != NULL) + { + p_timer = p_restart_list_head; + p_restart_list_head = p_timer->next; + } + else + { + timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = &m_op_queue.p_user_op_queue[m_op_queue.first]; + + m_op_queue.first++; + if (m_op_queue.first == m_op_queue.size) + { + m_op_queue.first = 0; + } + + p_timer = p_user_op->p_node; + + if ((p_user_op->op_type != TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START) || p_timer->is_running) + { + continue; + } + + p_timer->ticks_at_start = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_at_start; + p_timer->ticks_first_interval = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_first_interval; + p_timer->ticks_periodic_interval = p_user_op->params.start.ticks_periodic_interval; + p_timer->p_context = p_user_op->params.start.p_context; + + if (m_rtc1_reset) + { + p_timer->ticks_at_start = 0; + } + } + + // Prepare the node to be inserted. + if ( + ((p_timer->ticks_at_start - m_ticks_latest) & MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL) + < + (MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL / 2) + ) + { + p_timer->ticks_to_expire = ticks_diff_get(p_timer->ticks_at_start, m_ticks_latest) + + p_timer->ticks_first_interval; + } + else + { + uint32_t delta_current_start; + + delta_current_start = ticks_diff_get(m_ticks_latest, p_timer->ticks_at_start); + if (p_timer->ticks_first_interval > delta_current_start) + { + p_timer->ticks_to_expire = p_timer->ticks_first_interval - delta_current_start; + } + else + { + p_timer->ticks_to_expire = 0; + } + } + + p_timer->ticks_at_start = 0; + p_timer->ticks_first_interval = 0; + p_timer->is_running = true; + p_timer->next = NULL; + + // Insert into list + timer_list_insert(p_timer); + } + + return (mp_timer_id_head != p_timer_id_old_head); +} + + +/**@brief Function for updating the Capture Compare register. + */ +static void compare_reg_update(timer_node_t * p_timer_id_head_old) +{ + // Setup the timeout for timers on the head of the list + if (mp_timer_id_head != NULL) + { + uint32_t ticks_to_expire = mp_timer_id_head->ticks_to_expire; + uint32_t pre_counter_val = rtc1_counter_get(); + uint32_t cc = m_ticks_latest; + uint32_t ticks_elapsed = ticks_diff_get(pre_counter_val, cc) + RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN; + + if (!m_rtc1_running) + { + // No timers were already running, start RTC + rtc1_start(); + } + + cc += (ticks_elapsed < ticks_to_expire) ? ticks_to_expire : ticks_elapsed; + cc &= MAX_RTC_COUNTER_VAL; + + rtc1_compare0_set(cc); + + uint32_t post_counter_val = rtc1_counter_get(); + + if ( + (ticks_diff_get(post_counter_val, pre_counter_val) + RTC_COMPARE_OFFSET_MIN) + > + ticks_diff_get(cc, pre_counter_val) + ) + { + // When this happens the COMPARE event may not be triggered by the RTC. + // The nRF51 Series User Specification states that if the COUNTER value is N + // (i.e post_counter_val = N), writing N or N + 1 to a CC register may not trigger a + // COMPARE event. Hence the RTC interrupt is forcefully pended by calling the following + // function. + rtc1_compare0_set(rtc1_counter_get()); // this should prevent CC to fire again in the background while the code is in RTC-ISR + nrf_delay_us(MAX_RTC_TASKS_DELAY); + timer_timeouts_check_sched(); + } + } + else + { +#if (APP_TIMER_KEEPS_RTC_ACTIVE == 0) + // No timers are running, stop RTC + rtc1_stop(); +#endif //(APP_TIMER_KEEPS_RTC_ACTIVE == 0) + } +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling changes to the timer list. + */ +static void timer_list_handler(void) +{ + timer_node_t * p_restart_list_head = NULL; + + uint32_t ticks_elapsed; + uint32_t ticks_previous; + bool ticks_have_elapsed; + bool compare_update; + timer_node_t * p_timer_id_head_old; + +#if APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER + { + uint8_t size = m_op_queue.size; + uint8_t first = m_op_queue.first; + uint8_t last = m_op_queue.last; + uint8_t utilization = (first <= last) ? (last - first) : (size + 1 - first + last); + + if (utilization > m_max_user_op_queue_utilization) + { + m_max_user_op_queue_utilization = utilization; + } + } +#endif + + // Back up the previous known tick and previous list head + ticks_previous = m_ticks_latest; + p_timer_id_head_old = mp_timer_id_head; + + // Get number of elapsed ticks + ticks_have_elapsed = elapsed_ticks_acquire(&ticks_elapsed); + + // Handle list deletions + compare_update = list_deletions_handler(); + + // Handle expired timers + if (ticks_have_elapsed) + { + expired_timers_handler(ticks_elapsed, ticks_previous, &p_restart_list_head); + compare_update = true; + } + + // Handle list insertions + if (list_insertions_handler(p_restart_list_head)) + { + compare_update = true; + } + + // Update compare register if necessary + if (compare_update) + { + compare_reg_update(p_timer_id_head_old); + } + m_rtc1_reset = false; +} + + +/**@brief Function for enqueueing a new operations queue entry. + * + * @param[in] last_index Index of the next last index to be enqueued. + */ +static void user_op_enque(uint8_t last_index) +{ + m_op_queue.last = last_index; +} + + +/**@brief Function for allocating a new operations queue entry. + * + * @param[out] p_last_index Index of the next last index to be enqueued. + * + * @return Pointer to allocated queue entry, or NULL if queue is full. + */ +static timer_user_op_t * user_op_alloc( uint8_t * p_last_index) +{ + uint8_t last; + timer_user_op_t * p_user_op; + + last = m_op_queue.last + 1; + if (last == m_op_queue.size) + { + // Overflow case. + last = 0; + } + if (last == m_op_queue.first) + { + // Queue is full. + return NULL; + } + + *p_last_index = last; + p_user_op = &m_op_queue.p_user_op_queue[m_op_queue.last]; + + return p_user_op; +} + + +/**@brief Function for scheduling a Timer Start operation. + * + * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to start. + * @param[in] timeout_initial Time (in ticks) to first timer expiry. + * @param[in] timeout_periodic Time (in ticks) between periodic expiries. + * @param[in] p_context General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the timeout handler when + * the timer expires. + * @return NRF_SUCCESS on success, otherwise an error code. + */ + +static uint32_t timer_start_op_schedule(timer_node_t * p_node, + uint32_t timeout_initial, + uint32_t timeout_periodic, + void * p_context) +{ + uint8_t last_index; + uint32_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = user_op_alloc(&last_index); + if (p_user_op == NULL) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + else + { + + p_user_op->op_type = TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_START; + p_user_op->p_node = p_node; + p_user_op->params.start.ticks_at_start = rtc1_counter_get(); + p_user_op->params.start.ticks_first_interval = timeout_initial; + p_user_op->params.start.ticks_periodic_interval = timeout_periodic; + p_user_op->params.start.p_context = p_context; + + user_op_enque(last_index); + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + timer_list_handler_sched(); + } + + return err_code; +} + + +/**@brief Function for scheduling a Timer Stop operation. + * + * @param[in] timer_id Id of timer to stop. + * @param[in] op_type Type of stop operation + * + * @return NRF_SUCCESS on successful scheduling a timer stop operation. NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM when there + * is no memory left to schedule the timer stop operation. + */ +static uint32_t timer_stop_op_schedule(timer_node_t * p_node, + timer_user_op_type_t op_type) +{ + uint8_t last_index; + uint32_t err_code = NRF_SUCCESS; + + CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(); + timer_user_op_t * p_user_op = user_op_alloc(&last_index); + if (p_user_op == NULL) + { + err_code = NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM; + } + else + { + p_user_op->op_type = op_type; + p_user_op->p_node = p_node; + + user_op_enque(last_index); + } + CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT(); + + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + timer_list_handler_sched(); + } + + return err_code; +} + +/**@brief Function for handling the RTC1 interrupt. + * + * @details Checks for timeouts, and executes timeout handlers for expired timers. + */ +void RTC1_IRQHandler(void) +{ + // Clear all events (also unexpected ones) + NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[0] = 0; + NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[1] = 0; + NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[2] = 0; + NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_COMPARE[3] = 0; + NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_TICK = 0; + NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_OVRFLW = 0; + + // Check for expired timers + timer_timeouts_check(); +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling the SWI interrupt. + * + * @details Performs all updates to the timer list. + */ +void SWI_IRQHandler(void) +{ + timer_list_handler(); +} + + +uint32_t app_timer_init(uint32_t prescaler, + uint8_t op_queue_size, + void * p_buffer, + app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func) +{ + // Check that buffer is correctly aligned + if (!is_word_aligned(p_buffer)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + // Check for NULL buffer + if (p_buffer == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + // Stop RTC to prevent any running timers from expiring (in case of reinitialization) + rtc1_stop(); + + m_evt_schedule_func = evt_schedule_func; + + // Initialize operation queue + m_op_queue.first = 0; + m_op_queue.last = 0; + m_op_queue.size = op_queue_size; + m_op_queue.p_user_op_queue = p_buffer; + + mp_timer_id_head = NULL; + m_ticks_elapsed_q_read_ind = 0; + m_ticks_elapsed_q_write_ind = 0; + +#if APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER + m_max_user_op_queue_utilization = 0; +#endif + + NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(SWI_IRQn); + NVIC_SetPriority(SWI_IRQn, SWI_IRQ_PRI); + NVIC_EnableIRQ(SWI_IRQn); + + rtc1_init(prescaler); + + m_ticks_latest = rtc1_counter_get(); + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +uint32_t app_timer_create(app_timer_id_t const * p_timer_id, + app_timer_mode_t mode, + app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler) +{ + // Check state and parameters + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + if (timeout_handler == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + if (p_timer_id == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + if (((timer_node_t*)*p_timer_id)->is_running) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; + } + + timer_node_t * p_node = (timer_node_t *)*p_timer_id; + p_node->is_running = false; + p_node->mode = mode; + p_node->p_timeout_handler = timeout_handler; + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +uint32_t app_timer_start(app_timer_id_t timer_id, uint32_t timeout_ticks, void * p_context) +{ + uint32_t timeout_periodic; + timer_node_t * p_node = (timer_node_t*)timer_id; + + // Check state and parameters + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + if (timer_id == 0) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; + } + if (timeout_ticks < APP_TIMER_MIN_TIMEOUT_TICKS) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + if (p_node->p_timeout_handler == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; + } + + // Schedule timer start operation + timeout_periodic = (p_node->mode == APP_TIMER_MODE_REPEATED) ? timeout_ticks : 0; + + return timer_start_op_schedule(p_node, + timeout_ticks, + timeout_periodic, + p_context); +} + + +uint32_t app_timer_stop(app_timer_id_t timer_id) +{ + timer_node_t * p_node = (timer_node_t*)timer_id; + // Check state and parameters + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + if ((timer_id == NULL) || (p_node->p_timeout_handler == NULL)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE; + } + + p_node->is_running = false; + // Schedule timer stop operation + return timer_stop_op_schedule(p_node, TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP); +} + + +uint32_t app_timer_stop_all(void) +{ + // Check state + VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED(); + + return timer_stop_op_schedule(NULL, TIMER_USER_OP_TYPE_STOP_ALL); +} + + +uint32_t app_timer_cnt_get(void) +{ + return rtc1_counter_get(); +} + + +uint32_t app_timer_cnt_diff_compute(uint32_t ticks_to, + uint32_t ticks_from, + uint32_t * p_ticks_diff) +{ + *p_ticks_diff = ticks_diff_get(ticks_to, ticks_from); + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +#if APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER +uint8_t app_timer_op_queue_utilization_get(void) +{ + return m_max_user_op_queue_utilization; +} +#endif +#endif //NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(APP_TIMER) diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f3d4c1a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer.h @@ -0,0 +1,295 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup app_timer Application Timer + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief Application timer functionality. + * + * @details This module enables the application to create multiple timer instances based on the RTC1 + * peripheral. Checking for time-outs and invocation of user time-out handlers is performed + * in the RTC1 interrupt handler. List handling is done using a software interrupt (SWI0). + * Both interrupt handlers are running in APP_LOW priority level. + * + * @details When calling app_timer_start() or app_timer_stop(), the timer operation is just queued, + * and the software interrupt is triggered. The actual timer start/stop operation is + * executed by the SWI0 interrupt handler. Since the SWI0 interrupt is running in APP_LOW, + * if the application code calling the timer function is running in APP_LOW or APP_HIGH, + * the timer operation will not be performed until the application handler has returned. + * This will be the case, for example, when stopping a timer from a time-out handler when not using + * the scheduler. + * + * @details Use the USE_SCHEDULER parameter of the APP_TIMER_INIT() macro to select if the + * @ref app_scheduler should be used or not. Even if the scheduler is + * not used, app_timer.h will include app_scheduler.h, so when + * compiling, app_scheduler.h must be available in one of the compiler include paths. + */ + +#ifndef APP_TIMER_H__ +#define APP_TIMER_H__ +#include "sdk_config.h" +#include "app_error.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" +#include +#include +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ 32768 /**< Clock frequency of the RTC timer used to implement the app timer module. */ +#define APP_TIMER_MIN_TIMEOUT_TICKS 5 /**< Minimum value of the timeout_ticks parameter of app_timer_start(). */ + +#ifdef RTX +#define APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE 40 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_node_t (used to allocate data). */ +#else +#define APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE 32 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_node_t (used to allocate data). */ +#endif // RTX +#define APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE 24 /**< Size of app_timer.timer_user_op_t (only for use inside APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE()). */ + +/**@brief Compute number of bytes required to hold the application timer data structures. + * + * @param[in] OP_QUEUE_SIZE Size of the queue holding timer operations that are pending execution. + * Note that due to the queue implementation, this size must be one more + * than the size that is actually needed. + * + * @return Required application timer buffer size (in bytes). + */ +#define APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE(OP_QUEUE_SIZE) \ + ( \ + ( \ + (((OP_QUEUE_SIZE) + 1) * APP_TIMER_USER_OP_SIZE) \ + ) \ + ) + +/**@brief Convert milliseconds to timer ticks. + * + * This macro uses 64-bit integer arithmetic, but as long as the macro parameters are + * constants (i.e. defines), the computation will be done by the preprocessor. + * + * When using this macro, ensure that the + * values provided as input result in an output value that is supported by the + * @ref app_timer_start function. For example, when the ticks for 1 ms is needed, the + * maximum possible value of PRESCALER must be 6, when @ref APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ is 32768. + * This will result in a ticks value as 5. Any higher value for PRESCALER will result in a + * ticks value that is not supported by this module. + * + * @param[in] MS Milliseconds. + * @param[in] PRESCALER Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register (must be the same value that was + * passed to APP_TIMER_INIT()). + * + * @return Number of timer ticks. + */ +#define APP_TIMER_TICKS(MS, PRESCALER)\ + ((uint32_t)ROUNDED_DIV((MS) * (uint64_t)APP_TIMER_CLOCK_FREQ, ((PRESCALER) + 1) * 1000)) + +typedef struct app_timer_t { uint32_t data[CEIL_DIV(APP_TIMER_NODE_SIZE, sizeof(uint32_t))]; } app_timer_t; + +/**@brief Timer ID type. + * Never declare a variable of this type, but use the macro @ref APP_TIMER_DEF instead.*/ +typedef app_timer_t * app_timer_id_t; + +/** + * @brief Create a timer identifier and statically allocate memory for the timer. + * + * @param timer_id Name of the timer identifier variable that will be used to control the timer. + */ +#define APP_TIMER_DEF(timer_id) \ + static app_timer_t timer_id##_data = { {0} }; \ + static const app_timer_id_t timer_id = &timer_id##_data + + +/**@brief Application time-out handler type. */ +typedef void (*app_timer_timeout_handler_t)(void * p_context); + +/**@brief Type of function for passing events from the timer module to the scheduler. */ +typedef uint32_t (*app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t) (app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler, + void * p_context); + +/**@brief Timer modes. */ +typedef enum +{ + APP_TIMER_MODE_SINGLE_SHOT, /**< The timer will expire only once. */ + APP_TIMER_MODE_REPEATED /**< The timer will restart each time it expires. */ +} app_timer_mode_t; + +/**@brief Initialize the application timer module. + * + * @details This macro handles dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required by the timer, + * making sure that the buffer is correctly aligned. It will also connect the timer module + * to the scheduler (if specified). + * + * @note This module assumes that the LFCLK is already running. If it is not, the module will + * be non-functional, since the RTC will not run. If you do not use a SoftDevice, you + * must start the LFCLK manually. See the rtc_example's lfclk_config() function + * for an example of how to do this. If you use a SoftDevice, the LFCLK is started on + * SoftDevice init. + * + * + * @param[in] PRESCALER Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. This will decide the + * timer tick rate. Set to 0 for no prescaling. + * @param[in] OP_QUEUE_SIZE Size of the queue holding timer operations that are pending execution. + * @param[in] SCHEDULER_FUNC Pointer to scheduler event handler + * + * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it + * several times as long as it is from the same location, for example, to do a re-initialization). + */ +/*lint -emacro(506, APP_TIMER_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ +#define APP_TIMER_INIT(PRESCALER, OP_QUEUE_SIZE, SCHEDULER_FUNC) \ + do \ + { \ + static uint32_t APP_TIMER_BUF[CEIL_DIV(APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE(OP_QUEUE_SIZE), \ + sizeof(uint32_t))]; \ + uint32_t ERR_CODE = app_timer_init((PRESCALER), \ + (OP_QUEUE_SIZE) + 1, \ + APP_TIMER_BUF, \ + SCHEDULER_FUNC); \ + APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \ + } while (0) + + + +/**@brief Function for initializing the timer module. + * + * Normally, initialization should be done using the APP_TIMER_INIT() macro, because that macro will both + * allocate the buffers needed by the timer module (including aligning the buffers correctly) + * and take care of connecting the timer module to the scheduler (if specified). + * + * @param[in] prescaler Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. Set to 0 for no prescaling. + * @param[in] op_queue_size Size of the queue holding timer operations that are pending + * execution. Note that due to the queue implementation, this size must + * be one more than the size that is actually needed. + * @param[in] p_buffer Pointer to memory buffer for internal use in the app_timer + * module. The size of the buffer can be computed using the + * APP_TIMER_BUF_SIZE() macro. The buffer must be aligned to a + * 4 byte boundary. + * @param[in] evt_schedule_func Function for passing time-out events to the scheduler. Point to + * app_timer_evt_schedule() to connect to the scheduler. Set to NULL + * to make the timer module call the time-out handler directly from + * the timer interrupt handler. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the module was initialized successfully. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If a parameter was invalid (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte + * boundary or NULL). + */ +uint32_t app_timer_init(uint32_t prescaler, + uint8_t op_queue_size, + void * p_buffer, + app_timer_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func); + +/**@brief Function for creating a timer instance. + * + * @param[in] p_timer_id Pointer to timer identifier. + * @param[in] mode Timer mode. + * @param[in] timeout_handler Function to be executed when the timer expires. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the timer was successfully created. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If a parameter was invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the application timer module has not been initialized or + * the timer is running. + * + * @note This function does the timer allocation in the caller's context. It is also not protected + * by a critical region. Therefore care must be taken not to call it from several interrupt + * levels simultaneously. + * @note The function can be called again on the timer instance and will re-initialize the instance if + * the timer is not running. + * @attention The FreeRTOS and RTX app_timer implementation does not allow app_timer_create to + * be called on the previously initialized instance. + */ +uint32_t app_timer_create(app_timer_id_t const * p_timer_id, + app_timer_mode_t mode, + app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler); + +/**@brief Function for starting a timer. + * + * @param[in] timer_id Timer identifier. + * @param[in] timeout_ticks Number of ticks (of RTC1, including prescaling) to time-out event + * (minimum 5 ticks). + * @param[in] p_context General purpose pointer. Will be passed to the time-out handler when + * the timer expires. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the timer was successfully started. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If a parameter was invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the application timer module has not been initialized or the timer + * has not been created. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the timer operations queue was full. + * + * @note The minimum timeout_ticks value is 5. + * @note For multiple active timers, time-outs occurring in close proximity to each other (in the + * range of 1 to 3 ticks) will have a positive jitter of maximum 3 ticks. + * @note When calling this method on a timer that is already running, the second start operation + * is ignored. + */ +uint32_t app_timer_start(app_timer_id_t timer_id, uint32_t timeout_ticks, void * p_context); + +/**@brief Function for stopping the specified timer. + * + * @param[in] timer_id Timer identifier. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the timer was successfully stopped. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM If a parameter was invalid. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the application timer module has not been initialized or the timer + * has not been created. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the timer operations queue was full. + */ +uint32_t app_timer_stop(app_timer_id_t timer_id); + +/**@brief Function for stopping all running timers. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If all timers were successfully stopped. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE If the application timer module has not been initialized. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM If the timer operations queue was full. + */ +uint32_t app_timer_stop_all(void); + +/**@brief Function for returning the current value of the RTC1 counter. + * + * @return Current value of the RTC1 counter. + */ +uint32_t app_timer_cnt_get(void); + +/**@brief Function for computing the difference between two RTC1 counter values. + * + * @param[in] ticks_to Value returned by app_timer_cnt_get(). + * @param[in] ticks_from Value returned by app_timer_cnt_get(). + * @param[out] p_ticks_diff Number of ticks from ticks_from to ticks_to. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the counter difference was successfully computed. + */ +uint32_t app_timer_cnt_diff_compute(uint32_t ticks_to, + uint32_t ticks_from, + uint32_t * p_ticks_diff); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the maximum observed operation queue utilization. + * + * Function for tuning the module and determining OP_QUEUE_SIZE value and thus module RAM usage. + * + * @note APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER must be enabled to use this functionality. + * + * @return Maximum number of events in queue observed so far. + */ +uint8_t app_timer_op_queue_utilization_get(void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_TIMER_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_appsh.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_appsh.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8973f0b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_appsh.c @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "app_timer_appsh.h" +#include "app_scheduler.h" + +static void app_timer_evt_get(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size) +{ + app_timer_event_t * p_timer_event = (app_timer_event_t *)p_event_data; + + APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(event_size == sizeof(app_timer_event_t)); + p_timer_event->timeout_handler(p_timer_event->p_context); +} + +uint32_t app_timer_evt_schedule(app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler, + void * p_context) +{ + app_timer_event_t timer_event; + + timer_event.timeout_handler = timeout_handler; + timer_event.p_context = p_context; + + return app_sched_event_put(&timer_event, sizeof(timer_event), app_timer_evt_get); +} + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_appsh.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_appsh.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b6cfcf1 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_appsh.h @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + #ifndef APP_TIMER_APPSH_H + #define APP_TIMER_APPSH_H + +#include "app_timer.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define APP_TIMER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE sizeof(app_timer_event_t) /**< Size of button events being passed through the scheduler (is to be used for computing the maximum size of scheduler events). */ + +/**@brief Macro for initializing the application timer module to use with app_scheduler. + * + * @param[in] PRESCALER Value of the RTC1 PRESCALER register. This will decide the + * timer tick rate. Set to 0 for no prescaling. + * @param[in] OP_QUEUES_SIZE Size of queues holding timer operations that are pending execution. + * @param[in] USE_SCHEDULER TRUE if the application is using the app_scheduler, + * FALSE otherwise. + * + * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it + * several times as long as it is from the same location, e.g. to do a reinitialization). + */ +#define APP_TIMER_APPSH_INIT(PRESCALER, OP_QUEUES_SIZE, USE_SCHEDULER) \ + APP_TIMER_INIT(PRESCALER, OP_QUEUES_SIZE, \ + (USE_SCHEDULER) ? app_timer_evt_schedule : NULL) + +typedef struct +{ + app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler; + void * p_context; +} app_timer_event_t; + +uint32_t app_timer_evt_schedule(app_timer_timeout_handler_t timeout_handler, + void * p_context); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_TIMER_APPSH_H + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_dox_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_dox_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c142cfca --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/timer/app_timer_dox_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +/** + * + * @defgroup app_timer_config Application timer functionality configuration + * @{ + * @ingroup app_timer + */ +/** @brief Enabling app_timer module + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define APP_TIMER_ENABLED + +/** @brief Enable app_timer profiling + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER + + +/** @brief Enable RTC always on + * + * If option is enabled RTC is kept running even if there is no active timers. + * This option can be used when app_timer is used for timestamping. + * + * Set to 1 to activate. + * + * @note This is an NRF_CONFIG macro. + */ +#define APP_TIMER_KEEPS_RTC_ACTIVE + + + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8fd331c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error.c @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup app_error Common application error handler + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief Common application error handler. + */ + +#include "nrf.h" +#include +#include "app_error.h" +#include "nordic_common.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "nrf_log.h" +#include "nrf_log_ctrl.h" +/**@brief Function for error handling, which is called when an error has occurred. + * + * @warning This handler is an example only and does not fit a final product. You need to analyze + * how your product is supposed to react in case of error. + * + * @param[in] error_code Error code supplied to the handler. + * @param[in] line_num Line number where the handler is called. + * @param[in] p_file_name Pointer to the file name. + */ + +/*lint -save -e14 */ +void app_error_handler(ret_code_t error_code, uint32_t line_num, const uint8_t * p_file_name) +{ + error_info_t error_info = + { + .line_num = line_num, + .p_file_name = p_file_name, + .err_code = error_code, + }; + app_error_fault_handler(NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ERROR, 0, (uint32_t)(&error_info)); + + UNUSED_VARIABLE(error_info); +} + +/*lint -save -e14 */ +void app_error_handler_bare(ret_code_t error_code) +{ + error_info_t error_info = + { + .line_num = 0, + .p_file_name = NULL, + .err_code = error_code, + }; + + app_error_fault_handler(NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ERROR, 0, (uint32_t)(&error_info)); + + UNUSED_VARIABLE(error_info); +} + + +void app_error_save_and_stop(uint32_t id, uint32_t pc, uint32_t info) +{ + /* static error variables - in order to prevent removal by optimizers */ + static volatile struct + { + uint32_t fault_id; + uint32_t pc; + uint32_t error_info; + assert_info_t * p_assert_info; + error_info_t * p_error_info; + ret_code_t err_code; + uint32_t line_num; + const uint8_t * p_file_name; + } m_error_data = {0}; + + // The following variable helps Keil keep the call stack visible, in addition, it can be set to + // 0 in the debugger to continue executing code after the error check. + volatile bool loop = true; + UNUSED_VARIABLE(loop); + + m_error_data.fault_id = id; + m_error_data.pc = pc; + m_error_data.error_info = info; + + switch (id) + { + case NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ASSERT: + m_error_data.p_assert_info = (assert_info_t *)info; + m_error_data.line_num = m_error_data.p_assert_info->line_num; + m_error_data.p_file_name = m_error_data.p_assert_info->p_file_name; + break; + + case NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ERROR: + m_error_data.p_error_info = (error_info_t *)info; + m_error_data.err_code = m_error_data.p_error_info->err_code; + m_error_data.line_num = m_error_data.p_error_info->line_num; + m_error_data.p_file_name = m_error_data.p_error_info->p_file_name; + break; + } + + UNUSED_VARIABLE(m_error_data); + + // If printing is disrupted, remove the irq calls, or set the loop variable to 0 in the debugger. + __disable_irq(); + while (loop); + + __enable_irq(); +} + +/*lint -restore */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..d7a3e22c --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error.h @@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup app_error Common application error handler + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief Common application error handler and macros for utilizing a common error handler. + */ + +#ifndef APP_ERROR_H__ +#define APP_ERROR_H__ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "nordic_common.h" +#include "app_error_weak.h" +#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD +#include "ant_error.h" +#endif // ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_RANGE_START 0x00004000 /**< The start of the range of error IDs defined in the SDK. */ + +/**@defgroup APP_ERROR_FAULT_IDS Fault ID types + * @{ */ +#define NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ERROR NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_RANGE_START + 1 /**< An error stemming from a call to @ref APP_ERROR_CHECK or @ref APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL. The info parameter is a pointer to an @ref error_info_t variable. */ +#define NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ASSERT NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_RANGE_START + 2 /**< An error stemming from a call to ASSERT (nrf_assert.h). The info parameter is a pointer to an @ref assert_info_t variable. */ +/**@} */ + +/**@brief Structure containing info about an error of the type @ref NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ERROR. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t line_num; /**< The line number where the error occurred. */ + uint8_t const * p_file_name; /**< The file in which the error occurred. */ + uint32_t err_code; /**< The error code representing the error that occurred. */ +} error_info_t; + +/**@brief Structure containing info about an error of the type @ref NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ASSERT. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t line_num; /**< The line number where the error occurred. */ + uint8_t const * p_file_name; /**< The file in which the error occurred. */ +} assert_info_t; + +/**@brief Function for error handling, which is called when an error has occurred. + * + * @param[in] error_code Error code supplied to the handler. + * @param[in] line_num Line number where the handler is called. + * @param[in] p_file_name Pointer to the file name. + */ +void app_error_handler(uint32_t error_code, uint32_t line_num, const uint8_t * p_file_name); + +/**@brief Function for error handling, which is called when an error has occurred. + * + * @param[in] error_code Error code supplied to the handler. + */ +void app_error_handler_bare(ret_code_t error_code); + +/**@brief Function for saving the parameters and entering an eternal loop, for debug purposes. + * + * @param[in] id Fault identifier. See @ref NRF_FAULT_IDS. + * @param[in] pc The program counter of the instruction that triggered the fault, or 0 if + * unavailable. + * @param[in] info Optional additional information regarding the fault. Refer to each fault + * identifier for details. + */ +void app_error_save_and_stop(uint32_t id, uint32_t pc, uint32_t info); + +/**@brief Function for printing all error info (using nrf_log). + * + * @details Nrf_log library must be initialized using NRF_LOG_INIT macro before calling + * this function. + * + * @param[in] id Fault identifier. See @ref NRF_FAULT_IDS. + * @param[in] pc The program counter of the instruction that triggered the fault, or 0 if + * unavailable. + * @param[in] info Optional additional information regarding the fault. Refer to each fault + * identifier for details. + */ +static __INLINE void app_error_log(uint32_t id, uint32_t pc, uint32_t info) +{ + switch (id) + { + case NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ASSERT: + //NRF_LOG_INFO(NRF_LOG_COLOR_RED "\r\n*** ASSERTION FAILED ***\r\n"); + if (((assert_info_t *)(info))->p_file_name) + { + // NRF_LOG_INFO(NRF_LOG_COLOR_WHITE "Line Number: %u\r\n", (unsigned int) ((assert_info_t *)(info))->line_num); + //NRF_LOG_INFO("File Name: %s\r\n", ((assert_info_t *)(info))->p_file_name); + } + //NRF_LOG_INFO(NRF_LOG_COLOR_DEFAULT "\r\n"); + break; + + case NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ERROR: + //NRF_LOG_INFO(NRF_LOG_COLOR_RED "\r\n*** APPLICATION ERROR *** \r\n" NRF_LOG_COLOR_WHITE); + if (((error_info_t *)(info))->p_file_name) + { + //NRF_LOG_INFO("Line Number: %u\r\n", (unsigned int) ((error_info_t *)(info))->line_num); + //NRF_LOG_INFO("File Name: %s\r\n", ((error_info_t *)(info))->p_file_name); + } + //NRF_LOG_INFO("Error Code: 0x%X\r\n" NRF_LOG_COLOR_DEFAULT "\r\n", (unsigned int) ((error_info_t *)(info))->err_code); + break; + } +} + +/**@brief Function for printing all error info (using printf). + * + * @param[in] id Fault identifier. See @ref NRF_FAULT_IDS. + * @param[in] pc The program counter of the instruction that triggered the fault, or 0 if + * unavailable. + * @param[in] info Optional additional information regarding the fault. Refer to each fault + * identifier for details. + */ +//lint -save -e438 +static __INLINE void app_error_print(uint32_t id, uint32_t pc, uint32_t info) +{ + unsigned int tmp = id; + printf("app_error_print():\r\n"); + printf("Fault identifier: 0x%X\r\n", tmp); + printf("Program counter: 0x%X\r\n", tmp = pc); + printf("Fault information: 0x%X\r\n", tmp = info); + + switch (id) + { + case NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ASSERT: + printf("Line Number: %u\r\n", tmp = ((assert_info_t *)(info))->line_num); + printf("File Name: %s\r\n", ((assert_info_t *)(info))->p_file_name); + break; + + case NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ERROR: + printf("Line Number: %u\r\n", tmp = ((error_info_t *)(info))->line_num); + printf("File Name: %s\r\n", ((error_info_t *)(info))->p_file_name); + printf("Error Code: 0x%X\r\n", tmp = ((error_info_t *)(info))->err_code); + break; + } +} +//lint -restore + + +/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function. + * + * @param[in] ERR_CODE Error code supplied to the error handler. + */ +#ifdef DEBUG +#define APP_ERROR_HANDLER(ERR_CODE) \ + do \ + { \ + app_error_handler((ERR_CODE), __LINE__, (uint8_t*) __FILE__); \ + } while (0) +#else +#define APP_ERROR_HANDLER(ERR_CODE) \ + do \ + { \ + app_error_handler_bare((ERR_CODE)); \ + } while (0) +#endif +/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function if supplied error code any other than NRF_SUCCESS. + * + * @param[in] ERR_CODE Error code supplied to the error handler. + */ +#define APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE) \ + do \ + { \ + const uint32_t LOCAL_ERR_CODE = (ERR_CODE); \ + if (LOCAL_ERR_CODE != NRF_SUCCESS) \ + { \ + APP_ERROR_HANDLER(LOCAL_ERR_CODE); \ + } \ + } while (0) + +/**@brief Macro for calling error handler function if supplied boolean value is false. + * + * @param[in] BOOLEAN_VALUE Boolean value to be evaluated. + */ +#define APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(BOOLEAN_VALUE) \ + do \ + { \ + const uint32_t LOCAL_BOOLEAN_VALUE = (BOOLEAN_VALUE); \ + if (!LOCAL_BOOLEAN_VALUE) \ + { \ + APP_ERROR_HANDLER(0); \ + } \ + } while (0) + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_ERROR_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error_weak.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error_weak.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..fed83204 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error_weak.c @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "app_error.h" + +#define NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME "APP_ERROR" +#include "nrf_log.h" +#include "nrf_log_ctrl.h" +/*lint -save -e14 */ + +/** + * Function is implemented as weak so that it can be overwritten by custom application error handler + * when needed. + */ +__WEAK void app_error_fault_handler(uint32_t id, uint32_t pc, uint32_t info) +{ + NRF_LOG_ERROR("Fatal\r\n"); + NRF_LOG_FINAL_FLUSH(); + // On assert, the system can only recover with a reset. +#ifndef DEBUG + NVIC_SystemReset(); +#else + app_error_save_and_stop(id, pc, info); +#endif // DEBUG +} + +/*lint -restore */ + + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error_weak.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error_weak.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..17e85281 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_error_weak.h @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef APP_ERROR_WEAK_H__ +#define APP_ERROR_WEAK_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup app_error Common application error handler + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief Common application error handler. + */ + +/**@brief Callback function for errors, asserts, and faults. + * + * @details This function is called every time an error is raised in app_error, nrf_assert, or + * in the SoftDevice. Information about the error can be found in the @p info + * parameter. + * + * See also @ref nrf_fault_handler_t for more details. + * + * @note The function is implemented as weak so that it can be redefined by a custom error + * handler when needed. + * + * @param[in] id Fault identifier. See @ref NRF_FAULT_IDS. + * @param[in] pc The program counter of the instruction that triggered the fault, or 0 if + * unavailable. + * @param[in] info Optional additional information regarding the fault. The value of the @p id + * parameter dictates how to interpret this parameter. Refer to the documentation + * for each fault identifier (@ref NRF_FAULT_IDS and @ref APP_ERROR_FAULT_IDS) for + * details about interpreting @p info. + */ +void app_error_fault_handler(uint32_t id, uint32_t pc, uint32_t info); + + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_ERROR_WEAK_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f5bd5244 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util.h @@ -0,0 +1,990 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup app_util Utility Functions and Definitions + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief Various types and definitions available to all applications. + */ + +#ifndef APP_UTIL_H__ +#define APP_UTIL_H__ + +#include +#include +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" +#include "nrf.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +//lint -save -e27 -e10 -e19 +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) +extern char STACK$$Base; +extern char STACK$$Length; +#define STACK_BASE &STACK$$Base +#define STACK_TOP ((void*)((uint32_t)STACK_BASE + (uint32_t)&STACK$$Length)) +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) +extern char CSTACK$$Base; +extern char CSTACK$$Length; +#define STACK_BASE &CSTACK$$Base +#define STACK_TOP ((void*)((uint32_t)STACK_BASE + (uint32_t)&CSTACK$$Length)) +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) +extern uint32_t __StackTop; +extern uint32_t __StackLimit; +#define STACK_BASE &__StackLimit +#define STACK_TOP &__StackTop +#endif +//lint -restore + +enum +{ + UNIT_0_625_MS = 625, /**< Number of microseconds in 0.625 milliseconds. */ + UNIT_1_25_MS = 1250, /**< Number of microseconds in 1.25 milliseconds. */ + UNIT_10_MS = 10000 /**< Number of microseconds in 10 milliseconds. */ +}; + + +/**@brief Implementation specific macro for delayed macro expansion used in string concatenation +* +* @param[in] lhs Left hand side in concatenation +* @param[in] rhs Right hand side in concatenation +*/ +#define STRING_CONCATENATE_IMPL(lhs, rhs) lhs ## rhs + + +/**@brief Macro used to concatenate string using delayed macro expansion +* +* @note This macro will delay concatenation until the expressions have been resolved +* +* @param[in] lhs Left hand side in concatenation +* @param[in] rhs Right hand side in concatenation +*/ +#define STRING_CONCATENATE(lhs, rhs) STRING_CONCATENATE_IMPL(lhs, rhs) + + +// Disable lint-warnings/errors for STATIC_ASSERT_MSG +//lint --emacro(10, STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(18, STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(19, STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(30, STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(37, STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(42, STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(26, STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(102,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(533,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(534,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(132,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(414,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(578,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(628,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(648,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) +//lint --emacro(830,STATIC_ASSERT_MSG) + + +/**@brief Macro for doing static (i.e. compile time) assertion. +* +* @note If the EXPR isn't resolvable, then the error message won't be shown. +* +* @note The output of STATIC_ASSERT_MSG will be different across different compilers. +* +* @param[in] EXPR Constant expression to be verified. +* @param[in] MSG Name of the static assert. +*/ +#if defined(__COUNTER__) + + #define STATIC_ASSERT_MSG(EXPR, MSG) \ + ;enum { STRING_CONCATENATE(MSG, __COUNTER__) = 1 / (!!(EXPR)) } + +#else + + #define STATIC_ASSERT_MSG(EXPR, MSG) \ + ;enum { STRING_CONCATENATE(MSG, __LINE__) = 1 / (!!(EXPR)) } + +#endif + + +/**@brief Macro for doing static (i.e. compile time) assertion. +* +* @note If the EXPR isn't resolvable, then the error message won't be shown. +* +* @note The output of STATIC_ASSERT will be different across different compilers. +* +* @param[in] EXPR Constant expression to be verified. +*/ +#define STATIC_ASSERT(EXPR) STATIC_ASSERT_MSG((EXPR), static_assert_) + + +/**@brief Implementation details for NUM_VAR_ARGS */ +#define NUM_VA_ARGS_IMPL( \ + _0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9, _10, \ + _11, _12, _13, _14, _15, _16, _17, _18, _19, _20, \ + _21, _22, _23, _24, _25, _26, _27, _28, _29, _30, \ + _31, _32, _33, _34, _35, _36, _37, _38, _39, _40, \ + _41, _42, _43, _44, _45, _46, _47, _48, _49, _50, \ + _51, _52, _53, _54, _55, _56, _57, _58, _59, _60, \ + _61, _62, N, ...) N + + +/**@brief Macro to get the number of arguments in a call variadic macro call + * + * param[in] ... List of arguments + * + * @retval Number of variadic arguments in the argument list + */ +#define NUM_VA_ARGS(...) NUM_VA_ARGS_IMPL(__VA_ARGS__, 63, 62, 61, \ + 60, 59, 58, 57, 56, 55, 54, 53, 52, 51, \ + 50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, \ + 40, 39, 38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, \ + 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, \ + 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, \ + 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0) + +/**@brief Implementation details for NUM_VAR_ARGS */ +#define NUM_VA_ARGS_LESS_1_IMPL( \ + _ignored, \ + _0, _1, _2, _3, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9, _10, \ + _11, _12, _13, _14, _15, _16, _17, _18, _19, _20, \ + _21, _22, _23, _24, _25, _26, _27, _28, _29, _30, \ + _31, _32, _33, _34, _35, _36, _37, _38, _39, _40, \ + _41, _42, _43, _44, _45, _46, _47, _48, _49, _50, \ + _51, _52, _53, _54, _55, _56, _57, _58, _59, _60, \ + _61, _62, N, ...) N + +/**@brief Macro to get the number of arguments in a call variadic macro call. + * First argument is not counted. + * + * param[in] ... List of arguments + * + * @retval Number of variadic arguments in the argument list + */ +#define NUM_VA_ARGS_LESS_1(...) NUM_VA_ARGS_LESS_1_IMPL(__VA_ARGS__, 63, 62, 61, \ + 60, 59, 58, 57, 56, 55, 54, 53, 52, 51, \ + 50, 49, 48, 47, 46, 45, 44, 43, 42, 41, \ + 40, 39, 38, 37, 36, 35, 34, 33, 32, 31, \ + 30, 29, 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, \ + 20, 19, 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, 11, \ + 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1, 0, ~) + + +/**@brief type for holding an encoded (i.e. little endian) 16 bit unsigned integer. */ +typedef uint8_t uint16_le_t[2]; + +/**@brief Type for holding an encoded (i.e. little endian) 32 bit unsigned integer. */ +typedef uint8_t uint32_le_t[4]; + +/**@brief Byte array type. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t size; /**< Number of array entries. */ + uint8_t * p_data; /**< Pointer to array entries. */ +} uint8_array_t; + + +/**@brief Macro for performing rounded integer division (as opposed to truncating the result). + * + * @param[in] A Numerator. + * @param[in] B Denominator. + * + * @return Rounded (integer) result of dividing A by B. + */ +#define ROUNDED_DIV(A, B) (((A) + ((B) / 2)) / (B)) + + +/**@brief Macro for checking if an integer is a power of two. + * + * @param[in] A Number to be tested. + * + * @return true if value is power of two. + * @return false if value not power of two. + */ +#define IS_POWER_OF_TWO(A) ( ((A) != 0) && ((((A) - 1) & (A)) == 0) ) + + +/**@brief Macro for converting milliseconds to ticks. + * + * @param[in] TIME Number of milliseconds to convert. + * @param[in] RESOLUTION Unit to be converted to in [us/ticks]. + */ +#define MSEC_TO_UNITS(TIME, RESOLUTION) (((TIME) * 1000) / (RESOLUTION)) + + +/**@brief Macro for performing integer division, making sure the result is rounded up. + * + * @details One typical use for this is to compute the number of objects with size B is needed to + * hold A number of bytes. + * + * @param[in] A Numerator. + * @param[in] B Denominator. + * + * @return Integer result of dividing A by B, rounded up. + */ +#define CEIL_DIV(A, B) \ + (((A) + (B) - 1) / (B)) + + +/**@brief Macro for creating a buffer aligned to 4 bytes. + * + * @param[in] NAME Name of the buffor. + * @param[in] MIN_SIZE Size of this buffor (it will be rounded up to multiples of 4 bytes). + */ +#define WORD_ALIGNED_MEM_BUFF(NAME, MIN_SIZE) static uint32_t NAME[CEIL_DIV(MIN_SIZE, sizeof(uint32_t))] + + +/**@brief Macro for calculating the number of words that are needed to hold a number of bytes. + * + * @details Adds 3 and divides by 4. + * + * @param[in] n_bytes The number of bytes. + * + * @return The number of words that @p n_bytes take up (rounded up). + */ +#define BYTES_TO_WORDS(n_bytes) (((n_bytes) + 3) >> 2) + + +/**@brief The number of bytes in a word. + */ +#define BYTES_PER_WORD (4) + + +/**@brief Macro for increasing a number to the nearest (larger) multiple of another number. + * + * @param[in] alignment The number to align to. + * @param[in] number The number to align (increase). + * + * @return The aligned (increased) @p number. + */ +#define ALIGN_NUM(alignment, number) ((number - 1) + alignment - ((number - 1) % alignment)) + +/**@brief Macro for getting first of 2 parameters. + * + * @param[in] a1 First parameter. + * @param[in] a2 Second parameter. + */ +#define GET_ARG_1(a1, a2) a1 + +/**@brief Macro for getting second of 2 parameters. + * + * @param[in] a1 First parameter. + * @param[in] a2 Second parameter. + */ +#define GET_ARG_2(a1, a2) a2 + + +/**@brief Container of macro (borrowed from Linux kernel). + * + * This macro returns parent structure address basing on child member address. + * + * @param ptr Address of child type. + * @param type Type of parent structure. + * @param member Name of child field in parent structure. + * + * @return Parent structure address. + * */ +#define CONTAINER_OF(ptr, type, member) \ + (type *)((char *)ptr - offsetof(type, member)) + + +/** + * @brief Define Bit-field mask + * + * Macro that defined the mask with selected number of bits set, starting from + * provided bit number. + * + * @param[in] bcnt Number of bits in the bit-field + * @param[in] boff Lowest bit number + */ +#define BF_MASK(bcnt, boff) ( ((1U << (bcnt)) - 1U) << (boff) ) + +/** + * @brief Get bit-field + * + * Macro that extracts selected bit-field from provided value + * + * @param[in] val Value from witch selected bit-field would be extracted + * @param[in] bcnt Number of bits in the bit-field + * @param[in] boff Lowest bit number + * + * @return Value of the selected bits + */ +#define BF_GET(val, bcnt, boff) ( ( (val) & BF_MASK((bcnt), (boff)) ) >> (boff) ) + +/** + * @brief Create bit-field value + * + * Value is masked and shifted to match given bit-field + * + * @param[in] val Value to set on bit-field + * @param[in] bcnt Number of bits for bit-field + * @param[in] boff Offset of bit-field + * + * @return Value positioned of given bit-field. + */ +#define BF_VAL(val, bcnt, boff) ( (((uint32_t)(val)) << (boff)) & BF_MASK(bcnt, boff) ) + +/** + * @name Configuration of complex bit-field + * + * @sa BF_CX + * @{ + */ +/** @brief Position of bit count in complex bit-field value */ +#define BF_CX_BCNT_POS 0U +/** @brief Mask of bit count in complex bit-field value */ +#define BF_CX_BCNT_MASK (0xffU << BF_CX_BCNT_POS) +/** @brief Position of bit position in complex bit-field value */ +#define BF_CX_BOFF_POS 8U +/** @brief Mask of bit position in complex bit-field value */ +#define BF_CX_BOFF_MASK (0xffU << BF_CX_BOFF_POS) +/** @} */ + +/** + * @brief Define complex bit-field + * + * Complex bit-field would contain its position and size in one number. + * @sa BF_CX_MASK + * @sa BF_CX_POS + * @sa BF_CX_GET + * + * @param[in] bcnt Number of bits in the bit-field + * @param[in] boff Lowest bit number + * + * @return The single number that describes the bit-field completely. + */ +#define BF_CX(bcnt, boff) ( ((((uint32_t)(bcnt)) << BF_CX_BCNT_POS) & BF_CX_BCNT_MASK) | ((((uint32_t)(boff)) << BF_CX_BOFF_POS) & BF_CX_BOFF_MASK) ) + +/** + * @brief Get number of bits in bit-field + * + * @sa BF_CX + * + * @param bf_cx Complex bit-field + * + * @return Number of bits in given bit-field + */ +#define BF_CX_BCNT(bf_cx) ( ((bf_cx) & BF_CX_BCNT_MASK) >> BF_CX_BCNT_POS ) + +/** + * @brief Get lowest bit number in the field + * + * @sa BF_CX + * + * @param[in] bf_cx Complex bit-field + * + * @return Lowest bit number in given bit-field + */ +#define BF_CX_BOFF(bf_cx) ( ((bf_cx) & BF_CX_BOFF_MASK) >> BF_CX_BOFF_POS ) + +/** + * @brief Get bit mask of the selected field + * + * @sa BF_CX + * + * @param[in] bf_cx Complex bit-field + * + * @return Mask of given bit-field + */ +#define BF_CX_MASK(bf_cx) BF_MASK(BF_CX_BCNT(bf_cx), BF_CX_BOFF(bf_cx)) + +/** + * @brief Get bit-field + * + * Macro that extracts selected bit-field from provided value. + * Bit-field is given as a complex value. + * + * @sa BF_CX + * @sa BF_GET + * + * @param[in] val Value from witch selected bit-field would be extracted + * @param[in] bf_cx Complex bit-field + * + * @return Value of the selected bits. + */ +#define BF_CX_GET(val, bf_cx) BF_GET(val, BF_CX_BCNT(bf_cx), BF_CX_BOFF(bf_cx)) + +/** + * @brief Create bit-field value + * + * Value is masked and shifted to match given bit-field. + * + * @param[in] val Value to set on bit-field + * @param[in] bf_cx Complex bit-field + * + * @return Value positioned of given bit-field. + */ +#define BF_CX_VAL(val, bf_cx) BF_VAL(val, BF_CX_BCNT(bf_cx), BF_CX_BOFF(bf_cx)) + +/** + * @brief Extracting data from the brackets + * + * This macro get rid of brackets around the argument. + * It can be used to pass multiple arguments in logical one argument to a macro. + * Call it with arguments inside brackets: + * @code + * #define ARGUMENTS (a, b, c) + * BRACKET_EXTRACT(ARGUMENTS) + * @endcode + * It would produce: + * @code + * a, b, c + * @endcode + * + * @param a Argument with anything inside brackets + * @return Anything that appears inside the brackets of the argument + * + * @note + * The argument of the macro have to be inside brackets. + * In other case the compilation would fail. + */ +#define BRACKET_EXTRACT(a) BRACKET_EXTRACT_(a) +#define BRACKET_EXTRACT_(a) BRACKET_EXTRACT__ a +#define BRACKET_EXTRACT__(...) __VA_ARGS__ + + +/** + * @brief Check if number of parameters is more than 1 + * + * @param ... Arguments to count + * + * @return 0 If argument count is <= 1 + * @return 1 If argument count is > 1 + * + * @sa NUM_VA_ARGS + * @sa NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1 + */ +#define NUM_VA_ARGS_IS_MORE_THAN_1(...) NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1(NUM_VA_ARGS(__VA_ARGS__)) + +/** + * @brief Check if given numeric value is bigger than 1 + * + * This macro accepts numeric value, that may be the result of argument expansion. + * This numeric value is then converted to 0 if it is lover than 1 or to 1 if + * its value is higher than 1. + * The generated result can be used to glue it into other macro mnemonic name. + * + * @param N Numeric value to check + * + * @return 0 If argument is <= 1 + * @return 1 If argument is > 1 + * + * @note Any existing definition of a form NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1_PROBE_[N] can + * broke the result of this macro + */ +#define NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1(N) NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1_(N) +#define NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1_(N) NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1_PROBE_(NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1_PROBE_ ## N, 1) +#define NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1_PROBE_(...) GET_VA_ARG_1(GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(__VA_ARGS__)) +#define NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1_PROBE_0 ~, 0 +#define NUM_IS_MORE_THAN_1_PROBE_1 ~, 0 + +/** + * @brief Get the first argument + * + * @param ... Arguments to select + * + * @return First argument or empty if no arguments are provided + */ +#define GET_VA_ARG_1(...) GET_VA_ARG_1_(__VA_ARGS__, ) // Make sure that also for 1 argument it works +#define GET_VA_ARG_1_(a1, ...) a1 + +/** + * @brief Get all the arguments but the first one + * + * @param ... Arguments to select + * + * @return All arguments after the first one or empty if less than 2 arguments are provided + */ +#define GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(...) GET_ARGS_AFTER_1_(__VA_ARGS__, ) // Make sure that also for 1 argument it works +#define GET_ARGS_AFTER_1_(a1, ...) __VA_ARGS__ + +/** + * @brief Size of a field in declared structure + * + * Macro that returns the size of the structure field. + * @param struct_type Variable type to get the field size from + * @param field Field name to analyze. It can be even field inside field (field.somethingelse.and_another). + * + * @return Size of the field + */ +#define FIELD_SIZE(struct_type, field) sizeof(((struct struct_type*)NULL)->field) + +/** + * @brief Number of elements in field array in declared structure + * + * Macro that returns number of elementy in structure field. + * @param struct_type Variable type to get the field size from + * @param field Field name to analyze. + * + * @return Number of elements in field array + * + * @sa FIELD_SIZE + */ +#define FIELD_ARRAY_SIZE(struct_type, field) (FIELD_SIZE(struct_type, field) / FIELD_SIZE(struct_type, field[0])) + +/** + * @brief Mapping macro + * + * Macro that process all arguments using given macro + * + * @param ... Macro name to be used for argument processing followed by arguments to process. + * Macro should have following form: MACRO(argument) + * + * @return All arguments processed by given macro + */ +#define MACRO_MAP(...) MACRO_MAP_(__VA_ARGS__) +#define MACRO_MAP_(...) MACRO_MAP_N(NUM_VA_ARGS_LESS_1(__VA_ARGS__), __VA_ARGS__) // To make sure it works also for 2 arguments in total + +/** + * @brief Mapping macro, recursive version + * + * Can be used in @ref MACRO_MAP macro + */ +#define MACRO_MAP_REC(...) MACRO_MAP_REC_(__VA_ARGS__) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_(...) MACRO_MAP_REC_N(NUM_VA_ARGS_LESS_1(__VA_ARGS__), __VA_ARGS__) // To make sure it works also for 2 arguments in total +/** + * @brief Mapping N arguments macro + * + * Macro similar to @ref MACRO_MAP but maps exact number of arguments. + * If there is more arguments given, the rest would be ignored. + * + * @param N Number of arguments to map + * @param ... Macro name to be used for argument processing followed by arguments to process. + * Macro should have following form: MACRO(argument) + * + * @return Selected number of arguments processed by given macro + */ +#define MACRO_MAP_N(N, ...) MACRO_MAP_N_(N, __VA_ARGS__) +#define MACRO_MAP_N_(N, ...) CONCAT_2(MACRO_MAP_, N)(__VA_ARGS__, ) + +/** + * @brief Mapping N arguments macro, recursive version + * + * Can be used in @ref MACRO_MAP_N macro + */ +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_N(N, ...) MACRO_MAP_REC_N_(N, __VA_ARGS__) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_N_(N, ...) CONCAT_2(MACRO_MAP_REC_, N)(__VA_ARGS__, ) + +#define MACRO_MAP_0( ...) +#define MACRO_MAP_1( macro, a, ...) macro(a) +#define MACRO_MAP_2( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_1 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_3( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_2 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_4( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_3 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_5( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_4 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_6( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_5 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_7( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_6 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_8( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_7 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_9( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_8 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_10(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_9 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_11(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_10(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_12(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_11(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_13(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_12(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_14(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_13(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_15(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_14(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) + +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_0( ...) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_1( macro, a, ...) macro(a) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_2( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_1 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_3( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_2 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_4( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_3 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_5( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_4 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_6( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_5 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_7( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_6 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_8( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_7 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_9( macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_8 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_10(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_9 (macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_11(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_10(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_12(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_11(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_13(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_12(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_14(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_13(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_REC_15(macro, a, ...) macro(a) MACRO_MAP_REC_14(macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) + +/** + * @brief Mapping macro with current index + * + * Basically macro similar to @ref MACRO_MAP, but the processing function would get an argument + * and current argument index (beginning from 0). + * + * @param ... Macro name to be used for argument processing followed by arguments to process. + * Macro should have following form: MACRO(argument, index) + * @return All arguments processed by given macro + */ +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR(...) MACRO_MAP_FOR_(__VA_ARGS__) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_N_LIST 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_(...) MACRO_MAP_FOR_N(NUM_VA_ARGS_LESS_1(__VA_ARGS__), __VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * @brief Mapping N arguments macro with current index + * + * Macro is similar to @ref MACRO_MAP_FOR but maps exact number of arguments. + * If there is more arguments given, the rest would be ignored. + * + * @param N Number of arguments to map + * @param ... Macro name to be used for argument processing followed by arguments to process. + * Macro should have following form: MACRO(argument, index) + * + * @return Selected number of arguments processed by given macro + */ +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_N(N, ...) MACRO_MAP_FOR_N_(N, __VA_ARGS__) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_N_(N, ...) CONCAT_2(MACRO_MAP_FOR_, N)((MACRO_MAP_FOR_N_LIST), __VA_ARGS__, ) + +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_0( n_list, ...) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_1( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_2( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_1 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_3( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_2 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_4( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_3 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_5( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_4 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_6( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_5 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_7( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_6 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_8( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_7 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_9( n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_8 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_10(n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_9 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_11(n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_10((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_12(n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_11((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_13(n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_12((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_14(n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_13((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_15(n_list, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))) MACRO_MAP_FOR_14((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) + + +/** + * @brief Mapping macro with current index and parameter + * + * Version of @ref MACRO_MAP_FOR that passes also the same parameter to all macros. + * + * @param param Parameter that would be passed to each macro call during mapping. + * @param ... Macro name to be used for argument processing followed by arguments to process. + * Macro should have following form: MACRO(argument, index, param) + * + * @return All arguments processed by given macro + */ +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM(param, ...) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_(param, __VA_ARGS__) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_(param, ...) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_N(NUM_VA_ARGS_LESS_1(__VA_ARGS__), param, __VA_ARGS__) + +/** + * @brief Mapping N arguments macro with with current index and parameter + * + * @param N Number of arguments to map + * @param param Parameter that would be passed to each macro call during mapping. + * @param ... Macro name to be used for argument processing followed by arguments to process. + * Macro should have following form: MACRO(argument, index, param) + * + * @return All arguments processed by given macro + */ +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_N(N, param, ...) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_N_(N, param, __VA_ARGS__) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_N_(N, param, ...) CONCAT_2(MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_, N)((MACRO_MAP_FOR_N_LIST), param, __VA_ARGS__, ) + + +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_0( n_list, param, ...) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_1( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_2( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_1 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_3( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_2 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_4( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_3 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_5( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_4 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_6( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_5 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_7( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_6 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_8( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_7 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_9( n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_8 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_10(n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_9 ((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_11(n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_10((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_12(n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_11((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_13(n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_12((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_14(n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_13((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) +#define MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_15(n_list, param, macro, a, ...) macro(a, GET_VA_ARG_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list)), param) MACRO_MAP_FOR_PARAM_14((GET_ARGS_AFTER_1(BRACKET_EXTRACT(n_list))), param, macro, __VA_ARGS__, ) + + +/**@brief Adding curly brace to macro parameter + * + * Useful in array of structures initialization. + * + * @param p parameter to put into the curly brace*/ +#define PARAM_CBRACE(p) { p }, + + +/**@brief Function for changing the value unit. + * + * @param[in] value Value to be rescaled. + * @param[in] old_unit_reversal Reversal of the incoming unit. + * @param[in] new_unit_reversal Reversal of the desired unit. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint64_t value_rescale(uint32_t value, uint32_t old_unit_reversal, uint16_t new_unit_reversal) +{ + return (uint64_t)ROUNDED_DIV((uint64_t)value * new_unit_reversal, old_unit_reversal); +} + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint16 value. + * + * @param[in] value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t uint16_encode(uint16_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00FF) >> 0); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0xFF00) >> 8); + return sizeof(uint16_t); +} + +/**@brief Function for encoding a three-byte value. + * + * @param[in] value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t uint24_encode(uint32_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x000000FF) >> 0); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + p_encoded_data[2] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + return 3; +} + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint32 value. + * + * @param[in] value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t uint32_encode(uint32_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x000000FF) >> 0); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + p_encoded_data[2] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + p_encoded_data[3] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + return sizeof(uint32_t); +} + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint48 value. + * + * @param[in] value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t uint48_encode(uint64_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x0000000000FF) >> 0); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00000000FF00) >> 8); + p_encoded_data[2] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x000000FF0000) >> 16); + p_encoded_data[3] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x0000FF000000) >> 24); + p_encoded_data[4] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0x00FF00000000) >> 32); + p_encoded_data[5] = (uint8_t) ((value & 0xFF0000000000) >> 40); + return 6; +} + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint16 value. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * + * @return Decoded value. + */ +static __INLINE uint16_t uint16_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + return ( (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0])) | + (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8 )); +} + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint16 value in big-endian format. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * + * @return Decoded value. + */ +static __INLINE uint16_t uint16_big_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + return ( (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 8 ) | + (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1])) ); +} + +/**@brief Function for decoding a three-byte value. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * + * @return Decoded value (uint32_t). + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t uint24_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + return ( (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 0) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 16)); +} + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint32 value. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * + * @return Decoded value. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t uint32_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + return ( (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 0) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 16) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[3]) << 24 )); +} + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint32 value in big-endian format. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * + * @return Decoded value. + */ +static __INLINE uint32_t uint32_big_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + return ( (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 24) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 16) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 8) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[3]) << 0) ); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for encoding an uint16 value in big-endian format. + * + * @param[in] value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data will be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t uint16_big_encode(uint16_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) (value >> 8); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) (value & 0xFF); + + return sizeof(uint16_t); +} + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint32 value in big-endian format. + * + * @param[in] value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data will be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t uint32_big_encode(uint32_t value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + *(uint32_t *)p_encoded_data = __REV(value); + return sizeof(uint32_t); +} + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint48 value. + * + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * + * @return Decoded value. (uint64_t) + */ +static __INLINE uint64_t uint48_decode(const uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + return ( (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 0) | + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8) | + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 16) | + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[3]) << 24) | + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[4]) << 32) | + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[5]) << 40 )); +} + +/** @brief Function for converting the input voltage (in milli volts) into percentage of 3.0 Volts. + * + * @details The calculation is based on a linearized version of the battery's discharge + * curve. 3.0V returns 100% battery level. The limit for power failure is 2.1V and + * is considered to be the lower boundary. + * + * The discharge curve for CR2032 is non-linear. In this model it is split into + * 4 linear sections: + * - Section 1: 3.0V - 2.9V = 100% - 42% (58% drop on 100 mV) + * - Section 2: 2.9V - 2.74V = 42% - 18% (24% drop on 160 mV) + * - Section 3: 2.74V - 2.44V = 18% - 6% (12% drop on 300 mV) + * - Section 4: 2.44V - 2.1V = 6% - 0% (6% drop on 340 mV) + * + * These numbers are by no means accurate. Temperature and + * load in the actual application is not accounted for! + * + * @param[in] mvolts The voltage in mV + * + * @return Battery level in percent. +*/ +static __INLINE uint8_t battery_level_in_percent(const uint16_t mvolts) +{ + uint8_t battery_level; + + if (mvolts >= 3000) + { + battery_level = 100; + } + else if (mvolts > 2900) + { + battery_level = 100 - ((3000 - mvolts) * 58) / 100; + } + else if (mvolts > 2740) + { + battery_level = 42 - ((2900 - mvolts) * 24) / 160; + } + else if (mvolts > 2440) + { + battery_level = 18 - ((2740 - mvolts) * 12) / 300; + } + else if (mvolts > 2100) + { + battery_level = 6 - ((2440 - mvolts) * 6) / 340; + } + else + { + battery_level = 0; + } + + return battery_level; +} + +/**@brief Function for checking if a pointer value is aligned to a 4 byte boundary. + * + * @param[in] p Pointer value to be checked. + * + * @return TRUE if pointer is aligned to a 4 byte boundary, FALSE otherwise. + */ +static __INLINE bool is_word_aligned(void const* p) +{ + return (((uintptr_t)p & 0x03) == 0); +} + +/** + * @brief Function for checking if provided address is located in stack space. + * + * @param[in] ptr Pointer to be checked. + * + * @return true if address is in stack space, false otherwise. + */ +static __INLINE bool is_address_from_stack(void * ptr) +{ + if (((uint32_t)ptr >= (uint32_t)STACK_BASE) && + ((uint32_t)ptr < (uint32_t)STACK_TOP) ) + { + return true; + } + else + { + return false; + } +} + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_UTIL_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_bds.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_bds.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1b9e0fd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_bds.h @@ -0,0 +1,422 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup app_util Utility Functions and Definitions + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief Various types and definitions available to all applications. + */ + +#ifndef APP_UTIL_BDS_H__ +#define APP_UTIL_BDS_H__ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include "ble_srv_common.h" +#include "nordic_common.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef uint8_t nibble_t; +typedef uint32_t uint24_t; +typedef uint64_t uint40_t; + +/**@brief IEEE 11073-20601 Regulatory Certification Data List Structure */ +typedef struct +{ + uint8_t * p_list; /**< Pointer the byte array containing the encoded opaque structure based on IEEE 11073-20601 specification. */ + uint8_t list_len; /**< Length of the byte array. */ +} regcertdatalist_t; + +/**@brief SFLOAT format (IEEE-11073 16-bit FLOAT, meaning 4 bits for exponent (base 10) and 12 bits mantissa) */ +typedef struct +{ + int8_t exponent; /**< Base 10 exponent, should be using only 4 bits */ + int16_t mantissa; /**< Mantissa, should be using only 12 bits */ +} sfloat_t; + +/**@brief Date and Time structure. */ +typedef struct +{ + uint16_t year; + uint8_t month; + uint8_t day; + uint8_t hours; + uint8_t minutes; + uint8_t seconds; +} ble_date_time_t; + + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint16 value. + * + * @param[in] p_value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint16_encode(const uint16_t * p_value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x00FF) >> 0); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0xFF00) >> 8); + return sizeof(uint16_t); +} + +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_int16_encode(const int16_t * p_value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + uint16_t tmp = *p_value; + return bds_uint16_encode(&tmp, p_encoded_data); +} + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint24 value. + * + * @param[in] p_value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint24_encode(const uint32_t * p_value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x000000FF) >> 0); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + p_encoded_data[2] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + return (3); +} + + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint32 value. + * + * @param[in] p_value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint32_encode(const uint32_t * p_value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x000000FF) >> 0); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x0000FF00) >> 8); + p_encoded_data[2] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x00FF0000) >> 16); + p_encoded_data[3] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0xFF000000) >> 24); + return sizeof(uint32_t); +} + + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint40 value. + * + * @param[in] p_value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint40_encode(const uint64_t * p_value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + p_encoded_data[0] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x00000000000000FF) >> 0); + p_encoded_data[1] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x000000000000FF00) >> 8); + p_encoded_data[2] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x0000000000FF0000) >> 16); + p_encoded_data[3] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x00000000FF000000) >> 24); + p_encoded_data[4] = (uint8_t) ((*p_value & 0x000000FF00000000) >> 32); + return 5; +} + +/**@brief Function for encoding a sfloat value. + * + * @param[in] p_value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + * + * @return Number of bytes written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_sfloat_encode(const sfloat_t * p_value, uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + uint16_t encoded_val; + + encoded_val = ((p_value->exponent << 12) & 0xF000) | + ((p_value->mantissa << 0) & 0x0FFF); + + return(bds_uint16_encode(&encoded_val, p_encoded_data)); +} + + +/**@brief Function for encoding a uint8_array value. + * + * @param[in] p_value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint8_array_encode(const uint8_array_t * p_value, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + memcpy(p_encoded_data, p_value->p_data, p_value->size); + return p_value->size; +} + + +/**@brief Function for encoding a utf8_str value. + * + * @param[in] p_value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_ble_srv_utf8_str_encode(const ble_srv_utf8_str_t * p_value, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + memcpy(p_encoded_data, p_value->p_str, p_value->length); + return p_value->length; +} + +/**@brief Function for encoding a regcertdatalist value. + * + * @param[in] p_value Value to be encoded. + * @param[out] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is to be written. + + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_regcertdatalist_encode(const regcertdatalist_t * p_value, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + memcpy(p_encoded_data, p_value->p_list, p_value->list_len); + return p_value->list_len; +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a date_time value. + * + * @param[in] p_date_time pointer to the date_time structure to encode. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data pointer to the encoded data + * @return length of the encoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_ble_date_time_encode(const ble_date_time_t * p_date_time, + uint8_t * p_encoded_data) +{ + uint8_t len = bds_uint16_encode(&p_date_time->year, &p_encoded_data[0]); + + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->month; + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->day; + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->hours; + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->minutes; + p_encoded_data[len++] = p_date_time->seconds; + + return len; +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint16 value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint16_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint16_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + UNUSED_VARIABLE(len); + *p_decoded_val = (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0])) | + (((uint16_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8 ); + return (sizeof(uint16_t)); +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a int16 value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_int16_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + int16_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + UNUSED_VARIABLE(len); + uint16_t tmp = 0; + uint8_t retval = bds_uint16_decode(len, p_encoded_data, &tmp); + *p_decoded_val = (int16_t)tmp; + return retval; +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint24 value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint24_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint32_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + UNUSED_VARIABLE(len); + *p_decoded_val = (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 0) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 16); + return (3); +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint32 value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint32_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint32_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + UNUSED_VARIABLE(len); + *p_decoded_val = (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 0) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 16) | + (((uint32_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[3]) << 24 ); + return (sizeof(uint32_t)); +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint40 value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint40_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint64_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + UNUSED_VARIABLE(len); + *p_decoded_val = (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[0]) << 0) | + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[1]) << 8) | + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[2]) << 16) | + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[3]) << 24 )| + (((uint64_t)((uint8_t *)p_encoded_data)[4]) << 32 ); + return (40); +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a sfloat value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * + * @return length of the decoded field. + + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_sfloat_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + sfloat_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + + p_decoded_val->exponent = 0; + bds_uint16_decode(len, p_encoded_data, (uint16_t*)&p_decoded_val->mantissa); + p_decoded_val->exponent = (uint8_t)((p_decoded_val->mantissa & 0xF000) >> 12); + p_decoded_val->mantissa &= 0x0FFF; + return len; +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a uint8_array value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_uint8_array_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + uint8_array_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + memcpy(p_decoded_val->p_data, p_encoded_data, len); + p_decoded_val->size = len; + return p_decoded_val->size; +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a utf8_str value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_ble_srv_utf8_str_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + ble_srv_utf8_str_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + p_decoded_val->p_str = (uint8_t*)p_encoded_data; + p_decoded_val->length = len; + return p_decoded_val->length; +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a regcertdatalist value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_decoded_val pointer to the decoded value + * + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_regcertdatalist_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + regcertdatalist_t * p_decoded_val) +{ + memcpy(p_decoded_val->p_list, p_encoded_data, len); + p_decoded_val->list_len = len; + return p_decoded_val->list_len; +} + + +/**@brief Function for decoding a date_time value. + * + * @param[in] len length of the field to be decoded. + * @param[in] p_encoded_data Buffer where the encoded data is stored. + * @param[in] p_date_time pointer to the decoded value + * + * @return length of the decoded field. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t bds_ble_date_time_decode(const uint8_t len, + const uint8_t * p_encoded_data, + ble_date_time_t * p_date_time) +{ + UNUSED_VARIABLE(len); + uint8_t pos = bds_uint16_decode(len, &p_encoded_data[0], &p_date_time->year); + p_date_time->month = p_encoded_data[pos++]; + p_date_time->day = p_encoded_data[pos++]; + p_date_time->hours = p_encoded_data[pos++]; + p_date_time->minutes = p_encoded_data[pos++]; + p_date_time->seconds = p_encoded_data[pos++]; + + return pos; +} + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_UTIL_BDS_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_platform.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_platform.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..48a24d23 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_platform.c @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "app_util_platform.h" + +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +/* Global nvic state instance, required by nrf_nvic.h */ +nrf_nvic_state_t nrf_nvic_state; +#endif + +static uint32_t m_in_critical_region = 0; + +void app_util_disable_irq(void) +{ + __disable_irq(); + m_in_critical_region++; +} + +void app_util_enable_irq(void) +{ + m_in_critical_region--; + if (m_in_critical_region == 0) + { + __enable_irq(); + } +} + +void app_util_critical_region_enter(uint8_t *p_nested) +{ +#if __CORTEX_M == (0x04U) + ASSERT(APP_LEVEL_PRIVILEGED == privilege_level_get()) +#endif + +#if defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT) + /* return value can be safely ignored */ + (void) sd_nvic_critical_region_enter(p_nested); +#else + app_util_disable_irq(); +#endif +} + +void app_util_critical_region_exit(uint8_t nested) +{ +#if __CORTEX_M == (0x04U) + ASSERT(APP_LEVEL_PRIVILEGED == privilege_level_get()) +#endif + +#if defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT) + /* return value can be safely ignored */ + (void) sd_nvic_critical_region_exit(nested); +#else + app_util_enable_irq(); +#endif +} + + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_platform.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_platform.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9742f373 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/app_util_platform.h @@ -0,0 +1,255 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/**@file + * + * @defgroup app_util_platform Utility Functions and Definitions (Platform) + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * + * @brief Various types and definitions available to all applications when using SoftDevice. + */ + +#ifndef APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__ +#define APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__ + +#include +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" +#include "nrf.h" +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#include "nrf_soc.h" +#include "nrf_nvic.h" +#endif +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "app_error.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#if __CORTEX_M == (0x00U) +#define _PRIO_SD_HIGH 0 +#define _PRIO_APP_HIGH 1 +#define _PRIO_APP_MID 1 +#define _PRIO_SD_LOW 2 +#define _PRIO_APP_LOW 3 +#define _PRIO_APP_LOWEST 3 +#define _PRIO_THREAD 4 +#elif __CORTEX_M == (0x04U) +#define _PRIO_SD_HIGH 0 +#define _PRIO_SD_MID 1 +#define _PRIO_APP_HIGH 2 +#define _PRIO_APP_MID 3 +#define _PRIO_SD_LOW 4 +#define _PRIO_SD_LOWEST 5 +#define _PRIO_APP_LOW 6 +#define _PRIO_APP_LOWEST 7 +#define _PRIO_THREAD 15 +#else + #error "No platform defined" +#endif + + +//lint -save -e113 -e452 +/**@brief The interrupt priorities available to the application while the SoftDevice is active. */ +typedef enum +{ +#ifndef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGHEST = _PRIO_SD_HIGH, +#else + APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGHEST = _PRIO_APP_HIGH, +#endif + APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH = _PRIO_APP_HIGH, +#ifndef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_MID = _PRIO_SD_LOW, +#else + APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_MID = _PRIO_APP_MID, +#endif + APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW = _PRIO_APP_LOW, + APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOWEST = _PRIO_APP_LOWEST, + APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_THREAD = _PRIO_THREAD /**< "Interrupt level" when running in Thread Mode. */ +} app_irq_priority_t; +//lint -restore + + +/*@brief The privilege levels available to applications in Thread Mode */ +typedef enum +{ + APP_LEVEL_UNPRIVILEGED, + APP_LEVEL_PRIVILEGED +} app_level_t; + +/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */ +#define EXTERNAL_INT_VECTOR_OFFSET 16 +/**@endcond */ + +/**@brief Macro for setting a breakpoint. + */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#define NRF_BREAKPOINT __builtin_trap() +#else +#define NRF_BREAKPOINT __BKPT(0) +#endif + +/** @brief Macro for setting a breakpoint. + * + * If it is possible to detect debugger presence then it is set only in that case. + * + */ +#if __CORTEX_M == 0x04 +#define NRF_BREAKPOINT_COND do { \ + /* C_DEBUGEN == 1 -> Debugger Connected */ \ + if (CoreDebug->DHCSR & CoreDebug_DHCSR_C_DEBUGEN_Msk) \ + { \ + /* Generate breakpoint if debugger is connected */ \ + NRF_BREAKPOINT; \ + } \ + }while (0) +#else +#define NRF_BREAKPOINT_COND NRF_BREAKPOINT +#endif // __CORTEX_M == 0x04 + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) +#define PACKED(TYPE) __packed TYPE +#define PACKED_STRUCT PACKED(struct) +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) +#define PACKED __attribute__((packed)) +#define PACKED_STRUCT struct PACKED +#endif + +void app_util_critical_region_enter (uint8_t *p_nested); +void app_util_critical_region_exit (uint8_t nested); + +/**@brief Macro for entering a critical region. + * + * @note Due to implementation details, there must exist one and only one call to + * CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() for each call to CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(), and they must be located + * in the same scope. + */ +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#define CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER() \ + { \ + uint8_t __CR_NESTED = 0; \ + app_util_critical_region_enter(&__CR_NESTED); +#else +#define CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER() app_util_critical_region_enter(NULL) +#endif + +/**@brief Macro for leaving a critical region. + * + * @note Due to implementation details, there must exist one and only one call to + * CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() for each call to CRITICAL_REGION_ENTER(), and they must be located + * in the same scope. + */ +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT +#define CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() \ + app_util_critical_region_exit(__CR_NESTED); \ + } +#else +#define CRITICAL_REGION_EXIT() app_util_critical_region_exit(0) +#endif + +/* Workaround for Keil 4 */ +#ifndef IPSR_ISR_Msk +#define IPSR_ISR_Msk (0x1FFUL /*<< IPSR_ISR_Pos*/) /*!< IPSR: ISR Mask */ +#endif + + + +/**@brief Macro to enable anonymous unions from a certain point in the code. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #define ANON_UNIONS_ENABLE _Pragma("push") \ + _Pragma("anon_unions") +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + #define ANON_UNIONS_ENABLE _Pragma("language=extended") +#else + #define ANON_UNIONS_ENABLE + // No action will be taken. + // For GCC anonymous unions are enabled by default. +#endif + +/**@brief Macro to disable anonymous unions from a certain point in the code. + * @note Call only after first calling @ref ANON_UNIONS_ENABLE. + */ +#if defined(__CC_ARM) + #define ANON_UNIONS_DISABLE _Pragma("pop") +#elif defined(__ICCARM__) + #define ANON_UNIONS_DISABLE + // for IAR leave anonymous unions enabled +#else + #define ANON_UNIONS_DISABLE + // No action will be taken. + // For GCC anonymous unions are enabled by default. +#endif + +/* Workaround for Keil 4 */ +#ifndef CONTROL_nPRIV_Msk +#define CONTROL_nPRIV_Msk (1UL /*<< CONTROL_nPRIV_Pos*/) /*!< CONTROL: nPRIV Mask */ +#endif + +/**@brief Function for finding the current interrupt level. + * + * @return Current interrupt level. + * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_HIGH We are running in Application High interrupt level. + * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_LOW We are running in Application Low interrupt level. + * @retval APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_THREAD We are running in Thread Mode. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t current_int_priority_get(void) +{ + uint32_t isr_vector_num = __get_IPSR() & IPSR_ISR_Msk ; + if (isr_vector_num > 0) + { + int32_t irq_type = ((int32_t)isr_vector_num - EXTERNAL_INT_VECTOR_OFFSET); + return (NVIC_GetPriority((IRQn_Type)irq_type) & 0xFF); + } + else + { + return APP_IRQ_PRIORITY_THREAD; + } +} + +/**@brief Function for finding out the current privilege level. + * + * @return Current privilege level. + * @retval APP_LEVEL_UNPRIVILEGED We are running in unprivileged level. + * @retval APP_LEVEL_PRIVILEGED We are running in privileged level. + */ +static __INLINE uint8_t privilege_level_get(void) +{ +#if __CORTEX_M == (0x00U) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__unix) || defined(__APPLE__) + /* the Cortex-M0 has no concept of privilege */ + return APP_LEVEL_PRIVILEGED; +#elif __CORTEX_M == (0x04U) + uint32_t isr_vector_num = __get_IPSR() & IPSR_ISR_Msk ; + if (0 == isr_vector_num) + { + /* Thread Mode, check nPRIV */ + int32_t control = __get_CONTROL(); + return control & CONTROL_nPRIV_Msk ? APP_LEVEL_UNPRIVILEGED : APP_LEVEL_PRIVILEGED; + } + else + { + /* Handler Mode, always privileged */ + return APP_LEVEL_PRIVILEGED; + } +#endif +} + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_UTIL_PLATFORM_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nordic_common.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nordic_common.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..faa54648 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nordic_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2008 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + */ + +/** @file + * @brief Common defines and macros for firmware developed by Nordic Semiconductor. + */ + +#ifndef NORDIC_COMMON_H__ +#define NORDIC_COMMON_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @brief Check if selected module is enabled + * + * This is save function for driver enable checking. + * Correct from Lint point of view (not using default of undefined value). + * + * Usage: + * @code + #if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(UART) + ... + #endif + * @endcode + * + * @param module The module name. + * + * @retval 1 The macro _ENABLE is defined and is non-zero. + * @retval 0 The macro _ENABLE is not defined or it equals zero. + * + * @note + * This macro intentionally does not implement second expansion level. + * The name of the module to be checked has to be given directly as a parameter. + * And given parameter would be connected with @c _ENABLED postfix directly + * without evaluating its value. + */ +//lint -e491 // Suppers warning 491 "non-standard use of 'defined' preprocessor operator" +#define NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(module) \ + ((defined(module ## _ENABLED) && (module ## _ENABLED)) ? 1 : 0) + +/** The upper 8 bits of a 32 bit value */ +//lint -emacro(572,MSB) // Suppress warning 572 "Excessive shift value" +#define MSB_32(a) (((a) & 0xFF000000) >> 24) +/** The lower 8 bits (of a 32 bit value) */ +#define LSB_32(a) ((a) & 0x000000FF) + +/** The upper 8 bits of a 16 bit value */ +//lint -emacro(572,MSB_16) // Suppress warning 572 "Excessive shift value" +#define MSB_16(a) (((a) & 0xFF00) >> 8) +/** The lower 8 bits (of a 16 bit value) */ +#define LSB_16(a) ((a) & 0x00FF) + +/** Leaves the minimum of the two 32-bit arguments */ +/*lint -emacro(506, MIN) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ +#define MIN(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b)) +/** Leaves the maximum of the two 32-bit arguments */ +/*lint -emacro(506, MAX) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ +#define MAX(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (b) : (a)) + +/**@brief Concatenates two parameters. + * + * It realizes two level expansion to make it sure that all the parameters + * are actually expanded before gluing them together. + * + * @param p1 First parameter to concatenating + * @param p2 Second parameter to concatenating + * + * @return Two parameters glued together. + * They have to create correct C mnemonic in other case + * preprocessor error would be generated. + * + * @sa CONCAT_3 + */ +#define CONCAT_2(p1, p2) CONCAT_2_(p1, p2) +/** Auxiliary macro used by @ref CONCAT_2 */ +#define CONCAT_2_(p1, p2) p1##p2 + +/**@brief Concatenates three parameters. + * + * It realizes two level expansion to make it sure that all the parameters + * are actually expanded before gluing them together. + * + * @param p1 First parameter to concatenating + * @param p2 Second parameter to concatenating + * @param p3 Third parameter to concatenating + * + * @return Three parameters glued together. + * They have to create correct C mnemonic in other case + * preprocessor error would be generated. + * + * @sa CONCAT_2 + */ +#define CONCAT_3(p1, p2, p3) CONCAT_3_(p1, p2, p3) +/** Auxiliary macro used by @ref CONCAT_3 */ +#define CONCAT_3_(p1, p2, p3) p1##p2##p3 + +#define NUM_TO_STR_INTERNAL(val) #val +/** Converts numeric value to string. + */ +#define NUM_TO_STR(val) NUM_TO_STR_INTERNAL(val) + +/** Counts number of elements inside the array + */ +#define ARRAY_SIZE(arr) (sizeof(arr) / sizeof((arr)[0])) + +/**@brief Set a bit in the uint32 word. + * + * @param[in] W Word whose bit is being set. + * @param[in] B Bit number in the word to be set. + */ +#define SET_BIT(W,B) ((W) |= (uint32_t)(1U << (B))) + + +/**@brief Clears a bit in the uint32 word. + * + * @param[in] W Word whose bit is to be cleared. + * @param[in] B Bit number in the word to be cleared. + */ +#define CLR_BIT(W, B) ((W) &= (~((uint32_t)1 << (B)))) + + +/**@brief Checks if a bit is set. + * + * @param[in] W Word whose bit is to be checked. + * @param[in] B Bit number in the word to be checked. + * + * @retval 1 if bit is set. + * @retval 0 if bit is not set. + */ +#define IS_SET(W,B) (((W) >> (B)) & 1) + +#define BIT_0 0x01 /**< The value of bit 0 */ +#define BIT_1 0x02 /**< The value of bit 1 */ +#define BIT_2 0x04 /**< The value of bit 2 */ +#define BIT_3 0x08 /**< The value of bit 3 */ +#define BIT_4 0x10 /**< The value of bit 4 */ +#define BIT_5 0x20 /**< The value of bit 5 */ +#define BIT_6 0x40 /**< The value of bit 6 */ +#define BIT_7 0x80 /**< The value of bit 7 */ +#define BIT_8 0x0100 /**< The value of bit 8 */ +#define BIT_9 0x0200 /**< The value of bit 9 */ +#define BIT_10 0x0400 /**< The value of bit 10 */ +#define BIT_11 0x0800 /**< The value of bit 11 */ +#define BIT_12 0x1000 /**< The value of bit 12 */ +#define BIT_13 0x2000 /**< The value of bit 13 */ +#define BIT_14 0x4000 /**< The value of bit 14 */ +#define BIT_15 0x8000 /**< The value of bit 15 */ +#define BIT_16 0x00010000 /**< The value of bit 16 */ +#define BIT_17 0x00020000 /**< The value of bit 17 */ +#define BIT_18 0x00040000 /**< The value of bit 18 */ +#define BIT_19 0x00080000 /**< The value of bit 19 */ +#define BIT_20 0x00100000 /**< The value of bit 20 */ +#define BIT_21 0x00200000 /**< The value of bit 21 */ +#define BIT_22 0x00400000 /**< The value of bit 22 */ +#define BIT_23 0x00800000 /**< The value of bit 23 */ +#define BIT_24 0x01000000 /**< The value of bit 24 */ +#define BIT_25 0x02000000 /**< The value of bit 25 */ +#define BIT_26 0x04000000 /**< The value of bit 26 */ +#define BIT_27 0x08000000 /**< The value of bit 27 */ +#define BIT_28 0x10000000 /**< The value of bit 28 */ +#define BIT_29 0x20000000 /**< The value of bit 29 */ +#define BIT_30 0x40000000 /**< The value of bit 30 */ +#define BIT_31 0x80000000 /**< The value of bit 31 */ + +#define UNUSED_VARIABLE(X) ((void)(X)) +#define UNUSED_PARAMETER(X) UNUSED_VARIABLE(X) +#define UNUSED_RETURN_VALUE(X) UNUSED_VARIABLE(X) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // NORDIC_COMMON_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_assert.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_assert.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa55e211 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_assert.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2006 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "app_error.h" +#include "nordic_common.h" + +__WEAK void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t * file_name) +{ + assert_info_t assert_info = + { + .line_num = line_num, + .p_file_name = file_name, + }; + app_error_fault_handler(NRF_FAULT_ID_SDK_ASSERT, 0, (uint32_t)(&assert_info)); + + UNUSED_VARIABLE(assert_info); +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_assert.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_assert.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6c84787d --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_assert.h @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use, + * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written + * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor. + * + */ + +/** @file + * @brief Utilities for verifying program logic + */ + +#ifndef NRF_ASSERT_H_ +#define NRF_ASSERT_H_ + +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "app_error.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** @brief Function for handling assertions. + * + * + * @note + * This function is called when an assertion has triggered. + * + * @note + * This function is deprecated and will be removed in future releases. + * Use app_error_fault_handler instead. + * + * + * @post + * All hardware is put into an idle non-emitting state (in particular the radio is highly + * important to switch off since the radio might be in a state that makes it send + * packets continiously while a typical final infinit ASSERT loop is executing). + * + * + * @param line_num The line number where the assertion is called + * @param file_name Pointer to the file name + */ +//lint -save -esym(14, assert_nrf_callback) +void assert_nrf_callback(uint16_t line_num, const uint8_t *file_name); +//lint -restore + +#if (defined(DEBUG_NRF) || defined(DEBUG_NRF_USER)) +#define NRF_ASSERT_PRESENT 1 +#else +#define NRF_ASSERT_PRESENT 0 +#endif + +//#if defined(DEBUG_NRF) || defined(DEBUG_NRF_USER) + +/*lint -emacro(506, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ +/*lint -emacro(774, ASSERT) */ /* Suppress "Boolean within 'if' always evaluates to True" */ \ + +/** @brief Function for checking intended for production code. + * + * Check passes if "expr" evaluates to true. */ + +#ifdef _lint +#define ASSERT(expr) \ +if (expr) \ +{ \ +} \ +else \ +{ \ + while(1); \ +} +#else //_lint +#define ASSERT(expr) \ +if (NRF_ASSERT_PRESENT) \ +{ \ + if (expr) \ + { \ + } \ + else \ + { \ + assert_nrf_callback((uint16_t)__LINE__, (uint8_t *)__FILE__); \ + } \ +} +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* NRF_ASSERT_H_ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_bitmask.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_bitmask.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..258734a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/nrf_bitmask.h @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +/* + * Copyright (c) 2006 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is confidential property of Nordic Semiconductor. The use, + * copying, transfer or disclosure of such information is prohibited except by express written + * agreement with Nordic Semiconductor. + * + */ + + +#ifndef NRF_BITMASK_H +#define NRF_BITMASK_H + +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define BITMASK_BYTE_GET(abs_bit) ((abs_bit)/8) +#define BITMASK_RELBIT_GET(abs_bit) ((abs_bit) & 0x00000007) + +/** + * Function for checking if bit in the multi-byte bit mask is set. + * + * @param bit Bit index. + * @param p_mask A pointer to mask with bit fields. + * + * @return 0 if bit is not set, positive value otherwise. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t nrf_bitmask_bit_is_set(uint32_t bit, void const * p_mask) +{ + uint8_t const * p_mask8 = (uint8_t const *)p_mask; + uint32_t byte_idx = BITMASK_BYTE_GET(bit); + bit = BITMASK_RELBIT_GET(bit); + return (1 << bit) & p_mask8[byte_idx]; +} + +/** + * Function for setting a bit in the multi-byte bit mask. + * + * @param bit Bit index. + * @param p_mask A pointer to mask with bit fields. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_bitmask_bit_set(uint32_t bit, void * p_mask) +{ + uint8_t * p_mask8 = (uint8_t *)p_mask; + uint32_t byte_idx = BITMASK_BYTE_GET(bit); + bit = BITMASK_RELBIT_GET(bit); + p_mask8[byte_idx] |= (1 << bit); +} + +/** + * Function for clearing a bit in the multi-byte bit mask. + * + * @param bit Bit index. + * @param p_mask A pointer to mask with bit fields. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_bitmask_bit_clear(uint32_t bit, void * p_mask) +{ + uint8_t * p_mask8 = (uint8_t *)p_mask; + uint32_t byte_idx = BITMASK_BYTE_GET(bit); + bit = BITMASK_RELBIT_GET(bit); + p_mask8[byte_idx] &= ~(1 << bit); +} + +/** + * Function for performing bitwise OR operation on two multi-byte bit masks. + * + * @param p_mask1 A pointer to the first bit mask. + * @param p_mask2 A pointer to the second bit mask. + * @param p_mask_out A pointer to the output bit mask. + * @param length Length of output mask in bytes. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_bitmask_masks_or(void const * p_mask1, + void const * p_mask2, + void * p_out_mask, + uint32_t length) +{ + uint8_t const * p_mask8_1 = (uint8_t const *)p_mask1; + uint8_t const * p_mask8_2 = (uint8_t const *)p_mask2; + uint8_t * p_mask8_out = (uint8_t *)p_out_mask; + uint32_t i; + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) + { + p_mask8_out[i] = p_mask8_1[i] | p_mask8_2[i]; + } +} + +/** + * Function for performing bitwise AND operation on two multi-byte bit masks. + * + * @param p_mask1 A pointer to the first bit mask. + * @param p_mask2 A pointer to the second bit mask. + * @param p_mask_out A pointer to the output bit mask. + * @param length Length of output mask in bytes. + */ +__STATIC_INLINE void nrf_bitmask_masks_and(void const * p_mask1, + void const * p_mask2, + void * p_out_mask, + uint32_t length) +{ + uint8_t const * p_mask8_1 = (uint8_t const *)p_mask1; + uint8_t const * p_mask8_2 = (uint8_t const *)p_mask2; + uint8_t * p_mask8_out = (uint8_t *)p_out_mask; + uint32_t i; + for (i = 0; i < length; i++) + { + p_mask8_out[i] = p_mask8_1[i] & p_mask8_2[i]; + } +} + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif //NRF_BITMASK_H diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_common.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_common.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8b570abd --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_common.h @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @cond */ +/**@file + * + * @ingroup experimental_api + * @defgroup sdk_common SDK Common Header + * @brief All common headers needed for SDK examples will be included here so that application + * developer does not have to include headers on him/herself. + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef SDK_COMMON_H__ +#define SDK_COMMON_H__ + +#include +#include +#include +#include "sdk_config.h" +#include "nordic_common.h" +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" +#include "sdk_os.h" +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include "sdk_macros.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** @} */ +/** @endcond */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SDK_COMMON_H__ + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_errors.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_errors.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..c205aaf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_errors.c @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2016 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "sdk_errors.h" +#include "nordic_common.h" + +#if defined(NRF_LOG_ENABLED) && NRF_LOG_ENABLED +/** + * @defgroup err_strings Arrays with error codes as strings. + * @{ + */ +const char * m_sdk_errors_name[ERR_NAMES_SIZE] = +{ + "NRF_SUCCESS", + "NRF_ERROR_SVC_HANDLER_MISSING", + "NRF_ERROR_SOFTDEVICE_NOT_ENABLED", + "NRF_ERROR_INTERNAL", + "NRF_ERROR_NO_MEM", + "NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND", + "NRF_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED", + "NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM", + "NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE", + "NRF_ERROR_INVALID_LENGTH", + "NRF_ERROR_INVALID_FLAGS", + "NRF_ERROR_INVALID_DATA", + "NRF_ERROR_DATA_SIZE", + "NRF_ERROR_TIMEOUT", + "NRF_ERROR_NULL", + "NRF_ERROR_FORBIDDEN", + "NRF_ERROR_INVALID_ADDR", + "NRF_ERROR_BUSY" +}; + +const char * m_sdk_errors_name_common[ERR_NAMES_COMMON_SIZE] = +{ + "NRF_ERROR_MODULE_NOT_INITIALZED", + "NRF_ERROR_MUTEX_INIT_FAILED", + "NRF_ERROR_MUTEX_LOCK_FAILED", + "NRF_ERROR_MUTEX_UNLOCK_FAILED", + "NRF_ERROR_MUTEX_COND_INIT_FAILED", + "NRF_ERROR_MODULE_ALREADY_INITIALIZED", + "NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL", + "NRF_ERROR_API_NOT_IMPLEMENTED", + "NRF_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_ENABLED" +}; + +const char * m_sdk_errors_name_twi[ERR_NAMES_TWI_SIZE] = +{ + "NRF_ERROR_DRV_TWI_ERR_OVERRUN", + "NRF_ERROR_DRV_TWI_ERR_ANACK", + "NRF_ERROR_DRV_TWI_ERR_DNACK" +}; +/* @} */ +#endif // NRF_LOG_ENABLED diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_errors.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_errors.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..83aace11 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_errors.h @@ -0,0 +1,154 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/**@file + * + * @defgroup sdk_error SDK Error codes + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * @{ + * @details Error codes are 32-bit unsigned integers with the most significant 16-bit reserved for + * identifying the module where the error occurred while the least least significant LSB + * are used to provide the cause or nature of error. Each module is assigned a 16-bit + * unsigned integer. Which it will use to identify all errors that occurred in it. 16-bit + * LSB range is with module id as the MSB in the 32-bit error code is reserved for the + * module. As an example, if 0x8800 identifies a certain SDK module, all values from + * 0x88000000 - 0x8800FFFF are reserved for this module. + * It should be noted that common error reasons have been assigned values to make it + * possible to decode error reason easily. As an example, lets module uninitialized has + * been assigned an error code 0x000A0. Then, if application encounters an error code + * 0xZZZZ00A0, it knows that it accessing a certain module without initializing it. + * Apart from this, each module is allowed to define error codes that are not covered by + * the common ones, however, these values are defined in a range that does not conflict + * with common error values. For module, specific error however, it is possible that the + * same error value is used by two different modules to indicated errors of very different + * nature. If error is already defined by the NRF common error codes, these are reused. + * A range is reserved for application as well, it can use this range for defining + * application specific errors. + * + * @note Success code, NRF_SUCCESS, does not include any module identifier. + + */ + +#ifndef SDK_ERRORS_H__ +#define SDK_ERRORS_H__ + +#include +#include "nrf_error.h" +#include "sdk_config.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @defgroup sdk_err_base Base defined for SDK Modules + * @{ + */ +#define NRF_ERROR_SDK_ERROR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 0x8000) /**< Base value defined for SDK module identifiers. */ +#define NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE (NRF_ERROR_BASE_NUM + 0x0080) /**< Base error value to be used for SDK error values. */ +/* @} */ + +/** + * @defgroup sdk_module_codes Codes reserved as identification for module where the error occurred. + * @{ + */ +#define NRF_ERROR_MEMORY_MANAGER_ERR_BASE (0x8100) +#define NRF_ERROR_PERIPH_DRIVERS_ERR_BASE (0x8200) +#define NRF_ERROR_GAZELLE_ERR_BASE (0x8300) +/* @} */ + + +/** + * @defgroup sdk_iot_errors Codes reserved as identification for IoT errors. + * @{ + */ +#define NRF_ERROR_IOT_ERR_BASE_START (0xA000) +#define NRF_ERROR_IOT_ERR_BASE_STOP (0xAFFF) +/* @} */ + + +/** + * @defgroup sdk_common_errors Codes reserved as identification for common errors. + * @{ + */ +#define NRF_ERROR_MODULE_NOT_INITIALZED (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0000) +#define NRF_ERROR_MUTEX_INIT_FAILED (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0001) +#define NRF_ERROR_MUTEX_LOCK_FAILED (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0002) +#define NRF_ERROR_MUTEX_UNLOCK_FAILED (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0003) +#define NRF_ERROR_MUTEX_COND_INIT_FAILED (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0004) +#define NRF_ERROR_MODULE_ALREADY_INITIALIZED (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0005) +#define NRF_ERROR_STORAGE_FULL (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0006) +#define NRF_ERROR_API_NOT_IMPLEMENTED (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0010) +#define NRF_ERROR_FEATURE_NOT_ENABLED (NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE + 0x0011) +/* @} */ + + +/** + * @defgroup drv_specific_errors Error / status codes specific to drivers. + * @{ + */ +#define NRF_ERROR_DRV_TWI_ERR_OVERRUN (NRF_ERROR_PERIPH_DRIVERS_ERR_BASE + 0x0000) +#define NRF_ERROR_DRV_TWI_ERR_ANACK (NRF_ERROR_PERIPH_DRIVERS_ERR_BASE + 0x0001) +#define NRF_ERROR_DRV_TWI_ERR_DNACK (NRF_ERROR_PERIPH_DRIVERS_ERR_BASE + 0x0002) +/* @} */ + +/** + * @brief API Result. + * + * @details Indicates success or failure of an API procedure. In case of failure, a comprehensive + * error code indicating cause or reason for failure is provided. + * + * Though called an API result, it could used in Asynchronous notifications callback along + * with asynchronous callback as event result. This mechanism is employed when an event + * marks the end of procedure initiated using API. API result, in this case, will only be + * an indicative of whether the procedure has been requested successfully. + */ +typedef uint32_t ret_code_t; + +#if defined(NRF_LOG_ENABLED) && NRF_LOG_ENABLED +/** + * @defgroup err_sizes Sizes of error code arrays. + * @{ + */ +#define ERR_NAMES_SIZE 18 +#define ERR_NAMES_COMMON_SIZE 9 +#define ERR_NAMES_TWI_SIZE 3 +/* @} */ + +extern const char * m_sdk_errors_name[ERR_NAMES_SIZE]; +extern const char * m_sdk_errors_name_common[ERR_NAMES_COMMON_SIZE]; +extern const char * m_sdk_errors_name_twi[ERR_NAMES_TWI_SIZE]; + +/** + * @defgroup err_to_string Macros for converting error codes to strings. + * @{ + */ +#define ERR_TO_STR(err_code) m_sdk_errors_name[err_code] +#define ERR_TO_STR_COMMON(err_code) m_sdk_errors_name_common[err_code - NRF_ERROR_SDK_COMMON_ERROR_BASE] +#define ERR_TO_STR_TWI(err_code) m_sdk_errors_name_twi[err_code - NRF_ERROR_PERIPH_DRIVERS_ERR_BASE] +#else +#define ERR_TO_STR(err_code) "" +#define ERR_TO_STR_COMMON(err_code) "" +#define ERR_TO_STR_TWI(err_code) "" +#endif // NRF_LOG_ENABLED + +/* @} */ +/** @} */ +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SDK_ERRORS_H__ + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_macros.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_macros.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..6b3b9d0a --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_macros.h @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/**@file + * + + * @defgroup sdk_common_macros SDK Common Header + * @ingroup app_common + * @brief Macros for parameter checking and similar tasks + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef SDK_MACROS_H__ +#define SDK_MACROS_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying statement to be true. It will cause the exterior function to return + * err_code if the statement is not true. + * + * @param[in] statement Statement to test. + * @param[in] err_code Error value to return if test was invalid. + * + * @retval nothing, but will cause the exterior function to return @p err_code if @p statement + * is false. + */ +#define VERIFY_TRUE(statement, err_code) \ +do \ +{ \ + if (!(statement)) \ + { \ + return err_code; \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying statement to be true. It will cause the exterior function to return + * if the statement is not true. + * + * @param[in] statement Statement to test. + */ +#define VERIFY_TRUE_VOID(statement) VERIFY_TRUE((statement), ) + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying statement to be false. It will cause the exterior function to return + * err_code if the statement is not false. + * + * @param[in] statement Statement to test. + * @param[in] err_code Error value to return if test was invalid. + * + * @retval nothing, but will cause the exterior function to return @p err_code if @p statement + * is true. + */ +#define VERIFY_FALSE(statement, err_code) \ +do \ +{ \ + if ((statement)) \ + { \ + return err_code; \ + } \ +} while (0) + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying statement to be false. It will cause the exterior function to return + * if the statement is not false. + * + * @param[in] statement Statement to test. + */ +#define VERIFY_FALSE_VOID(statement) VERIFY_FALSE((statement), ) + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying that a function returned NRF_SUCCESS. It will cause the exterior + * function to return err_code if the err_code is not @ref NRF_SUCCESS. + * + * @param[in] err_code The error code to check. + */ +#ifdef DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK +#define VERIFY_SUCCESS() +#else +#define VERIFY_SUCCESS(err_code) VERIFY_TRUE((err_code) == NRF_SUCCESS, (err_code)) +#endif /* DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK */ + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying that a function returned NRF_SUCCESS. It will cause the exterior + * function to return if the err_code is not @ref NRF_SUCCESS. + * + * @param[in] err_code The error code to check. + */ +#ifdef DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK +#define VERIFY_SUCCESS_VOID() +#else +#define VERIFY_SUCCESS_VOID(err_code) VERIFY_TRUE_VOID((err_code) == NRF_SUCCESS) +#endif /* DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK */ + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying that the module is initialized. It will cause the exterior function to + * return @ref NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE if not. + * + * @note MODULE_INITIALIZED must be defined in each module using this macro. MODULE_INITIALIZED + * should be true if the module is initialized, false if not. + */ +#ifdef DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK +#define VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED() +#else +#define VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED() VERIFY_TRUE((MODULE_INITIALIZED), NRF_ERROR_INVALID_STATE) +#endif /* DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK */ + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying that the module is initialized. It will cause the exterior function to + * return if not. + * + * @note MODULE_INITIALIZED must be defined in each module using this macro. MODULE_INITIALIZED + * should be true if the module is initialized, false if not. + */ +#ifdef DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK +#define VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED_VOID() +#else +#define VERIFY_MODULE_INITIALIZED_VOID() VERIFY_TRUE_VOID((MODULE_INITIALIZED)) +#endif /* DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK */ + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying that the module is initialized. It will cause the exterior function to + * return if not. + * + * @param[in] param The variable to check if is NULL. + */ +#ifdef DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK +#define VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL() +#else +#define VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(param) VERIFY_FALSE(((param) == NULL), NRF_ERROR_NULL) +#endif /* DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK */ + + +/**@brief Macro for verifying that the module is initialized. It will cause the exterior function to + * return if not. + * + * @param[in] param The variable to check if is NULL. + */ +#ifdef DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK +#define VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL_VOID() +#else +#define VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL_VOID(param) VERIFY_FALSE_VOID(((param) == NULL)) +#endif /* DISABLE_PARAM_CHECK */ + +/** @} */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SDK_MACROS_H__ + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_mapped_flags.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_mapped_flags.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..efadca2f --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_mapped_flags.c @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "sdk_mapped_flags.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" + + +/**@brief Function for setting the state of a flag to true. + * + * @note This function does not check whether the index is valid. + * + * @param[in] p_flags The collection of flags to modify. + * @param[in] index The index of the flag to modify. + */ +static __INLINE void sdk_mapped_flags_set_by_index(sdk_mapped_flags_t * p_flags, uint16_t index) +{ + *p_flags |= (1U << index); +} + + +/**@brief Function for setting the state of a flag to false. + * + * @note This function does not check whether the index is valid. + * + * @param[in] p_flags The collection of flags to modify. + * @param[in] index The index of the flag to modify. + */ +static __INLINE void sdk_mapped_flags_clear_by_index(sdk_mapped_flags_t * p_flags, uint16_t index) +{ + *p_flags &= ~(1U << index); +} + + +/**@brief Function for getting the state of a flag. + * + * @note This function does not check whether the index is valid. + * + * @param[in] p_flags The collection of flags to read. + * @param[in] index The index of the flag to get. + */ +static __INLINE bool sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_index(sdk_mapped_flags_t flags, uint16_t index) +{ + return ((flags & (1 << index)) != 0); +} + + + +uint16_t sdk_mapped_flags_first_key_index_get(sdk_mapped_flags_t flags) +{ + for (uint16_t i = 0; i < SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS; i++) + { + if (sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_index(flags, i)) + { + return i; + } + } + return SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_INVALID_INDEX; +} + + +void sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key(uint16_t * p_keys, + sdk_mapped_flags_t * p_flags, + uint16_t key, + bool value) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_bulk_update_by_key(p_keys, p_flags, 1, key, value); +} + + +void sdk_mapped_flags_bulk_update_by_key(uint16_t * p_keys, + sdk_mapped_flags_t * p_flags, + uint32_t n_flag_collections, + uint16_t key, + bool value) +{ + if ((p_keys != NULL) && (p_flags != NULL) && (n_flag_collections > 0)) + { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS; i++) + { + if (p_keys[i] == key) + { + for (uint32_t j = 0; j < n_flag_collections; j++) + { + if (value) + { + sdk_mapped_flags_set_by_index(&p_flags[j], i); + } + else + { + sdk_mapped_flags_clear_by_index(&p_flags[j], i); + } + } + return; + } + } + } +} + + +bool sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(uint16_t * p_keys, sdk_mapped_flags_t flags, uint16_t key) +{ + if (p_keys != NULL) + { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS; i++) + { + if (p_keys[i] == key) + { + return sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_index(flags, i); + } + } + } + return false; +} + + +sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_get(uint16_t * p_keys, + sdk_mapped_flags_t flags) +{ + sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t key_list; + key_list.len = 0; + + if (p_keys != NULL) + { + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS; i++) + { + if (sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_index(flags, i)) + { + key_list.flag_keys[key_list.len++] = p_keys[i]; + } + } + } + + return key_list; +} + + +uint32_t sdk_mapped_flags_n_flags_set(sdk_mapped_flags_t flags) +{ + uint32_t n_flags_set = 0; + + for (uint32_t i = 0; i < SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS; i++) + { + if (sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_index(flags, i)) + { + n_flags_set += 1; + } + } + return n_flags_set; +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_mapped_flags.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_mapped_flags.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..40207c27 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_mapped_flags.h @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_H__ +#define SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_H__ + +#include +#include +#include "app_util.h" +#include "compiler_abstraction.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +/** + * @file + * @defgroup sdk_mapped_flags Mapped flags + * @ingroup app_common + * @{ + * @brief Module for writing and reading flags that are associated + * with keys. + * + * @details The flags are represented as bits in a bitmap called a flag collection. The keys + * are uint16_t. Each flag collection contains all flags of the same type, one flag for + * each key. + * + * The mapped flags module does not keep the flag states, nor the list of keys. These are + * provided in the API calls. A key's index in the key list determines which bit in the + * flag collection is associated with it. This module does not ever edit the key list, and + * does not edit flags except in function calls that take the flag collection as a pointer. + * + */ + +#define SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS 8 /**< The number of keys to keep flags for. This is also the number of flags in a flag collection. If changing this value, you might also need change the width of the sdk_mapped_flags_t type. */ +#define SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS_PER_BYTE 8 /**< The number of flags that fit in one byte. */ +#define SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_INVALID_INDEX 0xFFFF /**< A flag index guaranteed to be invalid. */ + +typedef uint8_t sdk_mapped_flags_t; /**< The bitmap to hold flags. Each flag is one bit, and each bit represents the flag state associated with one key. */ + + +// Test whether the flag collection type is large enough to hold all the flags. If this fails, +// reduce SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS or increase the size of sdk_mapped_flags_t. +STATIC_ASSERT(( + sizeof(sdk_mapped_flags_t) * SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS_PER_BYTE) >= SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS); + + +/**@brief Type used to present a subset of the registered keys. + */ +typedef struct +{ + uint32_t len; /**< The length of the list. */ + uint16_t flag_keys[SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS]; /**< The list of keys. */ +} sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t; + + +/**@brief Function for getting the first index at which the flag is true in the provided + * collection. + * + * @param[in] flags The flag collection to search for a flag set to true. + * + * @return The first index that has its flag set to true. If none were found, the + * function returns @ref SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_INVALID_INDEX. + */ +uint16_t sdk_mapped_flags_first_key_index_get(sdk_mapped_flags_t flags); + + +/**@brief Function for updating the state of a flag. + * + * @param[in] p_keys The list of associated keys (assumed to have a length of + * @ref SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS). + * @param[out] p_flags The flag collection to modify. + * @param[in] key The key to modify the flag of. + * @param[in] value The state to set the flag to. + */ +void sdk_mapped_flags_update_by_key(uint16_t * p_keys, + sdk_mapped_flags_t * p_flags, + uint16_t key, + bool value); + + +/**@brief Function for updating the state of the same flag in multiple flag collections. + * + * @details The key and value are the same for all flag collections in the p_flags array. + * + * @param[in] p_keys The list of associated keys (assumed to have a length of + * @ref SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS). + * @param[out] p_flags The flag collections to modify. + * @param[out] n_flag_collections The number of flag collections in p_flags. + * @param[in] key The key to modify the flag of. + * @param[in] value The state to set the flag to. + */ +void sdk_mapped_flags_bulk_update_by_key(uint16_t * p_keys, + sdk_mapped_flags_t * p_flags, + uint32_t n_flag_collections, + uint16_t key, + bool value); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the state of a specific flag. + * + * @param[in] p_keys The list of associated keys (assumed to have a length of + * @ref SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS). + * @param[in] flags The flag collection to read from. + * @param[in] key The key to get the flag for. + * + * @return The state of the flag. + */ +bool sdk_mapped_flags_get_by_key(uint16_t * p_keys, sdk_mapped_flags_t flags, uint16_t key); + + +/**@brief Function for getting a list of all keys that have a specific flag set to true. + * + * @param[in] p_keys The list of associated keys (assumed to have a length of + * @ref SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_N_KEYS). + * @param[in] flags The flag collection to search. + * + * @return The list of keys. + */ +sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_t sdk_mapped_flags_key_list_get(uint16_t * p_keys, + sdk_mapped_flags_t flags); + + +/**@brief Function for getting the number of keys that have a specific flag set to true. + * + * @param[in] flags The flag collection to search. + * + * @return The number of keys. + */ +uint32_t sdk_mapped_flags_n_flags_set(sdk_mapped_flags_t flags); + + +/**@brief Function for querying whether any flags in the collection are set. + * + * @param[in] flags The flag collection to query. + * + * @retval true If one or more flags are set to true. + * @retval false Otherwise. + */ +static __INLINE bool sdk_mapped_flags_any_set(sdk_mapped_flags_t flags) +{ + return (flags != 0); +} + + +/** @} */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* SDK_MAPPED_FLAGS_H__ */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_os.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_os.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..9ed370a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_os.h @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + + /** @cond */ +/**@file + * + * @defgroup sdk_os SDK OS Abstraction + * @ingroup experimental_api + * @details In order to made SDK modules independent of use of an embedded OS, and permit + * application with varied task architecture, SDK abstracts the OS specific + * elements here in order to make all other modules agnostic to the OS or task + * architecture. + * @{ + */ + +#ifndef SDK_OS_H__ +#define SDK_OS_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define SDK_MUTEX_DEFINE(X) +#define SDK_MUTEX_INIT(X) +#define SDK_MUTEX_LOCK(X) +#define SDK_MUTEX_UNLOCK(X) + +/** + * @defgroup os_data_type Data types. + */ + +/** @} */ +/** @endcond */ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SDK_OS_H__ + diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_resources.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_resources.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..3b06af9d --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/libraries/util/sdk_resources.h @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + */ + +/** @file + * @brief Definition file for resource usage by SoftDevice, ESB and Gazell. + */ + +#ifndef APP_RESOURCES_H__ +#define APP_RESOURCES_H__ + +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + #include "nrf_sd_def.h" +#else + #define SD_PPI_RESTRICTED 0uL /**< 1 if PPI peripheral is restricted, 0 otherwise. */ + #define SD_PPI_CHANNELS_USED 0uL /**< PPI channels utilized by SotfDevice (not available to th spplication). */ + #define SD_PPI_GROUPS_USED 0uL /**< PPI groups utilized by SotfDevice (not available to th spplication). */ + #define SD_TIMERS_USED 0uL /**< Timers used by SoftDevice. */ + #define SD_SWI_USED 0uL /**< Software interrupts used by SoftDevice. */ +#endif + +#ifdef GAZELL_PRESENT + #include "nrf_gzll_resources.h" +#else + #define GZLL_PPI_CHANNELS_USED 0uL /**< PPI channels utilized by Gazell (not available to th spplication). */ + #define GZLL_TIMERS_USED 0uL /**< Timers used by Gazell. */ + #define GZLL_SWI_USED 0uL /**< Software interrupts used by Gazell */ +#endif + +#ifdef ESB_PRESENT + #include "nrf_esb_resources.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#else + #define ESB_PPI_CHANNELS_USED 0uL /**< PPI channels utilized by ESB (not available to th spplication). */ + #define ESB_TIMERS_USED 0uL /**< Timers used by ESB. */ + #define ESB_SWI_USED 0uL /**< Software interrupts used by ESB */ +#endif + +#define NRF_PPI_CHANNELS_USED (SD_PPI_CHANNELS_USED | GZLL_PPI_CHANNELS_USED | ESB_PPI_CHANNELS_USED) +#define NRF_PPI_GROUPS_USED (SD_PPI_GROUPS_USED) +#define NRF_SWI_USED (SD_SWI_USED | GZLL_SWI_USED | ESB_SWI_USED) +#define NRF_TIMERS_USED (SD_TIMERS_USED | GZLL_TIMERS_USED | ESB_TIMERS_USED) + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_RESOURCES_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/sdk_config.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/sdk_config.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..121425a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/sdk_config.h @@ -0,0 +1,3743 @@ + + +#ifndef SDK_CONFIG_H +#define SDK_CONFIG_H +// <<< Use Configuration Wizard in Context Menu >>>\n +#ifdef USE_APP_CONFIG +#include "app_config.h" +#endif +// nRF_BLE + +//========================================================== +// BLE_ADVERTISING_ENABLED - ble_advertising - Advertising module + + +#ifndef BLE_ADVERTISING_ENABLED +#define BLE_ADVERTISING_ENABLED 1 +#endif + +// BLE_DB_DISCOVERY_ENABLED - ble_db_discovery - Database discovery module + + +#ifndef BLE_DB_DISCOVERY_ENABLED +#define BLE_DB_DISCOVERY_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_DTM_ENABLED - ble_dtm - Module for testing RF/PHY using DTM commands + + +#ifndef BLE_DTM_ENABLED +#define BLE_DTM_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_RACP_ENABLED - ble_racp - Record Access Control Point library + + +#ifndef BLE_RACP_ENABLED +#define BLE_RACP_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// NRF_BLE_QWR_ENABLED - nrf_ble_qwr - Queued writes support module (prepare/execute write) + + +#ifndef NRF_BLE_QWR_ENABLED +#define NRF_BLE_QWR_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// PEER_MANAGER_ENABLED - peer_manager - Peer Manager + + +#ifndef PEER_MANAGER_ENABLED +#define PEER_MANAGER_ENABLED 1 +#endif + +// NRF_BLE_GATT_ENABLED - nrf_ble_gatt - GATT module +//========================================================== +#ifndef NRF_BLE_GATT_ENABLED +#define NRF_BLE_GATT_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if NRF_BLE_GATT_ENABLED +// NRF_BLE_GATT_MAX_MTU_SIZE - Static maximum MTU size that is passed to the @ref sd_ble_enable function. +#ifndef NRF_BLE_GATT_MAX_MTU_SIZE +#define NRF_BLE_GATT_MAX_MTU_SIZE 158 +#endif + +#endif //NRF_BLE_GATT_ENABLED + +// +//========================================================== + +// nRF_BLE_Services + +//========================================================== +// BLE_ANCS_C_ENABLED - ble_ancs_c - Apple Notification Service Client + + +#ifndef BLE_ANCS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_ANCS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_ANS_C_ENABLED - ble_ans_c - Alert Notification Service Client + + +#ifndef BLE_ANS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_ANS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_BAS_C_ENABLED - ble_bas_c - Battery Service Client + + +#ifndef BLE_BAS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_BAS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_BAS_ENABLED - ble_bas - Battery Service + + +#ifndef BLE_BAS_ENABLED +#define BLE_BAS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_CSCS_ENABLED - ble_cscs - Cycling Speed and Cadence Service + + +#ifndef BLE_CSCS_ENABLED +#define BLE_CSCS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_CTS_C_ENABLED - ble_cts_c - Current Time Service Client + + +#ifndef BLE_CTS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_CTS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_DIS_ENABLED - ble_dis - Device Information Service + + +#ifndef BLE_DIS_ENABLED +#define BLE_DIS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_GLS_ENABLED - ble_gls - Glucose Service + + +#ifndef BLE_GLS_ENABLED +#define BLE_GLS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_HIDS_ENABLED - ble_hids - Human Interface Device Service + + +#ifndef BLE_HIDS_ENABLED +#define BLE_HIDS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_HRS_C_ENABLED - ble_hrs_c - Heart Rate Service Client +//========================================================== +#ifndef BLE_HRS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_HRS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if BLE_HRS_C_ENABLED +// BLE_HRS_C_RR_INTERVALS_MAX_CNT - Maximum number of RR_INTERVALS per notification to be decoded +#ifndef BLE_HRS_C_RR_INTERVALS_MAX_CNT +#define BLE_HRS_C_RR_INTERVALS_MAX_CNT 30 +#endif + +#endif //BLE_HRS_C_ENABLED +// + +// BLE_HRS_ENABLED - ble_hrs - Heart Rate Service + + +#ifndef BLE_HRS_ENABLED +#define BLE_HRS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_HTS_ENABLED - ble_hts - Health Thermometer Service + + +#ifndef BLE_HTS_ENABLED +#define BLE_HTS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_IAS_C_ENABLED - ble_ias_c - Immediate Alert Service Client + + +#ifndef BLE_IAS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_IAS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_IAS_ENABLED - ble_ias - Immediate Alert Service + + +#ifndef BLE_IAS_ENABLED +#define BLE_IAS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_LBS_C_ENABLED - ble_lbs_c - Nordic LED Button Service Client + + +#ifndef BLE_LBS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_LBS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_LBS_ENABLED - ble_lbs - LED Button Service + + +#ifndef BLE_LBS_ENABLED +#define BLE_LBS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_LLS_ENABLED - ble_lls - Link Loss Service + + +#ifndef BLE_LLS_ENABLED +#define BLE_LLS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_NUS_C_ENABLED - ble_nus_c - Nordic UART Central Service + + +#ifndef BLE_NUS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_NUS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_NUS_ENABLED - ble_nus - Nordic UART Service + + +#ifndef BLE_NUS_ENABLED +#define BLE_NUS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_RSCS_C_ENABLED - ble_rscs_c - Running Speed and Cadence Client + + +#ifndef BLE_RSCS_C_ENABLED +#define BLE_RSCS_C_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_RSCS_ENABLED - ble_rscs - Running Speed and Cadence Service + + +#ifndef BLE_RSCS_ENABLED +#define BLE_RSCS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BLE_TPS_ENABLED - ble_tps - TX Power Service + + +#ifndef BLE_TPS_ENABLED +#define BLE_TPS_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// +//========================================================== + +// nRF_Drivers + +//========================================================== +// ADC_ENABLED - nrf_drv_adc - Driver for ADC peripheral (nRF51) +//========================================================== +#ifndef ADC_ENABLED +#define ADC_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if ADC_ENABLED +// ADC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef ADC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define ADC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// ADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef ADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define ADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if ADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// ADC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef ADC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define ADC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// ADC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef ADC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define ADC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// ADC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef ADC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define ADC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //ADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //ADC_ENABLED +// + +// APP_USBD_ENABLED - app_usbd - USB Device library +//========================================================== +#ifndef APP_USBD_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if APP_USBD_ENABLED +// APP_USBD_VID - Vendor ID <0x0000-0xFFFF> + + +// Vendor ID ordered from USB IF: http://www.usb.org/developers/vendor/ + +#ifndef APP_USBD_VID +#define APP_USBD_VID 0 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_PID - Product ID <0x0000-0xFFFF> + + +// Selected Product ID + +#ifndef APP_USBD_PID +#define APP_USBD_PID 0 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_DEVICE_VER_MAJOR - Device version, major part <0-99> + + +// Device version, will be converted automatically to BCD notation. Use just decimal values. + +#ifndef APP_USBD_DEVICE_VER_MAJOR +#define APP_USBD_DEVICE_VER_MAJOR 1 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_DEVICE_VER_MINOR - Device version, minor part <0-99> + + +// Device version, will be converted automatically to BCD notation. Use just decimal values. + +#ifndef APP_USBD_DEVICE_VER_MINOR +#define APP_USBD_DEVICE_VER_MINOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //APP_USBD_ENABLED +// + +// CLOCK_ENABLED - nrf_drv_clock - CLOCK peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef CLOCK_ENABLED +#define CLOCK_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if CLOCK_ENABLED +// CLOCK_CONFIG_XTAL_FREQ - HF XTAL Frequency + +// <0=> Default (64 MHz) +// <255=> Default (16 MHz) +// <0=> 32 MHz + +#ifndef CLOCK_CONFIG_XTAL_FREQ +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_XTAL_FREQ 255 +#endif + +// CLOCK_CONFIG_LF_SRC - LF Clock Source + +// <0=> RC +// <1=> XTAL +// <2=> Synth + +#ifndef CLOCK_CONFIG_LF_SRC +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_LF_SRC 1 +#endif + +// CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// CLOCK_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef CLOCK_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// CLOCK_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef CLOCK_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define CLOCK_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //CLOCK_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //CLOCK_ENABLED +// + +// COMP_ENABLED - nrf_drv_comp - COMP peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef COMP_ENABLED +#define COMP_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if COMP_ENABLED +// COMP_CONFIG_REF - Reference voltage + +// <0=> Internal 1.2V +// <1=> Internal 1.8V +// <2=> Internal 2.4V +// <4=> VDD +// <7=> ARef + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_REF +#define COMP_CONFIG_REF 1 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_MAIN_MODE - Main mode + +// <0=> Single ended +// <1=> Differential + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_MAIN_MODE +#define COMP_CONFIG_MAIN_MODE 0 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_SPEED_MODE - Speed mode + +// <0=> Low power +// <1=> Normal +// <2=> High speed + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_SPEED_MODE +#define COMP_CONFIG_SPEED_MODE 2 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_HYST - Hystheresis + +// <0=> No +// <1=> 50mV + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_HYST +#define COMP_CONFIG_HYST 0 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_ISOURCE - Current Source + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> 2.5 uA +// <2=> 5 uA +// <3=> 10 uA + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_ISOURCE +#define COMP_CONFIG_ISOURCE 0 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_INPUT - Analog input + +// <0=> 0 +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 +// <4=> 4 +// <5=> 5 +// <6=> 6 +// <7=> 7 + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_INPUT +#define COMP_CONFIG_INPUT 0 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define COMP_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define COMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if COMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// COMP_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define COMP_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define COMP_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// COMP_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef COMP_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define COMP_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //COMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //COMP_ENABLED +// + +// EGU_ENABLED - nrf_drv_swi - SWI(EGU) peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef EGU_ENABLED +#define EGU_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if EGU_ENABLED +// SWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef SWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define SWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if SWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// SWI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef SWI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define SWI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// SWI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef SWI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define SWI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// SWI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef SWI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define SWI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //SWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //EGU_ENABLED +// + +// GPIOTE_ENABLED - nrf_drv_gpiote - GPIOTE peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef GPIOTE_ENABLED +#define GPIOTE_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if GPIOTE_ENABLED +// GPIOTE_CONFIG_NUM_OF_LOW_POWER_EVENTS - Number of lower power input pins +#ifndef GPIOTE_CONFIG_NUM_OF_LOW_POWER_EVENTS +#define GPIOTE_CONFIG_NUM_OF_LOW_POWER_EVENTS 1 +#endif + +// GPIOTE_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef GPIOTE_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define GPIOTE_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// GPIOTE_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef GPIOTE_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define GPIOTE_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if GPIOTE_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// GPIOTE_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef GPIOTE_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define GPIOTE_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// GPIOTE_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef GPIOTE_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define GPIOTE_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// GPIOTE_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef GPIOTE_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define GPIOTE_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //GPIOTE_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //GPIOTE_ENABLED +// + +// I2S_ENABLED - nrf_drv_i2s - I2S peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef I2S_ENABLED +#define I2S_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if I2S_ENABLED +// I2S_CONFIG_SCK_PIN - SCK pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_SCK_PIN +#define I2S_CONFIG_SCK_PIN 31 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_LRCK_PIN - LRCK pin <1-31> + + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_LRCK_PIN +#define I2S_CONFIG_LRCK_PIN 30 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_MCK_PIN - MCK pin +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_MCK_PIN +#define I2S_CONFIG_MCK_PIN 255 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_SDOUT_PIN - SDOUT pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_SDOUT_PIN +#define I2S_CONFIG_SDOUT_PIN 29 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_SDIN_PIN - SDIN pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_SDIN_PIN +#define I2S_CONFIG_SDIN_PIN 28 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_MASTER - Mode + +// <0=> Master +// <1=> Slave + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_MASTER +#define I2S_CONFIG_MASTER 0 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_FORMAT - Format + +// <0=> I2S +// <1=> Aligned + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_FORMAT +#define I2S_CONFIG_FORMAT 0 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_ALIGN - Alignment + +// <0=> Left +// <1=> Right + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_ALIGN +#define I2S_CONFIG_ALIGN 0 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_SWIDTH - Sample width (bits) + +// <0=> 8 +// <1=> 16 +// <2=> 24 + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_SWIDTH +#define I2S_CONFIG_SWIDTH 1 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_CHANNELS - Channels + +// <0=> Stereo +// <1=> Left +// <2=> Right + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_CHANNELS +#define I2S_CONFIG_CHANNELS 1 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_MCK_SETUP - MCK behavior + +// <0=> Disabled +// <2147483648=> 32MHz/2 +// <1342177280=> 32MHz/3 +// <1073741824=> 32MHz/4 +// <805306368=> 32MHz/5 +// <671088640=> 32MHz/6 +// <536870912=> 32MHz/8 +// <402653184=> 32MHz/10 +// <369098752=> 32MHz/11 +// <285212672=> 32MHz/15 +// <268435456=> 32MHz/16 +// <201326592=> 32MHz/21 +// <184549376=> 32MHz/23 +// <142606336=> 32MHz/30 +// <138412032=> 32MHz/31 +// <134217728=> 32MHz/32 +// <100663296=> 32MHz/42 +// <68157440=> 32MHz/63 +// <34340864=> 32MHz/125 + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_MCK_SETUP +#define I2S_CONFIG_MCK_SETUP 536870912 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_RATIO - MCK/LRCK ratio + +// <0=> 32x +// <1=> 48x +// <2=> 64x +// <3=> 96x +// <4=> 128x +// <5=> 192x +// <6=> 256x +// <7=> 384x +// <8=> 512x + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_RATIO +#define I2S_CONFIG_RATIO 2000 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define I2S_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define I2S_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if I2S_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// I2S_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define I2S_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define I2S_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// I2S_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef I2S_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define I2S_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //I2S_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //I2S_ENABLED +// + +// LPCOMP_ENABLED - nrf_drv_lpcomp - LPCOMP peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef LPCOMP_ENABLED +#define LPCOMP_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if LPCOMP_ENABLED +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_REFERENCE - Reference voltage + +// <0=> Supply 1/8 +// <1=> Supply 2/8 +// <2=> Supply 3/8 +// <3=> Supply 4/8 +// <4=> Supply 5/8 +// <5=> Supply 6/8 +// <6=> Supply 7/8 +// <8=> Supply 1/16 (nRF52) +// <9=> Supply 3/16 (nRF52) +// <10=> Supply 5/16 (nRF52) +// <11=> Supply 7/16 (nRF52) +// <12=> Supply 9/16 (nRF52) +// <13=> Supply 11/16 (nRF52) +// <14=> Supply 13/16 (nRF52) +// <15=> Supply 15/16 (nRF52) +// <7=> External Ref 0 +// <65543=> External Ref 1 + +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_REFERENCE +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_REFERENCE 3 +#endif + +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_DETECTION - Detection + +// <0=> Crossing +// <1=> Up +// <2=> Down + +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_DETECTION +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_DETECTION 2 +#endif + +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_INPUT - Analog input + +// <0=> 0 +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 +// <4=> 4 +// <5=> 5 +// <6=> 6 +// <7=> 7 + +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_INPUT +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_INPUT 0 +#endif + +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_HYST - Hysteresis + + +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_HYST +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_HYST 0 +#endif + +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if LPCOMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// LPCOMP_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef LPCOMP_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define LPCOMP_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //LPCOMP_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //LPCOMP_ENABLED +// + +// PDM_ENABLED - nrf_drv_pdm - PDM peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef PDM_ENABLED +#define PDM_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if PDM_ENABLED +// PDM_CONFIG_MODE - Mode + +// <0=> Stereo +// <1=> Mono + +#ifndef PDM_CONFIG_MODE +#define PDM_CONFIG_MODE 1 +#endif + +// PDM_CONFIG_EDGE - Edge + +// <0=> Left falling +// <1=> Left rising + +#ifndef PDM_CONFIG_EDGE +#define PDM_CONFIG_EDGE 0 +#endif + +// PDM_CONFIG_CLOCK_FREQ - Clock frequency + +// <134217728=> 1000k +// <138412032=> 1032k (default) +// <142606336=> 1067k + +#ifndef PDM_CONFIG_CLOCK_FREQ +#define PDM_CONFIG_CLOCK_FREQ 138412032 +#endif + +// PDM_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef PDM_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define PDM_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// PDM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef PDM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define PDM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if PDM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// PDM_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef PDM_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define PDM_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// PDM_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef PDM_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define PDM_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// PDM_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef PDM_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define PDM_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //PDM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //PDM_ENABLED +// + +// PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING_ENABLED - nrf_drv_common - Peripheral drivers common module +//========================================================== +#ifndef PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING_ENABLED +#define PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING_ENABLED +// COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// COMMON_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef COMMON_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define COMMON_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// COMMON_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef COMMON_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define COMMON_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //COMMON_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //PERIPHERAL_RESOURCE_SHARING_ENABLED +// + +// POWER_ENABLED - nrf_drv_power - POWER peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef POWER_ENABLED +#define POWER_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if POWER_ENABLED +// POWER_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef POWER_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define POWER_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// POWER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_DCDCEN - The default configuration of main DCDC regulator + + +// This settings means only that components for DCDC regulator are installed and it can be enabled. + +#ifndef POWER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_DCDCEN +#define POWER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_DCDCEN 0 +#endif + +// POWER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_DCDCENHV - The default configuration of High Voltage DCDC regulator + + +// This settings means only that components for DCDC regulator are installed and it can be enabled. + +#ifndef POWER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_DCDCENHV +#define POWER_CONFIG_DEFAULT_DCDCENHV 0 +#endif + +#endif //POWER_ENABLED +// + +// PPI_ENABLED - nrf_drv_ppi - PPI peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef PPI_ENABLED +#define PPI_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if PPI_ENABLED +// PPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef PPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define PPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if PPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// PPI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef PPI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define PPI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// PPI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef PPI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define PPI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// PPI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef PPI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define PPI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //PPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //PPI_ENABLED +// + +// PWM_ENABLED - nrf_drv_pwm - PWM peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef PWM_ENABLED +#define PWM_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if PWM_ENABLED +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT0_PIN - Out0 pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT0_PIN +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT0_PIN 31 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT1_PIN - Out1 pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT1_PIN +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT1_PIN 31 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT2_PIN - Out2 pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT2_PIN +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT2_PIN 31 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT3_PIN - Out3 pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT3_PIN +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_OUT3_PIN 31 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BASE_CLOCK - Base clock + +// <0=> 16 MHz +// <1=> 8 MHz +// <2=> 4 MHz +// <3=> 2 MHz +// <4=> 1 MHz +// <5=> 500 kHz +// <6=> 250 kHz +// <7=> 125 MHz + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BASE_CLOCK +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BASE_CLOCK 4 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_COUNT_MODE - Count mode + +// <0=> Up +// <1=> Up and Down + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_COUNT_MODE +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_COUNT_MODE 0 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_TOP_VALUE - Top value +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_TOP_VALUE +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_TOP_VALUE 1000 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_LOAD_MODE - Load mode + +// <0=> Common +// <1=> Grouped +// <2=> Individual +// <3=> Waveform + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_LOAD_MODE +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_LOAD_MODE 0 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_STEP_MODE - Step mode + +// <0=> Auto +// <1=> Triggered + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_STEP_MODE +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_STEP_MODE 0 +#endif + +// PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 +// <4=> 4 +// <5=> 5 +// <6=> 6 +// <7=> 7 + +#ifndef PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define PWM_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 7 +#endif + +// PWM0_ENABLED - Enable PWM0 instance + + +#ifndef PWM0_ENABLED +#define PWM0_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// PWM1_ENABLED - Enable PWM1 instance + + +#ifndef PWM1_ENABLED +#define PWM1_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// PWM2_ENABLED - Enable PWM2 instance + + +#ifndef PWM2_ENABLED +#define PWM2_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// PWM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef PWM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define PWM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if PWM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// PWM_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef PWM_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define PWM_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// PWM_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef PWM_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define PWM_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// PWM_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef PWM_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define PWM_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //PWM_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //PWM_ENABLED +// + +// QDEC_ENABLED - nrf_drv_qdec - QDEC peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef QDEC_ENABLED +#define QDEC_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if QDEC_ENABLED +// QDEC_CONFIG_REPORTPER - Report period + +// <0=> 10 Samples +// <1=> 40 Samples +// <2=> 80 Samples +// <3=> 120 Samples +// <4=> 160 Samples +// <5=> 200 Samples +// <6=> 240 Samples +// <7=> 280 Samples + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_REPORTPER +#define QDEC_CONFIG_REPORTPER 0 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_SAMPLEPER - Sample period + +// <0=> 128 us +// <1=> 256 us +// <2=> 512 us +// <3=> 1024 us +// <4=> 2048 us +// <5=> 4096 us +// <6=> 8192 us +// <7=> 16384 us + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_SAMPLEPER +#define QDEC_CONFIG_SAMPLEPER 7 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_A - A pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_A +#define QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_A 31 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_B - B pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_B +#define QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_B 31 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_LED - LED pin <0-31> + + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_LED +#define QDEC_CONFIG_PIO_LED 31 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_LEDPRE - LED pre +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_LEDPRE +#define QDEC_CONFIG_LEDPRE 511 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_LEDPOL - LED polarity + +// <0=> Active low +// <1=> Active high + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_LEDPOL +#define QDEC_CONFIG_LEDPOL 1 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_DBFEN - Debouncing enable + + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_DBFEN +#define QDEC_CONFIG_DBFEN 0 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_SAMPLE_INTEN - Sample ready interrupt enable + + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_SAMPLE_INTEN +#define QDEC_CONFIG_SAMPLE_INTEN 0 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define QDEC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define QDEC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if QDEC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// QDEC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define QDEC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define QDEC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// QDEC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef QDEC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define QDEC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //QDEC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //QDEC_ENABLED +// + +// RNG_ENABLED - nrf_drv_rng - RNG peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef RNG_ENABLED +#define RNG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if RNG_ENABLED +// RNG_CONFIG_ERROR_CORRECTION - Error correction + + +#ifndef RNG_CONFIG_ERROR_CORRECTION +#define RNG_CONFIG_ERROR_CORRECTION 0 +#endif + +// RNG_CONFIG_POOL_SIZE - Pool size +#ifndef RNG_CONFIG_POOL_SIZE +#define RNG_CONFIG_POOL_SIZE 32 +#endif + +// RNG_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef RNG_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define RNG_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// RNG_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef RNG_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define RNG_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if RNG_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// RNG_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef RNG_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define RNG_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// RNG_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef RNG_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define RNG_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// RNG_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef RNG_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define RNG_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //RNG_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //RNG_ENABLED +// + +// RTC_ENABLED - nrf_drv_rtc - RTC peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef RTC_ENABLED +#define RTC_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if RTC_ENABLED +// RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY - Frequency <16-32768> + + +#ifndef RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY +#define RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY 32768 +#endif + +// RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_RELIABLE - Ensures safe compare event triggering + + +#ifndef RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_RELIABLE +#define RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_RELIABLE 0 +#endif + +// RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define RTC_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// RTC0_ENABLED - Enable RTC0 instance + + +#ifndef RTC0_ENABLED +#define RTC0_ENABLED 1 +#endif + +// RTC1_ENABLED - Enable RTC1 instance + + +#ifndef RTC1_ENABLED +#define RTC1_ENABLED 1 +#endif + +// RTC2_ENABLED - Enable RTC2 instance + + +#ifndef RTC2_ENABLED +#define RTC2_ENABLED 1 +#endif + +// NRF_MAXIMUM_LATENCY_US - Maximum possible time[us] in highest priority interrupt +#ifndef NRF_MAXIMUM_LATENCY_US +#define NRF_MAXIMUM_LATENCY_US 2000 +#endif + +// RTC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef RTC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define RTC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if RTC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// RTC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef RTC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define RTC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// RTC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef RTC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define RTC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// RTC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef RTC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define RTC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //RTC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //RTC_ENABLED +// + +// SAADC_ENABLED - nrf_drv_saadc - SAADC peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef SAADC_ENABLED +#define SAADC_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if SAADC_ENABLED +// SAADC_CONFIG_RESOLUTION - Resolution + +// <0=> 8 bit +// <1=> 10 bit +// <2=> 12 bit +// <3=> 14 bit + +#ifndef SAADC_CONFIG_RESOLUTION +#define SAADC_CONFIG_RESOLUTION 1 +#endif + +// SAADC_CONFIG_OVERSAMPLE - Sample period + +// <0=> Disabled +// <1=> 2x +// <2=> 4x +// <3=> 8x +// <4=> 16x +// <5=> 32x +// <6=> 64x +// <7=> 128x +// <8=> 256x + +#ifndef SAADC_CONFIG_OVERSAMPLE +#define SAADC_CONFIG_OVERSAMPLE 0 +#endif + +// SAADC_CONFIG_LP_MODE - Enabling low power mode + + +#ifndef SAADC_CONFIG_LP_MODE +#define SAADC_CONFIG_LP_MODE 0 +#endif + +// SAADC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef SAADC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define SAADC_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// SAADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef SAADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define SAADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if SAADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// SAADC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef SAADC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define SAADC_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// SAADC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef SAADC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define SAADC_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// SAADC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef SAADC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define SAADC_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //SAADC_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //SAADC_ENABLED +// + +// SPIS_ENABLED - nrf_drv_spis - SPI Slave driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef SPIS_ENABLED +#define SPIS_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if SPIS_ENABLED +// SPIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef SPIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define SPIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// SPIS_DEFAULT_MODE - Mode + +// <0=> MODE_0 +// <1=> MODE_1 +// <2=> MODE_2 +// <3=> MODE_3 + +#ifndef SPIS_DEFAULT_MODE +#define SPIS_DEFAULT_MODE 0 +#endif + +// SPIS_DEFAULT_BIT_ORDER - SPIS default bit order + +// <0=> MSB first +// <1=> LSB first + +#ifndef SPIS_DEFAULT_BIT_ORDER +#define SPIS_DEFAULT_BIT_ORDER 0 +#endif + +// SPIS_DEFAULT_DEF - SPIS default DEF character <0-255> + + +#ifndef SPIS_DEFAULT_DEF +#define SPIS_DEFAULT_DEF 255 +#endif + +// SPIS_DEFAULT_ORC - SPIS default ORC character <0-255> + + +#ifndef SPIS_DEFAULT_ORC +#define SPIS_DEFAULT_ORC 255 +#endif + +// SPIS0_ENABLED - Enable SPIS0 instance + + +#ifndef SPIS0_ENABLED +#define SPIS0_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// SPIS1_ENABLED - Enable SPIS1 instance + + +#ifndef SPIS1_ENABLED +#define SPIS1_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// SPIS2_ENABLED - Enable SPIS2 instance + + +#ifndef SPIS2_ENABLED +#define SPIS2_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// SPIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef SPIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define SPIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if SPIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// SPIS_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef SPIS_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define SPIS_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// SPIS_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef SPIS_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define SPIS_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// SPIS_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef SPIS_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define SPIS_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //SPIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //SPIS_ENABLED +// + +// SPI_ENABLED - nrf_drv_spi - SPI/SPIM peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef SPI_ENABLED +#define SPI_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if SPI_ENABLED +// SPI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef SPI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define SPI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// SPI0_ENABLED - Enable SPI0 instance +//========================================================== +#ifndef SPI0_ENABLED +#define SPI0_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if SPI0_ENABLED +// SPI0_USE_EASY_DMA - Use EasyDMA + + +#ifndef SPI0_USE_EASY_DMA +#define SPI0_USE_EASY_DMA 0 +#endif + +// SPI0_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY - SPI frequency + +// <33554432=> 125 kHz +// <67108864=> 250 kHz +// <134217728=> 500 kHz +// <268435456=> 1 MHz +// <536870912=> 2 MHz +// <1073741824=> 4 MHz +// <2147483648=> 8 MHz + +#ifndef SPI0_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY +#define SPI0_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY 2147483648 +#endif + +#endif //SPI0_ENABLED +// + +// SPI1_ENABLED - Enable SPI1 instance +//========================================================== +#ifndef SPI1_ENABLED +#define SPI1_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if SPI1_ENABLED +// SPI1_USE_EASY_DMA - Use EasyDMA + + +#ifndef SPI1_USE_EASY_DMA +#define SPI1_USE_EASY_DMA 0 +#endif + +// SPI1_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY - SPI frequency + +// <33554432=> 125 kHz +// <67108864=> 250 kHz +// <134217728=> 500 kHz +// <268435456=> 1 MHz +// <536870912=> 2 MHz +// <1073741824=> 4 MHz +// <2147483648=> 8 MHz + +#ifndef SPI1_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY +#define SPI1_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY 1073741824 +#endif + +#endif //SPI1_ENABLED +// + +// SPI2_ENABLED - Enable SPI2 instance +//========================================================== +#ifndef SPI2_ENABLED +#define SPI2_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if SPI2_ENABLED +// SPI2_USE_EASY_DMA - Use EasyDMA + + +#ifndef SPI2_USE_EASY_DMA +#define SPI2_USE_EASY_DMA 0 +#endif + +// SPI2_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY - Use EasyDMA + + +#ifndef SPI2_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY +#define SPI2_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY 0 +#endif + +#endif //SPI2_ENABLED +// + +// SPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef SPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define SPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if SPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// SPI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef SPI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define SPI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 2 +#endif + +// SPI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef SPI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define SPI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// SPI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef SPI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define SPI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //SPI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //SPI_ENABLED +// + +// TIMER_ENABLED - nrf_drv_timer - TIMER periperal driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef TIMER_ENABLED +#define TIMER_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if TIMER_ENABLED +// TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY - Timer frequency if in Timer mode + +// <0=> 16 MHz +// <1=> 8 MHz +// <2=> 4 MHz +// <3=> 2 MHz +// <4=> 1 MHz +// <5=> 500 kHz +// <6=> 250 kHz +// <7=> 125 kHz +// <8=> 62.5 kHz +// <9=> 31.25 kHz + +#ifndef TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY +#define TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY 0 +#endif + +// TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_MODE - Timer mode or operation + +// <0=> Timer +// <1=> Counter + +#ifndef TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_MODE +#define TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_MODE 0 +#endif + +// TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BIT_WIDTH - Timer counter bit width + +// <0=> 16 bit +// <1=> 8 bit +// <2=> 24 bit +// <3=> 32 bit + +#ifndef TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BIT_WIDTH +#define TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BIT_WIDTH 0 +#endif + +// TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define TIMER_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// TIMER0_ENABLED - Enable TIMER0 instance + + +#ifndef TIMER0_ENABLED +#define TIMER0_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// TIMER1_ENABLED - Enable TIMER1 instance + + +#ifndef TIMER1_ENABLED +#define TIMER1_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// TIMER2_ENABLED - Enable TIMER2 instance + + +#ifndef TIMER2_ENABLED +#define TIMER2_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// TIMER3_ENABLED - Enable TIMER3 instance + + +#ifndef TIMER3_ENABLED +#define TIMER3_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// TIMER4_ENABLED - Enable TIMER4 instance + + +#ifndef TIMER4_ENABLED +#define TIMER4_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// TIMER_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef TIMER_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define TIMER_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if TIMER_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// TIMER_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef TIMER_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define TIMER_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// TIMER_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef TIMER_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define TIMER_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// TIMER_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef TIMER_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define TIMER_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //TIMER_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //TIMER_ENABLED +// + +// TWIS_ENABLED - nrf_drv_twis - TWIS peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef TWIS_ENABLED +#define TWIS_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if TWIS_ENABLED +// TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_ADDR0 - Address0 +#ifndef TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_ADDR0 +#define TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_ADDR0 0 +#endif + +// TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_ADDR1 - Address1 +#ifndef TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_ADDR1 +#define TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_ADDR1 0 +#endif + +// TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_SCL_PULL - SCL pin pull configuration + +// <0=> Disabled +// <1=> Pull down +// <3=> Pull up + +#ifndef TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_SCL_PULL +#define TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_SCL_PULL 0 +#endif + +// TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_SDA_PULL - SDA pin pull configuration + +// <0=> Disabled +// <1=> Pull down +// <3=> Pull up + +#ifndef TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_SDA_PULL +#define TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_SDA_PULL 0 +#endif + +// TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define TWIS_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// TWIS0_ENABLED - Enable TWIS0 instance + + +#ifndef TWIS0_ENABLED +#define TWIS0_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// TWIS1_ENABLED - Enable TWIS1 instance + + +#ifndef TWIS1_ENABLED +#define TWIS1_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// TWIS_ASSUME_INIT_AFTER_RESET_ONLY - Assume that any instance would be initialized only once + + +// Optimization flag. Registers used by TWIS are shared by other peripherals. Normally, during initialization driver tries to clear all registers to known state before doing the initialization itself. This gives initialization safe procedure, no matter when it would be called. If you activate TWIS only once and do never uninitialize it - set this flag to 1 what gives more optimal code. + +#ifndef TWIS_ASSUME_INIT_AFTER_RESET_ONLY +#define TWIS_ASSUME_INIT_AFTER_RESET_ONLY 0 +#endif + +// TWIS_NO_SYNC_MODE - Remove support for synchronous mode + + +// Synchronous mode would be used in specific situations. And it uses some additional code and data memory to safely process state machine by polling it in status functions. If this functionality is not required it may be disabled to free some resources. + +#ifndef TWIS_NO_SYNC_MODE +#define TWIS_NO_SYNC_MODE 0 +#endif + +// TWIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef TWIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define TWIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if TWIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// TWIS_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef TWIS_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define TWIS_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// TWIS_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef TWIS_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define TWIS_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// TWIS_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef TWIS_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define TWIS_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //TWIS_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //TWIS_ENABLED +// + +// TWI_ENABLED - nrf_drv_twi - TWI/TWIM peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef TWI_ENABLED +#define TWI_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if TWI_ENABLED +// TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY - Frequency + +// <26738688=> 100k +// <67108864=> 250k +// <104857600=> 400k + +#ifndef TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY +#define TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_FREQUENCY 26738688 +#endif + +// TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_CLR_BUS_INIT - Enables bus clearing procedure during init + + +#ifndef TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_CLR_BUS_INIT +#define TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_CLR_BUS_INIT 0 +#endif + +// TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_HOLD_BUS_UNINIT - Enables bus holding after uninit + + +#ifndef TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_HOLD_BUS_UNINIT +#define TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_HOLD_BUS_UNINIT 0 +#endif + +// TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define TWI_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// TWI0_ENABLED - Enable TWI0 instance +//========================================================== +#ifndef TWI0_ENABLED +#define TWI0_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if TWI0_ENABLED +// TWI0_USE_EASY_DMA - Use EasyDMA (if present) + + +#ifndef TWI0_USE_EASY_DMA +#define TWI0_USE_EASY_DMA 0 +#endif + +#endif //TWI0_ENABLED +// + +// TWI1_ENABLED - Enable TWI1 instance +//========================================================== +#ifndef TWI1_ENABLED +#define TWI1_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if TWI1_ENABLED +// TWI1_USE_EASY_DMA - Use EasyDMA (if present) + + +#ifndef TWI1_USE_EASY_DMA +#define TWI1_USE_EASY_DMA 0 +#endif + +#endif //TWI1_ENABLED +// + +// TWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef TWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define TWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if TWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// TWI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef TWI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define TWI_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// TWI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef TWI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define TWI_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// TWI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef TWI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define TWI_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //TWI_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //TWI_ENABLED +// + +// UART_ENABLED - nrf_drv_uart - UART/UARTE peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef UART_ENABLED +#define UART_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if UART_ENABLED +// UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_HWFC - Hardware Flow Control + +// <0=> Disabled +// <1=> Enabled + +#ifndef UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_HWFC +#define UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_HWFC 0 +#endif + +// UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_PARITY - Parity + +// <0=> Excluded +// <14=> Included + +#ifndef UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_PARITY +#define UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_PARITY 0 +#endif + +// UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BAUDRATE - Default Baudrate + +// <323584=> 1200 baud +// <643072=> 2400 baud +// <1290240=> 4800 baud +// <2576384=> 9600 baud +// <3862528=> 14400 baud +// <5152768=> 19200 baud +// <7716864=> 28800 baud +// <10289152=> 38400 baud +// <15400960=> 57600 baud +// <20615168=> 76800 baud +// <30924800=> 115200 baud +// <61865984=> 230400 baud +// <67108864=> 250000 baud +// <121634816=> 460800 baud +// <251658240=> 921600 baud +// <268435456=> 57600 baud + +#ifndef UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BAUDRATE +#define UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_BAUDRATE 30924800 +#endif + +// UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define UART_DEFAULT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// UART_EASY_DMA_SUPPORT - Driver supporting EasyDMA + + +#ifndef UART_EASY_DMA_SUPPORT +#define UART_EASY_DMA_SUPPORT 1 +#endif + +// UART_LEGACY_SUPPORT - Driver supporting Legacy mode + + +#ifndef UART_LEGACY_SUPPORT +#define UART_LEGACY_SUPPORT 1 +#endif + +// UART0_ENABLED - Enable UART0 instance +//========================================================== +#ifndef UART0_ENABLED +#define UART0_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if UART0_ENABLED +// UART0_CONFIG_USE_EASY_DMA - Default setting for using EasyDMA + + +#ifndef UART0_CONFIG_USE_EASY_DMA +#define UART0_CONFIG_USE_EASY_DMA 1 +#endif + +#endif //UART0_ENABLED +// + +// UART_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef UART_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define UART_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if UART_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// UART_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef UART_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define UART_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// UART_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef UART_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define UART_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// UART_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef UART_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define UART_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //UART_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //UART_ENABLED +// + +// USBD_ENABLED - nrf_drv_usbd - USB driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef USBD_ENABLED +#define USBD_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if USBD_ENABLED +// NRF_DRV_USBD_DMASCHEDULER_MODE - USBD SMA scheduler working scheme + +// <0=> Prioritized access +// <1=> Round Robin + +#ifndef NRF_DRV_USBD_DMASCHEDULER_MODE +#define NRF_DRV_USBD_DMASCHEDULER_MODE 0 +#endif + +// NRF_USBD_DRV_LOG_ENABLED - Enable logging. + + +#ifndef NRF_USBD_DRV_LOG_ENABLED +#define NRF_USBD_DRV_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +#endif //USBD_ENABLED +// + +// WDT_ENABLED - nrf_drv_wdt - WDT peripheral driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef WDT_ENABLED +#define WDT_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if WDT_ENABLED +// WDT_CONFIG_BEHAVIOUR - WDT behavior in CPU SLEEP or HALT mode + +// <1=> Run in SLEEP, Pause in HALT +// <8=> Pause in SLEEP, Run in HALT +// <9=> Run in SLEEP and HALT +// <0=> Pause in SLEEP and HALT + +#ifndef WDT_CONFIG_BEHAVIOUR +#define WDT_CONFIG_BEHAVIOUR 1 +#endif + +// WDT_CONFIG_RELOAD_VALUE - Reload value <15-4294967295> + + +#ifndef WDT_CONFIG_RELOAD_VALUE +#define WDT_CONFIG_RELOAD_VALUE 2000 +#endif + +// WDT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY - Interrupt priority + + +// Priorities 0,2 (nRF51) and 0,1,4,5 (nRF52) are reserved for SoftDevice +// <0=> 0 (highest) +// <1=> 1 +// <2=> 2 +// <3=> 3 + +#ifndef WDT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY +#define WDT_CONFIG_IRQ_PRIORITY 3 +#endif + +// WDT_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. +//========================================================== +#ifndef WDT_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +#define WDT_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if WDT_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// WDT_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef WDT_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL +#define WDT_CONFIG_LOG_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// WDT_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef WDT_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR +#define WDT_CONFIG_INFO_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// WDT_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef WDT_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR +#define WDT_CONFIG_DEBUG_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //WDT_CONFIG_LOG_ENABLED +// + +#endif //WDT_ENABLED +// + +// +//========================================================== + +// nRF_Libraries + +//========================================================== +// APP_GPIOTE_ENABLED - app_gpiote - GPIOTE events dispatcher + + +#ifndef APP_GPIOTE_ENABLED +#define APP_GPIOTE_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_PWM_ENABLED - app_pwm - PWM functionality + + +#ifndef APP_PWM_ENABLED +#define APP_PWM_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_SCHEDULER_ENABLED - app_scheduler - Events scheduler +//========================================================== +#ifndef APP_SCHEDULER_ENABLED +#define APP_SCHEDULER_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if APP_SCHEDULER_ENABLED +// APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE - Enabling pause feature + + +#ifndef APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE +#define APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PAUSE 0 +#endif + +// APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER - Enabling scheduler profiling + + +#ifndef APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER +#define APP_SCHEDULER_WITH_PROFILER 0 +#endif + +#endif //APP_SCHEDULER_ENABLED +// + +// APP_TIMER_ENABLED - app_timer - Application timer functionality +//========================================================== +#ifndef APP_TIMER_ENABLED +#define APP_TIMER_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if APP_TIMER_ENABLED +// APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER - Enable app_timer profiling + + +#ifndef APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER +#define APP_TIMER_WITH_PROFILER 0 +#endif + +// APP_TIMER_KEEPS_RTC_ACTIVE - Enable RTC always on + + +// If option is enabled RTC is kept running even if there is no active timers. +// This option can be used when app_timer is used for timestamping. + +#ifndef APP_TIMER_KEEPS_RTC_ACTIVE +#define APP_TIMER_KEEPS_RTC_ACTIVE 0 +#endif + +#endif //APP_TIMER_ENABLED +// + +// APP_TWI_ENABLED - app_twi - TWI transaction manager + + +#ifndef APP_TWI_ENABLED +#define APP_TWI_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_UART_ENABLED - app_uart - UART driver +//========================================================== +#ifndef APP_UART_ENABLED +#define APP_UART_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if APP_UART_ENABLED +// APP_UART_DRIVER_INSTANCE - UART instance used + +// <0=> 0 + +#ifndef APP_UART_DRIVER_INSTANCE +#define APP_UART_DRIVER_INSTANCE 0 +#endif + +#endif //APP_UART_ENABLED +// + +// APP_USBD_CLASS_AUDIO_ENABLED - app_usbd_audio - USB AUDIO class + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_CLASS_AUDIO_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_CLASS_AUDIO_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_CLASS_HID_ENABLED - app_usbd_hid - USB HID class + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_CLASS_HID_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_CLASS_HID_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_HID_GENERIC_ENABLED - app_usbd_hid_generic - USB HID generic + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_HID_GENERIC_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_HID_GENERIC_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_HID_KBD_ENABLED - app_usbd_hid_kbd - USB HID keyboard + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_HID_KBD_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_HID_KBD_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_HID_MOUSE_ENABLED - app_usbd_hid_mouse - USB HID mouse + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_HID_MOUSE_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_HID_MOUSE_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// BUTTON_ENABLED - app_button - buttons handling module + + +#ifndef BUTTON_ENABLED +#define BUTTON_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// CRC16_ENABLED - crc16 - CRC16 calculation routines + + +#ifndef CRC16_ENABLED +#define CRC16_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// CRC32_ENABLED - crc32 - CRC32 calculation routines + + +#ifndef CRC32_ENABLED +#define CRC32_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// ECC_ENABLED - ecc - Elliptic Curve Cryptography Library + + +#ifndef ECC_ENABLED +#define ECC_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// FDS_ENABLED - fds - Flash data storage module +//========================================================== +#ifndef FDS_ENABLED +#define FDS_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if FDS_ENABLED +// FDS_OP_QUEUE_SIZE - Size of the internal queue. +#ifndef FDS_OP_QUEUE_SIZE +#define FDS_OP_QUEUE_SIZE 4 +#endif + +// FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE - Determines how many @ref fds_record_chunk_t structures can be buffered at any time. +#ifndef FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE +#define FDS_CHUNK_QUEUE_SIZE 8 +#endif + +// FDS_MAX_USERS - Maximum number of callbacks that can be registered. +#ifndef FDS_MAX_USERS +#define FDS_MAX_USERS 8 +#endif + +// FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES - Number of virtual flash pages to use. +// One of the virtual pages is reserved by the system for garbage collection. +// Therefore, the minimum is two virtual pages: one page to store data and +// one page to be used by the system for garbage collection. The total amount +// of flash memory that is used by FDS amounts to @ref FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES +// @ref FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE * 4 bytes. + +#ifndef FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES +#define FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGES 3 +#endif + +// FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE - The size of a virtual page of flash memory, expressed in number of 4-byte words. + + +// By default, a virtual page is the same size as a physical page. +// The size of a virtual page must be a multiple of the size of a physical page. +// <256=> 256 +// <512=> 512 +// <1024=> 1024 + +#ifndef FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE +#define FDS_VIRTUAL_PAGE_SIZE 256 +#endif + +#endif //FDS_ENABLED +// + +// FSTORAGE_ENABLED - fstorage - Flash storage module +//========================================================== +#ifndef FSTORAGE_ENABLED +#define FSTORAGE_ENABLED 1 +#endif +#if FSTORAGE_ENABLED +// FS_QUEUE_SIZE - Configures the size of the internal queue. +// Increase this if there are many users, or if it is likely that many +// operation will be queued at once without waiting for the previous operations +// to complete. In general, increase the queue size if you frequently receive +// @ref FS_ERR_QUEUE_FULL errors when calling @ref fs_store or @ref fs_erase. + +#ifndef FS_QUEUE_SIZE +#define FS_QUEUE_SIZE 4 +#endif + +// FS_OP_MAX_RETRIES - Number attempts to execute an operation if the SoftDevice fails. +// Increase this value if events return the @ref FS_ERR_OPERATION_TIMEOUT +// error often. The SoftDevice may fail to schedule flash access due to high BLE activity. + +#ifndef FS_OP_MAX_RETRIES +#define FS_OP_MAX_RETRIES 3 +#endif + +// FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS - Maximum number of words to be written to flash in a single operation. +// Tweaking this value can increase the chances of the SoftDevice being +// able to fit flash operations in between radio activity. This value is bound by the +// maximum number of words which the SoftDevice can write to flash in a single call to +// @ref sd_flash_write, which is 256 words for nRF51 ICs and 1024 words for nRF52 ICs. + +#ifndef FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS +#define FS_MAX_WRITE_SIZE_WORDS 256 +#endif + +#endif //FSTORAGE_ENABLED +// + +// HARDFAULT_HANDLER_ENABLED - hardfault_default - HardFault default handler for debugging and release + + +#ifndef HARDFAULT_HANDLER_ENABLED +#define HARDFAULT_HANDLER_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// HCI_MEM_POOL_ENABLED - hci_mem_pool - memory pool implementation used by HCI +//========================================================== +#ifndef HCI_MEM_POOL_ENABLED +#define HCI_MEM_POOL_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if HCI_MEM_POOL_ENABLED +// HCI_TX_BUF_SIZE - TX buffer size in bytes. +#ifndef HCI_TX_BUF_SIZE +#define HCI_TX_BUF_SIZE 600 +#endif + +// HCI_RX_BUF_SIZE - RX buffer size in bytes. +#ifndef HCI_RX_BUF_SIZE +#define HCI_RX_BUF_SIZE 600 +#endif + +// HCI_RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE - RX buffer queue size. +#ifndef HCI_RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE +#define HCI_RX_BUF_QUEUE_SIZE 4 +#endif + +#endif //HCI_MEM_POOL_ENABLED +// + +// HCI_SLIP_ENABLED - hci_slip - SLIP protocol implementation used by HCI +//========================================================== +#ifndef HCI_SLIP_ENABLED +#define HCI_SLIP_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if HCI_SLIP_ENABLED +// HCI_UART_BAUDRATE - Default Baudrate + +// <323584=> 1200 baud +// <643072=> 2400 baud +// <1290240=> 4800 baud +// <2576384=> 9600 baud +// <3862528=> 14400 baud +// <5152768=> 19200 baud +// <7716864=> 28800 baud +// <10289152=> 38400 baud +// <15400960=> 57600 baud +// <20615168=> 76800 baud +// <30924800=> 115200 baud +// <61865984=> 230400 baud +// <67108864=> 250000 baud +// <121634816=> 460800 baud +// <251658240=> 921600 baud +// <268435456=> 57600 baud + +#ifndef HCI_UART_BAUDRATE +#define HCI_UART_BAUDRATE 30924800 +#endif + +// HCI_UART_FLOW_CONTROL - Hardware Flow Control + +// <0=> Disabled +// <1=> Enabled + +#ifndef HCI_UART_FLOW_CONTROL +#define HCI_UART_FLOW_CONTROL 0 +#endif + +// HCI_UART_RX_PIN - UART RX pin +#ifndef HCI_UART_RX_PIN +#define HCI_UART_RX_PIN 11 +#endif + +// HCI_UART_TX_PIN - UART TX pin +#ifndef HCI_UART_TX_PIN +#define HCI_UART_TX_PIN 9 +#endif + +// HCI_UART_RTS_PIN - UART RTS pin +#ifndef HCI_UART_RTS_PIN +#define HCI_UART_RTS_PIN 8 +#endif + +// HCI_UART_CTS_PIN - UART CTS pin +#ifndef HCI_UART_CTS_PIN +#define HCI_UART_CTS_PIN 10 +#endif + +#endif //HCI_SLIP_ENABLED +// + +// HCI_TRANSPORT_ENABLED - hci_transport - HCI transport +//========================================================== +#ifndef HCI_TRANSPORT_ENABLED +#define HCI_TRANSPORT_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if HCI_TRANSPORT_ENABLED +// HCI_MAX_PACKET_SIZE_IN_BITS - Maximum size of a single application packet in bits. +#ifndef HCI_MAX_PACKET_SIZE_IN_BITS +#define HCI_MAX_PACKET_SIZE_IN_BITS 8000 +#endif + +#endif //HCI_TRANSPORT_ENABLED +// + +// LED_SOFTBLINK_ENABLED - led_softblink - led_softblink module + + +#ifndef LED_SOFTBLINK_ENABLED +#define LED_SOFTBLINK_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// LOW_POWER_PWM_ENABLED - low_power_pwm - low_power_pwm module + + +#ifndef LOW_POWER_PWM_ENABLED +#define LOW_POWER_PWM_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// MEM_MANAGER_ENABLED - mem_manager - Dynamic memory allocator +//========================================================== +#ifndef MEM_MANAGER_ENABLED +#define MEM_MANAGER_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if MEM_MANAGER_ENABLED +// MEMORY_MANAGER_SMALL_BLOCK_COUNT - Size of each memory blocks identified as 'small' block. <0-255> + + +#ifndef MEMORY_MANAGER_SMALL_BLOCK_COUNT +#define MEMORY_MANAGER_SMALL_BLOCK_COUNT 1 +#endif + +// MEMORY_MANAGER_SMALL_BLOCK_SIZE - Size of each memory blocks identified as 'small' block. +// Size of each memory blocks identified as 'small' block. Memory block are recommended to be word-sized. + +#ifndef MEMORY_MANAGER_SMALL_BLOCK_SIZE +#define MEMORY_MANAGER_SMALL_BLOCK_SIZE 32 +#endif + +// MEMORY_MANAGER_MEDIUM_BLOCK_COUNT - Size of each memory blocks identified as 'medium' block. <0-255> + + +#ifndef MEMORY_MANAGER_MEDIUM_BLOCK_COUNT +#define MEMORY_MANAGER_MEDIUM_BLOCK_COUNT 0 +#endif + +// MEMORY_MANAGER_MEDIUM_BLOCK_SIZE - Size of each memory blocks identified as 'medium' block. +// Size of each memory blocks identified as 'medium' block. Memory block are recommended to be word-sized. + +#ifndef MEMORY_MANAGER_MEDIUM_BLOCK_SIZE +#define MEMORY_MANAGER_MEDIUM_BLOCK_SIZE 256 +#endif + +// MEMORY_MANAGER_LARGE_BLOCK_COUNT - Size of each memory blocks identified as 'large' block. <0-255> + + +#ifndef MEMORY_MANAGER_LARGE_BLOCK_COUNT +#define MEMORY_MANAGER_LARGE_BLOCK_COUNT 0 +#endif + +// MEMORY_MANAGER_LARGE_BLOCK_SIZE - Size of each memory blocks identified as 'large' block. +// Size of each memory blocks identified as 'large' block. Memory block are recommended to be word-sized. + +#ifndef MEMORY_MANAGER_LARGE_BLOCK_SIZE +#define MEMORY_MANAGER_LARGE_BLOCK_SIZE 256 +#endif + +// MEM_MANAGER_ENABLE_LOGS - Enable debug trace in the module. + + +#ifndef MEM_MANAGER_ENABLE_LOGS +#define MEM_MANAGER_ENABLE_LOGS 0 +#endif + +// MEM_MANAGER_DISABLE_API_PARAM_CHECK - Disable API parameter checks in the module. + + +#ifndef MEM_MANAGER_DISABLE_API_PARAM_CHECK +#define MEM_MANAGER_DISABLE_API_PARAM_CHECK 0 +#endif + +#endif //MEM_MANAGER_ENABLED +// + +// NRF_CSENSE_ENABLED - nrf_csense - nrf_csense module +//========================================================== +#ifndef NRF_CSENSE_ENABLED +#define NRF_CSENSE_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if NRF_CSENSE_ENABLED +// NRF_CSENSE_PAD_HYSTERESIS - Minimal value of change to decide that pad was touched. +#ifndef NRF_CSENSE_PAD_HYSTERESIS +#define NRF_CSENSE_PAD_HYSTERESIS 15 +#endif + +// NRF_CSENSE_PAD_DEVIATION - Minimal value measured on pad to take its value while calculating step. +#ifndef NRF_CSENSE_PAD_DEVIATION +#define NRF_CSENSE_PAD_DEVIATION 70 +#endif + +// NRF_CSENSE_MIN_PAD_VALUE - Minimum normalized value on pad to take its value into account. +#ifndef NRF_CSENSE_MIN_PAD_VALUE +#define NRF_CSENSE_MIN_PAD_VALUE 20 +#endif + +// NRF_CSENSE_MAX_PADS_NUMBER - Maximum number of pads used for one instance. +#ifndef NRF_CSENSE_MAX_PADS_NUMBER +#define NRF_CSENSE_MAX_PADS_NUMBER 20 +#endif + +// NRF_CSENSE_MAX_VALUE - Maximum normalized value got from measurement. +#ifndef NRF_CSENSE_MAX_VALUE +#define NRF_CSENSE_MAX_VALUE 1000 +#endif + +// NRF_CSENSE_OUTPUT_PIN - Output pin used by lower module. +// This is only used when running on NRF51. + +#ifndef NRF_CSENSE_OUTPUT_PIN +#define NRF_CSENSE_OUTPUT_PIN 30 +#endif + +#endif //NRF_CSENSE_ENABLED +// + +// NRF_DRV_CSENSE_ENABLED - nrf_drv_csense - Capacitive sensor module +//========================================================== +#ifndef NRF_DRV_CSENSE_ENABLED +#define NRF_DRV_CSENSE_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if NRF_DRV_CSENSE_ENABLED +// TIMER0_FOR_CSENSE - First TIMER instance used by the driver (except nRF51) +#ifndef TIMER0_FOR_CSENSE +#define TIMER0_FOR_CSENSE 1 +#endif + +// TIMER1_FOR_CSENSE - Second TIMER instance used by the driver (except nRF51) +#ifndef TIMER1_FOR_CSENSE +#define TIMER1_FOR_CSENSE 2 +#endif + +// MEASUREMENT_PERIOD - Single measurement period. +// Time of single measurement can be calculated as T = (1/2)*MEASUREMENT_PERIOD*(1/f_OSC) where f_OSC = I_SOURCE / (2C*(VUP-VDOWN) ). I_SOURCE, VUP and VDOWN are values used to initialize COMP and C is capacitance of used pad. + +#ifndef MEASUREMENT_PERIOD +#define MEASUREMENT_PERIOD 20 +#endif + +#endif //NRF_DRV_CSENSE_ENABLED +// + +// NRF_QUEUE_ENABLED - nrf_queue - Queue module + + +#ifndef NRF_QUEUE_ENABLED +#define NRF_QUEUE_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// SLIP_ENABLED - slip - SLIP encoding decoding + + +#ifndef SLIP_ENABLED +#define SLIP_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// app_usbd_cdc_acm - USB CDC ACM class + +//========================================================== +// APP_USBD_CLASS_CDC_ACM_ENABLED - Enabling USBD CDC ACM Class library + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_CLASS_CDC_ACM_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_CLASS_CDC_ACM_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_CDC_ACM_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_CDC_ACM_LOG_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_CDC_ACM_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// +//========================================================== + +// app_usbd_msc - USB MSC class + +//========================================================== +// APP_USBD_CLASS_MSC_ENABLED - Enabling USBD MSC Class library + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_CLASS_MSC_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_CLASS_MSC_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// APP_USBD_MSC_CLASS_LOG_ENABLED - Enables logging in the module. + + +#ifndef APP_USBD_MSC_CLASS_LOG_ENABLED +#define APP_USBD_MSC_CLASS_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif + +// +//========================================================== + +// +//========================================================== + +// nRF_Log + +//========================================================== +// NRF_LOG_ENABLED - nrf_log - Logging +//========================================================== +#ifndef NRF_LOG_ENABLED +#define NRF_LOG_ENABLED 0 +#endif +#if NRF_LOG_ENABLED +// NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS - If enabled then ANSI escape code for colors is prefixed to every string +//========================================================== +#ifndef NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS +#define NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS 0 +#endif +#if NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS +// NRF_LOG_COLOR_DEFAULT - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_COLOR_DEFAULT +#define NRF_LOG_COLOR_DEFAULT 0 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR +#define NRF_LOG_ERROR_COLOR 0 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_WARNING_COLOR - ANSI escape code prefix. + +// <0=> Default +// <1=> Black +// <2=> Red +// <3=> Green +// <4=> Yellow +// <5=> Blue +// <6=> Magenta +// <7=> Cyan +// <8=> White + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_WARNING_COLOR +#define NRF_LOG_WARNING_COLOR 0 +#endif + +#endif //NRF_LOG_USES_COLORS +// + +// NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL - Default Severity level + +// <0=> Off +// <1=> Error +// <2=> Warning +// <3=> Info +// <4=> Debug + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL +#define NRF_LOG_DEFAULT_LEVEL 3 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_DEFERRED - Enable deffered logger. + +// Log data is buffered and can be processed in idle. +//========================================================== +#ifndef NRF_LOG_DEFERRED +#define NRF_LOG_DEFERRED 1 +#endif +#if NRF_LOG_DEFERRED +// NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE - Size of the buffer for logs in words. +// Must be power of 2 + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE +#define NRF_LOG_DEFERRED_BUFSIZE 256 +#endif + +#endif //NRF_LOG_DEFERRED +// + +// NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP - Enable timestamping + + +// Function for getting the timestamp is provided by the user + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP +#define NRF_LOG_USES_TIMESTAMP 0 +#endif + +#endif //NRF_LOG_ENABLED +// + +// nrf_log_backend - Logging sink + +//========================================================== +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH - Buffer for storing single output string +// Logger backend RAM usage is determined by this value. + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH 256 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DIGITS - Number of digits for timestamp +// If higher resolution timestamp source is used it might be needed to increase that + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DIGITS +#define NRF_LOG_TIMESTAMP_DIGITS 8 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART - If enabled data is printed over UART +//========================================================== +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART 0 +#endif +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_BAUDRATE - Default Baudrate + +// <323584=> 1200 baud +// <643072=> 2400 baud +// <1290240=> 4800 baud +// <2576384=> 9600 baud +// <3862528=> 14400 baud +// <5152768=> 19200 baud +// <7716864=> 28800 baud +// <10289152=> 38400 baud +// <15400960=> 57600 baud +// <20615168=> 76800 baud +// <30924800=> 115200 baud +// <61865984=> 230400 baud +// <67108864=> 250000 baud +// <121634816=> 460800 baud +// <251658240=> 921600 baud +// <268435456=> 57600 baud + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_BAUDRATE +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_BAUDRATE 30924800 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_TX_PIN - UART TX pin +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_TX_PIN +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_TX_PIN 9 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RX_PIN - UART RX pin +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RX_PIN +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RX_PIN 11 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RTS_PIN - UART RTS pin +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RTS_PIN +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_RTS_PIN 8 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_CTS_PIN - UART CTS pin +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_CTS_PIN +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_CTS_PIN 10 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_FLOW_CONTROL - Hardware Flow Control + +// <0=> Disabled +// <1=> Enabled + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_FLOW_CONTROL +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_UART_FLOW_CONTROL 0 +#endif + +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_UART_INSTANCE - UART instance used + +// <0=> 0 + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_UART_INSTANCE +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_UART_INSTANCE 0 +#endif + +#endif //NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_UART +// + +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT - If enabled data is printed using RTT +//========================================================== +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT 0 +#endif +#if NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT +// NRF_LOG_BACKEND_RTT_OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE - RTT output buffer size. +// Should be equal or bigger than \ref NRF_LOG_BACKEND_MAX_STRING_LENGTH. +// This value is used in Segger RTT configuration to set the buffer size +// if it is bigger than default RTT buffer size. + +#ifndef NRF_LOG_BACKEND_RTT_OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE +#define NRF_LOG_BACKEND_RTT_OUTPUT_BUFFER_SIZE 512 +#endif + +#endif //NRF_LOG_BACKEND_SERIAL_USES_RTT +// + +// +//========================================================== + +// +//========================================================== + +// nRF_Segger_RTT + +//========================================================== +// segger_rtt - SEGGER RTT + +//========================================================== +// SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_BUFFER_SIZE_UP - Size of upstream buffer. +#ifndef SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_BUFFER_SIZE_UP +#define SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_BUFFER_SIZE_UP 64 +#endif + +// SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_MAX_NUM_UP_BUFFERS - Size of upstream buffer. +#ifndef SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_MAX_NUM_UP_BUFFERS +#define SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_MAX_NUM_UP_BUFFERS 2 +#endif + +// SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_BUFFER_SIZE_DOWN - Size of upstream buffer. +#ifndef SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_BUFFER_SIZE_DOWN +#define SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_BUFFER_SIZE_DOWN 16 +#endif + +// SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_MAX_NUM_DOWN_BUFFERS - Size of upstream buffer. +#ifndef SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_MAX_NUM_DOWN_BUFFERS +#define SEGGER_RTT_CONFIG_MAX_NUM_DOWN_BUFFERS 2 +#endif + +// +//========================================================== + +// +//========================================================== + +// <<< end of configuration section >>> +#endif //SDK_CONFIG_H diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/ant_stack_handler_types.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/ant_stack_handler_types.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1dc605f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/ant_stack_handler_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/**@file + * + * @defgroup ant_stack_handler_types Types definitions for ANT support in SoftDevice handler. + * @{ + * @ingroup softdevice_handler + * @brief This file contains the declarations of types required for ANT stack support. These + * types will be defined when the preprocessor define ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD is defined. + */ + +#ifndef ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__ +#define ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + +#include +#include + +#define ANT_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE 32 /**< Size of ANT event message buffer. This will be provided to the SoftDevice while fetching an event. */ +#define ANT_STACK_EVT_STRUCT_SIZE (sizeof(ant_evt_t)) /**< Size of the @ref ant_evt_t structure. This will be used by the @ref softdevice_handler to internal event buffer size needed. */ + +/**@brief ANT stack event type. */ +typedef struct +{ + union + { + uint32_t ulForceAlign; ///< force the evt_buffer to be 4-byte aligned, required for some casting to ANT_MESSAGE. + uint8_t evt_buffer[ANT_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE]; ///< Event message buffer. + } msg; + uint8_t channel; ///< Channel number. + uint8_t event; ///< Event code. +} ant_evt_t; + +/**@brief Application ANT stack event handler type. */ +typedef void (*ant_evt_handler_t) (ant_evt_t * p_ant_evt); + +/**@brief Function for registering for ANT events. + * + * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving ANT events from + * the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any ANT event + * that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once the application has + * registered for the events, it is not possible to possible to cancel the registration. + * However, it is possible to register a different function for handling the events at + * any point of time. + * + * @param[in] ant_evt_handler Function to be called for each received ANT event. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input. + */ +uint32_t softdevice_ant_evt_handler_set(ant_evt_handler_t ant_evt_handler); + +#else + +// The ANT Stack support is not required. + +#define ANT_STACK_EVT_STRUCT_SIZE 0 /**< Since the ANT stack support is not required, this is equated to 0, so that the @ref softdevice_handler.h can compute the internal event buffer size without having to care for ANT events.*/ + +#endif // ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // ANT_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/app_ram_base.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/app_ram_base.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..135c1af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/app_ram_base.h @@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +// ble_enable param app_ram_base + +#ifndef APP_RAM_BASE_H__ +#define APP_RAM_BASE_H__ + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +#ifdef S130 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_0_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20001870 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_0_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20001900 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_0_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20001fe8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_0_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002078 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20001ce0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20001d70 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20001eb0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20001f40 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002418 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200024a8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200025e0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002670 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002110 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200021a0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200022d8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002368 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002840 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200028d0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002a10 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002aa0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002538 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200025c8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002708 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002798 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002c70 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002d00 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002e40 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002ed0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002968 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200029f8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002b30 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002bc0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200030a0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003130 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003268 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200032f8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002d98 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002e28 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002f60 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002ff0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200034c8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003558 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003698 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003728 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200031c0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003250 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003390 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003420 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200038f8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003988 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003ac0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003b50 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200035f0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003680 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200037b8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003848 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003d28 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003db8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003ef0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003f80 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_8_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003a18 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_8_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003aa8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_8_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003be8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_8_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003c78 +#elif defined(S132) || defined(S332) + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_0_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20001930 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_0_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200019c0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_0_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002128 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_0_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200021b8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20001e18 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20001ea8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20001fe8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002078 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200025d0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002660 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002798 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_1_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002828 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200022c0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002350 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002490 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002520 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002a78 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002b08 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002c40 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_2_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002cd0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002768 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200027f8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002938 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200029c8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002f20 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002fb0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200030e8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_3_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003178 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002c10 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002ca0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20002de0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20002e70 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200033c8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003458 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003590 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_4_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003620 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200030b8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003148 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003288 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003318 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003870 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003900 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003a38 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_5_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003ac8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003560 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200035f0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003730 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x200037c0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003d18 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003da8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003ee0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_6_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003f70 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003a08 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003a98 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003bd8 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003c68 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x200041c0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20004250 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20004388 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_7_PERIPH_LINKS_1_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20004418 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_8_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20003eb0 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_8_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_0_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20003f40 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_8_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_1_MID_BW 0x20004080 + #define APP_RAM_BASE_CENTRAL_LINKS_8_PERIPH_LINKS_0_SEC_COUNT_1_VS_UUID_COUNT_10_MID_BW 0x20004110 +#endif + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // APP_RAM_BASE_H__ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/ble_stack_handler_types.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/ble_stack_handler_types.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..1e12cdba --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/ble_stack_handler_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/**@file + * + * @defgroup ble_stack_handler_types Types definitions for BLE support in SoftDevice handler. + * @{ + * @ingroup softdevice_handler + * @brief This file contains the declarations of types required for BLE stack support. These + * types will be defined when the preprocessor define BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD is defined. + */ + +#ifndef BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__ +#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__ + +#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + +#include +#include "ble.h" +#include "nrf_sdm.h" +#include "app_error.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include "sdk_config.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + + +/** @brief Default Maximum ATT MTU size. + * + * This define should be defined in the sdk_config.h file to override the default. + */ +#ifndef NRF_BLE_GATT_MAX_MTU_SIZE + #define NRF_BLE_GATT_MAX_MTU_SIZE GATT_MTU_SIZE_DEFAULT +#endif + +#define BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE (sizeof(ble_evt_t) + (NRF_BLE_GATT_MAX_MTU_SIZE)) /**< Size of BLE event message buffer. This will be provided to the SoftDevice while fetching an event. */ +#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0 /**< The size of the scheduler event used by SoftDevice handler when passing BLE events using the @ref app_scheduler. */ + +/**@brief Application stack event handler type. */ +typedef void (*ble_evt_handler_t) (ble_evt_t * p_ble_evt); + +/**@brief Function for registering for BLE events. + * + * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving BLE events from + * the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any BLE event + * that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once the application has + * registered for the events, it is not possible to cancel the registration. + * However, it is possible to register a different function for handling the events at + * any point of time. + * + * @param[in] ble_evt_handler Function to be called for each received BLE event. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input. + */ +uint32_t softdevice_ble_evt_handler_set(ble_evt_handler_t ble_evt_handler); + +#else + +#define BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE 0 /**< Since the BLE stack support is not required, this is equated to 0, so that the @ref softdevice_handler.h can compute the internal event buffer size without having to care for BLE events.*/ +#define BLE_STACK_HANDLER_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0 + +#endif // BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // BLE_STACK_HANDLER_TYPES_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..affb1acf --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler.c @@ -0,0 +1,559 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2012 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ +#include "softdevice_handler.h" +#include +#include +#include +#include +#include "nrf.h" +#include "nrf_assert.h" +#include "nrf_soc.h" +#include "nrf_nvic.h" +#include "sdk_common.h" + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) +#include "nrf_drv_clock.h" +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) +#include "app_error.h" + +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(RNG) +#include "nrf_drv_rng.h" +#endif // NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(RNG) + +#define NRF_LOG_MODULE_NAME "SDH" +#include "nrf_log.h" +#if defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) && defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) + #include "ant_interface.h" +#elif defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) + #include "ant_interface.h" +#elif defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) + #include "ble.h" +#endif + +#define RAM_START_ADDRESS 0x20000000 +#define SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ SD_EVT_IRQn /**< SoftDevice Event IRQ number. Used for both protocol events and SoC events. */ +#define SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQHandler SD_EVT_IRQHandler +#define RAM_TOTAL_SIZE ((NRF_FICR->INFO.RAM) * 1024) +#define RAM_END_ADDRESS (RAM_START_ADDRESS + RAM_TOTAL_SIZE) + + +#define SOFTDEVICE_VS_UUID_COUNT 0 +#define SOFTDEVICE_GATTS_ATTR_TAB_SIZE BLE_GATTS_ATTR_TAB_SIZE_DEFAULT +#define SOFTDEVICE_GATTS_SRV_CHANGED 0 +#define SOFTDEVICE_PERIPH_CONN_COUNT 1 +#define SOFTDEVICE_CENTRAL_CONN_COUNT 4 +#define SOFTDEVICE_CENTRAL_SEC_COUNT 1 + +static softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t m_evt_schedule_func; /**< Pointer to function for propagating SoftDevice events to the scheduler. */ + +static volatile bool m_softdevice_enabled = false; /**< Variable to indicate whether the SoftDevice is enabled. */ +static volatile bool m_suspended; /**< Current state of the event handler. */ +#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD +// The following three definitions is needed only if BLE events are needed to be pulled from the stack. +static uint8_t * mp_ble_evt_buffer; /**< Buffer for receiving BLE events from the SoftDevice. */ +static uint16_t m_ble_evt_buffer_size; /**< Size of BLE event buffer. */ +static ble_evt_handler_t m_ble_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling BLE events. */ +#endif + +#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD +// The following two definitions are needed only if ANT events are needed to be pulled from the stack. +static ant_evt_t m_ant_evt_buffer; /**< Buffer for receiving ANT events from the SoftDevice. */ +static ant_evt_handler_t m_ant_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling ANT events. */ +#endif + +static sys_evt_handler_t m_sys_evt_handler; /**< Application event handler for handling System (SOC) events. */ + +/**@brief Callback function for asserts in the SoftDevice. + * + * @details A pointer to this function will be passed to the SoftDevice. This function will be + * called by the SoftDevice if certain unrecoverable errors occur within the + * application or SoftDevice. + * + * See @ref nrf_fault_handler_t for more details. + * + * @param[in] id Fault identifier. See @ref NRF_FAULT_IDS. + * @param[in] pc The program counter of the instruction that triggered the fault. + * @param[in] info Optional additional information regarding the fault. Refer to each fault + * identifier for details. + */ +void softdevice_fault_handler(uint32_t id, uint32_t pc, uint32_t info) +{ + app_error_fault_handler(id, pc, info); +} + +void intern_softdevice_events_execute(void) +{ + if (!m_softdevice_enabled) + { + // SoftDevice not enabled. This can be possible if the SoftDevice was enabled by the + // application without using this module's API (i.e softdevice_handler_init) + + return; + } +#if NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) + bool no_more_soc_evts = false; +#else + bool no_more_soc_evts = (m_sys_evt_handler == NULL); +#endif +#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + bool no_more_ble_evts = (m_ble_evt_handler == NULL); +#endif +#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + bool no_more_ant_evts = (m_ant_evt_handler == NULL); +#endif + + for (;;) + { + uint32_t err_code; + + if (!no_more_soc_evts) + { + if (m_suspended) + { + // Cancel pulling next event if event handler was suspended by user. + return; + } + + uint32_t evt_id; + + // Pull event from SOC. + err_code = sd_evt_get(&evt_id); + + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND) + { + no_more_soc_evts = true; + } + else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code); + } + else + { + // Call application's SOC event handler. +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) && defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT)) + nrf_drv_clock_on_soc_event(evt_id); + if (m_sys_evt_handler) + { + m_sys_evt_handler(evt_id); + } +#else + m_sys_evt_handler(evt_id); +#endif + } + } + +#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + // Fetch BLE Events. + if (!no_more_ble_evts) + { + if (m_suspended) + { + // Cancel pulling next event if event handler was suspended by user. + return; + } + + // Pull event from stack + uint16_t evt_len = m_ble_evt_buffer_size; + + err_code = sd_ble_evt_get(mp_ble_evt_buffer, &evt_len); + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND) + { + no_more_ble_evts = true; + } + else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code); + } + else + { + // Call application's BLE stack event handler. + m_ble_evt_handler((ble_evt_t *)mp_ble_evt_buffer); + } + } +#endif + +#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD + // Fetch ANT Events. + if (!no_more_ant_evts) + { + if (m_suspended) + { + // Cancel pulling next event if event handler was suspended by user. + return; + } + + // Pull event from stack + err_code = sd_ant_event_get(&m_ant_evt_buffer.channel, + &m_ant_evt_buffer.event, + m_ant_evt_buffer.msg.evt_buffer); + if (err_code == NRF_ERROR_NOT_FOUND) + { + no_more_ant_evts = true; + } + else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + APP_ERROR_HANDLER(err_code); + } + else + { + // Call application's ANT stack event handler. + m_ant_evt_handler(&m_ant_evt_buffer); + } + } +#endif + + if (no_more_soc_evts) + { + // There are no remaining System (SOC) events to be fetched from the SoftDevice. +#if defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) && defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) + // Check if there are any remaining BLE and ANT events. + if (no_more_ble_evts && no_more_ant_evts) + { + break; + } +#elif defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) + // Check if there are any remaining BLE events. + if (no_more_ble_evts) + { + break; + } +#elif defined(ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) + // Check if there are any remaining ANT events. + if (no_more_ant_evts) + { + break; + } +#else + // No need to check for BLE or ANT events since there is no support for BLE and ANT + // required. + break; +#endif + } + } +} + +bool softdevice_handler_is_enabled(void) +{ + return m_softdevice_enabled; +} + +uint32_t softdevice_handler_init(nrf_clock_lf_cfg_t * p_clock_lf_cfg, + void * p_ble_evt_buffer, + uint16_t ble_evt_buffer_size, + softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func) +{ + uint32_t err_code; + + // Save configuration. +#if defined (BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) + // Check that buffer is not NULL. + if (p_ble_evt_buffer == NULL) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + // Check that buffer is correctly aligned. + if (!is_word_aligned(p_ble_evt_buffer)) + { + return NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM; + } + + mp_ble_evt_buffer = (uint8_t *)p_ble_evt_buffer; + m_ble_evt_buffer_size = ble_evt_buffer_size; +#else + // The variables p_ble_evt_buffer and ble_evt_buffer_size is not needed if BLE Stack support + // is not required. + UNUSED_PARAMETER(p_ble_evt_buffer); + UNUSED_PARAMETER(ble_evt_buffer_size); +#endif + + m_evt_schedule_func = evt_schedule_func; + + // Initialize SoftDevice. +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) && defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT)) + bool power_clock_isr_enabled = nrf_drv_common_irq_enable_check(POWER_CLOCK_IRQn); + if (power_clock_isr_enabled) + { + NVIC_DisableIRQ(POWER_CLOCK_IRQn); + } +#endif + +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(RNG) && defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT)) + bool rng_isr_enabled = nrf_drv_common_irq_enable_check(RNG_IRQn); + if (rng_isr_enabled) + { + NVIC_DisableIRQ(RNG_IRQn); + } +#endif +#if defined(S212) || defined(S332) + err_code = sd_softdevice_enable(p_clock_lf_cfg, softdevice_fault_handler, ANT_LICENSE_KEY); +#else + err_code = sd_softdevice_enable(p_clock_lf_cfg, softdevice_fault_handler); +#endif + + if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(RNG) && defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT)) + if (rng_isr_enabled) + { + NVIC_EnableIRQ(RNG_IRQn); + } +#endif +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) && defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT)) + if (power_clock_isr_enabled) + { + NVIC_EnableIRQ(POWER_CLOCK_IRQn); + } +#endif + return err_code; + } + + m_softdevice_enabled = true; +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) && defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT)) + nrf_drv_clock_on_sd_enable(); +#endif + + // Enable BLE event interrupt (interrupt priority has already been set by the stack). +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + return sd_nvic_EnableIRQ((IRQn_Type)SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ); +#else + //In case of Serialization NVIC must be accessed directly. + NVIC_EnableIRQ(SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ); + return NRF_SUCCESS; +#endif +} + + +uint32_t softdevice_handler_sd_disable(void) +{ + uint32_t err_code = sd_softdevice_disable(); + if (err_code == NRF_SUCCESS) + { + m_softdevice_enabled = false; + +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(CLOCK) && defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT)) + nrf_drv_clock_on_sd_disable(); +#endif + +#if (NRF_MODULE_ENABLED(RNG) && defined(SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT)) + nrf_drv_rng_on_sd_disable(); +#endif + } + + return err_code; +} + +#ifdef BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD +uint32_t softdevice_ble_evt_handler_set(ble_evt_handler_t ble_evt_handler) +{ + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(ble_evt_handler); + + m_ble_evt_handler = ble_evt_handler; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} +#endif + + +#ifdef ANT_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD +uint32_t softdevice_ant_evt_handler_set(ant_evt_handler_t ant_evt_handler) +{ + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(ant_evt_handler); + + m_ant_evt_handler = ant_evt_handler; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} +#endif + + +uint32_t softdevice_sys_evt_handler_set(sys_evt_handler_t sys_evt_handler) +{ + VERIFY_PARAM_NOT_NULL(sys_evt_handler); + + m_sys_evt_handler = sys_evt_handler; + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +/**@brief Function for handling the Application's BLE Stack events interrupt. + * + * @details This function is called whenever an event is ready to be pulled. + */ +void SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQHandler(void) +{ + if (m_evt_schedule_func != NULL) + { + uint32_t err_code = m_evt_schedule_func(); + APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code); + } + else + { + intern_softdevice_events_execute(); + } +} + +void softdevice_handler_suspend() +{ +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + ret_code_t err_code = sd_nvic_DisableIRQ((IRQn_Type)SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ); + APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code); +#else + NVIC_DisableIRQ(SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ); +#endif + m_suspended = true; + return; +} + +void softdevice_handler_resume() +{ + if (!m_suspended) return; + m_suspended = false; + +#ifdef SOFTDEVICE_PRESENT + ret_code_t err_code; + + // Force calling ISR again to make sure that events not pulled previously + // has been processed. + err_code = sd_nvic_SetPendingIRQ((IRQn_Type)SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ); + APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code); + err_code = sd_nvic_EnableIRQ((IRQn_Type)SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ); + APP_ERROR_CHECK(err_code); +#else + NVIC_SetPendingIRQ((IRQn_Type)SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ); + NVIC_EnableIRQ(SOFTDEVICE_EVT_IRQ); +#endif + + return; +} + +bool softdevice_handler_is_suspended() +{ + return m_suspended; +} + +#if defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) +uint32_t softdevice_enable_get_default_config(uint8_t central_links_count, + uint8_t periph_links_count, + ble_enable_params_t * p_ble_enable_params) +{ + memset(p_ble_enable_params, 0, sizeof(ble_enable_params_t)); + p_ble_enable_params->common_enable_params.vs_uuid_count = 1; + p_ble_enable_params->gatts_enable_params.attr_tab_size = SOFTDEVICE_GATTS_ATTR_TAB_SIZE; + p_ble_enable_params->gatts_enable_params.service_changed = SOFTDEVICE_GATTS_SRV_CHANGED; + p_ble_enable_params->gap_enable_params.periph_conn_count = periph_links_count; + p_ble_enable_params->gap_enable_params.central_conn_count = central_links_count; + if (p_ble_enable_params->gap_enable_params.central_conn_count != 0) + { + p_ble_enable_params->gap_enable_params.central_sec_count = SOFTDEVICE_CENTRAL_SEC_COUNT; + } + + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + + +static inline uint32_t ram_total_size_get(void) +{ +#ifdef NRF51 + uint32_t size_ram_blocks = (uint32_t)NRF_FICR->SIZERAMBLOCKS; + uint32_t total_ram_size = size_ram_blocks; + total_ram_size = total_ram_size * (NRF_FICR->NUMRAMBLOCK); + return total_ram_size; +#elif (defined (NRF52) || defined(NRF52840_XXAA)) + return RAM_TOTAL_SIZE; +#endif /* NRF51 */ +} + +/*lint --e{528} -save suppress 528: symbol not referenced */ +/**@brief Function for finding the end address of the RAM. + * + * @retval ram_end_address Address of the end of the RAM. + */ +static inline uint32_t ram_end_address_get(void) +{ + uint32_t ram_end_address = (uint32_t)RAM_START_ADDRESS; + ram_end_address+= ram_total_size_get(); + return ram_end_address; +} +/*lint -restore*/ + +/*lint --e{10} --e{19} --e{27} --e{40} --e{529} -save suppress Error 27: Illegal character */ +uint32_t sd_check_ram_start(uint32_t sd_req_ram_start) +{ +#if (defined(S130) || defined(S132) || defined(S332)) +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + extern uint32_t Image$$RW_IRAM1$$Base; + const volatile uint32_t ram_start = (uint32_t) &Image$$RW_IRAM1$$Base; +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + extern uint32_t __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_start__; + volatile uint32_t ram_start = (uint32_t) &__ICFEDIT_region_RAM_start__; +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) + extern uint32_t __data_start__; + volatile uint32_t ram_start = (uint32_t) &__data_start__; +#endif//__CC_ARM + if (ram_start != sd_req_ram_start) + { + NRF_LOG_WARNING("RAM START ADDR 0x%x should be adjusted to 0x%x\r\n", + ram_start, + sd_req_ram_start); + NRF_LOG_WARNING("RAM SIZE should be adjusted to 0x%x \r\n", + ram_end_address_get() - sd_req_ram_start); + return NRF_SUCCESS; + } +#endif//defined(S130) || defined(S132) || defined(S332) + return NRF_SUCCESS; +} + +uint32_t softdevice_enable(ble_enable_params_t * p_ble_enable_params) +{ +#if (defined(S130) || defined(S132) || defined(S332)) + uint32_t err_code; + uint32_t app_ram_base; + +#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) + extern uint32_t Image$$RW_IRAM1$$Base; + const volatile uint32_t ram_start = (uint32_t) &Image$$RW_IRAM1$$Base; +#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ ) + extern uint32_t __ICFEDIT_region_RAM_start__; + volatile uint32_t ram_start = (uint32_t) &__ICFEDIT_region_RAM_start__; +#elif defined ( __GNUC__ ) + extern uint32_t __data_start__; + volatile uint32_t ram_start = (uint32_t) &__data_start__; +#endif + + app_ram_base = ram_start; + NRF_LOG_DEBUG("sd_ble_enable: RAM start at 0x%x\r\n", + app_ram_base); + err_code = sd_ble_enable(p_ble_enable_params, &app_ram_base); + + if (app_ram_base != ram_start) + { + NRF_LOG_WARNING("sd_ble_enable: RAM start should be adjusted to 0x%x\r\n", + app_ram_base); + NRF_LOG_WARNING("RAM size should be adjusted to 0x%x \r\n", + ram_end_address_get() - app_ram_base); + } + else if (err_code != NRF_SUCCESS) + { + NRF_LOG_ERROR("sd_ble_enable: error 0x%x\r\n", err_code); + } + return err_code; +#else + return NRF_SUCCESS; +#endif //defined(S130) || defined(S132) || defined(S332) + +} +/*lint -restore*/ + +#endif //BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..84911b2f --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler.h @@ -0,0 +1,234 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2013 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +/** @file + * + * @defgroup softdevice_handler SoftDevice Event Handler + * @{ + * @ingroup app_common + * @brief API for initializing and disabling the SoftDevice + * + * @details This API contains the functions and defines exposed by the @ref lib_softdevice_handler. + * For more information on the library and how the application should use it, please refer + * @ref lib_softdevice_handler. + * + * @note Use the USE_SCHEDULER parameter of the SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT() macro to select if + * the @ref app_scheduler is to be used or not. + * + * @note Even if the scheduler is not used, softdevice_handler.h will include app_scheduler.h. + * So when compiling, app_scheduler.h must be available in one of the compiler include + * paths. + */ + +#ifndef SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__ +#define SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__ + +#include +#include "nordic_common.h" +#include "nrf_sdm.h" +#include "app_error.h" +#include "app_util.h" +#include "ble_stack_handler_types.h" +#include "ant_stack_handler_types.h" +#if defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) + #include "ble.h" +#endif +#include "app_ram_base.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif +#define SOFTDEVICE_SCHED_EVT_SIZE 0 /**< Size of button events being passed through the scheduler (is to be used for computing the maximum size of scheduler events). For SoftDevice events, this size is 0, since the events are being pulled in the event handler. */ +#define SYS_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE sizeof(uint32_t) /**< Size of System (SOC) event message buffer. */ + + + +/** @brief Macro for checking the RAM requirement of the SoftDevice. */ +#define CHECK_RAM_START_ADDR(C_LINK_CNT, P_LINK_CNT) + + +/**@brief Function for checking the RAM requirement of the SoftDevice. + * + * @details Call this function to check if the project settings have the correct RAM start address in respect to what the SoftDevice requires. + * + * @note This function is called using the CHECK_RAM_START_ADDR_INTERN macro and should not be called directly. + */ +uint32_t sd_check_ram_start(uint32_t sd_req_ram_start); + +/**@brief Type of function for passing events from the stack handler module to the scheduler. */ +typedef uint32_t (*softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t) (void); + +/**@brief Application System (SOC) event handler type. */ +typedef void (*sys_evt_handler_t) (uint32_t evt_id); + + +/**@brief Macro for initializing the stack event handler. + * + * @details It will handle dimensioning and allocation of the memory buffer required for reading + * events from the stack, making sure the buffer is correctly aligned. It will also + * connect the stack event handler to the scheduler/RTOS (if specified). + * + * @param[in] CLOCK_SOURCE Low frequency clock source and accuracy (type nrf_clock_lf_cfg_t_t, + * see sd_softdevice_enable() for details). + * @param[in] EVT_HANDLER scheduler/RTOS event handler function. + * + * @note Since this macro allocates a buffer, it must only be called once (it is OK to call it + * several times as long as it is from the same location, that is to do a + * reinitialization). + */ +/*lint -emacro(506, SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT) */ /* Suppress "Constant value Boolean */ +#define SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT(CLOCK_SOURCE, \ + EVT_HANDLER) \ + do \ + { \ + static uint32_t BLE_EVT_BUFFER[CEIL_DIV(BLE_STACK_EVT_MSG_BUF_SIZE, sizeof(uint32_t))]; \ + uint32_t ERR_CODE; \ + ERR_CODE = softdevice_handler_init((CLOCK_SOURCE), \ + BLE_EVT_BUFFER, \ + sizeof(BLE_EVT_BUFFER), \ + EVT_HANDLER); \ + APP_ERROR_CHECK(ERR_CODE); \ + } while (0) + +/** + * @brief Function for retrieving the information about SD state + * + * The information about current state of softdevice. + * @retval false SD is not initialized and SD commands should not be called. + * @retval true SD is already initialized + */ +bool softdevice_handler_is_enabled(void); + +/**@brief Function for initializing the stack handler module. + * + * @details Enables the SoftDevice and the stack event interrupt handler. + * + * @note This function must be called before calling any function in the SoftDevice API. + * + * @note Normally initialization should be done using the SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT() macro, + * as that will both allocate the event buffer, and also align the buffer correctly. + * + * @param[in] p_clock_lf_cfg Low frequency clock source to be used by the SoftDevice. + * @param[in] p_ble_evt_buffer Buffer for holding one BLE stack event. Since heap is not being + * used, this buffer must be provided by the application. The + * buffer must be large enough to hold the biggest stack event the + * application is supposed to handle. The buffer must be aligned to + * a 4 byte boundary. This parameter is unused if BLE stack support + * is not required. + * @param[in] ble_evt_buffer_size Size of SoftDevice BLE event buffer. This parameter is unused if + * BLE stack support is not required. + * @param[in] evt_schedule_func Function for passing events to the scheduler. Point to + * ble_ant_stack_evt_schedule() to connect to the scheduler. + * Set to NULL to make the stack handler module call the event + * handler directly from the stack event interrupt handler. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful initialization. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_INVALID_PARAM Invalid parameter (buffer not aligned to a 4 byte + * boundary) or NULL. + */ +uint32_t softdevice_handler_init(nrf_clock_lf_cfg_t * p_clock_lf_cfg, + void * p_ble_evt_buffer, + uint16_t ble_evt_buffer_size, + softdevice_evt_schedule_func_t evt_schedule_func); + + +/**@brief Function for disabling the SoftDevice. + * + * @details This function will disable the SoftDevice. It will also update the internal state + * of this module. + */ +uint32_t softdevice_handler_sd_disable(void); + +/**@brief Function for suspending the event handler. + * + * @details When event handler is disabled, no new events are pulled from SoftDevice. + * Application can suspend pulling incoming events when its event queue is full. + */ +void softdevice_handler_suspend(void); + +/**@brief Function for re-enabling the event handler after suspending. + */ +void softdevice_handler_resume(void); + +/**@brief Function for retrieving the information about the event handler state + * + * @retval false Event handler is active. + * @retval true Event handler is suspended and events from SD will not be pulled. + */ +bool softdevice_handler_is_suspended(void); + + +/**@brief Function for registering for System (SOC) events. + * + * @details The application should use this function to register for receiving System (SOC) + * events from the SoftDevice. If the application does not call this function, then any + * System (SOC) events that may be generated by the SoftDevice will NOT be fetched. Once + * the application has registered for the events, it is not possible to possible to + * cancel the registration. However, it is possible to register a different function for + * handling the events at any point of time. + * + * @param[in] sys_evt_handler Function to be called for each received System (SOC) event. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS Successful registration. + * @retval NRF_ERROR_NULL Null pointer provided as input. + */ +uint32_t softdevice_sys_evt_handler_set(sys_evt_handler_t sys_evt_handler); + +#if defined(BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD) +/**@brief Function for fetching the default enable parameters for the SoftDevice. + * + * @details The default enable parameters will work for most projects in the SDK. + * They are not optimized with regards to RAM use. This function is meant as a way to abstract the + * details of p_ble_enable_params needed by @ref softdevice_enable. You might want to tweak + * the struct returned by this function or fill in the entire ble_enable_params_t + * instead of fetching it from this function. + * + * @param[in] central_links_count Number of central links used by the application. + * @param[in] periph_links_count Number of peripheral links used by the application. + * @param[out] p_ble_enable_params Default ble_enable_params_t to be used by @ref softdevice_enable. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + */ +uint32_t softdevice_enable_get_default_config(uint8_t central_links_count, + uint8_t periph_links_count, + ble_enable_params_t * p_ble_enable_params); + +/**@brief Function for enabling the SoftDevice. + * + * @details This function calls the @ref sd_ble_enable SVC call. It has been abstracted to give + * feedback on the app_ram_base. If the app_ram_base is too low, this function will + * return an error. Using a app_ram_base that is too high will not fail, but will + * result in RAM that is never used. If the DEBUG macro is enabled, this + * function will provide the correct app_ram_base as mandated by the SoftDevice. + * This is useful to tweak the RAM use of your application. + * + * @param[in] p_ble_enable_params Parameters for configuring links and bandwidths. + * + * @retval NRF_SUCCESS If the operation was successful. + */ +uint32_t softdevice_enable(ble_enable_params_t * p_ble_enable_params); +#endif //BLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD +// Functions for connecting the Stack Event Handler to the scheduler: +/**@cond NO_DOXYGEN */ +void intern_softdevice_events_execute(void); + + +/**@endcond */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif // SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_H__ + +/** @} */ diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler_appsh.c b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler_appsh.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000..eacb33d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler_appsh.c @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2015 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#include "softdevice_handler_appsh.h" +#include "app_scheduler.h" +#include + +void softdevice_evt_get(void * p_event_data, uint16_t event_size) +{ + APP_ERROR_CHECK_BOOL(event_size == 0); + intern_softdevice_events_execute(); +} + +uint32_t softdevice_evt_schedule(void) +{ + return app_sched_event_put(NULL, 0, softdevice_evt_get); +} diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler_appsh.h b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler_appsh.h new file mode 100644 index 00000000..e63dee4b --- /dev/null +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/softdevice_handler_appsh.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +/* Copyright (c) 2014 Nordic Semiconductor. All Rights Reserved. + * + * The information contained herein is property of Nordic Semiconductor ASA. + * Terms and conditions of usage are described in detail in NORDIC + * SEMICONDUCTOR STANDARD SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. + * + * Licensees are granted free, non-transferable use of the information. NO + * WARRANTY of ANY KIND is provided. This heading must NOT be removed from + * the file. + * + */ + +#ifndef SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_APPSH_H +#define SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_APPSH_H + +#include "softdevice_handler.h" +#include + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_APPSH_INIT(CLOCK_SOURCE,USE_SCHEDULER) \ + SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_INIT(CLOCK_SOURCE,(USE_SCHEDULER) ? softdevice_evt_schedule : NULL) + +uint32_t softdevice_evt_schedule(void); + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif //SOFTDEVICE_HANDLER_APPSH_H diff --git a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/s130/toolchain/armgcc/armgcc_s130_nrf51822_xxac.ld b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/s130/toolchain/armgcc/armgcc_s130_nrf51822_xxac.ld index 35941ca0..4085aa35 100755 --- a/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/s130/toolchain/armgcc/armgcc_s130_nrf51822_xxac.ld +++ b/cores/nRF5/SDK/components/softdevice/s130/toolchain/armgcc/armgcc_s130_nrf51822_xxac.ld @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ GROUP(-lgcc -lc -lnosys) MEMORY { FLASH (rx) : ORIGIN = 0x1b000, LENGTH = 0x25000 - RAM (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20002080, LENGTH = 0x5F80 + RAM (rwx) : ORIGIN = 0x20002a10, LENGTH = 0x55f0 } SECTIONS @@ -19,4 +19,4 @@ SECTIONS } > RAM } INSERT AFTER .data; -INCLUDE "nrf5x_common.ld" \ No newline at end of file +INCLUDE "nrf5x_common.ld" diff --git a/cores/nRF5/delay.c b/cores/nRF5/delay.c index c2b1f4e6..957bae3c 100644 --- a/cores/nRF5/delay.c +++ b/cores/nRF5/delay.c @@ -56,6 +56,7 @@ void delay( uint32_t ms ) } while ( millis() - start < ms ) ; } +/* void RTC1_IRQHandler(void) { NRF_RTC1->EVENTS_OVRFLW = 0; @@ -67,6 +68,7 @@ void RTC1_IRQHandler(void) overflows = (overflows + 1) & 0xff; } +*/ #ifdef __cplusplus } diff --git a/platform.txt b/platform.txt index 0d20dbf2..74078e3b 100644 --- a/platform.txt +++ b/platform.txt @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ compiler.warning_flags.default= compiler.warning_flags.more=-Wall compiler.warning_flags.all=-Wall -Wextra -compiler.path={runtime.tools.gcc-arm-none-eabi-5_2-2015q4.path}/bin/ +compiler.path={runtime.tools.gcc-arm-none-eabi-6_2-2016q4.path}/../bin/ compiler.c.cmd=arm-none-eabi-gcc compiler.c.flags=-mcpu={build.mcu} -mthumb -c -g -Os {compiler.warning_flags} {build.float_flags} -std=gnu11 -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -nostdlib --param max-inline-insns-single=500 -MMD compiler.c.elf.cmd=arm-none-eabi-gcc @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ build.lfclk_flags= nrf.sdk.path={build.core.path}/SDK -compiler.nrf.flags=-DNRF5 "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/toolchain/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/toolchain/CMSIS/Include" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/toolchain/gcc/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/device/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/drivers_nrf/delay/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/softdevice/{softdevice}/headers/" +compiler.nrf.flags=-DNRF5 -DBLE_STACK_SUPPORT_REQD "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/libraries/experimental_section_vars/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/libraries/log/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/libraries/log/src/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/libraries/util/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/libraries/fds/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/libraries/fstorage/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/libraries/timer/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/libraries/scheduler/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/ble/ble_advertising/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/ble/common/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/ble/peer_manager/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/toolchain/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/toolchain/CMSIS/Include" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/toolchain/gcc/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/device/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/drivers_nrf/delay/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/drivers_nrf/clock/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/drivers_nrf/hal/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/drivers_nrf/common/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/softdevice/common/softdevice_handler/" "-I{nrf.sdk.path}/components/softdevice/{softdevice}/headers/" # These can be overridden in platform.local.txt compiler.c.extra_flags=